UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


 

FORM 20-F

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended: 30 June 20142016

Commission file number 1-10691

DIAGEO plc

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

England and Wales

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation)

Lakeside Drive, Park Royal, London NW10 7HQ, England

(Address of principal executive offices)

David Harlock, Company Secretary

Paul Tunnacliffe, Company secretary

Tel: +44 20 8978 6000

E-mail: the.cosec@diageo.com

Lakeside Drive, Park Royal, London NW10 7HQ, England

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

Name of each exchange on which registered

American Depositary Shares

Ordinary shares of 28101/108 pence each

New York Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange*Exchange(i)

2.875% Guaranteed Notes due 2022

8.000% Guaranteed Notes due 2022

7.450% Guaranteed Notes due 2035

4.250% Guaranteed Notes due 2042

New York Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange

*(i) Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares representing such ordinary shares, pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the Annual Report: 2,754,218,5342,754,380,836 ordinary shares of 28101/108 pence each.


Indicate by check mark if each registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes x No o¨

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if each registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes ¨o No x

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yesx No o¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ¨o No ¨o

Indicate by check mark whether each registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large Accelerated Filer x

Accelerated Filer¨o

Non-Accelerated Filer¨o

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP ¨o

International Financial Reporting Standards
as issued by the International Accounting Standards Boardx

Other ¨o

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow. Item 17 ¨o Item 18 o¨

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ¨o No x

This document comprises the annual report on Form 20-F and the annual report to shareholders for the year ended 30 June 20142016 of Diageo plc (the 20142016 Form 20-F).

 



 


Contents

 

4

Introduction

5

Trend information

Introduction

6

7

Historical information

Recent trends

8

Historical information

10

Strategic report

10

12

Business description

Strategic report

10

12

Our business

Business description

14

12

Our structure

business

15

17

Brand performance

Our global reach

17

18

Outstanding breadth

Our brands
19Breadth and depth across price points

17

20

Our performance ambition

strategy

18

21

Our business model

19

23

Chairman’s statement

How we measure performance: key performance indicators

21

28

Chief executive’s

Chairman’s statement

23

32

Chief Executive’s statement
35Market dynamics
38How we will deliver our ambition: Performance drivers

Ambition

24

39

How we will deliver our ambition: Sustainability & Responsibility

Risk factors

28

46

How we measure performance: Key performance indicators

31

Risk factors

36

Cautionary statement concerning forward-looking statement

statements

3848

Business review

38

48

Market dynamics

Operating results 2016 compared with 2015

41

80

Operating results 20142015 compared with 2013

2014

68

110

Operating results 2013 compared with 2012

84

Liquidity and capital resources

87

112

Contractual obligations and other commitments

87

112

Post balance sheet events

88

Off-balance sheet arrangements

88

113

Risk management

88

113

Critical accounting policies

88

113

New accounting standards

89

114

Sustainability & Responsibility review

Our role in society

102

133

Definitions and reconciliation of non-GAAP measures to GAAP measures

112

147

Governance

112

147

Board of Directors and Company Secretary

114150

Executive Committee

116

152

Corporate Governance Report

governance report

122

161

Report of the Audit Committee

125

165

Directors’ Remuneration Report

remuneration report

146

194

Directors’ Report

report

 

2



3


Contents (continued)

 

148

Financial statements

148197

Financial statements

197

Reports of independent registered public accounting firms

150199

Consolidated income statement

151200

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

152201

Consolidated balance sheet

153202

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

154203

Consolidated statement of cash flows

204

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

155204

Accounting information and policies

158207

Results for the year

173224

Operating assets and liabilities

189245

Risk management and capital structure

202261

Other financial information

208271

Report of independent registered public accounting firm - internal controls

209

Unaudited computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges

272

210

Additional information for shareholders

210272

Legal proceedings

210272

Related party transactions

210272

Share capital

211273

American depositary shares

212274

Articles of association

215278

Exchange controls

215278

Documents on display

215279

Taxation

217282

Warning to shareholders - share fraud

218283

Signature

219284

Exhibits

221286

Cross reference to Form 20-F

288

223

Glossary of terms and US equivalents

 

3



4


Introduction

Diageo is the world’s leading premium drinks business. Its geographic breadth and range of industry leading brands across categories and price points is unparalleled.

Diageo plc is incorporated as a public limited company in England and Wales. Diageo was incorporated as Arthur Guinness Son and Company Limited on 21 October 1886. The group was formed by the merger of Grand Metropolitan Public Limited Company (GrandMet) and Guinness PLCplc (the Guinness Group) in December 1997. Diageo plc’s principal executive office is located at Lakeside Drive, Park Royal, London NW10 7HQ and its telephone number is +44 (0) 20 8978 6000.

Diageo plc’s agent for service of process in the United States is General Counsel, Diageo North America, Inc., 801 Main Avenue (6078-06), Norwalk, CT 06851.

This is the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Diageo plc for the year ended 30 June 2014.2016. The information set out in thisForm 20-F does not constitute Diageo plc’s statutory accounts under the UK Companies Acts for the years ended 30 June 2014, 20132016, 2015 or 2012.2014. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has reported on the accounts for the year ended 30 June 2016 and the group’s former auditors, KPMG LLP has reported on the accounts for the year ended 2014 and KPMG Audit Plc has reported on those accounts for the the years ended 30 June 20132015 and 2012;2014; their respective audit reports were (i) unqualified, (ii) did not include a reference to any matters to which the auditors drew attention by way of emphasis without qualifying their report and (iii) did not contain a statement under section 498 (2) or (3) of the Companies Act 2006 in respect of the accounts for the years ended 30 June 2014, 20132016, 2015 or 2012.2014. The accounts for 20132015 and 20122014 have been delivered to the registrar of companies for England and Wales and those for 20142016 will be delivered in due course.

This document contains forward-looking statements that involve risk and uncertainty. There are a number of factors that could cause actual results and developments to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements, including factors beyond Diageo’s control. For more details, please refer to the cautionary statement concerning forward-looking statements on pages 36-37.

46-47.

The content of the company’s website (www.diageo.com) or any other documents referred to herein should not be considered to form a part of or be incorporated into this report. This report includes names of Diageo’s products, which constitute trademarks or trade names which Diageo owns or which others own and license to Diageo for use. In this report, the term ‘company’ refers to Diageo plc and terms ‘group’ and ‘Diageo’ refer to the company and its consolidated subsidiaries, except as the context otherwise requires. A glossary of terms used in this report is included at the end of the report.

Diageo’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as endorsed and adopted for use in the European Union (EU) and IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). References to IFRS hereafter should be construed as references to both IFRS as adopted by the EU and IFRS as issued by the IASB. Unless otherwise indicated, all financial information contained in this document has been prepared in accordance with IFRS.

Information presented

As at 1 July 2013 the group adopted a number of new standards and amendments and the application of IFRS11 - Joint arrangements and the amendment to IAS19 - Employee benefits resulted in a restatement of comparative figures. The impact on the group’s consolidated statement of comprehensive income and net cash flow for the years ended 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012, and net assets as at 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012 is provided in note 18 to the consolidated financial statements on pages 202 and 203.

Unless otherwise stated in this document, percentage movements are organic movements. TheseOrganic movements and organic operating margins are before exceptional items. Commentary, unless otherwise stated, refers to organic movements. Share, unless otherwise stated, refers to value share. See the ‘DefinitionsFor a definition of organic movement and reconciliations of non-GAAP measures to GAAP measures’ for an explanation of organic movement calculationsmeasures see on page 102.

133.

The brand ranking information presented in this report, when comparing volume information with competitors, has been sourced fromreflects data published by sources such as IWSR, Impact Databank, IWSR, IRI,Nielsen, Beverage Information Group orand Plato Logic. Market data information and competitive set classifications are taken from independent industry sources in the markets in which Diageo operates.

Disclosures not incorporated by reference

The following pages and sections of the Annual Report of Diageo plc for the year ended 30 June 2014,2016, are not incorporated by reference into this report on Form 20-F and are furnished to the SECUnited States Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) for information only:

 

·disclosures

Disclosures under the headings ‘Doing business the right way’ and ‘Our role in society’ in the section ‘Strategic reportReportBusiness descriptionOur business’ on page 12.

5


Introduction (continued)

Disclosures included under the titles ‘Number of responsible drinking programs (%)’, ‘Water withdrawals’ and ‘Carbon emissions’ in the section ‘Strategic Report – Our Global Reach – Diageo reports as five regions’ on page 17.
Disclosures on pages 21 and 22 in the section ‘Strategic Report – Our business model’ under the sub-headings ‘Values’, ‘Our role in society’ and ‘Sustainability and responsibility priorities’.
Disclosures on pages 25 and 27 in the section ‘Strategic Report – How we measure performance: key performance indicators’ of non-financial key performance indicators.
Disclosures under the heading ‘Our role in society’ in the Chairman’s Statement on page 30.
Disclosures under the heading ’ Our role in society’ in the Chief Executive’s statement on pages 33 and 34.
Disclosures on pages 36 and 37 under the heading ‘Strategic Report – Market Dynamics – Earning the trust and respect which support performance’.
Disclosures included under the heading ‘Strategic Report – How we will deliver our ambition:Performance Ambition – our three Sustainability & Responsibility’ on pages 24 to 27.

·disclosuresand responsibility priorities’ on page 30 in the section ‘Strategic report – Business description – How we measure performance: Key performance indicators’ of non-financial key performance indicators.

·disclosures38.

Disclosures included under the titles ‘Sustainability & Responsibility’and responsibility’ on pages 51, 54, 57, 6061, 64, 68, 71, and 6374 in relation to each reporting segment in the SegmentBusiness Review.

·disclosures

Disclosures in the section ‘Strategic report – Business review – Sustainability & Responsibility review’Our role in society’ on pages 89114 to 101.

132.

 

4



6

Trend information


Recent trends

The following comments were made by Ivan Menezes, Chief Executive of Diageo, in Diageo’s preliminary results announcement on 3128 July 2014:

2016:

“This is a good set of results delivering what we set out to achieve this time last year and demonstrating our business has faced macroeconomic and market specific challenges that have impacted our top line performance. Butmomentum.

This better performance reflects the work we have gained sharedone to strengthen our big brands through marketing and expandedinnovation, as well as expanding our distribution reach. Our six global brands and our US spirits business are all back in growth and we have seen a significant improvement in the performance of our scotch and beer portfolios. The delivery of volume growth; organic margin while continuing to investexpansion; increased free cash flow; and the disposal of £1bn in non-core assets, comes from an everyday focus on efficiency in each aspect of our business. We have also made significant progress this year in our brands,aim to improve the role of alcohol in society, partner with our marketscommunities and reduce our peopleenvironmental impact.

These results position us well to createdeliver a stronger business that will deliver on the long term growth opportunitiesperformance in F17. We are confident of this attractive industry.

Our regional performance has been mixed. In North America we have again deliveredachieving our objective of mid-single digit top line growth, and significantin the three years ending F19 delivering 100bps of organic operating margin expansion and our Western European business is now stable. Emerging market weakness, often currency related, but also including some specific issues, such as the anti extravagance measures in China, has led to weaker top line growth.improvement.”

 

When I became CEO a year ago I aligned the business behind the key performance drivers which will deliver our strategy. We have made good progress. Reserve has performed strongly; innovation has driven incremental sales in all regions; route to consumer initiatives have been embedded across a number of markets with more to follow in fiscal 15; ruthless focus on driving out cost has driven margin improvement and we have reshaped the organisation and enhanced skills and capability across the whole team at Diageo. We have made progress in accelerating the performance of our premium core brands but these brands have been under pressure given the environment this year, although we have delivered share gains in a number of markets.7


The tougher trading environment this year has confirmed my view that these six priorities give the business clarity and focus. We have simplified the organisation, freeing up everyone to act like an owner and sell or help to sell, changing behaviours across the business.

Therefore we start fiscal 15 as a more agile organisation, building on the changes in behaviours that have been made across the business this year. The catalysts for a near term recovery of consumer spend in the emerging markets are still weak however the future growth drivers for this industry, its aspirational nature as consumers in the emerging markets see increasing disposable income, are undiminished. Diageo has leading brand and market positions and financial strength and our recent acquisitions have given us a strong emerging market footprint. The opportunity for Diageo to realise our full potential and deliver our performance ambition remains an exciting one.”

5



Historical information

The following tables present selected consolidated financial data for Diageo for the five years ended 30 June 20142016 and as at the respective year ends. The data presented below for the five years ended 30 June 2016 and the respective year ends has been derived from Diageo’s consolidated financial statements, audited by Diageo’s independent auditorauditor. The group’s former auditors, KPMG LLP and has been restated to reflectits affiliates (KPMG) reported on the adjustments resulting fromfinancial statements for the adoption of new accounting standards and an amendment to accounting standard.four years ended 30 June 2015.

                                                                                                         
Income statement data  Year ended 30 June 
   2016
£ million
  2015
£ million
  2014
£ million
  2013
£ million
  2012
£ million
 

Sales

   15,641    15,966    13,980    15,276    14,392  

Excise duties

   (5,156  (5,153  (3,722  (3,973  (3,753
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net sales

   10,485    10,813    10,258    11,303    10,639  

Cost of sales

   (4,251  (4,610  (4,029  (4,416  (4,208
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross profit

   6,234    6,203    6,229    6,887    6,431  

Marketing

   (1,562  (1,629  (1,620  (1,769  (1,671

Other operating expenses

   (1,831  (1,777  (1,902  (1,738  (1,652
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating profit

   2,841    2,797    2,707    3,380    3,108  

Non-operating items

   123    373    140    (83  147  

Net interest and other financial charges

   (327  (412  (388  (457  (441

Share of other tax results of associates and joint ventures

   221    175    252    217    229  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

   2,858    2,933    2,711    3,057    3,043  

Taxation

   (496  (466  (447  (507  (1,011
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit from continuing operations

   2,362    2,467    2,264    2,550    2,032  

Discontinued operations

           (83      (11
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit for the year

   2,362    2,467    2,181    2,550    2,021  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares

  million  million  million  million  million 

Shares in issue excluding own shares

   2,508    2,505    2,506    2,502    2,495  

Dilutive potential ordinary shares

   10    12    11    15    14  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   2,518    2,517    2,517    2,517    2,509  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Per share data

  pence  pence  pence  pence  pence 

Dividend per share

   59.2    56.4    51.7    47.4    43.5  

Earnings per share

      

Basic

      

Continuing operations

   89.5    95.0    93.0    98.0    76.6  

Discontinued operations

           (3.3      (0.4
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

   89.5    95.0    89.7    98.0    76.2  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Diluted

      

Continuing operations

   89.1    94.6    92.6    97.4    76.2  

Discontinued operations

           (3.3      (0.4
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

   89.1    94.6    89.3    97.4    75.8  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Income statement data8

 

 

Year ended 30 June

 

 

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
(restated)

£ million

 

2012
(restated)

£ million

 

2011
(restated)

£ million

 

2010
(restated)

£ million

 

Sales

 

13,980

 

15,276

 

14,392

 

13,043

 

12,793

 

Excise duties

 

(3,722

)

(3,973

)

(3,753

)

(3,224

)

(3,116

)

Net sales

 

10,258

 

11,303

 

10,639

 

9,819

 

9,677

 

Cost of sales

 

(4,029

)

(4,416

)

(4,208

)

(3,958

)

(4,050

)

Gross profit

 

6,229

 

6,887

 

6,431

 

5,861

 

5,627

 

Marketing

 

(1,620

)

(1,769

)

(1,671

)

(1,520

)

(1,406

)

Other operating expenses

 

(1,902

)

(1,738

)

(1,652

)

(1,789

)

(1,683

)

Operating profit

 

2,707

 

3,380

 

3,108

 

2,552

 

2,538

 

Non-operating items

 

140

 

(83

)

147

 

(14

)

(15

)

Net interest and other finance charges

 

(388

)

(457

)

(441

)

(449

)

(490

)

Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures

 

252

 

217

 

229

 

192

 

155

 

Profit before taxation

 

2,711

 

3,057

 

3,043

 

2,281

 

2,188

 

Taxation

 

(447

)

(507

)

(1,011

)

(321

)

(461

)

Profit from continuing operations

 

2,264

 

2,550

 

2,032

 

1,960

 

1,727

 

Discontinued operations

 

(83

)

 

(11

)

 

(19

)

Profit for the year

 

2,181

 

2,550

 

2,021

 

1,960

 

1,708

 


Per share data

 

pence

 

pence

 

pence

 

pence

 

pence

 

Dividend per share

 

51.7

 

47.4

 

43.5

 

40.4

 

38.1

 

Earnings per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

93.0

 

98.0

 

76.6

 

74.3

 

65.2

 

Discontinued operations

 

(3.3

)

 

(0.4

)

 

(0.8

)

Basic earnings per share

 

89.7

 

98.0

 

76.2

 

74.3

 

64.4

 

Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

92.6

 

97.4

 

76.2

 

74.1

 

65.1

 

Discontinued operations

 

(3.3

)

 

(0.4

)

 

(0.8

)

Diluted earnings per share

 

89.3

 

97.4

 

75.8

 

74.1

 

64.3

 

 

 

million

 

million

 

million

 

million

 

million

 

Weighted average number of shares

 

2,506

 

2,502

 

2,495

 

2,493

 

2,486

 

6



Historical information (continued)

 

Balance sheet data

 

                                                                                                         

 

As at 30 June

 

  As at 30 June 

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
(restated)
£ million

 

2012
(restated)
£ million

 

2011
(restated)
£ million

 

2010
(restated)
£ million

 

  2016
£ million
 2015
£ million
 2014
£ million
 2013
£ million
 2012
£ million
 

Non-current assets

 

15,495

 

16,481

 

15,098

 

12,633

 

12,509

 

   19,639   18,134   15,495   16,481   15,098  

Current assets

 

7,469

 

8,510

 

7,171

 

7,087

 

6,885

 

   8,852   7,670   7,469   8,510   7,171  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total assets

 

22,964

 

24,991

 

22,269

 

19,720

 

19,394

 

   28,491   25,804   22,964   24,991   22,269  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Current liabilities

 

(4,851

)

(5,519

)

(4,762

)

(4,903

)

(3,934

)

   (6,187 (5,290 (4,851 (5,519 (4,762

Non-current liabilities

 

(10,523

)

(11,384

)

(10,715

)

(8,858

)

(10,698

)

   (12,124 (11,258 (10,523 (11,384 (10,715
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total liabilities

 

(15,374

)

(16,903

)

(15,477

)

(13,761

)

(14,632

)

   (18,311 (16,548 (15,374 (16,903 (15,477
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net assets

 

7,590

 

8,088

 

6,792

 

5,959

 

4,762

 

   10,180   9,256   7,590   8,088   6,792  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Share capital

 

797

 

797

 

797

 

797

 

797

 

   797   797   797   797   797  

Share premium

 

1,345

 

1,344

 

1,344

 

1,343

 

1,342

 

   1,347   1,346   1,345   1,344   1,344  

Other reserves

 

2,243

 

3,154

 

3,213

 

3,300

 

3,245

 

   2,625   1,994   2,243   3,154   3,213  

Retained earnings/(deficit)

 

2,438

 

1,741

 

234

 

(195

)

(1,377

)

Equity attributable of equity shareholders of the parent company

 

6,823

 

7,036

 

5,588

 

5,245

 

4,007

 

Retained earnings

   3,761   3,634   2,438   1,741   234  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Equity attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

   8,530   7,771   6,823   7,036   5,588  

Non-controlling interests

 

767

 

1,052

 

1,204

 

714

 

755

 

   1,650   1,485   767   1,052   1,204  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total equity

 

7,590

 

8,088

 

6,792

 

5,959

 

4,762

 

   10,180   9,256   7,590   8,088   6,792  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net borrowings

 

(8,850

)

(8,403

)

(7,573

)

(6,480

)

(6,980

)

   (8,635 (9,527 (8,850 (8,403 (7,573
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Notes to the historical information

1. Accounting policiesThe consolidated financial statements for the five years ended 30 June 20142016 have been prepared in accordance with IFRS. The IFRS accounting policies applied by the group to prepare the financial information in this document are disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

9


Historical information (continued)

 

2. Impact of new accounting standards and amendments to accounting standards As reported in note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the group has adopted IFRS 11 and the amendment to IAS 19.

IFRS 11 has changed the accounting for certain joint arrangements which were formerly consolidated on a line by line basis. As a result the group’s share of net income from certain joint arrangements is now included in the line ‘Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures’. The amendment to IAS 19 changed the calculation of the amounts for post employment arrangements included in operating profit, finance charges and the statement of comprehensive income. All comparative information has been restated.

The adoption of the changes reduced sales for the year ended 30 June 2013 by £211 million (2012 – £202 million; 2011 – £189 million; 2010 – £165 million), reduced net profit for the year ended 30 June 2013 by £44 million (2012 – £51 million; 2011 – £57 million; 2010 – £35 million) and reduced basic earnings per share for the year ended 30 June 2013 by 1.3 pence (2012 – 1.6 pence; 2011 – 1.9 pence; 2010 – 1.1 pence). The impact on the balance sheet data is not material. See note 18 to the consolidated financial statements for more information.

See note 18 to the consolidated financial statements for an analysis of the impact on the income statement for the years ended 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012.

7



Historical information (continued)

3. Exceptional itemsExceptional items are charges or credits which,those that in management’s judgement need to be disclosed by virtue of their size or incidence in order for thea user to obtain a properfull understanding of the financial information.nature. Such items are included within the income statement caption to which they relate.relate, and are separately disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. An analysis of exceptional items is as follows:

 

 

 

Year ended 30 June

 

 

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
£ million

 

2012
£ million

 

2011
£ million

 

2010
£ million

 

Items included in operating profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring programmes

 

(163

)

(69

)

(96

)

(111

)

(142

)

Pension changes – past service credits

 

 

20

 

115

 

 

 

Brand and tangible asset impairment

 

(264

)

(50

)

(59

)

(39

)

(35

)

Duty settlements

 

 

 

 

(127

)

 

SEC settlement

 

 

 

 

(12

)

 

 

 

(427

)

(99

)

(40

)

(289

)

(177

)

Non-operating items

 

140

 

(83

)

147

 

(14

)

(15

)

Items included in taxation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax on exceptional operating items

 

99

 

27

 

19

 

51

 

39

 

Tax on sale of businesses

 

 

28

 

 

3

 

10

 

Loss of future tax amortisation

 

 

 

(524

)

 

 

Settlements with tax authorities

 

 

 

 

66

 

 

 

 

99

 

55

 

(505

)

120

 

49

 

Exceptional items in continuing operations

 

(188

)

(127

)

(398

)

(183

)

(143

)

Discontinued operations net of taxation (note 4)

 

(83

)

 

(11

)

 

(19

)

Exceptional items

 

(271

)

(127

)

(409

)

(183

)

(162

)

                                                                                                         
   Year ended 30 June 
   2016
£ million
  2015
£ million
  2014
£ million
  2013
£ million
  2012
£ million
 

Items included in operating profit

      

Brand, goodwill and tangible asset impairment

   (118      (264  (50  (59

Restructuring programmes

       (82  (163  (69  (96

Duty settlements

       (146            

Associate impairment

       (41            

Pension changes – past service credits

               20    115  

Disengagement agreements relating to United Spirits Limited

   (49                
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   (167  (269  (427  (99  (40
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-operating items

      

Gains/(losses) on sale of businesses

   215    247        (83  23  

Step up gains

       156    140        124  

Other non-operating items

   (92  (30            
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   123    373    140    (83  147  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Items included in taxation

      

Tax credit on exceptional operating items

   7    51    99    27    19  

Tax on sale of businesses

   49            28      

Loss of future tax amortisation

                   (524
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   56    51    99    55    (505
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Exceptional items in continuing operations

   12    155    (188  (127  (398

Discontinued operations net of taxation (note 3)

           (83      (11
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Exceptional items

   12    155    (271  (127  (409
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

4.3. Discontinued operationsInin the year ended 30 June 2014 discontinued operations representscomprised a charge after taxation of £83 million (2013 – £nil; 2012 – £11 million; 2011 – £nil; 2010 – £19(£91 million less tax of £8 million) (2012 - £16 million less deferred tax of £5 million) in respect of the settlement of thalidomide litigation in Australia and New Zealand and anticipated future payments to thalidomide organisations.

5.4. DividendsThe boardBoard expects that Diageo will pay an interim dividend in April and a final dividend in October of each year. Approximately 40% of the total dividend in respect of any financial year is expected to be paid as an interim dividend and approximately 60% as a final dividend. The payment of any future dividends, subject to shareholder approval, will depend upon Diageo’s earnings, financial condition and such other factors as the boardBoard deems relevant. Proposed dividends are not considered to be a liability until they are approved by the boardBoard for the interim dividend and by the shareholders at the annual general meeting for the final dividend.

The table below sets out the amounts of interim, final and total cash dividends paid by the company on each ordinary share. The dividends are translated into US dollars per ADS (each ADS representing four ordinary shares) at the actual rate on each of the respective dividend payment dates.

 

                                                                                                                              
      Year ended 30 June 

 

 

 

Year ended 30 June

 

      2016   2015   2014   2013   2012 

 

 

 

2014
pence

 

2013
pence

 

2012
pence

 

2011
pence

 

2010
pence

 

      pence   pence   pence   pence   pence 

Per ordinary share

 

Interim

 

19.70

 

18.10

 

16.60

 

15.50

 

14.60

 

   Interim     22.60     21.50     19.70     18.10     16.60  

 

Final

 

32.00

 

29.30

 

26.90

 

24.90

 

23.50

 

   Final     36.60     34.90     32.00     29.30     26.90  

 

Total

 

51.70

 

47.40

 

43.50

 

40.40

 

38.10

 

    

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Total     59.20     56.40     51.70     47.40     43.50  

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

    

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
      $   $   $   $   $ 

Per ADS

 

Interim

 

1.31

 

1.10

 

1.05

 

1.01

 

0.89

 

   Interim     1.27     1.28     1.31     1.10     1.05  

 

Final

 

2.15

 

1.89

 

1.72

 

1.59

 

1.48

 

   Final     1.95     2.14     2.06     1.89     1.72  

 

Total

 

3.46

 

2.99

 

2.77

 

2.60

 

2.37

 

    

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
   Total     3.22     3.42     3.37     2.99     2.77  
    

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

10


Historical information (continued)

Note: Subject to shareholders’ approval the final dividend for the year ended 30 June 20142016 will be paid on 26 October 2014,2016, and payment to US ADR holders will be made on 712 October 2014.2016. In the table above, an exchange rate of £1 = $1.68$1.33 has been assumed for this dividend, but the exact amount of the payment to US ADR holders will be determined by the rate of exchange on 26 October 2014.

2016.

6.5. Net borrowingsNet borrowings are defined as gross borrowings (short term borrowings and long term borrowings plus finance lease liabilities plus interest rate hedging instruments, cross currency interest rate swaps and funding foreign currency forwards and swaps used to manage borrowings) less cash and cash equivalents.

7.6. Share capital There were 2,754 million ordinary share of 28101/108 pence each in issue with a nominal value of £797 million throughout the five year period ended 30 June 2014.

8



2016.

Historical information (continued)

8.7. Exchange ratesA substantial portion of the group’s assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses are denominated in currencies other than pounds sterling. For a discussion of the impact of exchange rate fluctuations on the group’s financial position and results of operations, see note 15 to the consolidated financial statements.

The following table shows periodyear end and average US dollar/pound sterling noon buying exchange rates, for the periods indicated, expressed in US dollars per £1.

 

                                                                                                         

 

Year ended 30 June

 

  Year ended 30 June 

 

2014
$

 

2013
$

 

2012
$

 

2011
$

 

2010
$

 

  2016
$
   2015
$
   2014
$
   2013
$
   2012
$
 

Year end

 

1.71

 

1.52

 

1.57

 

1.61

 

1.50

 

   1.32     1.57     1.71     1.52     1.57  

Average rate*

 

1.64

 

1.57

 

1.59

 

1.59

 

1.57

 

Average rate(i)

   1.47     1.57     1.64     1.57     1.59  

 


*  The average of the noon buying rates on the last business day of each month during the year ended 30 June.

 

(i) The average of the noon buying rates on the last business day of each month during the year ended 30 June.

The following table shows period end, high, low and average US dollar/pound sterling noon buying exchange rates by month, for the six month period to 31 July 2014,2016, expressed in US dollars per £1. The information in respect of the month of July is for the period up to and including 31 July 2014.

 

                                                                                                                              
 2016 

 

2014

 

 July   June   May   April   March   February 

 

July
$

 

June
$

 

May
$

 

April
$

 

March
$

 

February
$

 

 $   $   $   $   $   $ 

Month end

 

1.69

 

1.71

 

1.68

 

1.69

 

1.67

 

1.68

 

  1.33     1.32     1.45     1.46     1.44     1.39  

Month high

 

1.72

 

1.71

 

1.70

 

1.69

 

1.67

 

1.68

 

  1.33     1.48     1.47     1.46     1.45     1.46  

Month low

 

1.69

 

1.67

 

1.67

 

1.66

 

1.65

 

1.63

 

  1.29     1.32     1.44     1.41     1.39     1.39  

Average rate**

 

1.71

 

1.69

 

1.68

 

1.67

 

1.66

 

1.66

 

Average rate(i)

  1.31     1.42     1.45     1.43     1.42     1.43  

 


**  The average of the noon buying rates on each business day of the month.

 

The noon buying exchange rate as at 1 August 2014 was £1 = $1.68.

(i) The average of the noon buying rates on each business day of the month.

 

The noon buying exchange rate as at 29 July 2016 was £1 = $1.33.

These rates have been provided for information only. They are not necessarily the rates that have been used in this document for currency translations or in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. See note 1 to the consolidated financial statements for the actual rates used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements.

 

9



11


Strategic report

Business description

OUR BUSINESS

Diageo is a global leader in beverage alcohol with iconic brands across spirits and beer. We truly understand the consumer and have world-class marketing and innovation skills to build powerful brands that play a positive role in spirits, beersociety.

Diageo has built a strong platform for growth. We have grown through investment in our brands, and wine. by acquisition to broaden our geographical footprint and category depth and range.

Our 21 market model(i) has established strong local business units, well positioned to win in increasingly competitive and fast paced operating environments.

We invest behindwant to make a positive contribution – to society, to communities, to individuals, and to the environment – while continuing to prosper as a business. We actively create the shared value that is part of our heritage, and essential to our future.

Strength through global reach and iconic brands

We build global brands alongside local stars. These brands have broad consumer appeal across geographies to meet demand now and in the future.

Doing business the right way

For us, standards are everything, from how we produce and market our brands, to drive growth, providing consumers with choicehow we innovate and quality across categories and price points.

Our business is built on foundations laid by the giants of our industry. Arthur Guinness, Alexander Walker and all those that followed in their footsteps, cared deeply about the people and businesses they fostered. They were driven to create products that would last for generations, the best conditions for their people, and the best financial performance. Today, we act like those entrepreneurs, passionate about our brands, our customers and consumers, our communities, and society as a whole. Our purpose is to help our consumers celebrate life, every day, everywhere, and to do so responsibly.

We give our people the freedom to do the best work of their careers. We take great pride in what we do,sell, and in how we do it. Above all we value each other’s commitment to delivering the best.governance and ethics as codified in our Code of Business Conduct.

 

WE PRODUCEWe produce

We innovate

WE MARKETWe market

WE INNOVATE

WE SELL

We sell

Every year weWe produce more than 6.5 billion litres of our brands from more than 100150 sites in around 30 countries. Our supply functions are responsible for the distilling, brewing, bottling, packaging and distribution of our brands. We are committed to efficient, sustainable production to the highest quality standards, and are proud that our supply facilities are recognised as leaders in environmental sustainability. Our 21 markets are designated as import markets, import and third-party production markets or import and local production markets.standards. Our export-led International Supply Centre (ISC), based in Europe produces many of our heritage brands, including our Scotch whisky products. It employs over 4,000 people across more than 55 sites in Scotland, England, Ireland, Italy and the Netherlands.

Innovation is a mindset driving everything we do and an important growth engine for our business. We are committedcombine our world-leading technical and research capability with investments in smaller start-ups. We partner with entrepreneurs to ensuring that our brands are at the front of consumers’ minds whenever a purchase decision arises. The strength of our portfolio means that we have relevant brands at almost every price tier of every category. We work tirelesslyactively experiment in digital technology, new business models and partnerships to engagesolve business issues and delight existing andunlock new consumers, constantly innovating with our products and how we market. opportunities.

For decades our brands have been at the forefront of marketing innovation and the same remains true today. We invest in world-class marketing to build our brands, focused on programmes which recruit and re-recruit consumers. We take seriously our obligations to market our brands responsibly and to help our consumers make informed decisions about drinking, or not drinking. We are committed to the development and implementation of programmes to educate consumers about responsible drinking.

seriously.

Innovation is critical to our continued growth. We are committed to finding breakthrough innovations and ideas to serve our customers and consumers. We identify new consumer trends, and innovate at scale boldly. Innovation is a permanent engine of growth for our business and we are restless in our search for new products. We are open-minded to where these ideas will come from, combining our world-leading technical and research capability with investments in smaller start-ups. In each of the last five years our innovation pipeline has delivered double digit growth for Diageo.

Everyone at Diageo is encouraged to sellsells or tounderstands how they can help to sell. This is just one expression of the world-class customer focus that is at the heart of our business. Our founders and all those who followed, were obsessed with providing the best quality products to their customers in markets at home and abroad. Todaysales-led organisation we are no different. In each ofbuilding. We work to extend our 21 markets, we are passionate aboutsales reach by ensuring our products are available to consumers in every appropriate shop or bar. We are continually working to deliver amazingwhere people want them and by delivering memorable consumer experiences and to extend our sales reach.

experiences.

Our role in society

10Everywhere we operate, we set out to have a positive impact on the world around us. Doing so is good for our business, for our communities and for our consumers.



At the core of our approach is a commitment to create a positive role for alcohol in society. This is fundamental to our purpose – celebrating life, every day, everywhere. We are also committed to tackling alcohol misuse through effective programmes that prevent and reduce alcohol misuse, and work with others to raise awareness and change people’s attitudes and behaviour. We market our products responsibly and provide the information consumers need to make informed decisions.

Our distilleries and breweries are at the very heart of the communities in which we work, which gives us an opportunity to create shared value. To do this, we work hard to increase access to opportunity through: enabling entrepreneurship, employability and skills; improving access to clean water, sanitation and hygiene; and helping to empower women.

By reducing carbon packaging, water and waste now, we are reducing our environmental impact to support future opportunities.

(i)Throughout this Annual Report 2016, reference to Diageo’s 21 geographically based markets are stated as ‘21 markets’.

 

12


Business description (continued)

 

Production

Diageo owns manufacturing production facilities across the globe, including maltings, distilleries, breweries, packaging plants, maturation warehouses, cooperages vineyards, wineries and distribution warehouses. Diageo’s brands are also produced at plants owned and operated by third parties and joint ventures at a number of locations internationally.

Diageo has been investing over the last few years in a number of restructuring programmes thatto increase the efficiency of its supply operations. The most significant programmes are referred toThis has resulted in note 4 toimprovements and changes in the consolidated financial statements.

group’s supply operations principally in North America, Scotland and Ireland.

The locations, principal activities, products, packaging production capacity and packaging production volume of Diageo’s principal production centres in the year ended 30 June 2014 are2016 were as follows:

 

Location

 

Principal products

 

Production
capacity in
millions of
equivalents
units*

 

Production
volume in 2014
in
millions of
equivalent
units

 

  

Principal products

      Production
capacity in
millions of
equivalent
units(i)
   Production
    volume in 2016
in

millions of
equivalent units
 

United Kingdom Spirits

 

Scotch whisky, Irish whiskey, gin, vodka, rum, ready to drink

 

87

 

52

 

United Kingdom (Spirits)  Scotch whisky, gin, vodka, rum, ready to drink   96     52  

UK, Ireland (Guinness)

 

Beer

 

8

 

7

 

  Beer   8     7  

Ireland (Baileys)

 

Irish cream liqueur

 

12

 

7

 

  Irish cream liqueur   12     7  

Italy (Santa Vittoria)

 

Vodka, wine, rum, ready to drink

 

10

 

6

 

  Vodka, wine, rum, ready to drink   11     4  

Turkey

 

Raki, vodka, gin, liqueur, wine

 

8

 

5

 

  Raki, vodka, gin, liqueur, wine   8     6  

United States, Canada, US Virgin Islands

 

Vodka, gin, tequila, rum, wine, Canadian whisky, American whiskey, progressive adult beverages, ready to drink

 

44

 

34

 

  Vodka, gin, tequila, rum, Canadian whisky, American whiskey, progressive adult beverages, ready to drink   43     34  

United States

 

Wine

 

2

 

1

 

Brazil

 

Cachaça, vodka

 

9

 

6

 

  Cachaça, vodka   11     8  

Jamaica

 

Beer

 

1

 

1

 

Mexico  Tequila   1     1  

Australia

 

Rum, vodka, ready to drink

 

4

 

2

 

  Rum, vodka, ready to drink   4     2  

Singapore

 

Finishing centre

 

4

 

2

 

  Finishing centre   7     1  
India  Rum, vodka, whisky, scotch, brandy, gin, wine   160     111  

Nigeria

 

Beer

 

7

 

5

 

  Beer   7     5  

South Africa

 

Beer and spirits

 

4

 

3

 

  Beer, spirits and ready to drink   8     6  

East Africa (Uganda, Kenya, Tanzania)

 

Beer and spirits

 

10

 

7

 

  Beer and spirits   13     11  

Africa Regional Markets (Ethiopia, Cameroon, Ghana, Seychelles)

 

Beer

 

5

 

3

 

  Beer   7     4  

 


*Capacity represents ongoing production capacity at any production centre. The production capacities quoted in the table are based on actual production levels for the year ended 30 June 2014 adjusted for the elimination of unplanned losses and inefficiencies.

(i)Capacity represents ongoing production capacity. The production capacities quoted in the table are based on actual production levels for the year ended 30 June 2016 adjusted for the elimination of unplanned losses and inefficiencies. On 7 October 2015 the group disposed of its brewing operations in Jamaica and Singapore and Malysia. On 1 January 2016 Diageo disposed of its wine operations in the United States. The figures above exclude the production capacity and volume for these operations.

Spirits

Spirits are produced in distilleries located worldwide. The group owns 29 Scotch whisky distilleries in Scotland, an Irish whiskey distillery in Northern Ireland, two whisky distilleries in Canada and aone whiskey distillery in the United States. Diageo produces Smirnoff internationally. Ketel One vodka isand Cîroc vodkas are purchased as finished product from The Nolet Group.Group and Eurowinegate, respectively. Gin distilleries are located in both the United Kingdom and the United States. Baileys is produced in the Republic of Ireland and Northern Ireland. Rum is blended and bottled in the United States, Canada, Italy and the United Kingdom, and is distilled and blended in the US Virgin Islands and in Australia, Venezuela and Guatemala. Raki is produced in Turkey, while Chinese white spirits are produced in Chengdu, in the Sichuan province of China. In August 2012, Diageo acquired 100% of Ypióca Bebidas S.A. which owns China, cachaça farm and a distilleryis produced in Ceará State in Brazil and produces cachaça. Don Julio tequila in Mexico.

13


Business description (continued)

Diageo’s maturing Scotch whisky is located in warehouses in Scotland (primarily(the largest at Blackgrange)Blackgrange holding approximately 50% of the group’s maturing Scotch whisky), its maturing Canadian whisky in La Salle and Gimli in Canada and its maturing American whiskey in Kentucky and Tennessee in the United States. In May 2014 the company announced its intention to invest an estimatedapproximately $115 million (£86 million) over three years to build a distillery and six barrel storage warehouses in Shelby County, Kentucky. ThisThe new distillery is expected to be in operation by the end of calendar year 2016.

11



Business description (continued)

In January 2014, plans were announced to double the production capacity of the Clynelish distillery in Scotland, expected to be producing from August 2016, as well as to construct a bioenergy plant to power the distillery.

In April 2013, it was announced that Teaninich in Scotland would be the location for a new malt whisky distillery. Currently the group is focusing on expansion of the existing distillery at Teaninich, which is expected to double the capacity of the distillery and is expected to be operating from January 2015. The group has since commenced planning for the new build distillery at Teaninich, as well as an associated bioenergy plant, with completion date still to be determined. The major expansion of Scotch whisky production in the Speyside area will continue with the construction of a new bio energy-plant at Glendullan to treat by-products and produce biogas which will be used to power the distillery, and a planned expansion to double the capacity of the Mortlach distillery at Dufftown.

Elsewhere in Scotland,June 2012, the company is completing a major expansion of the Glen Ord Distillery, near Muir of Ord, doubling its capacity and is progressing with the second phase of construction of a new warehousing facility at Cluny near Kirkcaldy.

These activities are part ofannounced a multi-year investment plan launched in Scotch whisky production and inventory and has spent approximately £1 billion to date. The investment program was completed in the year ended 30 June 2012 at a cost of over £500 million where2016. Investments made during the group plansyear ended 30 June 2016 in Clynelish and increases in warehousing capacity to lay downsupport distilling and maturing scotch inventoryactivities are intended to meet projectedprovide for long term demand.Scotch sales growth.

Diageo owns a controlling equity stake in United Spirits Limited (USL) which is the leading alcoholic beverage company in India selling over 90 million equivalent cases of Indian-Made Foreign Liquor (IMFL). USL has a significant market presence across India and operates 26 owned, 17 leased and 39 third party manufacturing facilities in India and Nepal. USL also operates spirit distillation plants for neutral alcohol, malt spirit, grape spirit and rum spirit with accompanying maturation facilities. USL has many leading Indian brands such as McDowell’s (Indian whisky, rum and brandy), Black Dog (scotch), Signature (Indian whisky), Antiquity (Indian whisky) and Bagpiper (Indian whisky).

Beer

Diageo’s principal brewing facilities arefacility is at the St James’s Gate brewery in Dublin Irelandwhere the capacity was recently expanded to brew all beers sold in Europe and for global exports in particular to the United States. Diageo has breweries in a number of African countries: Nigeria, Kenya, Ghana, Cameroon, Ethiopia, Tanzania, Uganda Seychelles, and Jamaica. In addition,the Seychelles.

On 1 December 2015, Diageo also owns adisposed of its 25% equity intereststake in Sedibeng Brewery (Pty) Limited, which owned a brewery in South AfricaAfrica. On 7 October 2015, Diageo also completed the disposal of its 57.87% shareholding in Desnoes & Geddes (Jamaican Red Stripe business) and an effective 25.5% interestits 49.99% stake in GAPL Pte Limited (Singapore and Malaysian beer business) to Heineken. GAPL owns 51% of Guinness Anchor BerhardBerhad, operating in Malaysia, which operates a brewery in Malaysia. was also disposed of.

Guinness is also brewed by a number ofover 50 third parties around the world under licence arrangements. Guinness flavour extract is shipped from Ireland to all overseas Guinness brewing operations.

operations which use the flavour extract to brew Guinness locally. Guinness Draught in cans and bottles is packaged at Runcorn and Belfast in the United Kingdom. The Runcorn facility performs the kegging of Guinness Draught which is transported to Great Britain in bulk.

Wine

Diageo’s principal wineries are in the United States but the group also has operations in Argentina and Turkey. For European markets, wines are mainly bottled in Diageo’s facilities in Italy. Wines are sold both in their local markets and overseas.

Ready to drink

Diageo produces a range of ready to drink products mainly in the United Kingdom, Italy, South Africa, Australia, the United States and Canada.

Property, plant and equipment

Diageo owns approximately 92%95% of the manufacturing, distilling, brewing, bottling and administration facilities it uses across the group’s worldwide operations. It holds approximately 4%3% of properties on leases in excess of 50 years. The principal production facilities are described above. As at 30 June 2014,2016, Diageo’s land and buildings are included in the group’s consolidated balance sheet at a net book value of £942£1,083 million. Diageo’s two largest individual facilities, in terms of book value, are the Leven bottling, blending and warehousing facility in Scotland and St James’s Gate brewery in Dublin. OfApproximately 38% of the net book value of Diageo’s land and buildings approximately 43% are properties located in Great Britain, 16%14% in IrelandIndia, and 12% both in the United States.States and Ireland.

 

On 2 July 2014 Diageo acquired a majority holding in United Spirits Limited (USL). USL is a leading spirits producer in India and own 31 production sites across 29 states of India. The aggregate bottling capacity is 84 million actual cases per year. In addition, USL uses approximately 60 third party sites in India and 3 sites overseas to manufacture its products with a capacity to produce some 77 million cases per year. USL is currently in the process of completing the disposal of Whyte & Mackay which is not included in the figures above.14


Business description (continued)

 

Raw materials and supply agreements

The group has a number of long term contracts in place for the purchase of significant raw materials including glass, other packaging, spirit, cream, rum and grapes. Forward contracts are in place for the purchase of cereals to minimise the effects of short term price fluctuations.

Cream is the principal raw material used in the production of Irish cream liqueur and is sourced from Ireland. Grapes are used in the production of wine and raki and are sourced from suppliers in the United States, Argentina and Turkey. Other raw materials purchased in significant quantities for the production of spirits and beer are molasses, cereals, sugar and a number of flavours (such as juniper berries, agave, aniseed, chocolate and herbs). These are sourced from suppliers around the world.

The majority of products are supplied to customers in glass bottles. Glass is purchased from a variety of multinational and local suppliers; the largest suppliers are Ardagh Packaging in the United Kingdom and Owens Illinois in the United States.

12



Business description (continued)

Competition

Diageo’s brands compete on the basis of consumer loyalty, quality and price.

In spirits, Diageo’s major global competitors are Pernod Ricard, Beam Suntory, Bacardi and Brown Forman, each of which has several brands that compete directly with Diageo’s brands. In addition, Diageo faces competition from local and regional companies in the countries in which it operates.

In beer, Diageo competes globally as well as on a regional and local basis (with the profile varying between regions) with several competitors, including AB InBev, Heineken, SABMiller, Molson Coors and Carlsberg.

In wine, the market is fragmented with many producers and distributors.

Research and development

Innovation forms an important part of Diageo’s growth strategy, playing a key role in positioning its brands for continued growth in both the developed and emerging markets. The strength and depth of Diageo’s brand range provides a solid platform from which to drive innovation. Diageo continuously invests to deepen its understanding of shopper trends and changing consumer habits to inform product and packaging development. Supporting this, the group has ongoing programmes to develop new products across beverage alcohol categories which are managed internally by the innovation and research and development function, which also takes advantage of a substantial open innovation network.

In the year ended 30 June 2014,2016, the group’s research and development expenditure amounted to £24£28 million (2013(2015£21£26 million; 20122014£18£24 million), representing principally the cost of developing new products, from idea generation through to full product development. Research and development expenditure is generally written off in the year in which it is incurred.

Trademarks

Diageo produces, sells and distributes branded goods and is therefore substantially dependent on the maintenance and protection of its trademarks. All brand names mentioned in this document are trademarks. The group also holds numerous licences and trade secrets, as well as having substantial trade knowledge related to its products. The group believes that its significant trademarks are registered and/or otherwise protected (insofar as legal protection is available) in all material respects in its most important markets. Diageo also owns valuable patents and trade secrets for technology and takes all reasonable steps to protect these rights.

Regulations and taxes

Diageo’s worldwide operations are subject to extensive regulatory requirements regarding production, product liability, distribution, importation, marketing, promotion, sales, pricing, labelling, packaging, advertising, labour, pensions, compliance and control systems and environmental issues. In the United States, the beverage alcohol industry is subject to strict federal and state government regulations. At the federal level, the Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau of the U.S. Treasury Department oversees the industry, and each state as well as some local authorities in jurisdictions in which Diageo sells or produces products, have regulations. Federal, state and local regulations coveringcover virtually every aspect of its operations, including production, distribution, marketing, promotion, sales, pricing, labelling, packaging and advertising.

15


Business description (continued)

 

Spirits, beer and wine are subject to national import and excise duties in many markets around the world. Most countries impose excise duties on beverage alcohol products, although the form of such taxation varies significantly from a simple application to units of alcohol by volume, to advanced systems based on imported or wholesale value of the product. Several countries impose additional import duty on distilled spirits, often discriminating between categories (such as Scotch whisky or bourbon) in the rate of such tariffs. Within the European Union, such products are subject to different rates of excise duty in each country, but within an overall European Union framework, there are minimum rates of excise duties that can be applied.

Import and excise duties can have a significant impact on the final pricing of Diageo’s products to consumers. These duties have an impact on the competitive position as compared to other brands. The group devotes resources to encouraging the equitable taxation treatment of all beverage alcohol categories and to reducing government-imposed barriers to fair trading.

Advertising, marketing and sales of alcohol are subject to various restrictions in markets around the world. These range from a complete prohibition of alcohol in certain cultures and countries, such as in certain states in India, and cultures, through the prohibition of the import of spirits, wine and beer, to restrictions on the advertising style, media and messages used. In a number of countries, television is a prohibited medium for spirits brands and in other countries, television advertising, while permitted, is carefully regulated. Many countries also regulate the use of internet-based advertising and social media in connection with alcohol sales.

Spirits, beer and wine are also regulated in distribution. In many countries, alcohol may only be sold through licensed outlets, both on and off trade, varying from government or state operated monopoly outlets (for example, Canada, Norway and certain US states) to the common system of licensed on trade outlets (for example, licensed bars and restaurants) which prevails in much of the Western world (for example, most US states and the European Union). In about one-third of the states in the United States, price changes must be filed or published 30 days to three months, depending on the state, before they become effective.

Labelling of beverage alcohol products is also regulated in many markets, varying from health warning labels to importer identification, alcohol strength and other consumer information. As well as producer, importer or bottler identification, specific warning statements related to the risks of drinking beverage alcohol products are required to be included on all beverage alcohol products sold in the United States and in other countries where Diageo operates. Expressions of political concern signify the uncertain future of beverage alcohol products advertising on network television in the United States. Any prohibitions on advertising or marketing could have an adverse impact on sales of the group.

Regulatory decisions and changes in the legal and regulatory environment could increase Diageo’s costs and liabilities or impact on its business activities.

Acquisitions and disposals

Diageo has made a numberdisposed of acquisitions of brands, distribution rightsits wines and equity interestscertain beer assets in premium drinks businesses.the year ended 30 June 2016. For a description of principal acquisitions and disposals since 1 July 2011,2013, see note 9 to the consolidated financial statements. Diageo has not made any material disposals since 1 July 2011.

Seasonality

Approximately 40% of Diageo’s annual net sales occur in the last four months of each calendar year.

 

1316



Business description (continued)

 

OUR STRUCTUREGLOBAL REACH

Diageo’s strengthDiageo is the leading spirits player in its geographic reach.every region of the world. This regional profile provides us with exposure to the greatest consumer growth opportunities in our sector. We operate as 21 geographically based markets around the world and have a presence in over 180 countries. We employ 28,000more than 32,000 talented people across our global business. 39%

LOGO

Diageo reports as five regions

                                                                                          
  North America  Europe, Russia
and Turkey
  Africa  Latin America
and Caribbean
  Asia
Pacific
 
% Share by region     
Volume (%)  19.1    17.8    12.7    8.4    42.0  
Net sales(i)(%)  34.1    24.3    13.4    8.3    19.9  
Operating profit before exceptional items(ii)(%)  49.1    25.4    6.7    6.3    12.5  
Operating profit(iii)(%)  51.8    26.8    7.1    2.7    11.6  
Number of responsible drinking programmes (%)  21.2    25.4    15.6    15.7    22.1  
Water withdrawals(iv)(%)  10.0    38.2    37.8    1.8    12.2  
Carbon emissions(iv)(%)  6.7    42.7    37.4    2.3    10.9  

Number of employees(v)(%)

  9.0  �� 33.5    16.5    9.8    31.2  

(i)Does not include corporate net sales of £36 million. (ii) Excluding exceptional operating charges of £167 million (2015 – £269 million) and corporate and ISC costs before exceptional items of £150 million (2015 – £123 million). (iii) Excluding corporate and ISC costs of £150 million (2015 – £139 million). (iv) Excludes corporate offices which account for <2% of combined impacts. (v) Employees have been allocated to the region in which they reside. Most people who work on behalf of Diageo are employed by Diageo, although, we also employ fixed term or temporary employees. In 2016 we hired 1,386 fixed-term or temporary employees. We have a strong commitment to dialogue, and in 2016, 46% of our employees were covered by collective bargaining agreements. Diageo aims to maintain regular, open dialogue with unions over issues of common interest.

17


Business description (continued)

OUR BRANDS

Our global reach is matched by our broad portfolio of Diageo’s business isinternational and local brands. We own the top two largest spirits brands in the emerging marketsworld, Johnnie Walker and Smirnoff, and 20 of the world’s top 100 spirits brands.

Our portfolio spans consumer drinking occasions. Using local market insights, our teams are able to select the most relevant brands from our global portfolio to meet the consumer opportunity in Latin America, Asia, Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey. This presence is balanced throughtheir market. All of our strong businessesmarketing activities adhere to the Diageo Marketing Code to ensure our brands are marketed responsibly. A selection of our brands are included in the world’s most profitable beverage alcohol market, the United States, and an integrated Western European business.table below.

 

DIAGEO REPORTS AS FIVE REGIONS

 

 

North
America

 

Western Europe

 

Africa, Eastern
Europe and Turkey

 

Latin America
and Caribbean

 

Asia Pacific

 

FINANCIALS BY REGION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Volume (EUm)

 

49.3

 

33.0

 

36.0

 

23.0

 

14.8

 

Net sales* (£m)

 

3,444

 

2,169

 

2,075

 

1,144

 

1,347

 

Operating profit** (£m)

 

1,460

 

639

 

554

 

328

 

283

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% SHARE BY REGION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Volume (%)

 

32

 

21

 

23

 

15

 

9

 

Net sales* (%)

 

34

 

21

 

21

 

11

 

13

 

Operating profit** (%)

 

45

 

19

 

17

 

10

 

9

 


Reported net sales for the year ended 30 June 2014.

* Excluding corporate net sales of £79 million;

**Excluding exceptional operating charges of £427 million and corporate costs of £130 million.

% SHARE OF NET SALES BY OUR 21 MARKETS***

EACH OF OUR 21 MARKETS
IS ACCOUNTABLE FOR ITS
OWN PERFORMANCE AND
FOR DRIVING GROWTH

North
America

Western Europe

Africa, Eastern
Europe and Turkey

Latin America
and Caribbean

Asia PacificGlobal giants(i)

>20%

US Spirits & Wines

Western Europe

Our business is anchored around our six biggest global brands.

Johnnie WalkerSmirnoffCaptain MorganBaileysTanquerayGuinness

3-6%Local stars

Diageo-Guinness USA (DGUSA)

Nigeria, East Africa, Turkey, Africa Regional Markets

WestLAC, Paraguay, Uruguay & Brazil

Global Travel Asia & Middle EastReserve

2-3%Can be individual to any one market, and provide a platform for our business to grow.

Exceptional spirits brands at above-premium price points to capture the global luxury opportunity.
Crown RoyalYenì RakiJeBJohnnie Walker Blue LabelJohnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve

CanadaJohnnie Walker

Russia & Eastern Europe, South Africa

South East Asia, Australia, North Asia, Greater ChinaKing George V

<2%

Buchanan’s

Windsor

Grand Old Parr

Private Collection

Mexico, Venezuela, Colombia

Lagavulin

India

The Singleton of Glen Ord
BundabergBell’sMcDowell’s No. 1CîrocKetel One vodkaTanqueray No. TEN
YpiócaCaciqueShui Jing FangRon Zacapa Centenario XOTequila Reserva de Don JuiloBulleit Bourbon


ReportedSource: Impact Databank Value Ratings, May 2016. (i) Global giants represent 40% of Diageo net sales for the year ended 30 June 2014.

***Throughout this Annual Report 2014, reference to Diageo’s 21 geographically based markets will be stated as ’21 markets’.sales.

 

1418



Business description (continued)

BRAND PERFORMANCE

 

These brands deliver approximately two-thirds of our net sales. They have broad consumer appeal across geographies, and while each of them has a rich heritage, they all continue to innovate and expand to meet new and emerging consumer trends.

Brand

 

Category

 

Key markets

 

Volume
movement

 

Organic net
sales movement

 

Reported net
sales movement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Johnnie Walker

 

Scotch whisky

 

No.1 SCOTCH WHISKY IN THE WORLD*

 

United States, Global Travel & Middle East, Brazil, Mexico, China, Thailand, South Africa, Taiwan

 

(6

)%

(4

)%

(9

)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Crown Royal

 

Canadian whisky

 

No.1 CANADIAN WHISKY IN THE WORLD**

 

United States, Canada

 

(4

)%

1

%

(3

)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

JεB

 

Scotch whisky

 

No.5 SCOTCH WHISKY IN THE WORLD*

 

Spain, France, South Africa, United States, Turkey, Belgium, Portugal

 

(7

)%

(8

)%

(11

)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Buchanan’s

 

Scotch whisky

 

No.3 PREMIUM SCOTCH WHISKY IN LATIN AMERICA AND CARIBBEAN*

 

United States, Mexico, Venezuela, Colombia

 

(13

)%

6

%

(24

)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Windsor

 

Scotch whisky

 

No.2 SUPER PREMIUM SCOTCH WHISKY IN ASIA PACIFIC*

 

Korea, China

 

(5

)%

1

%

1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bushmills

 

Irish whiskey

 

No.3 IRISH WHISKEY IN THE WORLD*

 

United States, Russia, Ireland, France, Great Britain

 

8

%

7

%

4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Captain Morgan

 

Rum

 

No.2 BRAND IN THE RUM CATEGORY IN THE WORLD**

 

United States, Canada, Great Britain, Germany, Russia, South Africa

 

6

%

6

%

1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smirnoff

 

Vodka

 

No.1 PREMIUM VODKA IN THE WORLD**

 

United States, Great Britain, Canada, Brazil, South Africa, Australia

 

(1

)%

(2

)%

(7

)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cîroc

 

Vodka

 

No.2 ULTRA PREMIUM VODKA IN THE UNITED STATES***

 

United States, Brazil, Great Britain

 

2

%

2

%

(2

)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ketel One vodka

 

Vodka

 

No.2 SUPER PREMIUM VODKA IN THE UNITED STATES***

 

United States, Canada, Australia, Brazil

 

3

%

6

%

2

%

15



Business description (continued)

Brand

 

Category

 

Key markets

 

Volume
movement

 

Organic net
sales movement

 

Reported net
sales movement

 

Baileys

 

Liqueur

 

No.1 LIQUEUR IN THE WORLD**

 

United States, Great Britain, Canada, Germany, Spain

 

(2

)%

1

%

(3

)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Don Julio

 

Tequila

 

No.1 ULTRA PREMIUM TEQUILA IN THE WORLD*

 

United States, Colombia, Australia, Canada

 

27

%

27

%

22

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tanqueray

 

Gin

 

No.1 IMPORTED GIN IN THE UNITED STATES****

 

United States, Spain, Canada, Great Britain, Australia, Italy

 

4

%

6

%

3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guinness

 

Beer

 

No.1 STOUT IN THE WORLD*****

 

Great Britain, Ireland, Nigeria, United States, Indonesia, Cameroon

 

(5

)%

(1

)%

(5

)%


Organic equals reported movement for volume. See page 102 for definition of organic movement.

*IWSR; **Impact Databank; ***Nielsen; ****Beverage Information Group; *****Plato Logic.

Read more on pages 65-67.

16



Business description (continued)

OUTSTANDING BREADTH AND DEPTH ACROSS PRICE POINTS

We have brands at almost everyOur portfolio, well diversified across price tier of every category. The range of our price points means we are able to capture consumption shifts across the price spectrum. The breadth and depth of our business provides resilience, andtiers, enables us to sustainparticipate where the consumer opportunity is greatest, and to capture shifts in consumer preference.

We hold strong positions across all key international spirits categories to serve consumer occasions and price points with our performance over time.brands. Our most strategically important category is scotch. We have also established footholds in key emerging markets through participation in local spirits categories: raki in Turkey, cachaça in Brazil, local whisky in India, and a small position in the baiju category in China.

 

Ultra premium

Super premium

Ultra premium*Premium

Standard

Super premium

Premium

Standard

Value

Scotch whisky

Johnnie Walker

Blue Label

The Singleton of

Glen Ord

Buchanan’s

Johnnie Walker Black

Red Label

JεB

VAT69

VAT 69

OtherNorth American whisk(e)y

Crown Royal Extra Rare

Bulleit Bourbon

Bushmills Black Bush

Crown Royal

Seagram’s 7 Crown

Rowson’s Reserve

Vodka

Cîroc

Ketel One vodka

Smirnoff Iced Cake Flavoured Vodka

Sourced

Smirnoff

Popov Vodka

Istanblue

Rum

Ron Zacapa

Centenario XO

Pampero

Aniversario Ron Extra Añejo

Captain Morgan

Private Stock

Captain Morgan Black Spiced

Cacique Moneda De Oro

Liqueur

Grand Marnier Cuvée du Cent Cinquantenaire

Grand Marnier Cuvée Louis Alexandre

Sheridan’s Original Layered Liqueur

Baileys

Emmets

Tequila

DeLeón tequila

Tequila Reserva de Don Juilo

Peligroso Tequila
GinTanqueray No. TENJinzuTanquerayGordon’sGilbey’s
Local spiritsShui Jing FangYenì RakiYpióca

McDowell’s

No. 1

Gin

Beer

Tanqueray No. TEN

Kilkenny

Tanqueray

Guinness

Gordon’s

Tusker Finest Quality Lager

Gilbey’s

Local spirits

Shui Jing Fang

Yenì Raki

Ypióca

Vodka Hà Nội

Beer

Kilkenny

Guinness

Meta Beer

Dubic Extra Lager

 

19


*Ultra premium includes prestige.Business description (continued)

 

OUR PERFORMANCE AMBITIONSTRATEGY

We pursue the following strategy to deliver our Performance Ambition:

Diageo’s Performance AmbitionWe aim to grow our participation in international premium spirits, driven by growth in both populations and incomes, and the increasing penetration of spirits in emerging markets. To support this, we participate in both beer and mainstream spirits selectively to deliver organisational scale and distribution reach, and to shape responsible drinking trends in markets where international premium spirits is an emerging category.

Our intent is to create one ofbuild breadth and depth across drinking occasions by shaping consumer demand for our international premium spirits brands. In developed markets our strategy is to drive premiumisation through spirits price tiers up to our reserve portfolio. In emerging markets our strategy is to develop from an import-based premium spirits model to become a local player where appropriate, participating in categories that give us the best performing, most trustedscale and respected consumer products companiesaccess to the fast growing middle-class consumer. Everywhere we operate, we do so in the world.a responsible and sustainable way.

 

DIAGEO’S STRATEGY AIMS TO DELIVER OUR PERFORMANCE AMBITION THROUGH:

1.     Prioritised investment in:

2.     Targeted investment in:

a. Premium core spirits* (read more on page 23)

b. Reserve (read more on page 23)

a. Other spirits*

b. Beer

c.  Wine

Prioritised investment in:Targeted investment in:
Premium core spirits(i)ReserveMainstream spirits(i)Beer
The brands at the core of our business that provide both scale and strong margin contribution.Exceptional spirits brands at above-premium price points to capture the global luxury opportunity.Spirits-based brands priced at a similar amount per serve to mainstream beer or local spirits that enable us to shape local spirits consumption.Provides local scale and route to consumer, with focused participation in markets where we have leadership positions.

*Spirits include ready to drink (RTDs)

 

Outcomes of our strategy
① Efficient growth③ Credibility and trust
② Consistent value creation④ Motivated people

We measure progress against our Performance Ambitionstrategy using the following financial and non-financial indicators:

#1 Efficient growth

Organic net sales Operatinggrowth ①

Return on averageReach and impact ofHealth and safety ③ ④
Organic operating margininvested capital ②responsible drinkingEmployee
improvement ①Total shareholder return ②programmes ③ ④engagement index ③ ④
Earnings per share

before

Water efficiency ① ③
exceptional items ①Carbon emissions ① ③
Free cash flow

#2 Consistent value creation

Return on average invested capital

Total shareholder return

#3 Strong reputation

Alcohol in society

Water efficiency

#4 Fully engaged employees

See our key performance indicators (KPIs) pages: 23–27.

Employee super- engagement

(i)Spirits include ready to drinks (RTDs).

 

See our Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) on pages 28-30.20


Business description (continued)

 

17



Business description (continued)

OUR BUSINESS MODEL

Diageo has grown through investment inFrom our brands and route to consumer, and by acquisitions to broaden our geographical footprint and our category depth and range. Our business model is designed to driveposition as a global leader, we deliver returns for shareholders, while creating value for our customers employees and employees. In everything we do, we set out to make a positive contribution to society.

We have structured our organisation into a 21 market business model, applying country-specific strategies to meet local consumer and customer needs. This business model enables us to identify and execute against the communities in which we operate.most valuable growth opportunities, and also to supply our brands efficiently and effectively using our global expertise, while sourcing and producing locally where optimal to do so. This market-driven business model helps us to capture consumer trends early to deliver sustainable performance.

 

1.     STRONG PLATFORM

2.     AGILE OPERATING MODEL

3.     FOCUSED INVESTMENT

Global leader

Agile business modelFocused on:
Broad portfolio21 marketsPerformance drivers
Global reach

Consumer insights

Read more: page 38.
Financial strength

Participation strategy

Sustainability and responsibility
Efficient supply and procurement

Supply resources

priorities
Leading capabilitiesGlobal functionsRead more: page 38
Values
Our role in society
Broad portfolio:Diageo haswe have world-leading brands across categories and price points.

Consumer insights:in-market consumer insight teams are able to identify trends more accurately and quickly, delivering more locally relevant solutions.

21 markets

Performance drivers:Diageo haswe have identified six performance drivers which are key to improving

execution and achieving our aims.aims:premiumcore brands; reserve; innovation; route toconsumer; cost and productivity;andtalent. Each market focuses on the priorities that will drive performance in that market: premium core brands; reserve; innovation; route to consumer; cost; and talent. Read more on page 23.market.

GeographicGlobal reach:we have geographicglobal reach through

the breadth and depth of our global and local brands.

Participation strategy strategy: our participation strategy isflexibility to select the best portfolio of brands that capture the unique consumer opportunity that exists in each specific market and then to invest behinddirectly against the biggestlargest identified growth opportunities, by categoryopportunities. Each market is able to deploy a customised combination of global and channel,local brands to provide brand price tier coverage that is best suited to its specific consumer needs.Sustainability and responsibility priorities: every business decision, every operation, and every programme and initiative must work towards our three sustainability and responsibility priorities:creating a positiverole for our brands in our 21 markets.

Sustainability & Responsibility priorities: Diageo has six priorities that support our sustainable growth while meeting key stakeholder expectations: alcohol in society; water buildingthriving communities;and the environment; community empowerment; people; governance and ethics; and value chain partnerships. Read more on pages 24-27.

reducing our environmental impacts.

Financial strength:our competitive advantage is reflected by our strong financial returns and consistent financial performance.

Supply managementresources:our 21 markets are

designated as import markets, import and third-party

third party production markets, or import

and local production markets. Where we have dedicated in-market supply resource it increases the speed with which we can respond to local consumer demand and helps to protect our supply chain from political and economic volatility.

Our performance drivers and sustainability and responsibility priorities are underpinned by our commitment to the highest standards of governance and ethics.

Leading capabilitiesEfficient supply and procurement:Diageo’s focus is on brilliant execution:across

the world we have efficiency in supply and procurement; breakthrough marketing; scalable innovation;procurement, with high-quality manufacturing operations and winning relationships with our customers and consumers through distribution and sales.environmental standards.

Consumer insights: our deep consumer insights help us to anticipate and respond to rapidly changing dynamics across all markets, and continue to nurture and grow some of the world’s best-loved brands.

Global functions:Diageo’sour 21 markets are

supported by a global structure and shared services designed to leverage scale, drive efficiency, share best practice, impart knowledge and help build capability at a local level, as well as apply governance of controls, compliance and ethics.

21


Business description (continued)

 

ValuesLeading capabilities:our focus is on brilliant execution including cutting-edge consumer insights and marketing, scalable innovation, and winning relationships with our customers through distribution and sales.

Values:at the heart of everything we do are our company values: passionate about customers and consumers; be the best; freedom to succeed; proud of what we do; valuing each other.
Our role in society:we are passionate about ensuring alcohol continues to play a positive role in society, and are committed to playing our part in tackling alcohol misuse.

22


Business description (continued)

HOW WE MEASURE PERFORMANCE: Key performance indicators

GAAP measures - Financial GAAP performance measures similar to the financial non-GAAP key performance indicators are presented below.

NET SALES GROWTH (%)OPERATING MARGIN IMPROVEMENT (BPS)BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE (PENCE)
LOGOLOGOLOGO
Net sales growth (%) 2016 (3.0) 2015 5.4 2014 (9.2)Operating margin improvement (BPS) 2016 123 2015 (52) 2014 (351)Basic earnings per share 2016 89.5 2015 95.0 2014 89.7
DefinitionDefinitionDefinition
Sales growth after deducting excise duties.The percentage point movement in operating profit, divided by net sales.Profit attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company, divided by the weighted average number of shares in issue.
PerformancePerformancePerformance
Net sales declined by 3% due to disposals and adverse exchange, partially offset by organic growth and acquisitions.Operating margin improved by 123bps mainly driven by lower exceptional operating charges.Basic eps of 89.5 pence reduced by 5.5 pence principally due to the change in net exceptional charges from a charge of £44 millon in the year ended 30 June 2016 compared with a net gain of £104 million in the year ended 30 June 2015.

NET CASH FROM OPERATING
ACTIVITIES (£ MILLION)
RETURN ON CLOSING INVESTED
CAPITAL (%)
LOGOLOGO
Net cash from operating activities (£ million) 2016 2,548 2015 2,551 2014 1,790Return on closing invested capital 2016 23.2 2015 26.7 2014 28.7

Definition

Net cash from operating activities comprises the net cash flow from operating activities as disclosed on the face of the cash flow statement.

Definition

Profit for the year divided by net assets at the end of the financial year.

Performance

Net cash from operating activities was flat. Adverse movements in working capital and translation exchange were offset by higher operating profit.

Performance

Return on closing invested capital decreased by 350bps due to the increase in net assets driven by the weakening of sterling, partially offset by an increase in post employment liabilities.

23


Business description (continued)

We use the following 11 key performance indicators (KPIs) to measure our financial and non-financial performance.

They measure progress against our strategy and our performance against our KPIs are explained below:

Relevance to strategy

#1  Efficient growth

#2  Consistent value creation

#3  Credibility and trust

#4  Motivated people

 

Financial ®           Financial ®           Financial ®           
Organic net sales growth (%) #1Organic operating margin improvement (bps) #1Earnings per share before exceptional items (pence)(i) #1
LOGOLOGOLOGO
DefinitionDefinitionDefinition
Sales growth after deducting excise duties, excluding the impact of exchange rate movements, acquisitions and disposals.The percentage point movement in operating profit before exceptional items, divided by net sales after excluding the impact of exchange rate movements and acquisitions and disposals.Profit before exceptional items attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company, divided by the weighted average number of shares in issue.

Why we measure

This measure reflects our performance as the result of the choices made in terms of category and market participation, and Diageo’s ability to build brand equity, increase prices and grow market share.

Why we measure

The movement in operating margin measures the efficiency of the business. Consistent operating margin improvement is a business imperative, driven by investment choices, our focus on driving out costs across the business and improving mix.

Why we measure

Earnings per share reflects the profitability of the business and how effectively we finance our balance sheet. It is a key measure for our shareholders.

Performance

Volume growth of 1.3% driven by North America and Europe combined with positive price/mix, primarily mix effect resulted in an organic net sales growth of 2.8%.

Performance

Organic operating margin improvement was driven by favourable mix effect which helped gross margin increase combined with procurement efficiencies in marketing activity offset by higher overheads.

Performance

Earnings per share before exceptional items increased 0.6 pence largely driven byoperating profit growth, higher associate income and lower finance charges partially offset by adverse exchange effects and the impact of disposals.

More detail: see pages 49More detail: see pages 50-51More detail: see pages 51

24


Business description (continued)

Non-FinancialNon-FinancialNon-Financial
Alcohol in society(ii)(reach and impact of responsible drinking programmes) #3, #4Health and safety(lost-time accident frequency per 1,000 employees) #3, #4

Water use efficiency(iv)

(l/l) #1

LOGOLOGO

LOGO

DefinitionDefinitionDefinition
Number of programmes supported by Diageo that aim to reduce harmful drinking.Number of accidents per 1,000 full-time employees and directly supervised contractors resulting in time lost from work of one calendar day or more.Ratio of the amount of water required to produce one litre of packaged product.

Why we measure

We put our resources and skills into programmes that encourage a responsible attitude to alcohol and are effective in preventing and reducing alcohol misuse, working with others to maximise impact. These programmes address the risk of harm to consumers or communities and help us deliver our Performance Ambition.

Why we measure

Safety is a basic human right: everyone has the right to work in a safe environment, and our Zero Harm safety philosophy is that everyone should go home safe, every day, everywhere.

Why we measure

Water is the main ingredient in all of our brands. To sustain production growth and respond to the growing global demand for water, we aim to improve efficiency, minimising our water use, particularly in water-stressed areas.

Performance

We seek to broaden the reach of programmes, but we are prioritising the impact they have. This involves supporting projects that are effective in meeting their objectives. We share case studies showing impact evaluation on www.diageo.com.

Performance

In 2016, we improved our performance with a reduction in LTAs of 13% compared with 2015. This was driven by a strong focus on embedding standards into newer markets to reduce accident levels and leveraging best practice safety management tools. In some of our more established markets, this enabled us to get close to our target of zero accidents.

Performance

12.1% improvement on 2015, resulting from process optimisations and improvements across all sites and in particularly at our Tusker Brewery in Kenya and our Gimli Distillery in Canada.

More detail: see pages 115-117More detail: see pages 120-121More detail: see pages 125-128

25


Business description (continued)

Financial ®FinancialFinancial ®

Free cash flow

(£ million) #1

Return on average invested capital (ROIC) (%) #2

Total shareholder return

(%) #2

LOGOLOGOLOGO
DefinitionDefinitionDefinition
Free cash flow comprises the net cash flow from operating activities aggregated with the net cash received/paid for loans receivable and other investments, and the net cash cost paid for property, plant and equipment, and computer software.Profit before finance charges and exceptional items attributable to equity shareholders divided by average invested capital. Invested capital comprises net assets aggregated with exceptional restructuring costs and goodwill at the date of transition to IFRS, excluding post employment liabilities, net borrowings and non-controlling interests.Percentage growth in the value of a Diageo share (assuming all dividends and capital distributions are re-invested).

Why we measure

Free cash flow is a key indicator of the financial management of the business and reflects the cash generated by the business to fund payments to our shareholders and acquisitions.

Why we measure

ROIC is used by management to assess the return obtained from the group’s asset base. Improving ROIC builds financial strength to enable Diageo to attain its financial objectives.

Why we measure

Diageo’s Directors have a fiduciary responsibility to maximise long-term value for shareholders. We also monitor our relative TSR performance against our peers.

Performance

Improvement was driven by lower capex, increased operating profit and lower interest payments partially offset by adverse working capital impact mainly driven by prior year improvement in debtor collection.

Performance

Adverse exchange led in a decline of ROIC partially offset by the increased return from growth in operating profit and income from associates.

Performance

Diageo delivered total shareholder return of 17% as dividends paid increased by 5% and share price increased driven by underlying business improvement and exchange.

More detail: see page 52More detail: see page 53

26


Business description (continued)

Non-FinancialNon-Financial

Remuneration

Some KPIs are used as a measure in the incentives plans for the remuneration of executives. These are identified with the symbol®.

4.     VALUE CREATION:Carbon emissions(v) Shareholder value; investment

(1,000 tonnes CO2e) #1, #3

Employee engagement index(vi)

% #3, #4

LOGOLOGO

Definition

Absolute volume of carbon emissions, in 1,000 tonnes.

Definition

Measured through our Values Survey; includes metrics for employee satisfaction, loyalty, advocacy and pride.

See our Directors’ remuneration report from page 165 for more detail.

Why we measure

Carbon emissions are a key element of our environmental impact and the impact of the industry. We recognise the importance of reducing our carbon emissions to mitigate climate change and position us well for a low-carbon economy in the business; customer, employeefuture, as well as creating efficiencies and social value.savings now.

Why we measure

Employee engagement is a key enabler of our strategy and performance. The survey allows us to measure, quantitatively and qualitatively, how far employees believe we are living our values. The results inform our ways of working, engagement strategies and leadership development.

Performance

7.7% reduction in total carbon emissions resulting from cumulative impacts of multiple energy efficiency initiatives and switches to renewable fuels, predominately biogas recovery and reuse and displacement of fossil fuels.

Performance

This year, 97% of our people participated in our Values Survey (24,843 out of the 25,712 able to participate). 77% of our people were identified as engaged, with 80% feeling they were ‘enabled to perform’. Our survey scores have improved each year since 2014.

More detail: see pages 128-129More detail: see pages 121-123

 

18



(i)For reward purposes this measure is further adjusted for the impact of exchange rates and other factors not controlled by management, to ensure focus on our underlying performance drivers.
(ii)Alcohol in society KPI has been redesigned to measure reach and impact of programmes. See more details on page 116.
(iii)Non-financial KPIs for the year ended 30 June 2015 include United Spirits Limited, except health and safety (see pages120-121).
(iv)In accordance with Diageo’s environmental reporting methodologies, data for each of the four years in the period ended 30 June 2015 has been restated and total water used excludes irrigation water for agricultural purposes on land under the operational control of the company.
(v)Data for each of the four years in the period ended 30 June 2015 has been restated in accordance with the WRI/WBCSD GHG Protocol and Diageo’s environmental reporting methodology.
(vi)In 2014, we reviewed our overall approach to measuring engagement, and adopted a revised index. The new index allows us to compare our results with other best-in-class organisations, and sets us a more stretching benchmark for employee engagement.

See reconciliation of non-GAAP measures to GAAP measures on page 133.

 

27


Business description (continued)

 

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT

IN BUILDING REPUTATION, DIAGEO STARTS FROM A POSITION OF STRENGTH.

Diageo hasis a global leader in an enviable history of entrepreneurialismindustry that has built the leadership ofis growing and financially attractive. As we deliver on our future opportunities with our brands and business over many generations. Criticalgeographic reach, we will continue to our future successpromote responsible drinking as part of a global consumer goods company operating in over 180 countries,balanced lifestyle. This is our abilityat the centre of Diageo’s purpose to maintain that entrepreneurial spirit.”celebrate life every day, everywhere.

 

InterimRecommended final dividend per share

2016: 36.6ph5%
2015: 34.9p

Total dividend per share(i)

2016: 59.2p19.7ph (↑ 9%)

31 December 2012: 18.1p

5%

Final recommended dividend per share

2015: 56.4p

Total shareholder return (%)

2016:32.0p h(↑ 9%)

30 June 2013: 29.3p

17%

2015:Total dividend per share*h

2%

51.7p (↑ 9%)

 

Full year 2013: 47.4p

(i)

*Includes recommended final dividend.

A stronger, more competitive business

GRAPHICI am pleased with the performance Diageo has delivered this year, my last as Chairman. We are a stronger business and have returned to growth, and I would like to thank our Chief Executive, Ivan Menezes, and the Diageo Executive team for leading this progress. Diageo has positioned the consumer at the heart of the business, through marketing, innovation, local participation strategies and now has the consumer-facing culture required to succeed in today’s competitive marketplace.

Diageo’s opportunity for growth lies in positive global demographics and income growth, and the increasing penetration of spirits in emerging markets. Our footprint is made up of enviable positions in key geographies: in Africa and India, which together represent almost half of the global growth opportunity for our industry, and also a leading competitive position in North America, the biggest driver of developed market growth. In each of these markets we have a strong portfolio of brands, a proven capability in identifying and acting on consumer insights, leading skills in marketing and innovation, and a reputation for operating in a responsible and sustainable way.

 

28


IvanBusiness description (continued)

Business development

Responsiveness and agility are key drivers of performance and the Diageo Executive Committeeteam have set outenhanced these capabilities in several areas during the clearyear, including: a continued focus on building a world-class sales organisation, investment in local production, and stretching ambitionbuilding the capability of local talent. Alongside the continued focus on organic growth, Diageo released £1 billion from the sale of non-core assets through a more proactive approach to createmanaging our portfolio. This included the sale of our wine interests – primarily the US-based Chateau and Estate Wines and the UK-based Percy Fox businesses to Treasury Wine Estates – and the sale of non-core beer assets in Jamaica and Malaysia. These transactions followed the restructuring of our business in Southern Africa, having achieved our goal of leadership in spirits and growth in the beer business through the successful brandhouse joint venture with Heineken and Namibia Breweries. Diageo now has the scale to move to the next stage of growth in South Africa with a focused, simplified ownership structure.

Our investment in United Spirits Limited (USL) in India offers Diageo a transformational growth opportunity in one of the best performing, most trusted and respected consumer products companiesattractive spirits markets in the world. To deliver this ambition, andIndia is set to become the second country after China with a population of more than one billion consumers of legal purchase age, with the supportexpected growth of your Board, Ivan has18–19 million legal purchase age consumers per year.

Since Diageo became the principal shareholder in USL in India in July 2013, we have been determined to capture the significant growth opportunity of one of the largest spirits markets in the world. On 25 February 2016, Diageo announced that it had entered into an agreement with Dr Vijay Mallya under which he resigned from his position as Chairman and Non-Executive Director of USL and from the boards of other USL group companies. The agreement brought to an end the uncertainty relating to the governance of USL and put in place a strategic framework to guide commercial executionfive-year global non-compete (excluding the United Kingdom), non-interference and the allocationstandstill arrangement with Dr Mallya.

Value creation and dividend

We measure our progress towards achieving our Performance Ambition through four areas: efficient growth, value creation, credibility and trust, and motivated people. We improved against each of our resources.

Performance and dividend

This financial year has seen a number of macroeconomic and one off challenges impact our performance.  Cyclical weakness and volatility have slowed the growth of the emerging markets, and, while growth in the developed markets is improving, the pace of economic recovery remains uneven.   We were quick to adapt to changing market and competitive dynamics, managing our cost base and shifting our organisation, culture and behaviours.  The business is now well placed to step up our performance to drive efficient growth metrics, and consistent returns for shareholders.Ivan will discuss these in his statement. Our value creation measures also improved. Return on average invested capital (ROIC) was broadly flat against a decline last year and our total shareholder return (TSR) performance has improved on last year, up 17%.

This confidence in Diageo’s future prospects has enabled the Board to recommend a finalDiageo targets dividend of 32 pencecover (basic earnings per share before exceptional items/ dividend per share) within the range of 1.8 to be paid to shareholders on 2 October 2014.  This brings the total2.2 times. The recommended final dividend for the year to 51.7ended 30 June 2016 is 36.6 pence per share, an increase of 9%5% over the prior year.year in line with our policy to rebuild dividend cover to our targeted range. This brings the full year dividend to 59.2 pence per share and dividend cover to 1.5 times. Subject to approval by shareholders, the final dividend will be paid to shareholders on 6 October 2016. Payment to US ADR holders will be made on 12 October 2016.

 

29


Strategic progressBusiness description (continued)

Our role in society

Ensuring we make a positive contribution to society has always been a priority for Diageo and is at the core of our Performance Ambition. Doing so is good for our business, good for our communities and good for our consumers, and it is also true to our values and our people. The Diageo Code of Business Conduct defines these values and helps our employees live by them every day.

We put our resources and skills into hundreds of programmes around the world that reduce alcohol misuse, working closely with other stakeholders to raise awareness and change people’s attitudes and behaviour. This forms part of our support of the industry’s Global Producers’ Commitments to Reduce the Harmful Use of Alcohol, now in their fourth year, which are making a tangible difference in areas such as reducing drink driving and tackling underage drinking. We are also proud that we are supporting skills and social enterprise in the community, through programmes like Learning for Life, bringing opportunities for training and careers in the hospitality industry, and Plan W, empowering women through learning. And we are working hard, including with our suppliers, to reduce our environmental impact, setting ourselves new, challenging targets around water, carbon and waste for 2020. These priorities represent an interlinked, holistic approach to understanding and managing our impact on society.

Partnerships are key to delivering positive outcomes, and we have recently announced a global strategic partnership with the NGO WaterAid, building on our efforts to improve access to safe water across Africa. Also this year, through a partnership with the United States Agency for International Development, we have extended our work on skills as part of their programme in Colombia, and have set up a new farming supply chain in South Sudan, supporting livelihoods for hundreds of people. These partnerships, with more to follow, increase the reach of our programmes and help us contribute to the UN Global Goals.

Managing geo-political risks and opportunities

Political and other volatility continues to be a growing feature of the global economy and many of the markets in which we operate. We are continually improving our ability to understand and interpret it; and to evaluate and act against the potential risks and the opportunities for the business. We have integrated the work of our strategy, risk and public affairs teams and also improved our in-depth analysis of, and scenario planning for, priority markets. I am confident this will further enhance our resilience and growth potential.

It is too early to assess the implications of the United Kingdom’s decision to leave the European Union for our business and operations over the longer term. We believe, however, that with our proven record of managing trade and operating globally, Diageo remains well placed to deliver its Performance Ambition.

Board changes

In November 2015, Deirdre Mahlan stepped down from the Board, as she moved from her role as Chief Financial Officer to take up the role of President, Diageo North America. I wish to thank Deirdre most sincerely for her excellent contribution to the Board and am pleased that she continues to play a pivotal role in leading this important business for Diageo. I am also delighted to have welcomed Kathryn Mikells to the Board as Chief Financial Officer, effective 9 November 2015. Kathryn joined us with a track record for capital discipline and for developing strong cost cultures to create efficient, agile organisations.

30


Business description (continued)

 

Diageo announced on 18 May 2016, that Javier Ferrán would be appointed to the Board as a Non-Executive Director from 22 July 2016. On my retirement from the Board on 31 December 2016, Javier will take over as Chairman from 1 January 2017. On behalf of the Board, I would like to welcome Javier to Diageo and say how delighted I am that he has agreed to be the next Chairman. Through his roles at Lion Capital and Bacardi, Javier has a wealth of experience across the consumer goods sector and brings a strong set of skills to the role of Chairman.

LOGO

Global volume share of premium spirits (%) Diageo 25% Beam Suntory 6% Pernod Ricard 16% Brown-Forman 7% Bacardi 9% Others 37% Source: Impact Databank, March 2016

A global leader

It has been an enviable historyhonour to serve as your Chairman. During the past eight years Diageo has become a truly global leader, with the assets and consumer-facing culture required to succeed. Diageo’s values are deeply rooted in the principle of entrepreneurialismalways doing the right thing. I am therefore confident that Diageo will continue to prosper, and succeed in delivering its Performance Ambition for all stakeholders around the world.

Dr Franz B Humer

Chairman

31


Business description (continued)

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S STATEMENT

This has builtbeen a year of significant progress for Diageo. Our performance demonstrates our focus on disciplined execution in everything we do. It is this focus which has delivered volume growth, our fifth consecutive year of organic margin improvement and strong cash conversion. I am confident we now have the platform to deliver sustainable growth.

Reported volume movementOrganic volume movement

2016:h0.1%

2015:h58%

2016:h1.3%

2015:i1%

Reported net sales movementOrganic net sales movement

2016:i3.0%

2015:h5%

2016:h2.8%

2015: flat

Reported operating profit movementOrganic operating profit movement

2016:h1.6%

2015:h3%

2016:h3.5%

2015:h1%

Performance

We have a clear strategy, consistently applied which has returned Diageo to both organic volume and organic net sales growth, delivered margin improvement and a strong cash performance.

This year we delivered organic volume up 1.3%, and organic net sales up 2.8%, with a stronger performance across both in the second half. The improvement in organic net sales has been driven by a return to volume growth, and a significant turnaround in US Spirits.

We are a more focused company following the disposal of non-core businesses. These disposals, along with adverse exchange, did however impact reported net sales, which declined 3.0%.

We have sustained positive price/mix despite a weaker pricing environment globally, and we have strengthened our leadership ofposition and brought our brands to an increasing number of consumers. Our beer business has grown for seven successive quarters and business over many generations.  Criticalcontinues to provide a strong distribution platform for our future successspirits ambitions in Africa.

All six global giant brands reported improved organic performance this year. Smirnoff’s and Captain Morgan’s improvement was driven by their performance in the United States combined with continued good growth in Europe. Guinness’ momentum continues with the brand growing in Africa and in Great Britain and Ireland, supported by innovations from The Brewers Project.

North America delivered organic net sales growth of 3%. This performance is in line with our expectations, with the biggest contributor to organic net sales improvement being that our biggest brands are back in growth.

Organic operating margin was up, driven by favourable mix effect and marketing efficiency. Operating profit grew 3.5% on an organic basis. On a reported basis, operating profit was up 1.6%, negatively impacted by exchange and disposals. Earnings per share before exceptional items was up 1% as a global consumer goods company operating in over 180 countries, is our abilityprofit growth, higher associates income and lower finance charges more than offset the impact of exchange and disposals.

32


Business description (continued)

LOGO

2016 net sales by category (%) Scotch 24% IMFL Whisky 5% Beer 18% Liqueurs 5% Vodka 13% Gin 3% NAM Whisk(e)y 8% Tequila 1% Rum 7% Other 10% Ready to maintain that entrepreneurial spirit.  drink 6%

We continue to builddrive productivity and cash conversion, delivering over 100% cash conversion for a second year and free cash flow improved by £134 million.

Business transformation

Over the past three years, my goal has been to put the consumer at the heart of our agility at a market level, empowering our local businesses to act with speedbusiness. Consumer trends are moving faster than ever before and authority.  This journey was started in 2011companies that can interpret and culminateddeliver quickly against consumer insights will thrive. The renewed momentum we have in the removalbusiness is because we have the consumer-facing culture required to succeed and the agility to move at pace.

We have shifted the focus of our regional hub structures in Africa, Latin Americamarketing to be centred on the recruitment and Asia this year, thus allowing for fasterre-recruitment of consumers and on what drives consumption occasions, and we are introducing more efficient decision making.rigour around the evaluation of the effectiveness of our spend. We continue to uphold the highest standards of responsibility, ensuring that all our marketing activities adhere to our strict Diageo Marketing Code.

The reorganisation programme announced in January will improve operational efficiencies and will also drive out cost. It has identified annual savings of £200 million by the end of fiscal 2017.

Diageo continued to expand its global presence this year, and I am particularly pleased with the progress made in achieving a majority stake in United Spirits Limited (USL), through the acquisition of an additional 26% shareholding on 2 July 2014.  This acquisition takes Diageo’s holding in USL to 54.78%.

19



Business description (continued)

Trust and respect

Trust and respect have never been more important for a global business.  In building reputation Diageo starts from a position of strength.  We believe that alcohol can play a positiveOur role in society

We know that the issues that are most material to our business and in order to achieve this we need to continue partnering with others to help reduce the harmful use of alcohol.  As part of the United Nations (UN) charter to reduce non-communicable diseases, the World Health Organization (WHO) has set a voluntary target of a 10% reduction in the harmful use of alcohol by 2025.  Diageo shares this goal.  We believe we are making good progress, including importantly our efforts to consistently deliver the Global Beer, Wine and Spirits Producers’ Commitments – a co-ordinated industry response to the WHO’s call to action.  We will continue to challenge ourselves and the industry to drive large scale progress.stakeholders are:

 

While we continue to focus on maintaining

To create a positive role for alcohol in society we will not forget the

Build thriving communities

Reduce our environmental impacts.

Our strategy recognises that these issues are connected to our opportunities as a business, fundamentals that are an important part of our commitment to international frameworks suchas well as the UN Global Compact.  I am pleased thatGoals launched in this period of change for2015. Our strategy also reflects how the business we have not lost sight of maintaining the highest standards of conduct, taking pride in embedding integrity in our daily business activities and in our relationships with others.

For many, Diageo is a badge of quality: our name engenders trust with our suppliers, customers, consumers and other stakeholders.  In addition to building a strong culture of governance and ethics, earning the trust of our stakeholders requires us to make positive impacts at each stageelements of our value chain.chain are interdependent, and how contributing to society, to communities, and to the environment strengthens our business.

We are passionate about ensuring alcohol has a positive role in society as part of a balanced lifestyle and are committed to tackling misuse. We do this by supporting small scale farmers growingthrough our grains or by supporting womenimplementation of the Global Producers’ Commitments to Reduce the Harmful Use of Alcohol, an unprecedented partnership of the world’s largest alcohol companies coming together to tackle harmful drinking – and, men workingas an industry, we are seeing good progress against the targets we set ourselves for 2017. We welcome the trends we are seeing, such as consumers, and particularly young adults, drinking better not more, and the significant fall in the hospitality industry selling our brands.  Beyond this, we work to protect resourcesnumber of alcohol-related road traffic fatalities in many countries. This suggests that initiatives such as water which we and our local communities need.  In addition to meeting stakeholder expectations, this work also brings commercial benefits, including securing resources and raw materials, recruiting and retainingthe multi-stakeholder approach advocated by the Global Producers’ Commitments are having a talented and diverse workforce, creating operational efficiencies and ultimately maintaining our licence to operate around the world.positive impact.

 

As Diageo grows in many parts of the world, we must continue to ensure that the way we do business supports and contributes to shared value for Diageo and the people and societies we work with.33


Business description (continued)

 

Business environment

Creating an environment, whether atWe are not complacent and there is more to do. This year, we signed a global or national level, where businesses can drive growth and prosperity is a core responsibility for governments and businesses alike.  It is particularly important for us in our home market to have clarity on any issuesstrategic partnership agreement with the potentialUnited Nations Institute for Training and Research (UNITAR) which, over the next two years, will work towards reducing traffic death and injuries, and improve road safety globally. I was proud to add unnecessary cost and complexity to our business.  Business does not like ambiguity. As the United Kingdom enters a potentially significant period domestically, and in relation to the EU, we will continue to seek the reassurances we need in areas of critical importance to the future success of our business, and of our great industry.

Board appointments

I am delightedlearn that we have two new Non-Executive Director appointmentswere approached to partner with UNITAR on the Board, effective 1 September 2014, in Alan Stewart and Nicola Mendelsohn.  Alan is Chief Financial Officer Designatebasis of Tesco.  He has extensive financial experience in retail as Chief Financial Officer at Marks & Spencer and Group Finance Director at WH Smith. He will bring to the Board aour strong track record in accountancysupporting programmes and financial management together with experiencepolicies to address drink driving.

We are long-standing leaders in retail, travelproviding consumer information to help people make informed choices as part of a balanced lifestyle, and banking.  Nicola Mendelsohn is currently Vice President, EMEA of Facebook Inc.recently announced that Johnnie Walker Red Label will be the first global brand to provide per serving alcohol content and has senior experiencenutritional information on-pack. The new labels are designed to help consumers understand what’s in their glass, and conform to the new Diageo Consumer Information Standards which came into force on 1 July 2016 and applies to all Diageo brands.

During the year, I also had the opportunity to launch our new DRINKiQ exhibit at the forefrontGuinness Storehouse in Dublin, Ireland, which is one example of digital marketing and communications.  Nicola’s admirable recordour work to help people make informed decisions. This exhibit supports our global responsible drinking website, DRINKiQ.com, which was relaunched in championing womenJanuary this year in business will also be an inspiration to our people12 languages.

United Kingdom (UK) and the way thatEuropean Union (EU)

Following the UK’s vote to leave the EU on 23 June 2016, we work at Diageo.

Looking ahead

The current emerging market weakness does not reduceare working closely with government and our confidenceindustry bodies to ensure our views are reflected in the long term growth opportunitiestransition process. We welcome the formation of these marketsa specialist international trade department, as it is

important for Diageo that the UK continues to benefit from open access to the EU as well as favourable international trade agreements. We believe that the outcome of this referendum will not have any material near-term impact on our business and we are well placed to continue to invest to build our brands and routes to consumer for the future.  This, together with Diageo’s enviable strengths and the focus that Ivan and the Executive Committee will bring to bear, lead the Board to approach the year ahead with confidence.global business without significant disruption.

Our people

Finally, I would like to thank all our 32,000 people for their energy and dedication during the year. I am fortunate to lead a business with motivated, committed teams around the world. This was demonstrated by this year’s annual employee Values Survey, which showed another year of improving engagement scores. Our results compare very well with those of other multinational companies, which I see as a real competitive advantage for Diageo.

Franz, in his statement, highlighted that Javier Ferrán, who joined the Board as a Non-Executive Director on 22 July 2016, will succeed him as Chairman on 1 January 2017. I would like to extend my thanks to Franz for his role in making Diageo the strong business it is today, and for his stewardship of the Diageo Board during his eight years as Chairman. I look forward to working with Javier as we build on Diageo’s leadership position.

Outlook

Diageo has an enviable portfolio of brands, a truly global footprint and exposure to the fastest growing opportunities in our sector. The business is now able to respond faster to consumer insights, to shape trends and to deliver. We have been embedding a productivity culture, and are committed to sustainable efficiency in every onearea of our employees for their hard work during a challenging year.  It is the peoplecost base to achieve £500 million in Diageo who will achieve our Performance Ambition, and I am confident that their talents and skills will enable us to build on the entrepreneurial spirit of the founders of our brands and ensure that, wherever we are in the world, the name Diageo is synonymous with commercial success, trust and respect.

Dr Franz B Humer,

Chairman

20



Business description (continued)

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S STATEMENT

I AM CONFIDENT THAT WE HAVE THE STRATEGY TO DELIVER, AND WILL DRIVE EFFICIENT GROWTH.

“Top-line growth was affected by a slowdown in the emerging markets and currency weakness. Despite this, our increased focus on cost ensured we delivered our three-year margin expansion goal of 200 basis points.”

I am honoured to be Chief Executive of Diageo; a global leader with outstanding brands, which have been the choice of consumers across many generations.

Today, Diageo is in good health, with high and improving margins and a robust balance sheet.  Our business is balanced across geographies and we continue to build our global footprint accessing long term growth markets.  While some of these economies have been challenging, we have the experience of managing volatility and we remain confident in the long term consumer trends, as well as our ability to grow market share.

This year we created a framework to guide delivery of our strategy called our Performance Ambition.  The organisation is now focused on six performance drivers: premium core brands; reserve; innovation; route to consumer; cost; and talent. We have also restructured our business.  The organisation we take into the next financial year is more agile and accountability lies directly in our 21 markets, making the link between our markets and global functions clearer.  The benefits of this will come throughsavings in the coming three years. Two-thirds of the efficiencies identified will be re-invested back into the business to drive growth. We are confident of achieving our objective of mid-single digit organic net sales growth, and in the three financial years ending 2019 delivering 100 basis points of organic operating margin improvement.

GivenI am also confident that, with the attractivenessconsumer at the heart of our sector,business, we will extend our clear strategy, our operational focusleadership position and the demographic and consumer trends ahead of us, I have no doubt that we can achieve our ambition to become one of the best performing, most trusted and respected consumer products companies in the world.

Results

In fiscal 2014 top-line growth was affected by a slowdown in the emerging markets and currency weakness.  Despite this, our increased focus on cost ensured we delivered our three-year operating margin expansion goal of 200 basis points.  Performance was also impacted by some specific events, such as the anti extravagance measures in China.  Our decision in Venezuela to convert our results at an exchange rate which some have judged conservative, but which I feel is appropriate, has reduced the risk that currency volatility will have on our performance in that country.

North America remains the engine of our business, accounting for about a third of our net sales and 45% of our operating profit.  This year we again delivered solid growth and significant margin improvement.

Our Western Europe business reported stronger performance, as we expected.  Western Europe is still challenging but there has been some recovery and the integrated model put in place in 2011 is proving effective.

In Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey we posted modest growth, despite facing challenges in beer in Nigeria and following the imposition of duty on Senator keg in Kenya.  Performance was up in Turkey following stabilisation of the raki category and continued growth of our scotch brands.

Latin America and Caribbean delivered a good performance despite currency fluctuations, and a slowdown in consumption has impacted wholesalers and distributors operating in the free trade area.  In a challenging operating environment, local brands performed well in Venezuela, and Brazil and Colombia also delivered a solid performance.

Performance in Asia Pacific reflected the introduction of anti extravagance measures in China and the weaker trading environment in South East Asia.  To counter the effects of the government anti extravagance campaign in China we rolled out innovations in Shui Jing Fang and broadened the range of price points away from dependence on super premium baijiu.  Korea, Japan, Middle East, Taiwan and India delivered good growth.

GRAPHIC

21



Business description (continued)

Focusing on delivery

For our premium core brands this has been a year of progress.  Improving brand equities and recruiting the next generation of consumers through world class marketing will pay dividends in the long term.  We have delivered great launches in innovation, for example, Captain Morgan White in the United States and Jebel Gold in East Africa.  I am also excited by the opportunity we have with our single grain whisky, Haig Club, our business partnership with David Beckham.  Reserve has been an area of focus for us and we are now the leader in super and ultra premium spirits.  We continue to roll out our route to consumer programme, and improvement here will be as big a driver of growth as innovation.  Our focus on costs is yielding real results, as demonstrated in the delivery of our margin goal.  Talent remains central to our growth plans, and is critical for each market.

Investing for growth

Our investment in the long term supply of premium core spirits continues, with investment in our operations in the United States and Scotland during the year, enabling our business to be well positioned to capture growth from the increase in future demand, particularly in bourbon and scotch.  By acquiring an additional 26% of United Spirits Limited (USL) on 2 July 2014, taking our shareholding to a majority holding of 54.78%, we have taken a leadership position in India which will provide a transformational platform for growth in this very attractive spirits market.  We will consolidate USL from the start of fiscal 2015, and with our combined strength, the Indian market will become one of Diageo’s largest markets next year and a major contributor to our growth ambitions.

Trust and respect

We manage the Company’s most material social and environmental impacts with a goal of creating shared value for both our business and our diverse stakeholders around the world.  Core to this is a priority around alcohol in society.  I’m proud of the approach we have taken as an industry, over many years, to promote responsibility and to help tackle alcohol misuse, but we still have work to do.  Making a tangible difference in alcohol-related harm is not only smart business, it is the right thing to do and we will continue to enlist partners to help us build insights and scale.  In addition to this, framing our behaviours with strong codes of governance and ethics, developing talent and skills in local communities and ensuring the long term sustainability of resources, are critical for businesses operating at scale across multiple markets, particularly in emerging economies.  Being a force for good is essential for delivering commercial and financial benefits, retaining and attracting the best people and being true partners in the communities in which we operate.

Our people

One of the special things about Diageo is our people and the culture that we have created.  In simplifying the organisation we have freed our people up to act like owners and be bold in execution, which is changing behaviours across the organisation, and encouraging people to be even more commercially minded.

We attract the best talent in our industry and we are committed to creating the best conditions for people to thrive and succeed.  To my 28,000 colleagues around the world I would like to take the opportunity to thank them for their commitment and contribution during the year.

Outlook

Finally, to you, our shareholders, as well as our wide range of stakeholders, it has been a privilege to lead Diageo during the past year.  I am confident that we have the strategy to deliver, and we will drive efficient growth.  The future growth drivers for our industry, and the aspirational nature of our brands, as consumers in the emerging markets realise increasing disposable income, are undiminished.  The opportunity for Diageo to grasp its unfulfilled potential is an exciting one.

Ivan Menezes

Chief Executive

 

2234



Business description (continued)

 

HOW WE WILL DELIVER OUR AMBITION: PERFORMANCE DRIVERSMARKET DYNAMICS

The global beverage alcohol market is large and diverse, with an estimated six billion(i) equivalent units of alcohol sold each year, generating £260 billion(i) of net sales. Like other consumer goods companies, beverage alcohol companies operate in a context of increasing stakeholder expectation – with the added element of high, and highly diverse, levels of regulation. This environment presents opportunities for Diageo, with our global reach, our range of iconic brands across price tiers, and our approach to responsibility, sustainability, governance and ethics.

Diageo’s performance driversA market that is profitable and expanding

The beverage alcohol market is profitable, growing and attractive. Over the medium term, the industry is expected to grow overall in both volume and value. This is driven by consumer fundamentals including a rise in global incomes and a growing legal purchase age population. At the same time, margins remain significantly higher than for the overall consumer goods market.

The market for beverage alcohol is also highly diverse, with significant variations in culture and conditions between, and within, individual countries and regions. It is broadly split between developed and emerging markets, but each individual market presents different consumer dynamics and a different outlook. This diversity presents opportunities to agile businesses that can act on consumer insight and deliver trusted, competitive products.

Developed market opportunities

Typically, developed market populations are keyageing and growing more slowly than those in emerging markets. Overall, levels of disposable income are higher, and consumers are often prepared to achievingpay a premium for high quality brands with heritage and provenance. We see consumption occasions as opportunities to promote our Performance Ambitioninternational spirits brands, and, eachwithin those brands, to encourage consumers to trade up to our reserve portfolio.

Emerging market focuses on the priorities whichopportunities

Opportunities in emerging markets are relevant to drivingdriven by growth in both populations and wealth. Each country is different, and growth occurs at different price points depending on wealth and local conditions. An understanding of local consumers and the categories, brands and price points they are seeking is vital to accessing this growth.

The emerging middle-class plays an important role. These relatively affluent consumers already drink beer or local spirits, and the opportunity is to further access this existing consumption pool with our brands and to offer an opportunity to trade up to our international spirits brands for certain occasions. Outside this group, an estimated 25% of global alcohol consumption is from non-commercial or illicit products. Capturing market share in this consumer segment by offering legitimate, safe, attractive brands that market.deliver quality at an affordable price is an important opportunity.

1. STRENGTHEN AND ACCELERATE GROWTH OF OUR PREMIUM CORE BRANDS

Our premium core brands are broadly distributedThere is also a significant and enjoyed bygrowing number of globally affluent consumers in the developedemerging markets, who represent an opportunity for our reserve portfolio.

Geo-political volatility

While there are positive medium-term prospects for the beverage alcohol industry, all consumer goods businesses, including beverage alcohol businesses, continue to navigate a volatile global economy. Our Chief Executive discusses the United Kingdom’s referendum vote to leave the European Union on 23 June 2016 on page 34.

The slowdown in the Chinese economy, oil price shocks, persistent conflicts in many parts of the world, and terrorist attacks in Europe are just some of the events and trends that have wide appealcontributed to the increasing number of middle class consumers in emerging markets. They include iconic brandsan unpredictable environment. The resulting uncertainty, changes to economic variables such as Johnnie Walker, Smirnoff, Captain Morganexchange rates and Baileys.commodity prices, and fluctuations in political security can all reduce consumer confidence and spending power.

Our broad participation across geographies, categories and price tiers acts as a natural hedge against individual market volatility, while we retain the flexibility in each market to respond quickly to local dynamics through our 21 market business model. Continued focus on local sourcing of ingredients, scenario planning and risk management, and management of foreign exchange exposure all work to protect the business against the challenges of volatility.

(i)Diageo estimates.

35


Business description (continued)

 

2. WIN IN RESERVE IN EVERY MARKET

The growth of luxury consumption is a global phenomenon. There are forecast to be 400 million new consumers in this category by 2020. Winning in reserve, our luxury portfolio is a priority for DiageoEarning the trust and during the last five years we have transformed our luxury brand building capabilities. We have doubled the net sales of our reserve business,respect which now accounts for 13% of our total net sales and we are now the leaders in the super and ultra premium segments. This year Diageo has extended this leadership across key categories.

3. INNOVATE AT SCALE TO MEET NEW CONSUMER NEEDS

We believe our ability to innovate gives Diageo competitive advantage. It’s a proven driver of growth and is critical tosupport performance in each of our markets. For each of the last five years innovation has accounted for at least half of Diageo’s net sales growth, and has grown double digit. As a result of defining our Performance Ambition we have put renewed focus on bigger, more scalable ideas, identifying and delivering results through impactful innovations.

4. BUILD AND THEN CONSTANTLY EXTEND OUR ADVANTAGE IN ROUTE TO CONSUMER

Our route to consumer performance driverambition is about enabling and empowering our markets to drive broader distribution and higher rates of sale for our brands in an efficient way. The global programme, that was rolled out this year, looks at how we can profitably extend where our brands appear and improve the quality of how our brands appear at every appropriate drinking or buying occasion. Each market is responsible for its own Route to Consumer programme, and for building an efficient local platform that creates competitively advantaged consumer and shopper experiences.

5. DRIVE OUT COSTS TO INVEST IN GROWTH

By reducing costs we can invest more in the areas that we believe will drive future growth. We are committed to a long term, cost conscious culture which results in ongoing, year-on-year improvements in our cost base and margins.

6. ENSURE WE HAVE THE TALENT TO DELIVER OUR PERFORMANCE AMBITION

Our Performance Ambition can only be achieved by having the right people with the right capabilities in place across our business who can deliver our plans. Ensuring that we have the best talent – now and in the future – is one of our biggest challenges and one of our greatest opportunities.

23



Business description (continued)

HOW WE WILL DELIVER OUR AMBITION: SUSTAINABILITY & RESPONSIBILITY

Strong communities supported by local economic growth and a stable supply of natural resources are critical to Diageo’s financial performance. This makes doing business in a sustainable and responsible way, including creating a positive role for alcohol in society, critical to achieving our Performance Ambition.

Through Diageo’s Sustainability & Responsibility (S&R) Strategy, we manage the company’s most material social and environmental impacts with a goal of creating shared value for both our business and our diverse stakeholders around the world.

At the core of our approach is a commitment to create a positive role for alcohol in society, which is fundamental to Diageo’s purpose of celebrating life, every day, everywhere, and a critical expectation of our business.

Meeting stakeholder expectations also involves creating a positive role for our business and the industry as a whole. This includes protecting the watersheds on which our operations and communities rely, and investing in community programmes that empower stakeholders throughout our value chain. It also includes managing impacts that are fundamental for any consumer products company, such as governance and ethics, people and labour, and other environmental issues such as greenhouse gas emissions, waste and packaging.

Diageo’s S&R Strategy supports our ambition to be one of the best performing, most trusted and respected consumer products companies in the world. It brings commercial benefits, including securing resources and raw materials, recruiting and retaining a talented and diverse workforce, creating operational efficiencies and ultimately maintaining our licence to operate around the world. S&R projects also save costs.

For example, a water recovery project at our Tusker brewery, which operates in a water-stressed part of Kenya, started paying returns in just six months and now generates savings of £500,000 per year.

Key stakeholders and their expectations

We define our stakeholders as all those who affect or are affected by Diageo’s business. They include internal and external stakeholders, ranging from employees, investors, customers and suppliers, to governments and regulators, not-for-profit organisations, consumers and local communities. In 2013,world – ensuring we invited more than 40 stakeholders to share their expectations of Diageo in terms of our social and environmental impact. Communicating about the risks of alcohol consumption and tackling alcohol misuse were among the most frequently cited. A common piece of feedback was that all leaders in the alcohol industry should work together to have a greater collective impact on reducing alcohol misuse.

Empowering stakeholders in our value chain through skills and education — particularly for smallholder farmers and women — was also frequently cited as an important contribution to socio-economic development, while a third key expectation concerned water security, particularly in water-stressed areas. Stakeholders noted the need to continue to work on the issue within our operations but also to collaborate with local communities and raw material suppliers.

24



Business description (continued)

GRAPHIC

Defining our material issues

To identify and prioritise our material impacts, we coupled feedback from external stakeholders, our Board and management team, with commercial analysis. The results are shown in materiality matrix, with external stakeholder interests illustrated on the y axis and business interests on the x axis. Business interests represent the impact each issue might have on factors including equity, market share, price, operating profit, our reputation and employee engagement.

We recognise that this matrix is not fully comprehensive but it is illustrative of the variety of concerns stakeholders may have in the more than 180 countries in which we sell our products. We will continue to update it as we engage individuals and organisations around the world. We are currently in the process of developing targets for the most material issues, and we aim to announce them in December 2014.

1. ALCOHOL IN SOCIETY

Diageo’s iconic brands are enjoyed by millions every day and it has always our priority to ensure that they are enjoyed responsibly. While drinking alcohol can play a positive role in society is at the heart of this. Operating in a responsible and sustainable way every day, everywhere, not only helps us be a trusted and respected business, it also helps drive our performance.

The launch of the UN Global Goals in September 2015 and the Paris Agreement on climate change in December 2015 represent an important milestones in what was arguably an unprecedented period of concerted action to address global issues. These initiatives both reflect and drive a wider trend in which stakeholders of all kinds, including consumers and in particular millennials, have increasing expectations that businesses must create value beyond their economic contribution.

Delivering measurable social occasionsbenefits, tackling alcohol misuse, demonstrating good corporate governance and celebrations for those who choose to drink, Diageo recognisesreducing environmental impacts in line with a clear sustainable development strategy are, more than ever, business imperatives which drive performance.

We have built on our long history of sustainability and responsibility programmes by developing a strategy that is aligned with the misuse of alcohol can cause serious problems for individuals, communitiesUN Global Goals and society. Following a United Nations (UN) political declarationParis Agreement and focuses on the preventionthree areas that are most material to us and control of non-communicable diseases, the World Health Organization (WHO) has set a target of reducing alcohol- related harm by 10% across the world by 2025. Diageo shares this goal: every one of our responsible drinking programmes, partnerships and campaigns are in service of this.

In 2012, 13 leading alcohol beverage companies, including Diageo, announced the Global Beer, Wine and Spirits Producers’ Commitments to Reduce Harmful Drinking. Built on long-standing industry efforts, these commitments represent the largest ever industry-wide initiative to implement effective ways to address harmful drinking. The initiative identified five broad areas in which to progress over five years from January 2013: (1) reducing underage drinking; (2) strengthening and expanding marketing codes of practice; (3) providing consumer information and responsible product innovation; (4) reducing drink driving; and (5) enlisting the support of retailers. Diageo and the other signatory companies have pledged to ensure that progress in implementing the commitments is transparent and independently assured.

Beyond these commitments, our approach tostakeholders: creating a positive role for alcohol in society; building thriving communities; and reducing our environmental impact. We have set ourselves targets to achieve in each of these areas by 2020.

Creating a positive role for alcohol in society

Alcohol has been enjoyed for centuries and is part of celebrations around the world. Whether people drink beer, wine or spirits, alcohol is alcohol, and the vast majority of people who choose to enjoy it, do so moderately and responsibly. We respect that some people choose not to drink, and recognise that the misuse of alcohol can be harmful to individuals and society. Putting our resources and skills into programmes that prevent and reduce alcohol misuse and working with others to raise awareness and change attitudes and behaviour is good for society focusesand good for the long-term future of our business.

Support for effective alcohol policies

The beverage alcohol industry is one of the most highly regulated in the world, with regulation varying widely between countries and jurisdictions. Diageo complies with all laws and regulations, wherever we operate, as a minimum requirement. We advocate effective alcohol policies that are evidence-based, account for drinking patterns, target at-risk groups, treat all forms of alcohol equally, and involve all stakeholders. Such policies include mandating a minimum legal purchasing age of not less than 18; a maximum blood alcohol concentration (BAC) level for drivers of no more than 0.08mg; and lower BACs for novice and commercial drivers.

However, we advocate against measures that are not based on promoting rigorous companyevidence or are likely to have unintended consequences in what are often complex markets. A particular concern is policies that inadvertently push consumers towards unregulated or illicit alcohol, which can be a risk to public health.

Industry collaboration

We are one of 12 global producers of beer, wine and industry standards for responsible marketing; continuingspirits which, in 2013, launched a set of commitments designed to support effective programmesMember States’ implementation of the World Health Organization’s (WHO) global strategy to Reduce the Harmful Use of Alcohol. These commitments focus on reducing underage drinking, strengthening and partnerships to tackleexpanding marketing codes of practice, providing consumer information and responsible product innovation, reducing drink driving, and excessive drinking;enlisting the support of retailers to reduce harmful drinking. Diageo goes beyond industry collaboration and advocating effective, evidence-based policy.works in partnership with governments, law enforcement, educators and civil society to support campaigns to reduce harmful drinking.

 

The Diageo Marketing Code and Digital Code are our mandatory minimum standard for responsible marketing, and we review them every 12-18 months to ensure they represent best practice. In addition to abiding by these codes, all brands operate under the Diageo Alcohol Beverage Information Policy which mandates what information Diageo provides on labels, including, among other provisions, a link to our responsible drinking website, www.DRINKiQ.com.36


Business description (continued)

25



 

Business description (continued)Building thriving communities

2. WATER AND THE ENVIRONMENT

Diageo uses a wide range of resources in its business. Some, like fossil fuel, are finite; others, like cereals, are vulnerableWe can add significantly to the effects of climate change. Water,contribution we make to communities through direct and indirect employment, taxes, and community investment efforts by working to leverage the main ingredient in alleconomic and social impact of our products, is becoming increasingly scarce in many parts ofentire value chain. Helping communities thrive within the world.

Whilesupply chain also builds resilience within our S&R Strategy includes targetsbusiness. We build trust with government and policies aimed at reducing the emissions of greenhouse gases, reducing the amount of waste sent to landfill,other stakeholders by focusing on human rights throughout our value chain, and improving the sustainability of our packaging, we and our stakeholders recognise that water stewardship is the most material aspect of our environmental strategy.

This year, 23 of our sites, producing about one third of Diageo’s packaged volume, were designated as being located in areas which are water-stressed*, which means they have a higher water supply risk. More than half of these sites arethrough local sourcing initiatives, particularly in Africa where we aim to source 80% of agricultural materials for use in local markets by 2020. This helps secure supply, and delivers wider benefits to the UN predicts that nearly 50% of the population will facelocal community.

Climate change and water scarcity by 2025. Water challenges in these areas will therefore affect not only Diageo’s business but also our business partners and the local communities who

All businesses, particularly those that rely on agricultural raw materials, are exposed to a variety of environmental issues associated with climate change, such as droughts, floods and biodiversity loss. These issues can affect a business’ operations directly, or indirectly as a result of their impact on the wider value chain and associated communities. Water scarcity is particularly important to us because water for their livelihoods.

is our main ingredient. Our Water Blueprint, launched in April 2015, defines our strategic approach to water stewardship, and focuses specifically on driving progress against targets for water efficiency, water wastedstewardship in the water-stressed areas shown in the map below.

Trust and water quality.transparency

As part of the process of creating value, we are increasingly expected to be transparent about our most material social and environmental issues. This is delivered through reporting frameworks such as the International Integrated Reporting Framework, the Global Reporting Initiative Guidelines, and the United Nations Global Compact principles. We also invest in infrastructurereport against all three of these, and sanitation through our Water of Life programmebelieve that this regulation and scrutiny can be an advantage to provide accesscompanies with good corporate governance and the right approach to clean water in local communities, primarily in Africa.


*See page 40 for a map of our water-stressed sites.sustainability and responsibility.

 

3. COMMUNITY EMPOWERMENTLOGO

 

Like37


Business description (continued)

HOW WE WILL DELIVER OUR PERFORMANCE AMBITION

Diageo’s performance drivers and sustainability and responsibility priorities are key to achieving our aims. Each of our 21 markets focuses on the priorities that are most businesses,relevant to driving growth and creating shared value in that market.

Our six performance drivers

1 Strengthen and accelerate growth of our premium core brands

Our premium core brands are sold in more than 180 countries around the world. They are enjoyed by consumers in developed markets and have wide appeal in emerging markets. They include iconic brands Johnnie Walker, Smirnoff, Captain Morgan and Baileys.

2 Win in reserve in every market

Seven years ago we shifted our approach to luxury spirits and made reserve a strategic priority. The results demonstrate what building capability and having focus can do.

3 Innovate at scale to meet new consumer needs

We are a company built and sustained through innovation, which gives us the drive to create wealth directlynew products, new categories and new experiences for consumers. We are the leaders in our industry, inventing today for tomorrow, staying on the edge of, and anticipating, consumer behaviour.

4 Build and then constantly extend our advantage in route to consumer

We have put the consumer at the centre of our business. Our route to consumer transformation has driven a clear understanding of what success looks like in a store, in a bar and in the hands of our consumers. We now have the consumer-facing culture to succeed.

5 Drive out costs to invest in profitable growth

We want to continuously get more efficient and effective in everything we do to further enable us to invest in growth for our local stakeholders throughbusiness, our daily business operations, including providing jobs, sourcing locally,people and paying local duties. However, creating wealth in a lasting way requires partnering with others to address development challenges such as education and health, and advocating high standards of governance in the communities where we operate.

We invest in a variety of programmes that aim to empower our stakeholders, which represent our long-standing commitment to investing in communities. Our approach not only seeks to maximise the positive impact Diageo and its business partners can have on society, it also seeks to strengthen our value chain. In addition to helping to provide access to water for local communities through Water of Life, key programmes include partnerships and training for smallholder farmers supplying our ingredients; Diageo’s Learning for Life programmes that provide education and vocational training in the hospitality, retail and alcohol industries; and Plan W programmes that focus on empowering women in our local communities. We also support local charities and disaster relief efforts through company contributions as well as through the Diageo Foundation, a UK-registered charity.

4. OUR PEOPLE

From the moment they join Diageo, we want our employees to feel engaged: aligned with our strategy, connected to our values and motivated to achieve their potential. And above all, we want them to be safe. Our Zero Harm philosophy is aimed at eliminating workplace accidents and we have a target of having fewer than one lost-time accident per 1,000 people by 2015 as a milestone towards that ambition.

We support our employees through clear policies, competitive reward programmes, coaching and development opportunities, and health and wellbeing initiatives. We continually monitor the impact of these programmes on employee engagement, conducting an annual values-based survey, which is now in its 13th year. The survey allows Diageo at group, market, functional and team levels, to assess how well we are bringing our values to life and engaging employees.

Maintaining a culture that embraces diversity from recruitment through to senior leadership is particularly important to Diageo’s people strategy.brands. We have set a goal to deliver productivity savings of £500 million over the next three years, with two-thirds of this re-invested for growth.

6 Ensure we have 30%the talent to deliver our Performance Ambition

We employ bright, collaborative people at all levels in our business, and must continue to do so if we are to achieve our aims. Our people, culture and values are what will make the difference.

Our three sustainability and responsibility priorities

1 Create a positive role for alcohol in society

We are committed to maintaining our leadership position by ensuring we make a positive contribution to society and work to tackle alcohol misuse alongside the industry. We will continue to operate in a responsible way every day, everywhere, to remain a trusted and respected business and drive our performance. We remain focused on delivering the five Global Producers’ Commitments and our own stretching 2020 targets.

2 Building thriving communities

We create value for millions of senior management positions heldpeople as a buyer of goods and services, as an employer, as corporate citizens, and as producers of some of the world’s best-loved brands. We want to continue to help those communities thrive, by women.making Diageo a great, safe, and diverse place to work, by building sustainable supply chains, and through programmes that empower communities and individuals.

3 Reducing our environmental impacts

We’re dependent on the natural resources we share with the communities around us, and with the wider world. We want to use those resources responsibly, and make a net positive contribution to the environment through our operations and supply chain. We are working to reduce our impacts in the areas of water, carbon, packaging, and waste.

 

38


5. GOVERNANCE AND ETHICSBusiness description (continued)

 

People want to trust the company behind the brands that they love. Diageo’s risk and compliance programme and strong corporate governance structure are designed to earn and keep that trust by protecting our reputation, supporting our core values and ensuring we act lawfully and with integrity in everything we do.

To help our employees make the right decisions at work, we train them on our Code of Business Conduct which is underpinned by our global policies.

A network of control, compliance and ethics managers in each market and function carry out targeted, risk-based training to employees to support understanding and application of the policies that are most important to them. We also support our managers and senior leaders with specific and tailored tools and training to help them embed our culture of integrity. We take seriously the disciplinary consequences of breaches of our Code or policies.

Our response to proven breaches varies depending on their severity, however this year 146 people exited the business as a result of such breaches.

26



Business description (continued)

6. VALUE CHAIN PARTNERSHIPS

Our brands rely on a long and complex value chain that joins us with our suppliers, customers, and consumers. Our reputation and the sustainability of our business model, depend on our ability to recognise and mitigate the potential risks along this chain.

Diageo’s Partnering with Suppliers Standard sets out the minimum social, ethical and environmental standards required of suppliers as part of their contract with us, as well as aspirations for our long-term partners to work towards. We work through the Supplier Ethical Data Exchange (SEDEX), a not-for-profit organisation that enables suppliers to share assessments and audits of ethical and responsible practices with their customers.

The process by which we manage social and ethical risks in our supply chain has four stages: an initial screening, a prequalification questionnaire which covers social and ethical risks including human rights, a qualification process where potentially high-risk suppliers are required to register with SEDEX, and independent audits of suppliers who represent the highest risk.

Beyond upholding high standards across our whole supply chain, we are particularly keen to foster broader partnerships with agricultural suppliers, since the long term prosperity of our business is closely linked with our ability to work with farmers in ways that are sustainable, secure, and mutually beneficial.

To this end, we have continued actively using local raw materials like sorghum and cassava, which are more resilient and better adapted to their local climates. We also focus on sourcing locally. For example, we have a target of sourcing 70% of agricultural materials locally across Africa (including Nigeria, Ghana, Cameroon, Kenya, Uganda, Tanzania, Ethiopia and South Africa) by the end of 2015.

To sustain partnerships with farmers, Diageo and its other agricultural value chain partners help provide access to training, seeds and advanced credit. In many cases, this allows farmers to make longer term, sustainable investments.

Read our S&R Review on pages 89-101.

27



Business description (continued)

HOW WE MEASURE PERFORMANCE: KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

We use the following nine key performance indicators (KPIs) to measure our financial and non-financial performance.

Their relevance to our strategy and our performance against these measures are explained below:

Relevance to strategy

#1 Efficient growth

#2 Consistent value creation

#3 Strong reputation

#4 Fully engaged employees

Remuneration

Some KPIs are used as a measure in the incentives plans for the remuneration of executives. These are identified with the symbol ®.

See our Directors’ remuneration report from page 125 for more detail.

FINANCIAL

FINANCIAL

FINANCIAL

ORGANIC NET SALES GROWTH (%) ® #1

ORGANIC OPERATING MARGIN IMPROVEMENT (BPS) ® #1

EARNINGS PER SHARE BEFORE EXCEPTIONAL ITEMS (PENCE) ® #1

GRAPHIC

GRAPHIC

GRAPHIC

Definition

Sales growth after deducting excise duties, excluding the impact of exchange rate movements, acquisitions and disposals.

Definition

The percentage point movement in operating profit before exceptional items, divided by net sales after excluding the impact of exchange rate movements and acquisitions and disposals.

Definition

Profit before exceptional items attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company, divided by the weighted average number of shares in issue. For reward purposes this measure is further adjusted for the impact of exchange rates and other factors not controlled by management, to ensure focus on our underlying performance drivers.

Why we measure

This measure reflects our performance as the result of the choices made in terms of category and market participation, and Diageo’s ability to build brand equity, increase prices and grow market share.

Why we measure

Diageo is focused on delivering efficient growth. The movement in operating margin measures the efficiency of the business. Consistent operating margin improvement is a business imperative, driven by investment choices, our focus on driving out costs across the business and improving mix.

Why we measure

Earnings per share reflects the profitability of the business and how effectively we finance our balance sheet. It is a key measure for our shareholders.

Performance

Organic net sales were up 0.4%, reflecting a mixed performance with growth in North America, stability in Western Europe and weakness in emerging market economies.

Performance

This year the biggest drivers of margin improvement have been overhead savings and marketing procurement savings, delivering our commitment to 200 basis points of operating margin expansion in three years.

Performance

Eps before exceptionals was down 7.6 pence to 95.5 pence per share as foreign exchange movements reduced eps by 10 pence per share.

See page 43 for more detail

See page 43 for more detail

See page 44 for more detail

28



Business description (continued)

FINANCIAL

FINANCIAL

FINANCIAL

FREECASHFLOW*(£ MILLION)® #1

RETURN ON AVERAGE INVESTED CAPITAL (%) #2

TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN (%) ® #2

GRAPHIC

GRAPHIC

GRAPHIC

Definition

Free cash flow comprises the net cash flow from operating activities aggregated with the net movements in loans receivable and other investments, and with the net purchase of property, plant and equipment, and computer software.

Definition

Profit before finance charges and exceptional items divided by average invested capital. Invested capital comprises net assets aggregated with exceptional restructuring costs and goodwill at the date of transition to IFRS, excluding post employment liabilities and net borrowings.

Definition

Percentage growth in the value of a Diageo share (assuming all dividends and capital distributions are re-invested).

Why we measure

Free cash flow is a key indicator of the financial management of the business and reflects the cash generated by the business to fund payments to our shareholders and acquisitions.

Why we measure

Return on average invested capital (ROIC) is used by management to assess the return obtained from the group’s asset base. Improving ROIC builds financial strength to enable Diageo to attain its financial objectives.

Why we measure

As a public limited company, Diageo has a fiduciary responsibility to maximise long-term value for shareholders. We also monitor our relative TSR performance against our peers.

Performance

Lower operating profit, principally reflecting the strength of sterling and increased restructuring costs, was the biggest driver of lower free cash flow year on year.

Performance

Lower operating profit, primarily due to adverse exchange movements, the investment in United Spirits Limited and increased working capital led to the reduction in ROIC.

Performance

Diageo recorded a total shareholder return of 2% as dividends received increased 9% and earnings moderated in the financial year, given weaker economies in the emerging markets and some market specific challenges.

See page 45 for more detail

See page 45 for more detail

29



Business description (continued)

NON-FINANCIAL

NON-FINANCIAL

NON-FINANCIAL

ALCOHOL IN SOCIETY** (RESPONSIBLE DRINKING PROGRAMMES) #3

WATER EFFICIENCY*** (L/L) #3

EMPLOYEE SUPER-ENGAGEMENT (%) #4

GRAPHIC

GRAPHIC

GRAPHIC

Definition

Programmes run or funded by Diageo that aim to prevent excessive drinking, tackle drink driving, address underage drinking, help retailers ensure responsible sales or otherwise promote a positive role for alcohol in society.

Definition

Ratio of the amount of water required to produce one litre of packaged product.

Definition

A key element of Diageo’s people strategy is employee engagement. As part of our annual values- based survey, Diageo measures super-engagement, a more stretching measure than engagement, requiring employees to assign the highest possible ranking to all six of the core engagement questions.

Why we measure

Harm related to alcohol misuse is our most important social issue. Supporting programmes that promote a positive role for alcohol in society, addresses risks such as: harm to consumers and communities; reputational damage; limitations to our licence to operate; and the loss of trust and respect from our stakeholders around the world.

Why we measure

Water is the main ingredient in all of Diageo’s brands. To sustain our production growth around the world and respond to the growing global demand for water, Diageo aims to improve water use efficiency and minimise the amount of water used at production sites, particularly in water-stressed areas.

Why we measure

We want to understand what drives high engagement, a key performance enabler. All feedback from our annual values survey is carefully reviewed both qualitatively and quantitatively. The results inform leadership development, employee engagement strategies and ways of working.

Performance

Since 2013, we have increased the number and geographic scope of programmes we support by expanding our efforts and partnerships in emerging markets.

Note: In 2011, we started actively tracking our global performance for public reporting.

Performance

Diageo used 6.9 litres of water to produce one litre of packaged product, a 2.4% decrease from 2013. While some savings are the result of major investments, most come from operational improvements related to equipment, processes, culture and behaviours.

Performance

For a second year running, 92% of employees took part in the survey.

In the 2014 survey 38% of all employees were measured as being super-engaged, in a year when employees experienced change in the business.

See page 89 for more detail

See page 90 for more detail

See page 95 for more detail


* Looking ahead to 2015, the free cash flow measure will be replaced by an operating cash conversion measure, to align with the fiscal 2015 Annual Incentive Plan.

** We are moving towards a new metric in future years that will demonstrate the impact of our programmes on awareness, attitudes or behaviour.

*** In accordance with Diageo’s environmental reporting methodologies data for each of the three years in the period ended 30 June 2013 have been restated and total water used excludes irrigation water for agricultural purposes on land under the operational control of the company.

30



Business description (continued)

Risk factors

Diageo believes the following to be the principal risks and uncertainties facing the group. If any of these risks occur, Diageo’s business, financial condition and performance could suffer and the trading price and liquidity of securities could decline.

In Because any global business of the ongoing uncertain economic environment, certainkind Diageo is engaged in is inherently exposed to risks may gain more prominence either individuallythat become apparent only with the benefit of hindsight, risks of which Diageo is not presently aware or when taken together. For example, demand for beverage alcohol products, in particular luxury or super premium products, may decrease with a reduction in consumer spending levels. Costs of operations may increase if inflation were to become prevalent, or upon an increase in the costs of raw materials. These conditions may also lead to intensified competition for market share, with potentially adverse effects on volume and prices. The financial and economic situation may have a negative impact on third parties with whomwhich Diageo does or may do, business. Any ofnot currently consider to be material could also impact Diageo’s ability to execute its strategy. In addition, these factors mayrisks could affect the group’s performance,Diageo’s business, financial condition and liquidity. Diageo has takenperformance and may take further steps to manage its business through this challenging economic environmentthe trading price and to position its business to benefit from economic recovery as and when that may occur in the markets in which Diageo operates, but there can be no assurance that the steps taken will have the intended results.

Diageo’s ability to fund its long term strategies may be adversely affected if there is an extended periodliquidity of constraint in the capital markets, particularly the debt markets, at the same time that cash flows from Diageo’s business are under pressure. Such developments may adversely affect shareholder returns or share price. Additionally, continued volatility in exchange rates used to translate foreign currencies into pounds sterling may have a significant impact on Diageo’s reported results. Changes in the trustees’ valuationssecurities. The order of presentation of the assets and liabilitiesrisk factors below does not indicate the likelihood of Diageo’s pension plans may also increase pension funding requirements.

their occurrence or the potential magnitude of their consequences.

Risks related to the global economy

Diageo’s business may be adversely impacted by unfavourable economic, conditions or political, social or other developments and risks in the countries in which it operates

Diageo may be adversely affected by political, economic or social developments in any of the countries where it has distribution networks, production facilities or marketing companies. In particular, Diageo’s business is dependent on general economic conditions in its most important markets, including the United States and the countries that form the European Union and other important markets.

Union. If the economy in any of these markets does not recover as forecast, or if there is a significant deterioration in the economic conditions in any of Diageo’s important markets, including any resulting social unrest,it may contribute to reduced demand for Diageo’s products, reduction in consumer confidence and spending levels generally, customer destocking, the failure ofnegative impacts on Diageo’s customer, supplier or financial counterparties or a reduction in the availability of, or an increase in the cost of financing to, Diageo, it could have a material adverse effect onDiageo. Diageo’s business and performance. Any suchis also affected by other economic developments may lead to reduced economic growth and, in turn, reduced demand for Diageo’s products, in Europe and other markets in which Diageo operates. This could have a material adverse effect on Diageo’s business.

Diageo is headquartered in the United Kingdom and has significant production and investment in Scotland. As such the outcome of the referendum on Scottish independence, and any subsequent period of regulatory or political uncertainty may adversely affect Diageo’s business. In addition, Diageo’s operations are also subject to a variety of other risks and uncertainties related to trading in numerous foreign countries, including political or economic upheaval andas the imposition of any import, investment or currency restrictions, including tariffs and import quotas or any restrictions on the repatriation of earnings and capital. Any of these developments may have a material adverse effect on Diageo’s business and financial results.

Diageo’s operations are also subject to a variety of other risks and uncertainties related to its global operations, including adverse political, social or other developments. Political and/or social unrest, potential health issues, natural disasters, politically-motivated violence and terrorist threats and/or acts, including those which are specifically directed at the alcohol industry, may also occur in various places aroundcountries where Diageo has operations. Any of the world, which willforegoing could have an impacta material adverse effect on trade, tourismDiageo’s business and travel. performance.

Many of these risks are heightened, or occur more frequently, in emerging markets. These disruptions can affect Diageo’s ability to import or export products and to repatriate funds, as well as affecting the levels of consumer demand (for example, in duty free outlets at airports or in on trade premises in affected regions) and therefore Diageo’s levels of sales or profitability. A substantial portion of Diageo’s operations representingare conducted in emerging markets, and emerging markets represented approximately 39%42% of Diageo’s net sales for the year ended 30 June 2014, are carried out in emerging markets.2016. Emerging markets are also generally exposed to relatively higher risk of liquidity constraints, inflation, devaluation, price volatility, currency convertibility, sovereign default, as well as additional legal and sovereign default. Due to Diageo’s specific exposures, any or allregulatory risks and uncertainties. Any of the aforementionedthese factors may affect Diageo disproportionately or in a different manner as compared to its competitors.competitors, depending on Diageo’s specific exposure to any particular emerging markets, and could have a material adverse effect on Diageo’s business and financial results.

The results of the United Kingdom’s referendum to leave the European Union may result in economic and political uncertainty and complexity, have a negative effect on economic conditions in Europe and adversely affect Diageo’s business and financial performance

Diageo is headquartered in the United Kingdom and has significant production and investment in Scotland. In June 2016, the United Kingdom voted by referendum to leave the European Union. Although it remains too early to assess the potential impact of this vote for Diageo, may lead to a sustained period of economic and political uncertainty and complexity until the detailed terms of the United Kingdoms exit from the European Union are finalised and as the United Kingdom negotiates and concludes any successor trading arrangement with other countries. The decision in the referendum that the United Kingdom should leave the European Union could also negatively impact economic conditions in Europe more generally and may have adverse effects on Diageo’s business and financial performance. For instance, the referendum may contribute to volatility in exchange rates, risk to supply chains across the EU, restrictions on the mobility of employees, possible changes to customs duties and tariffs and/or industry specific requirement and regulations.

 

Part39


Business description (continued)

The United Kingdom’s referendum vote to leave the European Union could also have further implications for the constitutional makeup of the United Kingdom and issues around independence and devolved government in Scotland and Northern Ireland, which could result in a further period of political uncertainty in the United Kingdom and may otherwise adversely affect Diageo’s business and financial results, particularly in light of Diageo’s growth strategy includes expanding its businesssubstantial inventory and operations located in certain countries where consumer spending in general, and spending on Diageo’s products in particular, has not historically been as great but where there are strong prospects for growth. There is no guarantee that this strategy will be successful and some of these markets represent a higher risk in terms of their changing regulatory environments and higher degree of uncertainty over levels of consumer spending.

Scotland.

Risks related to the industry

Demand for Diageo’s products may be adversely affected by many factors, including changes in consumer preferences and tastes and adverse impacts of a declining economy

Diageo’s collection of brands includes some of the world’s leading beverage alcohol brands, as well as brands of local prominence. Maintaining Diageo’s competitive position depends on its continued ability to offer products that have a strong appeal to consumers. Consumer preferences may shift due to a variety of factors including changes in demographic and social trends, public health regulations, changes in travel, vacation or leisure activity patterns, weather effects and a downturn in economic conditions, which may reduce consumers’ willingness to purchase luxury or premium branded products. Continued economic pressures could also lead to consumers selecting products at lower price points, whether Diageo’s or those of its competitors, which may have an adverse effect on Diageo’s profitability.business and financial results. The competitive position of Diageo’s brands could also be affected adversely by any failure by Diageo to achieve consistent, reliable quality in the productits products or in its service levels to customers.

31



Business description (continued)

In addition, the social acceptability of Diageo’s products may decline due to public concerns about alcohol consumption. These concerns could also result in regulatory action, litigation or customer complaints against companies in the industry and may have an adverse effect on Diageo’s profitability.

business and financial results.

Growth in Diageo’s business has benefited from both the launch of new products, and the creation of brand extensions and product innovation remains a significant element of Diageo’s growth plans. The launch and ongoing success of new products is inherently uncertain, especially as to their appeal to consumers. The failure to launch successfully a new product can give rise to inventory write-offs and other costs and can affect consumer perception and growth of an existing brand. There can be no assurance of Diageo’s continuing ability to develop and launch successful new products or variants of existing products or of the profitable lifespan of newly or recently developed products.

Diageo is subject to litigation directed at the beverage alcohol industry and other litigation

Companies in the beverage alcohol industry are, from time to time, exposed to class action or other litigation relating to alcohol advertising, product liability, alcohol abuse problems or health consequences from the misuse of alcohol. Diageo may also be subject to litigation arising from legacy and discontinued activities, as well as other litigation in the ordinary course of its operations. Diageo is further subject to the risk of litigation by tax, customs and other regulatory authorities, including with respect to the methodology for assessing importation value, transfer pricing or compliance matters.

Changes in the political and economic climate have resulted in an increased focus on tax collection in recent years, and tax authorities are showing an increased appetite to challenge the methodology used by multinational enterprises, even where it is complianta company complies with international best practice guidelines. Changes in tax law (including tax rates), tax treaties, accounting policies and accounting standards, including as a result of the Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development’s review of base erosion and profit shifting and the European Union’s anti-tax abuse measures, could also result in litigation or other actions by relevant tax authorities. Any such litigation or other actions may result in damages, penalties or fines as well as reputational damage to Diageo or its brands, and as a result, Diageo’s business and financial results could be materially adversely affected. For additional information with respect to legal proceedings, see ‘Additional information for shareholders — Legal proceedings’ and note 1918 to the consolidated financial statements.

Climate change, or legal, regulatory or market measures to address climate change, may negatively affect Diageo’s business or operations, and water scarcity or poor water quality could negatively impact Diageo’s production costs and capacity

There is a growing concern that carbon dioxide and other so-called ‘greenhouse’ gases in the atmosphere may have an adverse impact on global temperatures, weather patterns and the frequency and severity of extreme weather and natural disasters. In the event that such climate change has a negative effect on agricultural productivity, Diageo may be subject to decreased availability or increased pricing for certain raw materials that are necessary for Diageo’s products, such as sugar, cereals, hops, agave and grapes. Water is the main ingredient in substantially all of Diageo’s products and it is also a limited resource in many parts of the world.

40


Business description (continued)

As demand for water continues to increase, and as water becomes scarcer and the quality of available water deteriorates, Diageo may be affected by increasing production costs or capacity constraints, which could adversely affect Diageo’s operationsbusiness and profitability.financial results.

An increase in the cost of raw materials or energyproduction could affect Diageo’s profitability

The components that Diageo uses for the production of its beverage products are largely commodities that are subject to price volatility caused by changes in global supply and demand, weather conditions, agricultural uncertainty and/or governmental controls. Commodity price changes may result in unexpected increases in the cost of raw materials, glass bottles, flavours and other packaging materials and Diageo’s beverage products. Diageo may also be adversely affected by shortages of such materials, or by increases in energy costs resulting in higher transportation, freight and other operating costs.costs or by inflation. Diageo may not be able to increase its prices to offset these increased costs without suffering reduced volume, sales and operating profit.

Risks related to regulation

Regulatory decisions and changes in the legal, tax and regulatory environment could increase Diageo’s costs and liabilities or limit its business activities

Diageo’s operations are subject to extensive regulatory requirements relating to production, distribution, importation, marketing, advertising, promotion, sales, pricing, labelling, packaging, product liability, labour, pensions, antitrust, compliance and control systems, and environmental issues. Changes in laws, regulations or governmental or regulatory policies and/or practices could cause Diageo to incur material additional costs or liabilities that could adversely affect its business. In particular, governmental bodies in countries where Diageo operates may impose new labelling, product or production requirements, limitations on the marketing, advertising and/or promotion activities used to market beverage alcohol, restrictions on retail outlets, restrictions on importation and distribution or other restrictions on the locations or occasions where beverage alcohol is sold which directly or indirectly limit the sales of Diageo products.

For example, in 2015 two of the major states (in terms of population and per capita alcohol consumption) of the Republic of India, the State of Kerala and the State of Bihar, announced the imposition of a total ban on alcohol consumption. These regulatory measures could impact the sale and distribution of Diageo’s products in India, which could adversely affect Diageo’s business and financial results.

Regulatory authorities under whose laws Diageo operates may also have enforcement power that can subject the group to actions such as product recall, seizure of products or other sanctions which could have an adverse effect on Diageo sales or damage its reputation. Any changes to the regulatory environment in which Diageo operates could cause Diageo to incur material additional costs or liabilities, which could adversely affect Diageo’s performance.

32



Business description (continued)

Beverage alcohol products are also subject to national excise, import duty and other duties in most countries around the world. An increase in any such duties could have a significant adverse effect on Diageo’s sales revenue or margin, both through reducing overall consumption and by encouraging consumers to switch to lower-taxed categories of beverage alcohol.

Diageo’s reported after tax income is calculated based on extensive tax and accounting requirements in each of its relevant jurisdictions of operation.operation and this may be subject to change following the Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development’s review of base erosion and profit shifting and the European Union’s anti-tax abuse measures. Changes in tax law (including tax rates), tax treaties, accounting policies and accounting standards could materially reduceincrease the cost of doing business and lead to rise in Diageo’s reported aftereffective tax income.rate.

Diageo is subject to increasing costsdata privacy regulations in many of monitoringthe markets in which it operates, and maintaining compliancelaws and regulations in this area are developing and changing on a continual basis, including, for example, the new General Data Protection Regulation adopted in the European Union in April 2016. Breach of any of these laws or regulations can lead to significant fines and/or damage to Diageo’s reputation as well as significantly restricting its ability to deliver or digital productivity and growth plans.

Failure by Diageo to comply with anti-corruption laws; and a breach of such laws or failure of Diageo’s related internal policies and procedures to comply with applicable law may have a material adverse effect on itsDiageo’s business and financial results

Certain countries in which Diageo operates a global business, including in certain countries which are reported to have high levels of corruption.corruption risk (i.e., countries in which the Transparency International index of perceived levels of public sector corruption is less than or equal to fifty). There is increasing scrutiny and enforcement by regulators in many jurisdictions of anti-bribery laws, including pursuant to the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the UK Bribery Act. This oversightSuch enforcement has been enhanced by applicable regulations in the United States, which offer substantial financial rewards to whistleblowers for reporting information that leads to monetary fines.

41


Business description (continued)

 

While Diageo has implemented and maintains internal practices, procedures and controls designed to ensure compliance with anti-bribery legislation and routinely conducts investigations, either at its own initiative or in response to requests from regulators in connection with compliance with such internal controls, there is no guarantee that such procedures will be effective in preventing compliance failures at Diageo.

Any investigations and lawsuits, regardless of the ultimate outcome of the proceeding, are time consuming and expensive and can divert the time and effort of ourDiageo’s personnel, including senior management, from ourits business. Adverse publicity, governmental scrutiny and legal and enforcement proceedings can also have a negative impact on ourDiageo’s reputation and on the morale and performance of ourits employees. To the extent that violations of anti-corruption laws and/or Diageo’s internal policies and procedures are found, or Diageo’s internal policies and procedures are found not to comply with applicable law, possible regulatory sanctions and fines and other consequences may also be material.

Risks related to Diageo’s business

The value of Diageo’s brands and its net sales may be negatively affected by its failure to maintain its brand image and corporate reputation

or adapt to a changing media environment

The value of Diageo’s brands and its profitability depends heavily on its ability to maintain its brand image and corporate reputation. Adverse publicity, whether or not justified, may tarnish Diageo’s reputation and cause consumers to choose products offered by its competitors. Such adverse publicity could arise as a result of a perceived failure by Diageo to make adequate positive social contributions, including in relation to the level of taxes paid by Diageo, or by the failures of internal controls or compliance breaches leading to a breach of Diageo’s Code of Business Conduct, its other key policies or of the laws or regulations in the jurisdictions in which it operates.

In addition, Diageo’s ability to maintain, extend, and expand its brand image depends on its ability to adapt to a rapidly changing media environment. Diageo also maintains an online presence as part of its business operations.operations, and increasingly relies on social media and online dissemination of advertising campaigns. Diageo’s reputation may suffer if it is perceived to fail to appropriately restrict access to its online content or if it breaches any marketing regulation, code or policy. In addition, the proliferationgrowing use of new methods of mass communication facilitated bysocial and digital media increases the internet makes it easier for falsespeed and extent that information or unfounded allegationsmisinformation and opinions can be shared. Negative posts or comments about Diageo, its brands or its products on social or digital media, whether or not valid, could seriously damage Diageo’s brands and reputation.

Any failure to adversely affectmaintain, extend, and expand Diageo’s brand image or adapt to a changing media environment may have an adverse effect on Diageo’s business and reputation, which may in turn affect Diageo’s profitability.financial results.

Diageo faces competition that may reduce its market share and margins

Diageo faces substantial competition from several international companies as well as local and regional companies in the countries in which it operates and competes with drinks companies across a wide range of consumer drinking occasions. Within a number of categories, the beverage industry has been experiencing continuing consolidation or realignment is still possible.among major global producers, as evidenced by several business combinations of substantial value carried out by significant competitors in 2015. Consolidation is also taking place among Diageo’s customers in many countries andcountries. These trends may lead to stronger competitors, increased competition by competitors orcompetitive pressure from customers, could lead tonegative impacts on Diageo’s distribution network, downward pressure on prices, predatory marketing tactics by Diageo’s competitors and/or a decline in Diageo’s market share in any of these categories,categories. Adverse developments in economic conditions or declines in demand or consumer spending may also result in intensified competition for market share, with potentially adverse effects on sales volume and price. Any of these factors may adversely affecting Diageo’s results and growth potential.

Diageo may not be able to derive the expected benefits from its strategybusiness strategies, including in relation to focus on premium drinksexpansion in emerging markets, acquisitions, productivity initiatives or from its acquisitions or cost saving and restructuring programmes designed to enhance earnings

Diageo’s strategy is to focus on premium drinks and to grow its business through organic sales, operating profit growth and the acquisition of premium drinks brands that add value for shareholders.

inventory forecasting

There can be no assurance that Diageo’s strategic focus on premium drinksbusiness strategies will result in opportunities for growth and improved margins. Part of Diageo’s growth strategy includes expanding its business in certain emerging market countries where consumer spending in general, and spending on Diageo’s products in particular, has not historically been as great but where Diageo believes there are strong prospects for growth. There is no guarantee that this strategy will be successful, and some of these markets may represent a higher risk in terms of their changing regulatory environments and a higher degree of uncertainty over levels of consumer spending.

 

42


Business description (continued)

It is also possible that the pursuit of this strategic focus on premium drinksDiageo’s business strategies could give rise to further business combinations, acquisitions, disposals, joint ventures and/or partnerships (including any associated financing or the assumption of actual or potential liabilities, depending on the transaction contemplated). There can be no assurance that any transaction will be completed or that any such transaction would deliver the anticipated benefits, cost savings or synergies. The success of any transaction will depend in part on Diageo’s ability to successfully integrate new businesses with Diageo’s existing operations and realise the anticipated benefits. Acquisitions may also expose Diageo to liabilities it may not be aware of at the time of the acquisition, for example if acquired companies and business do not act, or have not acted, in compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The current and ongoing issues in USL detailed in note 18 to the consolidated financial statements provide an example of integration and legal challenges.

Similarly, there can be no assurance that the cost saving or restructuring programmesproductivity initiatives implemented by Diageo in order to improve efficiencies and deliver cost savings will deliver the expected benefits.benefits, and such programmes may result in significant costs to Diageo or may have other adverse impacts on the business and operations of the Group. Diageo continues to undertake change programmes designed to improve the effectiveness and efficiency of end-to-end operations, including changes to organisational structures, business processes and business systems. There may also be disruptionDisruption caused to business processes as a result of such change which could impact Diageo operations and lead to adverse customer or consumer reaction. There may also be a risk of impairment charges on goodwill or other intangible assets and failure to meet financial targets. Any of the foregoing may have an adverse effect on Diageo’s business and financial results.

Certain of Diageo’s aged product categories may mature over significant periods of up to 30 years, and forecasts of demand for such products in future periods are subject to significant uncertainty. There is an inherent risk of forecasting error in determining the quantity of maturing stock to lay down in a given year for future consumption as a result of changes in business strategy, market demand and preferences, macroeconomic conditions, introductions of competing products and other changes in market conditions. Any forecasting error could lead to Diageo being unable to meet the objectives of its business strategy, future demand or lead to a future surplus of inventory and consequent write down in value of maturing stocks. If Diageo is unable to accurately forecast demand for its products or efficiently manage its inventory, this may have a material adverse effect on Diageo’s business and financial results.

33



Business description (continued)

Contamination, counterfeiting or other events could harm the integrity of customer support for Diageo’s brands and adversely affect the sales of those brands

The success of Diageo’s brands depends upon the positive image that consumers have of those brands, and contamination, whether arising accidentally, or through deliberate third party action, or other events that harm the integrity of or consumer support for those brands, could adversely affect their sales. Diageo purchases most of the raw materials for the production and packaging of its products from third party producers or on the open market. Diageo may be subject to liability if contaminants in those raw materials or defects in the distillation, fermentation or bottling process lead to low beverage quality or illness among, or injury to, Diageo’s consumers. Diageo may recall products in the event of contamination or damage. A significant product liability judgement or a widespread product recall may negatively impact sales and profitability of the affected brand or all Diageo brands for a period of time depending on product availability, competitive reaction and consumer attitudes. Even if a product liability claim is unsuccessful or is not fully pursued, any resulting negative publicity could adversely affect Diageo’s reputation with existing and potential customers and its corporate and brand image.

Additionally, third parties may sell products which are either counterfeit versions of Diageo brands or inferior brands that look like Diageo brands, and consumers of Diageo brands could confuse Diageo products with them. A bad consumer experience with such a product could cause them to refrain from purchasing Diageo brands in the future and in turn could impair brand equity, adversely affecting Diageo’s business.

Diageo’s operating resultsbusiness may be adversely affected by increased costs or shortages of talent

Diageo’s operating resultsbusiness could be adversely affected by labour or skill shortages or increased labour costs due to increased competition for employees, higher employee turnover or increased employee benefit costs. Diageo’s success is dependent on the capability of its employees. There is no guarantee that Diageo will continue to be able to recruit, retain and develop the capabilities that it requires to deliver its strategy, for example in relation to sales, marketing and innovation capability within markets or in its senior management. The loss of senior management or other key personnel or the inability to identify, attract and retain qualified personnel in the future could make it difficult to manage the businessDiageo’s operations and could adversely affect Diageo’s operationsbusiness and financial results.

 

43


Diageo’s operating resultsBusiness description (continued)

Diageo may be adversely affected by disruption to production facilities, business service centres or information systems

(including cyber-attack)

Diageo would be affected if there was a catastrophic failure of its major production facilities or business service centres. Diageo operates production facilities around the world. If there was a technical failure in Diageo production facilities, or fire or explosion at one of Diageo’s production facilities, it could result in damage to the facilities, plant or equipment, their surroundings and/or the local environment.environment and/or injury or loss of life. Such an event could lead to a loss in production capacity, or could result in regulatory action, legal liability or damage to Diageo’s reputation.

Diageo has a substantial inventory of aged product categories, principally Scotch whisky and Canadian whisky, which may mature over periods of up to 30 years or more. The maturing inventory is stored primarily in Scotland, and the loss through contamination, fire or other natural disaster of all or a portion of the stock of any one of those aged product categories could result in a significant reduction in supply of those products, and consequently, Diageo would not be able to meet consumer demand for those products as it arises. There can be no assurance that insurance proceeds would cover the replacement value of Diageo’s maturing inventory or other assets, were such assets to be lost due to contamination, fire or natural disasters, or destruction resulting from negligence or the acts of third parties. In addition, there is an inherent risk of forecasting error in determining the quantity of maturing stock to lay down in a given year for future consumption. A forecasting error could lead to Diageo being unable to meet future demandparties, or lead to a future surplus of inventory and consequent write down in value of maturing stocks. Any failure of information systems or Diageo’s data infrastructure could adversely impact Diageo’s ability to operate. infrastructure.

As with all large systems, Diageo’s information systems could be penetratedsubject to cyber-attack by outside parties’ intent on extracting information, corrupting information or disrupting business processes. Such unauthorised access could disrupt Diageo’s business and/or lead to loss of assets or to outside parties having access to confidential information, including privileged data or strategic information of Diageo and its employees, customers and consumers, or to making such information public in a manner that harms Diageo’s reputation. The concentration of processes in business service centres also means that any sustained disruption to the facility or issue impacting the reliability of the information systems used could impact a large portion of Diageo’s business operations and in some circumstances, could result in property damage, breaches of regulations, litigation, legal liabilities and reparation costs.

Diageo’s operations and financial results may be adversely affected by fluctuations in exchange rates and fluctuations in interest rates

Diageo is engaged in an international business that operates in, and makes sales into, countries with different currencies, while its financial results are presented in sterling. As a result, Diageo is subject to foreign currency risk due to exchange rate movements, which will affect the sterling value of its transactions, as well as the translation to sterling of the results and underlying net assets of its operations. In particular, approximately 31.9% of Diageo’s net sales in the year ended 30 June 2016 were in US dollars, approximately 11% were in euros and approximately 14.9% were in sterling. Movements in exchange rates used to translate foreign currencies into sterling may have a significant impact on Diageo’s reported results of operations from year to year. Exchange rate fluctuations may also expose Diageo to increased interest expense on borrowings denominated in currencies which appreciate against the sterling. As a result, Diageo’s business and financial results may be adversely affected by fluctuations in exchange rates. Diageo may also be adversely impacted by fluctuations in interest rates, mainly through increased interest expense.

Diageo’s operations and financial results may be adversely affected by movements in the value of assets and liabilities related to its pension funds, fluctuations in exchange rates and fluctuations in interest rates

plans

Diageo has significantoperates a number of pension funds. These fundsplans throughout the world, which vary in accordance with local conditions and practices. The majority of these pension plans are defined benefit plans and are funded by payments to separately administered trusts or insurance companies. The ability of these pension plans to meet their pension obligations may be affected by, among other things, the performance of assets owned by these pension plans, the liabilities in connection with the pension plans, the underlying actuarial assumptions used to calculate the surplus or deficit in the plans, in particular the discount rate and long term inflation rates used to calculate the liabilities of the pension funds, and any changes in applicable laws and regulations. For example, Diageo’s deficit in respect of post-employment plans before taxation increased by £934 million from £259 million at 30 June 2015 to £1,193 million at 30 June 2016, primarily as a result of a decrease in returns from corporate bonds used to calculate the discount rates on plan liabilities. If there are significant declines in financial markets and/or deterioration in the value of fund assets or changes in discount rates or inflation rates, Diageo may need to make significant contributions to the pension funds in the future.

 

34



 

44


Business description (continued)

 

Furthermore, if the market values of the assets held by Diageo’s pension funds decline, or if the valuations of those assets by the pension trustees decline or the valuation of liabilities in connection with pension expensesplans increase, then company cash contributions may increase which, as a result, could materially adversely affect Diageo’s financial position. There is no assurance that interest rates or inflation rates will remain constant, or that pension fund assets can earn the assumed rate of return annually;annually or that the value of liabilities will not fluctuate; Diageo’s actual experience may be significantly more negative than the assumptions used.

Diageo may be adversely affected by fluctuations in exchange rates. In particular, any redenomination of the euro or its constituent parts could materially adversely affect Diageo. The results of operations of Diageo are accounted for in pounds sterling. Approximately 31% of Diageo’s net sales in the year ended 30 June 2014 were in US dollars, approximately 12% were in euros and approximately 18% were in sterling. Movements in exchange rates used to translate foreign currencies into pounds sterling may have a significant impact on Diageo’s reported results of operations from year to year. Diageo may also be adversely impacted by fluctuations in interest rates, mainly through an increased interest expense.

Diageo’s operations may be adversely affected by failure to maintain or renegotiate distribution, supply, manufacturing or licence agreements on favourable terms

Diageo’s business has a number of distribution, supply, manufacturing or licence agreements for brands owned by it or by other companies. These agreements vary depending on the particular brand, but tend to be for a fixed number of years. There can be no assurance that Diageo will be able to renegotiate its rights on favourable terms when these agreements expire or that they will not be terminated. Failure to renew these agreements on favourable terms could have an adverse impact on Diageo’s salesbusiness and operating profit.financial results. In addition, Diageo’s salesbusiness and operating profitfinancial results may be adversely affected by any disputes with distributors of its products or with suppliers of raw materials.

Diageo may not be able to protect its intellectual property rights

Given the importance of brand recognition to its business, Diageo has invested considerable effort in protecting its intellectual property rights, including trademark registration and domain names. Diageo’s patents cover some of its process technology, including some aspects of its bottle marking technology. Diageo also uses security measures and agreements to protect its confidential information and trade secrets. However, Diageo cannot be certain that the steps it has taken will be sufficient or that third parties will not infringe on or misappropriate its intellectual property rights in its brands or products. Moreover, some of the countries in which Diageo operates offer less intellectual property protection than Europe or North America. Given the attractiveness of Diageo’s brands to consumers, it is not uncommon for counterfeit products to be manufactured and traded. Diageo cannot be certain that the steps it takes to assist the authorities to prevent, detect and eliminate counterfeit products will be effective in preventing material loss of profits or erosion of brand equity resulting from lower quality or even dangerous counterfeit product reaching the market. If Diageo is unable to protect its intellectual property rights against infringement or misappropriation, this could materially harm its future financial results and ability to develop its business.

Risks related to Diageo’s securities

It may be difficult to effect service of US process and enforce US legal process against the directors of Diageo

Diageo is a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales. The majority of Diageo’s directors and officers, and some of the experts named in this document, reside outside of the United States, principally in the United Kingdom. A substantial portion of Diageo’s assets, and the assets of such persons, are located outside of the United States. Therefore, it may not be possible to effect service of process within the United States upon Diageo or these persons in order to enforce judgements of US courts against Diageo or these persons based on the civil liability provisions of the US federal securities laws. There is doubt as to the enforceability in England and Wales, in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgements of US courts, of civil liabilities solely based on the US federal securities laws. In addition, punitive damages in actions brought in the United States or elsewhere may be unenforceable in England and Wales.

 

3545



Business description (continued)

 

Cautionary statement concerning forward-looking statements

This document contains ‘forward-looking’ statements. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate only to historical or current facts. In particular, forward-looking statements include all statements that express forecasts, expectations, plans, outlook and projections with respect to future matters, including trends in resultsmatters. Examples of operations, margins, growthforward-looking statements include statements regarding exchange rates, overall market trends, the impact of changes in interest or exchange rates, the availability or cost of financing to Diageo, anticipatedsocial, political and environmental developments, consumer trends, preferences and purchasing power, overall market trends, the consequences of the referendum on the UK’s membership in the EU, and their impact on Diageo’s business operations and financial condition; statements made about Diageo’s strategy, trends in results of operations, margins, and growth rates and growth rate objectives; estimates of Diageo’s cash flows, effective interest rates, effective tax rates, cost savings, or synergies, expected investments, the completionresults of Diageo’s strategic transactionshedging instruments, cash contributions in post-employment plans, impacts of exchange rates, dividend policies and restructuring programmes, anticipated tax rates, expected cash payments,shareholders return objectives, executive compensation levels, outcomes of litigation, anticipated deficit reductions in relation to pension schemes and general economic conditions.the impact of new accounting policies on Diageo’s consolidated results and financial position. By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risk and uncertainty because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that will occur in the future. There are a number of factors that could cause actual results and developments to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements, including factors that are outside Diageo’s control.

These factors include, but are not limited to:

��

·changes in

economic, political, social or economic conditionsother developments in countries and markets in which Diageo operates, including changes in levels ofwhich may contribute to reduced demand for Diageo’s products, reduced consumer spending, failure ofnegative impacts on Diageo’s customer, supplier and financial counterparties or the imposition of import, investment or currency restrictions;

 

the results of the decision in the United Kingdom’s referendum on 23 June 2016 to leave the European Union, which may lead to a sustained period of economic and political uncertainty and complexity until the detailed terms of the United Kingdom’s exit from the European Union are finalised and as the United Kingdom negotiates and concludes any successor trading arrangements with other countries, and which may also negatively impact economic conditions in Europe more generally which could have an adverse impact on Diageo’s business operations and financial performance;

·

changes in consumer preferences and tastes, including as a result of changes in demographic and social trends, public health regulations and travel, vacation or perceptions about health related issues,leisure activity patterns, or as a result of contamination, counterfeiting or other circumstances which could harm the integrity or sales of Diageo’s brands;

 

·developments in

any litigation or other similar proceedings (including with tax, customs and other regulatory authorities), including that directed at the drinks and spirits industry generally or at Diageo in particular, or the impact of a product recall or product liability claim on Diageo’s profitability or reputation;

 

·

the effects of climate change and related regulations and other measures to address climate change, including any resulting impact on the cost and supply of water;

 

·

changes in the cost or supply of raw materials,production, including as a result of increases in the cost of commodities, labour and/or energy;

energy or as a result of inflation;

 

·

legal and regulatory developments, including changes in regulations regarding production, product liability, distribution, importation, labelling, packaging, consumption, or advertising;advertising and data privacy; changes in tax law (including tax treaties), rates or requirements (including with respect to the impact of excise tax increases) or accounting standards; and changes in environmental laws, health regulations and the laws governing labour and pensions;

 

·

the costs associated with monitoring and maintaining complianceconsequences of any failure by Diageo to comply with anti-corruption and other laws and regulations and the costs associated with investigating alleged breachesor any failure of Diageo’s related internal policies laws or regulations, whether initiated internally or by external regulators, and any penalties or fines imposed as a result of any breaches;procedures to comply with applicable law;

46


Business description (continued)

 

·

ability to maintain Diageo’s brand image and corporate reputation or to adapt to a changing media environment, and exposure to adverse publicity, whether or not justified, and any resulting impacts on Diageo’s reputation and the likelihood that consumers choose products offered by Diageo’s competitors;

 

·

increased competitive product and pricing pressures, and unanticipatedincluding as a result of actions by increasingly consolidated competitors, that could negatively impact Diageo’s market share, increase expenses and hinder growth potential;

distribution network, costs or pricing;

 

·

the effects of Diageo’s strategic focus onbusiness strategies, including in relation to expansion in emerging markets and growth of participation in international premium drinks,spirits markets, the effects of business combinations, partnerships, acquisitions or disposals, existing or future, and the ability to realise expected synergies and/or costs savings;

 

·

Diageo’s ability to benefit from its strategy, including its ability to expand into new markets, to complete and benefit from existing or future business combinations restructuring programmes, acquisitionsor other transactions, to implement cost saving and disposals;

productivity initiatives or to forecast inventory levels successfully;

 

·

contamination, counterfeiting or other events that could adversely affect the perception of Diageo’s brands;

 

·

increased costs or shortages of talent;

 

·

disruption to production facilities or business service centres andor information systems change programmes,(including cyber-attack), existing or future,future;

fluctuations in exchange rates and the ability to derive expected benefits from such programmes;

·changes in financial and equity markets, including significant interest rate and foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations and changes in the cost of capital,rates, which may reduce or eliminate Diageo’s access to orimpact the value of transactions and assets denominated in other currencies, increase the cost of financing or which mayotherwise affect Diageo’s financial results and results;

movements toin the value of the assets and liabilities related to Diageo’s pension funds;

 

·

renewal of supply, distribution, manufacturing or licence agreements (or related rights) and licences on favourable terms or at all when they expire;

and

 

·technological developments that may affect the distribution

failure of products or impede Diageo’s abilityDiageo to protect its intellectual property rights.

All oral and written forward-looking statements made on or after the date of this document and attributable to Diageo are expressly qualified in their entirety by the above factors and by the principal risks set out in the ‘Risk factors’ section above. Any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of Diageo speak only as of the date they are made. Diageo does not undertake to update forward-looking statements to reflect any changes in Diageo’s expectations with regard thereto or any changes in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based. The reader should, however, consult any additional disclosures that Diageo may make in any documents which it publishes and/or files with the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). All readers, wherever located, should take note of these disclosures.

36



Business description (continued)

This document includes names of Diageo’s products, which constitute trademarks or trade names which Diageo owns, or which others own and licence to Diageo for use. All rights reserved.© Diageo plc 2014.

2016.

The information in this document does not constitute an offer to sell or an invitation to buy shares in Diageo plc or an invitation or inducement to engage in any other investment activities.

This document includes information about Diageo’s target debt rating. A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating organisation. Each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating.

Past performance cannot be relied upon as a guide to future performance.

 

3747



Business review

MARKET DYNAMICS

1.Commercial context

The global beverage alcohol market is large and diverse, comprising an estimated six billion equivalent units* of alcohol and £300 billion of revenue. Across the world there are significant variations in the type of beverage alcohol consumed depending on local incomes, cultures and attitudes.


* An equivalent unit is equal to one-nine-litre case of spirits; 45 litres of wine; 90 litres of beer.

GRAPHICGRAPHIC

GRAPHICGRAPHIC

On average, per capita consumption is higher in developed markets at 2.4 equivalent units of alcohol per year versus 1.1 in emerging markets, which is driven, in part, by differences in the average level of disposable income. The shape of the beverage alcohol market also varies significantly across geographies; some regions, such as Asia, consume more spirits, others such as Africa are more focused on beer.

Our business is increasingly balanced across developed and emerging markets and we are able to capture share across a wide variety of consumer occasions given the geographic breadth of our participation, our leading portfolio of brands across categories and price points, the depth of our consumer insights and innovation capabilities, combined with the strength of our route to consumer. Both developed and emerging markets are important beverage alcohol value pools, with different dynamics. Developed markets are large and profitable, but with lower growth rates. Emerging markets, also large, are less profitable, with faster growth rates. Given lower levels of disposable income in emerging markets they are more volatile in response to fluctuations in local economies, as we have seen this year.

Overall, the global beverage alcohol market is supported by the strong consumer fundamentals of a growing legal drinking age (LDA) population and increasing wealth, driving both consumer penetration and premiumisiation.

Developed markets

Consumers in developed markets are very conscious of what their brand choices say about them. Our strong portfolio of brands across categories and price points, coupled with our innovation capability, allows us to evolve our offering to provide what consumers are looking for, while the strength of our distribution networks enables us to get our products to the consumer, allowing us to benefit from these trends. Given the higher levels of disposable income and the importance of branding, these are markets where consumers are often prepared to pay more for high quality brands with heritage and provenance. There is also sustained growth in the number of consumers who are able to enjoy our reserve (luxury) portfolio of brands.

Emerging markets

In emerging markets we are seeing significant growth in the LDA population groups classified as emerging middle class and above. These consumers represent a significant opportunity, particularly for our premium core brands, as consumption per capita is currently far lower than in developed markets. Each country is different and growth occurs at different price points depending on wealth, and in categories and occasions which reflect local culture. Accessing this growth requires an understanding of local consumers and the categories, brands and price points they are seeking. A broader distribution platform which makes these brands accessible to this set of consumers is a critical enabler. There are also a significant, and growing, number of globally affluent consumers in the emerging markets for whom our reserve (luxury) portfolio holds particular appeal.

38



Business review (continued)

2.Regulatory and broader stakeholder context

Alcohol is one of the most regulated products in the world, and beverage alcohol companies rightly operate in the context of a range of stakeholder expectations and demands.

At the same time beverage alcohol companies, like the rest of the private sector, are increasingly expected to be transparent and demonstrate progress on the wider social and environmental agenda. Using voluntary frameworks (such as the Global Reporting Initiative Guidelines, launched in 2000 and updated this year, the United Nations Global Compact principles, established in 2006, and the International Integrated Reporting Framework, published this year) is becoming a standard expectation for companies to follow. Moreover, reporting on these issues is becoming mandatory in more parts of the world. For example, the UK Companies Act, the US California Transparency in Supply Chains Act and the US Dodd Frank Act, require public disclosure of human rights and environmental issues. This year, the European Council and the European Commission reached an agreement to require publicly-traded companies with more than 500 employees to report performance against a number of social and environmental metrics. This high and growing level of regulation and scrutiny can be an advantage to companies with good corporate governance and the right approach to sustainability and responsibility.

Alcohol policy

While the approaches taken by governments to address alcohol misuse vary, Diageo believes that the most effective alcohol policies are evidence-based, account for drinking patterns, target at-risk groups, treat all forms of alcohol equally, and involve all stakeholders. These include mandating a minimum legal purchasing age of not less than 18; a maximum blood alcohol concentration (BAC) level for drivers of no more than 0.08mg; and lower BACs for novice and commercial drivers. Also effective are high-visibility enforcement campaigns of drink-driving laws and alcohol interlocks(1) for convicted drink drivers. Diageo advocates these policies while opposing measures that are not based on evidence, and are likely to have unintended consequences. For example the use of high taxes to control consumption can in some cases push consumers to unregulated alcohol markets.


(1).Interlocks are breathalysers that stop a car from starting if the driver’s blood alcohol level is above a certain limit.

Industry collaboration

Beverage alcohol companies have recognised, and stakeholders are expecting, that issues such as reducing the harmful use of alcohol should be addressed through concerted industry initiatives in collaboration with stakeholders. Diageo is one of 13 global producers of beer, wine and spirits to launch a new set of commitments in support of the WHO’s Global strategy to reduce the harmful use of alcohol. The industry’s commitments include a focus on reducing underage drinking, strengthening and expanding marketing codes of practice, providing consumer information and responsible product innovation, reducing drink driving, and enlisting the support of retailers to reduce harmful drinking.

Unrecorded alcohol

The WHO estimates that 25% of alcohol consumed is unrecorded, which means it is outside the usual systems of governmental control: regulation and taxation. Because it is not regulated, little is known about its production, consumption, and related outcomes. What little we do know, suggests that some may be contaminated, some toxic, and a risk to public health. Therefore working with governments and other stakeholders to improve data collection in this area is helpful to all consumers.

39



Business review (continued)

Climate change and water security

A variety of environmental issues associated with climate change, such as extreme weather events, water scarcity and biodiversity loss, will increasingly affect businesses and how they operate. For the alcohol industry, water scarcity is an issue that demands particular attention given that water is a main ingredient in all its products. The World Bank expects water scarcity to affect 2.8 billion people directly by 2025. In some countries that have always faced hydrologic variability, climate change could increase water scarcity. The map below shows the specific Diageo sites operating in water-stressed locations where measures to address supply chain risks, contribute to community infrastructure, and work with governments and other partners on water stewardship are particularly important.

GRAPHIC

Value chain partnerships

Alcohol beverage companies contribute to the economic development of their communities in a variety of ways, whether through direct employment, taxes or community investment efforts. However, companies can further contribute by leveraging the economic impact of their entire value chain in the way they work with suppliers and customers — and doing so is an increasing expectation of the private sector by government and international development institutions. One powerful trend in the food and beverage industry is a focus on local sourcing in markets with an agricultural economy or potential for one. Not only does this help build trust with government and other stakeholders, but with the use of long term contracts, it can help secure supply. At the other end of the value chain, strategic partnerships and investment to train and support individuals interested in working in hospitality can build trust while strengthening the industry itself.

40



Business review (continued)

Operating results 20142016 compared with 20132015

In the year ended 30 June 2014, Diageo has reviewed its approach to the narrative discussion of its operating results. As a result of this review, Diageo has determined to focus on the key financial performance indicators on pages 28 to 29 which management uses to measure the financial performance of the group. In order to provide comparability to the prior year’s narrative discussion of operating results, the following section provides a reference for the narrative discussion of specific line items.

As at 1 July 2013 the group adopted a number of new standards and amendments and the application of IFRS11 - Joint arrangements and the amendment to IAS19 - Employee benefits resulted in a restatement of comparative figures. The impact on the group’s consolidated statement of comprehensive income and net cash flow for the years ended 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012, and net assets as at 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012 is provided in note 18 to the consolidated financial statements on pages 202 and 203.

1. INCOME STATEMENT

Sales and net sales

For the impact of exchange rate movements and acquisitions and disposals see pages 46-47. See “Group Financial Review — Key Performance Indicators — Organic net sales growth” on page 43 in respect of ‘organic’ movements.

Operating costs before exceptional items and operating profit

Operating costs before exceptional items comprise cost of sales, marketing and other operating expenses. For the impact of exchange rate movements and acquisitions and disposals see pages 46-47. See ‘Group Financial Review — Key Performance Indicators — Organic operating margin improvement’ on page 43 in respect of ‘organic’ movements.

Net finance charges, taxation and associates and joint ventures

See ‘Group Financial Review — Key Performance Indicators — Earnings per share before exceptional items’ on page 44.

Post employment plans

See ‘Group Financial Review — Key Performance Indicators — Free cash flow’ on page 45.

Exceptional items, exchange and dividend

Exceptional items comprise exceptional operating items, non-operating items and discontinued operations. See ‘Group Financial Review — Additional Financial Information — Exceptional items’ on page 47.

2. ANALYSIS BY REPORTING SEGMENTS

North America — see page 50

Western Europe — see page 53

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey — see page 56

Latin America and Caribbean — see page 59

Asia Pacific — see page 62

Corporate — see ‘Group Financial Review — Organic growth by region’ page 43

3. CATEGORY REVIEW — PAGES 65 TO 67

41



Business review (continued)

GROUP FINANCIAL REVIEW

This yearis a good set of results and reflects better execution across the business. Our improved performance was tougher than anticipated with mixed regional performance as North America delivered top-linedriven by the return to growth of each of our six global brands and significantour US spirits business. The delivery of volume growth; 19bps of organic margin expansion; Western Europe was stableincreased free cash flow; and performancethe disposal of £1 billion in emerging markets reflected economic weaknessnon-core assets, comes from driving efficiency in every aspect of the business and market specific challenges. Despiteacross every expense item to fuel future growth. I believe this tougher environment we have gained share in a number of markets, invested for the future, expanded marginsconsistent approach to growth, productivity and simplified the organisation.”cash will drive better value creation.

Kathryn Mikells,

Deirdre Mahlan,

Chief Financial Officer

 

Net sales declined 3.0% as organic growth in each region and acquisitions were more than offset by adverse exchange and disposals

Organic results improved with volume growth of 1.3%

Organic net sales growth of 2.8%

Operating profit grew 1.6% with organic growth, lower exceptional operating charges and acquisitions partially offset by adverse exchange and disposals

Organic operating profit growth of 3.5%

Net cash from operating activities was flat, £2.5bn

Free cash flow continued to be strong at £2.1bn up £134 million on last year

Basic eps of 89.5 pence was down 6% as lower exceptional income reduced basic eps by 6.1 pence

Eps before exceptional items increased 1% to 89.4 pence

HIGHLIGHTS OF THE YEAR

LOGOVolume Net sales(i) Operating profit(ii) Operating profit before exceptionals(iii) North America Europe Africa Latin America and Caribbean Asia Pacific

 

·Net sales, up 0.4%, reflecting mixed performance; growth in North America, stability in Western Europe and weakness in emerging market economies.

(i)

·Fourth quarterExcluding corporate net sales up 0.8%of £36 million (2015 - £80 million).

·Positive consumer trends in higher priced categories, Diageo’s reserve brands net sales were up 14%(ii)

Excluding corporate and targeted price increases drove 3pptISC costs of positive price/mix.

£150 million (2015 - £139 million).

·Operating margin improved 0.8ppt.

(iii)

·Procurement driven savings, worth 4%Excluding exceptional operating charges of total marketing spend, more than offset the cost£167 million (2015 - £269 million) and corporate and ISC costs before exceptional items of increased activity, contributing 0.2ppt of the total margin improvement.

·Eps before exceptionals was down 7.6p to 95.5 pence per share as foreign exchange movements reduced eps by 10 pence per share.

·Free cash flow was £1,235 million.

·Recommended final dividend of 32.0 pence per share, up 9%£150 million (2015 - £123 million).

 

GRAPHIC
                                                               

Summary financial information

      2016  2015 

Volume

   EUm       246.4    246.2  

Net sales

   £million       10,485    10,813  

Marketing

   £million       1,562    1,629  

Operating profit before exceptional items

   £million       3,008    3,066  

Exceptional operating items

   £million       (167  (269

Operating profit

   £million       2,841    2,797  

Share of associates and joint ventures profit after tax

   £million       221    175  

Non-operating items

   £million       123    373  

Net finance charges

   £million       327    412  

Tax rate

   %       17.4    15.9  

Tax rate before exceptional items

   %       19.0    18.3  

Profit attributable to parent company’s shareholders

   £million       2,244    2,381  

Basic earnings per share

   pence       89.5    95.0  

Earnings per share before exceptional items

   pence       89.4    88.8  

Recommended full year dividend

   pence       59.2    56.4  

 

Key performance indicators

 

 

 

2014

 

2013
(restated)*

 

Organic net sales growth

 

%

 

 

5

 

Organic operating margin improvement

 

basis points

 

77

 

78

 

Earnings per share before exceptional items

 

pence

 

95.5

 

103.1

 

Free cash flow

 

£ million

 

1,235

 

1,452

 

Return on average invested capital

 

%

 

13.7

 

16.0

 

Other financial information

 

 

 

2014

 

2013
(restated)*

 

Volume

 

EUm

 

156.1

 

164.2

 

Net sales

 

£ million

 

10,258

 

11,303

 

Marketing spend

 

£ million

 

1,620

 

1,769

 

Operating profit before exceptional items

 

£ million

 

3,134

 

3,479

 

Operating profit

 

£ million

 

2,707

 

3,380

 

Reported tax rate

 

%

 

16.5

 

16.6

 

Reported tax rate before exceptional items

 

%

 

18.2

 

17.4

 

Profit attributable to parent company’s shareholders

 

£ million

 

2,248

 

2,452

 

Basic earnings per share

 

pence

 

89.7

 

98.0

 

Recommended full year dividend

 

pence

 

51.70

 

47.40

 

48

42



Business review (continued)

 

 

 

Volume

 

Net sales

 

Marketing
spend

 

Operating
profit**

 

Organic growth by region

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

North America

 

(1

)

3

 

2

 

8

 

Western Europe

 

 

 

 

 

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

 

(5

)

1

 

1

 

 

Latin America and Caribbean

 

(1

)

2

 

1

 

3

 

Asia Pacific

 

(5

)

(7

)

(7

)

(13

)

Diageo ***

 

(2

)

 

(1

)

3

 

Growth by region

  Volume  Net Sales  Marketing  Operating
profit
 
  %  %  %  % 

North America

   (1  3        9  

Europe, Russia and Turkey

       (3  4    2  

Africa

   19    (1  (3  (32

Latin America and Caribbean

   (5  (16  (14  (69

Asia Pacific

   (3  (6  (13  112  

Diageo(i)

       (3)   (4)   2  

                                                                                    

Organic growth by region

  Volume
%
  Net sales
%
   Marketing
%
  Operating
profit(ii)

%
 

North America

   1    3     (2  4  

Europe, Russia and Turkey

   2    4     5    6  

Africa

   9    3     1    (11

Latin America and Caribbean

   (2  1         (1

Asia Pacific

       2     (12  13  

Diageo(i)

   1    3     (2  3  

(i)Includes Corporate. Corporate net sales in the year ended 30 June 2016 were £36 million (2015 – £80 million) a decrease of 55% due to the sale of the Gleneagles Hotel in June 2015. Net operating charges before exceptional items were £150 million (2015 – £123 million), increased due to costs related to the productivity programme, the reinvestment of the savings delivered by the organisational review announcement in January 2014, and increase in the annual incentive plan costs. These increases were partially offset by increased profit on land sales.
(ii)Before exceptional items.

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

Net sales growth (£ million)

Net sales declined 3.0%. Organic net sales growth of 2.8% driven by volume and mix.

 


LOGO

10,813 145 90 131 10,485 (172) (122) (400) Organic movement 2015 2016 Exchange(i) Volume Disposals Price/mix Acquisitions Asia Pacific net sales adjustment(ii)

* Restated following

(i)Exchange rate movements reflect the translation of prior year reported results at current exchange rates.
(ii)Diageo has reflected the full year impact of an accounting change USL made in its most recent quarterly results to account for sales by third party manufacturers on a net sales basis. See page 54 for more details.

Net sales declined 3.0%. Adverse impact of exchange and disposals reduced net sales by 5.3%. These movements were partially offset by organic net sales growth of 2.8% with volume growth of 1.3% and positive price/mix, primarily mix.

Net sales and operating profit were impacted by adverse exchange movements driven by the adoptionweakness of IFRS 11a number of currencies against sterling, in particular the Nigerian naira, the South African rand, the Venezuelan bolivar, the Brazilian real and the amendment to IAS 19.Turkish lira, partially offset by the strengthening of the US dollar.

** Before

49


Business review (continued)

Operating profit growth (£ million)

Operating profit growth of 1.6%. Organic operating profit growth of 3.5%.

LOGO

102 99 2,841 2,797 22 (83) (96) 2015 2016 Exceptional operating items Acquisitions Exchange Organic movement Disposals

Operating profit growth of 1.6% was driven by organic growth, acquisitions and lower exceptional itemsoperating charges (£167 million in 2016; £269 million in 2015). These movements were partially offset by adverse exchange and the impact of disposals.

*** Includes Corporate. InAcquisitions and disposals

Acquisitions made in 2015 increased net sales in the year ended 30 June 2014 Corporate reported2016 by £90 million and operating profit by £22 million, largely due to the acquisition of the remaining 50% shareholdings in Don Julio and United National Breweries.

Businesses which were disposed of in the year ended 30 June 2015, primarily Bushmills and Gleneagles, and those disposed of in the year ended 30 June 2016, the sale of wines and certain beer assets, contributed net sales of £655 million and operating profit of £121 million in the period ended 30 June 2015, and contributed net sales of £255 million and operating profit of £25 million in the period ended 30 June 2016. The year on year movement on net sales was £400 million and £96 million on operating profit.

Operating margin (%)

Operating margin improved by 123bps. Organic margin improved by 19bps.

LOGO

78bps 55bps 33bps 27.10% 89bps 14bps 25.87% (114)bps (32)bps Organic movement 2015 2016 Exceptional operating items Marketing Exchange Overheads Acquisitions and disposals Asia Pacific net sales adjustment(i) Gross margin

(i)Diageo has reflected the full year impact of an accounting change USL made in its most recent quarterly results to account for sales by third party manufacturers on a net sales basis. It has no impact on gross profit or operating profit. See page 54 for more details.

50


Business review (continued)

Operating margin improved by 123bps mainly driven by lower exceptional operating charges, a 19bps improvement in organic margin and the net sales adjustment in Asia Pacific. These movements were partially offset by an adverse exchange impact. Organic operating margin improvement was driven by favourable mix, including the return to growth in North America which drove gross margin improvement, as well as net procurement efficiencies after reinvestment in increased marketing activity. These benefits were partially offset by higher overheads driven by a year on year increase in annual incentive plan costs and inflation.

Basic earnings per share (pence)

Eps decreased to 89.5 pence. Eps before exceptional items increased from 88.8 pence to 89.4 pence

LOGO

95.0 3.39 89.5 3.95 1.83 (6.14) (1.37) (0.82) (3.33) (2.97) 2015 2016 Exceptional items(i) Associates and joint ventures Exchange on operating profit Finance charges Acquisitions and disposals Tax Operating profit excluding Non-controlling interests exchange 950339895395183(614)(137)(082)(333)(297)20152016Exceptionalitems(i)AssociatesandjointventuresExchangeonoperatingprofitFinancechargesAcquisitionsanddisposalsTaxOperatingprofitexcludingNon-controllinginterestsexchange

(i)Exceptional items net of tax and non-controlling interests.

Lower exceptional income (net of £79tax and non-controlling interests) (£2 million (2013 — £76 million)in 2016; £156 million in 2015) reduced basic earnings per share by 6.1 pence. Pre-exceptionals eps was up 0.6 pence as adverse exchange, net impact of acquisitions and £130disposals, a higher tax rate and the increase in non-controlling interests from higher operating profit in USL, were more than offset by organic operating profit growth, higher associate income and lower finance charges. Finance charges were lower on the fall in both net interest charge and other financing charges. Net interest charges declined from debt reduction and lower interest rates. Other finance charges dropped due to lower hyperinflation charge for Venezuela as we moved to a consolidation rate which recognised the impact of the inflation rate as well as the impact of lapping a £13 million (2013 — £151 million) respectively. The reductioncharge in net operating charges primarily comprised lower costs2015 in respect of global functions. an increase in value of Zacapa related financial liabilities.

Movement in net finance charges

  £ million 

2015

  

  412  

Net interest charge reduction

  

  (51

Reduction in other finance charges

  

  (34
   

 

 

 

2016

  

  327  
   

 

 

 
   2016  2015 

Average monthly net borrowings (£ million)

   9,245    10,459  

Effective interest rate(i)

   3.3  3.5

(i)For the calculation of the effective interest rate, the net interest charge excludes fair value adjustments to derivative financial instruments and borrowings. Average monthly net borrowings include the impact of interest rate swaps that are no longer in a hedge relationship but excludes the market value adjustment for cross currency interest rate swaps.

The fall in average monthly net borrowings arose from disposals proceeds and continued strong cash flow. The effective interest rate reduced in the reconciliationyear ended 30 June 2016 largely driven by changes in financing in USL together with the repayment of reported to organic results, see pages 103-104.Diageo bonds with a higher interest rate.

 

51


KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORSBusiness review (continued)

 

1.Organic net sales growthNet cash from operating activities and free cash flow (£ million)

Reported net sales were adversely impacted by foreign exchange, while sustained performanceNet cash from operating activities(i) was £2,548 million in North America offset emerging market weakness2016 a decline of £3 million on £2,551 million in 2015.

 

GRAPHIC

LOGO

2,551 (83) 152 (170) 93 5 2,548 2015 2016 Exchange(ii) Operating profit(iii) Working capital Interest and tax Other(iv)

Free cash flow was £2,097 million in 2016 an increase of £134 million.

 


LOGO

1,963 137 152 93 5 2,097 (83) (170) 2015 2016 Capex Working capital movement Exchange (ii) Interest and tax Operating profit (iii) Other (iv)

(a)See notes

(i)Net cash from operating activities excludes capex, loans and other investments (collectively £(451) million in 2016 – £(588) million in 2015).
(ii)Exchange – on operating profit before exceptional items.
(iii)Operating profit excluding exchange, depreciation and amortisation, post employment payments and non-cash items but including operating exceptional items.
(iv)Other items include post employment payments, dividends received from associates and joint ventures.

Net cash from operating activities declined by £3 million driven by negative working capital movement, partially offset by increased operating profit and lower interest payments.

The negative working capital movement was driven by the year on pages 46-47.year comparison to a significant reduction in receivables in 2015. This was partially offset by a favourable movement on inventory and payables.

Free cash flow improved £134 million driven by lower capex, increased operating profit before exchange, and lower interest payments, partially offset by negative working capital movement.

 

Organic volume growth in reserve brands was largely offset by decline in beer and in scotch in emerging markets. The strong performance of reserve brands and selective price increases drove positive price/mix.52


Business review (continued)

 

2. Organic operating margin improvementReturn on invested capital (%)

FocusThe return on costs and driving efficiencies delivered 77bpsclosing invested capital of margin improvement

GRAPHIC

Significant supply chain savings and positive price/mix from growth of reserve brands was offset by cost inflation and under recovery of fixed costs in Africa due to weaker beer volume. The organic increase in operating margin was primarily driven by an increased focus on costs and efficiencies across the business and by procurement savings on marketing spend.

43



Business review (continued)

3.Earnings per share before exceptional items (pence)

Eps before exceptionals impacted by adverse foreign exchange

GRAPHIC


(a)The group’s after tax share of the results of associates and joint ventures was £252 million23.2% for the year ended 30 June 2014 (2013 — £217 million),2016, calculated as profit for the year divided by net assets as of which, Diageo’s 34% equity interest30 June 2016, decreased by 350bps principally due to the increase in Moët Hennessy contributed £246 million (2013 — £230 million).net assets driven by the weakening of sterling against a number of currencies partially offset by an increase in post employment liabilities.

Return on average invested capital (ROIC)(i) decreased 22bps

 

Reduction in eps due to lower operating profit was largely as a result of adverse foreign exchange movements. Increased income from associatesLOGO

12.3% 14bps 12.1% 3bps 47bps (8)bps (62)bps (16)bps 2015 2016 Exchange Associates and joint ventures Acquisitions and lower net finance charges partly mitigated the impact of reduced operating profit. The reduction in non-controllingdisposals Non-controlling interests is largely driven by the operating loss that has been reported by Shuijingfang.Operating profit excluding Other exchange

 

Basic eps was 89.7 pence (2013 — 98.0 pence), with exceptionals reducing eps by 5.8 pence (2013 — 5.1 pence).

For movements in net finance charges see below:

 

Movement in net finance charges

(i)

£ million

2013 Reported (restated)

457

Net interest charge

(51

)

Post employment charges

(26

)

Venezuela hyperinflation adjustment

9

Other finance charges

(1

)

2014 Reported

388

ROIC calculation excludes exceptional items.

 

 

2014
Reported

 

2013
Reported
(restated)

 

Average monthly net borrowings (£ million)

 

9,174

 

8,267

 

Effective interest rate (%)

 

3.8

 

4.9

 

For the calculation of the effective interest rate, the net interest charge excludes fair value adjustments to derivative financial instruments and borrowings. Average monthly net borrowings include the impact of interest rate swaps that are no longer in a hedge relationship but excludes the market value adjustment for cross currency interest rate swaps.

The increase in average net borrowings was principally a result of the acquisition of shares in USL, completed on 4 July 2013, and the one off pension contribution to the UK pension plan in the year ended 30 June 2013 and a €100 million (£85 million) contribution to the Irish pension plans in the year ended 30 June 2014. Despite the increase in debt, the interest chargeROIC before exceptional items decreased in the year22bps driven by lower interest rates on new debt issues and proportionally higher commercial paper balances.

On 2 July 2014 Diageo acquired an additional 37.8 million shares in USL for £1,118 million. This will increase average net borrowings in the year ending 30 June 2015.

The positive impact on post employment charges is mainly driven by the reduction of the pension deficit as a result of the one off contributions mentioned above.

44



Business review (continued)

4.Free cash flow (£ million)

Lower pension contributions and capex partly offset the impact of reduced operating profit on cash flow

GRAPHIC


(a)Operating profit adjusted for non cash items including depreciation and amortisation and excluding the thalidomide charge.

(b)Other movements includes dividends received from associates and joint ventures, movements in loans receivable and other investments, pension contributions excluding one off contributions and the payment of £53 million in respect of the settlement of Thalidomide litigation in Australia and New Zealand in the year.

The decrease in free cash flow was primarily driven by lower operating profit due to the adverse impact of exchange rate movements and restructuring exceptional charges during the year. The reduction attributable to the termination of the distribution agreement with Jose Cuervowhich was largelypartially offset by organic growth. The negative working capital movement arosethe increased return from growth in respect of lower creditors driven by reductions in overhead spend, bonus accrualsoperating profit and phasing of marketing spend. One off contributions to pension plans in the year ended 30 June 2014 were lower than last year, resulting in a favourable cash movement.income from associates.

 

53


5.Business review (continued)Return on average invested capital (ROIC) (a)

 

Adverse foreign exchange movements and investment in USL led to a reduction in ROICIncome statement

 

GRAPHIC


(a)ROIC calculation excludes exceptional items

Lower operating profit reduced ROIC by 1.5ppt primarily due to adverse exchange movements. Average invested capital increased as a result of our acquisition of shares in USL. The negative movement in working capital is partly accounted for by increased maturing inventory.

45


                                                                                                                              
   2015
£ million
  Exchange
(a)
£ million
  Acquisitions
and disposals

(b)
£ million
  Organic
movement(ii)
£ million
  Reclassifi-
cation(iii)
£ million
  2016
£ million
 

Sales

   15,966    (360  (362  397        15,641  

Excise duties

   (5,153  188    52    (121  (122  (5,156
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net sales

   10,813    (172  (310  276    (122  10,485  

Cost of sales(i)

   (4,585  68    200    (56  122    (4,251
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross profit

   6,228    (104  (110  220        6,234  

Marketing

   (1,629  13    17    37        (1,562

Other operating expenses(i)

   (1,533  8    19    (158      (1,664
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating profit before exceptional items

   3,066    (83  (74  99        3,008  

Exceptional operating items (c)

   (269      (167
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Operating profit

   2,797        2,841  

Non-operating items (c)

   373        123  

Net finance charges

   (412      (327

Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures

   175        221  
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

   2,933        2,858  

Taxation (d)

   (466      (496
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Profit for the year

   2,467        2,362  
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

 

(i)Before exceptional operating items, see pages 55-56.
(ii)For the definition of organic movement see page 133.
(iii)Following a review of the third party production arrangements in India it was determined to be more appropriate to ensure consistent reporting by reclassifying the excise duties payable by the third party production companies as excise duties. This change was implemented by USL in its first three months of its financial year ended 30 June 2016, and resulted in net sales for the year ended 30 June 2016 reducing by £122 million with a corresponding decrease in cost of sales. There was no impact on gross or operating profit.


Business review (continued)

ADDITIONAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Income statement

 

 

2013
(restated)
£ million

 

Exchange
(a)
£ million

 

Acquisitions
and disposals

(b)
£million

 

Organic
movement

£ million

 

2014
£ million

 

Sales

 

15,276

 

(1,082

)

(368

)

154

 

13,980

 

Excise duties

 

(3,973

)

285

 

78

 

(112

)

(3,722

)

Net sales

 

11,303

 

(797

)

(290

)

42

 

10,258

 

Cost of sales*

 

(4,389

)

243

 

167

 

(27

)

(4,006

)

Gross profit

 

6,914

 

(554

)

(123

)

15

 

6,252

 

Marketing

 

(1,769

)

108

 

31

 

10

 

(1,620

)

Other operating expenses*

 

(1,666

)

110

 

(8

)

66

 

(1,498

)

Operating profit before exceptional items

 

3,479

 

(336

)

(100

)

91

 

3,134

 

Exceptional operating items (c)

 

(99

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(427

)

Operating profit

 

3,380

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,707

 

Non-operating items (c)

 

(83

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

140

 

Net finance charges

 

(457

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(388

)

Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures

 

217

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

252

 

Profit before taxation

 

3,057

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,711

 

Taxation

 

(507

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(447

)

Profit from continuing operations

 

2,550

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,264

 

Discontinued operations (c)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(83

)

Profit for the year

 

2,550

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,181

 


* Before exceptional operating items

(a) Exchange

The impact of movements in exchange rates movements on reported figures is principally in respect of the Nigerian naira, the South African rand, the Venezuelan bolivar, the US dollar,Brazilian real and the Turkish lira, andpartially offset by the South African rand.US dollar.

In March 2014,Venezuela is a hyper-inflationary economy where the Central Bankgovernment maintains a regime of Venezuela opened the Second Ancillary Foreign Currency Administration System (Sicad II) that allows private and public companies to tradestrict currency controls with multiple foreign currency rate systems. Access to US dollar on these exchange systems is very limited. The foreign currency denominated transactions and balances of the group’s Venezuelan operations are translated into the local functional currency (VEF) at a higher exchangethe rate thanthey are expected to be settled, applying the most appropriate official exchange rate. As a result,For consolidation purposes, the group has applied a consolidation rate of $1 = VEF49.98 (£1 = VEF85.47) forconverts its Venezuelan operations for the year ended 30 June 2014. For the year ended 30 June 2013 a rateusing management’s estimate of $1 = VEF9 (£1 = VEF13.68) was used. The change in the exchange rate forthat capital and dividend repatriations are expected to be realised. The consolidation exchange rate and the year ended 30 June 2014 reduced net sales by £358 million, operating profit by £229 million, cashaccounting treatment are monitored and cash equivalents by £329 millionreviewed depending on the economic and net assets by £378 million.

regulatory developments in the country.

The estimated effect of movements in exchange raterates and other movements on profit before exceptional items and taxation for the year ended 30 June 20142016 is set out in the table below.

 

54


Business review (continued)

Gains/
(losses)
£ million

Translation impact

(182

(13

)

Transaction impact

(70

(154

)

Operating profit before exceptional items

(83

(336

)

Net finance charges translation impact

12

(17

Mark to market impact of IAS 39 on interest expense

(6

(9

)

Impact of IAS 21 and IAS 39 on net other finance charges

2

(2

)

Interest and otherNet finance charges

4

(24

Associates translation impact

(4

8

Profit before exceptional items and taxation

(111

(324

)

 

                                          

 

2014

 

2013

 

  Year
ended
30 June
2016
   Year
ended
30 June
2015
 

Exchange rates

 

 

 

 

 

    

Translation £1 =

 

$1.63

 

$1.57

 

   $1.48     $1.57  

Transaction £1 =

 

$1.59

 

$1.57

 

   $1.55     $1.58  

Translation £1 =

 

€1.20

 

€1.21

 

   €1.34     €1.31  

Transaction £1 =

 

€1.26

 

€1.18

 

   €1.28     €1.23  

46



Business review (continued)

(b) Acquisitions and disposals

The impact of acquisitions and disposals on the reported figures was primarily attributable to the terminationdisposals of The Old Bushmills Distillery Company Limited on 27 February 2015, Gleneagles Hotels Limited on 30 June 2015, Desnoes & Geddes Limited (D&G) on 7 October 2015, the distribution agreement with Jose Cuervo. See page 105 for further details.wine businesses in the United States and the UK Percy Fox wine business on 1 January 2016, which were partially offset by the acquisition of 50% equity interests, that the group did not own, in both Don Julio in Mexico on 27 February 2015 and a joint venture in South Africa on 29 May 2015.

(c) Exceptional items

Exceptional operating charges of £427 million (2013 — £99 million) in the year ended 30 June 2014 comprise:2016 totalled £167 million before tax, a decrease of £102 million against last year.

·£98 million (2013 — £nil)Exceptional operating charges in the year ended 30 June 2016 included an impairment charge in respect of the Global efficiency programme announcedYpióca brand and related tangible fixed assets and goodwill allocated to the Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil (PUB) cash-generating unit of £62 million, £14 million and £42 million, respectively. Forecast cash flow assumptions have been reduced principally due to a challenging economic environment in January 2014;Brazil and significant adverse changes in local tax regulation.

·£35On 25 February 2016 the group incurred an exceptional operating charge of £49 million (2013 — £25including a $75 million

(£53 million) payment to Dr Vijay Mallya over a five year period in respectconsideration for (i) his resignation and the termination of his appointment and governance rights and his relinquishing of the Supply excellence restructuring programme;rights and benefits attached to his position as Chairman and Non-Executive Director of United Spirits Limited (USL); (ii) his agreement to five-year global non-compete (excluding the United Kingdom), non-interference, non-solicitation and standstill undertakings; and (iii) his agreement that he and his affiliates will not pursue any claims against Diageo, USL and their affiliates. In addition to the amount Diageo agreed to pay Dr Vijay Mallya there was net gain of £4 million arising from the termination of certain related agreements, that were previously provided for less legal fees directly attributable to the settlement.

·£30 million (2013 — £44 million) for the restructuring of the group’s supply operations; and

·a brand and tangible asset impairment charge of £264 million in respect of Shui Jing Fang (2013 — £50 million in respect of the Cacique brand) as a result of the downturn in the baijiu category in China driven by the anti extravagance measures by the Chinese government. The related deferred tax liability of £65 million has been written back to taxation in the income statement and therefore the net charge is £199 million. As the group has  a 39.7% controlling interest in Sichuan Shuijingfang Co., Ltd (Shuijingfang), the impact of this impairment on the group’s basic earnings per share is a reduction of 3.2 pence.55


Business review (continued)

 

In the year ended 30 June 20132015 exceptional operating charges were £269 million before tax which comprised £146 million in respect of a settlement agreement of disputes with the Korean customs authorities, £82 million in respect of restructuring programmes and an exceptional impairment charge of £41 million in respect of the group’s 45.56% equity investment in Hanoi Liquor Joint Stock Company.

Non-operating items also in the year ended 30 June 2016 were a net gain of £123 million before tax compared to a gain of £373 million before tax last year, a decrease of £250 million against last year.

The year ended 30 June 2016 included an exceptional gain before taxation of £457 million in respect of the sale of Diageo’s 57.87% shareholding in D&G (Jamaican Red Stripe business) and a 49.99% stake in GAPL Pte Limited (Singapore and Malaysian beer businesses) to Heineken, which completed on 7 October 2015. The gain is net of a £13 million cumulative exchange loss, in respect of prior years, recycled from other comprehensive income and transaction costs of £7 million. As part of the transaction, Diageo purchased an additional 20% shareholding in Guinness Ghana Breweries Limited (GGBL) from Heineken which increased Diageo’s shareholding in GGBL to 72.42%.

On 1 January 2016, Diageo completed the sale of the majority of its wine interests in the United States and its UK based Percy Fox businesses to Treasury Wine Estates. Together with the sale of the group’s other wine interests in the United States the transactions resulted in a loss before taxation on disposal of £191 million including an estimated provision for the settlement of a guarantee given in respect of the lease payments due to Realty Income Corporation, the lessor of the vineyards. The loss is net of an exchange gain of £12 million, in respect of prior years, recycled from other comprehensive income and transaction costs of £8 million.

On 29 January 2016, Diageo disposed of its interests in Argentina to Grupo Peñaflor. The transaction resulted in a loss before taxation of £38 million including a cumulative exchange loss of £20 million, in respect of changesprior years, recycled from other comprehensive income and other directly attributable costs of £7 million.

On 1 December 2015, Diageo disposed of its 42.25% equity interests in DHN Drinks, its 25% equity stake in Sedibeng Breweries Limited and its 15.01% equity stake in Namibia Breweries Limited (South African associate interests) to future pension increasesHeineken. The net cash consideration received was £120 million, which included the repayment of £31 million in respect of loans previously made to DHN Drinks and Sedibeng Breweries Limited. A loss before taxation of £27 million, including a £30 million cumulative exchange loss, in respect of prior years, recycled from other comprehensive income, was accounted for in the income statement.

On 30 September 2015, the group completed the disposal of its shareholding in Central Glass Industries Limited (CGI), a Kenyan glass bottle manufacturer, resulting in a gain before taxation of £14 million, net of £1 million transaction costs. £7 million of the gain is attributable to non-controlling interests.

A guarantee provided by Diageo for a loan of $135 million (£92 million) given by Standard Chartered Bank (SCB) to Watson Limited was called and $135 million paid to SCB during the year. The underlying security package for the loan remains in place. A provision of $135 million has been made. Further details are set out in note 18.

In the year ended 30 June 2015 non-operating items included a gain of £63 million as a result of Don Julio becoming a subsidiary of the group and as part of the transaction, Diageo Guinness Ireland Group Pension Scheme.

sold its wholly owned subsidiary, The Old Bushmills Distillery Company Limited to the Cuervo group, resulting in a gain of £174 million. A gain of £103 million arose on the increase of the group’s investment in United Spirits Limited (USL) from 25.02% to 54.78% (excluding the 2.38% interest owned by USL Benefit Trust). On 30 June 2015, Diageo completed the disposal of Gleneagles Hotel Limited to the Ennismore group resulting in an exceptional gain of £73 million. In addition a provision of £30 million was charged to the income statement in respect of a guarantee provided to a third party financial institution.

Non-operating itemsCash payments in the year ended 30 June 2014 comprise a gain2016 for exceptional restructuring, for the payment in respect of £140 million following the acquisitionWatson guarantee (reported in ’movements in loans and other investments’ in the consolidated statement of additional investment incash flows), for disengagement agreements relating to United Spirits Limited (USL) which increasedand for thalidomide were £52 million, £92 million, £28 million and £12 million, respectively. In the group’s investmentcomparable period the cash expenditure for exceptional restructuring, for the legal settlement in USL from 10.04% to 25.02% on 4 July 2013Korea, for the guarantee and triggered a change in accounting from available-for-sale investments to associates. As a result, the difference between the original cost of the investmentfor thalidomide were £117 million, £74 million, £30 million and its fair value has been included in the income statement. In£19 million, respectively.

56


Business review (continued)

(d) Taxation

The reported tax rate for the year ended 30 June 2013 exceptional non-operating items comprised a loss of £83 million in respect of the Nuvo disposal.

Discontinued operations in2016 was 17.4% compared with 15.9% for the year ended 30 June 2014 represent a charge after taxation of £83 million (2013 — £nil) in respect of the settlement of thalidomide litigation in Australia and New Zealand and anticipated future payments to thalidomide organisations.

Cash payments in2015. The tax rate before exceptional items for the year ended 30 June 20142016 was 19.0% compared with 18.3% in respect of exceptional restructuring items and thalidomide were £104 million (2013 — £61 million) and £59 million (2013 — £23 million), respectively. An exceptional operating charge of approximately £130 millionthe prior year. It is expected to be incurred inthat the tax rate before exceptional items for the year ending 30 June 2015 primarily in respect2017 will be 21%.

(e) Dividend

The group aims to increase the dividend at each half-year and the decision as to the rate of the Global efficiencydividend increase is made with reference to dividend cover as well as the current performance trends including top and Supply excellence programmes, while totalbottom line together with cash expenditure is expected to be approximately £200 million.

(d) Dividend

The directors recommend a finalgeneration. Diageo targets dividend cover (the ratio of 32.0 pencebasic earnings per share an increasebefore exceptional items to dividend per share) within the range of 9% from1.8-2.2 times. For the year ended 30 June 2013. The full2015 dividend will therefore be 51.7 pence per share, an increase of 9% fromcover was 1.6 times. Beginning with the interim dividend for the year ended 30 June 2013. 2016 we slowed growth to 5% consistent with our focus on stabilising and rebuilding dividend cover. The recommended final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2016 is 36.6 pence, an increase of 5% consistent with our interim dividend. This brings the full year dividend to 59.2 pence per share and dividend cover to 1.5 times. We would expect to maintain dividend increases at roughly a mid-single digit rate until cover is back in range.

Subject to approval by shareholders, the final dividend will be paid to holders of ordinary shares and ADRs on 2 October 2014the register as of 12 August 2016. The ex-dividend date for the holders of the ordinary shares is 11 August 2016, and 10 August 2016 for US ADR holders. The final dividend will be paid to shareholders on the register on 15 August 2014. The New York Stock Exchange has announced that Diageo ADSs will carry due bills from 13 August 2014 through 19 September 2014 pending approval of the dividend at the AGM.6 October 2016. Payment to US ADR holders will be made on 712 October 2014.2016. A dividend reinvestment plan is available to holders of ordinary shares in respect of the final dividend and the plan notice date is 1015 September 2014.2016.

 

4757



Business review (continued)

 

Balance sheet

MovementMovements in net borrowings and equity

 

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
(restated)
£ million

 

                                          

Movement in net borrowings

  2016
£ million
 2015
£ million
 

Net borrowings at the beginning of the year

 

(8,403

)

(7,573

)

   (9,527 (8,850

Free cash flow (a)

 

1,235

 

1,452

 

   2,097   1,963  

Acquisition and sale of businesses (b)

 

(534

)

(660

)

   1,047   (306

Proceeds from issue of share capital

 

1

 

 

   1   1  

Net purchase of own shares for share schemes (c)

 

(113

)

(11

)

   (1 (8

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

 

(88

)

(100

)

   (101 (72

Purchase of shares of non-controlling interests (d)

 

(37

)

(200

)

   (21    

Net (decrease)/increase in bonds (e)

 

(93

)

1,231

 

Net movements on other borrowings

 

(64

)

7

 

Disposal of non- controlling interests

      1  

Net movements in bonds (e)

   (1,003 (701

Net movements in other borrowings (f)

   (233 386  

Equity dividends paid

 

(1,228

)

(1,125

)

   (1,443 (1,341

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

(921

)

594

 

Net decrease/(increase) in bonds and other borrowings

 

157

 

(1,238

)

Exchange differences (f)

 

349

 

(116

)

  

 

  

 

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   343   (77

Net decrease in bonds and other borrowings

   1,236   315  

Exchange differences (g)

   (725 (7

Borrowings on acquisition of businesses

      (869

Borrowings disposed through sale of businesses

   14      

Other non-cash items

 

(32

)

(70

)

   24   (39
  

 

  

 

 

Net borrowings at the end of the year

 

(8,850

)

(8,403

)

   (8,635 (9,527
  

 

  

 

 

 


(a) See page 45138 for the analysis of free cash flow.

(b) Acquisitions and sale of businesses include the disposal of the group’s shareholdings in D&G and GAPL on 7 October 2015 for a net cash consideration, including disposal costs, of $783 million (£510 million); the disposal of the group’s equity stake in its South African associate interests on 1 December 2015 for a cash consideration of ZAR 2,517 million (£119 million), net of disposal costs; the disposal of the group’s wine interests in the United States and its UK based Percy Fox for a cash consideration of $551 million (£375 million), net of disposal costs; and the proceeds from the sale of CGI, a Kenyan glass manufacturer, for KES 3,931 million (£25 million), net of disposal costs.

(b) Primarily includesIn the year ended 30 June 2015 cash payments of £474primarily comprised £1,118 million in respect of the acquisition of an additional 18.74% investment in USL. On 2 July 2014 the group acquired an additional 26% investment in USL and £192 million for INR 114.5 billion (£1,118 million) taking its aggregate investment to 54.78% (excluding 2.38%the 50% equity interest in Don Julio BV that it did not already own, partially offset by cash received of the shares owned by the USL Benefit Trust on behalf of USL). From 2 July 2014 the group accounts for USL as a subsidiary with a 43.9% non-controlling interest.

In the year ended 30 June 2013 cash payments principally included £284£391 million in respect of 100%sale of the Whyte and Mackay Group and £456 million on the sale of equity stakeshare capital in Ypióca Bebidas S.A. (Ypióca) and £274 million in respect of a 10.04% investment in USL.

The Old Bushmills Distillery Company Limited.

(c) Net purchase of own shares comprised purchase of treasury shares for the future settlement of obligations under the employee share option schemes of £208£47 million (2013 — £143(2015 – £75 million) less receipts from employees on the exercise of share options of £95£46 million (2013 — £132(2015 – £67 million).

(d) Primarily comprisesIn the purchase of the remaining 7% (2013  — purchase of 40%) equity stakeyear ended 30 June 2016 Diageo purchased an additional 20% shareholding in Sichuan Chengdu Shuijingfang Group Co., Ltd.

Guinness Ghana Breweries Limited for £21 million.

(e) In the year ended 30 June 20142016, the group repaid bonds of $1,500 million (£1,003 million). In the comparable period, the group repaid bonds of €1,000 million (£792 million) and $500 million (£330 million), issued bonds of €1,700€1,000 million (£1,378791 million), and a bond of £370 million acquired on the purchase of USL was repaid bondsusing the proceeds from the sale of €1,150 million (£983 million)the Whyte and $804 million (£488 million). In the prior year, the group issued bonds of $3,250 million (£2,100 million) and repaid bonds of $1,350 million (£869 million).

Mackay Group.

(f) Primarily aroseNet movements in other borrowings are driven by the net repayment of short term commercial paper.

(g) Net borrowings increased because of unfavourable exchange differences primarily on the US dollar and euro denominated borrowings partially offset by adverse exchange ratea favourable movement on cashforeign exchange swaps and cash equivalents held in Venezuela.forwards.

 

4858



Business review (continued)

                                          

Movement in equity

  2016
£ million
  2015
£ million
 

Equity at the beginning of the year

   9,256    7,590  

Profit for the year

   2,362    2,467  

Exchange adjustments (a)

   875    (225

Net remeasurement of post employment plans

   (856  113  

Tax on post employment plans

   166    (11

Exchange recycled to the income statement (b)

   51    88  

Fair value movements on available-for-sale investments

   (20  20  

Non-controlling interests acquired (b)

       641  

Purchase of shares of non-controlling interests

   (21    

Disposal of non- controlling interest

   (24    

Dividends to non- controlling interests

   (101  (72

Dividends paid

   (1,443  (1,341

Other reserve movements

   (65  (14
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Equity at the end of the year

   10,180    9,256  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(a) Movement in equitythe year ended 30 June 2016 primarily arose from exchange gains in respect of the Indian rupee, Turkish lira, US dollar and euro.

(b) In the year ended 30 June 2016 exchange losses of £51 million were recycled to the income statement in respect of disposals.

£ million

Equity at 30 June 2013 (restated)

8,088

Profit for the year

2,181

Exchange adjustments (a)

(1,133

)

Net remeasurement of post

In the year ended 30 June 2015 following the acquisition of majority equity stakes in USL, 50% equity interest in Don Julio and one of the group’s joint ventures in South Africa that it did not already own exchange losses of £88 million were recycled to the income statement and on the acquisition of USL a 43.91% non-controlling interest of £641 million was recognised.

Post employment plans (b)

(167

)

Fair value movements on available-for-sale investments (c)

(85

)

Dividends to non-controlling interests

(88

)

Purchase of shares of non-controlling interests

(37

)

Dividends paid

(1,228

)

Other reserve movements

59

Equity at 30 June 2014

7,590


(a) Primarily arose on the US dollar, the euro, the Turkish lira and the Venezuelan bolivar denominated intangible assets, investments and borrowings.

(b) Mainly driven by the decrease in discount rate assumptions used to calculate the net post employment liabilities partly offset by the actual return on the plan assets being higher than the discount rate.

(c) Comprises the net recycling of the cumulative fair market value adjustment on the group’s investment in USL due to the change in accounting from available-for-sale investment to associate.

Post employment deficit

The deficit in respect of post employment plans before taxation decreasedincreased by £66£934 million from £541£259 million at 30 June 20132015 to £475£1,193 million at 30 June 2014.2016. The decrease wasincrease primarily arose due to a decrease in returns from ‘AA’ rated corporate bonds used to calculate the cash contributionsdiscount rates on the liabilities of £288 million (2013 — £591 million) made into the post employment plans which included a one off €100 million (£85 million) payment into the Irish pension plans,(United Kingdom reduced from 3.8% to 2.9% and Ireland from 2.6% to 1.4%) partially offset by the net remeasurement of post employment plans.a reduction in long term inflation rates (UK RPI from 3.2% to 2.8%, UK CPI from 2.2% to 1.8% and Ireland CPI from 1.6% to 1.4%). Total cash contributions by the group to the group’sall post employment plans forin the year ending

30 June 20152017 are expectedestimated to be approximately £185£200 million.

 

4959



Business review (continued)

 

SEGMENT REVIEW

NORTH AMERICA

North America, the largest market for premium drinks in the world, accounts for about a third of our net sales and around 45%half of operating profitprofit. North America continues to be a very vibrant market and iswe are focused on setting the largest marketbusiness up for premium drinkslong-term growth. In the year, we disposed of our wine assets in the world. DueUnited States, and our new management team have made a number of changes to our continued leadership in innovation, strong route to consumer, positive consumer trends,refocus marketing activity, upweight on premise activity, and increased marketing investment in key brands, we continue to be well positioned.enhance distributor relationships.

 

LOGONet sales by markets Net sales by categories Net sales by price points (%) (%) (%) US Spirits Canada Spirits(i) RTDs Value Super premium and Wines Other Beer Other Standard Ultra premium DGUSA Wine Premium (i) excluding RTDs

GRAPHICGRAPHICGRAPHIC

(i) excluding RTDs

 

                                                                                                                        

Key financials

 

2013
Reported

(restated)*
£ million

 

Exchange
£ million

 

Acquisitions
and
disposals
£ million

 

Organic
movement
£ million

 

2014
Reported
£million

 

Reported
movement

%

 

 2015
£ million
 Exchange
£ million
 Acquisitions
and
disposals
£ million
 Organic
movement
£ million
 2016
£ million
 Reported
movement

%
 

Net sales

 

3,723

 

(156

)

(231

)

108

 

3,444

 

(7

)

 3,455   172   (159  97    3,565    3  

Marketing spend

 

581

 

(27

)

(24

)

10

 

540

 

(7

)

Marketing

 542   23   (14  (10  541      

Operating profit before exceptional items

 

1,478

 

(54

)

(71

)

107

 

1,460

 

(1

)

 1,448   77   (30  56    1,551    7  

Exceptional items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(35

)

 

 

Exceptional operating items

 (28        
 

 

     

 

  

Operating profit

 

1,478

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,425

 

(4

)

 1,420       1,551    9  
 

 

     

 

  


*Restated following the adoption of IFRS 11 and the amendment to IAS 19.

Our markets

Our North America business is headquartered in Norwalk, Connecticut, and comprises US Spirits, and Wines, Diageo Guinness USA (DGUSA), and Diageo Canada.

Route to market

Route to market in the United States (US) is through the three-tier system and we distribute our products through more than 100 spirits and wines distributors and brokers, and more than 400 beer distributors nationally. We have a unique route to market for our spirits and wine business in the US, with more than 3,000 dedicated distributor sales personnel focused only on Diageo and Moët Hennessy spirits and wine brands. To date, Diageo has consolidated its US Spirits and Wines business into a single state-wide distributor or broker in 41 states and the District of Columbia, representing more than 80% of the company’s US Spirits and Wines volume. We continue to focus on building capabilities within our distributor dedicated sales forces and creating a more efficient and effective value chain.

Diageo North America’s US Spirits and Wines business operates through five divisions in Open States where we sell to distributors who then sell to retailers, and through two divisions in Control States where in most cases, we sell to the state, which in turn sells to state or agency stores and on premise retailers. US Spirits and Wines sells the vast majority of the Californian and imported wines we own and represent, with the remaining small portion of sales coming from winery visitor centres and online sales.

DGUSA sells and markets brands including Guinness, Smirnoff Ice and Red Stripe. Beer distribution generally follows the three-tier open state regulations across the United States.

Diageo Canada distributes our collection of spirits, beer and wine brands across all Canadian provinces, which generally operate through a provincial control system. In 2014, we announced that we are moving to a broker model effective 1 July 2014, appointing a single broker for Canada with a dedicated sales force handling our brands in the country.

National brand strategy, strategic accounts marketing as well as corporate functions are managed at North American level. In North America, we market a total beverage alcohol portfolio. Diageo North America’s strong innovation pipeline and reserve business help fuel growth.

Supply operations

We have 11nine bottling, distilling, blending and maturation sites including operations in Plainfield, Illinois; Amherstburg, Ontario; Valleyfield, Quebec; Relay, Maryland; Gimli, Manitoba; Tullahoma, Tennessee;Tennessee and seven wineries,Louisville, Kentucky. Over the last five years, we have made significant changes to our supply footprint in North America as we focus on continuously improving efficiency across our supply chain. Since 2010 we have invested more than $250 million (£160 million) in our network and wine bottling operations,people to deliver world-class manufacturing and packaging operations.

Route to consumer

Route to consumer in California.the United States is through the three-tier system and we distribute our products through approximately 40 spirits distributors and brokers, and more than 400 beer distributors. We have a unique route to consumer for our spirits business in the United States, with approximately 3,000 dedicated distributor sales people focused only on Diageo and Moët Hennessy spirits brands. We consolidate our US Spirits business into a single distributor or broker in 41 states and the District of Columbia, representing more than 80% of our US Spirits volume.

The US Spirits business operates through three divisions in open states where we sell to distributors who then sell to retailers, and through two division in control states where we sell to the state, which in turn sells to state or agency stores and on premise retailers. DGUSA sells and markets brands including Guinness and Smirnoff Ice. Beer distribution generally follows the three-tier open state regulations across the United States. Diageo Canada distributes our collection of spirits and beer brands across all Canadian provinces, which generally operate through a provincial control system. Diageo Canada operates through a single broker with a dedicated sales force handling our brands in the country. National brand strategy, strategic accounts marketing and corporate functions are managed at the North America level.

 

5060



Business review (continued)

 

Sustainability & Responsibilityand responsibility

As partThrough our focus on responsible drinking we have built a reputation as a leading voice in the industry in North America, our largest market. 2015 saw the successful culmination of our commitment12-year campaign for alcohol companies to tacklingbe allowed to include alcohol misuse, Diageocontent and nutritional information per serve on packaging. In October we followed this by putting macro nutritional labels on our Crown Royal packaging – a first for any alcohol company.

Operational sustainability is another key issue for us. We have introduced rigorous water management procedures across our North America dedicates 20% broadcast advertisment towards responsible drinking messages. Operations continuesites. For example, at our George Dickel distillery in Tullahoma, Tennessee, all water is either reused or returned to progressthe local water source without impact, resulting in zero wastewater leaving the site. Our focus on improving energy efficiency and reducing carbon emissions has made North America Diageo’s best-performing region for this metric.

Performance

Net sales

Net sales were £3,565 million in the year ended 30 June 2016 an increase of £110 million compared to net sales of £3,455 million in the year ended 30 June 2015. Net sales were favourably impacted by exchange rate movements of £172 million primarily due to the strength of the US dollar against all environmental targets; Diageo’s Gimli, Manitoba plant, wheresterling and organic growth of £97 million (see further performance analysis below) partially offset by the Company distills Crown Royal, is 99% carbon neutral. Our employee-focused culture wonloss of £159 million of net sales due to disposal of the companywine businesses in the best placeUnited States in January 2016 and Bushmills in February 2015.

Operating profit

Operating profit was £1,551 million in the year ended 30 June 2016 an increase of £131 million compared to work accoladeoperating profit of £1,420 million in the year ended 30 June 2015. Operating profit benefited £77 million from exchange rate movements due to the Human Rights Campaign again thisstrength of the US dollar and organic growth of £56 million, partially offset by the loss of £30 million operating profit on the disposal of the wine businesses in the United States in January 2016 and Bushmills in February 2015. No exceptional operating charges were recorded in the year and Diageo was listed as one of Working Mother magazine’s top 100 companies this year.ended 30 June 2016 compared to £28 million restructuring cost in the year ended 30 June 2015.

Further performance analysis

Performance

Unless otherwise stated percentage movements refer to organic movements in the following analysis.

North America our biggest and most profitable region given our brand and market strength and its consistentdelivered net sales growth of 3%, following the expected strong performance again delivered top line growth, driven by 5%in the second half in US Spirits. Full year depletion and net sales growth in US Spirits and Wines, and margin expansion of 183bps as a result of gross margin expansion and cost reduction. Economic recoverywas 3%. Growth in the US is uneven and this is reflected in the consumer trends seen in US spirits with overall spirits category growth slowing and premium and above price points driving category growth. Our growth reflects this with scotch, North American whiskeywhisk(e)y, scotch and tequila leading the growth. Our strength in innovation has continued. Launches of super and ultra premium variants have accelerated growth of our reserve brands, which grew 14%, and innovations against our premium core brands have driven brand relevance and recruited new consumers. However, performance in vodka was weak as Smirnoff volume has been impacted as its price premium has been maintained for another year. In Canada the spirits market is softer than the US anddrove positive mix. North American whisk(e)y, with net sales grew 1%. Our DGUSA business declined 7% mainly reflecting reduced focus on the pouches segment.

 

 

Organic

 

Organic

 

Reported

 

 

 

volume

 

net sales

 

net sales

 

 

 

movement*

 

movement

 

movement

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

Key markets and categories:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

North America

 

(1

)

3

 

(7

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US Spirits and Wines

 

(1

)

5

 

(7

)

DGUSA

 

(5

)

(7

)

(11

)

Canada

 

(2

)

1

 

(17

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spirits **

 

(1

)

4

 

(7

)

Beer

 

(7

)

(5

)

(9

)

Wine

 

(1

)

6

 

2

 

Ready to drink

 

(5

)

(9

)

(24

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Global and local leaders **:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Johnnie Walker

 

 

6

 

2

 

Crown Royal

 

(4

)

 

(4

)

Buchanan’s

 

22

 

24

 

19

 

Bulleit

 

69

 

69

 

63

 

Smirnoff

 

(4

)

(2

)

(6

)

Ketel One vodka

 

1

 

4

 

 

Cîroc

 

(3

)

(3

)

(7

)

Captain Morgan

 

2

 

5

 

 

Baileys

 

(1

)

2

 

(3

)

Tanqueray

 

(1

)

1

 

(3

)

Don Julio

 

26

 

26

 

22

 

Guinness

 

(6

)

(3

)

(8

)


*Organic equals reported movement for volume except for North America (8)%up 6%, US Spirits and Wines (9)%, Canada (4)%, spirits (8)% and ready to drink (7)%, reflecting the disposal of Nuvo and the termination of the Jose Cuervo distribution agreement.

**Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

Key highlights

·US Spirits and Wines. Diageo continues to lead the industry on price and mix but the volume performance was weaker, especially in the increasingly price sensitive standard vodka segment where the decline of Smirnoff was the main driver of overall volume down 1%. Price increases, which drove around 120bps of net sales growth as Crown Royal and Bulleit continued to gain share in the strong performancecategory. Performance of reserve brands were the primary drivers of 6ppt of positive price/mix.Smirnoff and Captain Morgan improved, with net sales up 2% for both brands. In scotch, Johnnie Walker and Buchanan’s both performed well, with net sales up 7% and 9%, respectively. Reserve brands grew double digit fuelledperformance also improved, with net sales up 5%, driven by almost 50% growth of Johnnie Walker super and ultra premiumreserve variants, following the successful launches of Johnnie Walker Platinum and Gold Reserve, as well as the introduction of limited edition variants and packs targeted at the gifting occasion. Strong growth ofBulleit, Don Julio and Ketel One vodka. Elsewhere in the region DGUSA net sales grew 1%, with growth in ready to drink offsetting a decline in beer, and in Canada net sales were up 4%. Marketing in North America was down 2% as a result of procurement efficiencies and more focused spend on innovation. Operating margin increased 39bps for the year, as improvement in gross margin and lower marketing more than offset higher overheads.

                                                                                    

Markets and categories:

  Organic
volume
movement

%
  Reported
volume
movement
%
  Organic
net sales
movement
%
  Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

North America

   1    (1  3    3  
     

US Spirits

   1    (1  3    4  

DGUSA

       (3  1    5  

Canada

   2    2    4    (5
     

Spirits(i)

   1    1    3    8  

Beer

   (3  (7  (2  (2

Ready to drink

   4    1    5    7  

61


Business review (continued)

                                                                                    

Global giants and local stars(i):

   Reported
volume
movement(ii)

%
  Organic
net sales
movement
%
  Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Crown Royal

     6    6    12  

Smirnoff

     1    2    6  

Captain Morgan

     3    2    6  

Johnnie Walker

         5    10  

Ketel One vodka

     2    4    10  

Cîroc

     (6  (7  (1

Baileys

     (2      4  

Guinness

             5  

Tanqueray

     5    7    13  

Don Julio

     30    34    42  

Bulleit

     25    28    36  

Buchanan’s

     3    9    16  

(i)Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii)Reported equals organic volume movement.

Net sales inUS Spirits were up 3%, with a 10% net sales increase in the second half following a transition to a replenishment model for innovation launches. Diageo’s North American whisk(e)y brands accounted for half of the overall net sales growth as Crown Royal and Bulleit continued to gain share. Crown Royal net sales increased 5%, with net sales of Crown Royal Deluxe up 5% as it benefited from the new “The One Made For A King” campaign which focused on the quality and heritage of the brand. Crown Royal Regal Apple continued to benefit from the popularity of the shot occasion and delivered a solid performance, with net sales up 15%, as it entered its second year after launch. Cîroc performance improved in the second half, as the brand benefited from the launch of its Apple flavour. Smirnoff net sales were up 2% but it underperformed the vodka category. Growth from a more focused flavours portfolio and the newly launched Smirnoff Sourced, a blend of real fruit juice and spirit, offset a decline in Smirnoff Red which lapped last year’s brand renovation and promotional activity and continued to be impacted by a competitive price environment. Performance in scotch malts, especially Lagavulin, Taliskerimproved as Johnnie Walker’s net sales increased 7%, largely driven by reserve variants, up 23%. Buchanan’s net sales were up 9% and Oban, contributedshare increased, as the ‘A lo Grande’ campaign enhanced the connection with hispanic consumers. Increased investment in the on-trade and focus on recruiting new consumers amongst millenials had a positive impact on Captain Morgan, which gained share despite weakness in the rum category. Net sales for the brand were up 2%, largely driven by the Original Spiced variant and Cannon Blast, which proved to be popular in the shot occasion. Don Julio, with net sales up 34%, was the fastest growing brand in the portfolio and gained share.
DGUSA net sales increased 1%, as growth in ready to drink offset a decline in beer. In ready to drink the launch of Smirnoff Electric and a solid performance of reserve brands as did BulleitSmirnoff Ice, which grewbenefited from new flavours and packaging, drove net sales 69%growth of 7%. Innovation delivered incrementalBeer net sales with flavour extensionswere down 3% largely driven by a decline in vodka, as wellSmithwick and Harp. Guinness net sales were broadly flat as the launch of Captain Morgan White in February, which has expandedGuinness Nitro IPA offset the brand’s presence across the rum category and driven growth of the brand. Cîroc Amaretto performed strongly in the year, however, price pressure on the base variant resulted in an overall net sales decline of 3%. Buchanan’s,Guinness American Blonde Lager, which lapped the fastest growing scotch brand in the United States,previous year launch, and Guinness draught which continued to grow double digit through its continued focus on the growing Hispanic consumerbe impacted by a crowded craft beer segment.
Net sales inCanadaincreased 4%, largely driven by Crown Royal, net sales grew 1%, lapping growth of 18% last year fuelled bywhich benefited from the launch of Crown Royal Maple.

51



Business review (continued)

·DGUSA net sales declined 7%, primarily drivenNorthern Harvest Rye, rated ‘2016 world whiskey of the year’ by continued decline of pouches, asJim Murray’s Whiskey Bible, distribution gains, and the segment was defocused, and weakness in beer, while Smirnoff Red Ice performance improved. Renovation of Smirnoff Red Ice with new packaging, new flavor innovations and a new marketing‘We Make Whisky The Canadian Way’ campaign, ‘Cheers to Us’ targeted at Hispanic and African American consumers, haltedwhich highlights the brand’s declinequality and craftmanship. Performance in vodka and ready to drink was also good, with net sales broadly flat for the yearup 2% and improved brand equity scores amongst all major consumer groups. Guinness performance reflects weak performance of Guinness Black Lager and slower growth in the on trade, particularly in the second half, with increased competition from the craft beer segment.

·In Canada, net sales grew 1% impacted by slowdown in the category.  Reserve brands grew by over 40%6%, with Cîroc and scotch malts being the biggest contributors. Guinness grew net sales, largelyrespectively.

Marketing reduced 2% driven by procurement efficiencies and more focused spend on innovations. Spend was also focused against the launch of Guinness Black Lagerlargest brands in US Spirits, with some growth also from the base variants.

·Last year, marketing spend increased 10% with upweighted investment behind global and local leading brands.  This year spend was up and benefited from 3ppt of procurement efficiencies. Investment in the year was focused on supporting new launches, in particular Cîroc AmarettoSmirnoff, Crown Royal and Captain Morgan White Rum, the re-invigoration of Guinnessup 6%, and the growth of Johnnie Walker focused on the ‘Keep Walking’ campaignfast growing brands such as well as supporting growth of superDon Julio, Bulleit and ultra premium variants. GuinnessBuchanan’s where investment increased significantly in the year to support the ‘Basketball’ advertising as part of the global ‘Made of More’ platform and the digital and television campaign saluting US sport heroes leadingwas up to the Winter Olympics.16%.

62


Business review (continued)

 

52



EUROPE, RUSSIA AND TURKEY

Business review (continued)

WESTERN EUROPE

Diageo is the largest premium drinks business in Western Europe. ConsumerWithin the geography of Europe there are three markets: Europe, Russia and Turkey. In Europe consumer marketing programmes are developed at a market level to drive consistency, efficiency and scale across all countries. In Russia we are driving our premium core, standard and value brands and reserve portfolio, whilst in Turkey, we use our local businesses’ strong route to consumer to drive accelerated growth in international premium spirits. In Europe our reputation as a trusted and respected company and for groundbreaking innovation, is key to our ability to attract and retain the people we need to deliver our Performance Ambition.

 

GRAPHIC GRAPHIC

LOGONet sales by markets Net sales by categories Net sales by price points (%) (%) (%) Europe Turkey Spirits(i) RTDs Value Super premium Russia Other Beer Other Standard Ultra premium Wine Premium (i) excluding RTDs

 

Key financials

 

2013
Reported
(restated)*
£ million

 

Exchange

£ million

 

Acquisitions
and
disposals

£ million

 

Organic
movement

£ million

 

2014
Reported

£ million

 

Reported
movement
%

 

Net sales

 

2,203

 

9

 

(38

)

(5

)

2,169

 

(2

)

Marketing spend

 

328

 

 

(4

)

(1

)

323

 

(2

)

Operating profit before exceptional items

 

650

 

(5

)

(8

)

2

 

639

 

(2

)

Exceptional items

 

(31

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(20

)

 

 

Operating profit

 

619

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

619

 

 

(i)  excludingRTDs

 


                                                                                                                        

Key financials

  2015
£ million
  Exchange
£ million
  Acquisitions
and
disposals
£ million
  Organic
movement
£ million
   2016
£ million
   Reported
movement
%
 

Net sales

   2,617    (87  (88  102     2,544     (3

Marketing

   388    1    (5  20     404     4  

Operating profit before exceptional items

   804    (24  (24  45     801       

Exceptional operating items

   (20          
  

 

 

      

 

 

   

Operating profit

   784        801     2  
  

 

 

      

 

 

   

*Restated following the adoption of IFRS 11Our markets

Europe comprises Great Britain, Ireland and Continental Europe (including Iberia, France, Germany and the amendment to IAS 19.

Countries within Western Europe

Western Partner markets distribution businesses), while Russia and Turkey are standalone markets. Europe is managed as a single market with country teams focusing on sales and customer marketing execution. This market

Supply operations

The International Supply Centre (ISC) comprises Great Britain,the supply operations in the United Kingdom, Ireland Iberia, France, Germany, Benelux, Italy, Nordics, Greece, Switzerland, Austria, Diageo Guinness Continental Europeand Italy. The group owns 29 whisky distilleries in Scotland, a Dublin based brewery, maturation and packaging facilities in Scotland, England, Ireland and Italy. The ISC ships whisky, vodka, gin, rum, beer, businesswine, cream liqueurs, and European wines.other spirit-based drinks to over 180 countries. Through our £1 billion investment in Scotch whisky production and inventory, announced in 2012, distilling capacity has increased by over 25%. Raki, vodka and wine are produced at a number of sites in Turkey and Smirnov vodka and other local brands are produced in Russia.

Route to market

consumer

In Great Britain we sell and market our products through three business units: Diageo GB (spirits, beer and ready-to-drink); Percy Fox & Co (wines);ready to drink) and Justerini & Brooks Retail (private client wines)(wines private clients). Products are distributed both through independent wholesalers and directly to retailers. In the on trade,on-trade, products are sold through major brewers, multiple retail groups and smaller regional independent brewers and wholesalers.

On 1 January 2016 we sold our Percy Fox wines distribution business.

In both the Republic of Ireland and Northern Ireland, Diageo sells and distributes directly to both the on tradeon-trade and the off trade through a telesales operation, sales calls to outlets and third-party logistics providers.off-trade as well as wholesalers.

 

Across the remainder of Western63


Business review (continued)

In Continental Europe, we distribute our spirits brands primarily through our own distribution companies, except for Franceapart from France where products are sold through a joint venture arrangement with Moët Hennessy.  In NorwayHennessy and Sweden, off trade sales are controlled by state monopolies, with alcohol tax rates among the highest in the world.Europe Partner markets where we use third party distributors.

Diageo Guinness Continental Europe a specialist unit,Partner Markets distributes our beer brands in mainland Europe, focusing particularly inon Germany, Russia and France, which for us are theour largest mainland European beer markets by net sales.markets.

In Russia we operate through wholly owned subsidiaries.

Supply operationsIn Turkey, we sell our products via the distribution network of Mey İçki, our wholly owned subsidiary. Mey İçki distributes both local brands (raki, other spirits and wine) and Diageo’s global spirits brands.

Sustainability and responsibility

The International Supply Centre (ISC) comprises the supply operations in the United Kingdom, Ireland and Italy and distils, brews, matures and packages product for other Diageo companies throughout the world. The group owns 29 whisky distilleries in Scotland, an Irish whiskey distilleryPromoting responsible drinking is both a key issue and a Dublin based beer brewery. The ISC ships whisk(e)y, vodka, gin, rum, beer, wine and other spirit-based drinkskey strength for us, in a combinationregion where concern over harmful drinking is high on the public agenda. The work we are doing in support of bottles, cans, kegs and pouches to over 180 countries. In 2012, we announcedthe Global Producers’ Commitments includes partnering with industry colleagues on a £1billion investment in Scotch whisky production and inventory.

To date we have focused on expanding malt distillation capacity across Scotland at existing sites and developed a major new warehousing site to matureresponsible marketing pact, as well as our inventory investment. The investment program has generated additional employment and benefited local communities. We are also planning to build a new malt whisky distillery in Scotland. A brewing rationalisation programme will be completed in 2015.

53



Business review (continued)

Sustainability & Responsibility

In Western Europe we focus on promotingown responsible drinking in every country through partnerships with government agencies, non-governmental organisations (NGOs), independent charities and large retail customers. Such partnerships include Teach about Alcohol in Sweden, a schools-based programme that helps young peopleprogrammes. This work makes an important contribution to resist social pressure, peer pressure and learn to say no to alcohol. Also the Avenue programme in Greece is tackling a culturepromotion of drink driving with support from the European Commission and European Transport Safety Council. We also expanded our Learning for Life community investment programme to Scotlandalcohol as part of a five-year effort aimingbalanced lifestyle, while also enhancing our reputation.

This reputational aspect is essential in a region where people increasingly want to provide valuable life skills, technical trainingwork for companies that they believe make a positive social and work experienceenvironmental, as well as economic, contribution. Our manufacturing operations, notably our distilleries in Scotland and our Guinness brewery in Ireland, aim for leadership in safety standards and environmental sustainability.

Performance

Net sales

Net sales were £2,544 million for the year ended 30 June 2016 a decrease of £73 million compared to young peoplenet sales of £2,617 million in the year ended 30 June 2015. Net sales were adversely impacted by £87 million exchange rate movements driven mainly by the Turkish lira, euro and Russian rouble, and £88 million following the disposal of the Percy Fox wine business in January 2016 and Bushmills in February 2015, partially offset by organic growth of £102 million (see further performance analysis below).

Operating profit

Operating profit was £801 million in the year ended 30 June 2016 an increase of £17 million compared to operating profit of £784 million in the year ended 30 June 2015. Operating profit was negatively impacted by £24 million exchange rate movements principally due to the weakening of the Turkish lira, euro and Russian rouble against sterling and £24 million loss due to the disposal of the Percy Fox wine business in January 2016 and Bushmills in February 2015 offset by organic growth of £45 million. No exceptional operating charges were recorded in the year ended 30 June 2016 compared to £20 million restructuring costs in the year ended 30 June 2015.

Further performance analysis

Unless otherwise stated percentage movements refer to organic movements in the following analysis.

The region’s performance reflects momentum in Europe, strong net sales growth in Russia driven by price increases in a tough economic and exchange environment and good growth in Turkey. In Europe, net sales were up 3% with Great Britain and Continental Europe the main contributors and with share gains across various sectors. Wethe market. Baileys performed strongly driven by execution against core growth drivers, especially sampling. Guinness net sales were up 2% supported by innovations from ‘The Brewers Project’ and Tanqueray grew net sales double digit in most countries across Europe. Reserve brands continued to perform well also launched Learning for Life Programmes in Germany and Ireland.growing

 

64


PerformanceBusiness review (continued)

 

Western Europe still has weak economies and fragile consumer confidencedouble digit. In Russia, price increases led to net sales increase of 27% while volume was down 9%, with share gains in rum but there has beenshare losses in scotch in the face of increased competition. In Turkey net sales were up 6% driven by Johnnie Walker underpinned by steady improvement and our business has stabilised year on year, gaining share of spirits. There was modest growth in Great Britain, Benelux, France and the Nordics which counter-balanced the slowing declinesraki at 3%. Gross margins were up in Southernboth Europe and Ireland. Germany was weaker dueRussia. Overall region operating margins improved by 51bps. In Europe procurement savings offset increased marketing and overheads leaving margin improvement in Russia to higher trade investment and an increasingly price competitive off trade. Marketing was targeted more effectively, and we kept our investment as a percentage ofdrive the region’s increase.

                                                                                    

Markets and categories:

  Organic
volume
movement

%
  Reported
volume
movement
%
  Organic
net sales
movement
%
  Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Europe, Russia and Turkey

   2        4    (3
     

Europe

   4        3    (2

Russia

   (9  (12  27    (12

Turkey

   (2  (2  6    (7
     

Spirits(i)

   2    1    6      

Beer

   2            (2

Ready to drink

   2    2    (3  (2

Global giants and local stars(i):

  Reported
volume
movement(ii)
%
  Organic
net sales
movement
%
  Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Guinness

    4    2    1  

Johnnie Walker

    3    7    3  

Smirnoff

        1      

Baileys

    5    9    6  

Yenì Raki

    1    4    (9

Captain Morgan

    8    9    5  

JeB

    (3  (4  (6

(i)Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii)Reported equals organic volume movement.

InEurope net sales flat while prioritising higher growth and margin brands. We have focused on fewer, bigger pan-regional innovation launches withwere up 3%:
InGreat Britain net sales were up 4%. Baileys Chocolat Luxe, Smirnoff Gold, frozen pouches and premix, and our reserve business was strongperformance accelerated with net sales up 15%11% driven by the scotch malts, Cîroc, Zacapaincreased off-trade visibility and Johnnie Walker. Operating margin expansion of nearly 20bps was driven by product optimisation and reductions in warehousing and logistic costs. Our route to consumer programme focused on efficiency, effectiveness and expansion, increasing the focus of our sales people, improving their capabilities and putting more feet on the street, which has given us a strong platform as we move into next year.

 

 

Organic

 

Organic

 

Reported

 

 

 

volume

 

net sales

 

net sales

 

 

 

movement*

 

movement

 

movement

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

Key categories:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Western Europe

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spirits **

 

1

 

(1

)

(2

)

Beer

 

(5

)

(3

)

(3

)

Wine

 

(2

)

(2

)

(10

)

Ready to drink

 

1

 

5

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Global and local leaders **:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Johnnie Walker

 

1

 

(1

)

(1

)

JεB

 

(9

)

(11

)

(10

)

Smirnoff

 

1

 

(6

)

(6

)

Captain Morgan

 

15

 

6

 

6

 

Baileys

 

(4

)

(2

)

(2

)

Guinness

 

(4

)

(3

)

(2

)


*Organic equals reported movement for volume except for Western Europe (2)%, spirits (1)% and wine (9)%, reflecting the termination of some agency brand distribution agreements including Jose Cuervo.

**Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

Key highlights

·In Great Britain, in a relatively flat beverage alcohol market,on-trade activation. Smirnoff net sales were up 1% supported by a full year of the ‘We’re Open’ platform. Guinness net sales were up 1% benefitting from the Rugby World Cup activation, improved distribution and innovation successes from ‘The Brewers Project’. Tanqueray net sales grew double digit and the brand gained 2pps of share in the gin category, driven by expanding distribution with improved visibility and increased bartender advocacy. Reserve brands continued to drive profitable growth with net sales up 26% driven by Cîroc and scotch malts.

InIreland net sales were broadly flat. Guinness net sales were up 4%, driven by the continued successful innovations launched through ‘The Brewers Project’. Of these, Hop House 13 Lager has proven to be a stand out success gaining almost 3% share of lager beer in the Republic of Ireland. Other beer brands net sales declined 4% and net sales in spirits were down 1%.
InFrance net sales increased 3% driven by Captain Morgan which almost doubled sales and reserve brands up 8%, driven mainly by scotch malts, partially offset by weakness in Smirnoff ready to drink.
InContinental Europenet sales were up 4%:
Net sales inIberiawere up 2%. Johnnie Walker net sales grew 6% in the year and Baileys deliveredperformed strongly supported by increased investment. Gordon’s net sales were also up in the growing gin category. These positive net sales performances more than offset net sales decline in JeB.
Net sales inGermany, Austria and Switzerlandgrew 12% driven by double digit growth in Johnnie Walker, Smirnoff, Tanqueray and Baileys. Reserve brand net sales were up 11% driven by scotch malts, Johnnie Walker and Tanqueray No. TEN.

65


Business review (continued)

Beneluxnet sales were down 1% overall in this group of countries. Performance was impacted by a significant tax increase implemented towards the end of the first half in Belgium. As a result, the spirits market in Belgium has seen a significant decline through the second half which led to a 26% net sales decline over the same period.
InItalynet sales were up 8% driven by double digit growth in scotch and gin. Johnnie Walker and scotch malts performed well with both Tanqueray and Gordon’s delivering strong performancegrowth albeit not as fast as the gin category.
InGreece, net sales were up 5% driven by route to consumer investment and focus on consistent activation.
Net Sales inPoland and the Europe Partner Markets were broadly flat.
Performance inRussiacontinued to be impacted by the challenged economic dynamics. Price increases were implemented to offset currency devaluation, which impacted volume, down 9% but with top linenet sales up 27%. Diageo scotch share has declined as a result of the level of these price increases on scotch relative to the competition. Captain Morgan however continued to achieve strong share gains and net sales growth, supported by consistent execution of 8% on the back of a new advertising campaigngrowth drivers and the launch of Chocolat Luxe which was one of the top five spirits sold on Amazon over the week of Christmas. Captain Morgan and Cîroc also performed well. Bell’s was weaker as it faced increasingly intense price pressure. Smirnoff net sales declined 3% given the weak vodka category but it gained volume share supported by the ‘Great Drinks Made Easy with Smirnoff’ campaign and the launch of Smirnoff Gold. Ready to drink was up double digit led by the success of premix, providing popular brands, such as Diageo’s Gordon’s and Pimm’s in more convenient formats.

·Following a significant increase in excise duties in the first half of the year, the market in white.

InIreland Turkeyremained challenging and net sales declined 4%. Spirits were impacted and net sales were down double digit. Roughly half of the decline was driven by weakness in agency beer brands. Guinness net sales declined 3%, but brand equity improved with the launch on television and YouTube of the ‘Basketball’ campaign, and the launch of an on trade footfall driver, the GUINNESS Plus app which provides consumers with in outlet experiences and discounts.

54



Business review (continued)

·In Southern Europe, which now represents 16% of Western Europe, net sales declined 3%. Greece and Italy net sales were down 7% and 5% respectively, as economic weakness continued to weigh on scotch and Smirnoff performance in both countries, and on Baileys performance in Italy. In Iberia the net sales decline moderated to 1%. Scotch net sales declined 8% as JεB was impacted by an increasingly price competitive off trade environment but the brand gained share in the second half of the year. This was partly offset by the performance of Tanqueray which was up 14% on the back of a double digit increase in media spend and Baileys, which was up 2%. Increased investment in the Spanish route to consumer was partially offset by cost saving initiatives.

·In France, in an environment of intensified price competition amongst major off trade retailers, net sales grew 1%6% and in raki, with net sales up 3%, the premiumisation trend continued with Yenì Raki and the super premium variant Tekirdağ Raki driving growth. Johnnie Walker net sales continued to be up double digit.

Marketing increased by 5% and benefitted from procurement savings resulting in an underlying investment increase of 10%. The strong performance of scotch malts, which were up 7% led by The Singleton, Cardhu and Talisker, and of Captain Morgan where net sales more than doubled, offset weakness in JεB.

·In Germany, following a number of years of double digit growth which has built Captain Morganregion continues to be Diageo’s second biggest brand, performance was weaker this year as Baileysfocused on the key growth opportunities, reserve brands, gin, beer and Smirnoff continued to decline.innovation.

·Net sales in wine declined 2%, with innovations on Blossom Hill and strong growth of [yellow tail] partially offsetting soft Bordeaux En Primeur performance and the decision to exit unprofitable sales channels and distribution agreements.66

·


Marketing spend Business review (continued)as a percentage of net sales was held at 15%. Spend in premium core, innovation and reserve were prioritised over lower margin local brands. Efficiencies in procurement and promotional activities were used to fund a 15% increase in media spend.

 

55



Business review (continued)

AFRICA EASTERN EUROPE AND TURKEY

In Africa our strategy is to grow Diageo’s leadership across beer and spirits by providing brand choice across a broad range of consumer motivations, profiles, and occasions. We are focused on growing beer faster than the market and accelerating the growth of spirits through continued investment in infrastructure and brands. In Russia & Eastern Europe we are drivingbrands with mainstream spirits being critical to realising the potential of the region. Local sourcing is a key element of our premium core and reserve portfolio, whilststrategy in Turkey, Diageo continuesAfrica: it directly supports our commercial operations, while indirectly supporting our position by bringing wider benefits to focus its mainstream route to consumer presence to drive accelerated growth in international premium spirits.society as a whole.

 

LOGO

Net sales by markets Net sales by categories Net sales by price points (%) (%) (%) Nigeria South Africa Spirits(i) RTDs Value Super premium East Africa Other Beer Other Standard Ultra premium Africa Regional Premium Markets (i) excluding RTDs

GRAPHIC GRAPHIC GRAPHIC

(i) excluding RTDs

 

                                                                                                                        

Key financials

 

2013
Reported
(restated)*

£ million

 

Exchange

£ million

 

Acquisitions
and
disposals

£ million

 

Organic
movement

£ million

 

2014
Reported

£ million

 

Reported
movement

%

 

 2015
£ million
 Exchange
£ million
 Acquisitions
and
disposals
£ million
 Organic
movement
£ million
 2016
£ million
 Reported
movement
%
 

Net sales

 

2,276

 

(210

)

(6

)

15

 

2,075

 

(9

)

 1,415   (102 54   34   1,401   (1

Marketing spend

 

265

 

(24

)

(1

)

2

 

242

 

(9

)

Marketing

 147   (11 6   1   143   (3

Operating profit before exceptional items

 

653

 

(95

)

(2

)

(2

)

554

 

(15

)

 318   (67 (12 (27 212   (33

Exceptional items

 

(5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(23

)

 

 

Exceptional operating items

 (7        
 

 

     

 

  

Operating profit

 

648

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

531

 

(18

)

 311      212   (32
 

 

     

 

  


*Restated following the adoption of IFRS 11 and the amendment to IAS 19.

Our markets

The region comprises Nigeria, East Africa (Kenya, Tanzania, Uganda, Burundi, Rwanda and South Sudan), Africa Regional Markets (including Ghana, Cameroon, Ethiopia, Angola and Mozambique),a sorghum beer business in South Africa) and South Africa Russia(including Republic of South Africa and Eastern Europe, Turkey.Mozambique).

Supply operations

We operate 12 breweries in Africa, four sites that produce sorghum beer in South Africa, cider plants and five facilities which provide blending and malting services. In addition, our beer and spirits brands are produced under licence by third-parties in 19 African countries. In the year ended 30 June 2016 we sold our 25% interest in a brewery in South Africa.

Route to marketconsumer

In Africa our largest businesses are in Nigeria, where we own 54.3% of a listed company whose principal brands are Guinness, Orijin, Harp and Malta, and in East Africa, where we own 50.03% of East African Breweries Limited (EABL)(EABL). EABL produces and distributes beer and spirits brands to a range of consumers in Kenya and Uganda, and hasowns a 51% equity interest in Serengeti Breweries Limited located in Tanzania. Within Africa Regional Markets, we have wholly-ownedwholly owned subsidiaries in Cameroon, Ethiopia Mozambique and Reunion and majority-owned subsidiaries in Ghana and the Seychelles. Angola is supplied via a third-partythird party distributor. In South Africa and Mozambique we sell spirits, through a wholly-owned subsidiary and our beer, cider and ready-to-drinkready to drink products through our 42.25% stake in DHN Ltd, a joint venturewholly owned subsidiaries, following the termination of the agreement with Heineken and Namibia Breweries Ltd. In addition, we own a 50% equity stakeLimited in United National Breweries, a sorghum beer business.December 2015. Diageo has brewing arrangementsagreements with the Castel Group towho license, brew and distribute Guinness in the Democratic Republic of Congo, Gambia, Gabon, Ivory Coast, Togo, Benin, Burkina Faso, Chad, Mali and Guinea. Diageo sells spirits through distributors in mostthe majority of other sub-Saharan countries.

 

Russia and Eastern Europe comprises the principal markets of Russia and Poland, where there are wholly-owned subsidiaries and distributor agreements.67


Business review (continued)

 

In Turkey,Sustainability and responsibility

The issues we sell our products viaaddress differ between markets but a key issue in many is illicit alcohol. We work closely with governments and regulators on this significant public health issue and specific local issues, such as drink driving in South Africa or bringing in a minimum legal drinking age in Ghana. Our aim everywhere is to promote responsible drinking as part of a balanced lifestyle.

Our overall approach is to consider the distribution networkbroader context of our wholly-owned subsidiary, Mey İçki. Mey İçki distributes bothcontribution as a local brands (raki, other spiritstaxpayer, employer and wine), which are producedmember of the community. Our recent work to assess human rights impacts throughout the value chain was piloted in its distilleries and wineries, and Diageo’s global spirits brands.

56



Business review (continued)

Supply operations

We have 14 breweries in Africa, including our 25% stake in Sedibeng in South Africa.

In addition, our beer and spirits brands are produced by third-parties under licence in 20 other African countries. We also own six manufacturing facilities including glass, blending, malting and cider plants.

Raki and vodka is produced in Turkey at a number of sites, and we produce Smirnov vodka in Russia.

Sustainability & Responsibility

In Africa we create wealth both directly through our operations and indirectly through our broader value chains where we support development and growth in partnership with businesses and communities.Kenya. We source over 60%73% of agricultural and packaging materials locally and we work with more than 45,00050,000 local farmers for our agricultural inputs. ThirteenFifteen of our production sites in Africa are in water-stressed areas, so much of ourwe focus isclosely on managing water use in our operations effectivelyefficiently and reducingenhancing access to clean water poverty into surrounding communities through our pan-African Water of Life programme. Since its launch,This year we have brought safe drinkinglaunched the Water Blueprint in East Africa, to address water stewardship in this water-stressed area. Our new Sustainable Agriculture Strategy will play an important part in strengthening our longstanding and mutually beneficial relationships with farmers and communities.

Performance

Net sales

Net sales were £1,401 million in the year ended 30 June 2016 a decrease of £14 million compared to around 10net sales of £1,415 million people.in the year ended 30 June 2015. Net sales were adversely impacted by £102 million exchange rate movements primarily due to the weakness of the South African rand, Nigerian naira, South Sudanese pound and Kenyan schilling against sterling, partially offset by £54 million arising from the acquisition of the 50% of United National Breweries that the group did not own in South Africa and the restructuring of the South African operations and organic growth of £34 million (see further performance analysis below).

Operating profit

Operating profit was £212 million in the year ended 30 June 2016 a decrease of £99 million compared to operating profit of £311 million in the year ended 30 June 2015. Operating profit was reduced because of exchange rate movements of £67 million driven by the weak South African rand, Nigerian naira, South Sudanese pound and Kenyan schilling. In Russia we have launched some highly innovative responsible drinking programmes.addition operating profit declined by £12 million due to the acquisition of United National Breweries and the restructuring of the South African operations and an organic reduction of £27 million. No exceptional operating charges were recorded in the year ended 30 June 2016 compared to £7 million restructuring costs in the year ended 30 June 2015.

Further performance analysis

PerformanceUnless otherwise stated percentage movements refer to organic movements in the following analysis.

Net sales increased 3% with growth in all markets except Nigeria where net sales declined 15%. In a tough yearEast Africa, the recovery of Senator in Kenya following the duty change and despite facing significant challenges,double digit growth in rum and vodka led to strong net sales growth. Net sales in Africa Regional Markets grew 9%, led by beer which was underpinned by the ‘Made of Black’ Guinness campaign, innovation with Guinness Africa Special, sustained growth of Malta Guinness and the roll out of Orijin in Ghana. Vodka, particularly Smirnoff 1818, continued to be the engine of growth in South Africa. Across the region, spirits net sales grew 1% as4%, with reserve brands up 35% on the region respondedback of Cîroc and Johnnie Walker reserve brands which benefited from the enhanced route to consumer and the launch of Johnnie Walker Green Label. Operating margin decreased 252bps due primarily to the specific market challenges that it faced.impact of adverse mix and volume decline in Nigeria as well as weaker mix in East Africa. This was partially offset by procurement savings delivered across the region.

                                                                                    

Markets and categories:

  Organic
volume
movement
%
  Reported
volume
movement
%
  Organic
net sales
movement
%
  Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Africa

   9    19    3    (1
     

Nigeria

   (11  (11  (15  (19

East Africa

   25    25    16    3  

Africa Regional Markets

   11    57    9    23  

South Africa

   1    5    5    (6
     

Spirits(i)

   2    2    4    (7

Beer

   20    39    11    9  

Ready to drink

   (37  (23  (43  (35

68


Business review (continued)

                                                                                    

Global giants and local stars(i):

   Reported
volume
movement(ii)
%
  Organic
net sales
movement
%
  Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Guinness

     6    6    1  

Malta Guinness

     14    13    10  

Tusker

     (15  (11  (27

Senator

     151    157    134  

Harp

     (23  (26  (28

Johnnie Walker

     (10  1    (7

Smirnoff

     6    12    (4

(i)Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii)Reported equals organic volume movement.

InNigeria, net sales declined 15% due primarily to Orijin lapping the successful launch last year and now competing with ‘me too’ brands. The introduction of new formats at compelling price points, brand equity building through the ‘Live Orijinal’ campaign and the recruitment of new consumers with Orijin Zero have stabilised the brand. In Nigeria, where beer, performance was weak, we adjusted pricesdistribution expansion, higher brand equity driven by the ‘Made of Black’ campaign, robust activation during the broadcast sponsorship of Barclay’s Premier League and innovation with Guinness Africa Special led to the growth of Guinness. Malta Guinness also grew, with net sales up 15%, on the back of ‘You vs’ brand campaign and increased our presencedistribution particularly into the off-trade. The business continued to broaden its portfolio in the growing value segment. Innovation was a key enabler for responding to changing consumer trends through new formats and brands and the region delivered the highest growth rate for innovation through the success oflager segment with brands such as SnappSatzenbrau offsetting the decline in Nigeria, JebelHarp. Beer net sales grew 8%.
InEast Africa, net sales increased 16% driven by double digit growth in beer, spirits and ready to drink. Senator grew in Kenya Smirnoff Black Icefollowing the roll back of the duty increase early in Cameroonthe year and Ghanamomentum was sustained throughout the year. This more than offset the decline in Tusker, which was impacted by the duty increase in Kenya and super premium brandscurrency volatility in Turkey. We have expanded ourthe markets, resulting in 17% net sales growth in beer. Mainstream spirits grew 26% led by Kenya Cane and Kane Extra, together with innovation such as Kenya Cane Coconut and Chrome vodka. The improved route to consumer, revitalised the Guinness brand across its key marketswith deepening mainstream outlet coverage, continued to drive growth in Africa and reservethis segment. Reserve brands grew 26%. Under recovery of fixed costs24% following enhanced distribution and activation supported by brand ambassadors. Ready to drink was up 14% as Smirnoff Ice Double Black and Guarana grew with positive gearing driven by price increase.
InAfrica Regional Markets, net sales grew 9% reflecting the strong growth in supplyCameroon, Ghana and Ethiopia. Ghana net sales growth accelerated to 30% due to lower beer volumesthe launch of Orijin Bitters and cost and salary inflation drove an overall reduction in organic operating margin, although significant procurement and supply chain savings partly mitigated this impact.

 

 

Organic

 

Organic

 

Reported

 

 

 

volume

 

net sales

 

net sales

 

 

 

movement*

 

movement

 

movement

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

Key markets and categories:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

 

(5

)

1

 

(9

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Africa

 

(6

)

 

(9

)

Nigeria

 

(9

)

(9

)

(14

)

East Africa

 

(12

)

2

 

(2

)

Africa Regional Markets

 

(3

)

2

 

(8

)

South Africa

 

4

 

12

 

(9

)

Russia and Eastern Europe

 

(1

)

2

 

(7

)

Turkey

 

(3

)

5

 

(12

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spirits **

 

2

 

3

 

(10

)

Beer

 

(16

)

(5

)

(11

)

Ready to drink

 

44

 

34

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Global and local leaders **:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Johnnie Walker

 

 

 

(8

)

JεB

 

(1

)

(2

)

(12

)

Smirnoff

 

(5

)

(3

)

(16

)

Captain Morgan

 

16

 

17

 

3

 

Baileys

 

(8

)

(7

)

(13

)

Guinness

 

(7

)

1

 

(5

)


*Organic equals reported movement for volume except for South Africa 3%, Russia and Eastern Europe (2)% and spirits 1%, reflecting the termination of the Jose Cuervo distribution agreement.

**Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

Key highlights

·Nigeriadrink variants. Beer, driven by Guinness, was up 9% as activation and promotion was stepped up behind the ‘Made of Black’ campaign and Guinness Africa Special was rolled out. In Cameroon, net sales declined 9% for the full yeargrowth of 12% was driven largely by good performance in beer whilecoupled with double digit growth in spirits and ready to drink categories. In Ethiopia, net sales grew double digit. The beer market has become8% with Malta Guinness up 71%. This more price competitive, significantly impacting Harp, which lost sharethan offset the slight decline in Meta as competition intensified. A number of interventions were made, including relaunching Meta in November and some distribution. Although pricing was adjustedintroducing Azmera in April 2016 to recruit value oriented consumers. Markets continued to benefit from the third quarter this was not fully passed throughenhanced route to consumers. Maltaconsumer and capability builds, including the adoption of a sales force automation tool. Angola net sales declined 65% due to the macroeconomic headwinds and inventory reduction in view of weakening consumer demand and weaker currency.

South Africa grew 5% driven by 13% growth in vodka led by Smirnoff 1818. Overall, scotch sales were flat reflecting the weaker performance was similarly impacted byof Bell’s, White Horse, J&B and Black and White due to increased competition in this price sensitive consumer segment. This was offset by 9% growth in Johnnie Walker across key variants such as Johnnie Walker Red Label, Johnnie Walker Black Label, Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve and pricing pressure. Despite these challenges, performance slightly improvedJohnnie Walker Green Label which was launched in the second half driven by growth of Guinness following reinvigoration of the brand, including a new pack, media campaign and trade promotion and the launch of Orijin, a new local spirit and ready to drink brand, which sold over 100k cases of the spirit formatyear.
Marketing was up 1% in the year.

57



Business review (continued)

·East Africa’sregion with investment prioritised behind the biggest growth opportunities with proven sales drivers. In Nigeria, marketing declined in line with net sales, grew and price increases taken acrosswith spend focused on the beer portfolio led to strong price/mix. For the market’s two largest beer brands, Guinness and Tusker, double digit growth was driven by price increases, supported byOrijin brands. East Africa up-weighted investment on mainstream spirits and value beer, notably in Kenya Cane and Senator. In Africa Regional Markets, the innovation, marketing campaigns and activation programmes behind Guinness and Malta Guinness contributed to the increase in marketing. South Africa maintained spend in Smirnoff to build scale and increased investment behind strong marketing campaigns. Innovations such as Jebel and Senator Dark Extra, targeted at providing value for money offering to consumers, have driven growth. Balozi lager, launched last year and priced just below mainstream beer, has also contributed to growth. This strong performance was partly offset by Senator keg in Kenya where the brand declined around 80% post the duty change.Johnnie Walker.

·In Africa Regional Markets, net sales grew 2% with growth of beer partly offset by the decline in spirits largely as a result of distributor changes in Angola. Growth was led by Malta both in its existing markets, aided by a new pack, as well as its launch in Ethiopia, the growth of Meta in Ethiopia and the launch of Harp Premium and the recovery of Guinness in Cameroon. Following the changes in Angola, while spirits shipments declined overall, depletions and share continued to grow and performance improved in the second half.69

·


South AfricaBusiness review (continued). Despite softness in the economy, share gains and price increases resulted in spirits net sales growth of 2%. Johnnie Walker grew double digit with growth across price segments supported by the ‘King of Flavours’ campaign and trade activation. This growth was partly offset by the decline of Smirnoff 1818 due to reduced inventory levels, although depletions and share of spirits grew and performance improved in the second half. South Africa’s strong net sales performance includes the sale of Smirnoff Ice Double Black & Guarana at cost to Diageo Heineken Namibia Drinks (DHN Drinks) to cover demand in excess of supply capacity following the strong performance of the brand. This capacity shortage has now been resolved.

·Net sales growth in Russia and Eastern Europe slowed this year to 2%. In Russia net sales grew 4%. While performance was impacted by reduced consumer confidence and higher excise taxes, Diageo grew share in whisk(e)y with growth of White Horse and double digit growth of Bushmills and Bell’s and in rum with strong growth of Captain Morgan. The impact of the crisis in Ukraine offset high single digit growth in the rest of Diageo’s distributor markets in Eastern Europe. In Poland we retained leadership of the scotch category in softer than expected market conditions.

·Following a much improved performance in the second half, net sales for Turkey grew 5%. Following two years of decline, the raki category volume is stabilising and through price increases and premiumisation, the business’s raki net sales grew low single digit and contributed significantly to the markets positive price/mix. The scotch market has continued to show solid growth and scotch net sales grew double digit led by Johnnie Walker on the back of increased distribution and visibility in the off trade. Vodka net sales grew in the second half and recovered to flat for the full year with festivals and the new Apple Bite serve driving share gains and growth of Smirnoff.

·Marketing spend increased 1%, benefiting from 6ppt of procurement efficiencies.  In Russia and Eastern Europe and in Turkey, in response to marketing restrictions, investment was increasingly focused on commercial activations, driving improved visibility across trade channels, supporting new serves and bartender programmes to build brands.

 

58



Business review (continued)

LATIN AMERICA AND CARIBBEAN

In Latin America and Caribbean the strategic priority is continued leadership in scotch, while broadening theour category range to includethrough vodka, rum, liqueurs and local spirits. We are continuingcontinue to invest in routes to market and in the rangebreadth and depth of our portfolio of leading brands. We are also enhancing our supply structure to enable the business to provide both the emerging middle class and an increasing number of wealthy consumers with the premium brands they aspire to. In this region’s changing regulatory landscape, our presence is supported by our reputation as a trusted and respected business, based on our stance on responsible drinking, and community development programmes like Learning for Life.

 

GRAPHIC GRAPHIC GRAPHIC

LOGONet sales by markets Net sales by categories Net sales by price points (%) (%) (%) PUB Mexico Spirits RTDs Value Super premium Venezuela West LAC Beer Other Standard Ultra premium Colombia Other Wine Premium

 

Key financials

 

2013
Reported
(restated)*

£ million

 

Exchange

£ million

 

Acquisitions
and
disposals

£ million

 

Organic
movement

£ million

 

2014
Reported

£ million

 

Reported
movement

%

 

Net sales

 

1,453

 

(328

)

(8

)

27

 

1,144

 

(21

)

Marketing spend

 

233

 

(30

)

(2

)

2

 

203

 

(13

)

Operating profit before exceptional items

 

468

 

(151

)

2

 

9

 

328

 

(30

)

Exceptional items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14

)

 

 

Operating profit

 

468

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

314

 

(33

)


*Restated following the adoption of IFRS 11 and the amendment to IAS 19.

                                                                                                                        

Key financials

 2015
£ million
  Exchange
£ million
  Acquisitions
and
disposals
£ million
  Organic
movement
£ million
  2016
£ million
  Reported
movement
%
 

Net sales

  1,033    (134  (41  5    863    (16

Marketing

  194    (26  (1      167    (14

Operating profit before exceptional items

  263    (57  (5  (2  199    (24

Exceptional operating items(i)

  (5     (118 
 

 

 

     

 

 

  

Operating profit

  258       81    (69
 

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

(i) In the year ended 30 June 2016 exceptional operating item of £118 million was in respect of the impairment of Ypióca.

Our markets

Our Latin America and Caribbean (LAC) business comprises Paraguay,five markets: PUB (Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil (PUB)Brazil), Venezuela, Colombia, Mexico WestLACand West LAC (Central America and Caribbean, Argentina, Chile, Peru, Ecuador and Bolivia).

Route to market

We sell our products through a combination of our own companies and third-party distributors. In Brazil, sales are primarily made directly to international retailers and distributors. In addition to Diageo Brazil, Diageo owns 100% of Ypióca, a leading cachaça producer and distributor. In Uruguay, Diageo manages distribution directly and through distributors.

All products in Venezuela are sold through dedicated third-party distributors. In Colombia we sell directly to major grocers, serving all other accounts and channels through distributors.

In Mexico, distribution of Smirnoff is managed by Casa Cuervo SA, while all other brands are sold directly by Diageo, either through direct sales to international accounts or through wholesalers and distributors.

In selected markets in West LAC, we manage sales ourselves, while in key markets, such as Costa Rica and the Dominican Republic, we use exclusive distributors. In Jamaica, we own a 58% controlling interest in Desnoes & Geddes Limited, the Jamaican brewer of Red Stripe lager.

In Argentina, we sell directly to major grocers, and other businesses are managed through a combination of wholesalers and distributors outside of major grocers, to whom we sell directly.

Supply operations

The majority of brands sold in the region are manufactured inby our International Supply Centre in Europe. However,In recent years, we have been expandingacquired a number of supply operations and expanded our local footprint. Our largest owned asset baseco-packer network across the region. In 2015 we acquired the remaining 50% equity interest in Tequila Don Julio in Mexico, which resulted in full ownership of the region isbrand and its production facilities. In 2012 we acquired Ypióca in Brazil. We also haveBrazil, including its cachaça production site, and in 2011 we acquired a controlling interest in a company in Guatemala (AnejosAnejos de Altura) producingAltura (Guatemala) which produces Zacapa. The region has a brewery in Jamaica (Red Stripe), and the Navarro Correas winery in Mendoza, Argentina. In addition, we partnerWe also have partnerships with more thanover 12 brewers and over 20 co-pack partnersco-packing partners.

Route to manufacture brandsconsumer

We sell our products through a combination of subsidiary companies and packagethird party distributors. In Brazil, our in-market company sells directly to key accounts and distributors.

All products under strict quality assurance protocols.in Venezuela are sold through dedicated distributors. In Colombia we sell directly to key accounts, and serve all other retailers and channels through distributors.

In Mexico, Diageo sells directly to large retailers and wholesalers.

In selected markets in West LAC, we sell to wholesalers or distributors, while in key markets, such as Costa Rica, Dominican Republic, Jamaica and Argentina we use exclusive distributors.

 

5970



Business review (continued)

 

Sustainability & Responsibilityand responsibility

Our strategy in theDiageo is known throughout Latin America for our commitment to developing an industry that can bring economic and Caribbean region focuses on Diageo being the partner of choice with all oursocial value to society. Our work includes programmes to combat key stakeholders in the diverse countries in which we operate. We seek to demonstrate informed leadership in public policy, and positively impact our communities. For example, customer programmes with Walmart in Mexico and Puerto Rico are aimed at combating alcohol misuse issues such as underage drinking.drinking and drink driving – two of the five Global Producers’ Commitments – and illicit alcohol. Programmes such as Actuando Mejor in Mexico and Today I don’t drive in Brazil are making a tangible difference in reducing alcohol-related harm. In Brazilthe Dominican Republic, we have created a glass-recycling programme, whichare also servesworking closely with the industry and government to create jobs throughtackle drink driving. This social commitment is echoed in our focus throughout the development of recycling co-operatives with local authorities. This work is underpinned by Diageo’sregion on employability, skills and empowerment. Our flagship community re-investment programme, Learning for Life. Since 2008, Learning for Life, has provided lifeis providing skills and vocational training – including responsible service – to more than 100,000 disadvantaged individuals in more than 30 countriespeople across the region.

Performance

Net sales

Net sales were £863 million in the year ended 30 June 2016 a decrease of £170 million compared to net sales of £1,033 million in the year ended 30 June 2015. Adverse exchange rate movements due to the weakening of the Brazilian real, Venezuelan bolivar, Mexican peso and Colombian peso negatively impacted net sales by £134 million and the disposals of the Jamaican operation and wines in Argentina, partially offset by the tequila Don Julio acquisition, reduced net sales by £41 million. Organic growth was £5 million (see further performance analysis below).

Operating profit

Operating profit was £81 million in the year ended 30 June 2016 a decrease of £177 million compared to operating profit of £258 million in the year ended 30 June 2015. Operating profit was adversely impacted by exchange rate movements of £57 million mainly driven by the Brazilian real, Venezuelan bolivar, Mexican peso and Colombian peso. In addition, operating profit was impacted by exceptional operating charges of £118 million in the year ended 30 June 2016 compared to operating charges of £5 million in the year ended 30 June 2015. In the year ended 30 June 2016 the group impaired the Ypióca brand and related tangible fixed assets and goodwill allocated to the Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil (PUB) cash-generating unit. Organic decline was £2 million.

Further performance analysis

Unless otherwise stated percentage movements refer to organic movements in the following analysis.

Net sales grew 1% in LAC. Growth in Mexico, Colombia and the domestic markets of West LAC was partially offset by the decline in Brazil, travel retail and the export channels. In Brazil, performance was impacted by subdued consumer confidence, a tax increase and significant slowdown in the travel retail channel, which resulted in a 7% decline in net sales. Performance in Mexico and Colombia was strong with net sales up 10% and 28% respectively, led by scotch and vodka. Currency weakness and lower underlying demand continued to impact the West LAC export channels. Diageo’s strategy in LAC is to expand our leadership position in scotch and broaden our portfolio. Scotch net sales grew 2%, led by Buchanan’s and Black and White, with share gains in most markets. Net sales of Johnnie Walker declined with weakness in PUB and West LAC partially offset by strong growth in Mexico and Colombia. Vodka net sales grew 8% driven primarily by growth in Mexico, Colombia and the domestic markets in West LAC. Don Julio gained share supported by increased activity to build brand awareness and drive recruitment in Mexico. Gross margin improved, benefitting from mix as well as procurement savings across logistics and production. This was offset by higher overheads resulting in operating margin decline of 39bps.

 

                                                                                    

Markets and categories:

  Organic
volume
movement
%
  Reported
volume
movement
%
  Organic
net sales
movement
%
  Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Latin America and Caribbean

   (2  (5  1    (16
     

PUB

   (5  (5  (9  (27

Colombia

   9    9    28      

Mexico

   10    19    10    7  

West LAC

   (2  (17  (3  (20

Venezuela

   4    3    173    (69
     

Spirits(i)

   (2  (2  1    (12

Beer

   23    (41  14    (60

Ready to drink

   (11  (12      (20

Our Latin America

71


Business review (continued)

                                                                                    

Global giants and local stars(i):

   Reported
volume
movement(ii)
%
  Organic
net sales
movement
%
  Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Johnnie Walker

     (8  (4  (15

Buchanan’s

     (5  9    (7

Smirnoff

         6    (19

Old Parr

     (15  (1  (17

Baileys

     (3  (1  (14

Ypióca

     (6  (6  (28

Black and White

     48    63    34  

(i)Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii)Reported equals organic volume movement except for Smirnoff 4%.

InParaguay, Uruguay and Caribbean business has delivered a good set of results despite mixed performance in individual countries.Brazil(PUB), net sales declined 9%. In West LAC, our biggest market,Brazil, net sales were down 8% following with declines in scotch, vodka and cachaça, destockingdriven primarily by the slowing economy, a tax increase in December 2015, currency volatility and a slowdown in the border zones. Both Brazil and Colombia delivered solid performance, benefiting from changes induty free channel. Despite the route to consumer and, in Brazil, from synergy with Ypióca. In a challenging operating environment, Venezuela netthe business gained share in scotch, delivered through Johnnie Walker and Black and White marketing campaigns. The business continued to invest behind the Smirnoff trademark in music festivals and trade activations, as well as the rejuvenation of Ypióca. Net sales grew 78%, with slower growthin Paraguay and Uruguay declined due to reduced demand in the second half as high inflationexport and travel retail channels given currency devaluation has affected demandvolatility.
Colombia delivered 9% volume growth and the affordability of imported products. Mexico was weak as tax reforms and a general economic slowdown impacted consumers’ discretionary spend. While scotch remains the largest category in the region, growth came from the investment we made to widen participation to categories such as vodka, cachaça, liqueurs and to capture the growing affluent and emerging middle class. Despite the negative country mix from weakness in West LAC and Mexico, total operating margin for the region improved 18bps driven by strong price/mix, and a focus on overhead cost reductions.

 

 

Organic

 

Organic

 

Reported

 

 

 

volume

 

net sales

 

net sales

 

 

 

movement*

 

movement

 

movement

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

Key markets and categories:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Latin America and Caribbean

 

(1

)

2

 

(21

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PUB

 

9

 

10

 

(4

)

Venezuela

 

(17

)

78

 

(71

)

Colombia

 

5

 

8

 

(7

)

Mexico

 

(1

)

(4

)

(10

)

West LAC

 

(9

)

(8

)

(15

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spirits **

 

(1

)

1

 

(23

)

Beer

 

5

 

10

 

(3

)

Wine

 

(19

)

2

 

(24

)

Ready to drink

 

6

 

16

 

(11

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Global and local leaders **:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Johnnie Walker

 

(7

)

(4

)

(15

)

Buchanan’s

 

(20

)

1

 

(32

)

Smirnoff

 

12

 

18

 

(1

)

Baileys

 

 

9

 

(6

)


*Organic equals reported movement for volume except for Venezuela (19)%, Colombia (3)%, Mexico (2)% and West LAC (10)% and spirits (2)%, reflecting the disposal of Nuvo and the termination of the distribution agreement with Jose Cuervo.

**Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

Key highlights

·Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil (PUB) reflected the strong performance of Brazil where improvements in route to consumer, synergy with Ypióca and a favourable comparison versus last year contributed to net sales growth in every category. Strong growth from Old Parr, White Horse and Black & White, and 5% net sales growth in Johnnie Walker, with half of the growth coming from super and ultra premium segments, drove 13%28% net sales increase, on the back of favourable mix and successive price increases following the currency devaluation. Scotch was the key growth driver, with double digit growth and share gains. The portfolio in scotchColombia continues to broaden with gin, vodka and Diageo Brazil gained share in scotch. Ypióca again grew stronglytequila net sales growing double digit.

Mexico net sales increased 10%. Scotch was a key growth driver with net sales up 21%17%, reflecting strong volume growth and price increase. Buchanan’s was up 20% following the relaunch of the brand with the ‘Good versus Great’ campaign, the introduction of new packaging and strong activations around Father’s Day with ‘A Great Father A Great Day’ campaign. Similarly, Johnnie Walker net sales grew double digit on the back of 8% volume growth across core variants such as Johnnie Walker Red Label, Johnnie Walker Black Label and Johnnie Walker reserve brands including the ‘Vamos Brazilizar’ campaignnewly launched Johnnie Walker Green Label. In mainstream scotch, Black and the launch of new packaging to upgrade the brand perception. Vodka was back in growth withWhite net sales grew supported by expanded distribution and activation across the on and off-trade. Following the execution of the new Smirnoff strategy to build the brand’s credentials through participation in music festivals and increasing 15% driven byactivation across the on-trade, Smirnoff whichnet sales doubled and share increased in the last six months. Don Julio also gained share in the standard vodka segment. In the growing luxury segment, Cîroc and Ketel One vodka continued to perform strongly with net sales growing 41% and 25% respectively. The duty free zones of Paraguay and Uruguay were affected by currency weakness and net sales declined 13%.

·Diageo Venezuela net sales grew 78% with volume down 17%. High inflation and currency devaluation impacted consumer demand for scotch with volume declining 47%. Net sales in locally produced rum such as Pampero and Cacique grew 84% as consumers traded down from scotch to rum. Diageo Venezuela continued to gain share in scotch and rum, however it lost share in ready to drink due to supply constraints.

60



Business review (continued)

·In Colombia, net sales grew high single digit with changes in the route to consumer and a review of commercial terms driving a stronger performance in the second half. Old Parr and Buchanan’s contributed to over 60% of net sales growth supported by new marketing campaigns such as ‘The more you give, the more you have’. Ready to drink net sales grew 24% as it benefited from distribution gains driven by changes in the route to consumer.

·Diageo Mexico net sales declined 4% as tax reforms and a weaker economy affected consumer confidence. Buchanan’s net sales were down 11% as the brand was impacted by competition from the growing value segment and Johnnie Walker net sales were down 7% but gained share across all brand’s segments. In the fast growing value segment, Black & White nearly doubled in size, albeit from a small base, and grew share. Old Parr net sales were up 30% supported by the launch of Old Parr Silver, a non age declared variant of the main brand driving share gains. Baileys extended its lead in the liqueur category, supported byyear reflecting the successful Mother’s Day ‘Hija de mi Madre’ campaign.

·Net sales in marketing campaign, activation and higher brand awareness.

West LAC were down 8%. Performance was largely driven by the destocking in the border zones where net sales declined 66%3% primarily due to weakness in the export channels. Domestic markets’ net sales were stable with growth in Peru, Chile and Jamaica offset by a decline in Central America and Caribbean. In Peru, net sales grew 16%, led by increases in Johnnie Walker Red Label, Johnnie Walker Black Label and Old Parr, underpinned by the marketing campaigns and activations around gifting for Christmas and Father’s Day. Scotch was also a key engine behind Chile’s net sales growth of 9%. Johnnie Walker Red Label and mainstream scotch such as VAT 69, Old Parr and White Horse grew following distribution expansion as well as improved trade visibility. Central America and Caribbean net sales contracted 4% given currency volatility across the market.
InVenezuela, volume increased 4% driven primarily by strong growth in rum as the business resumed production of local spirits following the stabilisation of glass supply. This was offset by the decline in scotch as access to foreign currency remains constrained. Net sales grew significantly faster as the business increased prices in other countries which make up the market grew 8%, driven by double digit growtha high inflation environment and transacted some scotch sales in Argentina, as local production of Smirnoff startedsterling.
Marketing increased broadly in the first half and import restrictions on Johnnie Walker eased, and Jamaica which benefited from a new distribution joint venture.

·Marketing spend increased 1%, less thanline with net sales, as Diageo Brazil reallocated some marketing spend into trade spend to secure in store visibility and benefit from the FIFA World Cup and expansion into new outlets. Increased investment behind reserve brands, mainly Cîroc, and non scotch categories such as rum, particularly in Mexico with the successful Captain Morgan’s ‘Morgan Fest’ campaign, Baileys and cachaçasales. Spend in Brazil was reduced in line withview of the strategyweaker economic outlook. Mexico increased spend by 9%, investing behind Smirnoff and scotch to expand beyond scotchbuild brand equity and captureenhance activations. In Colombia, incremental spend was invested behind Johnnie Walker, Buchanan’s and Smirnoff ready to drink to support the affluent and growing emerging middle class.Smirnoff Ice Green Apple flavour launch.

72


Business review (continued)

 

61



Business review (continued)

ASIA PACIFIC

Our strategystrategy in Asia Pacific, which encompasses both developed and emerging markets, is to operate across categories with participation in international spirits, local spirits, ready to drink formats and beer. Our strategy focusesWe focus on the highest growth categories and consumer opportunities, driving continued development of super and ultra premium scotch, and leveraging the emerging middle class opportunity through a combination of organic growth and selective acquisitions.

 

GRAPHICGRAPHICGRAPHIC

LOGONet sales by markets Net sales by categories Net sales by price points (%) (%) (%) South East Asia Global Travel, Spirits(i) RTDs Value Super premium Greater China Asia East and Middle Beer Other Standard Ultra premium India Wine Premium Australia North Asia (i) excluding RTDs

 

Key financials

 

2013
Reported
(restated)*

£ million

 

Exchange

£ million

 

Acquisitions
and
disposals

£ million

 

Organic
movement

£ million

 

2014
Reported

£ million

 

Reported
movement

%

 

Net sales

 

1,572

 

(112

)

(7

)

(106

)

1,347

 

(14

)

Marketing spend

 

356

 

(27

)

 

(24

)

305

 

(14

)

Operating profit before exceptional items

 

381

 

(35

)

(19

)

(44

)

283

 

(26

)

Exceptional items

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(276

)

 

 

Operating profit

 

380

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

(98

)

(i)  excludingRTDs

 


*Restated following the adoption of IFRS 11 and the amendment to IAS 19.

                                                                                                                              

Key financials

 2015
£ million
  Exchange
£ million
  Acquisitions
and
disposals
£ million
  Organic
movement
£ million
  Net sales
adjustment(ii)
  2016
£ million
  Reported
movement
%
 

Net sales

  2,213    (21  (28  34    (122  2,076    (6

Marketing

  344        (1  (42      301    (13

Operating profit before exceptional items

  356    (5      44        395    11  

Exceptional operating items(i)

  (193      (49 
 

 

 

      

 

 

  

Operating profit

  163        346    112  
 

 

 

      

 

 

  

 

(i)In the year ended 30 June 2016 exceptional operating items of £49 million was in respect of the disengagement agreement relating to USL (2015 - £146 million was in respect of settlement of several disputes with the Korean tax authorities and £41 million in respect of the group’s 45.56% equity investment in Hanoi Liquor Joint Stock Company).
(ii)For further detail see page 54.

Our markets

Asia Pacific comprises South East Asia (Vietnam, Thailand, Philippines, Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore, Cambodia, Laos, Myanmar, Nepal and Sri Lanka), Greater China (China, Taiwan, Hong Kong and Macau), India, Global Travel Asia and Middle East, Australia (including New Zealand), and North Asia (Korea and Japan).

Supply operations

We have distilleries at Chengdu, in China that produce Chinese white spirit and in Bundaberg, Australia that produce rum. United Spirits Limited (USL) operates 27 owned manufacturing facilities in India including one in Nepal, leases 13 facilities in India and further 34 are licensed to produce USL and Diageo brands. In addition, we have bottling plants in Korea, Thailand, Indonesia and Australia with ready to drink manufacturing capabilities.

Route to market

consumer

In South East Asia, spirits and beer are sold through a combination of Diageo companies, joint venture arrangements, and third-partythird party distributors. Diageo manages a Singapore based key accounts business. In Thailand, Malaysia and Singapore, we have joint venture arrangements are in place with Moët Hennessy, wheresharing administrative and distribution costs are shared.costs. Diageo has wholly-ownedoperates wholly owned subsidiaries in the Philippines and Vietnam. In Vietnam we also haveown a 45.56% equity stake in Hanoi Liquor Joint Stock Company. In Malaysia, Diageo’s own and third-party beers are brewed and distributed by a listed company, Guinness Anchor Berhad, in which we have an effective 25.5% equity interest. In Indonesia, Guinness is brewed by, and distributed through, third-partythird party arrangements.

In Greater China a significant partthe majority of our spirits business is conductedbrands are now sold through our wholly owned subsidiary. Some brands are distributed through a joint venture arrangement with Moët Hennessy. WeIn addition, we are also the sole distributor of Shui Jing Fang, a super premium Chinese white spirit, through our controlling 39.71% equity stake in a listed company. Diageo operates a wholly owned subsidiary in Taiwan.

73


Business review (continued)

 

In India, we havemanufacture, market and sell Indian whisky, rum, brandy and other spirits through our 54.78% shareholding in USL. Diageo also sells its own distribution company for our international spirits brands and in 2014 we expanded our route to market through a sales promotion agreement with United Spirits Limited (USL), the leading spirits company in India. Diageo is now the largest shareholder in USL with a 54.78% equity interest. 26% of this equity interest was acquired on 2 July 2014. Diageo will fully consolidated the results of USL from 2 July 2014.

USL.

In Australia, we manufacture, market and sell the Diageo owns production, distillation and distribution companiesproducts and in New Zealand we operate through third-partythird party distributors.

In North Asia, we have our own distribution company in South Korea, whilst in Japan, the majority of sales are through joint venture agreements with Moët Hennessy and Kirin.

Airport shops and airline customersoperators are serviced through a dedicated Diageo sales and marketing organisation. In the Middle East, we sell our products through third-partythird party distributors.

Sustainability and responsibility

62



Business review (continued)

Johnnie Walker houses in Shanghai, BeijingAsia Pacific is a region of many and Seoul have been driving ultra premium scotch sales.

Supply operations

We have distilleries in Chengdu in China that produce Chinese white spiritvaried markets, and in Bundaberg, Australia forour 21-market business model enables us to address key issues and opportunities by market. Within the productioncontext of rum.

Sustainability & Responsibility

Promotingthe Global Producers’ Commitments, our responsible drinking programmes focus on the issues highest on the agenda in each country. For example, in Indonesia and Vietnam we focus particularly on illicit alcohol; in India on drink driving; in Australia on consumer information and preventing underage and binge drinking. Our new DRINKiQ site, launched in January 2016, was particularly well received in Australia.

Likewise we tailor our sustainability programmes to each market. Our operations in India have the highest concentration of sites in water-stressed areas, so water, and the wider ‘WASH’ agenda is a particularkey focus for us as itthere. In Thailand and China, female empowerment is a significant issue, which we address directly through our ‘Plan W’ programme.

Performance

Net sales

Net sales were £2,076 million in many partsthe year ended 30 June 2016 a decrease of £137 million compared to net sales of £2,213 million in the year ended 30 June 2015. Net sales were adversely impacted by exchange rate movements of £21 million due to weak Australian dollar and Indian rupee against sterling and a £28 million loss due to disposal of the world. We runBouvet wine business and transition of a number of programmesoperations in India to address drink driving,a franchise or royalty model, partially offset by organic growth of £34 million (see further performance analysis below). The full year impact of an accounting change for USL to train bartenders and promotional staff on how to serve alcohol responsibly, and to raise awareness of alcohol and its effects. We also focus on empowering women through our Plan W programme, which aims to reach twoaccount for the excise duties paid by third party manufacturers reduced net sales by £122 million.

Operating profit

Operating profit was £346 million women by 2017. In Australia, which is home to our largest blending and packaging site in the region, we have developed someyear ended 30 June 2016 an increase of our most innovativeby £183 million compared to operating profit of £163 million in the year ended 30 June 2015. Organic growth improved operating profit by £44 million, partially offset by adverse exchange rate movements of £5 million mainly driven by the Australian dollar. Operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2016 was impacted by an exceptional operating charge of £49 million in respect of disengagement agreements relating to United Spirits Limited. Exceptional operating charges of £193 million in the year ended 30 June 2015 included a charge in respect of settlement of several disputes with the Korean tax authorities regarding the transfer pricing methodology applicable for imported products and award-winning sustainable manufacturing initiatives.an impairment charge in respect of the group’s 45.56% equity investment in Hanoi Liquor Joint Stock Company in Vietnam.

Further performance analysis

PerformanceUnless otherwise stated percentage movements refer to organic movements in the following analysis.

PerformanceNet sales in Asia Pacific was impacted bygrew 2% as a weaker trading environmentresult of growth in China andIndia, South East Asia and this top line weakness and negative country mix impacted operating margin, which, despite a reduction in overheads, decreased 136bps.Australia. In China, the effects of the government’s anti extravagance campaign severely impacted the on trade channel, and continued to affect performance of both our Chinese white spirits grew while scotch declined and scotch businesses, whilethe shift towards lower ABV products in Korea led to a decline in net sales. Global Travel Asia and Middle East business declined primarily due to the geopolitical developments in the Middle East. The changes made to improve performance in USL led to net sales growth of 5% in India, largely driven by growth in IMFL whisky and scotch. Net sales in South East Asia was impactedgrew 16% as the inventory reduction experienced last year ended. Australia net sales grew 2% driven by tax increasesscotch and social unrestGuinness. Reserve brands net sales grew 4% largely driven by the strong performance of Shui Jing Fang in ThailandChina and destockingJohnnie Walker in other markets and channels. Despite the challenging trading environment we gained shareSouth East Asia. Margin improved 176bps as a result of reducing marketing in scotch in both Thailand and China. Elsewhere, Korea, Japan, GTME, Taiwan and India delivered good growth and we gained share in scotch across the countries. Strong growth of scotch malts in Taiwan and successful innovation launches in super and ultra premium scotch segments contributed to another year of double digit growth of the reserve brands.

 

 

Organic

 

Organic

 

Reported

 

 

 

volume

 

net sales

 

net sales

 

 

 

movement*

 

movement

 

movement

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

Key markets and categories:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asia Pacific

 

(5

)

(7

)

(14

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

South East Asia

 

(25

)

(19

)

(25

)

Greater China

 

(20

)

(31

)

(33

)

India

 

22

 

42

 

8

 

Global Travel Asia and Middle East

 

18

 

19

 

15

 

Australia hub

 

(2

)

(3

)

(17

)

North Asia

 

2

 

4

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spirits **

 

(5

)

(11

)

(15

)

Beer

 

(1

)

2

 

(9

)

Ready to drink

 

1

 

(1

)

(14

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Global and local leaders **:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Johnnie Walker

 

(13

)

(11

)

(14

)

Windsor

 

(5

)

1

 

1

 

Smirnoff

 

4

 

(3

)

(13

)

Baileys

 

12

 

11

 

3

 

Guinness

 

(1

)

3

 

(9

)


*Organic equals reported movement for volume except for Greater China (21)% and Australia (3)% reflectingwith the termination of the distribution agreement with Jose Cuervo.

**Spirits brands excluding readyUSL related party agreements, and for Johnnie Walker Black Label and Johnnie Walker Blue Label in China. The sale by USL of United Breweries Limited shares also contributed to drink.operating margin expansion.

 

74


Key highlightsBusiness review (continued)

 

Markets and categories:

  Organic
volume
movement
%
  Reported
volume
movement
%
  Organic
net sales
movement
%
  Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Asia Pacific

       (3  2    (6
     

India

       (4  5    (11

South East Asia

   3    3    16    15  

Greater China

   (5  (5  (2    

Global Travel Asia and Middle East

   (9  (9  (15  (14

Australia

   2    2    2    (5

North Asia

   6    6    (5  (6
     

Spirits(i)

       (3  1    (7

Beer

   8    8    7    4  

Ready to drink

   (3  (3  (3  (8

Global giants and local stars(i):

  Reported
volume
movement(ii)
%
  Organic
net sales
movement
%
  Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Johnnie Walker

    (4  (2  (2

McDowell’s

    (2      (16

Windsor

    (4  (10  (12

Smirnoff

    (4  (7  (9

Guinness

    8    7    4  

Bundaberg

    (5  (3  (10

Shui Jing Fang

    55    20    22  

·In

(i)Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii)Reported equals organic volume movement except for McDowell’s 0%.

South East Asia performance was largely driven by Thailand and destocking in other markets and channelsnet sales were up 16% as trade confidence was affected by pricing pressure, currency devaluation and economic uncertainty init lapped the region.inventory reduction last year. In Thailand tax increases and political unrest contributed toperformance improved after a weak consumer environmentfirst half with net sales down 24%. Ingrowing in the second half as the launch of Smirnoff Midnight 100 ready to drink offset the decline in scotch, which gained share in a declining scotch category Diageo gained 5.8ppt volume share.category. In Indonesia net sales increased 1% as Guinness grew due to the focus on the on-trade post regulations restricting sale of alcohol in the off-trade were up double digit driven by 7% growth of Guinness and strong performance in ready to drink.

·Greater China performance continued to be affectedintroduced last year. Vietnam was impacted by the government’s anti extravagance measures. Shui Jing Fangspecial consumption tax on imported products introduced in January 2016 resulting in a net sales decline of 35%. Reserve brands performance was strong with net sales up 27% led by Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve and Johnnie Walker Blue Label.

Greater China net sales were down 2%. In mainland China, scotch declined 78%42% as the brand suffered from pricing pressure from other leading brands. Net sales of Diageo’s international brands in China declined 14%, largely driven bycontinued weakness in premium scotch down 20%, as Johnnie Walker Black Label net sales declined 28%. However, Johnnie Walker Black Label grewin the traditional on-trade channel resulted in distributors reducing inventory, although Diageo gained share 1.2ppt as activation was increased into tier 2 and 3 cities. Reserve brandsin the super deluxe scotch segment. Chinese white spirits net sales grew 9%, driven by a strong19% as growth in scotch malts. Baileys net sales grew double digit, as the brand continuedsecond half was lower due to capture the trend of increasingly empowered female consumers with the support of the ‘Sisterhood Campaign’.a tougher prior year comparison. In Taiwan net sales grew 9%8% driven by strong growth from The Singleton, the fastest growing scotch malt in the market, and it gained 2ppt of share.

63

Johnnie Walker.


Business review (continued)

·Diageo India continued to deliver strong double digit net sales were up 5%, driven by the premiumisation strategy with good growth in prestige and above brands and popular brands net sales flat. Royal Challenge and McDowell’s No. 1 were relaunched during the year performed and contributed to growth with Royal Challenge net sales up 54%. Scotch grew 17% as it benefited from having its brands sold through the sales agency agreementBlack Dog grew 23% and Johnnie Walker grew 22% with USL. Strongstrong performance byin Johnnie Walker Black Label, VAT 69Johnnie Walker Red Label and Black & White drove mostJohnnie Walker Blue Label. The integration of Diageo’s brands into USL has created an exceptionally strong brand portfolio in India that participates across all price tiers in the IMFL and imported spirits segments. As a result of the focus on route to consumer, 20% of outlets are now meeting ‘perfect outlet’ standards driving recruitment and brand building. Gross margin improved 99bps with the growth in scotch,of prestige and share in scotch increased 1.9ppt. Smirnoff net sales grew high single digit benefiting from its partnership with several music festivals.

·In above brands driving positive mix and productivity initiatives that reduced the cost of goods sold. Operating margin improved 702bps as a result of gross margin improvement, lower marketing and the sale by USL of United Breweries Limited shares.

Global Travel Asia and Middle East (GTME) net sales were up 19%declined 15% largely driven by the Middle East where despite political turmoilnet sales declined 20% as geopolitical developments led to weak performance in the region, it delivered strong growth boosted by an increase in tourism, expansion in the region’s airports as well as improvements in Diageo’s route to consumer.domestic and travel retail business. Global Travel Asia returnednet sales declined 7% as a result of lower spend by travellers and currency volatility.

75


Business review (continued)

Australia net sales increased 2% with growth in scotch, vodka, liqueurs and gin offsetting the decline in the ready to drink business. In rum, strong growth of Captain Morgan both in ready to drink and spirits categories, offset the decline in Bundaberg. Reserve brands were up 7% largely driven by Johnnie Walker, as consumers continue to premiumise within the spirits category.
North Asia net sales were down 5%. In Korea, net sales declined 10%, as Windsor suffered from increased competition in the traditional on-trade with net sales down 20% which offset growth from W-Ice, an innovation in the growing lower ABV premium whisky segment. In Japan, net sales were up 8% largely driven by scotch net sales growing 21% capitalising on the growth of the brown spirits segment.
Marketing was 12% lower driven by reductions on Johnnie Walker Black Label and Johnnie Walker Blue Label in China and India where marketing reduced as a result of termination of USL related party agreements.

76


Business review (continued)

CATEGORY REVIEW

LOGOVolume Net sales Marketing spend Scotch American North Rum Liqueurs Tequila to Ready drink Other Vodka Indian Made Gin Beer whisk(e)y Foreign Liquor (IMFL)

                                                               

Key categories

  Reported
volume
movement(iii)
%
  Organic
net sales
movement
%
  Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Spirits(i)

   (1  3    (1

Scotch

   (3      (4

Vodka(ii)

       1    2  

North American whisk(e)y

   4    6    12  

Rum(ii)

   2    3    (3

Indian-Made Foreign Liquor (IMFL) whisky

   (5  3    (11

Liqueurs

   1    3    2  

Gin(ii)

   3    8    6  

Tequila

   15    8    28  

Beer

   21    6    1  

Ready to drink

   (9  (11  (11

(i)Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii)Vodka, rum, gin including IMFL brands.
(iii)Reported equals organic volume movement except for IMFL whisky (1)%, tequila (17)%, beer 13% and ready to drink (13)%.

77


Business review (continued)

                                                               

Global giants, local stars and reserve(i):

  Reported
volume
movement(ii)
%
  Organic
net sales
movement
%
  Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Global giants

    

Johnnie Walker

   (4  1    (3

Smirnoff

   1    2      

Baileys

   2    4    3  

Captain Morgan

   4    3    5  

Tanqueray

   11    12    15  

Guinness

   4    4    2  

Local stars

    

Crown Royal

   5    6    11  

Yenì Raki

   1    4    (9

Buchanan’s

   (2  10    1  

JeB

   (6  (9  (12

Windsor

   (4  (10  (12

Old Parr

   (13  1    (14

Bundaberg

   (6  (3  (10

Bell’s

       (1  (10

White Horse

   (11  6    (15

Ypióca

   (6  (6  (28

Cacique

   25    9    (24

McDowell’s

   (2      (16

Shui Jing Fang

   55    20    22  

Reserve

    

Scotch malts

   8    7    6  

Cîroc

   (2  (3  2  

Ketel One vodka

   4    4    10  

Don Julio

   25    18    40  

Bulleit

   27    29    36  

(i)Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii)Reported equals organic volume movement except for White Horse (9)%, Don Julio (13)% and McDowell’s 0%.

Unless otherwise stated percentage movements refer to organic movements in the following analysis.

Scotch represents 24% of Diageo net sales and was flat in the year. Net sales grew in North America, Europe and Latin America and Caribbean driven by Johnnie Walker and Buchanan’s supported by new campaigns. Net sales declined in Africa; primarily in Angola, and in Asia Pacific driven by declines in China and Korea. The performance of Black and White was strong with net sales up 9% mainly31%. Windsor net sales declined double digit in Korea due to the decline of the whisky category. Scotch reserve brands net sales grew 7% driven by an increased focus onstrong growth in Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve, Johnnie Walker Blue Label which showcasedand Johnnie Walker Green Label.
Vodka represents 13% of Diageo’s net sales and grew 1%. Performance of Smirnoff, the Dunhill partnership, including a limited edition pack, in many airportslargest brand in the region.

·category, improved growing 2%. Ketel One vodka returned to growth in the United States and Canada supported by a new campaign and pricing strategy. In addition, Cîroc performance improved from the first half driven by the success of Cîroc Apple in the United States.

Australia North American whisk(e)y represents 8% of Diageo’s net sales and grew 6%. Performance continued to be driven by strong growth in Crown Royal Regal Apple and Bulleit which continue to gain share in the United States.
Rum represents 7% of Diageo’s net sales and grew 3%. Captain Morgan grew 3% driven by the base variant Original Spiced rum growing 3% and the Cannon Blast launch going well in the United States. Kenya Cane, a mainstream rum in Kenya, and Zacapa also contributed to the growth.

78


Business review (continued)

IMFL whisky represents 5% of Diageo’s net sales and grew 3%. The relaunches of two of the biggest brands Royal Challenge and McDowell’s No.1 drove this growth with Royal Challenge net sales up 55% due to the relaunch.
Liqueurs represents 5% of Diageo’s net sales and grew 3%. Baileys, the leading brand in this category, grew 4% due to 9% growth in its biggest market, Europe. The key growth drivers were on premise visibility, focused media content and sampling.
Gin represents 3% of Diageo’s net sales and grew 8%. Tanqueray was the largest contributor growing double digit, followed by Gordon’s.
Tequila represents 1% of Diageo’s net sales and grew 8%. The performance was driven by continued double digit growth of Don Julio in its biggest market, the United States.
Beer represents 18% of Diageo’s net sales and grew 6% driven by strong performance in Africa where net sales grew 11%. Key contributors were East Africa and Nigeria. Strong growth of Senator following the excise duty remission grew sales in East Africa. In Nigeria, Malta Guinness, Pilsner and value brand Satzenbrau delivered a strong performance. Europe grew 2% on Guinness driven by the effectiveness of the ‘Made of More’ advertising campaign, innovations like Hop House 13 lager from ‘The Brewers Project’ and strong activation around the Rugby World Cup.
Ready to drink represents 6% of Diageo’s net sales and declined 3%,11%. This was largely driven by the decline in ready to drink, where net sales were down 5% as tax increases continued to impact pricing and demandOrijin in Nigeria. The decline was partially offset by a good performance in Smirnoff Ice flavours in the category. Spirits net sales declined 1%, as Baileys, which benefited from the launch of Baileys Chocolat Luxe, and Captain Morgan grew, but not enough to offset a decline in Smirnoff and Bundaberg, which suffered from growth in spiced rum. Reserve brands net sales grew 30% mainlyUnited States driven by the launch of Bundaberg 125th anniversary bottle and Ketel One vodka which almost doubled in size.

·In North Asia, net sales increased 4% driven by Windsor in Korea and strong growth from Smirnoff Ice in Japan. In Korea’s declining scotch category, Windsor volume was broadly flat and gained 1.7ppt of volume share driven by strong performance of Windsor 12new marketing programmes and the launch of Windsor Black. The business increased its participation into other categories withOrijin in Ghana and Cameroon. In Thailand, the Smirnoff Midnight 100 launch continued to progress well.

Global giants represent 40% of Diageo net sales up 13%, as it benefited from sponsoring music festivals, and Guinnessgrew at 3%.
Johnnie Walker net sales increased 5%, supported by new in venue vending machines. In Japan, readygrew 1% due to drink net sales increased 20%reserve brands growing 10% driven by Smirnoff Ice and the launch as a permanent SKU of Smirnoff Ice Green Apple after a successful limited edition offer last year.

·Marketing spend decreased 7% in line with net sales, as a result of lower spend in international spirits in China and South East Asia. Investment behind innovation increased and new launches across the region included Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve, limited edition in the Middle East, to celebrate the Dubai duty free 30th anniversary, the Bundaberg 125th anniversary bottle in Australia and the Johnnie Walker Blue Label and Dunhill partnership. Shui Jing Fang marketing spendJohnnie Walker Green Label. Europe and North America were the largest contributors with 7% and 5% growth, respectively. In Latin America and Caribbean, double digit growth in Mexico and Colombia was maintainedmore than offset by decline in Brazil. In Asia Pacific, double digit growth in India and focused on new launches which target more attractive price pointsSouth East Asia was offset by declines in the baijiu segment.

64



Business review (continued)

CATEGORY REVIEW

GRAPHIC

 

 

Organic

 

Organic

 

Reported

 

 

 

volume

 

net sales

 

net sales

 

 

 

movement*

 

movement

 

movement

 

Key markets and categories:

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

Spirits **

 

(1

)

 

(10

)

Whisk(e)y

 

(4

)

 

(8

)

Johnnie Walker

 

(6

)

(4

)

(9

)

Crown Royal

 

(4

)

1

 

(3

)

JεB

 

(7

)

(8

)

(11

)

Buchanan’s

 

(13

)

6

 

(24

)

Windsor

 

(5

)

1

 

1

 

Bushmills

 

8

 

7

 

4

 

Bulleit

 

66

 

69

 

62

 

Vodka

 

(1

)

 

(5

)

Smirnoff

 

(1

)

(2

)

(7

)

Ketel One vodka

 

3

 

6

 

2

 

Cîroc

 

2

 

2

 

(2

)

Rum

 

9

 

7

 

(4

)

Captain Morgan

 

6

 

6

 

1

 

Liqueurs

 

(2

)

 

(7

)

Baileys

 

(2

)

1

 

(3

)

Tequila

 

43

 

34

 

(71

)

Don Julio

 

27

 

27

 

22

 

Gin

 

3

 

3

 

(1

)

Tanqueray

 

4

 

6

 

3

 

Beer

 

(11

)

(3

)

(8

)

Guinness

 

(5

)

(1

)

(5

)

Wine

 

(4

)

1

 

(6

)

Ready to drink

 

8

 

4

 

(11

)

Total

 

(2

)

 

(9

)


*Organic equals reported movement for volume except for total (5)%, spirits (4)%, wine (8)%, ready to drink 5%, liqueurs (4)%,Middle East, Global Travel and tequila (86)%, largely reflecting the disposal of Nuvo and the termination of agency brand distribution agreements, including Jose Cuervo.

**Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

65

China.


Business review (continued)Smirnoff

Spirits net sales were broadly flat, withgrew 2%, as it returned to growth in the United States, offsetthe biggest market, where net sales were up 2%. In Europe, performance improved versus the first half and net sales grew 1%. South Africa and Mexico also delivered strong growth on Smirnoff growing double digit.

Baileys net sales grew 4%, driven by weakness9% growth in emerging markets, particularly Asia Pacific. Reserve brands deliveredEurope with the strongest growth up 14%, with 5ppt of positive price/mix.

Whisk(e)y, our largest spirits category, performed broadlybrand growing double digit in line with overall spirits,Great Britain, Iberia, Germany and againAustria.

Captain Morgan net sales grew 3% due to a strong performance in North America offset weak performance in emerging markets. Consequently scotch net sales declined 1%, largely Johnnie Walker, given its strong presence in emerging markets.

·Johnnie Walker’s net sales decline was driven by Johnnie Walker RedEurope and Black Label which were adversely impacted by market weakness in a number of emerging markets, particularly in South East Asia, West LAC and PUB. Reserve brands grew strongly, with 7ppt of price mix, driven by successful innovation launches in the United States and pricing in Venezuela.

·Crown Royal in the United States grew, driven by the launch of Crown Royal XO and Crown Royal 75th Anniversary, which drove positive price/mix. Its growth was partly offset by the negative impact of lapping last year’s launch of Crown Royal Maple Finished and competition from flavoured whiskey brands. Marketing investment focused on the ‘Reign On’ campaign.

·JεB net sales declined 8%, primarily driven by increased price competition in the Spanish scotch market, and a weaker market in Mexico. This was partly offset by growth in South Africa, the brand’s third largest market, and in Korea. JεB Urban Honey, an innovation in the rapidly growing favoured whisk(e)y segment, was launched.

·Buchanan’s grew net sales 6% on strong price/mix. Volume in Latin America and Caribbean, its biggest region was significantly impacted by; destocking in West LAC; softer consumer demand in Mexico; and weak volume growth in Venezuela. Net sales growth was driven by Venezuela and the United States where the brand continued to target Latin American consumers.Russia. In the United States Buchanan’s is now the #3 blended scotch brand, with 375k cases, driven by increased marketing behind the ‘A lo Grande’ campaign, sponsorships and trade activation.

·Windsor’s performance improved with net sales up 1%.  In Korea, the brand’s primary market, net sales grew 3%, in a declining market. Windsor’s volume share gains were driven by the strong performance of Windsor 12 and the launch of a new super premium variant, Windsor Black, to drive incremental growth in the on trade.

·Bushmills net sales growth of 7% was driven by the music based ‘Bushmills Live’ platform and the honey flavour innovation, with Russia and Eastern Europe, Germany and GTME the strongest markets.

·Bulleit continued its strong trajectory, net sales grew 69% as the brand grew strongly in the United States and expanded in to new markets.

·Scotch Malts performed very strongly with net sales up 18% driven by the recently launched Talisker Storm and the Talisker Whisky Atlantic Challenge, and strong growth of The Singleton and Lagavulin, up 17% and 23% respectively.

Vodka net sales were broadly flat, with strong growth in reserve offsetting the decline in standard and value segments. In the United States volume declined in the value and standard price segments due to a challenging price environment and lapping of prior year innovations. Growth in Latin America was strong, driven by Brazil and Argentina.

·Smirnoff net sales declined, driven by increasing price pressure in its largest markets. In the United States the brand held price in an increasingly price competitive segment, losing share. In Western Europe net sales also declined driven by poor performance in Germany, where the brand was impacted by pricing pressure from wholesalers, in Great Britain where we gained share in an increasingly price competitive market, and in Ireland where duty increases drove up retail prices. In contrast in Latin America, Smirnoff delivered strong growth in both Brazil and Argentina. There was also positive momentum from innovations, with strong performance from the Smirnoff Confectionary line in the United States, and the launch of the new signature serve Smirnoff Apple Bite and Smirnoff Gold in Western Europe.

·Ketel One vodka grew both net sales and volume, with 3ppt of positive price/mix. In the United States, its largest market, net sales growth was driven by the launch of the ‘Vodka of Substance’ campaign and by brand ambassador and mentoring programmes supporting Ketel One’s strong on premise positioning. Outside of the United States net sales grew over 40%, led by net sales2% and it gained share in Australia almost doubling and strong performance in GTME and Western Europe.

·Over 85% of Cîroc’s net sales are from the United States, where strong performance and share gainscategory driven by the launch of Cîroc Amaretto were not enough to offset a decline in the core brand which faced tough price competition. The brand was supported with increased investment to support the launch Cîroc Amaretto as well as the ‘Luck be a Lady’ campaignon premise activity and the new NBA partnership. Outside of the United States Cîroc sustained its growth trajectory, with strong net sales growth in Western Europe, Brazil, GTME and launches into new markets.

Rum net sales grew 7% driven by Captain Morgan, Zacapa and Cacique.

·Captain Morgan performed strongly with net sales growing 6% driven by continued growth in the United States, its largest market, Great Britain, Russia and Eastern Europe and Australia. This was driven through the success of the ‘Keys to Adventure’ experiential events and the new ‘Live like the Captain’ campaign. Growth in the United States was driven by the successful launch of Captain Morgan White in February which was supported by increased investment.

66

Cannon Blast.


Business review (continued)Tanqueray

·Zacapa net sales grew 22%, driven by 37% growth in its largest region, Western Europe,12% with strong growth in Russia and Eastern Europe and North America. Investment focused on mentoring, trade activation and sampling, with a continuation in the roll outAmerica accounting for more than two thirds of the successful Zacapa Rooms, a luxury temporary lounge dedicated to tasting events for key influencers, media and consumers across Western Europe.

growth. All other regions also delivered strong growth.

Guinness

·Cacique net sales increased 16% driven by both volume growth and price increases in Venezuela as consumers switched to more affordable local spirits.

Liqueurs performance was driven by Baileys, which represents over 85% of the category.

·Baileys grew 1% and performance was broadly mixed across markets.4%. In China the brand grew double digit as the ‘Sisterhood Campaign’ resonated strongly with female consumers. In Australia the brand benefited from the growth of Chocolat Luxe. In Latin America and Caribbean the roll out of the global campaign, and activation in Mexico focused on the Baileys and coffee serve, drove 9%Nigeria net sales growth. In the United States the brand continued to grow net salesgrew 3% driven by the success of the launch‘Made of Baileys Vanilla CinnamonBlack’ campaign and activation against the football viewing occasion. In Cameroon and Ghana net sales increased double digit. Guinness also gained share and increased net sales in Great Britain and Ireland supported by the ‘Brewers Project’ innovations.

Local stars represent 19% of net sales and grew 3%, due to Crown Royal in North America growing 6% and Buchanan’s up 10%, largely in North America and Mexico. Growth in Yenì Raki in Turkey and Shui Jing Fang in China largely offset the declines in Windsor in Korea and JeB.
Reserve brands represent 15% of net sales and grew 7%. The return to growth in the second half was a result of the improved performance of Cîroc driven by the success of Cîroc Apple in the United States. Scotch reserve brands grew 7% with Johnnie Walker driving the growth particularly in the United States where it grew 23% and scotch malts growing 7%. Bulleit continued its strong growth with net sales 29%. Net sales of Shui Jing Fang were up 20% and Tanqueray No. TEN grew 26%.
In Africa there are four local beer brands Senator, Malta Guinness, Tusker and Harp. Their performance is covered in the Africa section.

79


Business review (continued)

Operating results 2015 compared with 2014

GROUP FINANCIAL REVIEW

The following comments were made by Deirdre Mahlan, Chief Financial Officer, in Diageo’s Annual Report for the year ended 30 June 2015:

“Our performance this year reflected both the volatile global consumer and economic environment and the ‘Stylish Shot’ campaign. In Western Europe however,actions we took to strengthen the business. Reported net sales declined,were up with performance impactedthe integration of USL and organic net sales flat driven by currency related challenges in specific emerging markets and embedding our sell out discipline. Our focus on cost delivered savings and drove margin expansion, prioritising cash resulted in a marked cash flow improvement and we continued to invest for the future.”

Net sales up 5% with full consolidation of United Spirits
Organic net sales flat
Net cash from operating activities of £2.6 billion up £0.8 billion
Free cash flow of £2 billion up £0.7 billion
9% final dividend increase, full year dividend was 56.4 pence
Operating margin down 52bps
Organic operating margin up 24bps
Shipment volume down 1%
Depletion volume was estimated to be up 1%
Basic eps 95.0 pence up 6%
Eps before exceptional items 88.8 pence due to adverse exchange and associates, offset by underlying improvements

LOGOVolume Net sales(i) Operating before exceptional items(ii) Operating profit(iii) North America Europe Africa Latin America and Caribbean Asia Pacific

(i)Excluding corporate net sales of £80 million (2014 – £79 million).
(ii)Excluding exceptional operating charges of £269 (2014 – £427 million) and corporate and ISC costs before exceptional items of £123 million (2014 – £189 million).
(iii)Excluding corporate and ISC costs of £139 million (2014 – £130 million).

80


Business review (continued)

                                                               

Summary financial information

     2015  2014 

Volume

  EUm   246.2    156.1  

Net sales

  £ million   10,813    10,258  

Marketing

  £ million   1,629    1,620  

Operating profit before exceptional items

  £ million   3,066    3,134  

Exceptional operating items

  £ million   (269  (427

Operating profit

  £ million   2,797    2,707  

Share of associates and joint ventures profit after tax

  £ million   175    252  

Exceptional non-operating items

  £ million   373    140  

Net finance charges

  £ million   412    388  

Tax rate

  %   15.9    16.5  

Tax rate before exceptional items

  %   18.3    18.2  

Profit attributable to parent company’s shareholders

  £ million   2,381    2,248  

Basic earnings per share

  pence   95.0    89.7  

Earnings per share before exceptional items

  pence   88.8    95.5  

Full year dividend

  pence   56.4    51.7  

                                                                                    
   Volume  Net sales  Marketing  Operating
profit
 

Growth by region

  %  %  %  % 

North America

   (4            

Europe, Russia and Turkey

       (7  (6  (6

Africa

   7    (1  (3  (2

Latin America and Caribbean

   (6  (10  (4  (18

Asia Pacific

   622    64    13    2,229  

Diageo(i)

   58    5    1    3  
   Volume  Net sales  Marketing  Operating
profit(ii)
 

Organic growth by region

  %  %  %  % 

North America

   (3  (1  (4  (2

Europe, Russia and Turkey

           2    3  

Africa

   7    6    4    10  

Latin America and Caribbean

   (7  (1  6    (3

Asia Pacific

   (3  (2  (8  7  

Diageo(i)

   (1      (1  1  

(i)Includes Corporate. In the year ended 30 June 2015 Corporate reported net sales, net operating charges before exceptional items and net operating charges were £90 million (2014 — £79 million), £123 million (2014 — £130 million) and £133 million (2014 — £142 million), respectively.
(ii)Before exceptional items

81


Business review (continued)

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

Net sales (£ million)

The full consolidation of USL, partly offset by adverse exchange delivered reported net sales growth of 5%. Organic net sales flat.

LOGO

10,258 896 (337) Organic movement (127) 123 10,813 2014 2015 Acquisitions and disposals(i) Exchange Price/mix Volume

(i)Impact of acquisitions and disposals on 2014 and 2015. See page 89 for further details.

Reported net sales were up 5%, largely driven by the full consolidation of USL, which contributed £921 million of net sales. Currency weakness, other than the US dollar, had an adverse impact on net sales. Organic volume decline was largely driven by lower shipments in the United States, reduction in inventory levels in South East Asia and West LAC, and the impact of pricing in Venezuela and Brazil. While these price increases in Germanycontributed to positive price, the main driver of organic price/mix was positive mix, led by growth of reserve and Benelux. This decline wasCrown Royal.

Operating profit (£ million)

LOGO

2,707 158 (161) 4 67 22 2,797 2014 2015 Exceptional operating items Acquisitions Exchange Organic movement Disposals

Reported operating profit increased by £90 million primarily due to lower impairment charges of £223 million, lower exceptional restructuring costs of £81 million and the benefit from acquisitions of £67 million partly offset by the successful launchexceptional charge of Baileys Chocolat Luxe, which drove share gains£146 million in Great Britain.

Tequila net sales grew 34% driven by strong performancerespect of Don Julio,settlement of several disputes with strong growth and share gains in the United States, its primary market. This was driven by a significant increase in marketing spend to support new brand positioning and commercial activation around the summer programme, ‘Elevate your Summer’ and ‘Your Margarita Crafted’. Don Julio continued to perform strongly outside of the United States, growing net sales 34%, with particularly strong growth in Western Europe and Australia.

Gin net sales grew 3%, with strong growth in Western Europe, Africa, and Latin America partly offset by a decline in Asia Pacific.

·Tanqueray net sales grew 6% with growth in all regions supported by the extension of the ‘Tonight we Tanqueray’ campaign. There was strong performance across Western Europe, in particular Great Britain, Germany and Iberia where net sales grew and the brand gained share and also Latin America, driven by Brazil, Mexico and Colombia. In the United States, depletions performed well and Diageo grew share but shipments were impacted by higher stock levels at the start of the financial year.

Beer net sales declined 3%. In Nigeria consumers traded down to value beer resulting in share losses, duty changes had a negative impact on Senator keg in Kenya, and there were continued challenges in Ireland and Great Britain.

·Guinness net sales declined 1%, delivering 4ppt of positive price/mix from price increases. The brand declined in Nigeria due to challenging market conditions, however performance improved in the second half driven by a number of activities including new packaging, a new media campaign and increased trade promotions.  Guinness was down 5% in the United States, lapping the launch of Guinness Black Lager and down 3% in Western Europe where the on trade remains challenging. Guinness performed strongly in East Africa where price increases drove net sales growth of 19%, supported by an increase in marketing spend. Growth was also strong in Indonesia.

·Performance of local African beers was negatively impacted by the decline of Harp which was impacted by pricing pressure in Nigeria, and Senator keg which declined driven by October’s excise duty increase in Kenya. These challenges were in part offset by the growth of other local beer brands including Tusker which grew double digit driven by price increases and strong football related marketing programmes, and value beer brands such as Dubic and Satzenbrau in Nigeria and Balozi lager in Kenya which are benefiting from growth in the value segment.

Wine grew net sales 1% with growth largely driven by the United States, as a result of price increases and innovation.

Ready to drink grew 4% driven by South Africa, Great Britain, Venezuela, and Japan, partly offset by a decline in the United States and Australia. In South Africa, strong performance reflects the production and sale to DHN Drinks of Smirnoff Ice Double Black and Guarana to resolve short term capacity issues. In Japan, net sales grew 20% with Smirnoff Ice, the leading bottled ready to drink, extending its leadership position with strong performance by core variants and innovation. Net sales declined in the United States driven by the continued decline of pouches and in Australia where our performance continued to be impacted by the market contraction.

67



Business review (continued)

Operating results 2013 compared with 2012

As at 1 July 2013 the group adopted a number of new standards and amendments and the application of IFRS11 - Joint arrangements and the amendment to IAS19 - Employee benefits resulted in a restatement of comparative figures. The impact on the group’s consolidated statement of comprehensive income and net cash flow for the years ended 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012, and net assets as at 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012 is provided in note 18 to the consolidated financial statements on pages 202 and 203.

1. INCOME STATEMENT

Summary consolidated income statement

 

 

Year ended
30 June 2013
(restated)
£ million

 

Year ended
30 June 2012
(restated)
£ million

 

Sales

 

15,276

 

14,392

 

Excise duties

 

(3,973

)

(3,753

)

Net sales

 

11,303

 

10,639

 

Operating costs before exceptional items

 

(7,824

)

(7,491

)

Operating profit before exceptional items

 

3,479

 

3,148

 

Exceptional operating items

 

(99

)

(40

)

Operating profit

 

3,380

 

3,108

 

Non-operating items

 

(83

)

147

 

Net finance charges

 

(457

)

(441

)

Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures

 

217

 

229

 

Profit before taxation

 

3,057

 

3,043

 

Taxation

 

(507

)

(1,011

)

Profit from continuing operations

 

2,550

 

2,032

 

Discontinued operations

 

 

(11

)

Profit for the year

 

2,550

 

2,021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

Equity shareholders of the parent company

 

2,452

 

1,901

 

Non-controlling interests

 

98

 

120

 

 

 

2,550

 

2,021

 

Sales and net sales

On a reported basis, sales increased by £884 million from £14,392 millionKorean tax authorities in the year ended 30 June 2012 to £15,2762015 and adverse exchange rate movements of £161 million. Organic operating profit growth was £22 million (0.7%).

82


Business review (continued)

Operating margin (%)

Full consolidation of USL rebased operating margin by c200bps. Organic operating margin improved 24bps.

LOGO

26.39% 168bps (61)bps (183)bps Organic movement (64)bps 36bps 52bps 25.87% 2014 2015 Exceptional operating items Gross margin Exchange Marketing Acquisitions and disposals Other operating expenses

(i)Exchange impacts in respect of profit on intergroup sales of products and the intergroup recharges have been re-allocated to the respective income statement categories for the purposes of calculating margin impacts only.

Operating margin was 25.87% in the year ended 30 June 20132015 (2014 – 26.39%). Excluding the impact of lower exceptional charges which benefited operating margin by 168bps, operating margin decreased 220bps from 30.55% to 28.35%).

The full consolidation of USL lowered reported operating margin for the group. The organic improvement in margin was largely as a result of cost savings and net salesefficiencies, which more than offset the impact of cost inflation and negative market mix.

Basic earnings per share (pence)

Eps increased by £664 millionto 95.0 pence from £10,639 million89.7 pence. Eps before exceptional items fell 6.7 pence.

LOGO

89.7 12 1.6 (6.4) (3.1) 1.4 1.5 (1.3) (0.4) 95.0 2014 2015 Exceptional items(i) Operating profit excluding FX Exchange on operating profit Associates and joint ventures Finance charges Tax Non-controlling interests Other including USL(ii)

(i)Exceptional items net of tax and non-controlling interests.
(ii)The organic impact of fully consolidating USL results is included in other. The movements for operating profit, finance charges, tax and non-controlling interests, all exclude USL.

Earnings per share was 95.0 pence in the year ended 30 June 20122015 (2014 – 89.7 pence), with an exceptional gain after tax of £155 million, compared to £11,303an exceptional loss after tax of £271 million in the prior year, benefiting eps by 12 pence. Eps before exceptional items of 88.8 for the year ended 30 June 2015 fell 6.7 pence as compared to 95.5 pence for the year ended 30 June 2014 largely as a result of adverse exchange movements and lower income from associates and joint ventures. Organic growth in operating profit had a positive impact on eps. Net finance charges excluding acquired debt in USL reduced due to lower interest rates which benefited eps.

                     

Movement in net finance charges

  £ million 

2014

   388  

Net interest charge decrease

   (48

Consolidation of net borrowings acquired in USL

   60  

Movement in other finance charges

   12  
  

 

 

 

2015

   412  
  

 

 

 

83


Business review (continued)

                                          
               2015            2014 

Average monthly net borrowings (£ million)

   10,459    9,174  

Effective interest rate(i)

   3.5  3.8

(i)For the calculation of the effective interest rate, the net interest charge excludes fair value adjustments to derivative financial instruments and borrowings. Average monthly net borrowings include the impact of interest rate swaps that are no longer in a hedge relationship but excludes the market value adjustment for cross currency interest rate swaps.

The increase in average net borrowings was principally the result of the acquisition of the controlling interest in USL, completed on 2 July 2014, and the consolidation of USL’s net borrowings. The effective interest rate decreased in the year ended 30 June 2013. Exchange2015 as the negative impact of consolidating USL’s net borrowings was more than offset by lower interest rates on new debt issued and an increase in the proportion of floating rate movements decreased reported sales by £82 million and reported net sales by £60 million. Acquisitions increased reported sales by £317 million and reported net sales by £233 million and disposals decreased both reported sales and net sales by £19 million.debt through the use of swaps.

 

84


Operating costs before exceptional itemsBusiness review (continued)

 

OnNet cash from operating activities and free cash flow (£ million)

Net cash from operating activities increased from £1,790 million to £2,551 million.

LOGO

1,790 (40) 76 (156) 734 79 68 2,551 2014 2015 USL OCF(i) Operating profit(ii) Exchange(iii) Working capital movement Interest tax Other operating items(iv)

(i)USL net cash from operating activities is shown separately and is excluded from the other line items shown above.
(ii)Operating profit after operating exceptional items adjusted for non-cash items including depreciation and amortisation, excluding exchange.
(iii)Includes £5 million relating to translation exchange impact of exceptional operating items.
(iv)Other operating items includes pension related payments, dividends received from associates and joint ventures, and payments in respect of the settlement of Thalidomide

Free cash flow was £1,963 million in 2015 an increase of £728 million.

LOGO

1,235 (7) (57) Operating profit 76 (156) 734 (7) 79 59 1,963 2014 2015 USL free cash flow(i) Operating profit excluding exchange(ii) Exchange Working capital movement Net capex movement Interest and tax Other operating items(iii)

(i)USL free cash flow is shown separately and is excluded from the other line items shown above.
(ii)Operating profit adjusted for non-cash items including depreciation and amortisation.
(iii)Other operating items includes pension related payments, dividends received from associates and joint ventures, and payments in respect of the settlement of Thalidomide.

The increase in net cash from operating activities was primarily driven by the positive working capital movement. This was largely due to lower debtors as a reported basis, operating costs before exceptional items increased by £333 million from £7,491 millionresult of phasing of shipments, with days sales outstanding 6 days lower than last year. This compares with an increase in debtors in the prior year

85


Business review (continued)

Return on invested capital (%)

The return on closing invested capital of 26.7% for the year ended 30 June 20122015, calculated as reported profit for the year divided by net assets as of 30 June 2015, decreased by 200bps compared to £7,824 million inreturn on closing invested capital of 28.7%, for the year ended 30 June 2013 due to an increase2014 driven by the acquisition of USL, the partially offset by the impacts of exceptional gains on the sale of businesses in cost2015 and lower exceptional operating charges.

The investment in USL has rebased return on average invested capital (ROIC)(i). Adverse exchange and lower income from associates reduced ROIC in the year

LOGO

14.1% (1.1)pps 0.2pps (0.4)pps (0.3)pps (0.2)pps 12.3% 2014(ii) 2015(ii) USL Operating profit after tax Exchange Associates and joint ventures including FX Other

(i)ROIC calculation excludes exceptional items.
(ii)For the years ended 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2015 average net assets were adjusted for the inclusion of USL as though it was owned throughout the year as it became an associate on 4 July 2013 and a subsidiary on 2 July 2014.

The additional investment in USL and full consolidation of sales of £212 millionits results reduced ROIC by 1.1pps. Exchange movements reduced operating profit, but the impact on ROIC was partially offset by exchange reducing invested capital. Lower income from £4,177 million to £4,389 million, an increaseassociates reduced ROIC in marketing spend of £98 million from £1,671 million to £1,769 million, and an increase in other operating expenses before exceptional costs of £23 million, from £1,643 million to £1,666 million. Exchange rate movements benefited total operating costs before exceptional items by £56 million.the year.

 

Cost

86


Business review (continued)

Income statement

                                                                                          
   2014
£ million
  Exchange
(a)
£ million
  Acquisitions
and disposals
(b)
£ million
  Organic
movement
£ million
  2015
£ million
 

Sales

   13,980    (509  2,321    174    15,966  

Excise duties

   (3,722  172    (1,425  (178  (5,153
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net sales

   10,258    (337  896    (4  10,813  

Cost of sales(i)

   (4,006  61    (666  26    (4,585
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross profit

   6,252    (276  230    22    6,228  

Marketing

   (1,620  47    (74  18    (1,629

Other operating expenses(i)

   (1,498  68    (85  (18  (1,533
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating profit before exceptional items

   3,134    (161  71    22    3,066  

Exceptional operating items (c)

   (427    (269
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating profit

   2,707      2,797  

Non-operating items (c)

   140      373  

Net finance charges

   (388    (412

Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures

   252      175  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

   2,711      2,933  

Taxation

   (447    (466
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Profit from continuing operations

   2,264      2,467  

Discontinued operations (c)

   (83      
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Profit for the year

   2,181      2,467  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(i)Before exceptional operating items

(a) Exchange

The impact of sales excluding exceptional itemsmovements in exchange rates on reported figures was £4,389 millionprincipally in respect of the Venezuelan bolivar, the euro, the Russian rouble and the US dollar.

In February 2015, the Central Bank of Venezuela opened a new mechanism (known as SIMADI) that allows private and public companies to trade foreign currency with fewer restrictions than other mechanisms in Venezuela. As a result, the group has

used the SIMADI exchange rate to consolidate its Venezuelan operations for the year ended 30 June 2013 compared with £4,177 million in2015. For the year ended 30 June 2012. The 1% volume increase together with some favourable mix impact added £37 million2014, the group applied the Sicad II exchange rate to cost of sales. Acquisitions and disposals added £96 million, with Ypióca and Shuijingfang being the main contributors, and positive exchange movements reduced cost of sales by £23 million. As expected cost increases on materials, utilities and logistics amounted to around 4% of cost of sales. This was partially mitigated by cost reductions through packaging sourcing initiatives, asset rationalisation, procurement benefits and operational efficiencies arising from restructuring programmes implemented in recent years.

68



Business review (continued)

Exceptional operating items

Net exceptional operating charges of £99 million in the year ended 30 June 2013 comprised:

·£25 million (2012 — £nil) for the Supply excellence restructuring programme,

·a charge of £44 million (2012 — £27 million) for the restructuring of the group’s Global Supplyconsolidate its operations in Ireland, Scotland and inVenezuela.

Applying the United States,

·a gainSIMADI consolidation rate of £20 million in respect of changes to future pension increases for the Diageo Guinness Ireland Group Pension Scheme (2012 — £115 million in respect of the group’s principal UK and Irish pension schemes), and

·a brand impairment charge of £50 million (2012 — £59 million) in respect of the Cacique brand.

In the year ended 30 June 2012 exceptional operating items also included a charge of £69 million for the operating model review announced in 2011.

In the year ended 30 June 2013 total restructuring cash expenditure was £61 million (2012 — £158 million).

Post employment plans

The deficit in respect of post employment plans before taxation decreased by £535 million from £1,076 million at 30 June 2012 to £541 million at 30 June 2013 primarily as a result of the one off cash contribution of £400 million into the Diageo UK Pension Scheme. In addition, an increase in the market value of plan assets was partially offset by a decrease in the discount rates used to calculate the liabilities of the Irish plans and an increase in the inflation assumptions in the United Kingdom. Cash contributions$1 = VEF197.30 (£1 = VEF309.76) compared to the group’s UKSicad II rate of $1 = VEF49.98 (£1 = VEF85.47) would have reduced net assets and Irish post employment plans incash and cash equivalents as at 1 July 2014 by £60 million and £52 million, respectively, and would have reduced the year ended 30 June 2013 were £529 million (2012 — £131 million).

Operating profit

Reportedpreviously reported net sales and operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2013 increased2014 by £272 million to £3,380 million from £3,108 million in the prior year. Before exceptional operating items, operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2013 increased by £331 million to £3,479 million from £3,148 million in the prior year. Exchange rate movements decreased both operating profit and operating profit before exceptional items for the year ended 30 June 2013 by £4 million. Acquisitions increased reported operating profit by £98£57 million and disposals decreased reported operating profit by £3 million.£36 million, respectively.

 

87


Exceptional non-operating itemsBusiness review (continued)

In the year ended 30 June 2013 a loss of £83 million arose in respect of the Nuvo disposal. In the year ended 30 June 2012 the gain on sale of businesses of £147 million included a step up gain of £124 million on the revaluation of the group’s equity holdings in Sichuan Chengdu Shuijingfang Group Co., Ltd. (SJF Holdco) (formerly Sichuan Chengdu Quanxing Group Company Ltd.) and Sichuan Shuijingfang Co., Ltd (Shuijingfang) to fair value as the associates became subsidiaries during the year. In addition, exceptional non-operating items included a gain of £23 million on the sale of the group’s investment in Tanzania Breweries.

Net finance charges

Net finance charges amounted £457 million in the year ended 30 June 2013 (2012 — £441 million).

Net interest charge increased by £17 million from £382 million in the prior year to £399 million in the year ended 30 June 2013. The effective interest rate was 4.9% (2012 — 4.6%) in the year ended 30 June 2013 and average net borrowings decreased by £39 million compared to the prior year. For the calculation of effective interest rate, the net interest charge excludes fair value adjustments to derivative financial instruments and borrowings and average monthly net borrowings include the impact of interest rate swaps that are no longer in a hedge relationship but exclude the market value adjustment for cross currency interest rate swaps.

Net other finance charges for the year ended 30 June 2013 were £58 million (2012 — £59 million). There was an increase of £1 million in finance charges in respect of post employment plans from an charge of £37 million in the year ended 30 June 2012 to a charge of £38 million in the year ended 30 June 2013. Other finance charges also included £16 million (2012 — £17 million) in respect of the unwinding of discounts on liabilities and a hyperinflation adjustment of £4 million (2012 — £3 million) in respect of the group’s Venezuela operations.

Associates and joint ventures

 

The group’s shareeffect of after tax results of associates and joint ventures was £217 million for the year ended 30 June 2013 compared to £229 millionmovements in the prior year. Diageo’s 34% equity interest in Moët Hennessy contributed £230 million (2012 — £205 million). The share of loss after tax of £13 million (2012 — £24 million profit) from other associates and joint ventures contains a deferred tax write off of £23 million (2012 — £nil).

Profit before taxation

Profit before taxation increased by £14 million from £3,043 million in the prior year to £3,057 million in the year ended 30 June 2013.

Taxation

The reported tax rate decreased from 33.2% in the year ended 30 June 2012 to 16.6% in the year ended 30 June 2013. During the year ended 30 June 2012 tax authority negotiations were concluded resulting in a favourable change to the taxation basis of certain overseas profit and intangible assets which reduced the ongoing tax rate but resulted in the loss of future tax amortisation deductions giving rise to an exceptional write off of the related deferred tax assets of £524 million. The tax rate before exceptional items for the year ended 30 June 2013 increased to 17.4% from 17.2% for the year ended 30 June 2012.

69



Business review (continued)

Discontinued operations

Discontinued operations in the year ended 30 June 2012 represented a charge after taxation of £11 million in respect of anticipated future payments to additional thalidomide claimants.

Exchange

Exchange rate movements are calculated by retranslating the prior year results as if they had been generated at the current year exchange rates. The difference is excluded from organic growth. The estimated effect of exchange rate and other movements on profit before exceptional items and taxation for the year ended 30 June 20132015 is set out in the table below.

Gains/

Gains/
(losses)


£ million

Translation impact

(72

Transaction impact

(89

 

(7

)

Transaction impact

3

Operating profit before exceptional items

(161

 

(4

)

Net finance charges — translation impact

(3

(7

)

Mark to market impact of IAS 39 on interest expense

8

Impact of IAS 21 and IAS 39 on net other finance charges

1

 

2

Interest and other finance charges

(1

)

2

Associates — translation impact

(20

 

(3

)

Total effect on profitProfit before exceptional items and taxation

(179

 

(8

)

 

 

 

Year ended

 

Year ended

 

 

 

30 June

 

30 June

 

 

 

2013

 

 2012

 

Exchange rates

 

 

 

 

 

Translation £1  =

 

$1.57

 

$1.58

 

Transaction £1 =

 

$1.57

 

$1.57

 

Translation £1  =

 

€1.21

 

€1.18

 

Transaction £1 =

 

€1.18

 

€1.19

 

                                          
   Year
ended
30 June
2015
   Year
ended
30 June
2014
 

Exchange rates

    

Translation   £1 =

   $1.57     $1.63  

Transaction   £1 =

   $1.58     $1.59  

Translation   £1 =

   €1.31     €1.20  

Transaction   £1 =

   €1.23     €1.26  

 

7088



Business review (continued)

 

2. SEGMENT REVIEW

(b) Acquisitions and disposals

The organic movements for volume, net sales, marketing spendimpact of acquisitions and disposals on the reported figures was primarily attributable to the full consolidation of United Spirits Limited (USL) from 2 July 2014 and the acquisition of the Mexican distribution rights of Don Julio, partially offset by the disposal of The Old Bushmills Distillery Company Limited on 27 February 2015 and Gleneagles Hotels Limited on 30 June 2015.

(c) Exceptional items

Exceptional operating profit before exceptional items by reporting segment forcharges of £269 million (2014 — £427 million) in the year ended 30 June 2013 were as follows:2015 comprised:

 

Organic growth by region

 

Volume
%

 

Net
sales
%

 

Marketing
spend
%

 

Operating
profit*
%

 

North America

 

1

 

5

 

10

 

9

 

Western Europe

 

(3

)

(4

)

(6

)

(7

)

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

 

4

 

10

 

16

 

10

 

Latin America and Caribbean

 

4

 

15

 

11

 

26

 

Asia Pacific

 

(1

)

3

 

(1

)

6

 

Diageo**

 

1

 

5

 

5

 

8

 

£47 million (2014 — £98) in respect of the Global efficiency programme announced in January 2014;
£35 million (2014 — £35 million) in respect of the Supply excellence restructuring programme;
£41 million in respect of the impairment of the group’s 45.56% equity investment in Hanoi Liquor Joint Stock Company; and
£146 million in respect of settlement of several related disputes with the Korean customs authorities regarding the transfer pricing methodology applicable to imported products. Total payments to settle these disputes in the year were £74 million as £87 million was paid to the customs authorities prior to 30 June 2014, and was previously accounted for as a receivable from Korean customs.

In the year ended 30 June 2014 exceptional impairment loss of £260 million in respect of the Shui Jing Fang brand and £4 million in respect of tangible fixed assets was charged to other operating expenses.

Non-operating itemsin the year ended 30 June 2015 include a gain of £103 million (2014 – £140 million) following the acquisition of additional equity shares in USL which increased the group’s investment in USL from 25.02% to 54.78%, excluding

the 2.38% interest owned by the USL Benefit Trust (2014 – 10.04% to 25.02%). On 2 July 2014 when USL became a subsidiary of the group a gain was recognised on the difference between the book value of the 25.02% investment and the fair value. The gain is net of a £79 million cumulative exchange loss recycled from other comprehensive income and £10 million transaction costs.

On 27 February 2015, the group completed the purchase of the 50% equity interest in Don Julio B.V. that it did not already own (giving Diageo 100% ownership of the brand and production facility) and the Mexican distribution business of Don Julio. As a result of Don Julio becoming a subsidiary of the group a gain of £63 million arose, being the difference between the book value of the joint venture on the date of the transaction and the fair value. In addition, the group reacquired the production and distribution for Smirnoff and Popov in Mexico. As part of the transaction, Diageo also agreed to sell 100% of the equity share capital in The Old Bushmills Distillery Company Limited resulting in an exceptional gain of £174 million.

On 30 June 2015, Diageo completed the disposal of Gleneagles Hotels Limited to the Ennismore group resulting in an exceptional gain of £73 million.

In the year ended 30 June 2015 a provision of £30 million was charged to non-operating items in respect of a guarantee provided to a third party financial institution.

Discontinued operations in the year ended 30 June 2014 comprised a charge after taxation of £83 million (£91 million less tax of £8 million) in respect of the settlement of thalidomide litigation in Australia and New Zealand and anticipated future payments to thalidomide organisations.

Cash payments in the year ended 30 June 2015 for exceptional restructuring items, the legal settlement in Korea, the guarantee and thalidomide were £117 million (2014 – £104 million), £74 million (2014 – £nil), £30 million (2014 – £nil) and £19 million (2014 – £59 million), respectively.

Dividend

The final dividend was 34.9 pence per share, an increase of 9% from the year ended 30 June 2014. The full dividend was therefore 56.4 pence per share, an increase of 9% from the year ended 30 June 2014. Following the approval by shareholders, the final dividend was paid on 8 October 2015 to shareholders on the register on 14 August 2015. The ex-dividend date was 13 August 2015. Payment to US ADR holders was made on 14 October 2015.

 


*Operating profit excluding exceptional items89

**Including Corporate. Corporate


Business review (continued)

MOVEMENTS IN NET BORROWINGS AND EQUITY

                                          

Movement in net borrowings

  2015
£ million
  2014
£ million
 

Net borrowings at the beginning of the year

   (8,850  (8,403

Free cash flow (a)

   1,963    1,235  

Acquisition and sale of businesses (b)

   (306  (534

Net purchase of own shares for share schemes (c)

   (8  (113

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

   (72  (88

Purchase of shares of non-controlling interests (d)

       (37

Net movements in bonds and other borrowings

   (315  (157

Equity dividends paid

   (1,341  (1,228

Other movements

   2    1  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

   (77  (921

Net decrease in bonds and other borrowings

   315    157  

Exchange differences (e)

   (7  349  

Borrowings on acquisition of businesses

   (869    

Other non-cash items

   (39  (32
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net borrowings at the end of the year

   (9,527  (8,850
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a) See page 85 for the analysis of free cash flow.

(b) On 2 July 2014 the group acquired an additional 26% investment in USL for INR 114.5 billion (£1,118 million). On 31 October 2014 the sale of the Whyte and Mackay Group by USL resulted in a net cash receipt of £391 million. On 27 February 2015, Diageo paid $293 million (£192 million) for the 50% equity interest in Don Julio B.V. that it did not already own and for the Mexican distribution rights for Don Julio. As part of the transaction, Diageo also agreed to sell the equity share capital in The Old Bushmills Distillery Company Limited. The net cash consideration received for Bushmills amounted to $709 million (£456 million).

In the year ended 30 June 2014 cash payments primarily comprised £474 million in respect of the acquisition of a 18.74% investment in USL.

(c) Net purchase of own shares comprised purchase of treasury shares for the future settlement of obligations under the employee share option schemes of £75 million (2014 – £208 million) less receipts from employees on the exercise of share options of £67 million (2014 – £95 million).

(d) In the year ended 30 June 2014 Diageo purchased the remaining 7% equity stake in Sichuan Chengdu Shuijingfang Group Co., Ltd.

(e) Exchange differences primarily arose on US dollar and euro denominated borrowings partially offset by the favourable change on foreign exchange swaps and forwards.

90


Business review (continued)

                                          

Movement in equity

  2015
£ million
  2014
£ million
 

Equity at the beginning of the year

   7,590    8,088  

Profit for the year

   2,467    2,181  

Exchange adjustments (a)

   (225  (1,133

Net remeasurement of post employment plans

   113    (167

Exchange recycled to the income statement (b)

   88      

Fair value movements on available-for-sale investments (b)

   20    (85

Non-controlling interests acquired

   641    8  

Purchase of shares of non-controlling interests

       (37

Dividends to non-controlling interests

   (72  (88

Dividends paid

   (1,341  (1,228

Other reserve movements

   (25  51  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Equity at the end of the year

   9,256    7,590  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a) Movement in the year ended 30 June 2015 primarily arose from the exchange loss on Turkish lira, Brazilian real and euro denominated net investments.

(b) Following the acquisition of majority equity stakes in USL, 50% equity interest in Don Julio and one of the group’s joint ventures in South Africa that it did not already own exchange losses of £88 million were recycled to the income statement.

On the acquisition of USL on 2 July 2014 a 43.91% (£641 million) non-controlling interest was recognised. In the year ended 30 June 2014 a gain of £85 million, in respect of USL, was recycled to the income statement reflecting the step up from available-for-sale investment to associate.

Post employment plans

The deficit in respect of post employment plans before taxation decreased by £216 million from £475 million at 30 June 2014 to £259 million at 30 June 2015. The reduction was primarily due to strong asset return and a reduction in long term inflation rates partially offset by a decrease in returns from AA-rated corporate bonds used to calculate the discount rates on the liabilities of the post employment plans (United Kingdom reduced from 4.2% to 3.8% and Ireland from 3.0% to 2.6%).

91


Business review (continued)

NORTH AMERICA

Performance

LOGONetsalesbymarkets(%)Netsalesbycategories(%)Netsalesbypricepoints(%)USSpiritsCanadaandWinesOtherDGUSASpiritsWineOtherBeerRTDsValueSuperpremiumStandardUltrapremiumPremium

                                                                                                            

Key financials

 2014
£ million
  Exchange
£ million
  Acquisitions
and
disposals
£ million
  Organic
movement
£ million
  2015
£ million
  Reported
movement
%
 

Net sales

  3,444    97    (37  (49  3,455      

Marketing

  540    16    7    (21  542      

Operating profit before exceptional items

  1,460    27    (2  (37  1,448    (1

Exceptional operating items

  (35     (28 
 

 

 

     

 

 

  

Operating profit

  1,425       1,420      
 

 

 

     

 

 

  

Net sales

Net sales were £76£3,455 million in the year ended 30 June 2013, up £6 million2015, flat compared to last year. Corporatenet operating charges were £151 sales of £3,444 million in the year ended 30 June 2013 having been £1672014. Net sales were impacted by favourable exchange rate movements of £97 million primarily due to the strength of the US dollar against sterling, offset by the loss of the net sales of £37 million on termination of the transitional arrangements in respect of Jose Cuervo and the disposal of Bushmills in February 2015 and organic net sales decline of £49 million (see further performance analysis below).

Operating profit

Operating profit was £1,420 million in the year ended 30 June 2012. The reduction comprised,2015 a £10decrease of £5 million compared to operating profit of £1,425 million in the year ended 30 June 2014. Operating profit benefitted from favourable exchange rate movements of £27 million (primarily due to the strength of the US dollar partially offset by the euro) offset by an organic decline of £37 million. Operating profit was impacted by exceptional operating charges of £28 million in the year ended 30 June 2015 a decrease of £7 million compared to £35 million in corporate costs, primarilythe year ended 30 June 2014, as a result of lower of restructuring costs.

Further performance analysis

Unless otherwise stated percentage movements refer to organic movements in the following analysis.

In North America, US Spirits has delivered improved depletion performance through the year with the value of distributor depletions, up 3% in the first half and up 4% for the full year. Shipments were broadly in line with depletions and therefore net sales were down 2% year on year as last year shipments were higher than depletions mainly driven by innovation launches. Beer net sales were in line with last year, ready to drink and wine were down slightly and in Canada net sales grew 2%. Volume growth of the reserve portfolio was the main driver of the 1.5pps of increased price/mix as price premiums against the competition, for brands such as Smirnoff and Captain Morgan, were narrowed. This led to lower achieved price year on year but did drive improved share positions. Our innovation agenda continued to lead the industry in North America and this year was a key driver of our net sales. Advertising spend was down as we drove procurement savings on media and agency fees in marketing while maintaining our share of voice. Adjusting for these savings, marketing as a percentage of net sales was roughly flat. Overheads were flat but operating margin declined 47 basis points driven by soft volume and lower net sales of spirits in the United States.

92


Business review (continued)

                                                                                    

Markets and categories:

  Organic
volume
      movement
%
  Reported
volume
      movement
%
  Organic
net sales
movement

%
  Reported
net sales
      movement
%
 

North America

   (3  (4  (1    
     

US Spirits and Wines

   (3  (5  (2  1  

DGUSA

   (3  (3  (1  3  

Canada

   3    3    2    (4
     

Spirits(i)

   (3  (3  (1  1  

Beer

           (1  1  

Wine

   (2  (2  (2  2  

Ready to drink

   (3  (25  (1  (14

Global giants and local stars(i):

  Reported
volume
      movement(ii)
%
  Organic
net sales
      movement
%
  Reported
net sales
      movement
%
 

Smirnoff

    (2  (3  (1

Captain Morgan

    (10  (12  (10

Johnnie Walker

    (8  (15  (12

Guinness

    2    2    4  

Baileys

    (5  (5  (3

Tanqueray

    (2  (2  1  

Crown Royal

    13    12    15  

Cîroc

    4    4    8  

Ketel One vodka

    (2  (2  1  

Bulleit

    32    36    41  

Don Julio

    5    9    13  

Buchanan’s

    17    18    23  

(i)Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii)Reported equals organic volume movement.

93


Business review (continued)

Net sales in US Spirits and Wines declined 2% while the value of distributor depletions was up 4%. Diageo’s North American whisk(e)y performance was very strong with the portfolio outpacing category growth and net sales up 13%. Crown Royal was the primary driver as Crown Royal Regal Apple, the top selling innovation according to Nielsen, gained share as it recruited new consumers to the brand, driving double digit top line growth for the trademark. Bulleit, the fastest growing unflavoured North American whisk(e)y, drove one third of that category’s growth with net sales up 35%. Both Bulleit Bourbon and Bulleit Rye led their respective segments through increased distribution, consumer experience marketing, and the engagement of key trade influencers. In scotch, Buchanan’s was the fastest growing brand in the United States, with net sales up over 20%. Buchanan’s resonates particularly well with the growing Hispanic population, and this year added sponsorship of the Latin Grammy Awards to its full suite of marketing activities. Johnnie Walker did not perform well, partly as a result of lapping the strong launch of Platinum and Gold Label Reserve last year but also due to a reduction in acquisition costspromotional activities for Red, Black, and a £6 million favourable exchange rate movement.

NORTH AMERICA

Key highlights

·US spirits net sales grew 8% driven by a strong performance in North American whiskey, scotch, and vodka. Crown Royal and Bulleit Bourbon contributed more than 45% of theBlue Label. Cîroc net sales growth following successful innovations such as Crown Royal Maple Finished and Bulleit 10 year old which were launched this year. Smirnoff delivered a strongof 4% was driven by the notable success of Cîroc Pineapple, the latest addition to the flavour range. Despite an improved performance and grewtrajectory, net sales 6%of Smirnoff declined 4% as the flavour portfolio, confections in particular, continued to be a drag on performance. The launch of Captain Morgan White Flavours partially offset the effect of lapping the prior year’s launch of Captain Morgan White which, together with weakness on Original Spiced, drove double digit net sales decline for the expansionbrand. Net sales of tequila were up double digit, driven by 10% growth of Don Julio, which was supported by marketing campaigns focused on the heritage and craftsmanship of the confectionery linebrand, and the launch of Smirnoff Kissed Caramel, Iced Cakenew DeLeón variants, which broadened the price range and Root Beer Float. Johnnie Walkercontributed to increased distribution of the brand.

Guinness net sales 14% driven bywere up 3% on the strong performance of both Johnnie Walker Black Label and Blue Label. 5pptsBlonde American Lager. Guinness Draught was weak given competition in the craft beer segment, particularly in the on trade. Net sales of positive price/ mix arose from price increases put through across categories and positive mix from premiumisation asready to drink declined slightly, bringing net sales ofDGUSAdown 1%. Stronger execution and competitive pricing on Smirnoff Ice stabilised the reserve brands grew 9%. Net salescore and flavoured variants but the brand’s growth instill lags the fourth quarter benefited from category.
InCanadathe shipment of a new Cîroc flavour which was launched in July.

·Canada’s distribution system helped drive net sales growth of 8%2%. Spirits growth of 3% was driven by price increases across categories, successful innovation launches in whiskey, rum, and liqueurs, and the impact of increased marketing investment behind Johnnie Walker Crown Royal and Baileys as well as bulk whiskey sales.

·Net sales in beer declined 1%. Guinness lost share in the United States as we lapped the introduction of Guinness Black Lager and Red Stripe was affected by supply disruptions.

·vodka. Ready to drink net sales declined 10% asgrowth was principally due to Smirnoff Ice facedvariants, with beer down and wine down double digit. Tactical price reductions resulted in share improvement, with a marginally negative impact on price/mix.

Marketing investment in North America reduced 4% driven by US Spirits and Wines, which delivered significant savings on media and agency fees and procurement efficiencies. Advertising remained focused on Cîroc, Crown Royal, Smirnoff, Captain Morgan and Johnnie Walker, and increased competition from established beer brands.on Don Julio and Bulleit to support new programmes. Marketing investment in DGUSA supported the launch of Guinness Blonde American Lager and in Canada, a 1% increase went behind innovation launches.

94


Business review (continued)

 

EUROPE, RUSSIA AND TURKEY

Performance

LOGO

Net sales by markets (%) Net sales by categories (%) Net sales by price points Europe Turkey Russia Other Spirits RTDs Wine Beer Other Value Super premium Premium Standard Ultra premium

                                                                                                            

Key financials

  2014
£ million
  Exchange
£ million
  Acquisitions
and
disposals

£ million
  Organic
movement

£ million
   2015
£ million
  Reported
movement
%
 

Net sales

   2,814    (186  (13  2     2,617    (7

Marketing

   413    (30  (1  6     388    (6

Operating profit before exceptional items

   853    (67  (2  20     804    (6

Exceptional operating items

   (20      (20 
  

 

 

      

 

 

  

Operating profit

   833        784    (6
  

 

 

      

 

 

  

Net sales

Net sales were £2,617 million in the year ended 30 June 2015 a decrease of £197 million compared to net sales of £2,814 million in the year ended 30 June 2014. Net sales were impacted by adverse exchange rate movements of £186 million, principally because of the weakness of the euro, Russian rouble and Turkish lira and the loss of net sales of £13 million on the disposal of Bushmills in February 2015. Organic growth improved net sales by £2 million (see further performance analysis below).

Operating profit

Operating profit was £784 million in the year ended 30 June 2015 a decrease of £49 million compared to operating profit of £833 million in the year ended 30 June 2014. Operating profit was impacted by adverse exchange rate movements of £67 million because of the weakness of the euro, Russian rouble and Turkish lira partially offset by organic growth of £20 million. Operating profit was impacted by exceptional operating charges in respect of restructuring costs of £20 million in the year ended 30 June 2015 and the year ended 30 June 2014.

Further performance analysis

Unless otherwise stated percentage movements refer to organic movements in the following analysis.

Europe, Russia and Turkey’s performance reflected a flat performance in Europe, growth in Turkey and a challenging environment in Russia. In Europe, although performance improved in half of our markets. Reserve brands delivered another strong performance with net sales up 20% and growing double digit even in the more challenging economies in Southern Europe. Innovation remained a key performance driver with net sales up 30% driven by successes such as ‘The Brewers Project’ which helped put Guinness back in growth in both Great Britain and Ireland. We continued to invest in our route to consumer, increasing the number of sales people by 30% and the number of outlets we cover by 60%. In Russia, which continued to be impacted by economic volatility, consumers traded down and customers reduced inventory levels while Diageo gained share in scotch and rum. Turkey net sales were up 3% driving premiumisation in the raki category and gained share in scotch and vodka. Total operating margin for the region improved 75bps largely driven by gross margin improvement in Turkey, and overhead cost reduction in Europe, which was partially reinvested in marketing and route to consumer.

95


Business review (continued)

                                                                                    

Markets and categories:

  Organic
volume
movement
%
  Reported
volume
movement
%
  Organic
net sales
movement
%
  Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Europe, Russia and Turkey

               (7
     

Europe

   (1  (1      (5

Russia

   (12  (12  (14  (42

Turkey

           3    (5
     

Spirits(i)

   (1  (1  1    (8

Beer

   1    1    1    (4

Wine

           (1  (4

Ready to drink

   (6  (6  (2  (5

Global giants and local stars(i):

  Reported
volume
movement(ii)
%
  Organic
net sales

movement
%
  Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Guinness

    1    2    (2

Smirnoff

    (2  (4  (7

Johnnie Walker

    (5  (7  (15

Baileys

    (3  (4  (10

Captain Morgan

    9    10    1  

Yenì Raki

    (4  4    (6

JeB

    (1  (3  (10

(i)Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii)Reported equals organic volume movement.

96


Business review (continued)

InEurope net sales were flat:

InGreat Britain net sales were up 3%, with spirits, beer, and ready to drink all in growth. Reserve net sales were up 47% driven by Cîroc and the successful launch of Haig Club. Captain Morgan net sales were up 15%, with investment focused on increased activation in outlets and Smirnoff was back in growth with net sales up 1%, supported by the new ‘We’re Open’ campaign. Beer net sales were up 2% driven by innovation on Guinness. Ready to drink net sales were up 8% supported by strong growth in pre-mix. The only weakness was in Baileys where net sales were down 1%, however Baileys Original was in growth.
InIreland net sales were down 1%, or flat after accounting for the transfer of wine sales to Diageo Wines Europe. Guinness sustained its positive momentum with net sales up 2%, supported by successful innovations launched through ‘The Brewers Project at St James’s Gate’. Net sales in spirits were down 2% as the category continued to be affected by last year’s duty increase.
Within Continental Europe,Southern Europe net sales were down 1%. Net sales in Iberia were flat, after accounting for a transfer of sales of one customer to Africa Regional Markets, but showing positive momentum with growth from Tanqueray and Gordon’s in a vibrant gin category and declines in J·eMarketing investmentB and Cacique. Double digit growth of reserve was the main driver behind the 1% net sales growth in Italy, where Zacapa was up 10% driven by an increased investment behind strategic brands. Increased spend of 24% on Johnnie Walkerand Cîroc more than trebled net sales. In Greece, performance was focused on the ‘My Label is Black’ campaign which was designed to celebrate the Hispanic community. Successful campaigns included the ‘Reign On’ campaign for Crown Royal, the continuation of the ‘Master of the Mix’ programme, featuring a DJ competition on cable TV, sponsored by Smirnoff, and the ‘Luck Be a Lady’ campaign for Cîroc featuring Sean Combs. Increased investment behind Bulleit Bourbon was focused on raising consumer awareness of the brand.

·Price increases implemented across the portfolio and positive mix from the double digit net sales growth of our super and ultra premium brands drove 128bpts of organic operating margin improvement.

71



Business review (continued)

Performance†

Key financials

 

2012
Reported
£ million

 

Exchange
£ million

 

Acquisitions
and
disposals*
£ million

 

Organic
movement
£ million

 

2013
Reported
£ million

 

Reported
movement
%

 

Net sales

 

3,547

 

22

 

(24

)

178

 

3,723

 

5

 

Marketing spend

 

543

 

6

 

(18

)

50

 

581

 

7

 

Operating profit before exceptional items

 

1,352

 

14

 

(3

)

115

 

1,478

 

9

 

Exceptional items

 

(11

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating profit

 

1,341

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,478

 

10

 


*Diageo reported net sales of £267 million (2012 — £266 million) from Jose Cuervo in North America. Acquisitions and disposals are in respect of the year on year movement for Jose Cuervo, as a result of the termination of the distribution agreement, and for disposals made in the years ended 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012. The variance is primarily drivenimpacted by the sales declinedeterioration of Nuvo.

 

 

Organic
volume
movement*
%

 

Organic
net sales
movement
%

 

Reported
net sales
movement
%

 

Key markets and categories:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

North America

 

1

 

5

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US Spirits

 

3

 

8

 

7

 

DGUSA

 

(7

)

(6

)

(6

)

Diageo Chateau & Estate Wines

 

1

 

3

 

4

 

Canada

 

 

8

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spirits**

 

2

 

8

 

8

 

Beer

 

(2

)

(1

)

(3

)

Wine

 

1

 

4

 

4

 

Ready to drink

 

(10

)

(10

)

(11

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Global and local leaders**:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Johnnie Walker

 

5

 

12

 

13

 

Crown Royal

 

14

 

17

 

17

 

Buchanan’s

 

13

 

19

 

19

 

Smirnoff

 

2

 

5

 

6

 

Ketel One vodka

 

5

 

8

 

8

 

Cîroc

 

1

 

4

 

5

 

Captain Morgan

 

 

4

 

4

 

Baileys

 

4

 

7

 

8

 

Tanqueray

 

7

 

11

 

12

 

Guinness

 

(2

)

(1

)

 


Restated following the adoption of IFRS 11 and the amendment to IAS 19.

*Organic equals reported movement for volume except for Canada (1)%, beer (3)% ready to drink (12)%, and wine 0%, reflecting the North American wine and other disposals and the termination of the Jose Cuervo distribution agreement.

**Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

72



Business review (continued)

WESTERN EUROPE

Key highlights

·In the stronger economies of Germany, Austria, and Benelux double digit net sales growth was delivered. Germany and Austria maintained strong momentum on the back of increased marketing investment and expansion of the sales force in the off trade. Captain Morgan and Smirnoff both grew volume and share while net sales of Mey İçki’s brands in Germany, the largest export market for raki, grew following increased marketing.

·In Great Britain, innovation and growth of reserve brands offset the impact of a weaker beer market. Innovations included Pimm’s Blackberry & Elderflower and a further range extension of pre-mix cans. Growth in reserve was driven by the introduction of Cîroc. Guinness net sales declined 3%, howevereconomic environment in the last quarter, Guinness gained share aswhich resulted in a result4% net sales decline. InGermany andAustria, net sales declined 2%. In Germany net sales were up 5%. Underlying performance was strong with net sales of increased marketing investment.

·Baileys, Captain Morgan and Johnnie Walker Red Label all up double digit. In Ireland, Austria, net sales were down 53% against the beer market contracted across all channels duebuy in ahead of the excise duty increase in January 2014. InBenelux performance continued to be impacted by the weak economy, and Guinness declined 5%. However, as a result of increased investment, the brand has gained sharedecision to realign prices in the last quarter.

·Net sales in France declined 8%first half on premium core brands which resulted in a weak trading environmentnet sales decline of 10%. InPoland, net sales of Johnnie Walker Red Label declined 15% and JεBthe brand lost share, as promotional activity bysome competitors increased.

·did not follow Diageo price increases to cover last year’s excise duty increase.

In a challenging trading environment inIberia, Greece Franceand Italy now represent 3% of Diageo’s net sales after a numberincreased 2% largely driven by growth in scotch, with Scotch malts up 6%, and the strong performance of years of tough trading. In these Southern European markets, volume declined 13% and net sales declined 16% as deeper austerity measures affected overall consumption and sales mix. JεB and Baileys were impacted the most, declining 30% and 18%, respectively.

·Captain Morgan was the best performing brandwhich, in Western Europe with 15%its third year, more than doubled net sales growth primarily in Great Britain and Germany driven by higher marketing investment. Reserve continues to show significant growth across Western Europe, with strong growth from the Malts portfolio, while Tanqueray performed well in Great Britain, Benelux, and Germany and gained share in the key gin market of Spain.

·In Western Europe, innovation plays an increasingly important role. Innovation is focused on both sustaining prior year launches, such as Captain Morgan in Germany, and The Singleton in Northern Europe, and on ensuring successful new launches in this year, such as Pimm’s Limited Editions, Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve, and Johnnie Walker Platinum Label.

·sales.

Net sales inDiageo Wines Europe were up 3% largely driven by the transfer of wine net sales from Diageo Ireland and the strong performance of [yellow tail].
InRussia, net sales declined 10%14%, driven by both destocking amongst distributors and consumers trading down. This impacted Johnnie Walker, however Diageo extended its leadership in whisky and rum, and gained share with brands such as White Horse, Black & White and Captain Morgan.
InTurkey net sales grew 3% despite an excise duty increase in January and the earlier start to Ramadan. Net sales in raki were up 5% with Yenì Raki and the super premium variant Tekirdağ Raki premiumising the category. Good underlying performance of international spirits resulted in share gains for Johnnie Walker, Smirnoff and Baileys.
Marketing investment in Europe, Russia and Turkey increased 2% largely driven by Europe where spend was up 3%. The increased investment was focused on the biggest growth opportunities such as reserve and innovation to support the launches of Haig Club and the Guinness Brewers project.

97


Business review (continued)

AFRICA

Performance

LOGONetsalesbymarkets(%)Netsalesbycategories(%)Netsalesbypricepoints(%)NigeriaSouthAfricaEastAfricaOtherAfricaRegionalMarketsSpiritsWineOtherBeerRTDsValueSuperpremiumStandardUltrapremiumPremium

                                                                                                                              

Key financials

  2014
£ million
  Exchange
£ million
  Acquisitions
and
disposals

£ million
   Organic
movement

£ million
   2015
£ million
  Reported
movement
%
 

Net sales

   1,430    (100       85     1,415    (1

Marketing

   152    (10       5     147    (3

Operating profit before exceptional items

   340    (52  1     29     318    (6

Exceptional operating items

   (23       (7 
  

 

 

       

 

 

  

Operating profit

   317         311    (2
  

 

 

       

 

 

  

Net sales

Net sales were £1,415 million in the financial year mainly dueended 30 June 2015 a decrease of £15 million compared to the lappingnet sales of very strong En Primeur sales£1,430 million in the previous year ended 30 June 2014. Net sales were impacted by adverse exchange rate movements of £100 million primarily driven by the weak Nigerian naira, Ghana cedi and South African rand mainly offset by organic growth of £85 million (see further performance analysis below).

Operating profit

Operating profit was £311 million in the decisionyear ended 30 June 2015 a decrease of £6 million compared to exit from some low value wines.operating profit of £317 million in the year ended 30 June 2014. Operating profit was adversely impacted by £52 million exchange rate movements driven by the weak Nigerian naira, Ghana cedi and South African rand partially offset by organic growth of £29 million. Operating profit was impacted by exceptional operating charges in respect of restructuring costs of £7 million in the year ended 30 June 2015, compared to £23 million for the year ended 30 June 2014.

Further performance analysis

73



Unless otherwise stated percentage movements refer to organic movements in the following analysis.

Business review (continued)

Performance†

Key financials

 

2012
Reported
£ million

 

Exchange
£ million

 

Acquisitions
and
disposals
£ million

 

Organic
movement
£ million

 

2013
Reported
£ million

 

Reported
movement
%

 

Net sales

 

2,331

 

(36

)

1

 

(93

)

2,203

 

(5

)

Marketing spend

 

355

 

(8

)

1

 

(20

)

328

 

(8

)

Operating profit before exceptional items

 

712

 

(12

)

(1

)

(49

)

650

 

(9

)

Exceptional items

 

43

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(31

)

 

 

Operating profit

 

755

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

619

 

(18

)

 

 

Organic
volume
movement*
%

 

Organic
net sales
movement
%

 

Reported
net sales
movement
%

 

Key categories:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Western Europe

 

(3

)

(4

)

(5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spirits**

 

(2

)

(3

)

(4

)

Beer

 

(6

)

(5

)

(7

)

Wine

 

(13

)

(7

)

(7

)

Ready to drink

 

(13

)

(8

)

(9

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Global and local leaders**:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Johnnie Walker

 

(2

)

(1

)

(3

)

JεB

 

(18

)

(24

)

(26

)

Smirnoff

 

2

 

(1

)

(2

)

Captain Morgan

 

17

 

15

 

13

 

Baileys

 

(4

)

(6

)

(7

)

Guinness

 

(5

)

(3

)

(4

)


Restated following the adoption of IFRS 11Good performances in both beer and the amendmentspirits led to IAS 19.

*Organic equals reported movement for volume except for spirits (1)% and ready to drink (14)%

**Spirits brands excluding ready to drink

74



Business review (continued)

AFRICA, EASTERN EUROPE AND TURKEY

Key highlights

·Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey delivered 10% net sales growth, with spirits net sales up 13%6% in Africa. Investments in route to consumer together with innovation drove an 8% increase in beer and led to double digit growth in spirits. The mainstream beer market in Nigeria remained challenged as consumers moved towards more value products, impacting the performance of Guinness and Harp. However the national rollout of Orijin and renovation of Satzenbrau drove an increase in beer net sales up 5% and therefore spirits have driven 60% of the region’s net sales growth. Volume9%. Investment in Guinness marketing has stabilised volume share in the region was up 4% despite a challenging Africa beer market. Readybrand. Good progress in route to drink net sales grew 32%, driven by Africa.

·Nigeria provedconsumer led to be a challenging market as consumer confidence was negatively impacted by low government spending and the beer market continued to decline. Volume decreased 1%, however, net sales grew 5% as a result of 52%strong net sales growth in spiritsGhana, and price/mix in beer. Beer volume decreased 4%, largely due to Harp and Guinness, however Diageo’s beer businessCameroon, strong marketing campaigns delivered net sales growth of 1% as the beer route to market was reinforced through investmentand share gains in Guinness’ distribution network, and an increased sales force. Malta Guinness delivered 15% net sales growth following the introduction of Malta Guinness Low Sugar last year, price increases, and marketing investment.Guinness. In spirits, Johnnie Walker net sales grew 63% and Baileys net sales were up 30%, as a result of increased distribution and marketing investment. Johnnie Walker spend was focused behind outdoor advertising, the ‘Keep Walking’ campaign, and event sponsorship while Baileys increased visibility and promotions, coupled with a new bottle launch. Snapp, an apple flavoured ready to drink, targeting the female audience, performed well, benefiting from marketing support, strong distribution and launch events.

·EastSouth Africa, delivered 10% net sales growth from 3% volume growth. Beer net sales increased by 9%, driven by beer brands in Kenya. Guinness delivered 19% net sales driven by the ‘Made of More’ advertising campaign, and the Guinness Football Challenge promotion and grew margin as a result of price increases. Tusker net sales were up 13% largely because of favourable price/mix, and volume also grew due to strong marketing support through soccer sponsorships and the ‘It’s Our Time’ campaign. Senator beer net sales grew 9% driven by growth of Senator Keg in Kenya, and the introduction of Senator in Tanzania. There was some weakness in local spirits, however, international spirits performed particularly well with Johnnie Walker and Smirnoff delivering 22% and 24% incremental net sales, respectively. Johnnie Walker’s performance was delivered through a mix of growth drivers, including building bar staff capability in premium spirits, educational whisky events for consumers, and on trade activations to promote smaller sized bottles. Key drivers of Smirnoff growth were price increase and geographic mix. Ready to drink net sales were up 48% as Smirnoff Ice and Snapp continued to grow.

·In Africa Regional Markets spirits growth was drivenunderpinned by the continued strong performances of Smirnoff 1818, which is now a two million case brand, and Johnnie Walker, which deliveredwhile overall growth was impacted by a decline in ready to drink. Reserve brands grew 26% with double digit increases in netSouth Africa, East Africa and Nigeria. Increased sales across all key markets. Beer net salesof mainstream brands, which have lower costs per case, together with procurement and supply efficiencies were drivenpartially offset by price increasesan increase in Ghana, Cameroon,marketing and Seychelles. In Ghana, beer benefited from the government’s tax concessions on products containing a majorityroute to consumer investments leading to organic operating margin improvement of local raw materials. This helped to offset supply constraints, such as water shortages and increased energy costs. In Cameroon, growing competition from lagers and beer price increases impacted volume. Strong performance of Meta in Ethiopia contributed to total beer net sales growth. Marketing investment was focused behind Johnnie Walker in spirits as well as Ruut Extra in Ghana, Malta Guinness in Cameroon, and Meta beer.75 basis points.

 

·98


South Africa Business review (continued)

                                                                                    

Markets and categories:

  Organic
volume
movement
%
  Reported
volume
movement
%
  Organic
net sales
movement
%
  Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Africa

   7    7    6    (1
     

Nigeria

   13    13    6    (3

East Africa

   7    7    9    6  

Africa Regional Markets

   14    14    15    1  

South Africa

   (2  (2  (7  (12
     

Spirits(i)

   17    17    13    7  

Beer

   4    4    8    (1

Ready to drink

   (34  (34  (28  (33

Global giants and local stars(i):

  Reported
volume
movement(ii)
%
  Organic
net sales
movement
%
  Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Guinness

    (5  (7  (15

Johnnie Walker

    3    7    2  

Smirnoff

    22    22    16  

Tusker

    (6  3    1  

Malta

    (8  (5  (17

Senator

    (11  (16  (20

Harp

    (40  (46  (50

(i)Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii)Reported equals organic volume movement.

Nigeriadelivered a strong performance in spirits driving net salesdouble digit volume growth driven primarily by the national rollout of 17%. Scotch was the largest contributor following national roll out of VAT 69 and JεB promotion campaigns. The expansion of the Johnnie Walker Red Label ‘Step Up’ campaign and the launch of the ‘Keep Walking’ campaign targeted at emerging middle class consumers drove premiumisation. As a result, Johnnie WalkerOrijin, while net sales grew 31% and share increased. In vodka, Smirnoff maintained last year’s performance trajectory and grew net sales 19%6%. As pricing and value are key to growth of spirits against local beer and brandy, 500ml PET packaging was launched, following the successful introduction of the 200ml PET pack last year. Smirnoff introduced new flavours, Smirnoff Iced Cake and Smirnoff Kissed Caramel.

·Russia and Eastern Europe delivered 16% net sales growth. Scotch contributed over half of this growth. Johnnie Walker maintained its leadership, posting its biggest share gains in Poland, Bulgaria, and Ukraine. In the standard segment, Bell’s and Black&White drove volume growth recruiting emerging middle class consumers into the whisky category. Increased marketing investment was focused behind the strategic brands and innovation, which is one of the key growth drivers in the market. Captain Morgan performed strongly with net sales growth of over 30%, as did Bushmills.

·Turkey net sales were up 8% while volume declined 4% driven by raki category, which was impacted by excise duty increases. Yenı Raki, which remains the most recognised raki brand in Turkey, grew net sales 7% as a result of price increases and better mix. Johnnie Walker and Smirnoff grew net sales double digit and gained share. Johnnie Walker Double Black, Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve, Smirnoff Gold, and Cîroc were introduced to widen the range of international brands. Captain Morgan Spiced Gold was introduced to meet the opportunity in cocktail consumption occasions. Marketing investment grew 12% and supported new brand introductions, as well as Johnnie Walker and Smirnoff.

75



Business review (continued)

·            ��     Marketing investment in the region was up 16%, mainly driven by significant increases on spirits brands, which were up 25% in Africa, 25% in Russia and Eastern Europe, and 12% in Turkey. In Africa marketing investment in beer grew 8%.

Performance†

Key financials

 

2012
Reported
£ million

 

Exchange
£ million

 

Acquisitions
and
disposals
£ million

 

Organic
movement
£ million

 

2013
Reported
£ million

 

Reported
movement
%

 

Net sales

 

2,048

 

(28

)

59

 

197

 

2,276

 

11

 

Marketing spend

 

232

 

(6

)

3

 

36

 

265

 

14

 

Operating profit before exceptional items

 

574

 

(12

)

31

 

60

 

653

 

14

 

Exceptional items

 

(7

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

Operating profit

 

567

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

648

 

14

 

 

 

Organic
volume
movement*
%

 

Organic
net sales
movement
%

 

Reported
net sales
movement
%

 

Key markets and categories:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

 

4

 

10

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Africa

 

3

 

9

 

8

 

Nigeria

 

(1

)

5

 

6

 

East Africa

 

3

 

10

 

13

 

Africa Regional Markets

 

(1

)

9

 

7

 

South Africa

 

14

 

17

 

4

 

Russia and Eastern Europe

 

14

 

16

 

14

 

Turkey

 

(4

)

8

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spirits**

 

8

 

13

 

14

 

Beer

 

(1

)

5

 

6

 

Ready to drink

 

27

 

32

 

28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Global and local leaders**:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Johnnie Walker

 

22

 

22

 

19

 

JεB

 

5

 

4

 

 

Smirnoff

 

8

 

19

 

11

 

Captain Morgan

 

17

 

19

 

12

 

Baileys

 

13

 

13

 

11

 

Guinness

 

(2

)

2

 

1

 


Restated following the adoption of IFRS 11 and the amendment to IAS 19.

*Organic equals reported movement for volume except for: Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey 7%, Africa 5%, Africa Regional Markets 5%, Turkey 9%, spirits 11%, beer 1%, reflecting the acquisition of Meta Abo and Mey İçki.

**Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

76



Business review (continued)

LATIN AMERICA AND CARIBBEAN

Key highlights

·Performance in Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil (PUB) has been impacted by a slowdown in beverage alcohol in Brazil and declines in duty free in Paraguay and Uruguay. In Brazil, the government has made changes which have long term social benefits, including the elimination of some tax incentives and increased enforcement of inter-state taxes which led to destocking in the wholesale channel, stricter enforcement of drink driving laws, and the closure of outlets due to the introduction of nightclub safety guidelines which impacted the on trade. In addition, Diageo has begun to implement a dedicated distributor model, which will reduce stock levels held by the distributors. The realignment of distributors will continue into the next financial year which will also negatively impact sales. The distributor realignment led to improved distribution with an increase in the size of the sales teams now focused on Diageo’s brands. As a result, Diageo’s scotch brands outperformed the category gaining 3.5ppts of share. In standard scotch, White Horse performed strongly and in the premium segment, Old Parr grew over 20%. In vodka, Diageo lost share to local competitors, however Smirnoff remains the category leader in Brazil.

·Performance in the Andean market was driven primarily by Venezuela where net sales increased 54% despite the political and economic instability which impacted the availability of local brands, due to production delays, and the restricted availability of imported products. Scotch delivered over 75% of Venezuela’s growth mainly in the premium segment while double digit net sales growth in rum, vodka, and gin also contributed. Three brands, Old Parr, Buchanan’s and Cacique delivered over two thirds of the net sales increase, growing 55%, 60%, and 49%, respectively. Gordon’s Flavours, the first locally-produced gin flavour, performed well. The price of imported brands increased by 80% to reflect the devaluation and high inflation. Local products increased 20%. Despite these price increases, Diageo maintained its leading position in Venezuela, with a 57% share in scotch, 50% in rum, and 26% in imported vodka.

·Diageo again delivered a strong performance in Mexico with volume up 14% and net sales up 18%. Diageo’s strategy in Mexico is to grow the scotch category where Diageo is the clear leader, drive premiumisation, and widen the reach to middle class consumers by expanding the portfolio through innovation and through increasing use of on trade platforms and customer partnerships. Diageo’s scotch brands grew 18% as Johnnie Walker Red Label grew share in standard scotch and Johnnie Walker Black Label gained share in premium scotch following the successful ‘Keep Walking Mexico’ campaign. Innovations were a key contributor to the strong performance. Buchanan’s Master was focused on enhancing leadership in premium scotch. Captain Morgan expanded the reach to middle class consumers and Zacapa built Diageo’s position in rum. Implementation of an in-store execution programme has increased share of shelf and display and the launch of a successful strategic partnership programme with key wholesalers improved sales capabilities and contributed to the strong growth.

·WestLAC is Diageo’s biggest market in the region and growth was driven by the strong performance of scotch with a 17% net sales increase. Premium scotch, particularly Old Parr and Johnnie Walker Black Label, led the trend with 35% and 25% increases in net sales, respectively. The new ‘Morning Keep Walking’ campaign was launched with strong television communications throughout the region. Additionally, the House of Walker Mentor programme was introduced and together with scotch festival activations drove the Johnnie Walker brand performance. In Argentina, government restriction on imports resulted in low single digit top line growth during the year.

Performance†

Key financials

 

2012
Reported
£ million

 

Exchange
£ million

 

Acquisitions
and
disposals
£ million

 

Organic
movement
£ million

 

2013
Reported
£ million

 

Reported
movement
%

 

Net sales

 

1,236

 

(26

)

62

 

181

 

1,453

 

18

 

Marketing spend

 

208

 

(5

)

8

 

22

 

233

 

12

 

Operating profit before exceptional items

 

368

 

(4

)

9

 

95

 

468

 

27

 

Exceptional items

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating profit

 

366

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

468

 

28

 

77



Business review (continued)

 

 

Organic
volume
movement*
%

 

Organic
net sales
movement
%

 

Reported
net sales
movement
%

 

Key markets and categories:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Latin America and Caribbean

 

4

 

15

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PUB

 

1

 

1

 

10

 

Andean

 

7

 

39

 

41

 

Mexico

 

14

 

18

 

21

 

WestLAC

 

2

 

12

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spirits**

 

4

 

17

 

21

 

Beer

 

1

 

5

 

2

 

Wine

 

(5

)

4

 

(5

)

Ready to drink

 

(6

)

 

(4

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Global and local leaders**:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Johnnie Walker

 

6

 

11

 

9

 

Buchanan’s

 

10

 

26

 

27

 

Smirnoff

 

(3

)

3

 

(6

)

Baileys

 

(8

)

(1

)

(1

)


Restated following the adoption of IFRS 11 and the amendment to IAS 19.

*Organic equals reported movement for volume except for: Latin America and Caribbean 35%, PUB 95%, spirits 39% reflecting the acquisition of Ypióca; Andean 9%, beer 4%, and ready to drink 0% reflecting the restatements in the year.

**Spirits brands excluding ready to drink

ASIA PACIFIC

Key highlights

·South East Asia continued to deliver strong double digit net sales growth with 6% volume growth and 11ppts of positive price/mix. Johnnie Walker delivered a strong performance across all markets contributing more than 60% of the top line growth. Performance was particularly strong in Thailand from both Johnnie Walker Red Label and Johnnie Walker Black Label and grew net sales 17%, gaining a further 1ppt of share. Guinness grew volume 12% and net sales 25%. Growth was particularly strong in Indonesia with 19% net sales growth on the back of successful marketing activities such as ‘Guinness Live Music’, where consumers were offered the opportunity to vote for the best local band to represent Indonesia in the global Guinness Arthur’s Day celebration in Dublin.

·Greater China delivered a solid performance, with volume up 1% and net sales up 8% despite a difficult tradingweak consumer environment and continued share gains across all markets. Diageo’s China hub, which includes China, Hong Kong and Macau, grew net sales 7% with 8ppts of positive price/mix largely due to a successful premiumisation strategy. Despite a slowdown in China in the second half, as a result of the anti-extravagance campaign launched by the government in China, net sales in the super and ultra premium segments grew 44% driven by Johnnie Walker and Windsor and share increased by 5ppts in China. Baileys net sales grew 30% and the ‘Baileys Sisterhood’ campaign was launched in Shanghai, leveraging an existing local ‘Sisterhood Day’ festival to create an off peak gifting occasion. In Taiwan net sales grew 10% with 5ppts of positive price/mix. The strong momentum of The Singleton continued and with 37% net sales increase was the fastest growing single malt brand in the category, gaining 2ppts of share. In the super premium segment Johnnie Walker Premier grew net sales 17% while Johnnie Walker XR 21 drove the 41% net sales growth in ultra premium.

·India’s net sales declined 2% and volume 5% as stock in trade was reduced in the first quarter. Diageo’s scotch brands grew net sales 3% helped by an increased investment behind VAT 69 and Black&White which delivered strong net sales and volume growth and led to a 4ppts increase in the total Diageo scotch share. In a declining vodka category, Smirnoff gained 0.5ppt of share and grew net sales 1% with a volume decline of 6%. The high stock in trade in the first quarter was the main driver for the 5% decline of Johnnie Walker’s net sales. Despite these uncertainties depletions growth for Johnnie Walker Black Label and Johnnie Walker Red Label was robust in the second half of the year.

·Global Travel Asia & Middle East net sales declined 2%, mainly driven by the Asia duty free business where net sales declined 15% with destocking among key customers. Political tension between North and South Korea negatively impacted passenger trends in South Korea, the largest Johnnie Walker Blue Label market in travel retail and contributedmove to net sales declining 14% for the variant. A strong performance from Cîroc and Ketel One vodka was unable to offset a decline in Smirnoffvalue lager which resulted in a declinestrong performance of the vodka categorySatzenbrau and a weak performance of 1%. Austerity measures implemented by the Chinese government led to a 33%Harp. Similarly net sales decline of Shui Jing Fang in duty free. Middle East grew net sales 10%. The scotch category delivered 15% net sales growth as Johnnie Walker Black Label andGuinness declined although the expanded distribution of Johnnie Walker Double Black helped to deliver a combined net sales growth of 18% in the important premium segment. Successful launches of Johnnie Walker XR 21, John Walker & Sons Odyssey and the Johnnie Walker Explorers’ Club Collection contributed to strengthen Diageo position in the ultra premium segment which grew net sales 28%.

78



Business review (continued)

·Australia grew net sales 3% despite a volume decline of 4% mainly due to price increases across the core brands and a focus on premiumisation. The ultra premium segment grew 22% overall with Cîroc and Ketel One vodka growing net sales 91% and 22%, respectively. Net sales growth of 8% was delivered in scotch, mainly driven by Dimple and Johnnie Walker Blue Label. Despite a volume decrease of 12% Smirnoff grew net sales 7% on the back of price increases. Increased marketing investment behind Gordon’s and Tanqueray delivered solid growth in the gin category contributing 22% to the overall growth. Innovation launches of Bundaberg Select VAT and Master Distillers’ Collection continued to play a key role in premiumising the Bundaberg brand and contributing to 1% net sales growth. Within the rum category Captain Morgan delivered excellent results growing net sales 85% by capitalising on the increasing popularity of spiced rums. Ready to drink volume and net sales decreased 7% and 1% respectively due to price increases taken during the year. The higher duty compared to beer and cider continued to hinder the category and the launch of new variants with lower ABV helped to soften the decline. Diageo Australia remains the category leader in scotch gaining a further 1.9ppts share during the year.

·North Asia performance was impacted by the contraction of the traditional on trade channel in Korea resulting in an overall 11% net sales decline. Whilebrand’s performance improved in the second half and volume share stabilised. Spirits net sales were up 19% as inventory reductions on Johnnie Walker and Baileys were offset by the strong performance of local mainstream spirits.

InEast Africa,where net sales grew 9%, Guinness volume and net sales grew strong double digits supported by the ‘Made of More’ campaign. Innovation in Korea decreased 17% with Windsor losing 3ppts of sharevalue beer, in particular, Balozi lager in Kenya, a no added sugar offering, and in Tanzania Kibo Gold, positioned to capture consumers trading down, offset a decline in Senator due to excise duty changes in Kenya in the first half last year. In spirits, growth was led by mainstream spirits brands and good performances from Johnnie Walker and Smirnoff. Success in mainstream spirits was driven by Kane Extra and Liberty in Kenya, which benefited from improvements in route to consumer, including the introduction of motorcycles to increase sales coverage of mainstream outlets. Johnnie Walker net sales grew 60% driven by recruitment activities, while the launch of Smirnoff Ice Double Black and Guarana also contributed to East Africa’s growth.
InAfrica Regional Markets,net sales grew strongly, up 15%. In Ghana, net sales grew 32%. Investment in route to consumer, together with price increases, that led to 28% net sales growth of beer, and spirits grew strongly driven by the growth of Johnnie Walker and the introduction of Orijin Bitters. In Cameroon, net sales grew 10% driven by growth of Guinness, which benefited from increased awareness through the ‘Made of Black’ campaign, together with outperformance of Harp and growth of Johnnie Walker and Baileys. In Angola, spirits net sales doubled following route to consumer investments and the appointment of a new distributor. This led to strong performances from Johnnie Walker, White Horse, and Gordon’s gin. While the performance of Meta beer in Ethiopia was impacted by increased competitive pricing, this was mostly offset by strong net sales of Malta and the introduction of Zemen, a lower-price beer innovation, along with a good performance of spirits.

99


Business review (continued)

Net sales inSouth Africawere not immediately followeddown 7% driven by a decline in Smirnoff Ice Double Black and Guarana, which lapped strong replenishment sales and high inventories in the market. JεB, Guinness and Smirnoff grewlast financial year. Spirits net sales 30%. Japan grewincreased 8% driven by Smirnoff 1818, with net sales up 27% based on competitive pricing and following a packaging upgrade. Net sales of Johnnie Walker increased 10% with marketing focused on the brand’s quality credentials. Its contribution to total scotch performance was partially offset by a weaker performance of JeB and Bell’s. Reserve brands continued to benefit from investments in route to consumer.
Marketing investment in Africa increased 4%. In Nigeria spend on beer was refocused from Harp to support the growth of Orijin(i) and value beers, while in East Africa, the decline in Senator volume also led to a reduction in spend. Spend increased behind vodka, notably Smirnoff 1818 in South Africa in support of pack innovations and promotional activity and investment behind Johnnie Walker grew in South Africa and East Africa. Ready to drink investment increased as Smirnoff Ice Double Black & Guarana launched in East Africa and Nigeria.

(i)In the year ended 30 June 2015 Orijin was reported as beer while in the year ended 30 June 2016 as ready to drink.

100


Business review (continued)

LATIN AMERICA AND CARIBBEAN

Performance

LOGONetsalesbymarkets(%)Netsalesbycategories(%)Netsalesbypricepoints(%)Paraguay,MexicoUruguayandBrazilWestLACVenezuelaOtherColombiaSpiritsWineOtherBeerRTDsValueSuperpremiumStandardUltrapremiumPremium

Key financials

  2014
     £ million
      Exchange
£ million
      Acquisitions
and
disposals

£ million
   Organic
    movement

£ million
  2015
     £ million
  Reported
    movement
%
 

Net sales

   1,144    (123  23     (11  1,033    (10

Marketing

   203    (22  3     10    194    (4

Operating profit before exceptional items

   328    (60  2     (7  263    (20

Exceptional operating items

   (14      (5 
  

 

 

      

 

 

  

Operating profit

   314        258    (18
  

 

 

      

 

 

  

Net sales

Net sales were £1,033 million in the year ended 30 June 2015 a decrease of £111 million compared to net sales of £1,144 million in the year ended 30 June 2014. Net sales reduced by £123 million due to adverse exchange rate movements primarily in respect of the decline in value of the Venezuelan bolivar and Brazilian real and an organic decline of £11 million (see further performance analysis below). These impacts were partially mitigated by additional net sales of £23 million attributable to the acquisition of a 50% equity interest in Don Julio that the group did not already own.

Operating profit

Operating profit was £258 million in the year ended 30 June 2015 a decrease of £56 million compared to operating profit of £314 million in the year ended 30 June 2014. Operating profit was impacted by adverse exchange rate movements of £60 million primarily due to the Venezuelan bolivar, Brazilian real and Mexican peso and an organic decline of £7 million. Operating profit was impacted by exceptional restructuring costs of £5 million for the year ended 30 June 2015 a decrease of £9 million compared to a £14 million in the year ended 30 June 2014.

Further performance analysis

Unless otherwise stated percentage movements refer to organic movements in the following analysis.

Good performances in the domestic markets in LAC were offset by a significant net sales decline in export channels due to currency volatility. The levels of stock held by these customers has reduced, which together with lower depletions, impacted growth in the region by five percentage points. Net sales in domestic markets increased 5% boostedas we expanded our leading positions in scotch and broadened our business into other categories. In Brazil, performance has been affected by a weaker economy and a tougher competitive environment, but we have invested in route to consumer and recruited new consumers into our portfolio through innovation. In Venezuela, there was good growth in local spirits and scotch. Performance in Colombia benefited from investments in route to consumer and innovation, while our strength in scotch drove good net sales growth in Mexico. In Peru and Jamaica, we delivered good growth from our investments in route to consumer and, while net sales were down in Argentina, we moved quickly to offset import levies with local production driving share gains. While significant cost efficiencies were achieved, especially in Brazil, negative market mix and increased marketing investment led to a decrease of 41 basis points in organic operating margin.

101


Business review (continued)

                                                                                    

Markets and categories:

  Organic
volume
movement
%
  Reported
volume
movement
%
  Organic
net sales
movement
%
  Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Latin America and Caribbean

   (7  (6  (1  (10
     

PUB

   (8  (8  (2  (12

Venezuela

   (38  (38  41    (60

Colombia

   10    9    10    (2

Mexico

   14    29    13    19  

West LAC

   (5  (5  (9  (12
     

Spirits(i)

   (8  (7  (3  (12

Beer

   5    5    17    11  

Wine

   1    1    17    (1

Ready to drink

   (7  (7  9    (6

Global giants and local stars(ii):

  Reported
volume
movement(ii)
%
  Organic
net sales
movement
%
  Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Johnnie Walker

    (6  (5  (11

Smirnoff

    (12  5    (7

Bailey’s

    (4  8      

Buchanan’s

    (17  (12  (24

Old Parr

    (9  (10  (22

Ypióca

    (5  (3  (14

Black & White

    17    27    6  

(i)Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii)Reported equals organic volume movement.

Net sales inParaguay, Uruguay and Brazil (PUB)declined 2% as currency weakness and a slower Brazilian economy impacted consumer spending. In Brazil, volume declined mainly as a result of changes in the route to consumer and the harmonisation of interstate pricing, which led to a reduction in inventories held by distributors. In PUB, price increases and a reduction in commercial discounts led to 6pps of positive price/mix. Scotch net sales declined 2% driven by Johnnie Walker, which was down 9% as intense competitor promotional activity amplified the price premium of Johnnie Walker Red Label. In premium scotch, Old Parr and Johnnie Walker Double Black had strong net sales growth and share gains, and in standard scotch, White Horse grew 34% helpednet sales supported by a new media campaign. Smirnoff strengthened its leadership position in vodka, growing net sales 6% driven by price increases and the launch of Smirnoff Peach. Net sales of Ypióca were affected by the transfer from net sales to overheads of tax credits from local production incentives. On a like for like basis, net sales of Ypióca increased high single digit driven by price increases and continued strong performance in the North East.
InVenezuela,while volume declined, net sales increased 41% to £32 million. Access to currency allowed for the importation of some scotch leading to strong comparative performances of Johnnie Walker, Buchanan’s, and Ye Monks. Increased focus on developing local spirits led to strong performances of Cacique, which doubled net sales, despite glass supply constraints, and Gordon’s vodka net sales increased 185%.
InColombia,investments in the route to consumer increased share across key categories and drove 10% net sales growth. The launch of Old Parr Tribute and the introduction of Buchanan’s Special Reserve, together with double digit growth of Johnnie Walker, led to an 11% increase in the net sales of scotch. Innovations contributed to a 22% increase in Baileys net sales.
InMexico,the breadth of Diageo’s scotch portfolio was the main driver of a 13% increase in net sales. Selective price increases along with strong trade executions delivered growth across all price segments of scotch other than value. Johnnie Walker net sales increased 15% with growth across all variants and a particularly strong contribution from Johnnie Walker Red Label. Diageo gained share in the fast-growing but competitive standard scotch segment with the introduction of Black & White, which increased net sales over 80%. There was a good contribution to net sales growth from Smirnoff, since Diageo took direct control over marketing and distribution of the brand in December 2014.

102


Business review (continued)

InWest LAC,net sales were down 9%, driven by inventory reductions in the export channels where net sales declined 51%. This impacted the performance of Johnnie Walker, Old Parr, and Buchanan’s. In domestic markets, strong performances in Peru and Jamaica led to a 3% increase in net sales. In Peru, net sales increased 26% with scotch driving growth together with Baileys, while growth in Red Stripe, pack renovations on Guinness and the strong consumer appeal of Dragon Stout helped deliver 15% growth in net sales in Jamaica. Price realignments in Chile and Caribbean & Central America led to some negative price/mix but delivered share gains in key categories. In Argentina, restrictions on imports affected overall performance but a shift to locally bottled spirits including VAT 69, White Horse, and Smirnoff drove share gains.
An increase inmarketinginvestment of 6% supported broader participation within spirits. Spend on scotch was focused on increasing brand equity across price points in Mexico and on supporting the launch of Old Parr Tribute in Colombia. In Jamaica, investment also increased to support the growth of beer and there was growth in spend on Smirnoff to maintain its leadership position in Brazil and in Mexico as Diageo regained distribution of the brand.

103


Business review (continued)

ASIA PACIFIC

Performance

LOGONetsalesbymarkets(%)Netsalesbycategories(%)Netsalesbypricepoints(%)SouthEastAsiaGlobalTravel,AsiaGreaterChinaandMiddleEastIndiaAustraliaNorthAsiaSpiritsWineOtherBeerRTDsValueSuperpremiumStandardUltrapremiumPremium

                                                                                                            

Key financials

  2014
£ million
  Exchange
£ million
  Acquisitions
and
disposals

£ million
   Organic
movement

£ million
  2015
£ million
  Reported
movement
%
 

Net sales

   1,347    (22  920     (32  2,213    64  

Marketing

   305    (1  65     (25  344    13  

Operating profit before exceptional items

   283    (13  66     20    356    26  

Exceptional operating items

   (276      (193 
  

 

 

      

 

 

  

Operating profit

   7        163    2,229  
  

 

 

      

 

 

  

Net sales

Net sales were £2,213 million in the year ended 30 June 2015 an increase of £866 million compared to net sales of £1,347 million in the year ended 30 June 2014. The acquisition of a controlling interest in USL on 2 July 2014 contributed £920 million to net sales, partially offset by adverse exchange rate movements of £22 million mainly driven by the Australian dollar and an organic net sales reduction of £32 million (see further performance analysis below).

Operating profit

Operating profit was £163 million in the year ended 30 June 2015 an increase of £156 million compared to operating profit of £7 million in the year ended 30 June 2014. Operating profit growth was driven by the acquisition of USL which contributed £66 million in the year ended 30 June 2015 and an organic increase of £20 million partially offset by adverse exchange movements of £13 million mainly driven by Australian dollar. Exceptional operating charges decreased by £83 million from £276 million in the year ended 30 June 2014 to £193 million in the year ended 30 June 2015, principally due to lower impairment charges (£41 million in the year ended 30 June 2015 compared with £264 million in the year ended 30 June 2014) and a charge in the year ended 30 June 2015 of £146 million in respect of settlement of several disputes with the Korean tax authorities regarding the transfer pricing methodology applicable for imported products.

Further performance analysis

Unless otherwise stated percentage movements refer to organic movements in the following analysis.

Asia Pacific performance reflects inventory reductions in South East Asia, and disruptions in Indonesia due to new restrictions on the sale of beer and ready to drink in some channels. All other markets delivered growth, including China led by Chinese white spirits. Reserve sales were up 30%, led by Scotch malts, with particularly strong performance from The Singleton. Innovation responding to changing trends played an important role, with the launch of Haig Club, W ICE by Windsor in Korea, Guinness Zero in Indonesia, and new ready to drink offerings. We reduced marketing investment, largely in China and South East Asia, where the consumer environment was challenged. Performance, primarily the reduction in stock levels, in South East Asia resulted in a significant operating loss for that market. Our Chinese white spirits business regained profitability after a loss last year. This return to profitability, along with cost savings, resulted in an overall margin improvement for Asia Pacific of two percentage points. The full consolidation of USL added £921m of net sales and £53m of operating profit to reported performance for the region.

104


Business review (continued)

                                                                                    

Markets and categories:

  Organic
volume
movement
%
  Reported
volume
movement
%
  Organic
net sales
movement
%
  Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Asia Pacific

   (3  622    (2  64  
     

South East Asia

   (24  (24  (28  (28

Greater China

   3    3    15    17  

India

   5    6,347    3    1,732  

Global Travel, Asia and Middle East

   5    5    4    3  

Australia

   1    1    2    (5

North Asia

   1    1    1    (1
     

Spirits(i)

   (3  710    (3  83  

Beer

   (13  (13  (12  (16

Ready to drink

   (2  (2  1    (5

Global giants and local stars(i):

  Reported
volume
movement(ii)
%
  Organic
net sales
movement
%
  Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Johnnie Walker

    (10  (14  (14

Smirnoff

    (3  (7  (9

Guinness

    (13  (12  (16

Captain Morgan

        11    8  

Baileys

    (4  (13  (16

Windsor

    (10  (10  (8

Bundaberg

    (5  (7  (13

Shui Jing Fang

    275    239    245  

(i)Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii)Reported equals organic volume movement.

InSouth East Asia,net sales declined 28% given an inventory level reduction in specific wholesale channels, with Johnnie Walker Red and Black Label most impacted. Performance in these channels was also impacted by transferring sales from some Indian travel retail customers to Global Travel Asia. New regulations in Indonesia caused major disruptions, and Guinness net sales declined 30%. In Thailand, price repositioning on Johnnie Walker Red Label and Smirnoff led to negative price/mix, however, Johnnie Walker Red Label volume was up double digit in the second half, while Smirnoff gained share.
InGreater China,net sales were up 15%. Taiwan net sales increased 6%, driven by continued success of The Singleton, which was up significantly and has become the largest malt brand in Taiwan. Mainland China was up 26% including an 11pps benefit from an additional quarter of Shuijingfang to align financial year end timing. Shuijingfang grew significantly through innovation, strengthened route to consumer, and a soft prior year comparable. Shuijingfang also generated profit and drove margin improvement for Greater China, due to a significant reduction in the underlying business loss and benefiting from provision releases. While scotch in mainland China was down 17%, due to increased competition for on trade contracts and a reduction in wholesaler inventory levels, The Singleton and Haig Club drove growth and share gains.
Despite shipment disruptions due to new food safety labelling requirements,Diageo Indiavolume was up 5% and net sales up 3%, and all key priority brands grew depletions. Investment in Johnnie Walker and VAT 69 campaigns, and a Black & White packaging relaunch drove continued premiumisation. The Smirnoff Black launch helped increase Smirnoff share by 5pps over the past three months to 56% of vodka. The integration of Diageo and USL completed, and from June, USL started selling Diageo brands.

105


Business review (continued)

Global Travel, Asia and Middle East net sales were up 4% including 6pps of benefit from transferring sales from some Indian travel retail customers from South East Asia. Middle East performance slowed in the second half due to geopolitical tensions and increased pricing pressure on scotch, with second half sales down 16%. Across GTME, Diageo brands gained share particularly in whisky, led by Johnnie Walker in Global Travel Asia, where premium and above variants drove the brand’s net sales growth.
Net sales inAustraliaimproved 2%, reversing a first half decline. Spirits were up 2%, driven by super premium scotch, spiced rum, and North American whisk(e)y. Captain Morgan net sales grew nearly 50% and it is now the second largest rum brand behind Bundaberg. While pricing pressure impacted Bundaberg and Smirnoff, depletions improved in the last quarter. Ready to drink growth continued in the second half driven by Captain Morgan variants and pack format innovations from several brands.
North Asia net sales were up 1% with Japan up 10% and Korea down 2%, as second half performance slowed following an increase in import duties after a Customs settlement in January. In Korea, whisky contraction decelerated, and the launch of lower ABV offering W ICE by Windsor stabilised Windsor share in the fourth quarter. While Windsor was down, whisky sales in Korea benefited from strong growth of Johnnie Walker Blue and Black Label. Guinness was up 41%, driven by a campaign and price promotion. In Japan, performance improved due to scotch growth, with depletions up high single digit, and increased distribution and new flavours of Smirnoff Ice.
Marketing investment decreased 8%, due to Johnnie Walker reductions, particularly in Black Label, in China and South East Asia. In China, investment declined in the competitive on trade and was reinvested in testing new at home and with meal off trade campaigns. In Thailand and the Philippines, Johnnie Walker investment focused on recruiting consumers and maintaining Gold and Blue Label sponsorships. Many markets also supported Haig Club’s launch.

106


Business review (continued)

CATEGORY REVIEW

LOGOVolumeNetsalesMarketingspendScotchNorthumVodkaAmericanUqueurswhisk(e)yGinBeerReadyTequilaWinetodrinkIndianMadeForeignliquor(IMFL)Other

                                                                                    

Key categories:

  Organic
volume
movement
%
  Reported
volume
movement
%
  Organic
net sales
movement
%
  Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Spirits(i)

   (2  72    (1  10  

Scotch

   (4  (4  (5  (9

Vodka

           1    1  

North American whisk(e)y

   10    10    12    15  

Rum

   (3  (3  (3  (6

Liqueurs

   (1  (1  (4  (8

Gin

   4    4    5    3  

Tequila

   10    25    14    38  

Beer

   3    3    4    (2

Ready to drink

   (11  (18  (4  (13

Wine

   (1  (1  (1  (1

Total

   (1  58        5  

(i)Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

107


Business review (continued)

                                                               

Global giants, local stars and reserve(i):

  Reported
volume
movement(ii)
%
  Organic
net sales
movement
%
  Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Global giants

    

Johnnie Walker

   (6  (9  (12

Smirnoff

   (1  (2  (3

Captain Morgan

   (4  (6  (7

Baileys

   (4  (4  (8

Tanqueray

   6    (5  5  

Guinness

   (2      (5

Local stars

    

Crown Royal

   13    12    15  

Yenì Raki

   (4  4    (6

JeB

   (2  (4  (9

Buchanan’s

   (9  (3  (12

Windsor

   (10  (10  (8

Old Parr

   (13  (14  (24

Bundaberg

   (5  (7  (13

Bell’s

   (3  (5  (14

White Horse

   (5  (7  (26

Ypióca

   (5  (3  (14

Cacique

   (37  3    (32

Shui Jing Fang

   268    235    241  

Reserve

    

Scotch malts

   11    16    12  

Cîroc

   6    6    9  

Ketel One vodka

   (3  (2  1  

Don Julio

   98    12    43  

Bulleit

   34    38    42  

(i)Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii)Reported equals organic movement for volume, except for Don Julio where organic volume growth is 8%.

Unless otherwise stated percentage movements refer to organic movements in the following analysis.

Global giants represent 39% of Diageo net sales
Johnnie Walker, with nearly 70% of its net sales in the emerging markets, was impacted by currency weakness and inventory reductions in South East Asia and export channels in Latin America. In the United States, the brand lapped the shipment of two big innovations, Gold Label Reserve and Platinum Label in the prior year; Red and Black Label were negatively impacted by reduced promotional activities. In China, the government’s anti extravagance measures drove continued closure of traditional on trade outlets, leading to increased competition in the modern on trade negatively impacting the whole scotch category. Many other markets delivered strong performance, including Cameroon, Angola, Ghana, and East Africa with net sales up more than 50% and Mexico, Venezuela, and Colombia which all delivered double digit sales growth. In the developed markets in Asia Pacific, Johnnie Walker performed strongly and net sales grew high single digit.
Smirnoffnet sales declined 2%, largely driven by the United States, and the weakness in flavoured vodka there. The relaunch of the brand with the ‘Exclusively for Everybody’ marketing campaign, new packaging and targeted price promotions drove improved depletions momentum and share gains on Smirnoff Red. In Europe, a number of countries, notably Great Britain, delivered growth. Net sales were up in Latin America, with Brazil growing 8% following the national ‘Cheers to Real Life’ campaign launch. Smirnoff had a very strong year in South Africa with Smirnoff 1818 sales growing 27%.
Captain Morgannet sales were down 6% due to the performance of the brand in the United States, where Captain Morgan held share in a flat rum category that is facing heightened competition from other categories. The decline in shipments was driven by weakness on Original Spiced Rum, and Captain Morgan White Rum which lapped its launch last year. The launch of Captain Morgan White Flavours partially offset the shipments decline on the core variants. Elsewhere, the brand’s performance continued to be strong with double digit growth in Great Britain, Germany, Southern Europe, Australia, India, and East Africa.

108


Business review (continued)

Baileysnet sales declined 4% having started the year with high inventory levels. It experienced softer depletions this year in the United States and Nigeria. In China, after weakness in the first half, specific interventions to drive consumer conversion resulted in stronger second half depletions, up mid single digit. In Europe performance was impacted by lapping the launch of Chocolat Luxe in the prior year, but the Baileys brand achieved share gains in the key markets of Great Britain and Germany. The brand continued to expand its footprint in emerging markets, with double digit growth in Colombia, West LAC, and Africa Regional Markets.
Tanqueray gin benefited from a strong focus on increased visibility and distribution in the on trade, supported by the highly effective ‘Tonight We Tanqueray’ campaign. This drove strong double digit growth in Europe, particularly in Spain and Great Britain, with accelerating growth in Germany and Benelux. Net sales for the gin brand grew 6%, with Tanqueray No. TEN up double digit in every region.
Guinnessnet sales were flat, reflecting a strong performance in both the United States and Europe, where the brand grew 3% and 2% respectively. This was achieved through a combination of acclaimed innovations such as Johnnie Walker Platinum Label,Blonde American Lager and Dublin Porter that built on the Guinness brewing heritage, a drive to increase presence and distribution in bars, and a series of award winning marketing campaigns built under the ‘Made of More’ platform. In Nigeria, sales declined but performance improved over the course of the year and volume share stabilised. Sales declined in Indonesia due to adverse regulatory changes.
Local starsrepresent 16% of Diageo net sales. Overall performance was good with net sales growth of 4%. In developed markets, there was double digit growth on certain premium brands that have resonance with particular consumer groups, such as Buchanan’s in the United States with the Hispanic community, and Crown Royal Regal Apple with millennial consumers in high energy occasions. In China, Shui Jing Fang showed significant growth due to innovation, a strengthened route to consumer, and a soft prior year comparable. In emerging markets more broadly, there was good performance from local and secondary imported brands as certain consumer segments traded down, particularly where local production protected pricing from currency volatility. The net result is that whilst premium imported brands such as Windsor and Old Parr have seen sales decline, there was strong growth on brands such as Yenì Raki in Turkey, Cacique in Venezuela and White Horse in Brazil.
Reserve brandsrepresent 13% of Diageo net sales, and continued to perform well with net sales growth of 8%. During the economic volatility of recent years, the wealthy consumer base that underpins reserve has been resilient. The slight deceleration in overall reserve growth was driven by lapping strong innovation shipments on Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve and Smirnoff Ice,Platinum Label in the United States. Ketel One vodka faced increased competitive pressure from both within and outside the category. Across the wider portfolio, performance was strong. Scotch malts grew double digit, led by The Singleton which ledwas the fastest growing of the top 5 global malt whisky brands last year. The very strong performance of Bulleit continued with sales up 38%, benefiting from high advocacy amongst the growing categorybartender community. Zacapa rum and tequila Don Julio also delivered double digit growth globally, reflecting the quality and heritage of ready to drink.

·Marketing investment inthese products, and the region decreased 1% mostly driven by a reduction in spend in Korea. Marketing on reserve brands increased 35% to drive premiumisation and it now accounts for nearly 30%strength of the marketing investmentreserve business model. Cîroc continues to expand its footprint outside of North America with strong growth in Europe, particularly Great Britain, where it rapidly gained share from the region. In China marketing activities such as Johnnie Walker’s ‘Blue Label 360 Tiger’ aimed at highlighting brand raritymarket leader and is now the John Walker & Sons Odyssey launch on the Voyager yacht contributed to the net sales increase in thenumber two ultra premium segment. In the faster growing markets such as Southeast Asia, investment behind Johnnie Walker grew 18% led by successful experiential marketing campaigns such as Blacklist and REDrevolution in Thailand, which saw Johnnie Walker Red Label sponsor the biggest music event in the country.

Performance†

Key financials

 

2012
Reported
£ million

 

Exchange
£ million

 

Acquisitions
and
disposals
£ million

 

Organic
movement
£ million

 

2013
Reported
£ million

 

Reported
movement
%

 

Net sales

 

1,407

 

4

 

116

 

45

 

1,572

 

12

 

Marketing spend

 

327

 

5

 

27

 

(3

)

356

 

9

 

Operating profit before exceptional items

 

309

 

11

 

40

 

21

 

381

 

23

 

Exceptional items

 

(10

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

Operating profit

 

299

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

380

 

27

 

79

vodka.


Business review (continued)

 

 

Organic
volume
movement*
%

 

Organic
net sales
movement
%

 

Reported
net sales
movement
%

 

Key markets and categories:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asia Pacific

 

(1

)

3

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

South East Asia

 

6

 

18

 

17

 

Greater China

 

1

 

8

 

75

 

India

 

(5

)

(2

)

(7

)

Global Travel Asia and Middle East

 

(1

)

(2

)

(2

)

Australia hub

 

(4

)

3

 

4

 

North Asia

 

(9

)

(11

)

(11

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spirits**

 

(1

)

3

 

14

 

Beer

 

8

 

16

 

12

 

Ready to drink

 

(4

)

2

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Global and local leaders**:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Johnnie Walker

 

4

 

8

 

8

 

Windsor

 

(20

)

(21

)

(19

)

Smirnoff

 

(8

)

4

 

3

 

Baileys

 

3

 

8

 

9

 

Guinness

 

8

 

17

 

13

 


Within whisk(e)y, scotchRestated following the adoptionrepresents 24% of IFRS 11 and the amendment to IAS 19.

*Organic equals reported movement for volume except for Asia Pacific 2%, Greater China 30% and spirits 1% due to the Shuijingfang acquisition and Australia (3)% due to the termination of the distribution contract for Jose Cuervo.

**Spirits brands excluding ready to drink

80



Business review (continued)

3. CATEGORY REVIEW

Key markets and categories:

 

Organic
volume*
movement
%

 

Organic
net sales
movement
%

 

Reported
net sales
movement
%

 

Spirits **

 

2

 

7

 

9

 

Whisk(e)y

 

5

 

10

 

9

 

Johnnie Walker

 

7

 

10

 

10

 

Crown Royal

 

14

 

17

 

17

 

JεB

 

(12

)

(15

)

(17

)

Buchanan’s

 

11

 

25

 

26

 

Windsor

 

(20

)

(21

)

(19

)

Bushmills

 

11

 

12

 

12

 

Vodka

 

 

5

 

5

 

Smirnoff

 

1

 

4

 

3

 

Ketel One vodka

 

5

 

8

 

8

 

Cîroc

 

5

 

8

 

8

 

Rum

 

1

 

5

 

5

 

Captain Morgan

 

5

 

7

 

7

 

Liqueurs

 

(1

)

2

 

 

Baileys

 

 

2

 

1

 

Tequila

 

11

 

13

 

7

 

Gin

 

3

 

8

 

7

 

Tanqueray

 

8

 

12

 

12

 

Beer

 

(2

)

2

 

1

 

Guinness

 

(2

)

1

 

 

Wine

 

(9

)

 

 

Ready to drink

 

(3

)

 

(3

)

Total

 

1

 

5

 

6

 


*Organic equals reported movement for volume except for total 5%, spirits 7%, beer (1)%, wine (8)%, ready to drink (4)%, vodka 1%, tequila 6%, reflecting the Mey İçki, Meta Abo, Ypióca and Shuijingfang acquisitions and the Jose Cuervo and North American wine disposal

**Spirits brands excluding ready to drink

Spirits represent 68% of Diageo’sDiageo net sales and generated 98%declined by 5%. Approximately 80% of the total net sales growththis decline was due to inventory reductions in the year.

Whisk(e)y represents 37% of Diageo’s total net salesSouth East Asia and was up 10%, contributing 69% of total net sales growth. Emerging markets contributed over half of total whiskey net sales. Scotch led whiskey growth, with net sales up 9% and volume up 4% driven by premium and super premium brandsexport channels in faster growing markets.

81



Business review (continued)

·Latin America on Johnnie Walker, is now a 20 million 9 litre case brand, growing over 1 million cases this year.Buchanan’s, and Old Parr. Other brands including Haig Club, The emerging markets accounted for 80% of the total net sales growth. In developed markets, Johnnie Walker grew net sales by 14%Singleton, and scotch malts globally, and Buchanan’s in the United States while the economic challenges in Southern Europe continued to impact the brand’s commercial performance in Western Europe. From a variant perspective, the brand’s performance is driven by premium and super premium variants, namely Johnnie Walker Black Label, the roll outperformed well, with many growing double digit.

Also within whisk(e)y, North American whisk(e)y,which represents 7% of Johnnie Walker Platinum Label and Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve. Innovation continues to be a key driver of growth. Johnnie Walker Double Black is now sold in over 100 markets. The launches of John Walker & Sons Odyssey and the Johnnie Walker Explorers’ Club Collection have received a strong positive response from customers and consumers. Johnnie Walker Red Label had strong momentum with 8% net sales growth, as Africa continued to deliver strong performance for the brand on the back of investment and expanded distribution.

·Crown Royal Diageo net sales, grew 17% driven by12% this year with over 2pps of positive price/mix. This strong performance in its primary market, North America. Crown Royal Deluxe, Crown Royal Black, and Crown Royal Maple Finished, which was launched in the first half, all grew strongly. Increased marketing investment of 8% was directed to the new ‘Reign On’ consumer recruitment campaign, with significant media support across North America. In Canada, Crown Royal is growing share as it outpaces the Canadian whiskey category.

·JεB net sales declined 15% due to JεB’s exposure to Southern Europe and the excise duty increases in France. JεB delivered 13% net sales growth in South Africa, the brand’s third biggest market, with a strong on trade promotional programme.

·Buchanan’s again delivered very strong growth, with volume up 11% and net sales up 25% led by the Latin American markets. In North America it also delivered a strong performance, with volume up 13% targeting Latin American consumers. In Latin America and Caribbean Buchanan’s delivered 26% net sales growth; Venezuela and Mexico drove this performance through the new ‘Share Yourself’ campaign. Another growth driver was Buchanan’s Master, which became the second largest scotch in Venezuela and Mexico. Buchanan’s Special Reserve led the super premium segment in these key markets.

·Windsor declined double digit both by volume and net sales due to the downturn in the traditional on trade channel in Korea. This was driven by a changethe successful launch of Crown Royal Regal Apple, the continued strong growth of Bulleit, and the acclaimed range of rare bourbons in business entertainment activities, growing consumer concerns over health and wellbeing, and stronger local regulationthe Orphan Barrel series.

Vodka represents 12% of the whisky industry. Windsor has recovered share from the first half decline and remains the leading scotch whisky in Korea.

·Bushmills grew volume 11% andDiageo net sales 12%. The brandand grew in all regions with a particularly strong performance in Russia and Eastern Europe, growing 36%1%. The growth was driven by globalof Cîroc in Europe and local ‘Bushmills Live’ marketing events and expanded distribution. Western Europe continues to deliver single digit growth in a tough economic environment.

·Malts performed strongly, delivering 17% of net sales growth. Talisker and The Singleton grew net sales 30% and 36%, respectively with the launch of ‘Talisker Storm’ and marketing investment in the impactful ‘Singleton Sensorium’ campaign.

Vodka delivered net sales growth of 5% and constitutes 13% of total Diageo net sales. North America, Diageo’s largest vodka market, remained flatas well as Smirnoff in Africa and Latin America was partially offset by volume with net sales up 5%. Category performance was again driven by super and ultra premium variants, with Cîroc and Ketel One vodka leading the growth.

·decline of Smirnoff in developed markets.

Beer represents 18% of Diageo net sales, grew 4% building on last year’s strength. In North America, Smirnoff net sales were up 5%and delivered 1.1pps of positive price/mix. Beer in Africa grew 8%, drivenled by the United States, the largest Smirnoff market, which delivered 6% net sales growth. Strong innovation launches including Smirnoff Confectionery and Smirnoff Sorbet Light flavours added to the Smirnoff brand performance, which was sustained by marketing investment. In Western Europe, performance was mixed by market. In Great Britain, Smirnoff benefited from Smirnoff’s ‘World’s Best Drinks’ programme. However, this was offset by destocking. Ireland remains tough due to the economic environment, and in Germany, Smirnoff gained share. In emerging markets, Smirnoff led the establishment of the vodka category with strong double digit net sales growth in South Africa KenyaRegional Markets. In Nigeria, the success of Orijin and Ghana. In Latin AmericaSatzenbrau more than offset declines in Guinness and Caribbean, the brand was affected in Brazil by the economic slowdown, however, this was offset by strong performance in other Latin American countries. In Asia Pacific, the brand also performed well in new vodka markets, particularly in Korea, Thailand, Indonesia and Japan.

·Ketel One vodka had another good year, growing both net sales and volume on the back of continued strong performance in North America driven by pricing. The brandHarp. East Africa delivered double digit growth outside the United States as distributionon Guinness and a good performance with Tusker. Performance of Guinness in developed markets was expanded to over 70 markets across the world.

·Cîroc sells over 2 million 9 litre cases. In the United States growth wasgood, driven by Cîroc’s base variantthe successful launch of Brewer’s Project innovations and the continued success of Cîroc Peach, the largest revenue generating innovation in the United States. Cîroc marketing investment increased double digit. Outside of the Unites States, Cîroc grew strongly especially in Western Europe, Brazil, and in Global Travel Retail.

82

Blonde American Lager.


Business review (continued)

Rum grew 5%, with strong performances from Captain Morgan and Zacapa, and constitutes 6% of total Diageo net sales.

·Captain Morgan grew net sales 7% with sales volume reaching 10 million cases this year. The ‘To Life, Love and Loot’ campaign in the United States continued with new creative executions, featuring the legendary Captain Henry Morgan. The brand also grew strongly in its newer markets of Western Europe, Eastern Europe, and Mexico, where the proven ‘KeysReady to Adventure’ experiential events and ‘Captain Morgan Starts the Party’ campaign, have continued to be key growth drivers.

·Zacapa drinkdelivered net sales growth in North America and Western Europe. In emerging markets, the brand grew net sales double digit, driving the super premium and the ultra premium segments of the rum category. Key growth drivers for the brand were sampling, PR and consumer experiences along with bartender programmes such as Diageo Reserve World Class.

Liqueurs, which represent represents 5% of Diageo net sales grew 2% driven byand declined 4% this year. The main driver of this decline was in South Africa with Smirnoff Ice Double Black and Guarana where the brand lapped a strong performance in the previous year and an increase in inventories ahead of its transition to DHN Drinks. Elsewhere there was growth in Baileys.

·Baileys delivered 2% netready to drink, including East Africa, West LAC, and Australia. In Great Britain, ready to drink cans underpinned sales growth. This was driven by a global re-launch, supported bygrowth of 7% in the new ‘Cream with spirit’ campaign,category.

Wine represents 4% of Diageo sales and the new pack, and retail design.declined 1%. In the United States, which accounts for more than a quarterdecline of the brand’s net sales, Baileys performed strongly with 9% net sales growth driven by the new advertising campaign and the launch of Baileys Hazelnut. In Western Europe Baileys declined 6%, driven by Great Britain, and Southern Europe; Germany and Austria, and Ireland performed well and grew net sales 10% and 9%, respectively. Baileys continues its growth trajectory in emerging markets, with double digit net sales growth in Russia, Africa and China.

Tequila, Don Julio, grew net sales 13% and volume 11%. In its primary market, North America, the brand maintained favourable price/mix and grew share. The performance1% was driven by increased investment in mentorship programmes, experiential samplingdepletion softness as the business lapped one off programming in the prior year on trade, public relations, and abovecore brands. In Europe, commercial challenges on Blossom Hill were offset by the line advertising. Outside North America, Don Julio continued to deliver strong double digit net sales growth, especially in Asia Pacific, and Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey. In these markets, the brand was driven by experiential consumer events. In Canada, Western Europe, and Latin America, the key growth drivers were improved visibility, mentorship and sampling programmes in the on trade, as well as strong executionperformance of Don Julio in Diageo Reserve World Class.[yellow tail].

109


Business review (continued)

 

Gin grew net sales 8% and constitutes 3% of Diageo total net sales.

·Tanqueray net sales increased 12%, with strong growth across all regions, driven by the performance in the United States and continued growth in Western Europe. In the Unites States, Tanqueray returned to growth as the advertising campaign ‘Tonight We Tanqueray’ was amplified. Increased marketing investment, combined with commercial focus and execution drove strong brand awareness and sales. An educational experience for bartenders was activated in 30 markets this financial year. Outside the United States ‘Tonight We Tanqueray’ campaign was rolled out supported by increased investment.

·Gordon’s grew net sales 5% globally driven by growth in the emerging markets of Eastern Europe, Turkey, Latin America and Caribbean, and in South East Asia.

Beer represents 20% of Diageo net sales and delivered 2% net sales growth driven by emerging markets, which grew net sales 7%. Volume declined 2%, principally in Western Europe.

·Guinness net sales increased 1% while volume declined 2%. Africa, the largest Guinness market by volume, delivered net sales growth of 2%, despite tough economic conditions in a number of African countries. In Western Europe, net sales were down 3% driven by the beer market decline and economic uncertainty. In Asia Pacific, Guinness delivered double digit growth, primarily in Indonesia, due to a combination of marketing, pricing, and strong commercial activations. Marketing investment was focused behind the ‘Made of More’ campaign in Western Europe and Africa, consumer participation programmes related to the Arthur’s Day celebration in Dublin, rugby and football communication platforms, and the official broadcast partnership with the English Premier League in Africa.

Wine net sales represent 4% of Diageo’s net sales and were flat following a decline of 7% of net sales in Western Europe and growth of 4% in North America.

Ready to drink represents 6% of Diageo net sales, and were flat. 10% net sales decline in North America was offset by strong net sales growth in Africa, which was driven by innovations: Smirnoff Black Ice in Cameroon, Smirnoff Double Black & Guarana in South Africa, and Snapp in Kenya and Nigeria.

83



Business review (continued)

Liquidity and capital resources

As at 1 July 2013 the group adopted a number of new standards and amendments and the application of IFRS11 - Joint arrangements and the amendment to IAS19 - Employee benefits resulted in a restatement of comparative figures. The impact on the group’s consolidated statement of comprehensive income and net cash flow for the years ended 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012, and net assets as at 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012 is provided in note 18 to the consolidated financial statements on pages 202 and 203.

1. ANALYSIS OF CASH FLOW AND BALANCE SHEET

The primary source of the group’s liquidity over the last three financial years has been cash generated from operations. These funds have generally been used to pay interest, taxes and dividends, and to fund capital expenditure and acquisitions.acquisitions, and are expected to continue to fund future operating and capital needs.

a) 20142016 compared with 20132015

Net cash from operating activities — see page 52

Movement in net borrowings — see page 4858

Movement in equity — see page 49

59

Post employment deficit — see page 4959

b) 20132015 compared with 20122014

Net cash from operating activities — see page 85

Movement in net borrowings — see page 90

 

 

2013
(restated)
£ million

 

2012
(restated)
£ million

 

Net borrowings at the beginning of the year

 

(7,573

)

(6,480

)

Free cash flow (a)

 

1,452

 

1,657

 

Sale of businesses

 

(16

)

51

 

Acquisition of businesses (b)

 

(644

)

(1,420

)

Proceeds from issue of share capital

 

 

1

 

Net purchase of own shares for share schemes (c)

 

(11

)

 

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

 

(100

)

(101

)

Proceeds from non-controlling interests

 

 

11

 

Purchase of shares of non-controlling interests (d)

 

(200

)

(155

)

Net increase in bonds (e)

 

1,231

 

377

 

Net movements on other borrowings

 

7

 

115

 

Equity dividends paid

 

(1,125

)

(1,036

)

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

594

 

(500

)

Net increase in bonds and other borrowings

 

(1,238

)

(492

)

Exchange differences

 

(116

)

152

 

Borrowings acquired through purchase of businesses

 

 

(5

)

Other non-cash items (f)

 

(70

)

(248

)

Net borrowings at the end of the year

 

(8,403

)

(7,573

)


(a) Free cash flow decreased from £1,657 million in the year ended 30 June 2012 to £1,452 million in the year ended 30 June 2013 principally as a result of a one off £400 million payment to the Diageo UK Pension Scheme, higher net interest and tax payments and increased net purchase of tangible fixed assets and computer software. This is partially offset by the higher operating profit and increased dividends received from Moët Hennessy. The increase in net interest paid is driven by the impact of the renegotiation of the terms of certain interest rate swaps in the prior year while higher tax payments are a result of increased profits and tax settlements paid during the year. The net purchase of tangible fixed assets and computer software increased from £438 million in the year ended 30 June 2012 to £597 million in the year ended 30 June 2013. The expenditure was incurred on a number of projects throughout the world with the largest investments made to increase capacity and to improve efficiencies in operations in Africa, Ireland, Scotland and North America.

Free cash flow is stated after exceptional restructuring costs of £61 million (2012 - £158 million).

(b) In the year ended 30 June 2013 the group incurred expenditure of £660 million on acquisitions and disposals including £284 million on purchasing 100% of the equity share capital of Ypióca and £274 million on acquiring 10% equity interest in United Spirits Limited. In the year ended 30 June 2012 the group spent £1,420 million in connection with business acquisitions. This included the acquisition of 100% of the equity share capital of Mey İçki (£1,260 million) and Meta Abo Brewery (£145 million) and a 50% controlling equity stake in Zacapa (£118 million). In May 2012 Diageo received back the deposit of $185 million relating to the acquisition of Shuijingfang from China’s securities depositary and clearing agency.

84



Business review (continued)

(c) Net purchase of own shares for share schemes included £143 million (2012 — £119 million) to purchase treasury shares for the future settlement of obligations under the employee share option schemes. These purchases were partially offset by consideration received from employees on the exercise of share options of £132 million (2012 — £119 million).

(d) Purchase of a non-controlling interest of £200 million in respect of an additional 40% equity stake in SJF Holdco (2012 — £155 million primarily in respect of Kenya Breweries).

(e) In the year ended 30 June 2013, the group repaid bonds of $750 million (£475 million) and $600 million (£394 million). The group borrowed $3,250 million (£2,100 million), consisting of $750 million (£485 million) of 0.625% bonds due April 2016, $650 million (£420 million) of 1.125% bonds due April 2018, $1,350 million (£872 million) of 2.625% bonds due April 2023 and $500 million (£323 million) of 3.875% bonds due April 2043. On 1 July 2013 the group repaid bonds of €1,150 million (£983 million) as scheduled.

In the year ended 30 June 2012, the group repaid bonds of $900 million (£566 million) and €750 million (£605 million). The group borrowed $2,500 million (£1,548 million), consisting of $1,000 million of 1.5% bonds due May 2017, $1,000 million of 2.875% bonds due May 2022, and $500 million of 4.25% bonds due May 2042.

(f) Adverse non-cash movements of £70 million (2012 — £248 million) predominantly comprise new finance leases.

Movement in equity — see page 91

At 30 June 2013 total equity was £8,088 million compared with £6,792 million at 30 June 2012. The increase was mainly due to the profit for the year of £2,550 million, partly offset by the dividend paid out of shareholders’ equity of £1,225 million.

Post employment deficit — see page 91

The deficit in respect of post employment plans before taxation decreased by £535 million from £1,076 million at 30 June 2012 to £541 million at 30 June 2013 primarily as a result of the one off cash contribution of £400 million into the Diageo UK Pension Scheme. In addition, an increase in the market value of plan assets was partially offset by a decrease in the discount rates used to calculate the liabilities of the Irish plans and an increase in the inflation assumptions in the United Kingdom. Cash contributions to the group’s UK and Irish post employment plans in the year ended 30 June 2013 were £529 million (2012 — £131 million).

2. ANALYSIS OF BORROWINGS

a) Gross borrowings (excluding finance lease liabilities and the fair value of derivative instruments) at 30 June 2014 are expected towill mature as follows:

 

                                                                                 

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
(restated)
£ million

 

2012
(restated)
£ million

 

  2016
£ million
 2015
£ million
 2014
£ million
 

Within one year

 

1,576

 

1,852

 

1,219

 

   2,058   1,921   1,576  

Between one and three years

 

1,894

 

2,220

 

2,635

 

   2,896   2,607   1,894  

Between three and five years

 

1,972

 

2,509

 

1,516

 

   537   970   1,972  

Beyond five years

 

3,772

 

3,488

 

3,233

 

   4,638   4,340   3,772  

 

9,214

 

10,069

 

8,603

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
   10,129   9,838   9,214  
  

 

  

 

  

 

 
b) During the year the following bonds were issued and repaid:b) During the year the following bonds were issued and repaid:  
  2016
£ million
 2015
£ million
 2014
£ million
 

Issued

    

€ denominated

      791   1,378  

US$ denominated

             

Repaid

    

€ denominated

      (792 (983

US$ denominated

   (1,003 (330 (488

£ denominated(i)

      (370    
  

 

  

 

  

 

 
   (1,003 (701 (93
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

(i)In the year ended 30 June 2015 a bond of £370 million acquired on the purchase of USL was repaid using the proceeds from the sale of the Whyte and Mackay Group.

 

b) During the year ended 30 June 2014 the following bonds were issued and repaid:110

 

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
£ million

 

2012
£ million

 

Issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

€  denominated

 

1,378

 

 

 

US$ denominated

 

 

2,100

 

1,548

 

Repaid

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

€  denominated

 

(983

)

 

(605

)

US$ denominated

 

(488

)

(869

)

(566

)

 

 

(93

)

1,231

 

377

 

85



Business review (continued)

 

c) The group had available undrawn committed bank facilities as follows:

 

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
£ million

 

                                                      

Expiring within one year*

 

1,535

 

 

  2016
£ million
   2015
£ million
 

Expiring within one year(i)

        688  

Expiring between one and two years

 

632

 

411

 

   470       

Expiring after two years

 

1,050

 

1,891

 

   2,072     1,541  

 

3,217

 

2,302

 

  

 

   

 

 
   2,542     2,229  
  

 

   

 

 


* Of the facilities at 30 June 2014 $2,000 million (£1,170 million) was not drawn down and was cancelled on 2 July 2014.

Other than the committed facility relating to the purchase of further investment in USL, theseThe facilities can be used for general corporate purposes and, together with cash and cash equivalents, support the group’s commercial paper programmes.

There are no financial covenants on the group’s material short and long term borrowings. Certain of these borrowings contain cross default provisions and negative pledges.

The committed bank facilities are subject to a single financial covenant, being minimum interest cover ratio of two times (defined as the ratio of operating profit before exceptional items, aggregated with share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures, to net interest). They are also subject to pari passu ranking and negative pledge covenants.

Any non-compliance with covenants underlying Diageo’s financing arrangements could, if not waived, constitute an event of default with respect to any such arrangements, and any non-compliance with covenants may, in particular circumstances, lead to an acceleration of maturity on certain borrowings and the inability to access committed facilities. Diageo was in full compliance with its financial, pari passu ranking and negative pledge covenants in respect of its material short and long term borrowings throughout each of the years presented.

3. CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

The group’s management is committed to enhancing shareholder value in the long term, both by investing in the businesses and brands so as to deliver continued improvement in the return from those investments and by managing the capital structure. Diageo manages its capital structure to achieve capital efficiency, provide flexibility to invest through the economic cycle and give efficient access to debt markets at attractive cost levels. This is achieved by targeting a net borrowing to EBITDA leverage of 2.5 — 3.0x,– 3.0 times, this range for Diageo being currently broadly consistent with an A band credit rating. Diageo would consider operating outside of this range in order to effect strategic initiatives within its stated goals, which could have an impact on its rating. If Diageo’s leverage was to be negatively impacted by the financing of an acquisition, it would seek over time to return to the range of 2.5 — 3.0x.– 3.0 times. The group regularly assesses its debt and equity capital levels against its stated policy for capital structure. For this calculation net borrowings isare adjusted by the pensionnet post employment deficit whilst EBITDA equals operating profit lessexcluding exceptional operating items and depreciation, amortisation and impairment and includes share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures.

4. CAPITAL REPAYMENTS

4. CAPITAL REPAYMENTS

Authorisation was given by shareholders on 1923 September 20132015 to purchase a maximum of 251,039,000251,514,000 shares at a minimum price of 28101/108 pence and a maximum price of the higher of (a) 105% of the average of the middle market quotations for an ordinary share for the five preceding business days and (b) the higher of the price of the last independent trade and the highest current independent bid on the London Stock Exchange at the time the purchase is carried out. The programme expires at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting or on 1822 December 2014,2016, if earlier.

During the year ended 30 June 2014,2016, the company purchased 142 million ordinary shares (including shares acquired through call option exercises), nominal value of £4£1 million (2013 — 8(2015 – 4 million ordinary shares, nominal value of £2£1 million; 2012 — 92014 – 14 million ordinary shares, nominal value of £3£4 million), representing approximately 0.5% (2013 — 0.3%0.1% (2015 – 0.1%; 2012 — 0.4%2014 – 0.5%) of the issued ordinary share capital (excluding treasury shares).

Shares were either directly granted to employees as part of employee share schemes or held as treasury shares and used to hedge share scheme grants to employees during the course of the year.

 

86111



Business review (continued)

 

The aggregate consideration paid for purchase of own shares was £53 million (excluding expenses) in the year ended 30 June 2016. The annual purchase includes 617,840 shares for £11 million purchased at an average price of 1713 pence for the purpose of satisfying share awards made under the company’s share incentive plans, the cost of which was charged directly to the consolidated

income statement. The monthly breakdown of shares purchased and the average price paid per share (excluding expenses) for the year ended 30 June 20142016 were as follows:

 

Calendar month

 

Number of shares
purchased

 

Average price paid
pence

 

Authorised
purchases
unutilised at month
end

 

September 2013**

 

3,809,995

 

1997

 

247,229,005

 

October 2013

 

2,511,772

 

1951

 

244,717,233

 

January 2014

 

416,298

 

1789

 

244,300,935

 

February 2014

 

414,358

 

1823

 

243,886,577

 

March 2014

 

538,301

 

1813

 

243,348,276

 

Total*

 

7,690,724

 

1949

 

243,348,276

 

                                                               

Calendar month

  Number
of shares
purchased
   Average
price paid
pence
   Authorised
purchases
unutilised at
month end
 

September 2015

   2,719,851     1,737     248,794,149  

March 2016

   295,510     1,872     248,498,639  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   3,015,361     1,750     248,498,639  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 


*In addition, the company exercised call options to acquire 6,797,642 shares at an average price of 953 pence during the course of the year.

**Including 621,767 shares purchased at an average price of 1998 pence for the purpose of satisfying share awards made under the company’s share incentive plan.

Contractual obligations and other commitments

 

 

Payments due by period

 

                                                                                                         

As at 30 June 2014

 

Less than
 1 year
£ million

 

1-3 years
£ million

 

3-5 years
£ million

 

More than
5 years
£ million

 

Total
£ million

 

  Payments due by period 

As at 30 June 2016

  Less than
1 year

£ million
   1-3 years
£ million
   3-5 years
£ million
   More than
5 years
£ million
   Total
£ million
 

Long term debt obligations

 

1,286

 

1,891

 

1,905

 

3,806

 

8,888

 

   1,639     2,854     558     4,620     9,671  

Interest obligations

 

349

 

482

 

345

 

1,522

 

2,698

 

   358     449     360     1,415     2,582  

Purchase obligations

   831     800     183     45     1,859  

Operating leases

   92     175     133     407     807  

Post employment benefits(i)

   47     95     95     215     452  

Provisions and other non-current payables

   149     116     49     132     446  

Finance leases

   42     78     82     140     342  

Credit support obligations

 

59

 

 

 

 

59

 

   139                    139  

Operating leases

 

102

 

139

 

93

 

223

 

557

 

Purchase obligations

 

954

 

931

 

671

 

357

 

2,913

 

Capital commitments

 

155

 

7

 

 

 

162

 

   81     6               87  

Finance leases

 

47

 

84

 

67

 

181

 

379

 

Deferred consideration payable

 

3

 

149

 

 

 

152

 

Post employment benefits*

 

48

 

95

 

95

 

305

 

543

 

Provisions and other non-current payables

 

172

 

167

 

42

 

135

 

516

 

Other financial liabilities

   13     18     159          190  

 

3,175

 

3,945

 

3,218

 

6,529

 

16,867

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
   3,391     4,591     1,619     6,974     16,575  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 


* For further information see note 13 (a) of the consolidated financial statements.

(i)For further information see note 13(d) to the consolidated financial statements.

Long term debt obligations comprise the principal amount of borrowings (excluding foreign currency swaps) with an original maturity of greater than one year. Interest obligations comprise interest payable on these borrowings. Credit support obligations represent liabilities to counterparty banks in respect of cash received as collateral under credit support agreements. Purchase obligations include various long term purchase contracts entered into for the supply of certain raw materials, principally bulk whisky, grapes,whisk(e)y, cereals, cans and glass bottles. The contractsContracts are used to guarantee the supply of raw materials over the long term and to enable a more accurate predictionsprediction of future costs.costs of raw materials in the future. Provisions and other non-current payables exclude £4£2 million in respect of vacant properties.

Potential income tax exposures included within corporateCorporate tax payable of £197340 million and deferred tax liabilities are not included in the table above, as the ultimate timing of

settlement cannot be reasonably estimated.

Management believe that it has sufficient funding for its working capital requirements.

Post employment contractual obligations comprise the committed deficit contributions andbut exclude future service cost contributions.

Post balance sheet events

On 2 July 2014, with the completion of the tender offer the group acquired an additional 26% investment in USL for INR 114.5 billion (£1,118 million) taking its investment to 54.78% (excluding 2.38% owned by the USL Benefit Trust) financed by debt. From 2 July 2014 the group will account for USL as a subsidiary with a 43.9% non-controlling interests. As a result of USL becoming a subsidiary of the group a gain of £103 million arose, being the difference between the book value of the associate balance prior to the transaction and the market value. This will be reported as a non-operating exceptional gain in the consolidated accounts in the year ending 30 June 2015.

87



Business review (continued)

Off-balance sheet arrangements

Neither Diageo plc nor any member of the Diageo group has any off-balance sheet financing arrangements that currently have or are reasonably likely to have a material future effect on the group’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditure or capital resources.

 

112


Business review (continued)

Risk management

The group’s funding, liquidity and exposure to foreign currency, interest rate risks, financial credit risk and commodity price risk are conducted within a framework of board approved policies and guidelines. The group purchases insurance for commercial or, where required, for legal or contractual reasons. In addition, the group retains some insurable risk where external insurance is not considered to be an economic means of mitigating this risk. Loan, trade and other receivables exposures are managed locally in the operating units where they arise and credit limits are established as deemed appropriate for the customer.

For a detailed analysis of the group’s exposure to foreign exchange, interest rate, commodity price, credit and liquidity risks see note 15 to the consolidated financial statements on pages 189-195.245-253.

Critical accounting policies

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS. Diageo’s accounting policies are set out in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. In applying these policies, the directors are required to make estimates and subjective judgements that may affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date and reported profit for the year. The directors base these on a combination of past experience and any other evidence that is relevant to the particular circumstance. The actual outcome could differ from those estimates. Of Diageo’s accounting policies, the directors consider that policies in relation to the following areas are particularly subject to estimates and the exercise of judgement.

The critical accounting policies, which the directors consider are of greater complexity and/or particularly subject to the exercise of judgements, are set out in detail in the relevant notes:

 

Exceptional items — page 213
Taxation — page 220
Brands, goodwill and other intangibles — page 228
Post employment benefits — page 235
Contingent liabilities and legal proceedings — page 261

·Exceptional items — page 164

·Taxation — page 169

·Business combinations — page 173

·Brands, goodwill and other intangibles — page 175

·Post employment benefits — page 181

·Contingent liabilities and legal proceedings — page 203

New accounting standards

A number of accounting standards, amendments and interpretations have recently been issued by the IASB orand IFRIC. Those that are of relevance to the group are discussed in note 1 to the consolidated financial statements on pages 156 and 157.204-206.

 

88



113


SUSTAINABILITY & RESPONSIBILITY REVIEWBusiness review (continued)

 

OUR ROLE IN SOCIETY

Sustainability & Responsibility review

In a year which has seen unprecedented international focus on the developmental and climate challenges facing the world, we began a new chapter in our approach to sustainability and responsibility. Building on our long tradition of contributing to society as a company with strong governance and ethics, our new 2020 targets focus on the issues that matter most: creating a positive role for alcohol in society; building thriving communities; and reducing our environmental impact.

Our 2020 sustainability and responsibility targets enable us to make a positive contribution to society – and support our ambition to be one of the best performing, most trusted and respected consumer products companies in the world. They were developed to help us support the UN’s Global Goals and World Health Organization (WHO) programmes on health, such as the Global Action Plan for the Prevention and Control of Non-Communicable Diseases.

Put into action this year, the targets underpin our commitment to addressing the issues most material to our stakeholders, and to us as a business:

1.Creating a positive role for alcohol in society by marketing responsibly, putting our resources and skills into programmes that prevent and reduce harmful drinking, working with others to raise awareness and change people’s attitudes and behaviour, and providing the information consumers need to make informed decisions about drinking as part of a balanced lifestyle, or choosing not to drink

Building thriving communities by empowering people throughout our value chain, including our employees – increasing their access to opportunity, to resources and to skills

Reducing our environmental impact by using natural resources responsibly in our operations and throughout our supply chain, with a particular emphasis on water.

We see these priorities as interdependent. We recognise that we will only succeed in playing a positive role if we take a holistic approach to addressing all three, while continuing to act as a good corporate citizen with exemplary governance and ethics.

Making a positive contribution

We’re proud of the brands we make and the enjoyment our products give to millions of people. And we create value in many other ways as well.

We directly employ around 32,000 people. Our partners employ many more, supporting our global manufacturing, distribution, sales and marketing operations. This year we paid over £4 billion in taxes and other duties to governments. Our manufacturing sites play crucial roles in their local communities.

We have interdependent relationships throughout our value chain, from the farmers who grow our ingredients, to our employees and contractors, to the consumers who buy our brands. We want to make sure that throughout that chain – wherever we source, make and sell – we are making a positive contribution which is aligned with the UN Global Goals and supports our core business.

Focus on impact and execution

Our 2020 targets are designed to create shared value and contribute broadly to the UN’s Global Goals. Metrics for each target evaluate the impacts of our initiatives. This reflects a renewed focus on co-ordinating our efforts to achieve outcomes that bring the maximum possible value for our stakeholders, and for us. Our new Social Impact Framework is a critical tool for evaluating impact and focusing investment, described further in the ‘Building thriving communities’ section on page 117.

Focus on partnership

A key way to achieve greater impact is to work with partners who add value to our programmes and initiatives. This year we have developed new partnerships with UNITAR, USAID, and the NGO WaterAid, among others, details of which can be found in the relevant sections below.

114


Business review (continued)

Focus on human rights

Our commitment to human rights throughout our value chain is fundamental to who we are and how we do business. In the expanded ‘Human rights’ section on page 117, we describe our work to assess our human rights impact.

Focus on diversity and inclusion

Diversity and inclusion have always been a priority for us, and this year we have gone further than ever to ensure that we are an open, fair, and welcoming business. Details are in the ‘Diversity and inclusion’ section on pages 120-121.

Focus on water and sustainable agriculture

The first full year of our Water Blueprint (see page 125) and the development of our new Sustainable Agriculture Strategy (see pages 123-124) are significant milestones in our efforts to evaluate and reduce our impacts along our entire value chain and to build thriving communities.

Beyond 2020

While our targets are set for 2020, our strategy is designed to support Diageo’s overall growth and performance for many years to come. It aims to help grow our brands’ relationships with consumers and others, strengthen our supply chain, reduce our costs, and mitigate long-term risk.

In the year that saw the launch of the UN’s Global Goals for sustainable development and the Paris Agreement on climate change, our strategy helps prepare us for a future in which the only successful business models will be those that can demonstrate a positive contribution to people and the planet.

CREATING A POSITIVE ROLE FOR ALCOHOL IN SOCIETY

PERFORMANCE AGAINST 2015 TARGETS

Responsible drinking programmes

373* (vs 315 in 2013)


* We are moving towards a new metric in future years that will demonstrate the impactWe’re proud of what we do – and fully aware of our responsibilities. Ensuring that alcohol plays a positive role in society matters to everyone at Diageo – and as a business it is our most material issue, at the heart of our licence to operate, and essential to our performance.

We work to reduce harmful drinking, promote rigorous company and industry standards for responsible marketing, and provide consumers with information to help them make responsible choices.

Reducing harmful drinking

We seek to raise awareness and shift attitudes and behaviour to encourage informed choices around drinking – or not drinking. Our programmes cover a wide range of issues depending on awareness, attitudes or behaviour.local concerns and include initiatives to prevent drink driving, underage drinking, binge drinking and drinking during pregnancy. Diageo shares the goal set by the WHO of reducing harmful drinking by 10% across the world by 2025 in an effort to reduce non-communicable diseases.

Working with others is essential to this effort. Our partnerships with international organisations, governments, law enforcement agents, educators, parents and civil society allow us to gain important insights and to reach more people.

This year Diageo entered into a two-year partnership with the UN Institute for Training and Research (UNITAR) to contribute to reducing death and injuries from traffic accidents. The project will target more than 60 countries with a focus on those with the highest road traffic death rates.

In 2016, we made good progresssupported 335 programmes to reduce harmful drinking in implementing55 countries. Highlights include the landmarkDiageo-supported industry campaign in Spain, ‘Minors Not a Single Drop’, which won the White Cross of the Order of Merit granted by the Minister of Health, and Diageo India’s road safety programme, which received the Prince Michael International Road Safety Award.

Giving consumers information

Diageo believes that responsible and moderate drinking can be part of a balanced lifestyle, and we want to provide our consumers with the information, tools and resources to make informed choices.

115


Business review (continued)

Our Diageo Consumer Information Standards, launched in June 2016, provide mandatory minimum standards for the information that must be included on labels and packaging on all Diageo-owned brands in all geographies (where legally permitted). Labels and packaging must include alcohol content and nutrition information per serve, alcohol content by volume, at least one and up to three responsible drinking symbols, a reference to our global responsible drinking website, DRINKiQ.com, a list of allergens, and recycling and sustainability symbols. We are the first in our industry to put this level of information in the hands of consumers, demonstrating our desire to be a true leader in helping consumers make informed decisions.

In January 2016 we relaunched DRINKiQ.com, which now has 25 specific country sites and is available in 12 languages. The refreshed site is making more information available to more people, especially via mobile.

Complaints about advertising upheld by industry bodies that report publicly

(2015)

  Industry
complaints
upheld
   Complaints
upheld about
Diageo brands
 

Australia

  Alcohol Beverage Code   10     0  

Ireland

  Advertising Standards Authority for Ireland (ASAI)   7     1  

United Kingdom

  The Portman Group   1     0  
  Advertising Standards Authority (ASA)   5     1  

United States

  Distilled Spirits Council of the United States (DISCUS)   1     0  

Our 2020 target

Industry collaboration

Implement Global Beer, Wine and Spirits Producers’ Commitments to Reducereduce Harmful Drinking, as well as our broader goals to support effective programmes that tackle alcohol misuse; communicate about alcohol responsibly; and advocate effective, evidence-based policy.including actions on:

 

The Global Beer, Wine and Spirits Producers’ Commitments

Reducing underage drinking

 

Strengthening and expanding marketing codes of practice

Providing consumer information and responsible product innovation

Reducing drink driving

Enlisting the support of retailers to reduce harmful drinking.

KPI:

Accenture has developed 19 KPIs for all signatories to the Commitments, published in the annual Commitments report and assured by KPMG.

The first2015 (latest available) annual report on the Commitments shows progress against the Commitmentsall action areas particularly underage drinking. For example, there was published in July 2014. The report concludes that signatory companies made good progress, but that more remains to be done. The first year was used to establish benchmarks, set key performance indicators and create resources for future work. These building blocks will inform, strengthen and accelerate future efforts. The following are highlights includeda 50% increase in the report:

· Producers supported 135number of underage education initiatives, which are now available in 86 countries, compared with just 57 in 2014. These programmes aimed at preventing and reducing underage drinking which together reacheddirectly engaged nearly one30 million young people under the legal purchase age, and more than 500,000unique adult influencers such as parents, teachers, and community leaders

· An analysis in seven countries found more than 96% of producer advertising is compliant with the ‘70/30’ rule under which advertising is placed in media where at least 70% of the audience is of legal drinking age

· Producers developed guiding principles for responsible digital marketing, which are now under public stakeholder review

The report, which was independently assured, can be found on www.producerscommitments.org. Information about Diageo’s performance can be found on our website.

Tackling alcohol misuse

We will continue to work with others to implement programmes that tackle misuse in ways that go beyond these Commitments. The choice of programme in each market reflects local stakeholder concerns but our focus is always on initiatives that can be shown to shift awareness, attitudes and behaviour.

This year, Diageo supported 373 programmes, including Commitments programmes in 53 countries, many of which have been evaluated to show measurable effects on awareness, attitudes and behaviour. Our sponsorship of the McLaren Mercedes F1 team continues to give Diageo a stylish and impactful platform to speak credibly about the importance of staying in control while driving. Johnnie Walker’s Join the Pact campaign has a goalrespecting legal age limits on buying alcohol. Producers also worked with key stakeholders to give one million kilometres of safe rides homeenforce legal purchase age laws where they exist and to consumers across the globe who have pledged neverimplement laws where they do not.

Responsible marketing

The Diageo Marketing Code and Digital Code are our mandatory minimum standards for responsible marketing, and we review them every 12–18 months to drink and drive. So far it has given about 423,025 rides, representing around 265,491 kilometres.

Complaints about advertising upheld by industry bodies that report publicly
(2014)

 

Industry
complaints
upheld

 

Complaints
abou
Diageo
brands

 

Australia

 

Alcohol Beverage Code

 

3

 

 

Ireland

 

Advertising Standards Authority for Ireland (ASAI)

 

3

 

 

United Kingdom

 

The Portman Group

 

8

 

 

 

 

Advertising Standards Authority (ASA)

 

38

 

1

 

United States

 

Distilled Spirits Council of the United States (DISCUS)

 

3

 

 

Communicating about alcohol responsibly

ensure they represent best practice. The Diageo Marketing Code was refreshed this year.

Five industry bodies publicly report breaches of their self-regulatory codes. The industry bodies that monitor these self-regulatory codes do not impose fines; nevertheless, removing the offending marketing can be a costly lesson for any company. Further consequences include reputational damage and, in some instances, additional controls, such as being subject to mandatory pre-clearance for future advertising. This year, Diageo was found to be in breach by the Advertising Standards AuthorityASA in the United KingdomUK for a Captain MorganSmirnoff television commercialadvertisement on the grounds that the social occasion depicted depended on the presence of linking alcohol with daring, tough and aggressive behaviour. The commercialalcohol. We were also found in breach by the ASAI in Ireland for a post on the Guinness Facebook page on the grounds that it suggested that drinking may have therapeutic benefits. In both cases, the marketing material was immediately withdrawn.

 

Further details116


Business review (continued)

Our 2020 target

Impactful programmes

Going beyond industry commitments, we will work in partnership to support programmes to address harmful drinking in our top 19* countries. We will evaluate these initiatives for efficacy and impact and report on the results.

*Number of countries reduced from 20 to 19 following the sale of our Jamaican Red Stripe business (Jamaica having been one of our top countries).

KPI:

Number of countries that evaluate responsible drinking programmes.

This year, 84% of our top 19 countries assessed the effectiveness of their programmes, measuring increases in awareness or shifts in attitudes or behaviour. While evaluating our projects to determine reach is important, we continue to work with markets to create impact and to put in place robust mechanisms to evaluate that impact. We have developed and rolled out a measurement and evaluation toolkit supporting these efforts.

For examples of our evaluation in action, please see the ‘Our role in society’ section of our website.

Our 2020 target

Training

Reach 1 million adults with training materials that will enable them to become responsible drinking (RD) ambassadors.

KPI:

Number of adults, above legal drinking age, who have completed interactive training (face-to-face or online) on responsible drinking, serving, selling, and marketing.

This year we reached 380,622 people, through training programmes such as DRINKiQ, Learning for Life, Diageo Bar Academy, Plan W and others. We are well on our way to meeting our 1 million target, with more than 700,000 RD ambassadors created in the S&R Performance Addendum 2014.past two years. Our training programmes reach a broad audience including consumers, retail and hospitality industry workers, police and government agency personnel, and members of the medical profession. This year, we also launched an interactive version of DRINKiQ as part of the overall visitor experience at the Guinness Storehouse in Dublin. It will deliver DRINKiQ training on responsible drinking to around 300,000 visitors from across the world each year. In the first two months since launch, we have reached 21,000 people.

Further details at www.diageo.com.BUILDING THRIVING COMMUNITIES

We create value for millions of people as a buyer of goods and services, as an employer, as corporate citizens, and as producers of some of the world’s best-loved brands.

We want to continue to help the communities we live and work in thrive: by making Diageo a great, safe, and diverse place to work; by building sustainable supply chains; and through programmes that empower communities and individuals and increase their access to opportunity.

Human rights

Our commitment to, and respect for, human rights throughout our value chain is fundamental to who we are and how we do business. Our business is built on long-term relationships based on trust and shared value.

We have a clear policy which sets out our commitment to human rights. We do not tolerate discrimination, harassment, bullying or abuse; we comply with wage and working time laws; we respect our employees’ decisions to join or not join a trade union; and we do not tolerate forced or compulsory labour. We will not work with anyone, including any supplier, who does not adopt these values.

 

89



117


2.Business review (continued)WATER STEWARDSHIP

 

PERFORMANCE AGAINSTOur 2020 target

Act in accordance with the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights.

We are signatories to the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights (UNGP). These set clear expectations around monitoring and management of human rights. In 2015 TARGETSwe partnered with Business for Social Responsibility, a global not-for-profit consultancy, to help articulate our human rights vision and strategy. We conducted a corporate level assessment, which included mapping all our existing policies, processes, and procedures against the UNGP requirements.

Based on this, during the year, we developed a robust and comprehensive human rights impact assessment (HRIA) with a toolkit to support markets through a systematic review of their businesses to identify and assess potential human rights impacts. The HRIA considers our entire value chain from sourcing to selling, and helps us focus our activities on any areas of concern.

We conducted our first HRIA in Kenya in February, and as a result we are strengthening our processes to prevent risks in areas such as land rights and labour standards in agriculture. We also used the Kenya process as a pilot, and are now developing our approach for conducting HRIAs in other markets.

Empowering and enabling communities through our programmes

We have a long history of direct investment in long-term, actively-managed programmes that address the developmental challenges facing the communities where we source, make, and sell our products. Our programmes support the three main strands of our strategy, which align with the UN Global Goals:

Enabling entrepreneurship, employability and skills

Improving health and wellbeing, including through access to clean water, sanitation and hygiene

Helping to empower women.

Delivering impact

This year Diageo invested £16.3 million or 0.6% (2015 – 0.6%) of operating profit to charitable projects that help serve critical local need.

We want our programmes to have impact – it is how we will drive change. Working with partners magnifies our impact. For example, our new partnership with WaterAid helps support access to clean water and sanitation, and we have also announced a partnership with USAID on a joint programme in Colombia, building skills for veterans to support the country’s transition and growth, and on farmer training in South Sudan.

Our partners have welcomed our new Social Impact Framework (SIF), launched this year, because it enables them and us to measure and evaluate the impact of our programmes. The SIF, which we developed with input from three of our partner NGOs in 11 countries, provides a clear guide for the consistent implementation of programmes within our overall strategy. It uses key performance indicators to quantify the impacts of programmes, allowing us to identify and measure potential benefits and make a stronger case for investment. Our SIF is also helping us to ensure we quantify the full value of each of our existing programmes which have hitherto concentrated on a particular area.

Our 2020 target

Our community programmes enable those who live and work in our communities, particularly women, to have the skills and resources to build a better future for themselves. We will evaluate and report on the tangible impacts of our programmes.

KPI:

As part of the SIF we developed detailed impact metrics, and are currently working to determine appropriate KPIs for each of our programmes, which will report in 2017.

118


Business review (continued)

Our programmes include:

Water of Life – this programme has reached more than 10 million people in 18 countries in Africa since 2006. It is focused on access to water, sanitation and hygiene (WASH) in line with UN Global Goal 6: ‘Clean water and sanitation’, and is increasingly active in rural areas that supply raw materials to our business. This year we provided access to safe water and sanitation to 351,700 more beneficiaries.

Plan W –this programme aims to empower women, both our employees and those in our wider value chain, and enable them to play a greater role in the economy – this contributes to UN Global Goal 5: ‘Gender Equality’. To date this programme has empowered 260,000 women. However, we have revised the target set in 2013 to empower 2 million women by 2016 because we realised that to achieve meaningful change we needed to focus on impact rather than simply reach.

Learning for Life – this supports vocational and life-skills training which enable entrepreneurship, employability and skills, in line with UN Global Goal 4: ‘Ensure inclusive and quality education for all and promote lifelong learning’. It also strengthens our value chain through its emphasis on hospitality, retail, and entrepreneurship. Learning for Life currently operates over 90 initiatives a year in more than 40 countries. Since we launched the programme in 2008, more than 115,000 young people have taken part.

LOGOLOGOCommunity investment by focus area1 Community aspects of responsible drinking projects2 46% Brand-led and local community spend3 21% Learning for Life 20% Water of Life 7% Plan W 6% 1 This excludes our legacy commitment to the Thalidomide Trust and the Thalidomide Foundation Ltd of L10.2 million which in prior years we included as part of our community investment data. 2 This is a sub-section of the total responsible drinking budget. 3 Category includes cause-related brand campaigns, local market giving and disaster relief. Community investment by region1 North America 38% Europe and global functions 26% Asia Pacific and GTME 14% Latin America and Caribbean 14% Africa 8%

 

Improve water efficiency by 30%

1

This excludes our legacy commitment to the Thalidomide Trust and the Thalidomide Foundation Ltd of £10.2 million which in prior years we included as part of our community investment data.
2

This is a sub-section of the total responsible drinking budget.
3

2.4% (vs 2013)

21% (vs 2007)

Reduce water wasted in water-stressed sites by 50%

12% (vs 2013)

25% (vs 2007)

Reduce polluting power of wastewater by 60%

4% (vs 2013)

(13)% (vs 2007)

Category includes cause-related brand campaigns, local market giving and disaster relief.

 

GRAPHIC119


Business review (continued)

 

GRAPHICOur people

We want our people to reach their full potential, and to play their part in Diageo reaching its full potential as a business. We aim to create a diverse, inclusive, and welcoming culture, where people are proud of their work, empowered to succeed, and know that their safety and other human rights are respected.

Health and safety

Our global Zero Harm programme is designed to ensure that all our people go home safe, every day – and our Health and Safety strategy aims for a business in which no-one is hurt, anywhere.

To reach that end we have set ourselves increasingly challenging milestones, with our current target being less than one lost-time accident (LTA) per 1,000 employees and no fatalities.

Sadly, in December 2015, a contractor fell to his death at our Ogba facility in Nigeria while carrying out maintenance work at height. We have long recognised our responsibility to contractors and visitors to our sites, and include them in our Severe and Fatal Incident Prevention (SFIP) programme, which is designed to identify and eliminate severe and fatal risks in our operations, and has significantly reduced the number of severe accidents. However, it is under constant review and, since this tragedy, we have conducted an in-depth review of SFIP compliance across Africa, in particular of contractors working at heights, to prevent accidents like this happening elsewhere.

Our 2020 target

Keep our people safe by achieving less than one LTA per 1,000 employees and no fatalities.

KPI:

Number of LTAs; number of fatalities.

This year we continued to drive significant improvement across the business through our Zero Harm programme, with a 13% reduction in LTAs, resulting in an LTA rate of 1.44. We focused particularly on embedding our programme in the recently acquired USL business in India. We also focused on our non-manufacturing sites to bring their safety record closer to that of our manufacturing sites, many of which are recording record low levels of safety incidents. Some of our locations, such as South East Asia and Venezuela, achieved zero LTAs this year, while two of our regions, North America and Africa, achieved less than one accident per 1,000 employees. With results like these, we are confident that Zero Harm is no longer just an aspiration, but a very real and achievable goal.

During the coming year we will continue to focus on practical programmes supported by behavioural change, in an effort to make Zero Harm a reality across Diageo.

Diversity and inclusion

We celebrate diversity and strive to create an inclusive culture that provides all individuals the freedom to succeed, irrespective of their gender, race, religion, disability, age or sexual orientation.

With 47% of our Executive Committee being women, we are proud of the progress we have made in developing female leaders, but there is more to do. We are also committed to building local talent, with our general managers representing over 25 different nationalities.

120


Business review (continued)

Our focus over the past year has been on broadening and deepening our approach to diversity and inclusion. Each market has developed a detailed multi-year plan to achieve stretching goals, and their performance is regularly tracked and benchmarked. Examples of market activities undertaken as a result include leadership sessions on unconscious bias in Europe, North America and India, a ‘Women in Supply’ leadership programme delivered to over 390 participants globally, and our commitment to ensuring that 50% of hires to our global graduate programme are women.

Our 2020 target

Build diversity, with 30% of leadership positions held by women and measures implemented to help female employees attain and develop in leadership roles.

KPI:

% of leadership positions held by women.

This year, 28% of leadership roles were held by women. At the most senior level, 42% of our Board members and 47% of our Executive Committee members are women.

Engaged and empowered employees

Our people are at the heart of our business, and we trust them to use their passion for our brands and pride in what we do to deliver our performance.

We support our people through clear policies, competitive reward programmes, coaching and development opportunities, and health and wellbeing initiatives. We aim to engage and communicate with them through collaborative campaigns and activities, such as #proudofwhatwedo, and to give them the freedom to succeed by fostering a culture of open communication in which best practice is shared and there is a two-way channel to and from our leadership.

We want our people to be engaged: passionate about our strategy, connected to our values, and motivated to be and perform at their best. The importance of this to our business is reflected in the fact that we measure employee engagement as one of our overarching KPIs, as set out on pages 23-27. Our annual Values Survey helps us measure how we are engaging our people and enabling them to perform.

                                                                                                         

Lost-time accident

frequency rate per 1,000 full-time employees(i)

  2012   2013   2014   2015(ii)   2016 

North America

   4.15     1.64     0.84     1.83     0.37  

Europe, Russia and Turkey

   2.41     2.12     2.08     2.51     1.28  

Africa

   1.82     2.55     0.56     1.20     0.77  

Latin America and Caribbean

   1.44     10.88     4.7     0.66     2.27  

Asia Pacific

   0.0     1.26     1.62     1.21     2.01  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diageo (total)

   2.14     2.97     1.66     1.66     1.44  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(i)Number of accidents per 1,000 employees and directly supervised contractors resulting in time lost from work of one calendar day or more.
(ii)2015 data has not been restated to include USL, so this comparison does not include the additional improvements within USL that we have seen in 2016. For further detail and the reporting methodologies, see our Sustainability & Responsibility Performance Addendum 2016.

                                                                                          

Number of days lost to accidents per 1,000 full-time employees

  2012   2013       2014   2015   2016 

Diageo (total)

   106.6     66.0       49.7     89.4     57  
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fatalities

  2012   2013       2014   2015   2016 

Diageo (total)

   1     4       1     1     1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

121


Business review (continued)

                                                               

Average number of employees by region by gender(i)

  Men   Women   Total 

North America

   1,729     1,166     2,895  

Europe, Russia and Turkey

   6,555     4,197     10,752  

Africa

   4,110     1,166     5,276  

Latin America and Caribbean

   2,015     1,140     3,155  

Asia Pacific

   8,178     1,822     10,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diageo (total)

   22,587     9,491     32,078  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average number of employees by role by gender

  Men   Women   Total 

Senior manager(ii)

   493     193     686  

Line manager(iii)

   3,798     1,650     5,448  

Supervised employee(iv)

   18,296     7,648     25,944  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   22,587     9,491     32,078  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

                                                                                    

New hires by region by gender(i)

  Men   Women   Total   % of regional
headcount
 

North America

   175     130     305     10.5  

Europe, Russia and Turkey

   859     785     1,644     15.3  

Africa

   352     203     555     10.5  

Latin America and Caribbean

   484     270     754     23.9  

Asia Pacific

   548     317     865     8.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Diageo (total)

   2,418     1,705     4,123     12.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Percentage of total new hires

   58.6     41.4      
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

Leavers by region by gender(i)

  Men   Women   Total   % of regional
headcount
 

North America

   568     342     910     31.4  

Europe, Russia and Turkey

   828     579     1,407     13.1  

Africa

   899     254     1,153     21.9  

Latin America and Caribbean

   646     374     1,020     32.3  

Asia Pacific

   817     294     1,111     11.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Diageo (total)

   3,758     1,843     5,601     17.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Percentage of total leavers

   67.1     32.9      
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

(i)Employees have been allocated to the region in which they reside.
(ii)Top leadership positions in Diageo, excluding Executive Committee.
(iii)All Diageo employees (non-senior managers), with one or more direct reports.
(iv)All Diageo employees (non-senior managers) who have no direct reports.

122


Business review (continued)

Our 2020 targets

 


Increase employee engagement to 80%, becoming a top quartile performer on measures such as employee satisfaction, pride and loyalty.

(1) 2007 baseline data

Raise our performance enablement score, which measures a link between engagement and data for eachperformance commitment, to 83%.

KPI:

Employee satisfaction, loyalty, advocacy and pride, measured through our Values Survey.

This year, 97% of our people participated in the Values Survey* (24,843 out of the six years25,712 able to participate), with 77% identified as engaged, and 80% feeling they were ‘enabled to perform’. They confirmed that our core strengths continue to be our pride and sense of ownership in our business, a passion for our brands, and belief in our strategy.

Gratifyingly our survey scores continue to improve year on year and we are on our way to achieving our 2020 objective of reaching top quartile scores for the key metrics of engagement and performance enablement.

*In 2014, we reviewed our overall approach to measuring engagement, and adopted a revised index. The new index allows us to compare our results with other best-in-class organisations, and sets us a more stretching benchmark for employee engagement.

Sustainable supply chains

Our direct suppliers – around 28,000 from more than 100 countries – who provide us with raw materials, expertise, and other resources are essential to our business. We believe that we create value in return, by supporting and building capability among our supplier communities and by strengthening environmental practices, alongside the economic value from trade.

As a minimum, we’re committed to responsible sourcing, which complies with legal and regulatory requirements, including those related to human rights and working conditions. With sustainable sourcing, we’re going beyond compliance to tackle risks and maximise opportunities for us and the people throughout our supply chain, contributing to reducing poverty and inequality, addressing environmental challenges, increasing wellbeing, and improving livelihoods in line with the UN Global Goals.

Sustainable agriculture

Our new Sustainable Agriculture Strategy (due to be launched in summer 2016) is designed to build on our long and mutually beneficial relationships with farmers and suppliers. Our vision is to make our agricultural supply chains environmentally, socially and economically sustainable. That means:

Respecting human rights (including land rights), building capacity and creating shared value with farming communities

Using resources efficiently and safeguarding future crops and ecosystems

Securing a supply for our business, while contributing to economic and wider growth.

Our 2020 targets

Establish partnerships with farmers to develop sustainable agricultural supplies of key raw materials.

KPI:

As part of our work on the Sustainable Agriculture Strategy, we are in the period ended 30 June 2013process of developing metrics to help us drive progress and measure our performance.

By giving farmers the tools they need to increase yields, we can help them improve livelihoods and increase capacity. We do this through a variety of programmes, including: training; enhancing access to inputs that support better yields, such as seeds and fertiliser; providing access to capital through micro-loans; supporting farmers’ groups; and encouraging sustainable practices that protect natural resources.

123


Business review (continued)

Source 80% of our agricultural raw materials locally in Africa by 2020.

KPI:

% agricultural raw materials sourced locally in Africa.

We sourced 73% of agricultural materials locally within Africa for use by our African markets, compared to 70% in 2015. We are on track, and believe that our work building farmer capacity in Africa, combined with our long history of engagement in the region, will help us continue to make progress.

Deliver our responsible sourcing commitments with suppliers to improve labour standards and human rights in our supply chains.

KPI:

% of potential high risk supplier sites audited.

We continued to work through SEDEX, a not-for-profit organisation that enables suppliers to share assessments and audits of ethical and responsible practices with multiple customers, and AIM-PROGRESS, a forum of over 40 leading consumer goods companies which promote responsible sourcing practices and sustainable supply chains. We also have an internal Know Your Business Partner programme to assess third parties against the risk of bribery and corruption.

To date, 1,061 of Diageo’s supplier sites assessed as a potential risk have completed a SEDEX self-assessment questionnaire. Of the 318 supplier sites assessed as a potential high risk, 47% (150) were independently audited during the last three years. Of these, 70 were commissioned by Diageo and 80 were accessed through SEDEX or AIM-PROGRESS.

LOGOLOGOGlobal raw materials by volume 2016 (Total 1.4 million tonnes) Barley1 43% Maize2 13% Wheat 9% Molasses 9% Sorghum 6% Sugar 6% Grapes 6% Agave 3% Rice 1% Dairy 1% Rye 1% Other 2% (including raisins, cassava, hops and aniseed) Global packaging materials3 by volume 2016 (Total 1.3 million tonnes) Glass 83% Corrugate 8% Cartons 2% PET 1% Closures 1% Cans 1% Bags 1% Labels and sleeves 1% Crowns 1% Beverage cartons 1%

1Includes malted barley.
2Excludes maize used to make the neutral spirit we purchase in North America to ensure our figures represent only raw materials we buy directly; maize therefore represents 13% of raw materials by volume this year, compared with 22% in 2015.
3Excludes promotional materials.

124


Business review (continued)

REDUCING OUR ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT

Performance against 2020 targets

                                                               

2020 target

    

KPI

  2016
performance
  Cumulative
performance
vs baseline1
 
Reduce water use through a 50% improvement in water use efficiency    % improvement in litres of water use per litre of packaged product   12.5  37.7
Return 100% of wastewater from our operations to the environment safely    % reduction in wastewater polluting power, measured in BOD (‘000 tonnes)   37.7  38.6
Replenish the amount of water used in our final product in water-stressed areas    % of water replenished in water- stressed locations   21.0  21.0
Reduce absolute GHG emissions from direct operations by 50%    % reduction in absolute GHG (kt CO2e)   7.7  36.2
Achieve a 30% reduction in absolute GHG emissions along the total supply chain    % reduction in absolute GHG (kt CO2e)   4.0  18.2
Reduce total packaging by 15%, while increasing recycled content to    % of total packaging by weight   0.8  8.0
    % of recycled content by weight   1.0  40.0
45% and making 100% of packaging recyclable    % of recyclable packaging by weight   0.1  98.7
Achieve zero waste to landfill    % reduction in total waste to landfill (tonnes)   41.4  90.1

(i)Baseline year is 2007, except for packaging which is 2009 and water replenishment which is 2015.

We aim to be a business which uses natural resources efficiently, reduces our impact on climate change, causes no lasting damage to habitats or biodiversity and, where possible, improves the environment we operate in.

We are committed to minimising our environmental impact across all our operations, and we have continued to extend our environmental programmes into the broader supply chain. This will help ensure the sustainability and security of our supply chain, supporting the resilience and growth of our business.

Action on climate change

This year saw an unprecedented international focus on climate action, with the COP21 conference in December resulting in the Paris Agreement on climate change.

We have long advocated the reduction of carbon emissions by business in response to climate change. As members of the We Mean Business Coalition, we committed to carbon emissions reduction targets, eliminating commodity-driven deforestation, and providing climate change information in corporate filings. We are also committed to procuring 100% of our electricity from renewable sources by 2030 and reducing emissions from short-lived climate pollutants. During COP21, we confirmed our membership of the Business Alliance for Water and Climate Change.

Focus on water

Water remains one of our most material environmental issues: as a drinks company, water is an essential resource, and its careful management is a business priority.

Water is also a shared resource, with complex interdependencies between different users, which means that its use, especially in water-stressed areas, can have impacts on communities and the wider environment. The map on page 37 shows the number of our sites located in water-stressed areas. These account for approximately a third of our total production by volume. Our strategic aim is to reduce our overall impact, especially in water-stressed areas such as Africa, India and Brazil which this year saw severe droughts. During the year we developed specific local strategies to address water stewardship in East Africa and India.

Our Water Blueprint, launched in April 2015, outlines how we will protect and manage our water resources globally, particularly in relation to emerging markets. The strategy incorporates our global supply chain, which will enable better understanding and management of our total impact on water.

125


Business review (continued)

A year of progress in all areas

This year we have made progress against all our 2020 environmental targets while broadening our scope and ambition. New acquisitions have been restatedfully integrated into the business, including United National Breweries (UNB) in accordance with Diageo’sSouth Africa and Don Julio in Mexico, and are included in our independent environmental reporting methodologies.auditing and associated limited assurance statement.

(2) In accordance with Diageo’s environmental reporting methodologies, totalOur 2020 targets

Water stewardship

Reduce water use through a 50% improvement in water use efficiency.

KPI:

% improvement in litres of water used excludes irrigationper litre of packaged product.

This year our water efficiency improved by 12.5% compared with 2015 and by 37.7% compared with our baseline. In our operations, this was driven by improvements in East Africa, where our Tusker Brewery in Nairobi improved water efficiency by 27%, and in Canada, where our Gimli distillery improved by 35%.

26,682 cubic metres of water were used for agricultural purposes on land under the operational control of the company.

Overall this year, Diageo has delivered improved performance across all water and other environmental target areas versus the prior year, and progressed towards meeting 2015 goals. We reduced absolute water use by 9% or 2,268,000 cubic metres while water efficiency improved by 2.4% compared to the prior year. In water-stressed locations, we have reduced water wasted by 12%, an important contribution towards our target of a 50% reduction versus the company’s 2007 baseline.

While some savings are the result of major investments, most come from operational improvements related to equipment, processes, culture and behaviour. For example, our distillery at Valleyfield, Canada has reduced water used by 44% through investment in surface condensers. In Nairobi, where three of our sites are in water-stressed locations, brewing, malting and glass production facilities have reduced the absolute volume of water withdrawn by 23%, reflecting the impact of a sustained focus on water conservation.

Water used for irrigation purposes on land under Diageo’s operational control extends to 7,512,000 cubic metres andcontrol. This is reported separately from water used in our direct operations.

Return 100% of wastewater from our operations water use efficiency performance. The significant majority of this irrigation water relates to sugar cane production at the Ypioca business in Brazil where Diageo is investing in improving irrigation techniques and broader water stewardship improvements. See page 100 for information about our Value chain partnerships.environment safely.

126


Business review (continued)

 

90KPI:



% reduction of wastewater polluting power measured in 1,000t BOD.

We also aim to reducereduced the polluting power of the wastewater measured in biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) grams per litre of product packaged. Overall we reduced BODreturned to the environment by 4%, with a 56% improvement37.7% this year.

This year’s performance was driven predominantly by maintaining excellent progress at sitesour breweries in Africa as a result of betterand India, and reducing production (and consequently wastewater treatment facilities and operation.

A significant proportion of Diageo’s BOD in wastewater comesvolume) from our Cameronbridge distillery in Scotland, whereScotland.

Equip our suppliers with tools to protect water resources in our most water-stressed locations.

KPI:

% of key suppliers engaged in water management practices.

Since joining the CDP’s Water Programme last year, we have built a new bioenergy plant which generates renewable energy from co-products while also reducing BOD load. This facility, once fully commissioned, will significantly reduce BOD loadmade progress in developing ways to the environmentqualitatively evaluate our suppliers’ use of water in future years.years and to encourage and support suppliers to protect water resources.

We engaged around 40 of our largest suppliers to disclose their water management practices through this programme. Of the 62% of suppliers that responded, 79% reported having a reduction target in place. In the coming year we will scale up this programme to over 100 of our key suppliers and third-party operators.

 

Replenish the amount of water used in our final product in water-stressed areas.

KPI:

% of water replenished in water-stressed locations.

This year, 21% of total water used in final product in water-stressed areas was replenished.

This new target commits us to replenishing approximately 1,000,000 cubic metres of water by 2020, or 200,000 cubic metres each year. In the first year, we have replenished 215,000 cubic metres through reforestation, desilting of dams, water storage, and safe water and sanitation projects. The majority of these projects are near our sites located in acutely water-stressed areas in India and East Africa.

In addition, to driving improvementsthe volume of water recycled or reused in our operations, we also invest in infrastructure and sanitation through our Waterown production was 1,797,985 cubic metres, representing 8.4% of Life programme to provide access to cleantotal water in local communities. Please see page 94 for more information.withdrawals.

 

                                                                                    

Water efficiency by region, by year (l/l)(i),(ii)

  2007   2014   2015   2016 

North America

   6.79     5.41     5.35     5.20  

Europe, Russia and Turkey

   7.89     7.02     6.73     5.78  

Africa

   8.48     5.60     5.14     4.53  

Latin America and Caribbean

   34.66     31.20     6.26     4.58  

Asia Pacific

   7.09     7.10     5.68     4.98  

Diageo (total)

   8.21     6.75     5.84     5.11  

Further details in the S&R Performance Addendum 2014.

Further details at www.diageo.com.127


Business review (continued)

 

Water efficiency by region, by year (l/l) (1),(2)

 

2007

 

2012

 

2013

 

2014

 

North America

 

6.68

 

4.96

 

6.45

 

5.27

 

Western Europe

 

7.56

 

6.57

 

6.57

 

6.90

 

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

 

9.94

 

7.21

 

6.64

 

6.23

 

Latin America and Caribbean

 

21.87

 

15.98

 

21.01

 

20.61

 

Asia Pacific

 

4.41

 

3.52

 

3.34

 

3.63

 

Diageo (total)

 

8.68

 

6.93

 

7.03

 

6.86

 

Wastewater polluting power by region,by year (BOD/kt)(1)

 

2007

 

2012

 

2013

 

2014

 

North America

 

248

 

13

 

11

 

13

 

Western Europe

 

21,802

 

28,437

 

33,689

 

35,990

 

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

 

11,613

 

8,398

 

6,623

 

2,756

 

Latin America and Caribbean

 

565

 

35

 

11

 

10

 

Asia Pacific

 

22

 

8

 

6

 

0

 

Corporate

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

Diageo (total)

 

34,251

 

36,892

 

40,341

 

38,770

 

Total under direct control

 

33,426

 

36,646

 

40,088

 

38,541

 


(1) 2007 baseline data and data for each of the six years in the period ended 30 June 2013 have been restated in accordance with Diageo’s environmental reporting methodologies.

(2) In accordance with Diageo’s environmental reporting methodologies, total water used excludes irrigation water for agricultural purposes on land under the operational control of the company.

91



3.ENVIRONMENT

PERFORMANCE AGAINST 2015 TARGETS

                                                                                    

Wastewater polluting power by region, by year (BOD/t)(i)

  2007   2014   2015   2016 

North America

   242     15     13     101  

Europe, Russia and Turkey

   22,927     35,851     31,543     19,494  

Africa

   9,970     2,727     670     460  

Latin America and Caribbean

   11     22     50     48  

Asia Pacific

   92     489     489     298  

Corporate

   0     0     0     0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diageo (total)

   33,242     39,104     32,765     20,401  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total under direct control

   32,412     38,867     32,535     20,123  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Reduce carbon emissions equivalent by 50%

(i)

2007 baseline data and data for each of the intervening years in the period ended 30 June 2015 have been restated in accordance with Diageo’s environmental reporting methodologies.
(ii)

5% (vs 2013)

30% (vs 2007)

Eliminate waste to landfill

23% (vs 2013)

83% (vs 2007)

Reduce average packaging weight by 10%*

0.8% (vs 2013)

6% (vs 2009)

Increase average recycled content across all packaging to 42%

1% (vs 2013)

37% (vs 2009)

Make all packaging 100% recyclable/reusable

0.01% (vs 2013)

98.6% (vs 2009)

In accordance with Diageo’s environmental reporting methodologies, total water used excludes irrigation water for agricultural purposes on land under the operational control of the company.

Our 2020 targets


* A 2009 baseline was established for packaging targets versus the 2007 baseline for other environmental metrics.Carbon

 

Reduce absolute GHG emissions from direct operations by 50%.

Alongside water stewardship, our environmental programme focuses on reducing greenhouse gases and waste sent to landfill as well as improving the sustainability of our packaging.KPI:

Carbon emissions

% reduction in absolute GHG (kt CO2 e).

We use the World Resources Institute/World Business Council for Sustainable Development Greenhouse Gas Protocol as a basis for reporting our emissions, and we include all facilities over which we have operational control for the full fiscal year.

We reduced GHG emissions in our direct operations this year by 7.7% through a range of measures and initiatives, including a reduction in coal use in India, energy improvements at our US Virgin Islands business, and the transition to hydro-powered grid electricity in Cameroon.

This year Diageo’s nettotal direct and indirect carbon emissions (CO2e)(location/gross) were reduced by 5% in absolute terms or 35,000845,000 tonnes compared to the prior year. We achieved this reduction despite production volume going up in the most energy intensive area of our business, malt(direct emissions (scope 1) 656,000 tonnes and grain whisky distilling. Cumulatively we have reduced absolute net tonnes of CO2e by 30% since 2007.

Carbon emissions by weight by region (1,000 tonnes
CO
2e)(1), (2)

 

2007

 

2012

 

2013

 

2014

 

North America

 

218

 

67

 

51

 

56

 

Western Europe

 

364

 

318

 

333

 

337

 

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

 

294

 

295

 

275

 

232

 

Latin America and Caribbean

 

32

 

23

 

19

 

19

 

Asia Pacific

 

29

 

15

 

13

 

14

 

Corporate

 

23

 

17

 

16

 

14

 

Diageo (total)

 

960

 

735

 

707

 

672

 


(1) CO2e figures are calculated using the kWh/CO2e conversion factor provided by energy suppliers, the relevant factors to the country of operation or the International Energy Agency, as applicable.

(2) 2007 baseline data,indirect emissions (scope 2) 189,000 tonnes). In 2015, total direct and data for each of the six years in the period ended 30 June 2013, have been restated in accordance with the WRI/WBCSD Greenhouse Gas Reporting Protocol and Diageo’s environmental reporting methodologies.

GRAPHIC


(1) CO2e figures are calculated using the kWh/CO2e conversion factor provided by energy suppliers, the relevant factors to the country of operation or the International Energy Agency, as applicable.

(2) 2007 baseline data, and data for each of the six years in the period ended 30 June 2013, have been restated in accordance with the WRI/WBCSD Greenhouse Gas Reporting Protocol and Diageo’s environmental reporting methodologies.

92



These results represent the sum of many small improvements, increases in green energy sourcing and the application of new technology combined with larger capital projects such as a £4 million investment in a combined heat and power plant at the Red Stripe brewery in Jamaica, which will reduce the site’sindirect carbon emissions by 4,000(location/gross) were 903,000 tonnes per year.

Diageo’s gross carbon(direct emissions for710,000 and indirect emissions 193,000 tonnes). The intensity ratio this year are 865,000Δ tonnes, with an intensity ratio of 255was 203 grams per litre packaged. Our targets for absolute reduction of carbon emissions, setpackaged, compared to 227 grams per litre in 2007, are based on net emissions. This is the first year we are reporting both net and gross emissions.

2015.

This year, approximately 59%52.1% of electricity at our supplyproduction sites came from low-carbon sources such as wind, hydro and nuclear, (2013: 52%).compared to 57.6% in 2015. The divestment of the wines business and acquisition of UNB are the principal drivers of this year-on-year change. In the United Kingdom, 99%99.5% of our electricity came from low-carbon sources.

128


Business review (continued)

Achieve a 30% reduction in absolute GHG emissions along the total supply chain.

KPI:

% reduction in absolute GHG (kt CO2e).

This new target underpins our commitment to reduce carbon emissions, including collaborating with our suppliers, distributors and customers to reduce emissions along the total supply chain. This year, markedwe established the total supply chain carbon footprint of our second2007 baseline year inas 4.09 million tonnes. In 2016, our total supply chain carbon footprint was 3.34 million tonnes, a reduction of 18.2% versus the CDP (formerlybaseline and a 4% reduction since 2015. The key drivers are lower emission factors attributed to fertiliser use and consequently agricultural raw materials; reduced emissions from our packaging materials; and the Carbon Disclosure Project) Supply Chain programme, a platform for engagingreduced carbon footprint of our direct operations.

In our supply chain we engaged 145 key suppliers on measuring and managing their carbon emissions.emissions through the CDP. Of the 146 suppliers we engaged, 83%85% that responded to the CDP questionnaire.questionnaire, 48% reported having an emissions reduction target in place.

Ensure all our new refrigeration equipment in trade is HFC-free, with a reduction in associated GHG emissions from 2015.

KPI:

% of equipment sourced HFC-free from 1 July 2015.

This year, 99% of the more than 17,000 fridges we purchased were sourced as HFC-free equipment.

 

This has provided important insights into theDirect and indirect carbon impacts of our supply chain, and we will use the information to explore opportunities to reduce them.emissions by weight (1,000 tonnes CO2e)1,2 (market-/net-based) 878 739 658 595 190 84 80 86 2007 2014 2015 2016 Direct Indirect

LOGO

 

Waste to landfill

1CO2e figures are calculated using the WRI/WBCSD GHG Protocol guidance available at the beginning of our financial year, the kWh/CO2e conversion factor provided by energy suppliers, the relevant factors to the country of operation, or the International Energy Agency, as applicable.
22007 baseline data, and data for each of the intervening years in the period ended 30 June 2015, have been restated in accordance with the WRI/WBCSD GHG Protocol and Diageo’s environmental reporting methodologies.

 

Total waste to landfill by region (tonnes)(1)

 

2007

 

2012

 

2013

 

2014

 

                                                                                    

Carbon emissions by weight by region (1,000 tonnes CO2 e)(i),(ii)

  2007   2014   2015   2016 

North America

 

40,828

 

16,573

 

539

 

246

 

   214     55     53     45  

Western Europe

 

3,627

 

181

 

1,240

 

705

 

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

 

52,536

 

30,753

 

19,596

 

15,565

 

Europe, Russia and Turkey

   406     355     329     285  

Africa

   271     235     248     250  

Latin America and Caribbean

 

4,931

 

1,162

 

919

 

870

 

   7     15     15     15  

Asia Pacific

 

1,287

 

107

 

91

 

66

 

   151     152     81     73  

Corporate

 

1,140

 

852

 

843

 

499

 

   19     11     12     13  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Diageo (total)

 

104,349

 

49,628

 

23,228

 

17,951

 

   1,068     823     738     681  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 


(1) 2007 baseline data and data for each of the six years in the period ended 30 June 2013 have been restated in accordance with Diageo’s environmental reporting methodologies.

(i)CO2e figures (market/net) are calculated using the WRI/WBCSD GHG Protocol guidance available at the beginning of our financial year, the kWh/CO2 e conversion factor provided by energy suppliers, the relevant factors to the country of operation, or the International Energy Agency, as applicable.
(ii)2007 baseline data, and data for each of the intervening years in the period ended 30 June 2015, have been restated in accordance with the WRI/WBCSD GHG Protocol and Diageo’s environmental reporting methodologies.

 

Another focus of our environmental programme is to reduce the amount of waste we send to landfill. As well as having a positive impact on the environment, it saves money by reducing waste levies and fees, and saving on material inputs. In 2014, we reduced waste to landfill by 23% compared to the prior year. One of the key drivers was the progress made by our sites in Nigeria, where the business has accelerated an initiative started in 2012 to extensively reuse brewing by-products previously sent to landfill for animal feed and fertiliser applications.129


Sustainable packagingBusiness review (continued)

Complementing our focus on our own waste is our aim to use packaging that has a low environmental impact, an aspiration set out in our Sustainable Packaging Guidelines, published in 2011, which are used by all brands. Among the initiatives are light weighting, or reducing the weight of packaging; removing materials that cannot be recycled, or are difficult to recycle, including PVC, foil, mixed plastics, ceramics and some laminates; and, where viable alternatives exist, removing materials such as inks and heavy metals that may pose a risk to the environment. Among a number of projects, this year Ypioca in Brazil introduced an outercase for Smirnoff made from sugar cane by-products.

Further details in the S&R Performance Addendum 2014.

Further details at www.diageo.com.

93



4.COMMUNITY EMPOWERMENT

PERFORMANCE AGAINST TARGETS

Improve access to safe drinking water for one million people in Africa every year until 2015

1 million (vs 1 million in 2013)

Train 100,000 people through our Learning for Life programme by 2016

14,000 (vs 25,307 in 2013)

Empower two million women through our Plan W programme by 2016

40,545 (vs 16,750 in 2013)

GRAPHIC


* Category includes cause-related brand campaigns, local market giving and disaster relief.

** This is a sub-section of the total responsible drinking budget.

Like most businesses, we create wealth directly for our local stakeholders through our daily business operations, including providing jobs, sourcing locally, and paying local duties. However, creating wealth in a lasting way requires more: we must work with local people to address development challenges such as skills gaps or access to clean water, and advocate high standards of governance in the communities where we operate.

This year we invested £16.5 million or 0.6% of operating profits to charitable projects that help serve critical local need. This marks a decrease from the charitable giving reported last year, primarily because we have chosen not to include our legacy commitment of £10.3 milllion to the Thalidomide Trust and the Thalidomide Foundation Ltd and instead focus our community investment reporting on our long-term, actively managed flagship programmes.

Water of Life

Complementing our efforts to protect water resources, we work with local communities to provide access to safe drinking water through our Water of Life programme. Since June 2006, we have reached more than 10 million people through more than 200 projects in 18 countries. Our initiatives support boreholes, wells, rainwater harvesting and domestic filtration devices.

Learning for Life

Learning for Life was established with the belief that vocational and life-skills training can produce a ripple effect that will positively impact individuals, families, communities and societies while strengthening Diageo’s value chain.

Last year we expanded our programme beyond Latin America, where it was founded, to North America and Scotland. In total this year Diageo ran 71 Learning for Life programmes in 30 countries, training 14,000 people. This brings the numbers of people trained since the launch of the programmes five years ago to more than 102,000, beating our target of 100,000 two years early.

Plan W

In Asia Pacific, we run a similar sustainable development programme to empower women to play a greater role in the economy by developing their hospitality and business enterprise skills. Since launching in December 2012, we have worked with 57,295 women in 16 countries in partnership with 13 organisations. We also believe that educating men on issues that concern women ultimately can help empower women, and thus far 19,501 men have gone through the programme.

Further details in the S&R Performance Addendum 2014.

Further details at www.diageo.com.

94



5.OUR PEOPLE

PERFORMANCE

Super-engagement score

38% (vs 41% in 2013)

Gender diversity in senior management

28% (vs 28% in 2013)

Reduction of lost-time accidents (LTAs)

47% (since 2013)

 

Our commitment to helping our people reach their full potential is at the heart of our success and at the core of our business strategy. We aim to create a working environment that is welcoming but also challenging, stimulating and inspiring.2020 targets

Packaging

 

We are proud

Reduce total packaging by 15%, while increasing recycled content to have been recognised in the Great Place to Work Institute’s prestigious 25 Best Multinational Workplaces, achieving 8th place45% and reinforcing our position as a leading global employer. We have also been recognised as a great employer in Argentina, Belgium, Germany, Great Britain, Greece, Ireland, Mexico, Netherlands, Nigeria, Portugal and Spain. These are achievements which have only been possible through the commitmentmaking 100% of thousandspackaging recyclable.

KPI:

% of talented and inspirational employees who together make Diageo a great place to work.

total packaging by weight.

Employee engagementKPI:

Our Annual Values Survey is our primary means % of measuring how connected our employees feel to the business and the extent to which they believe the company is living the Diageo values. This year, we made a number of changes to our survey to align it more closely to our Performance Ambition. We took a new approach to measuring engagement to focus on Diageo’s five values and four Performance Ambition behaviours.

For the second year running, 92% of employees took part, with 84% of employees identified as being engaged. We received 24,000 comments from employees, many with constructive suggestions for how we can achieve our Performance Ambition. Diageo also measures super-engagement. This is a more stretching measure than engagement, which requires employees to assign the highest possible ranking to all six of the core engagement questions in the Values Survey. There have been no changes to the way we measure this metric from past years. We have largely maintained our strong results in a year when employees experienced change in the business. 38% of employees were identified as being super-engaged, compared to 41% in 2013. This year’s survey confirmed that Diageo’s core strength is employees’ pride and passion in our brands and it highlighted that employees are more positive about the quality of their line management, both of which we see as critical enablers of strong performance in a year when employees experienced change in the business.

recycled content by weight.

DiversityKPI:

As a business which operates in countries all around the world with a variety % of cultures and consumers, we believe diversity to be a key competitive advantage.

Diversity can be illustrated in many ways. Without seeking to set a specific goal for female representation on the Board, it remains our aspiration to maintain a high level of diversity, including gender diversity, within the Boardroom, appropriate to and reflecting the global nature of the company and the strategic imperatives the Board has agreed upon. Reflecting these values, we have four women on our Board, representing 44% of the directors. This year, Diageo along with Capita plc, received the Opportunity Now Female FTSE100 award, given to FTSE100 companies with the highest female representation on the Board.

Diageo’s commitment to diversity at the senior management level is just as strong and we actively work to increase the number of women in leadership positions in the company. Currently, six of the 14 members of the Executive Committee are women, in comparison to five out of 15 members in 2013. Furthermore, 28% (2013 - 28%) of leadership positions across the business are filledrecyclable packaging by women.

We also embrace a business model which aims to promote local leaders: our 21 managing directors represent 13 different nationalities.

Average number of employees by region by gender(1)

 

Men

 

Women

 

Total

 

North America

 

2,023

 

1,386

 

3,409

 

Western Europe

 

5,182

 

3,065

 

8,247

 

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

 

6,225

 

2,536

 

8,761

 

Latin America and Caribbean

 

2,096

 

1,276

 

3,372

 

Asia Pacific

 

2,217

 

1,349

 

3,566

 

Diageo (total)

 

17,743

 

9,612

 

27,355

 

Average number of employees by role by gender(2)

 

Men

 

Women

 

Total

 

Line manager

 

3,596

 

1,944

 

5,540

 

Supervised worker

 

13,291

 

7,262

 

20,553

 

Total

 

16,887

 

9,206

 

26,093

 

95



New hires by region by gender(2)

 

Men

 

Women

 

Total

 

% of total new
hires

 

North America

 

267

 

176

 

443

 

15

%

Western Europe

 

208

 

171

 

379

 

12

%

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

 

848

 

363

 

1,211

 

39

%

Latin America and Caribbean

 

505

 

271

 

776

 

25

%

Asia Pacific

 

139

 

137

 

276

 

9

%

Diageo (total)

 

1,967

 

1,118

 

3,085

 

 

 

Percentage of total new hires

 

64%

 

36%

 

 

 

 

 

Leavers by region by gender(2)

 

Men

 

Women

 

Total

 

% of leavers

 

North America

 

467

 

342

 

809

 

17

%

Western Europe

 

620

 

487

 

1,107

 

23

%

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

 

1,168

 

496

 

1,664

 

34

%

Latin America and Caribbean

 

565

 

310

 

875

 

18

%

Asia Pacific

 

215

 

179

 

394

 

8

%

Diageo (total)

 

3,035

 

1,814

 

4,849

 

 

 

Percentage of total leavers

 

63%

 

37%

 

 

 

 

 


(1) Employees have been allocated to the region in which they reside. In note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, employees are allocated to the segment for which they provide the majority of service.

(2) Not all acquisitions collate full employee demographic data, hence the discrepancy in the total figures between this table and the ‘Average number of employees by region by gender’ table. Where there is a lower total number, the figure excludes Shuijingfang.

Human rights

We have a responsibility to respect human rights, and that starts with the rights of our employees. Everyone has the right to expect their basic human identity and dignity to be fully respected in the workplace. We do not use forced or compulsory labour and we will not work with others who do. We will not employ children under the age of 16 and have a special responsibility to protect employees under 18, and ensure that their interests are promoted. Our commitment to pay wages and benefits for a standard working week that meet, at a minimum, national legal standards, is also an important element of our commitment to human rights. We aim to provide opportunities for a wide range of people including those with disabilities, fostering a culture that allows for a variety of lifestyles. Our training and education programme includes re-training, if needed, for people who have become disabled. Where possible, we encourage a flexible approach to working and emphasise the importance of treating individuals justly and in a non-discriminatory manner throughout the employment relationship, including recruitment, compensation, training, promotion and transfers.

We have outlined our approach in our policies and guidelines, including our Human Rights and Anti-Discrimination Policy, and have a robust controls, compliance and ethics programme to ensure we uphold our commitment. See the Governance and Ethics section for more information on page 98. We expect our suppliers to abide by the same principles; see page 100 for information on how we manage social risks in our supply chain.

Health and safety

The health and safety of our people is a critical measure of human rights. Diageo has a Severe and Fatal Incident Prevention (SFIP) programme, specifically designed to identify and effectively control severe and fatal risks in our operations. This year, the programme has helped avoid SFIP related fatalities across our operations, however, we are deeply saddened to report a fatality resulting from a security incident at our Tusker brewery in Kenya. In April, an armed criminal gang broke through a concrete perimeter wall at the rear of our site and fatally injured one of the guards patrolling the area. We have reviewed our security procedures and are working closely with local police to enhance our security.

weight.

This year we reduced LTAsachieved a 0.8% reduction in packaging weight vs 2015 (8.0% vs 2009 baseline); a 1.0% increase in recycled content vs 2015 (40% vs 2009 baseline); and increased packaging recyclability by over 45% compared to 2013. Of particular note is our new business in Brazil delivering more than a 60% improvement in their first year of Zero Harm. We have also seen an increase to 86% in the number of supply locations with no LTAs. Despite this excellent performance trend and highly favourable comparison with peer performance, we remain focused on a number of business units that did not make the degree of progress we expect.

0.1% vs 2015 (98.7% vs 2009 baseline).

Our Zero Harm philosophy is aimed at eliminating workplace accidents,Sustainable Packaging Commitments are used by brands and we have a global target to deliver less than one lost-time accident per 1,000 people by 2015 as a milestone towards that ambition. Over the next 12 months we will focus on improving our safety culture and performance at our European office locations and will continue to deliver improvement in new acquisitions, behavioral safety interventions and our fatality prevention programme.

Our talent and organisation

During the year Diageo announced changes to the structure of its global operations across every function. This was part of an overall review to simplify the business and drive accountability for performance to our 21 markets, putting our resources and decision making closer to our customers and consumers. The reconfiguration included removing regional hubstechnical teams as well as reducingsuppliers and support our on-going programme to produce packaging with the size of global teams so that their primary function islowest environmental impact. They were refreshed in 2016 to, among other things, introduce new guidance to support a circular economy approach.

Sustainably source all of our paper and board packaging to ensure zero net deforestation.

KPI:

% sustainably sourced paper and board packaging.

We define sustainably sourced as Forest Stewardship Council (FSC) or Programme for the marketsEndorsement of Forest Certification (PEFC) certified, or recycled fibre. This year we established a strategic process for managing and manage vital global activities that benefit us all.reporting the volume of sustainably sourced paper and board packaging. To date we have engaged close to 100 suppliers to establish a baseline, and are embedding our sustainable sourcing criteria in how we work with our suppliers.

Our 2020 target

Waste

Achieve zero waste to landfill.

KPI:

% reduction in total waste to landfill (tonnes).

We achieved a 41.4% reduction in waste to landfill compared to last year. A key driver was achieving approval for new ways to use organic waste from our Turkish operations, particularly reusing by-products from wastewater treatment facilities and using aniseed residues as fertiliser.

 

During periods of change Diageo supports affected employees in line with our global people principles, which set out intentions of being transparent130


Business review (continued)

                                                                                    

Total waste to landfill by region (tonnes)(i)

  2007   2014   2015   2016 

North America

   40,154     174     123     148  

Europe, Russia and Turkey

   22,464     6,525     7,207     2,974  

Africa

   37,062     12,699     7,507     6,080  

Latin America and Caribbean

   246     285     218     155  

Asia Pacific

   8,583     13,766     2,984     703  

Corporate

   591     687     687     894  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diageo (total)

   109,100     34,136     18,726     10,954  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(i)2007 baseline data and data for each of the intervening years in the period ended 30 June 2014 have been restated in accordance with Diageo’s environmental reporting methodologies.

GOVERNANCE AND ETHICS

In a volatile political and fair, minimising uncertainty for individuals,commercial environment, governance and complying with all relevant legal obligations. Diageo makes great effortsethics grow ever more important. People want to find new roles for those who wish to stay intrust the company and where no alternative position exists within Diageo, employees receive full outplacement support and severance in line with local policy.behind the brands they love.

96



Lost-time accident frequency rate per 1,000 full-time
employees(1)

 

2010

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013(2)

 

2014(2)

 

North America

 

9.98

 

5.06

 

4.15

 

1.64

 

0.58

 

Western Europe(3)

 

1.36

 

2.49

 

1.24

 

1.61

 

2.29

 

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

 

3.13

 

1.37

 

1.63

 

2.0

 

0.69

 

Latin America and Caribbean

 

2.78

 

3.42

 

1.44

 

10.88

 

4.7

 

Asia Pacific

 

1.97

 

1.41

 

 

1.26

 

1.62

 

International Supply Centre

 

7.8

 

7.81

 

3.52

 

3.45

 

2.31

 

Diageo (total)

 

4.96

 

3.73

 

2.14

 

2.97

 

1.58

 


(1) Number of accidents per 1,000 employees and directly supervised contractors resulting in time lost from work of one calendar day or more.

(2) Includes results from recent acquisitions in Ethiopia, Turkey, Guatemala, China and Brazil. The 2013 numbers for Diageo (total) and Latin America and Caribbean from last year’s report are restated for the inclusion of our new acquisition, Ypioca in Brazil. The original rate for Latin America and Caribbean was 0.90.

(3) Western Europe numbers 2010-2013 have been restated to split out the International Supply Centre.

Number of days lost to accidents per 1,000 full-time
employees

 

2010

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013

 

2014

 

Diageo (total)

 

190.71

 

158.79

 

106.63

 

66.00

 

49.67

 

Fatalities

 

2010

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013

 

2014

 

Diageo (total)

 

2

 

4

 

1

 

4

 

1

 

Further details in the S&R Performance Addendum 2014.

Further details at www.diageo.com.

97



Business review (continued)

6.     GOVERNANCE AND ETHICS

PERFORMANCE

Manager level and above employees completing Annual Certification of Compliance

100% (100% in 2013)

Employees leaving Diageo due to a breach of the Code of Business Conduct or other policies

146 (vs 116 in 2013)

We are committed to conducting our business responsibly and in accordance with all laws and regulations to which our business activities are subject. Ourglobal risk and compliance programme, overseen by the Audit and Risk Committee, focuses on effectiveteam provide rigorous oversight of our risk management, controls and compliance and ethics programme. As our business grows, so does our investment in improving our productivity and strong internal controls — eachperformance through increasing levels of which has an annual plan to ensure we have a strong cultureautomation and more efficient and effective systems and processes.

Communications and compliance training

KPI:

Number of integrity at Diageo. Howeligible employees completing the programme is implemented, however, is determined by each of our markets, based on their areas of greatest risk. We tailor the interventions and training to create what will work best for each market, in the context of local and international laws and regulation. Our over-riding aim is to encourage integrity in every part of Diageo: we want employees to act with exemplary conduct in all their business interactions and truly embody our value of being proud of what we do.

Standards and procedures

Our Code of Business Conduct (‘our Code’) sets the standard for what is expected of everyone working at Diageo and our other policies and standards flow from its principles. Our manager level and above complete an Annual Certification of Compliance (ACC) to confirm their understanding of, and adherence to, our Code and any applicable policies, and to identify any areas of possible non-compliance. In 2014, the ACC was completed in 16 languages by all eligible managers — 9,960 of our employees, or 36% of our people.

Due care in delegating authority

As our business expands, it is important to ensure that we embed our standards and procedures in all new business units. We plan ahead and move quickly to ensure our new acquisitions are operating to the same standards as our existing businesses, and we are consistent in our stance on non-compliance issues.

We are also committed to establishing good working relationships with our partners and ensuring that they adhere to our standards. For more information on how we manage social and ethics risks in our supply chain, see page 100 on Value chain partnerships.

Organisational leadership and culture

.

This year, 100% of manager level and above employees completed the ACC.

We have placed a renewed emphasis on building compliance capability across the business and are working hard to engage our employees.

We launched our refreshed Code of Business Conduct (our Code) to every employee in every market in July 2015, and we developed specific training for general managers (and their direct reports where appropriate), which is being rolled out by each of our markets. We alsohave continued our focus on line managers with the ‘Leaders of Integrity’ toolkit and training, as this middle tier of our organisation is central to developing a more fundamental culture of ethics and integrity.

Risk management

Our risk management standard requires all markets and functions to perform risk assessments at least annually to ensure that risks concerning human rights, bribery and corruption, anti-money laundering, and all other relevant laws and regulations, as well as our own Code, policies and standards, have been considered, and that mitigation plans for their most significant risks have been established.

Training and communications

During the year we took allengage our employees through a refresher training session on our Code. 16,819 employees completed the training in one of 16 languages via a new interactive online course, with the rest of our employees receiving face-to-face training.

impactful communications.

Each market also has its own training plan for our Code and key policies which they deliver through locally organised, risk-based training. To further embed ownership of this agenda with employees, some regions go beyond basic training withWe have strengthened our communication on good practice through annual market engagement events such aslike the Pathway of Pride programme, in Africa, and Ethics Day in Asia Pacific.Pacific and Compliance Awareness Day in Latin America.

We require all new employees to complete our Code training within 30 days of joining the business. We regularly review our training and communications material – and methods for delivery – to ensure they remain relevant to the risks our employees face in their roles.

Our ACC certifies that each employee at manager level and above fully understands what is expected of them. In 2016, the ACC was completed by all 9,668 eligible managers.

USL, which updated its Code of Business Conduct and Ethics in 2015, rolled out its first ACC to all eligible managers – 2,540 of USL employees, or approximately 44% of all employees (of which 3,238 work in a non-office environment with no access to computers or email).

Risk management

Following the launch of the new risk management global standard in 2015, we continue to evolve our risk management programme. This year we standardised our scenario planning methodologies and risk management training, and made it mandatory for a wider group within the business, in order to address the increased risk of volatility. Our global standard requires all markets and functions to perform risk assessments at least annually and to consider risks concerning human rights, bribery and corruption, anti-money laundering and all other relevant laws and regulation.

 

When an employee joins Diageo, he or she must complete training about131


Business review (continued)

Controls and automation

The principles of our Code within 30 days. The estimated 3,085 employees who joined usstrong control programme remain unchanged and this year were taken throughwe worked on automating many of our manual control processes as part of our Next Generation Controls programme. Changes are carefully managed to ensure our control environment and assurance programme are robust, but also delivered in an efficient and effective manner.

Due diligence

Continuing to ensure that we do not expose ourselves to additional compliance risk from third-party business partners remains a one hour induction on compliancepriority. This year we introduced a globally automated system that carries out real-time sanctions due diligence, checking third parties for bribery and ethics.corruption risks.

Monitoring, auditing and reporting

We striveaim to havecreate a culture in which employees feel comfortable raising concerns about potential breaches of our Code or policies. We expect anyone who comes across a breach to report it immediately, either through SpeakUp, our confidential whistleblowing helpline SpeakUp, to their line manager, or to a member of the controls,global risk and compliance, and ethics, human resources or legal teams. SpeakUp is also available to suppliers.

our business partners.

There were 831752 suspected breaches reported this year, of which 440340 were subsequently substantiated. Of the suspected breaches, 299311 were reported through SpeakUp, compared with 242386 in 2013. We believe that there2015.1 All allegations are two contributing factors to this increase. First, we have seen an increase in reporting of concerns from some of our acquisitions and emerging markets as our Code and policies have been embedded further in these areas.

98



Business review (continued)

Second, there is greater awareness about SpeakUp amongst all our employees, following refresher training on our Code which everyone went through this year.

Response and continuous improvement

All identified breaches are taken very seriously and those that require action are investigated.

GRAPHIC

Our response to proven breaches varies depending on the severity of the matter. Internally,matter, and we carefully monitor our breaches to identify any trends or common areas where further action may be required, and respond accordingly.required. This year, 14694 people exited the business as a result of breaches of our Code or policies.policies, compared with 131 in 2015.1

Our overall case volumes have fallen by 10% since last year and the number of employees exiting our business as a result of breaches has fallen by 28%. We believe this is a positive indication that our compliance programme is maturing. Our employees better understand what constitutes a breach and what doesn’t, and our training and enforcement is having an impact.

12015 numbers restated to include USL.

LOGO

1Reported through SpeakUp – 311; 2015 – 386.

132


Business review (continued)

 

Enforcement and incentive

Wherever possible, we look to improve our culture through training, coaching and incentives. Annual performance appraisals are weighted with 70% based on performance and the other 30% based on behaviour — including the individual’s commitment to Diageo’s controls, compliance, and ethics agenda. Employees’ overall performance affects their pay increases, and where relevant, their bonuses.

Controls

We have a strong internal control environment, and we have an annual programme to assess, test, and report on the effectiveness of internal controls across our company. Our controls cover all aspects of risk, ranging from financial to operational to reputational risk, and all markets and functions are required to certify annually whether their internal controls are operating effectively and quickly remediate any weaknesses identified.

Further details in the S&R Performance Addendum 2014

Further details at www.diageo.com

99



Business review (continued)

7.     OUR VALUE CHAIN PARTNERSHIPS

PERFORMANCE

Percentage of potential high risk supplier sites registered on SEDEX that were audited in 2014

17% (vs 12% in 2013)

Percentage of agricultural materials sourced locally across Africa in 2014

66% (vs 52% in 2013)

GRAPHIC

About our supply chain

We source goods and services from a wide variety of businesses around the world, and our procurement systems depend on relationships with suppliers that are local, regional, and global. Alignment with our Sustainability & Responsibility standards, which include our Partnering with Suppliers Standard, is among the many factors we consider in choosing our suppliers, alongside cost, quality, and service.

The goods and services we buy include marketing materials, raw materials and utilities, information services and business support, packaging materials and logistics. This year, in total we purchased 1.8 million tonnes of agricultural raw materials like barley, wheat and maize, and approximately one million tonnes of packaging. See the graphs above for a breakdown.

Responsible sourcing

Given our large network of suppliers in more than 100 countries, we are working to develop our understanding of the full range of social and environmental impacts we have throughout our supply chain. We see our role as a catalyst, working in partnership with others to help suppliers embed ethical, social and environmental principles.

Diageo works through SEDEX, a not-forprofit organisation that enables suppliers to share assessments and audits of ethical and responsible practices with their customers. We are an active member of AIM-PROGRESS, a forum of 37 leading consumer goods companies which promotes responsible sourcing practices and sustainable supply chains. We also have an internal Know Your Business Partner (KYBP) programme to assess our third parties against the risk of bribery and corruption, which we do not tolerate in any form.

To date, 1,193 of the company’s potential high risk supplier sites have registered with SEDEX, up from 1,095 last year. Of these, 718 have completed a SEDEX self-assessment questionnaire. More than 200 of the highest risk companies were independently audited during the last three years; audits were commissioned by Diageo (7), or accessed through SEDEX and AIM-PROGRESS (194). Among the issues most frequently raised were those related to health, safety, hygiene and working hours.

Merchandising materials remain one of our highest risk categories, because they are often made in higher risk countries and we often buy through intermediaries and therefore may not know where they were produced. We continue to work with our key merchandising suppliers to develop assurance further down the supply chain, with around 160 of our second-tier suppliers now audited.

Our confidential whistleblowing service, SpeakUp, is also shared with our suppliers. This year Diageo received four calls relating to suppliers and vendors through SpeakUp, though none were substantiated breaches.

Agricultural value chain partnerships

Historically, we have focused our attention on agricultural value chains in Africa, where we see significant potential for developing more sustainable farming practices. We have a goal to source 70%* of agricultural materials locally across Africa by 2015 — locally being defined as materials sourced within Africa and used by our African markets. We are well along our way to reaching this target having sourced 66% of agricultural materials locally in 2014.


* The target we have disclosed previously included packaging materials, but we determined that agricultural materials were the most material.

100



Business review (continued)

To support these partnerships, Diageo invests in a variety of initiatives. In Kenya, for example, we work with a large number of farmers who supply barley to our malting facility. Diageo’s partnerships with these farmers are focused on crop rotation, soil and crop management, and are aimed at improving yield and quality. We are working to develop scalable business models, supporting the creation of farmer groups and co-operatives, and giving farmers and processors access to financial services companies who provide credit facilities and basic insurance against loss of income due to drought.

Similarly, we are putting in place a scalable barley value chain in Ethiopia, which is being delivered in partnership with over 1,000 smallholders, the Ethiopian Government’s Agricultural Transformation Agency (ATA) and the not-for-profit organisation, Technoserve.

We are also taking what we have learned from agricultural development in Africa to other countries — particularly where we have recently acquired businesses with a significant agricultural footprint.

101



Business review (continued)

Definitions and reconciliations of non-GAAP measures toDEFINITIONS AND RECONCILIATIONS OF NON-GAAP MEASURES TO GAAP measures

MEASURES

Diageo’s strategic planning process is based on the following non-GAAP measures. They are chosen for planning and reporting, and some of them are used for incentive purposes. The group’s management believes these measures provide valuable additional information for users of the financial statements in understanding the group’s performance. These non-GAAP measures should be viewed as complementary to, and not replacements for, the comparable GAAP measures and reported movements therein.

Volume

Volume is a non-GAAP measure that is measured on an equivalent units basis to nine-litre cases of spirits. An equivalent unit represents one nine-litre case of spirits, which is approximately 272 servings. A serving comprises 33ml of spirits, 165ml of wine, or 330ml of ready to drink or beer. Therefore, to convert volume of products other than spirits to equivalent units, the following guide has been used: beer in hectolitres, divide by 0.9; wine in nine-litre cases, divide by five; ready to drink in nine-litre cases, divide by 10; and certain pre-mixed products that are classified as ready to drink in nine-litre cases, divide by five.

Organic movements

In the discussion of the performance of the business, ‘organic’ information is presented using pounds sterling amounts on a constant currency basis excluding the impact of exceptional items and acquisitions and disposals. Organic measures enable users to focus on the performance of the business which is common to both years and which represents those measures that local managers are most directly able to influence.

Calculation of organic movements

The organic movement percentage is the amount in the row headedtitled ‘Organic movement’ in the tables below, expressed as a percentage of the amount in the row headed ‘2013titled ‘2015 adjusted’. Organic operating margin is calculated by dividing operating profit before exceptional items by net sales after excluding the impact of exchange rate movements and acquisitions and disposals.

(a) Exchange rates

‘Exchange’ in the organic movement calculation reflects the adjustment to recalculate the prior year results as if they had been generated at the current year’s exchange rates.

Exchange impacts in respect of the external hedging of intergroup sales of products and the intergroup recharging of third party services are allocated to the geographical segment to which they relate. Residual exchange impacts are reported in Corporate.

Exchange impacts in respect of profit on intergroup sales of products and intergroup recharges are reported in ‘other operating expenses’.

(b) Acquisitions and disposals

For acquisitions in the current year, the post acquisition results are excluded from the organic movement calculations. For acquisitions in the prior year, post acquisition results are included in full in the prior year but are included in the organic movement calculation from the anniversary of the acquisition date in the current year. The acquisition row also eliminates the impact of transaction costs that have been charged to operating profit in the current or prior year in respect of acquisitions that, in management’s judgement, are expected to complete.

Where a business, brand, brand distribution right or agency agreement was disposed of, or terminated, in the current or prior year,period up to the date of the external results announcement, the group, in the organic movement calculations, excludes the results for that business from the current and prior year. In the calculation of operating profit, the overheads included in disposals are only those directly attributable to the businesses disposed of, and do not result from subjective judgements of management. In addition, disposals include the elimination of the results (for volume, sales, net sales and marketing only) of operations in India where United Spirits Limited (USL) previously fully consolidated the results but which are now operated on a royalty or franchise model where USL now receives royalties only for sales made by that operation.

133


Business review (continued)

 

(c) Exceptional items

Exceptional items are those which, in management’s judgement, need to be disclosed by virtue of their size or incidence in order for the user to obtain a proper understanding of the financial information.nature. Such items are included within the income statement caption to which they relate, butand are separately disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements, and are excluded from the organic movement calculations.

102



Business review (continued)

Organic movement calculations for the year ended 30 June 20142016 were as follows:

 

 

 

North
America

units million

 

Western
Europe

units million

 

Africa,
Eastern Europe
and Turkey
units million

 

Latin America
and
Caribbean

units million

 

Asia
Pacific
units million

 

Corporate
units million

 

Total
units million

 

Volume

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013 reported

 

53.7

 

33.6

 

37.9

 

23.3

 

16.5

 

 

165.0

 

IFRS 11*

 

(0.1

)

 

 

 

(0.7

)

 

(0.8

)

2013 reported (restated)

 

53.6

 

33.6

 

37.9

 

23.3

 

15.8

 

 

164.2

 

Disposals***

 

(4.3

)

(0.6

)

 

(0.2

)

(0.2

)

 

(5.3

)

2013 adjusted

 

49.3

 

33.0

 

37.9

 

23.1

 

15.6

 

 

158.9

 

Acquisitions and disposals***

 

0.7

 

0.1

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

0.9

 

Organic movement

 

(0.7

)

(0.1

)

(1.9

)

(0.2

)

(0.8

)

 

(3.7

)

2014 reported

 

49.3

 

33.0

 

36.0

 

23.0

 

14.8

 

 

156.1

 

Organic movement %

 

(1

)

 

(5

)

(1

)

(5

)

n/a

 

(2

)

 

 

North
America

£ million

 

Western
Europe

£ million

 

Africa,
Eastern Europe
and Turkey
£ million

 

Latin America
and
Caribbean

£ million

 

Asia
Pacific
£ million

 

Corporate
£ million

 

Total
£ million

 

Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013 reported

 

4,272

 

3,686

 

3,423

 

1,745

 

2,285

 

76

 

15,487

 

IFRS 11*

 

(10

)

(17

)

(4

)

(4

)

(176

)

 

(211

)

2013 reported (restated)

 

4,262

 

3,669

 

3,419

 

1,741

 

2,109

 

76

 

15,276

 

Exchange**

 

(176

)

8

 

(358

)

(389

)

(167

)

 

(1,082

)

Disposals***

 

(336

)

(64

)

(8

)

(11

)

(11

)

 

(430

)

2013 adjusted

 

3,750

 

3,613

 

3,053

 

1,341

 

1,931

 

76

 

13,764

 

Acquisitions and disposals***

 

52

 

9

 

 

1

 

 

 

62

 

Organic movement

 

113

 

22

 

84

 

62

 

(130

)

3

 

154

 

2014 reported

 

3,915

 

3,644

 

3,137

 

1,404

 

1,801

 

79

 

13,980

 

Organic movement %

 

3

 

1

 

3

 

5

 

(7

)

4

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013 reported

 

3,733

 

2,220

 

2,280

 

1,457

 

1,667

 

76

 

11,433

 

IFRS 11*

 

(10

)

(17

)

(4

)

(4

)

(95

)

 

(130

)

2013 reported (restated)

 

3,723

 

2,203

 

2,276

 

1,453

 

1,572

 

76

 

11,303

 

Exchange**

 

(156

)

9

 

(210

)

(328

)

(112

)

 

(797

)

Disposals***

 

(272

)

(45

)

(6

)

(9

)

(7

)

 

(339

)

2013 adjusted

 

3,295

 

2,167

 

2,060

 

1,116

 

1,453

 

76

 

10,167

 

Acquisitions and disposals***

 

41

 

7

 

 

1

 

 

 

49

 

Organic movement

 

108

 

(5

)

15

 

27

 

(106

)

3

 

42

 

2014 reported

 

3,444

 

2,169

 

2,075

 

1,144

 

1,347

 

79

 

10,258

 

Organic movement %

 

3

 

 

1

 

2

 

(7

)

4

 

 

                                                                                                                              
   North
America
million
  Europe, Russia
and Turkey
million
  Africa
million
  Latin America
and
Caribbean
million
  Asia
Pacific
million
  Corporate
million
   Total
million
 

Volume (equivalent units)

         

2015 reported

   47.3    44.1    26.2    21.6    107.0         246.2  

Disposals(iii)

   (1.3  (2.3  (0.2  (1.3  (3.3       (8.4
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

2015 adjusted

   46.0    41.8    26.0    20.3    103.7         237.8  

Acquisitions and
disposals(iii)

   0.5    1.3    3.0    0.7             5.5  

Organic movement

   0.5    0.8    2.3    (0.4  (0.1       3.1  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

2016 reported

   47.0    43.9    31.3    20.6    103.6         246.4  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Organic movement %

   1    2    9    (2      n/a     1  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

103134



Business review (continued)

 

 

 

North
America

£ million

 

Western
Europe

£ million

 

Africa,
Eastern Europe
and Turkey
£ million

 

Latin America
and
Caribbean

£ million

 

Asia
Pacific
£ million

 

Corporate
£ million

 

Total
£ million

 

Marketing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013 reported

 

585

 

328

 

265

 

233

 

370

 

6

 

1,787

 

IFRS 11*

 

(4

)

 

 

 

(14

)

 

(18

)

2013 reported (restated)

 

581

 

328

 

265

 

233

 

356

 

6

 

1,769

 

Exchange**

 

(27

)

 

(24

)

(30

)

(27

)

 

(108

)

Disposals***

 

(27

)

(4

)

(1

)

(2

)

 

 

(34

)

2013 adjusted

 

527

 

324

 

240

 

201

 

329

 

6

 

1,627

 

Acquisitions and disposals***

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Organic movement

 

10

 

(1

)

2

 

2

 

(24

)

1

 

(10

)

2014 reported

 

540

 

323

 

242

 

203

 

305

 

7

 

1,620

 

Organic movement %

 

2

 

 

1

 

1

 

(7

)

17

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating profit before exceptional items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013 reported

 

1,484

 

656

 

654

 

471

 

414

 

(149

)

3,530

 

IFRS 11 and amendment to IAS 19*

 

(6

)

(6

)

(1

)

(3

)

(33

)

(2

)

(51

)

2013 reported (restated)

 

1,478

 

650

 

653

 

468

 

381

 

(151

)

3,479

 

Exchange**

 

(54

)

(5

)

(95

)

(151

)

(35

)

4

 

(336

)

Acquisitions and disposals***

 

(59

)

(8

)

1

 

2

 

(1

)

 

(65

)

2013 adjusted

 

1,365

 

637

 

559

 

319

 

345

 

(147

)

3,078

 

Acquisitions and disposals***

 

(12

)

 

(3

)

 

(18

)

(2

)

(35

)

Organic movement

 

107

 

2

 

(2

)

9

 

(44

)

19

 

91

 

2014 reported

 

1,460

 

639

 

554

 

328

 

283

 

(130

)

3,134

 

Organic movement %

 

8

 

 

 

3

 

(13

)

13

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Organic operating margin %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014 

 

43.26%

 

29.56%

 

26.84%

 

28.70%

 

22.35%

 

n/a

 

31.04%

 

2013 

 

41.43%

 

29.40%

 

27.14%

 

28.58%

 

23.74%

 

n/a

 

30.27%

 

Margin improvement (bps)

 

183

 

16

 

(29

)

11

 

(140

)

n/a

 

77

 

  North
America
£ million
  Europe, Russia
and Turkey

£ million
  Africa
£ million
  Latin America
and
Caribbean

£ million
  Asia
Pacific
£ million
  Corporate
£ million
  Total
£ million
 

Sales

       

2015 reported

  3,909    4,683    1,868    1,297    4,129    80    15,966  

Exchange(i)

  199    (181  (143  (181  (54      (360

Disposals(iii)

  (283  (247  (31  (119  (48  (48  (776
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2015 adjusted

  3,825    4,255    1,694    997    4,027    32    14,830  

Acquisitions and disposals(iii)

  117    124    89    76    8        414  

Organic movement

  95    214    92    5    (13  4    397  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2016 reported

  4,037    4,593    1,875    1,078    4,022    36    15,641  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Organic movement %

  2    5    5    1        13    3  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net sales

       

2015 reported

  3,455    2,617    1,415    1,033    2,213    80    10,813  

Exchange(i)

  172    (87  (102  (134  (21      (172

Disposals(iii)

  (272  (184  (18  (98  (35  (48  (655
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2015 adjusted

  3,355    2,346    1,295    801    2,157    32    9,986  

Acquisitions and disposals(iii)

  113    96    72    57    7        345  

Organic movement

  97    102    34    5    34    4    276  

Reclassification(ii)

                  (122      (122
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2016 reported

  3,565    2,544    1,401    863    2,076    36    10,485  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Organic movement %

  3    4    3    1    2    13    3  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Marketing

       

2015 reported

  542    388    147    194    344    14    1,629  

Exchange(i)

  23    1    (11  (26          (13

Disposals(iii)

  (22  (7      (11  (1  (2  (43
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2015 adjusted

  543    382    136    157    343    12    1,573  

Acquisitions and disposals(iii)

  8    2    6    10            26  

Organic movement

  (10  20    1        (42  (6  (37
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2016 reported

  541    404    143    167    301    6    1,562  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Organic movement %

  (2  5    1        (12  (50  (2
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating profit before exceptional items

       

2015 reported

  1,448    804    318    263    356    (123  3,066  

Exchange(i)

  77    (24  (67  (57  (5  (7  (83

Acquisitions and disposals(iii)

  (55  (34  (5  (17  (1  (2  (114
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2015 adjusted

  1,470    746    246    189    350    (132  2,869  

Acquisitions and disposals(iii)

  25    10    (7  12    1    (1  40  

Organic movement

  56    45    (27  (2  44    (17  99  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2016 reported

  1,551    801    212    199    395    (150  3,008  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Organic movement %

  4    6    (11  (1  13    (13  3  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Organic operating margin %

       

2016

  44.2  32.3  16.5  23.2  18.0  n/a    28.9

2015

  43.8  31.8  19.0  23.6  16.2  n/a    28.7
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Margin improvement/(decline) (bps)

  39    51    (252  (39  176    n/a    19  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 


(1)For the reconciliation of sales to net sales and operating profit before exceptional items to operating profit see page 46 and page 159.135

(2)   Percentages and margin improvement are calculated on rounded figures.


Business review (continued)

 

 

(1)For the reconciliation of sales to net sales and operating profit before exceptional items to operating profit see page 54 and page 207.
(2)Percentages and margin improvement/(decline) are calculated on rounded figures.

Notes: Information in respect of the organic movement calculations

*Prior year figures are restated following the adoption of IFRS 11 and the amendment to IAS 19, see note 1 and 18 to the consolidated financial statements.

**The exchange adjustments for sales, net sales, marketing and operating profit are principally in respect of the Venezuelan bolivar, the US dollar, the Turkish lira and the South African rand.

***In the year ended 30 June 2014 the acquisitions and disposals that affected volume, sales, net sales, marketing and operating profit were as follows:

(i)The exchange adjustments for sales, net sales, marketing and operating profit are principally in respect of the Nigerian naira, the South African rand, the Venezuelan bolivar, the Brazilian real and the Turkish lira, partially offset by the US dollar.
(ii)Following a review of the third party production arrangements in India it was determined to be more appropriate to ensure consistent reporting by reclassifying the excise duties payable by the third party production companies as excise duties. This change was implemented by USL in its first three months of its financial year ended 30 June 2016, and resulted in net sales for the year ended 30 June 2016 reducing by £122 million with a corresponding decrease in cost of sales. There was no impact on gross or operating profit.
(iii)In the year ended 30 June 2016 the acquisitions and disposals that affected volume, sales, net sales, marketing and operating profit were as follows:

 

104136



Business review (continued)

 

                                                                                                         
  Volume
equ. units million
 Sales
£ million
 Net sales
£ million
 Marketing
£ million
 Operating
profit
£ million
 

Year ended 30 June 2015

      

Acquisitions

      

Integration costs

                  7  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

Volume

 

Sales

 

Net sales

 

Marketing

 

profit

 

                  7  

 

units million

 

£ million

 

£ million

 

£ million

 

£ million

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisitions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transaction costs

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Integration costs

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Disposals

      

North America Wines and Percy Fox

   (2.2 (386 (343 (18 (58

Grand Marnier

   (0.2 (26 (20     (2

Bouvet

   (0.1 (16 (16 (1 (2

Argentina

   (0.6 (38 (33 (3 (4

South Africa

   (0.2 (27 (15     (3

Jamaica and Red Stripe

   (1.1 (133 (107 (11 (23

Bushmills

   (0.7 (65 (50 (8 (23

USL owned to franchise

   (3.2 (29 (17        

Gleneagles

      (48 (48 (2 (4

Other

   (0.1 (8 (6     (2

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Disposals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jose Cuervo

 

(4.7

)

(379

)

(295

)

(29

)

(72

)

Nuvo

 

(0.2

)

(14

)

(13

)

(5

)

3

 

Other disposals

 

(0.4

)

(37

)

(31

)

 

(4

)

 

(5.3

)

(430

)

(339

)

(34

)

(73

)

   (8.4 (776 (655 (43 (121

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Acquisitions and disposals

 

(5.3

)

(430

)

(339

)

(34

)

(65

)

   (8.4 (776 (655 (43 (114

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Year ended 30 June 2016

      

Acquisitions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

      

DeLeón

 

 

 

 

3

 

(3

)

Don Julio

   0.3    34    22    6    23  

United National Breweries

   2.6    44    44    1    4  

South Africa

   0.3    35    23    5    (11

Argentina

       1    1          

Transaction costs

 

 

 

 

 

(13

)

                   (1

Integration costs

 

 

 

 

 

(12

)

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
   3.2    114    90    12    15  

 

 

 

 

3

 

(28

)

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Disposals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

      

Jose Cuervo

 

0.7

 

53

 

42

 

 

(9

)

Other disposals

 

0.2

 

9

 

7

 

 

2

 

North America Wines and Percy Fox

   1.1    181    161    8    12  

Grand Marnier

   0.3    28    22        3  

Bouvet

       7    7        1  

Argentina

   0.3    19    16    2      

South Africa

   0.1    9    4        (1

Jamaica and Red Stripe

   0.5    52    41    4    7  

Bushmills

       3    2        1  

Other

       1    2        2  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

0.9

 

62

 

49

 

 

(7

)

   2.3    300    255    14    25  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Acquisitions and disposals

 

0.9

 

62

 

49

 

3

 

(35

)

   5.5    414    345    26    40  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Earnings per share before exceptional items

Earnings per share before exceptional items is calculated by dividing profit attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company before exceptional items by the weighted average number of shares in issue.

 

137


Business review (continued)

Earnings per share before exceptional items for the years ended 30 June 20142016 and 30 June 20132015 are set out in the table below:below.

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

 

 

2014

 

(restated)

 

 

 

£ million

 

£ million

 

Profit attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

 

2,248

 

2,452

 

Exceptional operating items

 

261

 

99

 

Non-operating items

 

(140

)

83

 

Tax in respect of exceptional operating and non-operating items

 

(58

)

(55

)

Discontinued operations

 

83

 

 

 

 

2,394

 

2,579

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares in issue (million)

 

2,506

 

2,502

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share before exceptional items (pence)

 

95.5

 

103.1

 

                                          
   2016
£ million
  2015
£ million
 

Profit attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

   2,244    2,381  

Exceptional operating items attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

   171    268  

Non-operating items attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

   (115  (373

Tax in respect of exceptional operating and non-operating items attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

   (58  (51
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   2,242    2,225  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares

   

Shares in issue excluding own shares (million)

   2,508    2,505  

Dilutive potential ordinary shares (million)

   10    12  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   2,518    2,517  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share before exceptional items (pence)

   89.4    88.8  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share before exceptional items (pence)

   89.0    88.4  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

105



Business review (continued)

Free cash flow

Free cash flow comprises the net cash flow from operating activities aggregated with the net movements incash received/paid for loans receivable and other investments and with the net purchase ofcash cost paid for property, plant and equipment and computer software that are included in net cash flow from investing activities.

The remaining components of net cash flow from investing activities that do not form part of free cash flow, as defined by the group’s management, are in respect of the acquisition and sale of businesses.

The group’s management regards the purchase and disposal of property, plant and equipment and computer software as ultimately non-discretionary since ongoing investment in plant, machinery and technology is required to support the day-to-day operations, whereas acquisitions and sales of businesses are discretionary.

Where appropriate, separate explanations are given for the impacts of acquisitions and sale of businesses, dividends paid and the purchase of own shares, each of which arises from decisions that are independent from the running of the ongoing underlying business.

Free cash flow reconciliations for the years ended 30 June 20142016 and 30 June 20132015 are set out in the table below:

 

                                          

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
(restated)
£ million

 

  2016
£ million
 2015
£ million
 

Net cash from operating activities

 

1,790

 

2,033

 

   2,548   2,551  

Disposal of property, plant and equipment and computer software

 

80

 

39

 

   57   52  

Purchase of property, plant and equipment and computer software

 

(642

)

(636

)

   (506 (638

Movements in loans and other investments

 

7

 

16

 

   (2 (2
  

 

  

 

 

Free cash flow

 

1,235

 

1,452

 

   2,097   1,963  
  

 

  

 

 

 

138


Business review (continued)

Operating cash conversion

Operating cash conversion is calculated by dividing cash generated from operations excluding cash inflows/outflows in respect of exceptional items, dividends received from associates, maturing inventories, other items and post-employment payments in excess of the amount charged to operating profit by operating profit before depreciation, amortisation, impairment and exceptional operating items.

The ratio is stated at the budgeted exchange rate for the respective year in line with management reporting and is expressed as a percentage.

Operating cash conversion for the years ended 30 June 2016 and 30 June 2015 were as follows:

                                          
   2016
£ million
  2015
£ million
 

Operating profit

   2,841    2,797  

Exceptional operating items

   167    269  

Depreciation and amortisation(i)

   355    371  

Retranslation to budgeted exchange rates

   18    146  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   3,381    3,583  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash generated from operations

   3,360    3,456  

Cash payments in respect of exceptional items

   80    221  

Post employment payments less amounts included in operating profit(i)

   58    67  

Net movement in maturing inventories

   144    247  

Dividends received from associates

   (173  (183

Other items(i)

   15    (21

Retranslation to budgeted exchange rates

   75    148  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   3,559    3,935  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating cash conversion

   105.3  109.8
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(i)excluding exceptional items.

Return on average total invested capital

Return on average total invested capital is used by management to assess the return obtained from the group’s asset base and is calculated to aid evaluation of the performance of the business.

The profit used in assessing the return on average total invested capital reflects operating profit before exceptional items attributable to the equity shareholders of the parent company plus share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures after applying the tax rate before exceptional items for the year. Average total invested capital is calculated using the average derived from the consolidated balance sheets at the beginning, middle and end of the year. Average capital employed comprises average net assets attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company for the year, excluding post employment benefit net liabilities (net of deferred tax) and average net borrowings. This average capital employed is then aggregated with the average restructuring and integration costs net of tax, and goodwill written off to reserves at 1 July 2004, the date of transition to IFRS, to obtain the average total invested capital.

139


Business review (continued)

 

Calculations for the return on average total invested capital for the years ended 30 June 20142016 and 30 June 20132015 are set out in the table below:below.

 

 

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

(restated)

 

                                          

 

£ million

 

£ million

 

  2016
£ million
 2015
£ million
 

Operating profit

 

2,707

 

3,380

 

   2,841   2,797  

Exceptional operating items

 

427

 

99

 

   167   269  

Profit before exceptional operating items attributable to non-controlling interests

   (108 (87

Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures

 

252

 

217

 

   221   175  

Tax at the tax rate before exceptional items of 18.2% (2013 — 17.4%)

 

(616

)

(643

)

Tax at the tax rate before exceptional items of 19.0% (2015 – 18.3%)

   (593 (577

 

2,770

 

3,053

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   2,528   2,577  

Average net assets (excluding post employment liabilities)*

 

8,414

 

8,183

 

  

 

  

 

 

Average net assets (excluding net post employment liabilities)

   10,202   8,910  

Average non-controlling interest

   (1,558 (1,240

Average net borrowings

 

8,783

 

7,956

 

   9,130   9,682  

Average integration and restructuring costs (net of tax)

 

1,498

 

1,413

 

   1,639   1,604  

Goodwill at 1 July 2004

 

1,562

 

1,562

 

   1,562   1,562  

Adjustment in respect of acquisition of USL(i)

      493  
  

 

  

 

 

Average total invested capital

 

20,257

 

19,114

 

   20,975   21,011  

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

Return on average total invested capital

 

13.7%

 

16.0%

 

   12.1  12.3% 
  

 

  

 

 

 

(i)For the year ended 30 June 2015 average net assets were adjusted for the inclusion of USL as though it was owned throughout the year as it became a subsidiary on 2 July 2014.

140


* The opening balance sheet for the year ended 30 June 2014 was adjusted to include £342 million in respect of the acquisition of an additional investment in USL on 4 July 2013.Business review (continued)

 

Tax rate before exceptional items

Tax rate before exceptional items is calculated by dividing the total tax charge on continuing operations before tax charges and credits, classified as or in respect of exceptional items, by profit before taxation adjusted to exclude the impact of exceptional operating and non-operating items, expressed as a percentage. The measure is used by management to assess the rate of tax applied to the group’s continuing operations before tax on exceptional items.

106



Business review (continued)

The tax rates from continuing operations before exceptional and after exceptional items for the yearsyear ended 30 June 20142015 and 30 June 20132016 are set out in the table below:below.

 

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
(restated)
£ million

 

                                          

 

 

 

 

 

  2016
£ million
 2015
£ million
 

Tax before exceptional items (a)

 

546

 

562

 

   552   517  

Tax in respect of exceptional items

 

(99

)

(55

)

   (56 (51

Taxation on profit from continuing operations (b)

 

447

 

507

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

Profit from continuing operations before taxation and exceptional items (c)

 

2,998

 

3,239

 

Taxation on profit from operations (b)

   496   466  
  

 

  

 

 

Profit from operations before taxation and exceptional items (c)

   2,902   2,829  

Non-operating items

 

140

 

(83

)

   123   373  

Exceptional operating items

 

(427

)

(99

)

   (167 (269
  

 

  

 

 

Profit before taxation (d)

 

2,711

 

3,057

 

   2,858   2,933  

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

Tax rate before exceptional items (a/c)

 

18.2%

 

17.4%

 

   19.0 18.3

Tax rate from continuing operation after exceptional items (b/d)

 

16.5%

 

16.6%

 

  

 

  

 

 

Tax rate after exceptional items (b/d)

   17.4 15.9
  

 

  

 

 

Other definitions

Other definitions

Volume shareshare is a brand’s retail volume expressed as a percentage of the retail volume of all brands in its segment.

Value share is a brand’s retail sales value expressed as a percentage of the retail sales value of all brands in its segment. Unless otherwise stated, share refers to value share.

Price/mix is the number of percentage points by which the organic movement in net sales exceedsdiffers to the organic movement in volume. The difference arises because of changes in the composition of sales between higher and lower priced variantsvariants/markets or as price changes are implemented.

Depletion is the estimated volume of the first onward sales from our direct customers, measured on an equivalent units basis.

References toemerging markets include Russia, Eastern Europe, Turkey, Africa, Latin America and Caribbean, and Asia Pacific (excluding Australia, Korea and Japan).

References toreserve brands include Johnnie Walker Blue Label, Johnnie Walker Green Label, Johnnie Walker Gold Label 18 year old, Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve, Johnnie Walker Platinum Label 18 year old, John Walker & Sons Collection, Johnnie Walker The Gold Route, Johnnie Walker The Royal Route and other Johnnie Walker super premium brands; The Singleton, Cardhu, Talisker, Lagavulin and other malt brands; Buchanan’s Special Reserve, Buchanan’s Red Seal; Bulleit Bourbon, Bulleit Rye; Tanqueray No. TEN, Tanqueray Malacca;Malacca Gin; Cîroc, Ketel One vodka; Don Julio, Zacapa, Bundaberg SDlx, Shui Jing Fang, Jinzu gin, Haig Club whisky, Orphan Barrel whiskey and Bundaberg SDlx.DeLeón Tequila.

References topremium core brandsglobal giants include brands that markets identified as their core offerings. These are selected on a market by market basis and generally include brands such asthe following brand families: Johnnie Walker, Red Label, Johnnie Walker Black Label, Crown Royal, Buchanan’s, JεB, Baileys, Smirnoff, Captain Morgan, Guinness, Shui Jing FangBaileys, Tanqueray and Guinness.Local stars spirits include, but are not limited to, Bell’s, Buchanan’s, Bundaberg, Bulleit, Cacique, Crown Royal, Don Julio, JeB, McDowell’s, Old Parr, Yenì Raki.Raki, Ketel One vodka, scotch malts, White Horse, Windsor and Ypióca. Global giants and local stars exclude ready to drink.

References toready to drink (RTD) also include ready to serve products, such as pre-mix cans in some markets, and progressive adult beverages in the United States and certain markets supplied by the United States.

References tobeer include non-alcoholic malt based products such as Guinness Malta.Malta Guinness.

References to the group include Diageo plc and its consolidated subsidiaries.

 

107141



Business review (continued)

 

Reconciliations of non-GAAP measures to GAAP measures — 20132015 compared with 20122014

Organic movements

Organic movement calculations for the year ended 30 June 20132015 were as follows:

 

 

 

North
America
units million

 

Western
Europe
units million

 

Africa,
Eastern
Europe and
Turkey

units million

 

Latin
America

and
Caribbean

units million

 

Asia
Pacific
units million

 

Corporate
units million

 

Total
units million

 

Volume

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2012 reported

 

53.0

 

34.7

 

35.4

 

17.2

 

16.2

 

 

156.5

 

IFRS 11*

 

(0.1

)

 

 

 

(0.7

)

 

(0.8

)

2012 reported (restated)

 

52.9

 

34.7

 

35.4

 

17.2

 

15.5

 

 

155.7

 

Disposals***

 

(4.3

)

(0.4

)

(0.1

)

(0.1

)

(0.1

)

 

(5.0

)

2012 adjusted

 

48.6

 

34.3

 

35.3

 

17.1

 

15.4

 

 

150.7

 

Acquisitions and disposals***

 

4.3

 

0.4

 

1.2

 

5.5

 

0.5

 

 

11.9

 

Organic movement

 

0.7

 

(1.1

)

1.4

 

0.7

 

(0.1

)

 

1.6

 

2013 reported

 

53.6

 

33.6

 

37.9

 

23.3

 

15.8

 

 

164.2

 

Organic movement %

 

1

 

(3

)

4

 

4

 

(1

)

n/a

 

1

 

 

 

North
America
£ million

 

Western
Europe
£ million

 

Africa,
Eastern
Europe and
Turkey

£ million

 

Latin
America

and
Caribbean

£ million

 

Asia
Pacific
£ million

 

Corporate
£ million

 

Total
£ million

 

Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2012 reported

 

4,094

 

3,834

 

3,001

 

1,491

 

2,104

 

70

 

14,594

 

IFRS 11*

 

(9

)

(14

)

(3

)

(3

)

(173

)

 

(202

)

2012 reported (restated)

 

4,085

 

3,820

 

2,998

 

1,488

 

1,931

 

70

 

14,392

 

Exchange**

 

25

 

(47

)

(41

)

(33

)

10

 

4

 

(82

)

Disposals***

 

(372

)

(37

)

(12

)

(16

)

(10

)

 

(447

)

2012 adjusted

 

3,738

 

3,736

 

2,945

 

1,439

 

1,931

 

74

 

13,863

 

Acquisitions and disposals***

 

349

 

40

 

136

 

78

 

142

 

 

745

 

Organic movement

 

175

 

(107

)

338

 

224

 

36

 

2

 

668

 

2013 reported

 

4,262

 

3,669

 

3,419

 

1,741

 

2,109

 

76

 

15,276

 

Organic movement %

 

5

 

(3

)

11

 

16

 

2

 

3

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2012 reported

 

3,556

 

2,345

 

2,051

 

1,239

 

1,501

 

70

 

10,762

 

IFRS 11*

 

(9

)

(14

)

(3

)

(3

)

(94

)

 

(123

)

2012 reported (restated)

 

3,547

 

2,331

 

2,048

 

1,236

 

1,407

 

70

 

10,639

 

Exchange**

 

22

 

(36

)

(28

)

(26

)

4

 

4

 

(60

)

Disposals***

 

(306

)

(22

)

(7

)

(13

)

(7

)

 

(355

)

2012 adjusted

 

3,263

 

2,273

 

2,013

 

1,197

 

1,404

 

74

 

10,224

 

Acquisitions and disposals***

 

282

 

23

 

66

 

75

 

123

 

 

569

 

Organic movement

 

178

 

(93

)

197

 

181

 

45

 

2

 

510

 

2013 reported

 

3,723

 

2,203

 

2,276

 

1,453

 

1,572

 

76

 

11,303

 

Organic movement %

 

5

 

(4

)

10

 

15

 

3

 

3

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Marketing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2012 reported

 

547

 

355

 

232

 

208

 

343

 

6

 

1,691

 

IFRS 11*

 

(4

)

 

 

 

(16

)

 

(20

)

2012 reported (restated)

 

543

 

355

 

232

 

208

 

327

 

6

 

1,671

 

Exchange**

 

6

 

(8

)

(6

)

(5

)

5

 

(1

)

(9

)

Disposals***

 

(46

)

(3

)

(2

)

(3

)

(1

)

 

(55

)

2012 adjusted

 

503

 

344

 

224

 

200

 

331

 

5

 

1,607

 

Acquisitions and disposals***

 

28

 

4

 

5

 

11

 

28

 

 

76

 

Organic movement

 

50

 

(20

)

36

 

22

 

(3

)

1

 

86

 

2013 reported

 

581

 

328

 

265

 

233

 

356

 

6

 

1,769

 

Organic movement %

 

10

 

(6

)

16

 

11

 

(1

)

20

 

5

 

                                                                                                         
  North
America
million
  Europe,
Russia and
Turkey
million
  Africa
million
  Latin
America
and
Caribbean
million
  Asia
Pacific
million
  Corporate
million
  Total
million
 

Volume (equivalent units)

       

2014 reported

  49.3    44.6    24.4    23.0    14.8        156.1  

Disposals(ii)

  (0.9  (0.7                  (1.6
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2014 adjusted

  48.4    43.9    24.4    23.0    14.8        154.5  

Acquisitions and disposals(ii)

  0.3    0.4        0.3    92.7        93.7  

Organic movement

  (1.4  (0.2  1.8    (1.7  (0.5      (2.0
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2015 reported

  47.3    44.1    26.2    21.6    107.0        246.2  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Organic movement %

  (3      7    (7  (3  n/a    (1
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  North
America
£ million
  Europe,
Russia and
Turkey
£ million
  Africa
£ million
  Latin
America
and
Caribbean
£ million
  Asia
Pacific
£ million
  Corporate
£ million
  Total
£ million
 

Sales

       

2014 reported

  3,915    4,935    1,846    1,404    1,801    79    13,980  

Exchange(i)

  115    (307  (123  (152  (39  (3  (509

Disposals(ii)

  (75  (63  (1  (1  (2  (45  (187
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2014 adjusted

  3,955    4,565    1,722    1,251    1,760    31    13,284  

Acquisitions and disposals(ii)

  28    45        29    2,358    48    2,508  

Organic movement

  (74  73    146    17    11    1    174  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2015 reported

  3,909    4,683    1,868    1,297    4,129    80    15,966  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Organic movement %

  (2  2    8    1    1    3    1  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net sales

       

2014 reported

  3,444    2,814    1,430    1,144    1,347    79    10,258  

Exchange(i)

  97    (186  (100  (123  (22  (3  (337

Disposals(ii)

  (62  (44  (1  (1  (2  (45  (155
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2014 adjusted

  3,479    2,584    1,329    1,020    1,323    31    9,766  

Acquisitions and disposals(ii)

  25    31    1    24    922    48    1,051  

Organic movement

  (49  2    85    (11  (32  1    (4
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2015 reported

  3,455    2,617    1,415    1,033    2,213    80    10,813  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Organic movement %

  (1      6    (1  (2  3      
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

108142



Business review (continued)

 

 

 

North
America
£ million

 

Western
Europe
£ million

 

Africa,
Eastern
Europe and
Turkey

£ million

 

Latin
America

and
Caribbean

£ million

 

Asia
Pacific
£ million

 

Corporate
£ million

 

Total
£ million

 

Operating profit before
exceptional items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2012 reported

 

1,360

 

717

 

575

 

369

 

342

 

(165

)

3,198

 

IFRS 11 and amendment to IAS 19*

 

(8

)

(5

)

(1

)

(1

)

(33

)

(2

)

(50

)

2012 reported (restated)

 

1,352

 

712

 

574

 

368

 

309

 

(167

)

3,148

 

Exchange**

 

14

 

(12

)

(12

)

(4

)

11

 

(1

)

(4

)

Acquisitions and disposals***

 

(64

)

(6

)

13

 

4

 

16

 

19

 

(18

)

2012 adjusted

 

1,302

 

694

 

575

 

368

 

336

 

(149

)

3,126

 

Acquisitions and disposals***

 

61

 

5

 

18

 

5

 

24

 

 

113

 

Organic movement

 

115

 

(49

)

60

 

95

 

21

 

(2

)

240

 

2013 reported

 

1,478

 

650

 

653

 

468

 

381

 

(151

)

3,479

 

Organic movement %

 

9

 

(7

)

10

 

26

 

6

 

(1

)

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Organic operating margin %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

41.18%

 

29.59%

 

28.73%

 

33.60%

 

24.64%

 

n/a

 

31.36%

 

2012

 

39.90%

 

30.53%

 

28.56%

 

30.74%

 

23.93%

 

n/a

 

30.58%

 

Margin improvement (bps)

 

128

 

(95

)

17

 

286

 

71

 

n/a

 

78

 

                                                                                                         
   North
America
£ million
  Europe,
Russia
and
Turkey
£ million
  Africa
£ million
  Latin
America
and
Caribbean
£ million
  Asia
Pacific
£ million
  Corporate
£ million
  Total
£ million
 

Marketing

        

2014 reported

   540    413    152    203    305    7    1,620  

Exchange(i)

   16    (30  (10  (22  (1      (47

Disposals(ii)

   (4  (5              (3  (12
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2014 adjusted

   552    378    142    181    304    4    1,561  

Acquisitions and disposals(ii)

   11    4        3    65    3    86  

Organic movement

   (21  6    5    10    (25  7    (18
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2015 reported

   542    388    147    194    344    14    1,629  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Organic movement %

   (4  2    4    6    (8  175    (1
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating profit before exceptional items

        

2014 reported

   1,460    853    340    328    283    (130  3,134  

Exchange(i)

   27    (67  (52  (60  (13  4    (161

Acquisitions and disposals(ii)

   (2  (15      (1  18    2    2  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2014 adjusted

   1,485    771    288    267    288    (124  2,975  

Acquisitions and disposals(ii)

       13    1    3    48    4    69  

Organic movement

   (37  20    29    (7  20    (3  22  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2015 reported

   1,448    804    318    263    356    (123  3,066  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Organic movement %

   (2  3    10    (3  7    (2  1  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Organic operating margin %

        

2015

   42.2  30.6  22.4  25.8  23.9  n/a    30.7

2014

   42.7  29.8  21.7  26.2  21.8  n/a    30.5
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Margin improvement (bps)

   (47  75    75    (41  209    n/a    24  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 


(1)For the reconciliation of sales to net sales and operating profit before exceptional items to operating profit see page 68 and pages 159-160.

(2) Percentages and margin improvement are calculated on rounded figures.

(1)For the reconciliation of sales to net sales and operating profit before exceptional items to operating profit see page 87 and pages 208-209.
(2)Percentages and margin improvement are calculated on rounded figures.

Notes: Information relating to the organic movement calculations

(i)The exchange adjustments for sales, net sales, marketing and operating profit are principally in respect of the Venezuelan bolivar, the euro, the Russian rouble and the US dollar.
(ii)In the year ended 30 June 2015 the acquisitions and disposals that affected volume, sales, net sales, marketing and operating profit were as follows:

*Prior year figures are restated following the adoption of IFRS 11 and the amendment to IAS 19.

**The exchange adjustments for sales, net sales, marketing and operating profit are principally in respect of the euro, the South African rand, the Australian dollar, the Turkish lira and the Brazilian real.

***In the year ended 30 June 2013 the acquisitions and disposals that affected volume, sales, net sales, marketing spend and operating profit were as follows:

 

 

 

Volume
units million

 

Sales
£ million

 

Net sales
£ million

 

Marketing
£ million

 

Operating
profit
£ million

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisitions

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transaction costs

 

 

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

61

 

Disposals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jose Cuervo

 

(4.5

)

(387

)

(304

)

(45

)

(67

)

Nuvo

 

(0.2

)

(29

)

(27

)

(9

)

(3

)

Other disposals

 

(0.3

)

(31

)

(24

)

(1

)

(9

)

 

 

(5.0

)

(447

)

(355

)

(55

)

(79

)

Acquisitions and disposals

 

(5.0

)

(447

)

(355

)

(55

)

(18

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisitions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mey Icki

 

0.8

 

113

 

47

 

3

 

17

 

SJF Holdco and Shui Jing Fang

 

0.4

 

130

 

115

 

28

 

22

 

Meta Abo Brewery

 

0.4

 

16

 

13

 

1

 

2

 

Ypióca

 

5.3

 

58

 

58

 

8

 

 

Transaction costs

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

6.9

 

317

 

233

 

40

 

37

 

Disposals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jose Cuervo

 

4.7

 

396

 

308

 

30

 

76

 

Nuvo

 

0.2

 

22

 

20

 

6

 

(1

)

Other disposals

 

0.1

 

10

 

8

 

 

1

 

 

 

5.0

 

428

 

336

 

36

 

76

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisitions and disposals

 

11.9

 

745

 

569

 

76

 

113

 

143

109



Business review (continued)

                                                                                                         
   Volume
equ. units million
  Sales
£ million
  Net sales
£ million
  Marketing
£ million
  Operating
profit
£ million
 

Year ended 30 June 2014

      

Acquisitions

      

Transaction costs

                   12  

Integration costs

                   12  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
                   24  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Disposals

      

Jose Cuervo

   (0.7  (54  (44      9  

Bushmills

   (0.8  (79  (60  (10  (28

Gleneagles

       (45  (45  (2  (2

Other disposals

   (0.1  (9  (6      (1
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   (1.6  (187  (155  (12  (22
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Acquisitions and disposals

   (1.6  (187  (155  (12  2  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Year ended 30 June 2015

      

Acquisitions

      

United Spirits Limited

   92.7    2,356    921    65    53  

DeLeón

       5    5    8    (8

Don Julio

   0.3    28    23    3    6  

Transaction costs

                   (1

Integration costs

                   (7
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   93.0    2,389    949    76    43  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Disposals

      

Bushmills

   0.7    66    50    8    22  

Gleneagles

       48    48    2    4  

Other disposals

       5    4          
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   0.7    119    102    10    26  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Acquisitions and disposals

   93.7    2,508    1,051    86    69  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

144


Business review (continued)

 

Earnings per share before exceptional items

Earnings per share before exceptional items for the years ended 30 June 20132015 and 30 June 20122014 were as follows:

 

                                                      

 

2013
(restated)
£ million

 

2012
(restated)
£ million

 

  2015
£ million
 2014
£ million
 

Profit attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

 

2,452

 

1,901

 

   2,381   2,248  

Exceptional operating items

 

99

 

40

 

Exceptional operating items attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

   268   261  

Non-operating items

 

83

 

(147

)

   (373 (140

Tax in respect of exceptional operating and non-operating items

 

(55

)

505

 

   (51 (58

Discontinued operations

 

 

11

 

      83  

 

2,579

 

2,310

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   2,225   2,394  
  

 

  

 

 

Weighted average number of shares in issue (million)

 

2,502

 

2,495

 

   2,505   2,506  

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

Earnings per share before exceptional items (pence)

 

103.1

 

92.6

 

   88.8   95.5  
  

 

  

 

 

Diluted earnings per share before exceptional items (pence)

   88.4   95.1  
  

 

  

 

 

Free cash flow

Free cash flow reconciliation for the years ended 30 June 20132015 and 30 June 20122014 were as follows:

 

                                                      

 

2013
(restated)
£ million

 

2012
(restated)
£ million

 

  2015
£ million
 2014
£ million
 

Net cash from operating activities

 

2,033

 

2,096

 

   2,551   1,790  

Disposal of property, plant and equipment and computer software

 

39

 

39

 

   52   80  

Purchase of property, plant and equipment and computer software

 

(636

)

(477

)

   (638 (642

Movements in loans and other investments

 

16

 

(1

)

   (2 7  
  

 

  

 

 

Free cash flow

 

1,452

 

1,657

 

   1,963   1,235  
  

 

  

 

 

Return on average total invested capital

Calculations for the return on average total invested capital for the years ended 30 June 20132015 and 30 June 20122014 were as follows:

 

                                                      

 

2013
(restated)
£ million

 

2012
(restated)
£ million

 

  2015
£ million
 2014
£ million
 

Operating profit

 

3,380

 

3,108

 

   2,797   2,707  

Exceptional operating items

 

99

 

40

 

   269   427  

Profit for the year attributable to non-controlling interests

   (87 (58

Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures

 

217

 

229

 

   175   252  

Tax at the tax rate before exceptional items of 17.4% (2012 — 17.2%)

 

(643

)

(581

)

Tax at the tax rate before exceptional items of 18.3% (2014 — 18.2%)

   (577 (606

 

3,053

 

2,796

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   2,577   2,722  

Average net assets (excluding post employment liabilities)

 

8,183

 

7,081

 

  

 

  

 

 

Average net assets (excluding net post employment liabilities)

   8,910   8,300  

Average non-controlling interests

   (1,240 (924

Average net borrowings

 

7,956

 

7,453

 

   9,682   8,783  

Average integration and restructuring costs (net of tax)

 

1,413

 

1,353

 

   1,604   1,498  

Goodwill at 1 July 2004

 

1,562

 

1,562

 

   1,562   1,562  

Adjusted in respect of acquisition of USL(i)

   493   114  
  

 

  

 

 

Average total invested capital

 

19,114

 

17,449

 

   21,011   19,333  

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

Return on average total invested capital

 

16.0%

 

16.0%

 

   12.3 14.1
  

 

  

 

 

(i)For the years ended 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2015 average net assets were adjusted for the inclusion of USL as though it was owned throughout the year as it became an associate on 4 July 2013 and a subsidiary on 2 July 2014.

 

110145



Business review (continued)

 

Tax rate before exceptional items

The tax rates from continuing operations before and after exceptional items for the years ended 30 June 20132015 and 30 June 20122014 were calculated as follows:

 

 

2013
(restated)
£ million

 

2012
(restated)
£ million

 

  2015
£ million
 2014
£ million
 

Tax before exceptional items

 

562

 

506

 

   517   546  

Tax in respect of exceptional items

 

(55

)

505

 

   (51 (99
  

 

  

 

 

Taxation on profit from continuing operations

 

507

 

1,011

 

   466   447  

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

Profit from continuing operations before taxation and exceptional items

 

3,239

 

2,936

 

   2,829   2,998  

Exceptional non-operating items

 

(83

)

147

 

   373   140  

Exceptional operating items

 

(99

)

(40

)

   (269 (427
  

 

  

 

 

Profit before taxation

 

3,057

 

3,043

 

   2,933   2,711  

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

Tax rate before exceptional items

 

17.4%

 

17.2%

 

   18.3 18.2

Tax rate from continuing operation after exceptional items

 

16.6%

 

33.2%

 

   15.9 16.5

Organic movement calculations for the year ended 30 June 2012

2014

Organic movement calculations for net sales, operating profit before exceptional items and operating margin for the group for the year ended 30 June 20122014 were as follows:

 

 

 

£ million

 

Net sales

 

 

 

2011 reported

 

9,936

 

IFRS 11*

 

(117

)

2011 reported (restated)

 

9,819

 

Exchange

 

(91

)

Disposals

 

(30

)

2011 adjusted

 

9,698

 

Acquisitions and disposals

 

321

 

Organic movement

 

620

 

2012 reported

 

10,639

 

Organic movement %

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

Operating profit before exceptional items

 

 

 

2011 reported

 

2,884

 

IFRS 11 and amendment to IAS 19*

 

(43

)

2011 reported (restated)

 

2,841

 

Exchange

 

(12

)

Acquisitions and disposals

 

21

 

2011 adjusted

 

2,850

 

Acquisitions and disposals

 

55

 

Organic movement

 

243

 

2012 reported

 

3,148

 

Organic movement %

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

Organic operating margin %

 

 

 

2012

 

29.98%

 

2011

 

29.39%

 

Margin improvement (bps)

 

59

 


* Prior year figures are restated following the adoption of IFRS 11 and the amendment to IAS 19.

                           
   £ million 

Net sales

  

2013 reported

   11,303  

Exchange

   (797

Disposals

   (339
  

 

 

 

2013 adjusted

   10,167  

Acquisitions and disposals

   49  

Organic movement

   42  
  

 

 

 

2014 reported

   10,258  
  

 

 

 

Organic movement %

     
  

 

 

 

Operating profit before exceptional items

  

2013 reported

   3,479  

Exchange

   (336

Acquisitions and disposals

   (65
  

 

 

 

2013 adjusted

   3,078  

Acquisitions and disposals

   (35

Organic movement

   91  
  

 

 

 

2014 reported

   3,134  
  

 

 

 

Organic movement %

   3  
  

 

 

 

Organic operating margin %

  

2014

   31.04

2013

   30.27
  

 

 

 

Margin improvement (bps)

   77  
  

 

 

 

 

111



146


Governance

BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND COMPANY SECRETARY

Board of Directors and Company Secretary

Dr Franz B Humer (68)(70)

Chairman, Non-Executive Director (3)*

Nationality: Swiss/Austrian

Appointed Chairman July 2008 (Appointed Non-Executive Director April 2005). He will retire from the Diageo Board on 1 January 2017

Current external appointments: Member, LetterOne Health Investment Advisory Board; Non-Executive Director, Chugai Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd, CitiGroup Inc., Emil Frey SA and Kite Pharma Inc.; Adviser, Tamasek Holdings (Private) Limited and WISeKey SA

Previous relevant experience: Chairman, INSEAD Board of Directors; Non-Executive Director, CitiGroup Inc.

Previous relevant experience: Chairman, F. Hoffman-La Roche Ltd; Chief Operating Director, Glaxo Holdings plc

Javier Ferrán (59)

Chairman Designate, Non-Executive Director (1),(3),(4)

Nationality: Spanish

Appointed Chairman Designate, Non-Executive Director July 2016

Current external appointments: Partner, Lion Capital LLP; Non-Executive Director, Associated British Foods plc, Coca-Cola European Partners, Desigual; Member, Advisory Board of Agrolimen, ESADE Business School

Previous relevant experience: President and CEO, Bacardi Limited; Non-Executive Director, SAB Miller plc

Ivan Menezes (55)(57)

Chief Executive, Executive Director (2)*

Nationality:American/British

Appointed Chief ExecutiveJuly 2013 (Appointed Executive Director July 2012)

Current external appointments: Member of the Council, Scotch Whisky Association; Non-Executive Director, Coach Inc.Inc; Member of the Global Advisory Board, Kellogg School of Management, Northwestern University

Previous Diageo roles:Chief Operating Officer; President, North America; Chairman, Diageo Asia Pacific; Chairman, Diageo Latin America and Caribbean; senior management positions, Guinness and then Diageo

Previous relevant experience:marketing and strategy roles, Nestlé, Booz Allen Hamilton Inc. and Whirlpool

Kathryn Mikells (50)

Deirdre Mahlan (52)

Chief Financial Officer, Executive Director (2)

Nationality:American

Appointed Executive Director November 2015

Current external appointments: Non-Executive Director, The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc.

Previous relevant experience: Corporate Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Xerox Corporation; Senior Vice President and Executive Director October 2010

Current external appointments: Non-Executive Director, Experian plc; Member, Main Committee of the 100 Group of Finance Directors.

Previous Diageo roles: Deputy Chief Financial Officer; Head of TaxOfficer, ADT Corporation; Executive Vice President and Treasury.Chief Financial Officer, Nalco Holding Company and UAL Corporation

Previous relevant experience: senior finance positions, Joseph E. Seagram & Sons, Inc.; senior manager, PricewaterhouseCoopers

Lord Davies of Abersoch (61)(63)

Senior Non-Executive Director (1),(3),(4)*

Nationality:British

Appointed Senior Non-Executive Director and Chairman of the Remuneration CommitteeOctober 2011 (Appointed Non-Executive Director September 2010)

Current external appointments:Partner and Vice Chairman, Corsair Capital LLC; Chairman, Chime Communications PLC; Non-Executive Chairman, Pinebridge Investments Limited;Jack Wills; Chair Global Advisory Board of Moelis & Company; Trustee,Trustees, Royal Academy of Arts; Chair of the Council, University of Wales BangorVice Chairman, LetterOne Holdings S.A.

Previous relevant experience:Non-Executive Director, Bharti Airtel Limited; Chairman, Chime Communications PLC; Minister for Trade, Investment and Small Business for the UK Government; Chairman,Group Chief Executive, Standard Chartered PLC

Peggy B Bruzelius (64)(66)

Non-Executive Director (1),(3),(4)

Nationality:Swedish

Appointed Non-Executive DirectorApril 2009

Current external appointmentsappointments:: Chairman, Lancelot Asset Management; Non-Executive Director, Akzo Nobel NV, Axfood AB, Lundin Petroleum AB and Skandia Liv AB

Previous relevant experience:Non-Executive Director, Axfood AB, Husgvarna; Syngenta AG, and Scania AB; Managing Director, ABB Financial Services AB; Head of the Asset Management Arm,Vice Chairman, Electrolux AB; Executive Vice President, Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB

 

Laurence M Danon (58)147


Governance (continued)

Ho KwonPing (63)

Non-Executive Director (1),(3),(4)

Nationality:French Singaporean

Appointed Non-Executive Director January 2006 October 2012

Current external appointments:Chairman, Leonardo & Co. SAS; Non-Executive Director, TF1

Previous relevant experience: served with the French Ministry for Industry and Energy; senior management posts, Total Fina Elf; Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, France Printemps; Chairman, Executive Board of Edmond de Rothschild Corporate Finance; Non-Executive Director, Experian Group Limited, Groupe BPCE, Plastic Omnium SA and Rhodia SA

112



Governance (continued)

Ho KwonPing (61)

Non-Executive Director (1),(3),(4)

Nationality: Singaporean

Appointed Non-Executive Director October 2012

Current external appointments: Executive Chairman and Founder, Banyan Tree Holdings Limited; Chairman, Laguna Resorts & Hotels Public Company Limited, Thai Wah Food Products Public Company Limited and Singapore Management University; Member, International CouncilGovernor, London Business School; Chairman of School Advisory Committee, School of Hotel and East Asia CouncilTourism Management of INSEAD;the Hong Kong Polytechnic University

Previous relevant experience: Member, Global Advisory Board of Moelis & Company; Governor, London Business School

Previous relevant experience:Chairman, MediaCorp Pte. Ltd;Ltd, Non-Executive Director, Singapore Airlines Limited, Standard Chartered PLC and Singapore Power Limited

Betsy D Holden (58)(60)

Non-Executive Director (1),(3),(4)

Nationality: American

Appointed Non-Executive Director September 2009

Current external appointments: Senior Advisor, McKinsey & Company; Non-Executive Director Catamaran Corporation,Time Inc and Western Union Company and Time Inc.;Company; Member of the Board of Trustees, Duke University; Member of the Executive Committee, Kellogg School of Management Global Advisory Board

Previous relevant experience:Member of the North American Advisory Board, Schneider Electric; Non-Executive Director, Catamaran Corporation, Tribune Company;Company and MediaBank LLC; President, Global Marketing and Category Development and Co-Chief Executive Officer, Kraft Foods, Inc.Inc; Member of the North American Advisory Board, Schneider Electric

Nicola S Mendelsohn (44)

Non-Executive Director (1),(3),(4)

Nationality: British

Appointed Non-Executive Director September 2014

Current external appointments: Vice president, Facebook EMEA; Director, Women’s Prize for Fiction; Co-Chair, Creative Industries Council

Previous relevant experience: Executive Chairman, Karmarama; Deputy Chairman, Grey London; Board Director, BBH and Fragrance Foundation; President, Institute of Practitioners in Advertising; Board Member, CEW; Trustee, White Ribbon Alliance; Chair of the Corporate Board, Women’s Aid

Philip G Scott (60)(62)

Non-Executive Director (1)*,(3),(4)

Nationality: British

Appointed Non-Executive Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee October 2007

Current external appointments:Previous relevant experience: Non-Executive Director, Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc.

Previous relevant experience:plc; President, Institute and Faculty of Actuaries; Chief Financial Officer, Aviva plc

Alan JH Stewart (56)

Non-Executive Director (1),(3),(4)

Nationality: British

Appointed Non-Executive Director September 2014

Current external appointments: Chief Financial Officer, Tesco plc; Member of the Advisory Board, Chartered Institute of Management Accountants; Member of the Main Committee & Chairman of Pension Committee, the 100 Group of Finance Directors

Previous relevant experience: Chief Financial Officer, Marks & Spencer and AWAS; Non-Executive Director, Games Workshop plc; Group Finance Director, WH Smith plc; Chief Executive, Thomas Cook UK

Emma Walmsley (46)

Non-Executive Director (1),(3),(4)

Nationality: British

Appointed Non-Executive Director January 2016

Current external appointments: Chief Executive Officer and Director, GSK Consumer Healthcare Holdings Limited

Previous relevant experience: President, GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare; Senior marketing and general manager roles, L’Oreal

 

Paul D Tunnacliffe (52)148


Governance (continued)

David Harlock (55)

Company Secretary and General Counsel Corporate Centre

Nationality: British

Appointed Company Secretary and General Counsel Corporate Centre January 2008 July 2016

Previous Diageo roles: General Counsel Corporate, Africa, Russia, Turkey; General Counsel Africa, Turkey, Russia & Eastern Europe; General Counsel M&A and Global Functions; Regional Counsel International; Counsel International

Previous relevant experience: Company Secretary, Hanson PLC

Hogan Lovells

Nicola Mendelsohn Laurence M Danonand Alan Stewart have been appointed as Non-Executive Directors with effect from 1 September 2014. Both will seek election at the AGM.

H Todd Stitzer ceased to be a Non-Executive Director on 1923 September 2013 and 2015

Paul WalshD Tunnacliffe ceased to be an Executive DirectorCompany Secretary on 19 September 2013.30 June 2016

 


Key to committees

(1) Audit

(2) Executive (comprising senior management)

(3) Nomination

(4) Remuneration

*Chairman of committee

 

113



149


Governance (continued)

 

Executive CommitteeEXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

Nick Blazquez (53)

President, Diageo Africa, Eurasia and Pacific (1), (2)

Nationality: British

Appointed President, Diageo Africa, Eurasia and Pacific July 2014

Previous Diageo roles: President, Africa, Turkey, Russia, Central & Eastern Europe, Global Sales; President, Africa; Managing Director, Diageo Africa and Diageo Asia Key Markets

Previous relevant experience: managerial positions, United Distillers

David Cutter (46)(48)

President, Global Supply and Procurement

Nationality:Australian

Appointed President, Global Supply and ProcurementJuly 2014

Previous Diageo roles: Supply Director, International Supply Centre; President, Supply Americas; Supply Director, Asia Pacific

Previous relevant experience: leadership roles, Frito-Lay and SC Johnson

Andy Fennell (47)Current external appointments: Member of the Council, Scotch Whisky Association

Sam Fischer (48)

President, Diageo Greater China and Chief Operating Officer, Diageo AfricaAsia

Nationality:British Australian

Appointed President, Greater China and Chief Operating Officer, Africa AsiaJuly 2013 September 2014

Previous Diageo roles:Chief Marketing Officer; marketing roles in the UK Managing Director, Diageo Greater China; Managing Director of South East Asia, Diageo Asia Pacific; General Manager, Diageo IndoChina and internationally, Guinness and DiageoVietnam

Previous relevant experience: sales Senior management roles across Central Europe and marketingIndochina, Colgate Palmolive

Brian Franz (51)

Chief Productivity Officer

Nationality: American/British

Appointed Chief Productivity Officer August 2015

Previous Diageo roles: CIO and Head of GDBS, IS Services

Previous relevant experience: Senior Vice President and CIO, PepsiCo International; Commercial CIO, various CIO and management roles, Britvic and Bass plcGeneral Electric

Alberto Gavazzi (48)(50)

President, Diageo Latin America and Caribbean

NationalityNationality:: Brazilian/Italian

Appointed President, Diageo Latin America and Caribbean July 2013

Previous Diageo roles:Managing Director, West Latin America and Caribbean; Global Category Director Whiskey, Gins and Reserve Brands; General Manager Brazil, Paraguay and Uruguay; Vice President Consumer Marketing, Chicago; Marketing Director, Brazil

Previous relevant experience:Colgate-Palmolive; Colgate Palmolive; Unilever PLC

Gilbert Ghostine (54)John Kennedy (51)

President, Diageo IndiaEurope, Russia and Greater China, and Chief Corporate Development Officer (1)Turkey

Nationality:Lebanese American

Appointed President, Diageo IndiaEurope, Russia and Greater China, and Chief Corporate Development OfficerTurkey July 2014. He will be leaving Diageo on 30 September 2014.2015

Previous Diageo roles:President, Asia Pacific; Managing Director, Diageo Continental Europe; Managing Director, Northern Europe; President, US Major markets.

Previous relevant experience: senior managerial positions in Africa, Asia, Europe and the United States, International Distillers & Vintners

Current external appointments: Director, United Spirits Limited

John Kennedy (49)

President, Western Europe (2)

Nationality: American

Appointed President, Western Europe November 2012

Previous Diageo roles: Europe; Chief Operating Officer, Western Europe; Marketing Director, Australia; General Manager for Innovation, North America; President and Chief Executive Officer, Diageo Canada; Managing Director, Diageo Ireland

Previous relevant experience:brand management roles, GlaxoSmithKline and Quaker Oats

Anand Kripalu (57)

CEO, United Spirits Limited

Nationality: Indian

Appointed CEO, United Spirits Limited September 2014

Previous Diageo roles: CEO-designate, United Spirits Limited

Previous relevant experience: Various management roles at Mondelēz International, Cadbury and Unilever

Current external appointments: Non-Executive Director, Marico

Charlotte Lambkin (42)(44)

Corporate Relations Director

Nationality:British

Appointed Corporate Relations DirectorJanuary 2014

Previous relevant experience:Group Communications Director, BAE Systems; Director, Bell Pottinger Corporate

& Financial

 

150


Governance (continued)

Deirdre Mahlan (54)

President, Diageo North America

Nationality: American

Appointed President, Diageo North America December 2015

Current external appointments: Non-Executive Director, Experian plc

Previous Diageo roles: Chief Financial Officer and Executive Director; Deputy Chief Financial Officer; Head of Tax and Treasury

Previous relevant experience: Member, Main Committee of the 100 Group of Finance Directors; senior finance positions, Joseph E. Seagram & Sons, Inc.; Senior manager, PricewaterhouseCoopers

Anna Manz (41)(43)

Group Strategy Director

Nationality:British

Appointed Group Strategy DirectorJuly 20132013. She will be leaving Diageo on 30 September 2016

Current external appointments: Non-Executive Director, ITV PLC

Previous Diageo roles:Regional Finance Director, Diageo Asia Pacific; Group Treasurer; Finance Director, Global Marketing, Sales and Innovation; Finance Director Ireland; Vice President Finance, Diageo North America

Previous relevant experience:Unilever PLC and ICI PLC

114



Governance (continued)

Siobhan Moriarty (52)(54)

General Counsel

Nationality:Irish

Appointed General CounselJuly 2013

Previous Diageo roles:General Counsel Designate; Corporate M&A Counsel; Regional Counsel Ireland; General Counsel Europe

Previous relevant experience:various positions in law firm private practice, Dublin and London

Mairéad Nayager (41)

Human Resources Director

Nationality: Irish

Appointed Human Resources Director October 2015

Previous Diageo roles: HR Director, Diageo Europe; HR Director, Brandhouse, South Africa; HR Director, Diageo Africa Regional Markets; Talent & Organisational Effectiveness Director, Diageo Africa; Employee Relations Manager, Diageo Ireland

Previous relevant experience: Irish Business and Employers’ Confederation (IBEC)

John O’Keeffe (44)

President, Diageo Africa

Nationality: Irish

Appointed President Africa July 2015

Previous Diageo roles: CEO and Managing Director, Guinness Nigeria; Global Head of Innovation and Beer and Baileys; Managing Director Russia and Eastern Europe; various management and marketing positions, Diageo

Syl Saller (57)(59)

Chief Marketing Officer

Nationality:American/British

Appointed Chief Marketing OfficerJuly 2013

Previous Diageo roles:Global Innovation Director; Marketing Director, Diageo Great Britain

Previous relevant experience:brand management and marketing roles, Allied Domecq PLC, Gillette Company and Holson Burnes Group, Inc.

Current external appointments: Inc; Non-Executive Director, Dominos Pizza Group plc

Nick Blazquez, formerly President, Diageo Africa and Asia Pacific, ceased to be an Executive Committee member on 30 June 2016.Larry Schwartz (61)

, formerly President, Diageo North America,

Nationality: American

Appointed President, Diageo North America March 2012

Previous Diageo roles: President, Diageo USA; President, Joseph E. Seagram & Sons

Previous relevant experience: senior management positions, Joseph E. Seagram & Sons

Leanne Wood (41)

Human Resources Director

Nationality: British

Appointed Human Resources Director July 2013

Previous Diageo roles: Global Talent and Organisational Effectiveness Director; Human Resources Director, Africa; Human Resources Director, Ireland; Human Resources Director, Asia Venture Markets

Previous relevant experience: strategy and finance positions, Allied Domecq PLC and LEK Consulting

David Gosnell, formerly President, Global Supply and Procurement and Andrew Morgan, formerly President, New Businesses, ceased to be Executive Committee members on 30 June 2014. Ian Wright, formerly Corporate Relations Director, ceased to be an Executive Committee member on 31 December 2013.2015.Leanne Wood, formerly Human Resources Director, ceased to be an Executive Committee member on 5 October 2015.

151


Governance (continued)

 

Sam Fischer and Anand Kripalu will join the Executive Committee as President, Diageo Greater China and Asia and CEO, United Spirits Limited respectively, with effect from 1 September 2014.


(1) The executive titles above are effective from 1 July 2014. The executive titles in the Strategic Report reflect information for the period ended 30 June 2014. The change in responsibilities did not impact the management reporting provided to the Executive Committee, therefore the operating segments reported externally were not amended.

(2) With effect from 1 September 2014, executive titles will change as follows: Nick Blazquez – President, Diageo Africa and Asia; John Kennedy – President, Diageo Europe. The impact of these changes to the operating segments reported externally is currently being assessed.

115



Governance (continued)CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

Corporate Governance Report

Letter from the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Company Secretary

Dear Shareholder

On behalf of the Board, we are pleased to present the corporate governance report for the year ended 30 June 2014.2016.

This year weBoards of Directors are subject to a revised version ofultimately responsible for the UK Corporate Governance Code, as defined below, which contains new disclosure requirements on: the fair, balanced and understandable nature of the Annual Report; the activities of the Audit Committee; external audit tenders; and Boardroom diversity.

However, as the introduction to the revised Code notes, its original definition of corporate governance endures and we have quoted from it hereof their companies, that is to setsay, the contextway in which we prepare and present to you this report on Diageo’s corporate governance structure and activity:

‘Corporate governance is the system by which companies are directed and controlled. Boards of Directors are responsible for the governance of their companies. The shareholders’ role in governance is to appoint the Directors and the auditors and to satisfy themselves that an appropriate governance structure is in place. The responsibilities of the Board includeinclude: setting the company’s strategic aims and its values; providing the leadership to put them into effect,effect; supervising and constructively challenging management who are responsible for the managementday to day operational running of the businessbusiness; and reporting to shareholders on their stewardship. The Board’s actions are subject to laws, regulations and the shareholders in general meeting’.

We also continue to believe that Diageo’s Board has the right behavioursappropriate diversity and balance of skills, experience, independence and knowledge of the company to enable it to discharge these responsibilities effectively. The description in the Boardroom are key in delivering goodthis report of Diageo’s corporate governance structures and that yourprocedures and of the work of the Board, fully demonstrates these behaviours.

its committees and the Executive Committee is intended to give a sense of how this is carried out.

The principal corporate governance rules applying to Diageo (as a UK company listed on the London Stock Exchange (LSE)) for the year ended 30 June 20142016 are contained in The UK Corporate Governance Code as updated and published by the Financial Reporting Council (FRC) in September 20122014 (the Code) and the UK Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) Listing Rules, which require us to describe, in our Annual Report, our corporate governance from two points of view: the first dealing generally with our application of the Code’s main principles and the second dealing specifically with non-compliance with any of the Code’s provisions. The two descriptions together are designed to give shareholders a picture of governance arrangements in relation to the Code as a criterion of good practice.

Throughout the year, Diageo has complied with all relevant provisions set out in the Code (with the exception that two directors were unable to attend the 2015 AGM), which is publicly available under the heading ‘Corporate Governance’ at the website of the FRC, www.frc.org.uk.

Diageo must also comply with corporate governance rules contained in the FCA Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules as well as certain related provisions in the Companies Act 2006 (the Act).

As well as being subject to UK legislation and practice, as a company listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), Diageo is subject to the listing requirements of the NYSE and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Compliance with the provisions of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (SOX), as it applies to foreign private issuers, is continually monitored. As Diageo follows UK corporate governance practice, differences from the NYSE corporate governance standards are summarised in Diageo’s 20-F filing and on our website at www.diageo.com/en-row/ourbusiness/aboutus/corporategovernance.

While the Directors believe that the group’s corporate governance policies continue to be robust, changes have been and will continue to be made in light of the rules and guidance that are in place at any point in time and of what we consider to be the right Boardroom behaviours as we aspire to become one of the most trusted and respected consumer products companies in the world.

Dr Franz B Humer

Chairman

PD Tunnacliffe,David Harlock

Company Secretary

 

116



152


Governance (continued)

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Membership of the Board and Board Committees

The chairmen,Chairman, Senior Non-Executive Director and other members of the Board, Audit Committee, Nomination Committee and Remuneration Committee are as set out in this Annual Report in the biographies of Directors and members of the Executive Committee.

There is a clear separation of the roles of the Chairman and the Chief Executive. The Chairman, Dr Franz B Humer, is responsible for the running of the Board and for ensuring all Directors are fully informed of matters, sufficient to make informed judgements. As Chief Executive, Ivan Menezes has responsibility for implementing the strategy agreed by the Board and for managing the company and the group. He is supported in this role by the Executive Committee.

The Non-Executive Directors, all of whom the Board has determined are independent, are experienced and influential individuals from a range of industries, backgrounds and countries. No individual or group dominates the Board’s decision-making processes.

On 19 May 2016, it was announced that Javier Ferrán would be appointed to the Board on 22 July 2016 and would succeed Dr Humer as Chairman on 1 January 2017.

A summary of the terms and conditions of appointment of the Non-Executive Directors is available atwww.diageo.com/en-row/ourbusiness/aboutus/corporategovernance.

Activities and duties of the Board

The Board manages overall control of the company’s affairs with reference to the formal schedule of matters reserved for the Board for decision. The schedule was last reviewed in June 2012July 2015 and is available atwww.diageo.com/en-row/ourbusiness/aboutus/corporategovernance.

The Board has agreed an approach and adopted guidelines for dealing with conflicts of interest and responsibility for authorising conflicts of interest is included in the schedule of matters reserved for the Board. The Board confirmed that it was aware of no situations that may or did give rise to conflicts with the interests of the company other than those that may arise from Directors’ other appointments as disclosed in their biographies.

In order to fulfil their duties, procedures are in place for Directors to seek both independent advice and the advice and services of the Company Secretary who is responsible for advising the Board, through the Chairman, on all governance matters. The Non-Executive Directors meet without the Chairman present, and also meet with the Chairman without management present, on a regular basis.

The terms of reference of Board Committees are available at www.diageo.com/en-row/ourbusiness/aboutus/corporategovernance.

Induction, training and business engagement

There is a formal induction programme for new Directors, includingwhich was followed during the year for Emma Walmsley. This included meeting with Executive Committee members and other senior executives individually and receiving orientation training fromvisiting a number of operations and sites around the relevant senior executive in relation to the group and its business.

group.

Following the initial induction for Non-Executive Directors, a continuing understanding of the business is developed through appropriate business engagements. Visits to distilleries andcustomers, engagements with third party distributorsemployees, and brand events were arranged during the year.

In addition, Executive Committee members and other senior executives are invited, as appropriate, to Board and strategy meetings to make presentations on their areas of responsibility.

All Directors are also provided with the opportunity, and encouraged, to attend regular training to ensure they are kept up to date on relevant legal developments or changes and best practice and changing commercial and other risks.

 

153


Governance (continued)

Performance evaluation

During the year and continuing in the subsequent financial year, an externally facilitated evaluation of the Board’s effectiveness, including the effectiveness of the Audit Committee, the Nomination Committee and the Remuneration Committee was undertaken internally by way of written questionnaire followed by the Chairman of the Board meeting individually with all Directors.

A report was prepared and the Nomination Committees has been and is being undertaken. The external facilitator, Wickland Westcott, has no other connectionpresented, with the company.

Against a context of assessing the Board’s performance over the past year in its aim to fulfil an appropriate Board mandate to support Diageo’s Performance Ambition, the areas the Board evaluation sought to explore included: the management of the reputation of the company; the Board’s perspectives on the performance of the business; progress on the talent agenda, particularly in the context of the changes made in the composition of the top management of the group; the Board’s risk appetite in an operating environment with greater uncertainty; the Board’s understanding of and learnings from the company’s growth in emerging markets; and perspectives from members of the management team onconclusion that the Board and its impact onCommittees continued to operate effectively, meeting the business.

The areas covered by the evaluationrequirements and spirit of the Committees includedCode. The climate within the performanceBoard, its capability and the diversity of Board members, were again seen as significant factors which contributed to the Committees; whetherBoard’s effectiveness during the agendas appropriately covered the remits of the Committees; how the performance of the respective Committee could be enhanced; and areas of focus for the forthcoming year.

There were, nevertheless, areas identified as being of a particular focus: executive engagement, aimed at building the relationship between the Board and the executive team; understanding consumer insights and trends and the competitive performance; and investor relations, including the communication strategy and execution. A further objective was succession to the Board, in particular finding a successor to the Chairman, which has been successfully executed, as highlighted above, with the appointment of Javier Ferrán to the Board.

In conclusion, and without being complacent, the Board was considered to be in good shape to deal with the areas identified as being of particular focus and to support management in its aspirations to deliver the Performance Ambition.

A reportsimilar, internal, exercise building on this evaluation and covering the evaluation of the Board and its Committees will start in the subsequent financial year. A report will be prepared for the Board for consideration at its next meeting.to consider. The results of the evaluation will be reported in next year’s report.

The Chairman has confirmed that the Non-Executive Directors standing for re-election at this year’s AGM continue to perform effectively, both individually and collectively as a Board, and that each demonstrate commitment to their roles. The senior Non-Executive Director led a performance evaluation of the Chairman. Feedback was discussed in a meeting with the Executive and Non-Executive Directors and then privately with the Chairman.

It is the Board’s intention to continue to review annually its performance and that of its committees and individual directors. It is anticipated that the evaluation in 2017 will be externally facilitated and the results reported in a subsequent Annual Report.

117



Governance (continued)

Nomination Committee

Role of the Nomination Committee

The Nomination Committee is responsible for keeping under review the composition of the Board and succession to it, and succession planning for senior leadership positions. It makes recommendations to the Board concerning appointments to the Board.

Any new Directors are appointed by the Board and, in accordance with the company’s articles of association, they must be elected at the next AGM to continue in office. All existing Directors retire by rotation every year.

Activities of the Nomination Committee

The principal activities of the Nomination Committee during the year were: the consideration of potential new Non-Executive Directors, in light of the review of the structure and composition of the Board;Board and, in particular, the focus on finding a successor to the Chairman; the review of individual Director performance; a review of the Executive Committee membership and succession planning for it and for senior leadership positions.

positions, in addition to a review of diversity within the group.

In respect of the appointmentsappointment of Nicola Mendelsohn and Alan Stewart to the Board with effect from 1 September 2014,Emma Walmsley the recruitment processesprocess included the development of a candidate profile and the engagement of MWM Consulting, a professional search agenciesagency (which has no other connection with the Company) specialising in the recruitment of high calibre Non-Executive Directors. Reports on potential appointees were provided to the committee, which, after careful consideration, made a recommendation to the Board.

DiversityA similar but more focused search was undertaken for a successor to the Chairman, with an alternative professional search agency (JCA Group) used (again with no other connection with the Company). This search resulted in the Nomination Committee meeting on a number of separate occasions before making a recommendation to the Board that Javier Ferrán be appointed as the designated successor to the Chairman.

 

154


Governance (continued)

Diversity

Diageo supports diversity within its Board of Directors, including gender diversity. Further information is given in the section of this Annual Report on sustainability &and responsibility, our people.

Remuneration Committee

Role of the Remuneration Committee

The role of the Remuneration Committee and details of how the company applies the principles of the Code in respect of Directors’ remuneration are set out in the directors’ remunerationDirectors’ Remuneration report.

The Chairman and the Chief Executive may, by invitation, attend Remuneration Committee meetings, except when their own remuneration is discussed. No Director is involved in determining his or her own remuneration.

EXECUTIVE DIRECTION AND CONTROL

Executive Committee

The Executive Committee, appointed and chaired by the Chief Executive, supports him in discharging his responsibility for implementing the strategy agreed by the Board and for managing the company and the group.

It consists of the individuals responsible for the key components of the business: North America, Western Europe, AEET (Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey),Africa, Latin America and Caribbean, and Asia Pacific, International Supply Centre and the global functions.Corporate and other.

The Executive Committee focuses its time and agenda to align with the Performance Ambition and how to achieve theDiageo’s financial and non-financial performance imperatives.objectives. Performance metrics have been developed to measure progress and a further designated focus is on the company’s reputation. In support, monthly performance delivery calls, includinginvolving the managing directors of the key markets,senior leadership group, focus on progress against the six performance drivers.

To support the market visits made by the presidents in the ordinary course of their business, a small group led by the Chief Executive makes regular market visits focused on the execution of strategy and designed to assist in continuing the development of strategy and in the delivery of performance against the Performance Ambition.

Committees appointed by the Chief Executive and intended to have an ongoing remit, including the Audit & Risk Committee, Finance Committee and Filings Assurance Committee are shown (with their remits) at

www.diageo.com/en-row/ourbusiness/aboutus/corporategovernance.

Filings Assurance Committee

AdditionalThe Filings Assurance Committee of the company, which is chaired by the Chief Financial Officer and includes the Chief Executive, is responsible for implementing and monitoring the processes which are designed to ensure that the company complies with relevant UK, US and other regulatory reporting and filing provisions, including those imposed by the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or derived from it. As at the end of the period covered by the Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2016, the Filings Assurance Committee of the company, with the participation of the Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer, carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of disclosure controls and procedures. These are defined as those controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) is recorded, processed, summarised and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms and include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports of the company is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. As of the date of the evaluation, the Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer concluded that the design and operation of these disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the company files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarised and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms and is accumulated and communicated to the management of the company, including the company’s Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure.

 

155


Governance (continued)

Additional information

Internal control and risk management

An ongoing process has been established for identifying, evaluating and managing risks faced by the group. This process, which complies with the requirements of the Code, has been in place for the full financial year and up to the date the financial statements were approved and accords with the guidance issued by the Financial Reporting Council in October 2005, ‘Internal Control: RevisedSeptember 2014, Guidance for Directors on Risk management, Internal Control and related Financial and Business Reporting. The Board confirms that, through the Combined Code’, also known asactivities of the Turnbull guidance (as amended byAudit Committee described below, a robust assessment of the Flint review).

principal risks facing the company, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity has been carried out. These risks and mitigations are set out above in the Risk factors section of this Annual Report.

The Board acknowledges that it is responsible for the company’s systems of internal control and risk management and for reviewing their effectiveness. The Board confirms that, through the activities of the Audit Committee described below, it has reviewed the effectiveness of the company’s systems of internal control and risk management.

During the year, in line with the Code, the Board considered the nature and extent of the risks it was willing to take to achieve its strategic goals and reviewed the existing internal statement of risk appetite (which was considered and recommended to the Board by both the Audit & Risk Committee and the Audit Committee).

 In accordance with the Code, the Board has also considered the company’s longer term viability, based on a robust assessment of its principal risks. This was done through the work of the Audit Committee which recommended the viability statement required pursuant to UK Rules (the Viability Statement) to the Board.

The company has in place internal control and risk management systems in relation to the company’s financial reporting process and the group’s process for preparation of consolidated accounts. Further, a review of the consolidated financial statements is completed by management to ensure that the financial position and results of the group are appropriately reflected therein.

118



Governance (continued)

Compliance and ethics programme

Diageo is committed to conducting its business responsibly and in accordance with all laws and regulations to which its business activities are subject. We hold ourselves to the principles in our Code of Business Conduct, which is embedded through a comprehensive training and education programme for all employees.

Our Code of Business Conduct, an updated version of which was launched during the financial year, and other Diageo global policies are available at www.diageo.com/en-row/ourbusiness/aboutus/corporategovernance.

156


Governance (continued)

 

In accordance with the requirements of SOX (and related SEC rules), Diageo has adopted a code of ethics covering its Chief Executive, Chief Financial Officer, presidents and other identifiable persons in the group, including those performing senior accounting and controller functions. No amendments to, or waivers in respect of, the code of ethics were made during the year.

The full text of the code of ethics is available at www.diageo.com/en-row/ourbusiness/aboutus/corporategovernance.

Both the Audit & Risk Committee and the Audit Committee regularly review the strategy and operation of the compliance and ethics programme through the year.

Further information is given in the section of this Annual Report on sustainability &and responsibility, governance &and ethics.

Relations with shareholders

The Board’s primary contact with institutional shareholders is through the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer are supported by the investor relations department, who are in regular contact with institutional shareholders and sell-side analysts. A monthly investor relations report, including coverage of the company by sell-side analysts, is circulated to the Board.

The Board also ensures that all Directors develop an understanding of the views of major institutional shareholders through an independent survey of shareholder opinion. In addition, major shareholders are invited to raise any company matters of interest to them at meetings with the chairman of the Board and the chairman of the remuneration committee.Remuneration Committee. Reports on any meetings are made to the Board.

Private shareholders are invited to write to the chairman or any other Director and express their views on any issues of concern at any time and the AGM provides an opportunity for private shareholders to put their questions in person.

Political donations

TheDuring the year, Diageo Great Britain Limited (a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company) helped, with others, defray the costs of an economists’ dialogue (and associated report) hosted by the independent Centre for European Reform think-tank, in the EU referendum context. These costs totalled £2,500 (2015: nil). During the year also, Diageo Germany GmbH (a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company) helped, with others, to support a dialogue between key German media and influencers called ‘CDU Media Night’ hosted by the political party CDU. These costs totalled approximately £1,000 (2015: nil). Otherwise, the group has not given any money for political purposes in the United Kingdom and made no donations to EU political organisations and incurred no EU political expenditure during the year.

The group made contributions to non-EU political parties totalling £0.4 million during the year (2013 –(2015: £0.5 million).

These contributions were all made consistent with applicable laws,exclusively to federal and state candidates and committees in North America (consistent with applicable laws), where it is common practice to make political contributions. No particular political persuasion was supported and contributions were made with the aim of promoting a better understanding of the group and its views on commercial matters, as well as a generally improved business environment.

Going concern

The Directors confirm that, after making appropriate enquiries, they have reasonable expectation that the group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future.existence. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements. Further information on going concern is given in this Annual Report under note 1 Accounting information and policies going concern.

Although not assessed over the same period as the going concern, the viability of the group has been assessed in the Viability Statement.

Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting

Management, under the supervision of the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate control over the group’s financial reporting.

 

157


Governance (continued)

Diageo’s internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that: pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of assets; provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit the preparation of financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted for use in the EU and IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB); provide reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures are made only in accordance with authorisation of management and the directors of the company; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of any unauthorised acquisition, use or disposition of assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Management has assessed the effectiveness of Diageo’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13(a)-13(f) and 15(d)-15(f) under the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934) based on the framework in ‘Internal Control - Integrated Framework’ (1992), issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organisations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). in 2013. Based on this assessment, management concluded that, as at 30 June 2014,2016, internal control over financial reporting was effective.

Any internal control framework, no matter how well designed, has inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls and procedures and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or because the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

During the period covered by this report, there were no changes in internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.

KPMGPricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC), an independent registered public accounting firm, who also audit the group’s consolidated financial statements, has audited the effectiveness of the group’s internal control over financial reporting, and has issued an unqualified report thereon, which will beis included in the company’s Form 20-F filed with the SEC.

on page 197 of this document.

Directors’ responsibilities in respect of the Annual Report and financial statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report, the information filed with the SEC on Form 20-F and the group and parent company financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Responsibility statement

Each of the Directors, whose names are set out in the Board of Directors and Executive Committee section of this Annual Report, confirms that to the best of his or her knowledge:

 

·

the Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2014,2016, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable, and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the group’s position and performance, business model and strategy;

·

the consolidated financial statements contained in the Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2014,2016, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB and as adopted for use in the EU, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the group; and

·

the management report represented by the Directors’ Report contained in the Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 20142016 includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the group, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that the group faces.

119



Governance (continued)

The responsibility statement was approved by the Board of Directors on 3027 July 2014.2016.

 

158


Governance (continued)

New York Stock Exchange corporate governance rules

Under applicable SEC rules and the NYSE’s corporate governance rules for listed companies, Diageo must disclose any significant ways in which its corporate governance practices differ from those followed by US companies under NYSE listing standards.

Diageo believes the following to be the significant areas in which there are differences between its corporate governance practices and NYSE corporate governance rules applicable to US companies. This information is also provided on the company’s website at www.diageo.com.

 

·

Basis of regulation: UK listed companies are required to include in their annual report a narrative statement of (i) how they have applied the principles of the Code and (ii) whether or not they have complied with the best practice provisions of the Code. NYSE listed companies must adopt and disclose their corporate governance guidelines. Diageo complied throughout the year with the best practice provisions of the Code.

Code (with the exception that two directors were unable to attend the 2015 AGM).

 

·

Director independence: the Code requires at least half the boardBoard (excluding the chairman)Chairman) to be independent non-executive directors,Non-Executive Directors, as determined by affirmatively concluding that a Director is independent in character and judgement and determining whether there are relationships and circumstances which are likely to affect, or could appear to affect, the Director’s judgement. The Code requires the Board to state its reasons if it determines that a director is independent notwithstanding the existence of management and free from any relationship that could materially interfere with the exercise of independent judgement.relationships or circumstances which may appear relevant to its determination. NYSE rules require a majority of independent directors, according to the NYSE’s own ‘brightline’ tests and an affirmative determination by the boardBoard that the directorDirector has no material relationship with the listed company. Diageo’s boardBoard has determined that, in its judgement and without taking into account the NYSE brightline tests, all of the non-executive directorsNon-Executive Directors (excluding the chairman)Chairman) are independent. As such, currently sixnine of Diageo’s ninetwelve directors are independent.

 

·

Chairman and chief executive:Chief Executive: the Code requires these roles to be separate. There is no corresponding requirement for US companies. Diageo has a separate chairman and chief executive.

 

·Non-executive director

Non-Executive Director meetings: NYSE rules require non-management directorsNon-Management Directors to meet regularly without management and independent directors to meet separately at least once a year. The Code requires non-executive directorsNon-Executive Directors to meet without the chairmanChairman present at least annually to appraise the chairman’sChairman’s performance. During the year, Diageo’s chairmanChairman and non-executive directorsNon-Executive Directors met six times as a group without executive directorsExecutive Directors being present, and the independent directorsDirectors met once without the chairman.

Chairman.

 

·

Board committees: Diageo has a number of boardBoard committees that are similar in purpose and constitution to those required by NYSE rules. Diageo’s audit, remunerationAudit, Remuneration and nomination committeesNomination Committees consist entirely of independent non-executive directorsNon-Executive Directors (save that the chairman of the nomination committee,Nomination Committee, Dr Franz B Humer, is not independent). Under NYSE standards, companies are required to have a nominating/corporate governance committee, which develops and recommends a set of corporate governance principles and is composed entirely of independent directors. The terms of reference for Diageo’s nomination committee,Nomination Committee, which comply with the Code, do not contain such a requirement. In accordance with the requirements of the Code, Diageo discloses in its annual reportAnnual Report the results and means of evaluation of the board,Board, its committeesCommittees and the directors,Directors, and it provides extensive information regarding directors’the Directors’ compensation in the directors’Directors’ remuneration report.

 

·

Code of ethics: NYSE rules require a codeCode of business conductBusiness Conduct and ethics to be adopted for directors, officers and employees and disclosure of any waivers for executive directors or officers. Diageo has adopted a code of business conduct for all directors, officers and employees, as well as a code of ethics for senior officersSenior Officers in accordance with the requirements of SOX. Currently, no waivers have been granted to directors or executive officers.

 

·

Compliance certification: NYSE rules require chief executives to certify to the NYSE their awareness of any NYSE corporate governance violations. Diageo is exempt from this as a foreign private issuer but is required to notify the NYSE if any executive officer becomes aware of any non-compliance with NYSE corporate governance standards. No such notification was necessary during the period covered by this report.

159


Governance (continued)

 

120



Governance (continued)

Directors’ attendance record at the AGM, scheduled Board meetings and Board committee meetings, for the year ended 30 June 20142016 was as set out in the table below. For Board and Board committee meetings, attendance is expressed as the number of meetings attended out of the number that each Director was eligible to attend.

 

Annual
General
Meeting

2013

Annual
General Meeting
2015
Board

(maximum 6)(iii)

Audit
Committee
Committee
(maximum 4)

Nomination
Committee
(maximum 7)(iv)
Remuneration
Committee


(maximum 4)

Remuneration
Committee
(maximum 7)

Dr Franz B Humer

ü

ü

6/6

4/4

*

(i)

3/34/4

6/7

*

(i)

Ivan Menezes

ü

ü

6/6

2/2

**

(ii)

3/3(i)4/4

*

7/7

**

(ii)

Deirdre Mahlan

ü3/31/1(i)n/an/a

Kathryn Mikells

ü

6/6

n/a

4/4

*

3/3

3/3(i)n/a

3/3

**

n/a

Lord Davies

ü

ü

6/6

4/4

7/74/4

7/7

Peggy Bruzelius

ü

ü

6/6

4/4

6/74/4

7/7

Laurence Danon

ü

×

6/6

4/4

1/2

4/4

7/7

1/1
1/21/1

Betsy Holden

ü

ü

6/6

4/4

7/74/4

7/7

Ho KwonPing

ü6/63/45/74/4

Nicola Mendelsohn

ü

6/6

×

5/64/4

5/74/4

6/7

***

Philip Scott

ü6/64/47/74/4

Alan Stewart

ü6/64/47/74/4

üEmma Walmsley

6/6

n/a

4/4

4/4

2/2

7/7

2/23/32/2

 


*   Attended by invitation.

**  Attended by invitation, for part only.

***  Ho KwonPing was unable to attend one meeting of the Remuneration Committee but did give his views to the committee chairman before the meeting.

(i)Attended by invitation.
(ii)Attended by invitation, for part only.
(iii)Where Non-Executive Directors were unable to attend a meeting they gave their views to the Chairmen of the respective meetings ahead of the meetings being held. Nicola Mendelsohn and Laurence Danon were unable to attend the 2015 AGM as a result of, respectively, a religious holiday and a prior engagement. A Sub-Committee meeting of the Audit Committee was also held involving P G Scott and P B Bruzelius.
(iv)Four meetings of the Nomination Committee were held on Chairman succession.

 

The former Chief Executive, Paul S Walsh, and Todd Stitzer, a Non-Executive Director, were members of the Board until the AGM in September 2013.160


Two non-scheduled Board meetings were held during the year in relation to United Spirits Limited.

121



Governance (continued)

 

Report of the Audit CommitteeREPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE

Letter from the Chairman of the Audit Committee

Dear Shareholder

On behalf of the Audit Committee, I am pleased to present its report for the year ended 30 June 2014.2016.

This year, we have splitThe purpose of this report is to describe how the Committee has carried out reporting onits responsibilities during the Audit Committee from the Corporate Governance Report; I trust that this will be helpful to shareholders and other stakeholders in understanding the work of the Audit Committee.

year.

In preparingoverview, the reportrole of the Audit Committee we have soughtis to describe its rolemonitor and review: the integrity of the company’s financial statements; internal control and risk management; audit and risk programmes; business conduct and ethics; ‘whistleblowing’; and the appointment of the external auditor.

The work it has carried outof the Committee during the year. We have recognised too that, this year we are subjectincluded various matters referred to a revisedin last year’s report. The Committee oversaw compliance with both the updated version of the UK Corporate Governance Code which contains new(Code) (notably the requirements for both the Boarda Viability Statement and increased disclosure on risk) and the Audit Committee.

OneFinancial Reporting Council’s new requirement is that‘Guidance on Risk management, Internal Control and related Financial and Business Reporting’ (which replaced the Board should ensure that‘Turnbull’ and other guidance). In addition the Annual Report is ‘fair, balanced and understandable’. This may be seen as an evolution fromCommittee oversaw the previous position, which called for a balanced and understandable assessment of the company’s position and prospects. Of course, ‘true and fair’ has been an underpinning principle of the financial statements within the Annual Report for many years. The Audit Committee provided advicetransition to the Board on this matter and this is covered in more detail in the report.new auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC).

A second new requirement is to give a description of the significant issues considered byIn discharging its duties, the Audit Committee in relation to the financial statements, and how these issues were addressed. Again, this is covered in detail in the report.

In its work, the Audit Committee has soughtseeks to balance independent oversight of the businessmatters within its remit with providing support and guidance to management. I believe that there are good reasons why I, as chairman, together with shareholders and other stakeholders, can beremain confident that the Audit Committee, supported by members of senior management and the external auditors, has carried out its duties in the year under review, effectively and to a high standard, thereby helping to protect value for the company. The members of the committee are individuals who hold or have held senior office in business and have the knowledge and experience to properly discharge their duties. They are supported by members of senior management of the company and the external auditors, who regularly attend meetings of the committee and who are experts in their respective fields. The schedule of business considered by the committee covers the key areas within the committee’s remit and is supported by information provided by management and the external auditors that is of a high standard and ensures that committee members have the information they need to give proper consideration to all matters brought before them.standard.

Philip G Scott

Chairman of the Audit Committee

 

122



161


Governance (continued)

 

REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE

Role of the Audit Committee

The Audit Committee is responsible for :

 

(i)monitoring the integrity of the financial statements, including a review of the significant financial reporting judgements contained in them;

(ii)reviewing the effectiveness of the group’s internal control and risk management and of control over financial;

(iii)monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness of the global audit and risk function, including reviewing the programme of work undertaken by that function;

(iv)reviewing the group’s policies and practices concerning business conduct and ethics, including whistleblowing;

(v)overseeing the group’s overall approach to securing compliance with laws, regulations and company policies in areas of risk; and

(vi)monitoring and reviewing the company’s relationship with the external auditor, including its independence and management’s response to any major external audit recommendations.

The formal role of the Audit Committee is set out in its terms of reference, which are available atwww.diageo.com/en-row/ourbusiness/aboutus/corporategovernance. Key elements of the role of the committee and work carried out during the year are set out as follows.

Financial statements

During the year, the Audit Committee met four times (and a sub-committee met once) and reviewed the annual reports and associated preliminary year end results announcement, focusing on key areas of judgement and complexity, critical accounting policies, provisioning and any changes required in these areas or policies. In addition, the Audit Committee reviewed the interim results announcement, which included the interim financial statements and oversaw the company’s interim management results.transition to the new auditors, PwC.

The company has in place internal control and risk management systems in relation to the company’s financial reporting process and the group’s process for preparation of consolidated accounts. A review of the consolidated financial statements is completed by management (through the work of its filings assurance committeeFilings Assurance Committee (FAC)) to ensure that the financial position and results of the group are appropriately reflected therein. The Audit Committee reviewed the work of the FAC and a report on the conclusions of the FAC process was provided to the Audit Committee by the Chief Financial Officer.

Significant issues and judgements that were considered in respect of the 20142016 financial statements were as follows. These include the matters relating to risks disclosed in the UK external auditor’s report.

 

·

Disclosure on the quality of the earnings and one off items included in cash flow. The committee agreed that sufficient disclosure was made in the financial statements.

·

The committee determined that exceptional items are appropriately classified considering their size and nature, and sufficient disclosure is provided in the financial statements (see note 4).
Review of carrying value of assets in particular intangible assets. The committee agreed that an impairment charge of £118 million (excluding tax) be made against Shui Jing Fang (a Chinese white spirit brand)the Ypióca brand and related fixed assets and goodwill allocated to the Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil cash-generating unit but that, otherwise, the fair value of the company’s assets was in excess of their carrying value (see notenotes 6 and 10).

·

Exchange rate used to translate operations in Venezuela. The committee determined that thean appropriate rate used for the year ended 30 June 2014 was2016 for consolidation purposes, that represents the Sicad IIbest estimation of the rate of $1=VEF49.98 (£1=VEF85.47) compared with $1=VEF9 (£1=VEF13.68) for the year ended 30 June 2013at which capital and dividend repatriations are expected to be realised (see note 1).

·Equity investment in United Spirits Limited (USL).

Disclosure on taxation. The committee considered the IFRS 10: Consolidated Financial Statements definition of control and applied this to the facts and circumstances of the increased investment in USL, and concluded that control was not achieved until after 30 June 2014. The audit committee agreed that it was appropriatethe separate presentation of the tax risk and the expansion of the tax note disclosure appropriately addresses the significant change in the international tax environment giving sufficient and transparent information for the investment to be accounted for as an associate for the year ended 30 June 2014users (see page 41 and note 6)7).

·

Review of legal cases. The committee agreed that adequate provision has been made for all material litigation and disputes, based on the currently perceived probability ofmost likely outcomes, including the outcomes, including: litigation summarised in Colombia; a customs dispute in Korea; and other legal, customs and tax proceedings (see note 19).18.

·Treatment of restructuring costs. The committee determined that all costs were directly attributable to the objectives of the 2014 restructuring programme and that, because of its size, the programme is appropriately disclosed as exceptional (see note 4).162

·


Governance (continued)

Assumptions used in respect of post-employmentpost employment plans. Having considered advice from external actuaries and assumptions used by companies with comparator plans, the committee agreed that the assumptions used to calculate the income statement and balance sheet assets and liabilities for post employment plans were appropriate (see note 13).

As referred

Viability Statement. The committee noted that severe but plausible risk scenarios had been identified; a robust risk assessment had been carried out; and the group’s viability and going concern consideration proved with stress testing. Taking into account the company’s balance sheet position, the committee expected the group to inbe able to meet its liabilities as they fell due over the chairman’s letter above,three-year period ending 30 June 2019. The risk that the group would become insolvent during this year there is a new Code requirement; in summary,timeframe was considered remote. The Committee recommended to the Board must state that the Viability Statement be approved.

As part of its review of the Annual Report, the committee considered whether the report is ‘fair, balanced and understandable’. With (noting the support of management, the Audit Committee reviewed the company’s 2013 Annual Report and concluded that it was already broadly compliant with theCode’s new regulations. However, some areas were identifiedreference to further enhance the report,‘position’ as follows.

·Description of thewell as ‘performance, business model strategy and risks. We have: better ordered and highlighted key information; provided clear linkages between various elements; moved to more graphic/visual presentation; and introduced performance drivers.

·Disclosure of principal risks. We have: introduced more graphic/visual presentation; and provided more narrative on mitigation of key risks.

·Important messages. We have sought to ensure that these are not obscured by immaterial detail, by: removing duplications; better ordering, using cross-references and separating the UK and US annual report filings; conducting a full review of annual report content, taking into account materiality; removing disclosures that are not material for shareholders/investors; and using graphics rather than long narratives.

strategy’). On the basis of this work, the Audit Committee recommended to the Board that it could make the required statement that the Annual Report is ‘fair, balanced and understandable’.

Internal control and risk management; audit and risk programme; business conduct and ethics (including ‘whistleblowing’)

At each of its meetings, the Audit Committee reviewed detailed reports from the heads of the Global Risk and& Compliance (GRC) and Global Audit & Risk (GAR) teams (including coverage of the areas mentioned in the title of this section) and had sight of the minutes of meetings of management’s Audit & Risk Committee. A key focus for the work of both the GRC and GAR during the year and their reporting to the committee, wascontinued to be a review of recent acquisitions. The committeeCommittee in turn were thus able to keep under review the development of the controls and compliance framework in acquired companies, bearing in mind the appropriate level for those that were associates during the year rather than wholly-owned subsidiaries.companies. The committeeCommittee also received regular updates from the group general counsel on significant litigation and from the head of tax on the group’s tax profile and key issues.

123



Governance (continued)

The GRC reporting included a consideration of key risks and related mitigations, including those set out in the section of this Annual Report dealing with principal risks.mitigations. Based on this activity during the year, the Audit Committee made a recommendation to the Board covering the nature and extent of the risks it was willing to take to achieve its strategic goals and its internal statement of risk appetite (this was considered also by the Audit & Risk Committee). The Board agreed this recommendation.

Through the activities of the Audit Committee described in this report and its related recommendations to the Board, the Board confirms that it has reviewed the effectiveness of the company’s systems of internal control and risk management.management and that there were no material failings identified and no significant failings identified which require disclosure in this Annual Report.

External auditor

During the year, the Audit Committee reviewed the external audit strategy and the findings of the external auditor from its review of the interim results and its audit of the consolidated financial statements.

The Audit Committee reviews annually the appointment of the auditor (taking into account the auditor’s effectiveness and independence and all appropriate guidelines) and makes a recommendation to the Board accordingly. Any decision to open the external audit to tender is taken on the recommendation of the Audit Committee. There are no contractual obligations that restrict the company’s current choice of external auditor.

163


Governance (continued)

 

The current overall tenurecompany has complied with the provisions of the external auditor dates from 1997The Statutory Audit Services for Large Companies Market Investigation (Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender Processes and the audit was last tendered in 1999. Since then there have been four different lead audit partners, in accordance with regulatory requirements and KPMG’s own guidance on independence, most recentlyAudit Committee Responsibilities) Order 2014 (‘CMA Order’) for the financial year ended 30 June 2013. In light of the requirements of the Code and other changes to the regulatory framework, the committee has commenced a tender for the external audit, which is expected to conclude in late 2014. The current intention is that the new engagement will commence in 2016.

The Audit Committee assessedassesses the ongoing effectiveness and quality of the external auditor and audit process on the basis of meetings and a questionnaire-based internal review with the finance and GAR staffteam and other senior executives.

Given that the year under review was PwC’s first in office (following a tender last year), the assessment will be carried out later in 2016.

The group has a policy on auditor independence and on the use of the external auditor for non-audit services, which is reviewed annually, most recently in July 2014 (the2016. The review took into consideration the new regulations on non-audit services will be taken into consideration as part of next year’s review).services. Under this policy, the provision of any non-audit service must be approved by the Audit Committee, unless the proposed service is both expected to cost less than £250,000 and also falls within one of a number of service categories which the Audit Committee has pre-approved. Fees paid to the auditor for audit, audit related and other services are analysed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. The nature and level of all services provided by the external auditor is a factor taken into account by the Audit Committee when it reviews annually the independence of the external auditor.

Change in registrant’s certifying accountant

Our former auditor, KPMG Audit Plc has instigated an orderly wind down of business; accordingly KPMG Audit Plc did not stand for re-election at our AGM on September 19, 2013. A resolution was approved at the AGM for the appointment of KPMG LLP as auditor of the Company. The decision to change auditor was recommended to the Board of Directors by the Audit Committee.

During the years ended 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012, (1) KPMG Audit Plc has not issued any reports on the financial statements of the Company or on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting that contained an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, nor were the auditors’ reports of KPMG Audit Plc qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles, (2) there has not been any disagreement over any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedures, which disagreement if not resolved to KPMG Audit Plc’s satisfaction would have caused it to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in connection with its auditors’ reports, or any “reportable event” as described in Item 16F(a)(1)(v) of Form 20-F.

The Company has provided KPMG Audit Plc with a copy of the foregoing disclosure and has requested that KPMG Audit Plc furnish the Company with a letter addressed to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) stating whether KPMG Audit Plc agrees with such disclosure and, if not, stating the respects in which it does not agree. A copy of KPMG Audit Plc’s letter, dated 12 August 2014, in which KPMG Audit Plc stated that it agrees with such disclosure, is filed herewith as Exhibit 4.22.

‘Financial expert’ and other attendees

For the purposes of the Code and the relevant rule under SOX, section 407, the Board has determined that Philip Scott is independent and may be regarded as an Audit Committee financial expert.

The Chairman, the Chief Financial Officer, the group general counsel the group financial controller, the head of GAR, the GRC director, the group chief accountant and the external auditor regularly attend meetings of the committee.

The Audit Committee met privately with the external auditor and with the head of global audit and risk as appropriate.

Training and deep dives

During the year, the Audit Committee had a risk review and training sessions,session, presented by senior executives, on cyber riskdata protection. In addition, as part of a Board meeting, Committee members had a presentation from senior management on the priorities and on compliance in certain territories.challenges of the Europe and GB businesses. The committeeCommittee concluded at the time that it was satisfied with the company’sCompany’s position on these matters but that they would be kept under review.

 

124



164


Governance (continued)

 

Directors’ Remuneration ReportDIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT

Annual statement by the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

Dear Shareholder

As Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, I am pleased to present the Directors’directors’ remuneration report for the year ended 30 June 2014 including2016. This report complies with the UK Directors’ Remuneration Reporting Regulations 2013 and contains:

The Directors’ remuneration policy, as approved by shareholders at the AGM in September 2014.
The annual report on remuneration, describing how the remuneration policy on whichhas been put into practice during the year ended 30 June 2016.

There have been no changes to the Directors’ remuneration policy, as approved by shareholders will be asked to vote separately for the first time at the 2014 AGM, and it is reproduced in September.

In 2014,full for both ease of reference and to provide context to the decisions taken by the Committee has continued to engage actively with shareholders on our executive remuneration arrangements. We have fully considered shareholder feedback and acted upon their views in drawing up our reward policy. Shareholder concern onduring the complexity of Diageo’s long term incentive plans has been addressed in the new single plan we are proposing which simplifies our long term incentive arrangements and reinforces alignment with Diageo’s business strategy and shareholders’ interests.

year. The structure and content of our 2014 policy and annual remuneration report keeps our reporting clearwill be put forward for your consideration and transparent, building on the improvements already made over recent years with early adoption of a “single remuneration figure” and other relevant disclosures. Whilst it was open to the Committee to make the remuneration policy effective from the start of the next financial year (1 July 2015), we believe that it should applyapproval by advisory vote at the earliest opportunity. Subject to shareholder approval, it will be implemented from 18AGM on 21 September 2014.2016.

Diageo’s remuneration philosophy and principles

The philosophy and principles underpinning executive remuneration remain fundamentally unchanged.unchanged, with sustainable performance and long-term value creation for shareholders at the heart of our remuneration policies and practices:

 

·

SupportDelivery of business strategy delivery:strategy: Reward Short- and long-term incentive plans for Diageo’s Executive Directors and senior managers incentivisesreward the deliveryachievement of Diageo’s business strategy and performance goals.

·

Reward for consistentConsistent performance: Focus The focus is on the delivery of performance delivery in a consistent and responsible way with long termwhich also creates long-term value creation for our shareholders. Alignment between the interests of Executive Directors and shareholders remains a key principle.

·principle, with Executive Directors required to acquire and hold Diageo shares over the long term.

Performance-related compensation: Reward components offer a balanced mix of shortshort- and long termlong-term incentives conditional upon achieving stretching performance targets. Performance measures such as organic net sales, organic operating margin, cash efficiency, relative Total Shareholder Returntotal shareholder return (TSR) and epsearnings per share (eps) growth are key drivers of growth for the business that are aligned with the creation of shareholder value.

·

Competitive total remuneration: Reward levels are framed in the context of total remuneration packages paid by relevant global comparators. In competition with similar global companies, the ability to recruit and retain the best talent from all over the world is critical to Diageo’s continued business success.

·

Simplicity and transparency: The Committee seeks to deliverembed simplicity and transparency.transparency in the design and delivery of executive reward programmes. Performance targets clearly align with the company’s shortshort- and long termlong-term goals.

165


Governance (continued)

 

Focus and highlights of 2014

in 2016

The Committee continued its focus on:

 

·

Understanding and responding to shareholder feedback and fostering continuous open dialogue;

·

Reviewing and assessing the on-goingongoing appropriateness of the current remuneration policy, executive plan design and target stretch;

· and

Ensuring that remuneration arrangements continue to attract and retain the highest quality global talent with a clear link between performance and reward.

BenchmarkingThe Committee undertook a comprehensive review of all key reward componentstotal remuneration for Executive Directors and Executive Committee members ahead of the 20142016 annual salary review, (independently validatedand, supported by the Committee’s third party remuneration advisers, Kepler Associates)(a brand of Mercer), were satisfied the Committee that the shape and levels of our remuneration practice are appropriately positioned against those of comparator companies of similar size and global scope.

The Chief Executive, Ivan Menezes, requested that the company contribution to his retirement benefit plan be reduced from 40% to 30% of salary. This change was implemented on 1 July 2016. There was no compensatory payment or benefit in exchange for this reduction in contribution.

On 9 November 2015, Kathryn Mikells joined the company and was appointed Chief Financial Officer. In accordance with the approved remuneration policy, the Committee agreed a remuneration package that was in line with current practice at the Executive Committee level in terms of the mix of fixed and variable remuneration and also appropriately positioned against the external market.

During the year, the Committee also reviewed and increased the Chairman’s fee from £500,000 to £600,000 per annum effective

1 January 2016, following five successive years of no increases. The Chairman’s fee is appropriately positioned against our comparator group of FTSE30 companies excluding financial services. The next review is scheduled for December 2017. Dr Franz B Humer will step down as Chairman of the Board on 1 January 2017 and will be succeeded by Javier Ferrán, who joined the Board on 22 July 2016. Javier Ferrán’s fee from 1 January 2017 will be £600,000 per annum.

Following a comprehensive review of competitive market data, the Board also reviewed the fees for Non-Executive Directors and increased the basic fee from £84,000 to £87,000 per annum and the additional Senior Non-Executive Director fee from £20,000 to £25,000 per annum, also effective from 1 January 2016.

The clawback provisions in respect of annual incentive and long-term incentive awards to the Executive Directors have now been extended to all members of the Executive Committee, in addition to the existing malus provisions that apply to all participants under the Diageo Long-Term Incentive Plan, as approved by the Committee last year.

Reward in 2016 at a glance

Base salary2% increase for both the Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer in October 2016 (versus budgeted 2.2% in the United Kingdom and 3% in the United States for the wider workforce)
Allowances and benefitsUnchanged from last year
Retirement benefitsUnchanged from last year
Annual incentivePayout above target, delivering 64.8% and 69.8% of maximum opportunity for the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer respectively
Long-term incentives30.6% vesting of performance shares and nil vesting of share options

As a reflection of the company’s delivery of a good set of results in the year (see key performance indicators on pages 23-27), total variable pay to the Executive Directors in respect of the year ended 30 June 2016 is higher than the year ended 30 June 2015.

Over the period 1 July 2013 to 30 June 2016 (the performance period for long-term incentive awards that vest this year in September 2016), Diageo’s share price grew by 7.9%, from 1933.5 pence to 2086.5 pence, and the company paid a total dividend of 160.0 pence per share. Dividend distribution to shareholders in the year ended 30 June 2016 was increased by 7.6% compared to the previous year.

166


Governance (continued)

Planned for 2017

Looking ahead to 2015, the Committee has approved a simpler but more commercially focused design for the Annual Incentive Plan (AIP). The plan will now largely be based on delivery of three key financial measures of net sales growth, profit and cash. For this year the free cash flow measure (FCF) will be replaced with an operating cash conversion measure which will better reward delivery of efficient conversion of profits into cash. 90% of the AIP will be based on financial performance. The remaining 10%ending 30 June 2017, we will continue to be based on individual business objectives (IBOs)operate executive remuneration arrangements in line with the approved remuneration policy. No changes are proposed to retain scopethe design of the annual or long-term incentive plan for the continued recognition of individual objectives and contribution.year ahead.

The Committee also approved a single “umbrella” Diageo Long Term Incentive Plan (DLTIP) for 2014 to replace the Performance Share Plan (PSP) and Senior Executive Share Option Plan (SESOP) awards, subject to approval at the 2014 AGM. This addresses past shareholder concerns regarding the complexity associated with the two different long term plans . The new plan will continue to offer flexibility of award in either performance shares and/or options with a maximum annual grant of 500% of salary in performance share equivalents with the same range of stretching performance conditions. Executive DirectorsWe will be required to retain any share awards for two years after vesting. The malus clause has been extended to provide additional clarity and strengthened provisions throughout the retention period. Simplification is delivered through one set of plan rules with common features relating to eligibility, participation, definition and treatment of leavers. The DLTIP proposal is set out in more detail in thereviewing our remuneration policy and will be put foractively engaging with shareholders and their advisory bodies in advance of putting the policy to shareholder approvalvote at the 2017 AGM. Subject

As you read our remuneration policy and annual remuneration report on the following pages, I hope it is clear how the Committee’s decisions support the business strategy and the delivery of Diageo’s performance ambition.

We were very pleased to approval, awards will be made to Executive Directors under the new plan on 25 September 2014.

receive a very strong vote in favour of our remuneration report last year. I highly value the direct engagement and feedback from our shareholders and their representative bodies on Diageo’s remuneration policy and approach. I was delighted to meet with major shareholders on the remuneration proposals in this report and, where appropriate, their comments have been reflected.

125



Governance (continued)

Business performance and reward outcomes for 2014

Diageo’s remuneration principles clearly link reward with performance outcomes and so the business performance achieved in this last year has resulted in a significantly lower level of total remuneration for the Executive Directors than in 2013. As described in the “business review”, the company has delivered 0.4% organic top line growth reflecting growth in North America, stability in Western Europe and weakness in emerging market economies. This overall level of performance resulted in an annual incentive plan award equating to less than 10% of the maximum opportunity for Ivan Menezes, Deirdre Mahlan and Paul S Walsh.

On TSR, the company has delivered a relatively strong three-year performance in comparison to its peer group for the period ended 30 June 2014, resulting in Diageo achieving 6th place out of 17 global consumer packaged goods companies. When combined with the performance in organic net sales (3.9%) and organic operating margin improvement (214 bps), 55% of the performance shares awarded in September 2011 will vest in September 2014. For share options awarded in September 2011, three-year compound annual growth in adjusted earnings per share was 8.5%. Consequently, the options will vest at 71% of the initial award. Over the period 1 July 2011 to 30 June 2014 (the performance period), Diageo’s share price grew by 45.6%, from 1,282 pence to 1,866 pence, and the company paid a total dividend of 135.5 pence per share. This is reflected in the relative spend on pay illustration in the remuneration report with the percentage increase from FY13 to FY14 in total dividend distribution to shareholders (9.2%) ahead of the increase in total employee pay (8.2%).

In its consideration, the Committee welcomes independent and expert advice. Following a formal tender process for on-going professional advisory services, Kepler Associates were appointed as independent advisers to the Committee on 7 December 2013 to replace Deloitte LLP.

As you read our remuneration policy and annual remuneration reports on the following pages, I hope it is clear how Committee decisions support the company as a high performing organisation, by rewarding long term performance which is at the heart of Diageo’s corporate strategy and vital to meeting investors’ goals.

Finally, in summary, we will be asking shareholders to support three resolutions on executive remuneration matters at the AGM on 18 September 2014:

·A binding vote to formally approve our Directors’ Remuneration Policy for the first time;

·An advisory vote on our Annual Report on Remuneration; and

·Shareholder approval for a new 2014 Diageo Long Term Incentive Plan (DLTIP).

We look forward to welcoming you and receiving your support again at the AGM.AGM this year.

Lord Davies of Abersoch

Senior independent Non-Executive Director and

Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

 

126



167


Governance (continued)

 

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY

This section of the report sets out the policy for Executive Directors,Directors’ remuneration. The policy was put to shareholders for approval in a binding vote at the AGM in 2014, in accordance with section 439A of the Companies Act 2006, which shareholders are asked to approve atand formally came into effect from 18 September 2014, the date of the AGM. The policy section of the report below is as disclosed in the 2014 Annual General Meeting (AGM).Directors’ Remuneration Report, with the exception of the reference to the number of employees across Diageo, a minor addition to the DLTIP section of the policy table to reflect the clarification note released following publication of the 2014 Directors’ Remuneration Report, updates to the illustrations of remuneration policy charts to reflect projected remuneration for 2017 and amendments to reflect the change in incumbent for the Chief Financial Officer role. The remuneration policy as disclosed in the 2014 Directors’ Remuneration Report can be found on the Diageo website at: http://www.diageo.com/en-row/ newsmedia/Pages/resource.aspx?resourceid=2320.

Remuneration policy framework

The remuneration structures and performance measures used in executive incentive plans are designed to support Diageo’s business strategy as follows:

 

·

Focused on consistent growth drivers:As a public limited company, Diageo has a fiduciary responsibility to maximise long termlong-term value for shareholders. Thus, variable elements of remuneration are dependent upon the achievement of performance measures that are identified as key consistent and responsible growth drivers for the business and that are aligned with the creation of shareholder value.

·

Variable with performance: A significant proportion of total remuneration for the Executive Directors is linked to business and individual performance so that remuneration will increase or decrease in line with performance.

·

Share ownership: Full participation in incentives is conditional upon building up a significant personal shareholding in Diageo to ensure the company’s leaders think and act like owners.

·

Cost effectiveness: Fixed elements of remuneration are determined by reference to the median of the market, individual experience and performance, and other relevant factors to ensure competitiveness while controlling fixed costs to maximise efficiency.

Future policy table

Set out below is the remuneration policy for Executive Directors which is to apply, subject to shareholder approval,has been applied from the date of shareholder approval at the AGM on 18 September 2014.

BASE SALARYBase salary

Purpose and link to strategy

Supports the attraction and retention of the best global talent with the capability to deliver Diageo’s strategy and performance goals.

Operation

 

·

Normally reviewed annually or following a change in responsibilities with changes usually taking effect from 1 October.

·

The Remuneration Committee considers the following parameters when reviewing base salary levels:

 

·

Pay increases for other employees across the group.

·group;

Economic conditions and governance trends.

·��                 trends;

The individual’s performance, skills and responsibilities.

·responsibilities;

Base salaries (and total remuneration) at companies of similar size and international scope to Diageo, with roles typically benchmarked against the top 30 companies in the FTSE100 by market capitalisation excluding companies in the financial services sector, or against similar comparator groups in other locations dependent on the Executive Director’s home market.

Opportunity

Salary increases will normally be in line with increases awarded to other employees in relevant markets in which Diageo operates, typically the United Kingdom and the United States, unless there is a change in role or responsibility, or the need to align an Executive Director’s salary to market level over time (provided the increase is merited by the individual’s contribution and performance).

 

168


Governance (continued)

BENEFITSBenefits

Purpose and link to strategy

Provides market competitive and cost effective benefits.

Operation

 

·

The provision of benefits depends on the country of residence of the Executive Director and may include a company car or car allowance, the provision of a car and contracted car service or equivalent, product allowance, life insurance, accidental death & disability insurance, medical cover for the Executive Director and family and financial counselling.

·

The Remuneration Committee has discretion to offer additional allowances, or benefits, to Executive Directors, if considered appropriate and reasonable. These may include relocation expenses, housing allowance and school fees where a Director has to relocate from his/her home location as part of their appointment.

Opportunity

The benefits package is set at a level which the Remuneration Committee considers:

 

·

Provides an appropriate level of benefits depending on the role and individual circumstances; and

·

Is in line with comparable roles in companies of a similar size and complexity in the relevant market.

127



Governance (continued)

POST-RETIREMENT PROVISIONSPost-retirement provisions

Purpose and link to strategy

Provides cost effective,cost-effective, competitive post-retirement benefits.

Operation

 

·

Provision of market competitive pension arrangements or a cash alternative based on a percentage of base salary.

·

Further detail on current pension provisions for Executive Directors is disclosed in the annual report on remuneration.

Opportunity

 

·

The maximum company pension contribution is 30% of base salary for any new external appointments to an Executive Director position.

·

Current legacy company contributions for Ivan Menezes and Deirdre Mahlan remainin the year ended 30 June 2016 were 40% and 35% of base salary, respectively.

At his request, Ivan Menezes’company contribution was reduced from 40% to 30% effective 1 July 2016. Kathryn Mikells’ company contribution in the year ended 30 June 2016 was 20% of base salary.

ANNUAL INCENTIVE PLANAnnual incentive plan (AIP)

Purpose and link to strategy

Incentivises year on yearyear-on-year delivery of Diageo’s annual financial and strategic targets. Provides focus on key financial metrics and the individual’s contribution to the company’s performance.

Operation

 

·

Performance measures and stretching targets are set annually by the Remuneration Committee by reference to the annual operating plan.

·

The level of award is determined with reference to Diageo’s overall financial and strategic performance and individual performance and is paid out in cash after the end of the financial year.

·

The Committee has discretion to amend the level of payment if it is not deemed to reflect appropriately the individual’s contribution or the overall business performance. Any discretionary adjustments will be detailed in the following year’s annual report on remuneration.

·169


Governance (continued)

The Committee has discretion to apply clawback to bonus, i.e. the company may seek to recover bonus paid, in exceptional circumstances such as gross misconduct or gross negligence during the performance period.

·

Details of the AIP are set out in the annual report on remuneration.

remuneration on page 169.

Opportunity

For threshold performance, up to 50% of salary may be earned, with up to 100% of salary earned for on targeton-target performance and a maximum of 200% of salary payable for outstanding performance.

Performance conditions

Annual incentive plan awards are based 70%-90% on financial measures which may include, but are not limited to, measures of revenue, profit and cash and 10%-30% on broader objectives based on individual contribution and medium termmedium-term strategic goals. Details of the measures and weightings applicable for the year ending 30 June 20152017 are set out on pages 134-135.page 179. Details of the targets will be disclosed retrospectively in next year’s annual report on remuneration, when they are no longer deemed commercially sensitive by the Board.

DIAGEO LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLANDiageo long-term incentive plan (DLTIP)

Purpose and link to strategy

Provides focus on delivering superior long termlong-term returns to shareholders.

Operation

 

·

An annual grant of performance shares and/or market price share options which vest subject to a performance test and continued employment normally over a period of three years.

·Performance measures

Measures and stretching targets are reviewed annually by the Remuneration Committee for each new award. Details of the measures, weightings and targets applicable for the financial year under review are provided in the annual report on remuneration.

·

Following vesting there is a further retention period of two years. Executive Directors are able to exercise an option or sell sufficient shares to cover any tax liability when an award vests, provided they retain the net shares arising for the two-year retention period.

·

Notional dividends accrue on performance share awards to the extent that the performance conditions have been met, delivered as shares or cash at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee at the end of the vesting period.

·

The Committee has discretion to reduce the number of shares which vest (subject to HMRC rules regarding approved share options), for example in the event of a material performance failure, or a material restatement of the accounts. There is an extensive malus clause for awards made from September 2014 (subject to shareholder approval).2014. The Committee has discretion to decide that:

 

·

the number of shares subject to the award will be reduced;

·

the award will lapse;

128



Governance (continued)

·retention shares (i.e. vested shares subject to the additional two-year retention period) will be forfeited;

·

vesting of the award or the end of any retention period will be delayed (e.g. until an investigation is completed);

·

additional conditions will be imposed on the vesting of the award or the end of the retention period; and/or

·

any award, bonus or other benefit which might have been granted or paid to the participant in any later year will be reduced or not awarded.

Malus provisions will apply up to delivery of shares at the end of the retention period (as opposed to the vesting date).

 

·

Further details of the DLTIP are set out in the annual report on remuneration.

remuneration on pages 179-184.

Opportunity

 

·

The maximum annual grant is 500% of salary in performance share equivalents (where a market price option is valued at one-third of a performance share). As clarified in the statement of further information on 15 August 2014, under the DLTIP no more than 375% of salary will be awarded in face value terms in options to any Executive Director in any year.

·170


Governance (continued)

Threshold vesting level of 20% of maximum with straight linestraight-line vesting up to 100% at maximum for financial metrics and a ranking profile for relative total shareholder return.

Diageo long-term incentive plan (DLTIP)

Performance conditions

 

·

The vesting of awards is linked to a range of measures which may include, but are not limited to:

 

·

a growth measure (e.g. net sales, eps);

·

a measure of efficiency (e.g. operating margin, operating cash conversion, ROIC)return on invested capital (ROIC)); and

·

a measure of Diageo’s relative performance in relation to its peers (e.g. relative total shareholder return).

Measures that apply to performance shares and market price options may differ, as is the case for current awards. Weightings may vary year-on-year, subject to a minimum weighting of 25% of the total award. Details of the measures, including targets for the awards to be made in September 20142016 are set out on page 138.183.

 

·

The Remuneration Committee has discretion to amend the performance conditions in exceptional circumstances if it considers it appropriate to do so, e.g. in cases of accounting changes, M&A activities and disposals. Any such amendments would be fully disclosed and explained in the following year’s annual report on remuneration.

ALL-EMPLOYEE SHARE PLANSAll-employee share plans

Purpose and link to strategy

To encourage broader employee share ownership through locally approved plans.

Operation

 

·

The company operates tax-efficient all-employee share savings plans in various jurisdictions.

·

Executive Directors’ eligibility may depend on their country of residence, tax status and employment company.

Opportunity

Limits for all employee share plans are set by the tax authorities. The company may choose to set its own lower limits.

Performance conditions

UK Freeshares: based on Diageo plc financial measures which may include, but are not limited to, measures of revenue, profit and cash.

SHAREHOLDING REQUIREMENTShareholding requirement

Purpose and link to strategy

Ensures alignment between the interests of Executive Directors and shareholders.

Operation

 

·

The minimum shareholding requirement is 300% of base salary for the Chief Executive and 250% of base salary for any other Executive Directors.

·

Executive Directors have five years from their appointment to the Board in which to build up their shareholding.

·

Full participation in the DLTIP is conditional upon meeting this requirement beyond the five-year timeframe.

171


Governance (continued)

 

129



NOTES TO THE POLICY TABLE

Governance (continued)

Notes to the policy table

Performance measures and targets

Further details of AIP performance measures and DLTIP performance measures and targets that will apply for awards made in September 2014,2016, and how they are aligned with company strategy and the creation of shareholder value, are set out in the annual report on remuneration, on pages 134pages179 and 138.

183.

Performance targets are set to be stretching yet achievable, and take into account the company’s strategic priorities and business environment. The Committee sets targets based on a range of reference points including the corporate strategy and broker forecasts for both Diageo and its peers.

Differences in remuneration policy for other employees

The remuneration approach for Executive Directors is consistent with the reward package for members of the Executive Committee and the senior management population.

Generally speaking, a much higher proportion of total remuneration for the Executive Directors is linked to business performance, compared to the rest of the employee population, so that remuneration will increase or decrease in line with business performance and to align the interests of Executive Directors and shareholders. The structure of the reward package for the wider employee population is based on the principle that it should be sufficient to attract and retain the best talent and be competitive within our broader industry, remunerating employees for their contribution linked to our holistic performance whilst mindful not to over-pay. It is driven by local market practice as well as level of seniority and accountability, reflecting the global nature of Diageo’s business.

Illustrations of application of the remuneration policy

The graphs below illustrate scenarios for the projected total remuneration of Executive Directors at three different levels of performance: minimum, on targeton-target and maximum. Note that the projected values exclude the impact of any share price movements. These charts reflect projected remuneration for the financial year ending 30 June 2017.

LOGO

 

GRAPHICLOGO

IvanMenezesMinimum100%Total$2,244(L1,516)On-target42%29%29%Total$5,345(L3,612)Maximum17%24%59%Total$13,097(L8,849)Thousands02,0004,0006,0008,00010,00012,00014,000KathrynMikellsMinimum100%TotalL840On-target39%31%30%TotalL2,140Maximum16%25%59%TotalL5,348Thousands01,0002,0003,0004,0005,0006,000Salary,benefitsandpensionAnnualincentiveLong-termincentives

 

GRAPHIC172


Governance (continued)

 

Basis of calculation and assumptions:

The ‘Minimum’ scenario shows fixed remuneration only, i.e. base salary for financial year 2015,2017, total value of contractually agreed benefits for 2015,2017, and pension. The pension value is based on company contribution applied to 2015 base salary.the estimated pension benefits accrued over the financial year ending 30 June 2017. These are the only elements of the Executive Directors’ remuneration packages which are not at risk.

subject to performance conditions.

The ‘On target’‘On-target’ scenario shows fixed remuneration as above, plus a target pay-out of 50% of the maximum annual bonus and threshold performance vesting for DLTIPlong-term incentive awards.

The ‘Maximum’ scenario reflects fixed remuneration, plus full pay-out of allannual and long-term incentives.

Approach to recruitment remuneration

The Remuneration Committee’s overarching principle for recruitment remuneration is to pay no more than is necessary to attract an Executive Director of the calibre required to shape and deliver Diageo’s business strategy in recognition that Diageo competes for talent in a global marketplace. The Committee will seek to align the remuneration package with Diageo’s remuneration policy as laid out above, but retains the discretion to offer a remuneration package which is necessary to meet the individual circumstances of the recruited Executive Director and to enable the hiring of an individual with the necessary skills and expertise. However, except as described below, variable pay will follow the policy.

130



Governance (continued)

Diageo is a global organisation operating in more than 180 countries around the world. The ability, therefore, to recruit and retain the best talent from all over the world is critical to the future success of the business. People diversity in all its forms is a core element of Diageo’s global talent strategy and, managed effectively, is a key driver that will deliver Diageo’s performance ambition.

On appointment of an external Executive Director, the Committee may decide to compensate for variable remuneration elements the Director forfeits when leaving their current employer. In doing so, the Committee will ensure that any such compensation would have a fair value no higher than that of the awards forfeited, and would generally be determined on a comparable basis taking into account factors including the form in which the awards were granted, performance conditions attached, the probability of the awards vesting (e.g. past, current and likely future performance) as well as the vesting schedules. Depending on individual circumstances at the time, the Committee has the discretion to determine the type of award (i.e. cash, shares or options, holding period and whether or not performance conditions would apply).

Any such award would be fully disclosed and explained in the following year’s annual report on remuneration. When exercising its discretion in establishing the reward package for a new Executive Director, the Committee will very carefully consider the balance between the need to secure an individual in the best interests of the company against the concerns of investors about the quantum in the remuneration and, if considered appropriate at the time, will consult with the company’s biggest shareholders. The Remuneration Committee will provide timely disclosure of the reward package of any new Executive Director.

In the event that an internal candidate was promoted to the Board, legacy terms and conditions would normally be honoured, including pension entitlements and any outstanding incentive awards.

Service contracts and policy on payment for loss of office (including takeover provisions)

Executive Directors have rolling service contracts, details of which are set out below. These are available for inspection at the company’s registered office.

 

Executive Director

Date of service contract

Ivan Menezes

7 May 2013

Kathryn Mikells

1 October 2015

Deirdre Mahlan

1 July 2010

 

173


Governance (continued)

Notice period

The contracts provide for a period of six months’ notice by the Executive Director or 12 months’ notice by the company. A payment may be made in lieu of notice equivalent to 12 months’ base salary and the cost to the company of providing contractual benefits (excluding incentive plans). The service contracts also provide for the payment of outstanding pay and bonus, if Executive Directors are terminated following a takeover, or other change of control of Diageo plc.

If, on the termination date, the Executive Director has exceeded his/her accrued holiday entitlement, the value of such excess may be deducted by the company from any sums due to him/her, except to the extent that such deduction would subject the Executive Director to additional tax under Section 409A of the Code(i) (in the case of Ivan Menezes). If the Executive Director on the termination date has accrued but untaken holiday entitlement, the company will, at its discretion, either require the Executive Director to take such unused holiday during any notice period or make a payment to him/her in lieu of it, provided always that if the employment is terminated for cause then the Executive Director will not be entitled to any such payment. For these purposes, salary in respect of one day of holiday entitlement will be calculated as 1/261 of salary.

Mitigation

The Remuneration Committee may exercise its discretion to require a proportion of the termination payment to be paid in instalments and, upon the Executive Director commencing new employment, to be subject to mitigation except where termination is within 12 months of a takeover, or within such 12 months the Executive Director leaves due to a material diminution in status, or (instatus. In the case of Deirdre Mahlan) isMahlan, the mitigation provision may be excluded in the event of termination as a result of being located permanently outside the United Kingdom and Ireland.

Annual incentive plan (AIP)

Where the Executive Director leaves for reasons including retirement, death in service, disability, ill-health, injury, redundancy, transfer out of the group and other circumstances at the Remuneration Committee’s discretion (“(‘Good Leaver Reasons”Reasons’) during the financial year, they are usually entitled to an incentive payment pro-rated for the period of service during the performance period, which is typically payable at the usual payment date. Where the Executive Director leaves for any other reason, no payment will be made.

 

The amount is subject to performance conditions being met and at the discretion of the Committee. The Committee has discretion to determine an earlier payment date, for example on death in service.

131



Governance (continued)

Diageo 2014 long termlong-term incentive plan (DLTIP)

When an Executive Director leaves for any reason other than Good Leaver Reasons, all unvested awards generally lapse immediately. In cases where Good Leaver Reasons apply, awards vest on the original vesting date unless the Remuneration Committee decides otherwise (for example in the case of death in service). The retention period for vested awards continues for all Leaversleavers other than in cases of disability, ill health or death in service, unless the Remuneration Committee decides otherwise.

The proportion of the award released depends on the extent to which the performance condition is met. The number of shares is reduced on a pro-rata basis reflecting the length of time the Executive Director was employed by the company during the performance period, unless the Committee decides otherwise (for example in the case of death in service).

On a takeover or other corporate event, awards vest subject to the extent to which the performance conditions are met and, unless the Committee decides otherwise, the awards are time pro-rated. Otherwise the Committee, in agreement with the new company, may decide that awards should be swapped for awards over shares in the new company; where awards are granted in the form of options then on vesting they are generally exercisable for 12 months (or six months for approved options).

(i)the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended

174


Governance (continued)

 

Awards may be adjusted on a variation of share capital, demerger or other similar event.

The Remuneration Committee may amend the plans, except that any changes to the advantage of participants require shareholder approval, unless the change relates to the administration, or taxation of the plan or participants, or is needed to ensure that the plans operate effectively in another jurisdiction.

Details of existing awards are set out in the annual report on remuneration.

Repatriation

In cases where an Executive Director was recruited from outside the United Kingdom and has been relocated to the United Kingdom as part of their appointment, the company will pay reasonable costs for the repatriation of Good Leavers.

Existing arrangements

The Remuneration Committee reserves the right to make any remuneration payments and payments for loss of office notwithstanding that they are not in line with the policy set out above where the terms of the payment were agreed (i) before the policy or the relevant legislation came into effect or (ii) at a time when the relevant individual was not a Director of the company and, in the opinion of the Committee, the payment was not in consideration for the individual becoming a Director of the company. For these purposes “payments” includes‘payments’ include the Committee satisfying awards of variable remuneration and, in relation to an award over shares, the terms of the payment which are “agreed”‘agreed’ at the time the award is granted (including awards under the PSP and SESOP). Details of outstanding share awards are set out in the annual report on remuneration. For the purposes of section 226D(6) of the Companies Act, the effective date is the end of the financial year starting in 2014.

External appointments

Executive Directors may accept external appointments as Non-Executive Directors of other companies and retain any related fees paid to them, subject to the specific approval of the Board in each case.

Chairman of the Board and Non-Executive Directors

CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD AND NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

Purpose and link to strategy

Supports the attraction, motivation and retention of world-class talent and reflects the value of the individual, their skills and experience, and performance.

Operation

 

·

Fees for the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors are normally reviewed annually.

·

A proportion of the Chairman’s annual fee is used for the monthly purchase of Diageo ordinary shares, which have to be retained until the Chairman retires from the company or ceases to be a Director.

·

Fees are reviewed in the light of market practice in the top 30 companies in the FTSE100 by market capitalisation (excluding companies in the financial services sector) and anticipated workload, tasks and potential liabilities.

·

The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors do not participate in any of the company’s incentive plans or receive pension contributions or benefits.

132



Governance (continued)

·The Chairman and the Non-Executive Directors are eligible to receive a product allowance or cash equivalent at the same level as the Executive Directors.

All Non-Executive Directors have letters of appointment. A summary of their terms and conditions of appointment is available at www.diageo.com. The Chairman of the Board, Dr Franz B Humer, commenced his appointment on 1 July 2008. Dr Humer had a letter of appointment for an initial five-year term from 1 July 2008 which has been extended to 30 June31 December 2016. It is terminable on six months’ notice by either party or, if terminated by the company, by payment of six months’ fees in lieu of notice. Dr Humer will step down as Chairman of the Board on 1 January 2017 and will be replaced by Javier Ferrán, who joined the Board on 22 July 2016.

 

Opportunity175


Governance (continued)

 

·Opportunity

Fees for Non-Executive Directors are within the limits set by the shareholders from time to time, currently an aggregate of £1,000,000, as approved by shareholders at the October 2005 AGM. This limit excludes the Chairman’s fees.

·

Current fee levels are disclosed in the annual report on remuneration.

Consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the company

When reviewing and determining pay for Executive Directors, the Committee takes into account the level and structure of remuneration as well as salary budgets for other employees in the group. More specifically, the Committee reviews annual salary increase budgets for the general employee population in the United Kingdom and North America as well as the remuneration structure and policy for the global Senior Management population.

Diageo employs 28,00032,078 employees and operates in more than 180 countries around the world. Given its global scale and complexity, the Committee has not consulted directly with employees when designing the remuneration policy for its Executive Directors. Diageo runs annual employee surveys which give employees the opportunity to give feedback and express their views on a variety of topics, including remuneration. Any comments relating to Executive Directors’ remuneration are fed back to the Remuneration Committee.

Consideration of shareholder views

The Committee values the continued dialogue with Diageo’s shareholders and engages directly with them and their representative bodies at the earliest opportunity when setting out Diageo’s remuneration policy and approach, proposed base salary increases for the Executive Directors and targets for the long termlong-term incentive plan award. Most recently, feedback fromThis year, the company has engaged with shareholders has resultedabout the base salary proposals for 2016, the fee review for the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors, long-term incentive plan targets for awards to be made in 2016 as well as the simplification ofbuy-out share award to the company’s long term incentive vehicles with an enhanced malus provision and an additional retention period.Chief Financial Officer on appointment to the company.

ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION

Single total figure of remuneration for Executive Directors (audited)

The table below details the Executive Directors’ remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2014.2016.

 

 

 

Ivan Menezes(a)

 

Deirdre Mahlan

 

Paul S Walsh(b)

 

Remuneration related to Executive Director appointment

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

Fixed pay

 

’000 

 

’000 

 

’000

 

’000

 

’000

 

’000

 

’000

 

’000

 

Salary

 

£

933

 

$

1,520

 

£

892

 

$

1,400

 

£

706

 

£

666

 

£

278

 

£

1,230

 

Benefits(c)

 

£

456

 

$

744

 

£

50

 

$

79

 

£

40

 

£

34

 

£

15

 

£

43

 

Pension(d)

 

£

411

 

$

670

 

£

397

 

$

624

 

£

258

 

£

238

 

 

 

 

 

Total fixed pay

 

£

1,800

 

$

2,934

 

£

1,339

 

$

2,103

 

£

1,004

 

£

938

 

£

293

 

£

1,273

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance related pay

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annual incentive plan

 

£

170

 

$

277

 

£

811

 

$

1,274

 

£

130

 

£

652

 

£

48

 

£

1,245

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long term incentive plans(e)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Value delivered through performance

 

£

1,154

 

$

1,881

 

£

1,951

 

$

3,063

 

£

1,119

 

£

1,755

 

£

2,754

 

£

4,493

 

Value delivered through share price growth

 

£

1,899

 

$

3,096

 

£

4,161

 

$

6,532

 

£

1,527

 

£

3,727

 

£

3,333

 

£

8,542

 

Total long term incentives

 

£

3,053

 

$

4,977

 

£

6,112

 

$

9,595

 

£

2,646

 

£

5,482

 

£

6,087

 

£

13,035

 

Other incentives(f)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

£

4

 

£

4

 

£

1

 

£

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Remuneration related to Executive Director appointment

 

£

5,023

 

$

8,188

 

£

8,262

 

$

12,972

 

£

3,784

 

£

7,076

 

£

6,429

 

£

15,557

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other performance related pay

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Awards granted prior to appointment as Executive Director - performance conditions relate to previous role)

 

Long term incentive plans (staged release in 2014 and 2015)(g)

 

£

2,745

 

$

4,475

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL SINGLE FIGURE

 

£

7,768

 

$

12,663

 

£

8,262

 

$

12,972

 

£

3,784

 

£

7,076

 

£

6,429

 

£

15,557

 

                                                                                                
   Ivan Menezes(i)   Kathryn Mikells(ii)   Deirdre Mahlan(iii) 
   2016   2016   2015   2015   2016   2015   2016   2015 

Fixed pay

  ’000   ’000   ’000   ’000   ’000   ’000   ’000   ’000 

Salary

  £1,027    $1,520    £968    $1,520    £419         £258    £727  

Benefits(iv)

  £78    $115    £155    $243    £64         £102    £34  

Pension(v)

  £486    $719    £424    $666    £83         £105    £267  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed pay

  £1,591    $2,354    £1,547    $2,429    £566      £465    £1,028  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Performance related pay

                

Annual incentive

  £1,330    $1,969    £535    $840    £585         £363    £428  

Long-term incentives(vi)

  £1,162    $1,720    £1,380    $2,167    £1,660         £245    £870  

Other incentives(vii)

                                £3    £4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total remuneration for Executive Director appointment

  £4,083    $6,043    £3,462    $5,436    £2,811         £1,076    £2,330  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other performance related pay(Granted prior to appointment as Executive Director - performance conditions relate to previous role)

                

Long-term incentives(viii)

  £357    $528    £330    $518                      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL SINGLE FIGURE

  £4,440    $6,571    £3,792    $5,954    £2,811         £1,076    £2,330  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Notes

(i)The amounts shown in sterling are converted using the cumulative weighted average exchange rate for the respective financial year. For the year ended 30 June 2015, the exchange rate was £1 = $1.57 and for the year ended 30 June 2016 the exchange rate was £1 = $1.48.

 

133



176


Governance (continued)

 


(ii)Kathryn Mikells was appointed as Chief Financial Officer on 9 November 2015, replacing Deirdre Mahlan.
(iii)Deirdre Mahlan stepped down from the board and was appointed President, North America on the Executive Committee on 9 November 2015. Deirdre Mahlan’s remuneration has been pro-rated to reflect the period 1 July 2015 to 9 November 2015.
(iv)Benefits is the gross value of all taxable benefits. For Ivan Menezes, these include medical insurance (£17k), company car allowance (£17k), chauffeur (£8k), financial counselling (£33k), product allowance, flexible benefits allowance and life and long-term disability cover. Deirdre Mahlan’s benefits include flexible benefits allowance (£6k), contracted car service (£6k), financial counselling (£7k), medical insurance, life cover, product allowance and the cost of relocating her from the United Kingdom to the United States (£81k). Kathryn Mikells’ benefits include flexible benefits allowance (£13k), financial counselling (£24k), contracted car service, life cover, product allowance and relocation costs in relation to her move from the United States to the United Kingdom (£25k).
(v)Pension benefits earned during the year represent the increase in the pension fund balances over the year in the Diageo North America Inc. pension plans over and above the increase due to inflation. As Ivan Menezes has been a deferred member of the Diageo Pension Scheme (DPS) in the United Kingdom since 31 January 2012, and receives standard statutory increases in deferment the UK pension amount that accrued over the two years in excess of inflation is nil. Kathryn Mikells became a director and started accruing benefits in the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP) with effect from 9 November 2015. The pension input amount for the year ended 30 June 2016 only reflects the period from 9 November 2015 and Kathryn Mikells did not build up any pension benefits prior to that point. Deirdre Mahlan’s accrued benefits over the year ended 30 June 2016 have been pro-rated to reflect the period of time she was an Executive Director from 1 July 2015 to 9 November 2015. In previous years, Ivan Menezes’ and Deirdre Mahlan’s deferred pension benefits in the US Cash Balance Plan and the Benefits Supplemental Plan (BSP) have been disclosed although benefits accrual ceased in August 2012 and June 2010 respectively. On further review, and in line with the disclosure requirements, these deferred benefits have been excluded from 2016 remuneration and 2015 has been restated in line with this revised methodology.
(vi)Long-term incentives represents the estimated gain delivered through options and performance shares where performance conditions have been met in the respective financial year. For 2016, this includes performance shares awarded under the PSP in 2013 and due to be released in September 2016 and the estimated value of accrued dividend shares on this award. Though the outcome of the performance conditions is known, the share price on the vesting date is estimated, using the average market value of Diageo shares between 1 April and 30 June 2016 (1875.1 pence for ordinary shares and $108.14 for ADRs) for the purpose of this calculation. Share options awarded under the SESOP in 2013 all lapsed due to the performance condition not being met. Long-term incentives for 2015 have been adjusted to reflect the actual share price on the date of vesting on 1 October 2015 (1765.5 pence for ordinary shares and $107.50 for ADRs). For further information on the SESOP and PSP performance conditions and vesting outcomes please refer to the ‘LTIP awards vesting in the year ended 30 June 2016’ section of the report on page 79. For Kathryn Mikells, long-term incentives represents the face value of 87,736 time-vesting replacement share awards (not subject to performance conditions) made on 9 November 2015 in recognition of share awards forfeited from her former employer. The average closing share price of an ordinary share over the three dealing days prior to the date of grant was 1892.0 pence.
(vii)Other incentives include the face value of awards made under all-employee share plans. Awards do not have performance conditions attached.
(viii)Ivan Menezes retains interests in long-term incentive awards that were granted to him in 2012, prior to joining the board under ‘below-board’ plans (Discretionary Incentive Plan), details of which are shown on page 181. The value of the second tranche of the award based on performance for the year ended 30 June 2016 is shown in the table on the previous page and calculated on the basis of the average market value of Diageo shares between 1 April and 30 June 2016 ($108.14 for ADRs). The value of the part of the award based on continuing employment for the year ended 30 June 2016 is not included in the table on the previous page and amounts to 14,642 ADRs. The second tranche of the award will vest on 8 March 2017. For 2015, the value of the first tranche of the award that vested on 8 March 2016 has been restated to account for the share price on the date of vesting ($106.14 for ADRs).

(a) Ivan Menezes was appointed as Chief Executive on 1 July 2013. The amounts shown in sterling are converted using the cumulative weighted average exchange rate for the respective financial year. For the year ended 30 June 2014, the exchange rate was £1 = $1.63, and for the year ended 30 June 2013, the exchange rate was £1 = $1.57.Salary

(b) Paul S Walsh stepped down from the Board on 19 September 2013 at the AGM, and all details in relation to his exit were disclosed at that time in the 2013 Directors’ Remuneration Report. The amounts shown for 2014 in relation to salary, benefits and bonus are the amounts paid during the year, pro-rated by reference to the period that he was an Executive Director. The amounts reported above in relation to LTIP vestings are shown in full, by reference to the LTIPs performance period.

(c) Taxable benefits: is the gross value of all benefits. Ivan Menezes relocated to the United Kingdom on 1 January 2014 and the taxable benefits relate largely to a one-off contractual relocation payment (£366k). His benefits also include financial counselling (£49k), medical insurance (£14k), company car allowance (£16k), contracted car service (£9k), product allowance, and life cover. Deirdre Mahlan’s benefits include company car allowance (£16k), contracted car service (£7k), financial counselling (£9k), product allowance, medical insurance and life cover. Paul S Walsh’s benefits include company car allowance, contracted car service, financial counselling, product allowance, medical insurance and life cover.

(d) The company’s pension contributions during the year: Includes the value of the pension amount accrued in the Diageo North America Inc. pension plans.

(e) Long term incentive plan vestings (PSP and SESOP): represents the estimated gain for options and performance shares vesting in September 2014, by reference to performance to the end of the financial year. The “value delivered through performance” represents the performance shares due to be released in September 2014 at the grant price after applying the performance condition. The “value delivered through share price growth” is the estimated additional value generated through the share price growth for options vesting and performance shares due to be released in September 2014. Though the outcome of the performance conditions is known, the share price on the vesting date is estimated, using the average market value of Diageo shares between 1 April and 30 June 2014 (1870 pence for ordinary shares and $126.01 for ADRs) for the purpose of this calculation. LTIP figures for 2013 have been adjusted for the share price on the date of vesting (2061 pence for ordinary shares and $130.17 for ADRs). For further information on the SESOP and PSP performance conditions and vesting outcomes please refer to the ‘Historic LTIPs - year ended 30 June 2014’ section of the report.

(f) Includes the face value of awards made under all-employee share plans. Awards do not have performance conditions attached.

(g) Ivan Menezes retains interests in awards that were granted to him in 2011, prior to joining the board, under “below board” plans (Discretionary Incentive Plan), details of which are shown on page 137. The value of these shares is calculated on the basis of the average market value of Diageo shares between 1 April and 30 June 2014 ($126.01).

Salary increases to be applied in the year ending 30 June 2015

2017

In July 2014,June 2016, the Remuneration Committee reviewed base salaries for senior management and agreed new salaries which will apply from 1 October 2014.2016. In determining these salaries, the Remuneration Committee took into consideration a number of factors including general employee salary budgets and employment conditions, individual performance and experience, and salary positioning relative to internal and external peers. The overall budgeted salary increase budgetfor the salary review in the year ending 30 June 2015October 2016 is 2.8%2.2% of base salary for the business in the United Kingdom and 3% in North America.

After careful consideration of Ivan Menezes’The Committee considered very carefully the total remuneration positioning of the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer, the salary budget for all employees in the United Kingdom and the Committee decidedexpectations of shareholders with respect to continuing pay restraint. As a result, it was agreed that nothere would be a 2% salary increase would be awarded tofor both the Chief Executive in October 2014. The Committee also undertookand the same careful consideration in relation to Deirdre Mahlan’s remuneration and considered that a modest salary increase of 2.5%, slightly below the salary budget for the broader UK employee population, was appropriate and would be appliedChief Financial Officer, effective from 1 October 2014.2016.

 

 

 

Ivan Menezes

 

Deirdre Mahlan

 

Salary at 1 October (‘000)

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

Base salary

 

$

1,520

 

$

1,520

 

£

732

 

£

714

 

% increase (over previous year)

 

0%

 

8.6%

 

2.5%

 

5%

 

177


Governance (continued)

 

                                                                                    
   Ivan Menezes   Kathryn Mikells(i) 

Salary at 1 October (’000)

  2016   2015   2016   2015 

Base salary

  $1,550    $1,520    £663    £650  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

% increase (over previous year)

   2%     0%     2%       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(i)For Kathryn Mikells, the 2015 salary refers to her salary on appointment on 9 November 2015.

Annual incentive plan (AIP) (audited)

Company performance against AIP targets inpayout for the year ended 30 June 20142016

ThePerformance against the group financial measures and the Individual Business Objectives (IBOs), as assessed by the Remuneration Committee, assessed the performance of Ivan Menezes, Deirdre Mahlan and Paul S Walsh against their specific objectives and concluded that the objectives were partially met. is described below.

The overall level of performance achieved resulted in an AIP award equating to 18.2%129.6% of base salary for Ivan Menezes 18.2%and 139.6% of base salary for both Kathryn Mikells and Deirdre Mahlan and 17.2%(pro-rated to reflect the period of base salary for Paul S Walsh. The following table and chart illustrate howtheir appointments on the outcomes for the different bonus measures contribute to the overall bonus payout and compare this to the target and maximum potential outcome (based on an average of the objectives for the Executive Directors)Board). The actual awards received by thein respect of their Executive DirectorsDirector appointments are shown in the table ‘single total figure of remuneration’. table on pages 176-177.

 

LOGO

PayoutDiageoGroup(i)(%oftotalAIP(80%oftotalAIPopportunity)opportunity)Netsalesmeasure(ii)(%growth)ThresholdTargetMaximum(25%oftotal)Performancetarget1.9%3.9%5.8%Actualperformance3.2%AIPopportunity6.25%12.50%25.00%10.4%ProfitbeforeexceptionalitemsThresholdTargetMaximumandtaxmeasure(iii)(%growth)Performancetarget4.6%7.0%9.2%(25%oftotal)Actualperformance9.6%AIPopportunity6.25%12.50%25.00%25.0%OperatingcashconversionThresholdTargetMaximummeasure(iv)(%)Performancetarget97.0%102.0%107.0%(30%oftotal)Actualperformance104.3%AIPopportunity7.5%15.0%30.0%21.9%TotalDiageogroupAIPoutcome20%40%80%57.3%

AIP Outcome

178


Governance (continued)

 

Measures (a)

 

Weight

 

Target set

 

Result
achieved

 

% of
maximum
bonus paid
(weighted)

 

Net sales (% growth)

 

30%

 

6.0%

 

0.8%

 

0.0%

 

Profit before exceptional items and tax (% growth)

 

30%

 

11.7%

 

8.3%

 

7.6%

 

Free cash flow (b)

 

10%

 

£1,840m

 

£1,640m

 

0.0%

 

Average working capital as percentage of net sales (c)

 

10%

 

4.7%

 

6.8%

 

0.0%

 

Individual business objectives (IBOs)

 

20%

 

A range of objectives linked to individual contribution and medium term strategic goals, delivery of M&A integration performance and compliance.

 

partially met

 

1.3%

 

 

 

100%

 

 

 

 

 

8.9%

 

      

Payout

            Total  Total  Total  Total

Individual

  

Individual Bonus Objectives (IBOs)(v)

  

IBOs

  

Group

  

(% max)

  

(% salary)

  

(£’000)

  

($’000)

Maximum AIP opportunity

  20%  80%  100%  200%    

Ivan MenezesCEO

  

•  Delivery of investor critical growth priorities

•  Deliver a transformation in commercial standards and sales capabilities

•  Enhance our Corporate Reputation

  7.5%  57.3%  64.8%  129.6%  

£1,330

  $1,969

Kathryn MikellsCFO

  

•  Deliver cash targets versus plan

•  Drive improvements in Working Capital through focus on supply chain interventions

•  Build support for Diageo investment story of good sustainable performance, including demonstration of commitment to cost

  12.5%  57.3%  69.8%  139.6%  £585   

Deirdre MahlanFormer CFO

  

•  Deliver cash targets versus plan

•  Drive improvements in Working Capital through focus on supply chain interventions

•  Build support for Diageo investment story of good sustainable performance, including demonstration of commitment to cost

  12.5%  57.3%  69.8%  139.6%  £363  

 

134



Governance (continued)


(a) All measures calculated at
(i)Performance against the AIP measures is calculated using 2016 budgeted exchange rates in line with management reporting and excludes the impact of IAS 21 in respect of short-term intercompany funding balances and IAS 39 in respect of market value movements as recognised in net finance charges and any exceptional items.
(ii)For AIP purposes, the net sales value measure is calculated after adjustments for acquisitions and disposals.
(iii)For AIP purposes, the profit before exceptional items and tax measure is calculated as operating profit plus earnings from associated companies less net interest, IAS 21/39 adjustments, adjustments for acquisitions and disposals and year-on-year foreign exchange on interest.
(iv)The operating cash conversion measure is calculated by dividing cash generated from operations excluding cash inflows/outflows in respect of exceptional items, dividends, maturing inventories and post-employment payments in excess of the amount charged to operating profit by operating profit before depreciation, amortisation, impairment and exceptional items. The ratio is stated at the budgeted exchange rate for the respective year in line with management reporting and is expressed as a percentage.
(v)The Committee assessed the Executive Directors’ performance against each of the IBOs and awarded a rating based on whether they had partially met, achieved or exceeded each goal. The average of all IBO ratings (weighted 50% on the first goal and 25% on each of the second and third goals) is shown as the final payout against the IBO element in the table above.

AIP design for the year ended 30 June 2014.

(b) Excluding cash payments in respect of exceptional restructuring programmes and discontinued operations.

(c) Average working capital as a percentage of net sales is calculated by dividing the monthly average working capital in the year by annual net sales. Working capital comprises inventories (excluding maturing inventories), trade and other receivables and trade and other payables (excluding receivables and payables in respect of interest on borrowings and corporate tax) and provisions.

GRAPHIC

Policy implementation - year ending 30 June 20152017

The measures and targets used in the AIP are reviewed annually by the Remuneration Committee and are chosen to drive financial and individual business performance goals related to the company’s short term strategic operational objectives. The AIP design for the year ending 30 June 20152017 will comprise of a four-measure structurefour measures (weightings in brackets):

 

·

Profit before exceptional items and tax (35%(% growth) (25%): stretching profit targets drive operational efficiency and influence the level of returns that can be delivered to shareholders through increases in share price and dividend income;

·

Net sales (30%(25%): year-on-year net sales growth is a key performance measure;

·

Operating cash conversion (25%(30%): ensures focus on efficient conversion of profitsprofit into cash; and

·

Individual business objectives (10%(20%): are measurable deliverables that are specific to the individual and are focused on supporting the delivery of key strategic objectives.

Details of the targets for thisthe performance period ending 30 June 2017 will be disclosed retrospectively in next year’s annual report on remuneration, as soon asby which time they arewill no longer be deemed commercially sensitive by the Board.

There are no further changes to the AIP in the year ending 30 June 2015.

135



Governance (continued)

Long termLong-term incentive plans (LTIPs) (audited)

Historic LTIPs -LTIP awards vesting in the year ended 30 June 20142016 (audited)

Vesting of 2011 awards

Until 30 June 2014, long termlong-term incentives were a combination of share options under the Senior Executive Share Option Plan 2008 (SESOP) and performance share awards under the Performance Share Plan 2008 (PSP) (PSP). Awards were designed to incentivise Executive Directors and senior managers to deliver long termlong-term sustainable performance. Awards made under both sets of plans were subject to performance conditions normally measured over a three-year period. Subject to shareholder approvalAs approved by shareholders at the AGM in September 2014, these plans will bewere replaced by a new long term incentive plan,the Diageo 2014 Long TermLong-Term Incentive Plan (DLTIP), as outlined in the section titled “policy implementation”. for awards from 2014 onwards.

179


Governance (continued)

 

SESOP – granted in September 2013, vesting in September 2016 (audited)

On 225 September 2011,2013, Ivan Menezes and Deirdre Mahlan and Paul S Walsh received awards of 51,53146,239 (ADRs), 190,239 (ordinary shares) and 374,695135,022 (ordinary shares) market price options, respectively, under the SESOP. Awards were subject to a performance condition based on compound annual growth in adjusted eps over a three-year period. For the purpose of the SESOP, an adjusted measure of eps is used to ensure that elements such as exceptional items and the impact of movements in exchange rates are excluded from year on yearyear-on-year comparisons of performance. Options only vest when stretching adjusted eps targets are achieved. Vesting is on a pro rata basis ranging from a threshold level of 25% to a maximum level of 100%.

The adjusted eps growth targets and actual performance for the 20112013 SESOP awards are set out below:

 

                                          

Vesting of 2013 SESOP awards

  Target   Vesting
(% maximum)
 

Compound annual adjusted eps growth over 1 July 2013 – 30 June 2016

    

Threshold

   7%     25%  

Maximum

   11%     100%  

Actual

   1.8%     0.0%  

Performance period

1 July 2011 -
30 June 2014

Compound annual growth

Threshold

6

%

Maximum

10

%

Percentage of award vesting

Threshold

25

%

Maximum

100

%

Actual compound annual growth rate over the performance period

8.5

%

Adjusted eps growth over the three years to the end of the year was 8.5%. Accordingly, the 20112013 SESOP award, which is due to vest in September 2014,2016, has partiallynot met the threshold under the performance condition and consequently, the sharesoptions under the award will vest at 71% of the initial award. The Committee has assessed the underlying performance of the business at the end of the performance period and is satisfied that this level oflapse.

PSP – awarded in September 2013, vesting is warranted.

PSPin September 2016 (audited)

On 225 September 2011,2013, Ivan Menezes and Deirdre Mahlan and Paul S Walsh received awards of 42,22147,484 (ADRs), 159,574 (ordinary shares) and 392,872110,241 (ordinary shares) performance shares, respectively, under the PSP. Awards vest after a three-year period subject to the achievement of specified performance tests. Notional dividends accrue on awards and are paid out either in cash or shares in accordance with the vesting schedule.

For the 20112013 awards, the primary performance test is split between three equally weighted performance measures:

 

1)A comparison of Diageo’s three-year total shareholder return (TSR) — the percentage growth in Diageo’s share price (assuming all dividends and capital distributions are re-invested) — with the TSR of a peer group of international drinks and consumer goods companies. TSR calculations are converted to a common currency (US dollars);

2)Growth in organic net sales on a compound annual basis; and

3)Total organic operating margin improvement.

1.A comparison of Diageo’s three-year total shareholder return (TSR) — the percentage growth in Diageo’s share price (assuming all dividends and capital distributions are re-invested) — with the TSR of a peer group of international drinks and consumer goods companies. TSR is calculated on a common currency (US dollar) basis;
2.Growth in organic net sales on a compound annual basis; and
3.Total organic operating margin improvement.

For the part of the award subject to the TSR condition to vest, there must also be an improvement in the underlying financial performance of the company (i.e. growth in organic net sales and total organic operating margin improvement).company. In addition, the Remuneration Committee requires a minimum level ofmust be satisfied that performance in both organic net sales and organic operating margin is above an appropriate level before any of the award under either measure can be released.

The targets and vesting profile for the PSP awards granted in September 20112013 are shown in the following table:

 

 

 

Total shareholder
return

 

Organic net sales
(CAGR)

 

Organic operating
margin improvement

 

Vesting profile

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Threshold

 

Median ranking (ninth)

 

4%

 

50bps

 

25%

 

- Mid-point

 

 

6%

 

100bps

 

62.5%

 

- Maximum

 

Upper quintile (third or above)

 

8%

 

150bps

 

100%

 

Actual performance over the performance period

 

6th

 

3.9%

 

214bps

 

 

 

% vesting (out of maximum 33.3% for each element)

 

21.7%

 

0.0%

 

33.3%

 

 

 

                                                                                                         

Vesting of 2013 PSP awards

  Threshold   Mid-point   Maximum   Actual   Vesting
(% maximum)
 

Organic net sales (CAGR)

   5.0%     6.5%     8.0%     1.0%     0.0%  

Organic operating margin improvement

   75bps     100bps     125bps     120bps     91.9%  

Relative total shareholder return

   
 
Median ranking
(ninth)
  
  
        
 
Upper quintile
(third or above)
  
  
   15th     0.0%  

Vesting (% maximum)

   25.0%     62.5%     100%       30.6%  

136



Governance (continued)

ThereThe three conditions are weighted equally. For operating margin and net sales, there is straight linestraight-line vesting between 25% and 100% for both the net sales measurethreshold and the operating margin measure.midpoint, and between the mid-point and the maximum. The full vesting profile for TSR is shown below:

 

TSR ranking (out of 17)

 

Vesting profile for PSP awards

 

Vesting profile for DLTIP
performance share awards from
2014

 

1st

 

100%

 

100%

 

2nd

 

100%

 

100%

 

3rd

 

100%

 

100%

 

4th

 

95%

 

95%

 

5th

 

75%

 

75%

 

6th

 

65%

 

65%

 

7th

 

55%

 

55%

 

8th

 

45%

 

45%

 

9th

 

25%

 

20%

 

10th or below

 

0%

 

0%

 

180

TSR peer group


Governance (continued)

 

There are 16 other companies in the peer group:

                                          

TSR ranking (out of 17)

  Vesting profile for PSP awards   Vesting profile for DLTIP
performance share awards from
2014
 

1st, 2nd or 3rd

   100%     100%  

4th

   95%     95%  

5th

   75%     75%  

6th

   65%     65%  

7th

   55%     55%  

8th

   45%     45%  

9th

   25%     20%  

10th or below

   0%     0%  

 

TSR peer group (16 companies)

AB Inbev

MondelezMondelēz International

Brown Forman

Nestlé

Carlsberg

PepsiCo

Coca-Cola

Pernod Ricard

Colgate-Palmolive

Procter & Gamble

Groupe Danone

Reckitt Benckiser

Heineken

SABMiller

Kimberly-Clark*Kimberly-Clark

Unilever


* Replaced Heinz which has been taken into private ownership.

On the basis of this performance, the 20112013 PSP award, which is due to vest in September 2014,2016, has partially met the performance conditions and, consequently, the shares under award will vest at 55%30.6% of the initial award.

The Committee has assessedtaken into consideration all factors regarding the underlying quality of the performance of the business at the end of the performance period and is satisfied that a minimum level of performance in both organic net sales and organic operating margin was achieved and that thisthe level of vesting is warranted.

DIPDiageo Incentive Plan (DIP) (audited)

Ivan Menezes retains interests in awards under the Diageo Incentive Plan that were granted to him in 2011,2012, prior to his appointment as Executive Director,Director. The number of shares granted to him on 8 March 2012 was 117,142 ADRs. 50% of this award is subject to meeting the midpoint of the targets for the financial measures under the DIP, totalling 71,030 ADRs. This award was subject to performance conditions based on net sales, operating profit, overhead costs and operating profit as percentage of net sales, in each of North America, Latin America and Caribbean and Asia Pacificlong-term incentive plan over the three-year periodperformance periods ending 30 June 2015, 30 June 2016, 30 June 2017 and 30 June 2018. The remaining 50% is subject to June 2014.continued satisfactory employment. The actualfinancial measures under the performance part of the award are equally weighted. Actual performance for each elementthe second tranche of the 2012 DIP awardsaward (i.e. the tranche based on performance over the three years to 30 June 2016) versus target areis set out below:

Vesting of second performance-based tranche of March 2012 DIP award

Performance

 

North America

 

Latin America and Caribbean

 

Asia Pacific

measure

 

2012

 

2013

 

2014

 

2012

 

2013

 

2014

 

2012

 

2013

 

2014

Net sales

 

Above

 

Above

 

Below

 

Above

 

Below

 

Below

 

Above

 

Below

 

Below

Operating profit

 

Above

 

Above

 

Below

 

Above

 

Above

 

Below

 

Above

 

Below

 

Below

Overheads as percentage of net sales

 

Achieved

 

Above

 

Above

 

Above

 

Above

 

Below

 

Above

 

Above

 

Below

Operating profit as percentage of net sales

 

Above

 

Above

 

Above

 

Above

 

Above

 

Above

 

Above

 

Above

 

Below

 

                                                               

Performance measures (equally weighted)

  Target   Actual   Vesting
(% of maximum)
 

Organic net sales growth (CAGR)

   6.50%     1.0%     0%  

Organic operating margin improvement

   100bps     120bps     100.0%  

Compound annual adjusted eps growth

   9%     1.8%     0%  
      

 

 

 

Total

       33.3%  
      

 

 

 

The targets and actual performance have not been disclosed as they relate to divisional performance and are considered commercially sensitive. As the table shows, the 2011 DIP awards, due to vest in September 2014 and September 2015, have partially met33.3% of the performance conditions. Consequently,related ADRs under the ADRs undersecond tranche of the 2012 DIP award will vest at 50%in March 2017, subject to continuing employment. The total award that will vest to Ivan Menezes in March 2017 will therefore be 66.6% of the initial award.second tranche (including the ADRs that vest on time only), or 19,523 ADRs, provided he remains employed at the time of vesting. The Committee has assessed the underlying performance of the business at the end of the performance period and is satisfied that this level of vesting is warranted. The value of the part of the award based on performance and vesting in March 2017 is included in the single total figure of remuneration.

Scheme interests awardedDLTIP awards made during the financial year ended 30 June 2016 (audited)

On 53 September 2013,2015, Ivan Menezes and Deirdre Mahlan received awards of 47,48449,825 (ADRs) and 110,241140,515 (ordinary shares) performance shares, respectively under the PSP, and 46,23949,825 (ADRs) and 135,022140,515 (ordinary shares) market price share options, respectively, under the SESOP;DLTIP; details are provided in the table below. The three-year period over which performance will be measured is 1 July 20132015 to 30 June 2016.2018. The performance measures are relative total shareholder return, organic net sales growth, cumulative free cash flow and adjusted eps growth, equally weighted. 20% of the same as foraward will vest at threshold, with straight-line vesting up to 100% if the 2011 awards.maximum level of performance is achieved.

 

137



181


Governance (continued)

 

Executive
Director

 

Date of grant

 

Plan

 

Share
type

 

Awards made
during the year

 

Award
price

 

Face value
‘000

 

Face value
(% of salary)

 

Ivan Menezes

 

05/09/2013

 

SESOP

 

ADR

 

46,239

 

$123.27

 

$5,700

 

375%

 

Ivan Menezes

 

05/09/2013

 

PSP

 

ADR

 

47,484

 

$120.04

 

$5,700

 

375%

 

Deirdre Mahlan

 

05/09/2013

 

SESOP

 

Ord

 

135,022

 

£19.83

 

£2,677

 

375%

 

Deirdre Mahlan

 

05/09/2013

 

PSP

 

Ord

 

110,241

 

£19.43

 

£2,142

 

300%

 

Notes

                                                                                                                                                   

Executive

Director

 Date of grant  Plan  Share
type
  Awards made
during the year
  Exercise price  Face value
’000
  Face value
(% of salary)
 

Ivan Menezes

  03/09/2015    DLTIP – share options    ADR    49,825    $104.93    $5,700    375%  

Ivan Menezes

  03/09/2015    DLTIP – performance shares    ADR    49,825        $5,700    375%  

Deirdre Mahlan

  03/09/2015    DLTIP – share options    Ord    140,515    1709p    £2,635    360%  

Deirdre Mahlan

  03/09/2015    DLTIP – performance shares    Ord    140,515        £2,635    360%  

The table above specifies the number of shares/performance shares and share options initially awarded under the PSP/SESOP.DLTIP. The proportion of the awards that will vest is dependent upon the achievement of performance conditions, and the actual value may be nil. The vesting outcomes will be disclosed in the 20162018 annual report.

The face value of each award has been calculated using the award/optionshare price at the time of grant. In accordance with the PSP rules, the PSPnumber of performance shares and share options granted under the DLTIP was calculated by using the average closing share price for the last six months of the preceding financial year (£19.43(1875 pence for ordinary shares and $120.04$114.40 for ADRs). In accordance with the plan rules, the number of options granted under the SESOPexercise price was calculated using the average closing share price of the three days preceding the grant date (£19.83(1709 pence for ordinary shares and $123.27$104.93 for ADRs). The share price on the date of grant was 1713.5 pence for ordinary shares and $104.30 for ADRs.

Details ofDLTIP awards to be made in the operation of the PSP and SESOP are provided under the section on long term incentive plans.

Policy implementation - year ending 30 June 2015

2017

The Committee has reviewed Diageo’s long term incentive arrangements in light of shareholder feedback and will be seeking shareholder approval for the new long termlong-term incentive plan (DLTIP) was approved by shareholders at the AGM.

AGM in September 2014.

The long termlong-term incentive plan measures are reviewed annually by the Remuneration Committee and are selected to reward long termlong-term consistent performance in line with Diageo’s business strategy and to create alignment with the delivery of value for shareholders. The DLTIP measures for awards to be granted in September 20142016 are the same as those that applied to awards made in September 2015 and are:

 

·

Relative total shareholder return: reflects the value of share price growth plus dividends, thus measuring the value returned on shareholder investments;

·

Organic net sales: sustained year-on-year organic net sales growth is a key performance measure;

·Organic operating margin improvement:

Cumulative free cash flow: measures the efficiency of the business; and

·Adjustedcash management;

Compound annual adjusted eps growth: reflects profitability and is a key measure for shareholders.

182


Governance (continued)

 

The table below outlines the targets and the vesting profile for these awards. The measures are equally weighted, with performance shares subject to performance against relative total shareholder return, organic net sales and cumulative free cash flow, and share options subject to performance against adjusted eps growth. Performance will be tested over three financial years, beginning with the financial year 2015.ending 30 June 2017.

 

 

 

Performance shares

 

Share options

 

 

 

 

 

Total
shareholder
return (25%)

 

Organic
net sales
(CAGR)
(25%)

 

Organic
operating
margin
improvement
(25%)

 

Adjusted eps growth (CAGR)
(25%)

 

Vesting
profile

 

Threshold

 

Median ranking (ninth)

 

4%

 

125bps

 

6%

 

20%

 

Mid-point

 

 

5.5%

 

175bps

 

 

60%

 

Maximum

 

Upper quintile (third or above)

 

7%

 

225bps

 

11%

 

100%

 

   Performance shares   Share options     
   Relative total
shareholder return (25%)
   Organic
net sales
(CAGR)
(25%)
   Cumulative
free cash flow
(£m) (25%)
   Adjusted eps growth (CAGR)
(25%)
   Vesting
profile
 

Threshold

   Median ranking (ninth)     3.5%     £5,700m     4.0%     20%  

Midpoint

        4.75%     £6,400m     6.75%     60%  

Maximum

   Upper quintile (third or above)     6.0%     £7,100m     9.5%     100%  

It is intended that a performance share award of 375% of base salary and an award of market price share options of 125% of base salary (in performance share equivalents; one market price option is valued at one-third of a performance share) will be made to Ivan Menezes in September 2014.2016.

In recognition of Deirdre Mahlan’s expanded responsibilities, taking accountability for the Global Supply and Procurement function with effect from 1 July 2014, it was determined that her long term incentive opportunity should be increased (from 425% of base salary in performance share equivalents) to 480% of base salary. It is intended that sheKathryn Mikells will be awarded a performance share award of 360% of base salary and an award of market price share options of 120% of base salary (in performance share equivalents) in September 2014.2016.

Award on appointment in the year ended 30 June 2016 (audited)

On her appointment as Chief Financial Officer on 9 November 2015, Kathryn Mikells was awarded shares in Diageo plc in recognition of the share awards forfeited under the terms of her previous employer’s long-term incentive plans. As prescribed by the approved remuneration policy, the fair value of the replacement award in Diageo shares was no higher than the estimated fair value of the awards being forfeited.

The share awards that Kathryn forfeited on leaving her previous employer had a combined face value of £9.1 million (based on the share price at the time of valuing the forfeited stock) and comprised a number of time-vesting shares vesting on 1 July 2016 and a number of performance shares vesting on 1 January 2017, 1 July 2017 and 1 July 2018. The fair value of awards was estimated at £3.9 million.

Replacement awards in Diageo shares were delivered in a mixture of time-vesting and performance-based restricted shares with vesting staggered over a three-year period, to take account of the vesting schedule of the forfeited stock and to ensure appropriate retention value for the company. The face value of replacement awards was £6.3 million and the fair value was £3.9 million on grant.

 

Both awards are183


Governance (continued)

As was disclosed to the market at the time, Kathryn Mikells was awarded:

43,868 ordinary shares, which will vest on 9 May 2017, subject to continuing employment;
43,868 ordinary shares, which will vest on 9 November 2018, subject to continuing employment; and
246,300 ordinary shares, which will vest on 9 November 2018, subject to the achievement of performance conditions based on net sales growth, cumulative free cash flow and relative total shareholder approval ofreturn over the new DLTIP at the AGM.

Policy implementation: pension and benefits - yearthree-year period ending 30 June 2018 (the same performance conditions and targets that apply to performance share awards granted in September 2015

under the DLTIP). The share price on award, being the average closing price of an ordinary share over the three dealing days prior to the date of grant, was 1892 pence and the face value note above is based on this price.

Pension and benefits in the year ended 30 June 2016

Benefits

Benefits provisions for the Executive Directors continue to be in line with the information set out in the future policy table.

Pension arrangements (audited)

Ivan Menezes, Kathryn Mikells and Deirdre Mahlan are members of the Diageo North America Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP) with an accrual rate of 40%, 20% and 35% of base salary, respectively. respectively during the year ended 30 June 2016. On his request, the accrual rate for Ivan Menezes was reduced from 40% to 30% of salary, effective from 1 July 2016. There will be no compensatory payment or benefit in exchange for this reduction in contribution.

The SERP is an unfunded, non-qualified supplemental retirement programme. Under the plan, accrued company contributions are subject to quarterly interest credits. Under the rules of the SERP, theyemployees can withdraw the balance of the plan in the form of five equal annual instalments or a lump sum upon reaching age 55 (Deirdre(Kathryn Mikells and Deirdre Mahlan) and after having left service with Diageo (within six months of separation from service).

138



Governance (continued)

Upon death in service, a life insurance benefit of $3 million is payable to Ivan Menezes and a lump sum of four times base salary is payable to Deirdre Mahlan.

Ivan Menezes was also a member of the UK Scheme (the “Scheme”) between 1 February 1997 and 30 November 1999. Under the Rules of the UK Scheme, this benefit is payable unreduced from age 60.

Paul S Walsh was a member of the UK Scheme until 31 March 2011, at which point he stopped accruing pension rights. From 1 May 2011 (from age 56), Paul S Walsh began to receive his pension benefits under the company’s policy of ‘flexible pension access’ but continued to be in active employment. As per Diageo’s discretionary early retirement policy, he would have been able to take his benefits without actuarial reduction from age 57. His benefits were, therefore, subject to a 3% reduction to reflect early payment for one year. The rules of the Scheme at the time that Paul S Walsh began to receive his benefits required pensions in payment to be increased each year in line with increases in the RPI, subject to a maximum of 5% per year and a minimum of 3% per year. In the event of death in service, a lump sum of four times pensionable pay plus a spouse’s pension of two-thirds of the member’s pension before commutation would be payable. Upon death after leaving the company, a spouse’s pension of two-thirds of the member’s pension before commutation is payable.

The table below shows the pension benefits accrued by each Director to date. Note that the accrued UK benefits for Ivan Menezes and Paul S Walsh are annual pension amounts, whereas the accrued US benefits for both Ivan Menezes and Deirdre Mahlan are a one-off cash balance amount.

 

 

30 June 2014

 

30 June 2013

 

Executive Director

 

UK pension
£’000 p.a.

 

US benefit £’000

 

UK pension
£’000 p.a.

 

US benefit
£’000

 

Ivan Menezes

 

68

 

3,409

 

66

 

3,306

 

Deirdre Mahlan

 

nil

 

874

 

nil

 

688

 

Paul S Walsh accrued UK pension benefits of £615,000 (30 June 2013 - £597,000). This amount is not pro-rated for his length of time on the Board.

The Normal Retirement Age (NRA) applicable to each Director’s benefits depends on the pension scheme. The table outlines the relevant NRAs for each Director:

Executive Director

 

UK benefits

 

US benefits
(Qualified) (a)

 

US benefits (BSP) (a)

 

US benefits (SERP)

Ivan Menezes

 

60

 

65

 

6 months after age of leaving service

 

6 months after age of leaving service

Deirdre Mahlan

 

n/a

 

65

 

6 months after age of leaving service

 

6 months after age of leaving service, or age 55 if later


(a) Ivan Menezes and Deirdre Mahlan participated in the US Cash Balance Plan and the Benefit Supplemental Plan (BSP) until August 2012 and June 2010, respectively.respectively and have accrued benefits under both plans. The Cash Balance Plan is a qualified funded pension arrangement. Employerarrangement, employer contributions are 10% of pay capped at the InlandInternal Revenue Service (IRS) limit. The BSP is a non-qualified unfunded arrangement; notional employer contributions are 10% of pay above the IRS limit. Interest (notional for the BSP) is credited quarterly on both plans.

Ivan Menezes was also a member of the Diageo Pension Scheme (DPS) in the United Kingdom between 1 February 1997 and 30 November 1999. The accrual of pensionable service ceased in 1999 but the linkage to salary remained until January 2012. Under the Rules of the Scheme, this benefit is ablepayable unreduced from age 60.

Upon death in service, a life insurance benefit of $3 million is payable to take his UKIvan Menezes and a lump sum of four times base salary is payable to Kathryn Mikells and Deirdre Mahlan.

The table below shows the pension benefits from age 58 without consent,accrued by each Director to date. Note that the accrued UK benefits for Ivan Menezes are annual pension amounts, whereas the accrued US benefits for Ivan Menezes, Kathryn Mikells and his benefits would not be subject to any actuarial reduction in respect of early payment. However, this is a discretionary policy Diageo offers that is not set out in the Scheme Rules.Deirdre Mahlan are one-off cash balance amounts.

 

184


Governance (continued)

                                                                                    
   30 June 2016   30 June 2015 

Executive Director

  UK pension
£’000 p.a.
   US benefit
£’000
   UK pension
£’000 p.a.
   US benefit
£’000
 

Ivan Menezes(i)

   69     5,588     69     4,218  

Kathryn Mikells(ii)

   Nil     92     n/a     n/a  

Deirdre Mahlan(iii)

   Nil     1,808     Nil     1,239  

(i)Ivan Menezes’ US benefits are higher at 30 June 2016 than at 30 June 2015 by £1,370k:
(a)£486k of which is due to pension benefits earned over the year (all of which is over and above the increase due to inflation) – as reported in the single figure of remuneration, see pages 176-177;
(b)£61k of which is due to interest earned on his deferred US benefits over the year; and
(c)£823k of which is due to exchange rate movements over the year.
(ii)Kathryn Mikells’ US benefits are higher at 30 June 2016 than on her appointment date on 9 November 2015 by £92k:
(a)£83k of which is due to pension benefits earned over the year (all of which is over and above the increase due to inflation) – as reported in the single figure of remuneration, see pages 176-177; and
(b)£9k of which is due to exchange rate movements over the year.
(iii)Deirdre Mahlan’s US benefits are higher at 30 June 2016 than at 30 June 2015 by £569k:
(a)£296k of which is due to pension benefits earned over the year (all of which is over and above the increase due to inflation) – which equates to £105k pro-rated for the period 1 July 2015 – 9 November 2015 when she was a Director, as reported in the single figure of remuneration, see pages 176-177;
(b)£14k of which is due to interest earned on her deferred US benefits over the year; and
(c)£259k of which is due to exchange rate movements over the year.

The NRA for Paul S Walsh would have been 62.Normal Retirement Age applicable to each Director’s benefits depends on the pension scheme, as outlined below.

Executive Director

  UK benefits
(DPS)
   US benefits
(Cash balance)
   

US benefits

(BSP)

  

US benefits

(SERP)

Ivan Menezes(i)

   60     65    6 months after age of leaving service  6 months after age of leaving service

Kathryn Mikells

   n/a     n/a    n/a  6 months after age of leaving service, or age 55 if later

Deirdre Mahlan

   n/a     65    6 months after age of leaving service  6 months after age of leaving service, or age 55 if later

(i)Ivan Menezes is able to take his UK pension benefits from age 58 without consent, and his benefits would not be subject to any actuarial reduction in respect of early payment. However, this is a discretionary policy Diageo offers that is not set out in the DPS Scheme Rules.

185


Governance (continued)

 

The estimated pension cost for the year ending 30 June 2015 is as follows:

 

 

Estimated pension input amount for the year ending 30 June 2015

 

Executive Director

 

Minimum remuneration
£’000

 

Performance in line
with expectations
£’000

 

Maximum remuneration £’000

 

Ivan Menezes

 

480

 

480

 

480

 

Deirdre Mahlan

 

280

 

280

 

280

 

139



Governance (continued)

Performance graph and table

The graph below shows the total shareholder return for Diageo and the FTSE100 Index since 30 June 2009 and demonstrates the relationship between pay and performance for the Chief Executive, using current and previously published single total remuneration figures. The FTSE100 Index has been chosen because it is a widely recognised performance benchmark for large companies in the United Kingdom.

 

LOGO

Totalshareholderreturn-DiageoChiefExecutivevalueofhypotheticalFTSE100totalremunerationL100holdingChiefExecutivetotalremunerationLmillionL30030 L25025L20020L15015L10010L505 00June2009June2010June2011June2012June2013June2014June2015June2016 PaulSWalshPaulSWalshPaulSWalshPaulSWalshIvanMenezes(i)IvanMenezes(i)IvanMenezes(i)L'000L'000L'000L'000L'000L'000L'000ChiefExecutivetotalremuneration(includeslegacyLTIPawards)3,2314,44911,74615,5577,3123,8884,440Annualincentive(%maximumopportunity)86%77%74%51%9%28%65%LT-SESOP (%maximumopportunity)100%100%100%100%71%0%0%LTI-PSP (%maximumopportunity)0%0%65%95%55%33%31%

GRAPHIC

 

 

 

Paul S
Walsh
£’000

 

Paul S
Walsh
£’000

 

Paul S
Walsh
£’000

 

Paul S
Walsh
£’000

 

Ivan
Menezes(a)
£’000

 

Chief Executive total remuneration (figure includes legacy LTIP awards)

 

3,231

 

4,449

 

11,746

 

15,557

 

7,768

 

Annual bonus actual award compared to maximum opportunity

 

86%

 

77%

 

74%

 

51%

 

9%

 

SESOP vesting compared to maximum opportunity

 

100%

 

100%

 

100%

 

100%

 

71%

 

PSP vesting compared to maximum opportunity

 

0%

 

0%

 

65%

 

95%

 

55%

 

(i)To enable comparison Ivan Menezes’ single total figure of remuneration has been converted into sterling using the cumulative average weighted exchange rate for the relevant financial year.

 

186


(a) To enable comparison Ivan Menezes single total figure of remuneration $12.7 million has been converted into sterling using the cumulative average weighted exchange rate for the financial year (£1 = $1.63).Governance (continued)

 

Percentage change in remuneration of the director undertaking the role of Chief Executive

The table below shows a comparison of the percentage change in the Chief Executive’s remuneration to the average percentage change in remuneration for the UK and US population from 20132015 to 2014.2016. The chosen population represents the most appropriate comparator group for the Chief Executive, as the Committee considers salary increase budgets in these countries when reviewing Executive Directors’ base salaries. Furthermore, the majority of Executive Committee members as well as the Executive Directors are on UK or US reward packages.

 

 

 

Salary

 

Taxable
benefits

 

Bonus

 

 

 

% change

 

% change

 

% change

 

Chief Executive % change from 2013 to 2014

 

(24)%

 

109%

 

(86)%

 

Average % change for the UK and US workforce from 2013 to 2014

 

5%

 

3%

 

(23)%

 

Notes

                                                               
   Salary   Taxable
benefits
   Bonus 
   % change   % change   % change 

Chief Executive percentage change from 2015 to 2016

   0%     (53%)     134%  

Average % change for the UK and US workforce from 2015 to 2016

   3%     0%     101%  

The percentage change for the Chief Executive is based on the remuneration of Paul S Walsh in 2013, and Ivan Menezes from 2015 to 2016. Taxable benefits in 2014.

Chief Executive taxable benefits for financial year ended 30 June 2014 include a2015 included one-off contractual relocation payment ($598k), which has been excluded from the table above as this does not form part of his on-going benefits package.

payments.

UK salary, benefits and bonus data for both 2015 and 2016 have been converted into USD using the cumulative weighted average exchange rate for the respective financial year. For the year ended 30 June 2014 the exchange rate was2016 of £1 = $1.63, and for the year ended 30 June 2013 the exchange rate was £1 = $1.57.$1.48.

140



Governance (continued)

Directors’ shareholding requirements and share and other interests (audited)

Senior executives are required to build up significant holdings of shares in Diageo from their own resources over a defined period of time. The holding requirement and the status of that requirement as at 30 June 2014 are shown in the following tables. Under the company’s shareholding requirement policy, Executive Directors have five years from their appointment to the Board in which to build up their shareholding to meet and maintain the new requirement. The information in the table below is based on the share interests held by the Director and their connected persons as at 30 June 2014 disclosed in the table ‘Share and other interests’, base salary earned in the year ended 30 June 2014, and an average share price for the same period of 1933 pence.

 

 

Shareholding
requirement
(% salary)

 

% salary held

 

Owned outright
/ legally owned

 

Shareholding
requirement met?

 

Ivan Menezes

 

300%

 

1316%

 

634,810

 

Yes

 

Deirdre Mahlan

 

250%

 

604%

 

228,507

 

Yes

 

Paul S Walsh(a)

 

300%

 

1232%

 

784,829

 

Yes

 

Notes

US share awards were granted in ADRs (one ADR is equivalent to four ordinary shares); the share holdings in the table are stated as ordinary share equivalents.


(a) Paul S Walsh retired from the Board on 19 September 2013 and his shareholding (owned outright / legally owned) is therefore reflected as at 19 September 2013.

As at 30 June 2014, the beneficial interests of the Executive Directors in ordinary (ordinary equivalent) shares are as follows:

 

 

Share and other interests
Ordinary shares or equivalent

 

 

 

Shares

 

Share options

 

 

 

Owned outright
/ legally owned

 

Unvested and
subject to
performance
conditions(a)

 

Unvested and
not subject to
performance
conditions(b)

 

Vested but
unexercised(c)

 

Unvested and
subject to
performance
conditions(d)

 

Unvested and not
subject to
performance
conditions(e)

 

Ivan Menezes

 

634,810

 

1,096,932

 

234,284

 

222,048

 

577,380

 

 

Deirdre Mahlan

 

228,507

 

404,468

 

 

282,812

 

471,560

 

937

 

Paul S Walsh(f)

 

784,829

 

1,127,746

 

 

154,963

 

1,048,602

 

1,617

 

Notes

Full details of the awards summarised above are available to view in the outstanding share plan interests table, on page 142. US share awards were granted in ADRs (one ADR is equivalent to four ordinary shares); the share holdings in the table are stated as ordinary share equivalents.


(a) Includes awards granted under the PSP and DIP.

(b) Includes awards granted under the DIP.

(c) Includes awards granted under the SESOP.

(d) Includes awards granted under the SESOP.

(e) Includes awards granted under the SAYE.

(f) Paul S Walsh retired from the Board on 19 September 2013 and his beneficial interests are therefore reflected as at 19 September 2013.

The beneficial interests of the Directors in office at 30 June 20142016 (and their connected persons) in the ordinary shares (or ordinary share equivalents) of the company are shown in the table below.

 

 

Ordinary shares or equivalent

 

  Ordinary shares or equivalent(i)             

 

18 July 2014

 

30 June 2014
(or retirement)

 

30 June 2013
(or appointment)

 

  14 July 2016   30 June 2016
(or date of
departure,
if earlier)
   30 June 2015
(or date of
appointment,
if later)
   Shareholding
requirement
(% salary)(ii)
   Shareholding
at 14 July 2016
(% salary)(ii)
   Shareholding
requirement
met
 

Chairman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

            

Dr Franz B Humer

 

53,641

 

53,197

 

46,883

 

   67,699     67,316     60,097                 

Executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

            

Ivan Menezes(a)

 

634,810

 

634,810

 

504,605

 

Deirdre Mahlan(a)

 

228,518

 

228,507

 

133,109

 

Paul S Walsh(b)

 

N/A

 

784,829

 

769,651

 

Ivan Menezes(iii)

   864,714     864,714     749,518     300%     1552%     Yes  

Kathryn Mikells(iii),(vi)

   13,589     13,580          250%     39%     No  

Deirdre Mahlan(iii)

   308,447     308,447     281,153     250%     777%     Yes  

Non-Executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

            

Peggy B Bruzelius

 

5,000

 

5,000

 

5,000

 

   5,000     5,000     5,000                 

Laurence M Danon

 

5,000

 

5,000

 

5,000

 

Laurence M Danon(iv)

        5,000     5,000                 

Lord Davies of Abersoch

 

5,052

 

5,052

 

5,052

 

   5,052     5,052     5,052                 

Betsy D Holden(a)

 

17,400

 

17,400

 

17,400

 

Betsy D Holden(iii)

   17,400     17,400     17,400                 

Ho KwonPing

 

4,103

 

4,103

 

4,000

 

   4,353     4,353     4,223                 

Philip G Scott

 

10,000

 

10,000

 

10,000

 

   10,000     10,000     10,000                 

H Todd Stitzer(b)

 

N/A

 

8,319

 

8,319

 

Nicola S Mendelsohn

   5,000     5,000     5,000                 

Alan JH Stewart

   2,560     2,560     1,500                 

Emma Walmsley(v)

   5,094     5,094                      

 

141Notes



(i)Each person listed beneficially owns less than one percent of Diageo’s ordinary shares. Ordinary shares held by Directors have the same voting rights as all other ordinary shares.
(ii)Both the shareholding requirement and shareholding at 14 July 2016 are expressed as a percentage of base salary earned in the year ended 30 June 2016 and calculated using an average share price for the year ending 30 June 2016 of 1843.5 pence.
(iii)Ivan Menezes, Deirdre Mahlan, Kathryn Mikells and Betsy D Holden have share interests in ADRs (one ADR is equivalent to four ordinary shares); the share interests in the table are stated as ordinary share equivalents.
(iv)Laurence M Danon ceased to be a Non-Executive Director on 23 September 2015 and therefore her shareholding is not disclosed at 14 July 2016.
(v)Emma Walmsley was appointed to the Board on 1 January 2016.
(vi)Kathryn Mikells has five years from the date of her appointment, that is, until 9 November 2020, to build up the required shareholding in Diageo shares.

 

187


Governance (continued)

 


(a) Outstanding share plan interests (audited)

Plan name

 Date of
award
  Performance
period
  Date of
vesting
  Share
type
  Share
price on
date of
grant
  Exercise
price
  Number
of shares/
options at
30 June
2015(i)
  Granted  Vested/
exercised
  Dividends
awarded
and
released
  Lapsed  Number
of shares/
options at
30 June
2016
  Total
number
of shares/

options in
Ords(ii)
 

Ivan Menezes

  

      

SESOP(iii)

  Sep 2010    2010-2013    2013    ADR    $67.84    55,512        55,512   

SESOP(iii)

  Sep 2011    2011-2014    2014    ADR    $76.70    36,587        36,587   

SESOP

  Oct 2012    2012-2015    2015    ADR    $112.72    46,575       46,575       
             

 

 

 

Total number of vested but unexercised share options

  

       368,396  
             

 

 

 

SESOP(v)

  Sep 2013    2013-2016    2016    ADR    $123.27    46,239        46,239   

DLTIP – share options(vi)

  Sep 2014    2014-2017    2017    ADR    $117.55    45,447        45,447   

DLTIP – share options

  Sep 2015    2015-2018    2018    ADR    $104.93     49,825       49,825   
             

 

 

 

Total number of unvested share options subject to performance

  

       566,044  
             

 

 

 

DIP(iv)

  Sep 2011    2011-2014    2014-2015    ADR   $74.11     21,309     21,309         

DIP(iv)

  Mar 2012    2012-2019    2016-2019    ADR   $96.44     58,571     4,880     9,763    43,928   

PSP

  Oct 2012    2012-2015    2015    ADR   $113.62     54,927     18,309    1,853    36,618       

PSP(v)

  Sep 2013    2013-2016    2016    ADR   $123.08     47,484        47,484   

DLTIP – performance shares(vi)

  Sep 2014    2014-2017    2017    ADR   $115.80     45,447        45,447   

DLTIP – performance shares

  Sep 2015    2015-2018    2018    ADR   $104.30      49,825       49,825   
             

 

 

 

Total number of unvested shares subject to performance

  

       746,736  
             

 

 

 

DIP(iv)

  Mar 2012    2012-2019    2016-2019    ADR   $96.44     58,571     14,642      43,929   
             

 

 

 

Total number of unvested shares not subject to performance

  

       175,716  
             

 

 

 

Deirdre Mahlan(viii)

             

SESOP(iii)

  Sep 2009    2009-2012    2012    ADR    $63.13    20,790        20,790   

SESOP

  Sep 2010    2010-2013    2013    Ord     1080p    199,652        199,652   

SESOP

  Sep 2011    2011-2014    2014    Ord     1232p    135,069        135,069   

SESOP

  Oct 2012    2012-2015    2015    Ord     1743p    146,299       146,299       
             

 

 

 

Total number of vested but unexercised share options

  

       417,881  
             

 

 

 

SESOP(v)

  Sep 2013    2013-2016    2016    Ord     1983p    135,022        135,022   

DLTIP – share options(vi)

  Sep 2014    2014-2017    2017    Ord     1796p    140,590        140,590   

DLTIP – share options

  Sep 2015    2015-2018    2018    Ord     1709p     140,515       140,515   
             

 

 

 

Total number of unvested share options subject to performance

  

       416,127  
             

 

 

 

PSP

  Oct 2012    2012-2015    2015    Ord    1772p     134,653     44,884    4,380    89,769       

PSP(v)

  Sep 2013    2013-2016    2016    Ord    1978p     110,241        110,241   

DLTIP – performance shares(vi)

  Sep 2014    2014-2017    2017    Ord    1779p     140,590        140,590   

DLTIP – performance shares

  Sep 2015    2015-2018    2018    Ord    1714p      140,515       140,515   
             

 

 

 

Total number of unvested shares subject to performance

  

       391,346  
             

 

 

 

Kathryn Mikells

             

DBOP – performance shares(vii)

  Nov 2015    2015-2018    2018    Ord    1866p      246,300       246,300   
             

 

 

 

Total number of unvested shares subject to performance

  

       246,300  
             

 

 

 

DBOP – restricted shares(vii)

  Nov 2015    2015-2017    2017    Ord    1866p      43,868       43,868   

DBOP – restricted shares

  Nov 2015    2015-2018    2018    Ord    1866p      43,868       43,868   
             

 

 

 

Total number of unvested shares not subject to performance

  

       87,736  
             

 

 

 

(i)For unvested awards this is the number of shares/options initially awarded. For exercisable share options, this is the number of outstanding options. All share options have an expiry date of ten years after the date of grant.
(ii)ADRs have been converted to Ords (one ADR is equivalent to four ordinary shares) for the purpose of calculating the total number of vested and unvested shares and options.
(iii)Shares/options granted prior to the Executive’s appointment to the Board.
(iv)Ivan Menezes retains interests in awards that were granted to him prior to joining the Board under ‘below-board’ plans (Discretionary Incentive Plan), amounting to a total of 188,172 ADRs, granted in 2011 and 2012. 50% of the initial 2011 award of 71,030 ADRs lapsed in September 2014, as disclosed in the 2014 remuneration report. Of the remainder, 40% vested in September 2014, and the remaining portion vested in September 2015. The 2012 award is subject to performance conditions and continuing employment. 66.67% of the first tranche vested in March 2016 and 66.7% of the second tranche is due to vest in March 2017, with the remaining tranches vesting in March 2018 and March 2019.
(v)Awards made under the PSP and SESOP in September 2013 and due to vest in September 2016 are included here as unvested share awards subject to performance conditions, although the awards have also been included under long-term incentives in the single figure of total remuneration on pages 176-177, since the performance period ended during the year ended 30 June 2016.

188


Governance (continued)

(vi)Details of the performance conditions attached to PSP and SESOP awards granted in 2014 were disclosed in Diageo’s 2015 Annual Report.
(vii)Replacement shares awarded to Kathryn Mikells on her appointment as Chief Financial Officer on 9 November 2015, in recognition of share awards she forfeited from her previous employer. These awards were made under the Diageo Buy Out Plan (DBOP).
(viii)Awards granted to Deirdre Mahlan after she stepped down from the Board on 9 November 2015 have not been disclosed as she was no longer an Executive Director.

Payments to former directors (audited)

There were no payments to former directors above the de minimis level of £3k in the year ended 30 June 2016. This does not apply to Deirdre Mahlan, and Betsy D Holden have share interests in ADRs (one ADR is equivalent to four ordinary shares); the share interests in the table are stated as ordinary share equivalents.

(b) Paul S Walsh and H Todd Stitzer retiredwho stepped down from the Board on 19 September 2013 and their shareholding is reflected as at that date.9 November 2015.

Payments for loss of office (audited)

Outstanding share plan interests

Date of
award

 

Plan name

 

Share
type

 

Performance
period

 

30 June
2013(a)

 

Granted

 

Option
price

 

Vested/
exercised

 

Lapsed

 

30 June
2014 (or
retirement)

 

Date of
vesting

 

Ivan Menezes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sep 2010

 

PSP(b)

 

ADR

 

2010-2013

 

46,350

 

 

 

 

 

44,032

 

2,318

 

 

2013

 

Sep 2010

 

SESOP(b)

 

ADR

 

2010-2013

 

55,512

 

 

 

$67.84

 

 

 

 

 

55,512

 

2013

 

Sep 2011

 

PSP(b)

 

ADR

 

2011-2014

 

42,221

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42,221

 

2014

 

Sep 2011

 

SESOP(b)

 

ADR

 

2011-2014

 

51,531

 

 

 

$76.70

 

 

 

 

 

51,531

 

2014

 

Sep 2011

 

DIP(b),(c)

 

ADR

 

2011-2014

 

71,030

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

71,030

 

2014-2015

 

Mar 2012

 

DIP(b),(c)

 

ADR

 

2012-2019

 

117,142

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

117,142

 

2016-2019

 

Oct 2012

 

PSP(d)

 

ADR

 

2012-2015

 

54,927

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

54,927

 

2015

 

Oct 2012

 

SESOP(d)

 

ADR

 

2012-2015

 

46,575

 

 

 

$112.72

 

 

 

 

 

46,575

 

2015

 

Jan 2013

 

Sharevalue(e)

 

ADR

 

 

 

208

 

 

 

$95.81

 

208

 

 

 

 

2013

 

Sep 2013

 

PSP Dividend

 

ADR

 

2010-2013

 

 

 

3,093

 

 

 

3,093

 

 

 

 

2013

 

Sep 2013

 

PSP

 

ADR

 

2013-2016

 

 

 

47,484

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

47,484

 

2016

 

Sep 2013

 

SESOP

 

ADR

 

2013-2016

 

 

 

46,239

 

$123.27

 

 

 

 

 

46,239

 

2016

 

Deirdre Mahlan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sep 2007

 

DSOP(b)

 

ADR

 

 

 

6,000

 

 

 

$84.53

 

6,000

 

 

 

 

2010

 

Sep 2008

 

DSOP(b)

 

ADR

 

 

 

13,147

 

 

 

$74.16

 

13,147

 

 

 

 

2011

 

Sep 2009

 

SESOP(b)

 

ADR

 

2009-2012

 

20,790

 

 

 

$63.13

 

 

 

 

 

20,790

 

2012

 

Sep 2010

 

PSP

 

Ord

 

2010-2013

 

167,964

 

 

 

 

 

159,565

 

8,399

 

 

2013

 

Sep 2010

 

SESOP

 

Ord

 

2010-2013

 

199,652

 

 

 

£10.80

 

 

 

 

 

199,652

 

2013

 

Sep 2011

 

PSP

 

Ord

 

2011-2014

 

159,574

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

159,574

 

2014

 

Sep 2011

 

SESOP

 

Ord

 

2011-2014

 

190,239

 

 

 

£12.32

 

 

 

 

 

190,239

 

2014

 

Sep 2011

 

SAYE(f)

 

Ord

 

 

 

937

 

 

 

£9.60

 

 

 

 

 

937

 

2014

 

Oct 2012

 

PSP(d)

 

Ord

 

2012-2015

 

134,653

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

134,653

 

2015

 

Oct 2012

 

SESOP(d)

 

Ord

 

2012-2015

 

146,299

 

 

 

£17.43

 

 

 

 

 

146,299

 

2015

 

Sep 2013

 

PSP Dividend

 

Ord

 

2010-2013

 

 

 

11,286

 

 

 

11,286

 

 

 

 

2013

 

Sep 2013

 

PSP

 

Ord

 

2013-2016

 

 

 

110,241

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

110,241

 

2016

 

Sep 2013

 

SESOP

 

Ord

 

2013-2016

 

 

 

135,022

 

£19.83

 

 

 

 

 

135,022

 

2016

 

Paul S Walsh(g)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sep 2009

 

SESOP

 

Ord

 

2009-2012

 

454,963

 

 

 

£9.52

 

300,000

 

 

 

154,963

 

2012

 

Sep 2010

 

SESOP

 

Ord

 

2010-2013

 

409,062

 

 

 

£10.80

 

 

 

 

 

409,062

 

2013

 

Sep 2011

 

SAYE(f)

 

Ord

 

 

 

1,617

 

 

 

£9.41

 

 

 

 

 

1,617

 

2014

 

Sep 2010

 

PSP

 

Ord

 

2010-2013

 

430,172

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

430,172

 

2013

 

Sep 2011

 

SESOP

 

Ord

 

2011-2014

 

374,695

 

 

 

£12.32

 

 

 

 

 

374,695

 

2014

 

Sep 2011

 

PSP

 

Ord

 

2011-2014

 

392,872

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

392,872

 

2014

 

Oct 2012

 

SESOP(d)

 

Ord

 

2012-2015

 

264,845

 

 

 

£17.43

 

 

 

 

 

264,845

 

2015

 

Oct 2012

 

PSP(d)

 

Ord

 

2012-2015

 

304,702

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

304,702

 

2015

 


(a) For unvested awards this is the numberThere were no payments for loss of shares/options initially awarded. For exercisable share options, this is the number of outstanding options.

(b) Shares/options granted prioroffice to Executive Directors in relation to the Executive’s appointment to the Board. The DSOP is a ‘below-board’ share plan, not subject to performance conditions.year ended 30 June 2016.

(c) Ivan Menezes retains interests in awards that were granted to him prior to joining the Board under “below board” plans (Discretionary Incentive Plan), totalling 188,172 ADRs. Two-thirds of these awards are subject to performance conditions and will vest, subject to achievement of the performance conditions and continued employment, in phased tranches between September 2014 and March 2019.

(d) Details of the performance conditions attached to PSP and SESOP awards granted in 2012 are available in Diageo’s 2013 Annual Report.

(e) Options granted under the US savings-related share options scheme.

(f) Options granted under the UK savings-related share options scheme.

(g) Paul S Walsh retired from the Board on 19 September 2013 and his share plan interests are reflected as at 19 September 2013.

142



Governance (continued)

Non-Executive Directors’ fees

The Chairman’s fee was reviewed in December 2015 and increased from £500,000 to £600,000 per annum, effective 1 January 2016, following five successive years of no increases. The Chairman’s fee is appropriately positioned against our comparator group of FTSE30 companies excluding financial services. The next review of the Chairman’s fee is anticipated to take place inscheduled for December 2014, with any changes taking effect on 1 January 2015. The last scheduled2017.

Following a comprehensive review of competitive market data, the Board also reviewed the fees for Non-Executive Directors was undertaken in December 2013. As a resultand increased the basic fee from £84,000 to £87,000 per annum and the Senior Non-Executive Director fee from £20,000 to £25,000 per annum, also effective from 1 January 2016. There are no changes to the additional fees for the Chairman of this review the base fees were increased, as follows, to reflect market practice in comparable companies.Audit Committee and the Remuneration Committtee.

 

Per annum £ fees effective from

 

January 2014

 

January 2013

 

                                          
  January
2016
   January
2015
 

Per annum fees

  £’000   £’000 

Chairman of the Board

 

500,000

 

500,000

 

   600     500  

Non-Executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

    

Base fee

 

84,000

 

80,000

 

   87     84  

Senior Non-Executive Director

 

20,000

 

20,000

 

   25     20  

Chairman of the Audit Committee

 

30,000

 

25,000

 

   30     30  

Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

 

25,000

 

20,000

 

   25     25  

 

Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration for the year ended 30 June 20142016 (audited)

 

                                                                                                                              

 

Fees
£’000

 

Taxable benefits(a)
£’000

 

Total
£’000

 

  Fees
£’000
   Taxable  benefits(i)
£’000
   Total
£’000
 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

  2016   2015   2016   2015   2016   2015 

Chairman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

            

Dr Franz B Humer(b)

 

500

 

500

 

5

 

5

 

505

 

505

 

Dr Franz B Humer(ii)

   550     500     6     12     556     512  

Non-Executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

            

Peggy B Bruzelius

 

82

 

80

 

1

 

1

 

83

 

81

 

   86     84     6     13     92     97  

Laurence M Danon

 

82

 

80

 

1

 

1

 

83

 

81

 

Laurence M Danon(iii)

   21     84     1     6     22     90  

Lord Davies of Abersoch

 

125

 

120

 

1

 

1

 

126

 

121

 

   133     129     3     3     136     132  

Betsy D Holden

 

82

 

80

 

1

 

1

 

83

 

81

 

   86     84     10     35     96     119  

Ho KwonPing

 

82

 

80

 

1

 

1

 

83

 

81

 

   86     84     1     1     87     85  

Philip G Scott

 

110

 

105

 

1

 

1

 

111

 

106

 

   116     114     12     5     128     119  

H Todd Stitzer(c)

 

20

 

80

 

 

1

 

20

 

81

 

Nicola S Mendelsohn

   86     70     1     1     87     71  

Alan JH Stewart

   86     70     1     1     87     71  

Emma Walmsley(iv)

   44          1          45       

 


(a) Other benefits include a contracted car service and product allowance.189

(b) £200,000 of Dr Franz B Humer’s remuneration in the year ended 30 June 2014 was used for the monthly purchase of Diageo ordinary shares, which must be retained until he retires from the company or ceases to be a Director for any other reason.


Governance (continued)

(c) Retired 19 September 2013.

 

(i)Other benefits include a contracted car service, product allowance and expense reimbursements relating to travel, accommodation and subsistence in connection with the attendance of Board meetings during the year, which are deemed by HMRC to be taxable in the United Kingdom. The amounts in the single figure of total remuneration table above include the grossed-up cost of UK tax paid by the company on behalf of the directors. Non-taxable expense reimbursements have not been included in the single figure of remuneration table above.
(ii)As in the previous year, £96,000 of Dr Franz B Humer’s net remuneration in the year ended 30 June 2016 was used for the monthly purchase of Diageo ordinary shares, which must be retained until he retires from the company or ceases to be a Director for any other reason.
(iii)Laurence M Danon ceased to be a Non-Executive Director on 23 September 2015.
(iv)Emma Walmsley was appointed to the Board on 1 January 2016.

External appointments held by the Executive Directors

Executive Directors may accept external appointments as Non-Executive Directors of other companies and retain any related fees paid to them, subject to the specific approval of the Board in each case.

Ivan Menezes — During the year ended 30 June 2014,2016, Ivan Menezes served as a Non-Executive Director of Coach IncInc. and earned fees of $75,000, which he retained. In line with the Coach IncInc. policy for outside directors, Ivan Menezes is eligible to be granted share options and restricted share units (RSUs). During the year ended 30 June 2014,2016, he was granted 6,75011,734 options at an option price of $51.68$32.28 and 1,4842,367 RSUs (including dividends received) at a fair market value of $51.68.$32.28 per share.

Kathryn Mikells — During the year ended 30 June 2016, Kathryn Mikells served as a Non-Executive Director of Hartford Financial Services Group Inc. and earned fees of $100,000 for the full year, which were deferred into equity.

Deirdre Mahlan — During the year ended 30 June 2014,2016, Deirdre Mahlan served as a Non-Executive Director of Experian plc and earned fees of £113,854,€68,864, which she retained.

Paul S Walsh — Until he stepped down from the Board on 19 September 2013, Paul S Walsh served as a Non-Executive Director of Unilever NV and plc, FedEx Corp and Avanti. He retained the fees paid to him for his services.  The total amounts of such fees paid in the year until he stepped down from the Board are set out in the table below.

Paul S Walsh
£’000

Unilever (a)

19

FedEx Corp(a)

2

Avanti

10

31


(a) Fees paid in currencies other than sterling are converted using average exchange rates for the year ended 30 June 2014.

143



Governance (continued)

Relative importance of spend on pay

The graph below illustrates the relative importance of spend on pay (total remuneration of all group employees) compared with distributions to shareholders, and the percentage change from financialthe year 2012/13ended 30 June 2015 to financialthe year 2013/14.ended 30 June 2016. Distributions to shareholders are total dividends. The Committee considers that there are no other significant distributions or payments of profit or cash flow.

 

GRAPHICLOGO

Relative importance of spend on pay - percentage change Sta_ pay 1,180 1,236 4.7% Distributions to shareholders 1,341 1,443 7.6% Lm 0 500 1,000 1,500 2,000 2,500 3,000 2015 2016

Remuneration committee

The Remuneration Committee consists of the following independent Non-Executive Directors: Peggy B Bruzelius, Laurence M Danon, Lord Davies of Abersoch, Betsy D Holden, Ho KwonPing, Philip G Scott, Nicola S Mendelsohn, Alan JH Stewart and H Todd Stitzer (retired on 19 September 2013).Emma Walmsley. Lord Davies is the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee. The Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive may, by invitation, attend Remuneration Committee meetings except when their own remuneration is discussed. Diageo’s Global Human Resources Director and Director ofCapability, Performance and Reward Director are also invited from time to time by the Remuneration Committee to provide their views and advice. The Global Human Resources Director is not present when her own remuneration is discussed. The Chief Financial Officer may also attend to provide performance context to the Committee during its discussions about target setting. Information on meetings held and director attendance is disclosed in the corporate governance report.

 

190


Governance (continued)

The Remuneration Committee’s principal responsibilities are:

 

·

Making recommendations to the Board on remuneration policy as applied to the Executive Directors and the Executive Committee;

·

Setting, reviewing and approving individual remuneration arrangements for the Chairman of the Board, Executive Directors and Executive Committee members including terms and conditions of employment;

·

Determining arrangements in relation to termination of employment of the Executive Directors and other designated senior executives; and

·

Making recommendations to the Board concerning the introduction of any new share incentive plans which require approval by shareholders.

Full terms of reference for the Committee are available at www.diageo.com and on request from the Company Secretary.

External advisors

During the year ended 30 June 2014,2016, the Remuneration Committee received advice from the following independent consultants:

Deloitte LLP (until 7 December 2013) and Kepler Associates (from 7 December 2013)(a brand of Mercer), both appointed by the Committee after consultation with the Boardin December 2013 following a tendering process, who provided independent advice on remuneration best practice and senior executive remuneration.

Both Kepler Associatesis a signatory to, and Deloitte LLP are members ofabides by, the Remuneration Consultants Group and, as such, voluntarily operate under the Code of Conduct in relationConduct. Kepler’s parent company, Mercer, provides unrelated services to executive remuneration consultingthe company in the United Kingdom. Further details can be found at www.remunerationconsultantsgroup.com. Deloitte LLP also provided a rangeareas of non-related tax, corporate financeall-employee reward and consulting services duringretirement benefits. The Remuneration Committee is satisfied that the year. The fees paid to Deloitte LLP in relation to advice provided to the Committee init receives from Kepler is independent. During the year, until 7 December 2013 were £20,150. Kepler Associates supported the Committee in preparing this Directors’ remuneration report, provided remuneration benchmarking survey data to support the salary review for the Executive Committee, provided advice on the design of the long termlong-term incentives, and calculated the TSRtotal shareholder return of Diageo and its peer companies for the 20102012 and 20112013 PSP awards and provided periodic updates on all outstanding performance cycles. The fees paid to Kepler Associates in relation to advice provided to the Committee were £83,150.£137,935 and are determined on a time and expenses basis.

During the year, Linklaters were appointed by the company, with the agreement of the Committee, to provide legalprovided advice on the new long term incentive plan and the AIP.Directors’ remuneration report. Fees paid in relation to this advice, again on a time and expenses basis, were £28,000.£6,000. Linklaters also provide other legal advice from time to time on certain corporate matters.

The Committee is satisfied that the Deloitte LLP, Kepler Associates and Linklaters engagement partnerpartners and team,teams that provide remuneration advice to the Committee do not have connections with Diageo that may impair their independence. The Committee reviewed the potential for conflicts of interest and judged that there were appropriate safeguards against such conflicts.

144



Governance (continued)

Additional remuneration survey data published by Aon Hewitt, Towers Watson, and PwC were presented to the Remuneration Committee during the year; Clifford Chance provided advice on the operation of share plans.plans during the year.

Statement of voting

The following table summarises the details of votes cast in respect of the resolutions on the Directors’ remuneration policy at the 2014 AGM and annual report on remuneration at the 2015 AGM.

                                                                                    
   For   Against   Total
votes cast
   Abstentions 

Directors’ remuneration policy

        

Total number of votes

   1,663,866,061     43,275,688     1,707,141,749     18,288,488  

Percentage of votes cast

   97.47%     2.53%     100%     n/a  

Annual report on remuneration

        

Total number of votes

   1,767,690,112     64,973,516     1,832,663,628     35,221,124  

Percentage of votes cast

   96.45%     3.55%     100%     n/a  

The Committee was pleased with the level of support shown for the remuneration policy and annual report on remuneration and appreciated the active participation of shareholders and their representative advisory bodies in consulting on executive remuneration matters.

 

Statement of voting191


Governance (continued)

 

The 2013 Directors’ remuneration report received a majority “for” vote of 88.2%. The vote “against” was 11.8% and 18,126,693 of votes were withheld (total votes cast, including withheld votes: 1,827,535,266).

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Emoluments and share interests of senior management

The total emoluments for the year ended 30 June 20142016 of the Executive Directors, the Executive Committee members and the Company Secretary (together, the senior management) of Diageo comprising base salary, annual incentive plan, share incentive plan, termination payments and other benefits were £10.4£20.5 million (2013(2015£16.3£14.0 million).

The aggregate amount of gains made by the senior management from the exercise of share options and from the vesting of awards during the year was £38.9£9.5 million. In addition, they were granted 958,618968,293 performance-based share options under the SESOPDLTIP during the year at a weighted average share price of £19.41,1709 pence, exercisable by 20232025 and 17,30343,444 options not subject to performance under the Diageo Executive Long Term Incentive Plan (DELTIP),DLTIP, which will vest in three years. In addition they were granted 212 options over ordinary shares under the UK savings-related share options scheme (SAYE). They were also initially awarded 858,265901,720 performance shares under the PSPDLTIP in September 2013,2015, which will vest in three years subject to the performance teststest described in sections PSPthe section on DLTIP awards made during the year ended 30 June 2016, and SESOP, and 17,7514,250 shares not subject to performance under the DLTIP. They were also awarded 146,904 shares under the DIP, which will vest in March 2017.September 2018, subject to the performance conditions being met. This excludes the replacement share awards made to Kathryn Mikells on 9 November 2015.

Senior management options over ordinary shares

At 1814 July 2014,2016, the senior management had an aggregate beneficial interest in 1,589,2921,743,277 ordinary shares in the company and in the following options over ordinary shares in the company:

 

Number
of options

Weighted
average
exercise
price

Option period

Ivan Menezes

799,428

934,440

£14.83

2009 - 2023

1535p
2013 – 2025

Deirdre Mahlan

755,309

834,008

£13.73

2009 - 2023

1488p
2012 – 2025

Other*Other(i)

1,478,215

1,862,324

£16.05

2007 - 2024

1731p
2011 – 2025

3,032,952

 

 

3,630,772

 

 

 


(i)Other members of the Executive Committee and the Company Secretary.

* Other members of the Executive Committee and the Company Secretary.

Key management personnel related party transactions (audited)

Key management personnel of the group comprises the Executive and Non-Executive Directors, the members of the Executive Committee and the Company Secretary. As previously disclosed, Paul S Walsh has purchased a seasonal development at Gleneagles from a subsidiary of the company, Gleneagles Resort Developments Limited. The transaction was priced on the same basis as all the external seasonal development transactions and was at arm’s length. The value of the transaction at the date of purchase was £43,000. Paul S Walsh continued to hold this seasonal development at 19 September 2013.

Diageo plc has granted rolling indemnities to the Directors and the Company Secretary, uncapped in amount, in relation to certain losses and liabilities which they may incur in the course of acting as Directors or Company Secretary (as applicable) of Diageo plc or of one or more of its subsidiaries. These indemnities continue to be in place at 30 June 2014.

2016.

Other than disclosed in this report, no Director had any interest, beneficial or non-beneficial, in the share capital of the company. Save as disclosed above, no Director has or has had any interest in any transaction which is or was unusual in its nature, or which is or was significant to the business of the group and which was effected by any member of the group during the financial year, or which having been effected during an earlier financial year, remains in any respect outstanding or unperformed. There have been no material transactions during the last three years to which any Director or officer, or 3% or greater shareholder, or any spouse or dependent thereof, was a party. There is no significant outstanding indebtedness to the company from any Directors or officer or 3% or greater shareholder.

Statutory and audit requirements

This report was approved by a duly authorised Committee of the Board of Directors, on 3027 July 20142016 and was signed on its behalf by Lord Davies of Abersoch who is senior Non-Executive Director and Chairman of the Remuneration Committee.

The Board has followed the principles of good governance as set out in the UK Corporate Governance Code (with the exception that the directors were unable to attend the 2015 AGM) and complied with the regulations contained in the Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013, the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority and the relevant schedules of the Companies Act 2006.

 

192


Governance (continued)

The Companies Act 2006 and the Listing Rules require the Company’s auditor to report on the audited information in their report and to state that this section has been properly prepared in accordance with these regulations.

KPMGPWC LLP has audited the report to the extent required by the Regulations, being the sections headed Single Total Figuretotal figure of Remunerationremuneration for Executive Directors and Non-Executive Directors (and notes), Annual Incentive Planincentive plan (AIP), Long Term Incentive PlansLong-term incentive plans (LTIPs), Pension arrangements, Directors’ Shareholding Requirementsshareholding requirements and Share Interests, Share Plan Interests, Pension Arrangementsshare and other interests, Outstanding share plan interests, Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration and Key Management Personnel Related Party Transactions.

management personnel related party transactions.

The remuneration policy report and the annual report on remuneration areis subject to shareholder approval at the AGM on 1821 September 2014.

2016; the Directors’ remuneration policy was approved by shareholders at the 2014 AGM.

Terms defined in this remuneration report are used solely herein.

 

145



193


Governance (continued)

 

Directors’ Report

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

The Directors have pleasure in submitting their Annual Report for the year ended 30 June 2014.2016.

Annual General Meeting

The AGM will be held at The Mermaid Conference & Events Centre, Puddle Dock, Blackfriars, London EC4V 3DB at 2.30pm on Thursday, 18Wednesday, 21 September 2014.2016.

Directors

The Directors of the company who served during the year are shown in the section ‘Board of Directors and Company Secretary’ and ‘Executive Committee’ above.

In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code all the Directors will retire by rotation at the AGM and offer themselves for re-election. The Non-Executive Directors proposed for re-election do not have service contracts. Nicola MendelsohnEmma Walmsley and Alan StewartJavier Ferrán have been appointed, as Non-Executive Directors, with effect from 1 September 2014January 2016 and 22 July 2016 respectively and will offer themselves for election at the AGM.

Javier Ferrán will be appointed Chairman on 1 January 2017 on the retirement of Dr Franz B Humer.

Further details of Directors’ contracts, remuneration and their interests in the shares of the company at 30 June 20142016 are given in the Directors’ remuneration report above.

report.

The Directors’ powers are determined by UK legislation and Diageo’s articles of association. The Directors may exercise all the company’s powers provided that Diageo’s articles of association or applicable legislation do not stipulate that any powers must be exercised by the members.

Auditor

The auditor, KPMGPricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, is willing to continue in office and a resolution for its re-appointment as auditor of the company will be submitted to the AGM.

Disclosure of information to the auditor

The Directors who held office at the date of approval of this Directors’ report confirm that, so far as they are each aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the company’s auditor is unaware; and each Director has taken all reasonable steps to ascertain any relevant audit information and to ensure that the company’s auditor is aware of that information.

Corporate governance statement

The corporate governance statement, prepared in accordance with rule 7.2 of the Financial Conduct Authority’s Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules, comprises the following sections of the Annual Report: the ‘Corporate’Corporate governance report’, ‘the Report of the Audit Committee’ and the ‘Additional’Additional information for shareholders’.

Significant agreements – change of control

The following significant agreements contain certain termination and other rights for Diageo’s counterparties upon a change of control of the company.

Under the agreement governing the company’s 34% investment in Moët Hennessy SNC (MH) and Moët Hennessy International SAS (MHI), if a competitor (as defined therein) directly or indirectly takes control of the company (which, for these purposes, would occur if such competitor acquired more than 34% of the voting rights or equity interests in the company), LVMH Moët Hennessy Louis Vuitton SA (LVMH) may require the company to sell its shares in MH and MHI to LVMH.

The master agreement governing the operation of the group’s regional joint ventures with LVMH states that upon a change of control of the company (being, for these purposes, the acquisition by a third party of 30% or more of the issued share capital having voting rights in the company), LVMH may either appoint and remove the chairman of each joint venture entity governed by such master agreement, who shall be given a casting vote, or require each joint venture entity to be wound up.

 

146



194


Governance (continued)

 

Other information

Other information relevant to the Directors’ report may be found in the following sections of the Annual Report:

 

Information (including

that required by UK Listing

Authority Listing Rule 9.8.4)

Location in Annual Report on Form 20-F

Agreements with controlling shareholders

Not applicable
Amendment of articles of association

Additional information for shareholders - Articles of association

Contracts of significance

Not applicable
Details of long-term incentive schemesDirectors’ remuneration report
Directors - appointment and powers

Additional information for shareholders - Articles of association

– Directors

Directors’ indemnities and compensation

Directors’ remuneration report;

report – Directors’ remuneration policy and Additional information; Financial statements - note 2120 Related party transactions

Dividends

Financial statements – Unaudited financial information and group financial review

Employment PoliciesStrategic report - Group financial review

Employment policies

Strategic report - How we will deliver our ambition:

Performance Ambition; Strategic report – Risk factors; Strategic report – Sustainability & responsibility;

Strategic report - Sustainability & responsibilityResponsibility review

Events since 30 June 2014

2016

Financial statements - note 23 Post balance sheet events

None

Financial risk management

Financial statements - note 15 Financial instruments and risk management

Future developments

Chairman’s statement;

Chief Executive’s statement;

Statement; Market dynamics

Greenhouse gas emissions

Strategic report - Sustainability & responsibility review - Environment

Responsibility Review – Reducing our environmental impact

Interest capitalised

Not applicable
Non pre-emptive issues of equity for cash (including in respect of major unlisted subsidiaries)Not applicable
Parent participation in a placing by a listed subsidiaryNot applicable
Political donations

Corporate governance report

Provision of services by a controlling shareholder

Not applicable
Publication of unaudited financial informationUnaudited information
Purchase of own shares

Additional Informationinformation for shareholders - Repurchase of own shares;

Financial statements - note 17 Equity

Research and development

Financial Statements -statements – note 3 Operating costs

Restrictions on transfer of securities

Additional information for shareholders – Restrictions on transfer of shares
Review of the business &and principal risks and uncertainties

Chief Executive’s statement;

Strategic report

– Risk factors

Share capital - structure, voting and other rights

Additional information for shareholders - Share capital and Articles of association;

Financial statements - note 17 Equity

Share capital - employee share plan voting rights

Financial statements - note 17 Equity

Shareholdings in the company

Additional information for shareholders - Share capital

Shareholder waivers of dividends

Note 17 Equity
Shareholder waivers of future dividendsNote 17 Equity
Sustainability and responsibility

Strategic report - How we will deliver our ambition:Performance Ambition: Sustainability & responsibility;

Strategic report - Risk factors; Strategic report - Sustainability & responsibilityand Responsibility Review

Waiver of emoluments by a directorNot applicable
Waiver of future emoluments by a directorNot applicable

195


Governance (continued)

 

The Directors’ report of Diageo plc for the year ended 30 June 20142016 comprises these pages and the sections of the Annual Report referred to under ‘Directors’’Directors’, ‘Corporate’Corporate governance statement’ and ‘Other’Other information’ above, which are incorporated into the Directors’ report by reference. In addition, certain disclosures required to be contained in the Directors’ report, have been incorporated into the ‘Strategic report’ as set out in ‘Other’Other information’ above.

The Directors’ report was approved by a duly appointed and authorised committee of the Board of Directors on 3027 July 20142016 and signed on its behalf by Paul D Tunnacliffe,David Harlock, the Company Secretary.

 

147



196


Financial statements

Reports of independent registered public accounting firms

TheTo the Board of Directors and Stockholders

Shareholders of Diageo plc:

We have auditedIn our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet, of Diageo plc and subsidiaries as of 30 June 2014, and the related consolidated income statement, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated statement of changes in equity, and the consolidated statement of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Diageo plc (the Company) and its subsidiaries (collectively Diageo) at 30 June 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year thenperiod ended 30 June 2016 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2016, based on pages 150 to 207, includingcriteria established inInternal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the disclosures identified as ‘partCommittee of Sponsoring Organizations of the audited financial statements’ within the section ‘Share and other interests’ on page 141, and the section ‘KeyTreadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management personnel related party transactions’ on page 145. These consolidatedis responsible for these financial statements, are the responsibilityfor maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the Diageo plc’s management.effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in management’s report on internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinionopinions on these consolidated financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audit.

We conducted our auditaudits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. Anmisstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit includesof the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includesstatements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well asand evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provideprovides a reasonable basis for our opinion.opinions.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Diageo plc and subsidiaries as of 30 June 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and IFRS as adopted by the European Union.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Diageo plc’s internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated 30 July 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of theA company’s internal control over financial reporting. is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and Directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

London, United Kingdom

9 August 2016

 

KPMG LLP197


London, England

30 July 2014

148



Financial statements (continued)

Reports of independent registered public accounting firms (continued)

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Diageo plc:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Diageo plc and subsidiaries as of 30 June 2013,2015, and the related consolidated income statements, and consolidated statements of comprehensive income, consolidated statements of changes in equity and consolidated statements of cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period then ended 30 June 2013 on pages 150199 to 207,270 , including the disclosures identified as ‘part of the audited financial statements’ within the section ‘Share‘Directors’ shareholding requirements and share and other interests’ on page 141,187 , and the section ‘Key management personnel related party transactions’ on page 145.192. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Diageo plc’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

audit.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Diageo plc and subsidiaries as of 30 June 2013,2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period then ended, 30 June 2013, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and IFRS as adopted by the European Union.

/s/ KPMG Audit Plc

LLP

London, England

3029 July 20132015

 

149



198


Financial statements (continued)

 

Consolidated income statementCONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

 

 

 

Notes

 

Year ended
30 June
2014
£ million

 

Year ended
30 June
2013
(restated)
£ million

 

Year ended
30 June
2012
(restated)
£ million

 

Sales

 

2

 

13,980

 

15,276

 

14,392

 

Excise duties

 

3

 

(3,722

)

(3,973

)

(3,753

)

Net sales

 

2

 

10,258

 

11,303

 

10,639

 

Cost of sales

 

3

 

(4,029

)

(4,416

)

(4,208

)

Gross profit

 

 

 

6,229

 

6,887

 

6,431

 

Marketing

 

3

 

(1,620

)

(1,769

)

(1,671

)

Other operating expenses

 

3

 

(1,902

)

(1,738

)

(1,652

)

Operating profit

 

 

 

2,707

 

3,380

 

3,108

 

Non-operating items

 

4

 

140

 

(83

)

147

 

Finance income

 

5

 

241

 

259

 

268

 

Finance charges

 

5

 

(629

)

(716

)

(709

)

Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures

 

6

 

252

 

217

 

229

 

Profit before taxation

 

 

 

2,711

 

3,057

 

3,043

 

Taxation

 

7

 

(447

)

(507

)

(1,011

)

Profit from continuing operations

 

 

 

2,264

 

2,550

 

2,032

 

Discontinued operations

 

8

 

(83

)

 

(11

)

Profit for the year

 

 

 

2,181

 

2,550

 

2,021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

£million

 

£million

 

£million

 

Attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity shareholders of the parent company - continuing operations

 

 

 

2,331

 

2,452

 

1,912

 

- discontinued operations

 

 

 

(83

)

 

(11

)

Non-controlling interests - continuing operations

 

 

 

(67

)

98

 

120

 

 

 

 

 

2,181

 

2,550

 

2,021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

million

 

million

 

million

 

Weighted average number of shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares in issue excluding own shares

 

 

 

2,506

 

2,502

 

2,495

 

Dilutive potential ordinary shares

 

 

 

11

 

15

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

2,517

 

2,517

 

2,509

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

pence

 

pence

 

pence

 

Basic earnings per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

 

 

93.0

 

98.0

 

76.6

 

Discontinued operations

 

 

 

(3.3

)

 

(0.4

)

 

 

 

 

89.7

 

98.0

 

76.2

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

 

 

92.6

 

97.4

 

76.2

 

Discontinued operations

 

 

 

(3.3

)

 

(0.4

)

 

 

 

 

89.3

 

97.4

 

75.8

 

Figures for the years ended 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012 have been restated following the adoption of IFRS 11 and the amendment to IAS 19. See notes 1 and 18 to the consolidated financial statements.

                                                                                    
   Notes   Year ended
30 June
2016

£ million
  Year ended
30 June
2015

£ million
  Year ended
30 June
2014

£ million
 

Sales

   2     15,641    15,966    13,980  

Excise duties

   3     (5,156  (5,153  (3,722
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net sales

   2     10,485    10,813    10,258  

Cost of sales

   3     (4,251  (4,610  (4,029
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross profit

     6,234    6,203    6,229  

Marketing

   3     (1,562  (1,629  (1,620

Other operating expenses

   3     (1,831  (1,777  (1,902
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating profit

     2,841    2,797    2,707  

Non-operating items

   4     123    373    140  

Finance income

   5     262    244    241  

Finance charges

   5     (589  (656  (629

Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures

   6     221    175    252  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

     2,858    2,933    2,711  

Taxation

   7     (496  (466  (447
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit from continuing operations

     2,362    2,467    2,264  

Discontinued operations

   8             (83
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit for the year

     2,362    2,467    2,181  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Attributable to:

      

Equity shareholders of the parent company - continuing operations

     2,244    2,381    2,331  

Equity shareholders of the parent company - discontinued operations

             (83

Non-controlling interests - continuing operations

     118    86    (67
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
     2,362    2,467    2,181  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
       million  million  million 

Weighted average number of shares

      

Shares in issue excluding own shares

     2,508    2,505    2,506  

Dilutive potential ordinary shares

     10    12    11  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
     2,518    2,517    2,517  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
       pence  pence  pence 

Basic earnings per share

      

Continuing operations

     89.5    95.0    93.0  

Discontinued operations

             (3.3
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
     89.5    95.0    89.7  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

      

Continuing operations

     89.1    94.6    92.6  

Discontinued operations

             (3.3
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
     89.1    94.6    89.3  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

150



199


Financial statements (continued)

 

Consolidated statement of comprehensive incomeCONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

 

 

Notes

 

Year ended
30 June
2014
£ million

 

Year ended
30 June
2013
(restated)
£ million

 

Year ended
30 June
2012
(restated)
£ million

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Items that will not be recycled subsequently to the income statement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net remeasurement of post employment plans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– group

 

13

 

(169

)

119

 

(438

)

– associates and joint ventures

 

 

 

2

 

(19

)

(2

)

Tax on post employment plans

 

 

 

20

 

(35

)

86

 

 

 

 

 

(147

)

65

 

(354

)

Items that may be recycled subsequently to the income statement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations excluding borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– group

 

 

 

(1,133

)

94

 

(69

)

– non-controlling interests

 

 

 

(120

)

36

 

18

 

– associates and joint ventures

 

 

 

(294

)

108

 

(245

)

Exchange differences on borrowings and derivative net investment hedges

 

 

 

414

 

(207

)

210

 

Tax on exchange differences on borrowings and derivative net investment hedges

 

 

 

12

 

3

 

7

 

Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– gains/(losses) taken to other comprehensive income - group

 

 

 

59

 

(48

)

40

 

– (losses)/gains taken to other comprehensive income - associates and joint ventures

 

 

 

(5

)

7

 

(11

)

– recycled to income statement

 

 

 

34

 

(33

)

(15

)

Tax on effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges

 

 

 

2

 

17

 

(4

)

Fair value movements on available-for-sale investments

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– gains taken to other comprehensive income

 

 

 

55

 

85

 

 

– recycled to income statement

 

 

 

(140

)

 

 

Hyperinflation adjustment

 

 

 

11

 

4

 

3

 

Tax on hyperinflation adjustment

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,107

)

66

 

(66

)

Other comprehensive (loss)/income, net of tax, for the year

 

 

 

(1,254

)

131

 

(420

)

Profit for the year

 

 

 

2,181

 

2,550

 

2,021

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

 

 

 

927

 

2,681

 

1,601

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity shareholders of the parent company

 

 

 

1,114

 

2,547

 

1,463

 

Non-controlling interests

 

 

 

(187

)

134

 

138

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

 

 

 

927

 

2,681

 

1,601

 

Figures for the years ended 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012 have been restated following the adoption of IFRS 11 and the amendment to IAS 19. See notes 1 and 18 to the consolidated financial statements.

                                                               
   Year ended
30 June
2016

£ million
  Year ended
30 June
2015

£ million
  Year ended
30 June
2014

£ million
 

Other comprehensive income

    

Items that will not be recycled subsequently to the income statement

    

Net remeasurement of post employment plans

    

– group

   (851  125    (169

– associates and joint ventures

   (4  (10  2  

– non-controlling interests

   (1  (2    

Tax on post employment plans

   166    (11  20  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   (690  102    (147

Items that may be recycled subsequently to the income statement

    

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

    

– group

   1,217    (345  (1,117

– associates and joint ventures

   325    (205  (294

– non-controlling interests

   176    56    (120

Net investment hedges

   (843  269    398  

Exchange loss recycled to the income statement

    

– on translation of foreign operation

   133    88      

– on net investment hedges

   (82        

Tax on exchange differences - group

   (8  30    12  

Tax on exchange differences - non-controlling interests

   4          

Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges

    

– gains/(losses) taken to other comprehensive income - group

   28    (40  59  

– gains/(losses) taken to other comprehensive income - associates and joint ventures

   3    (6  (5

– recycled to income statement

   (145  (58  34  

Tax on effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges

   3    18    2  

Fair value movements on available-for-sale investments

    

– gains taken to other comprehensive income - group

   4    11    55  

– gains taken to other comprehensive income - non-controlling interests

   4    9      

– recycled to income statement - group

   (15      (140

– recycled to income statement - non-controlling interests

   (13        

Tax on available-for-sale fair value movements

   4    (4    

Hyperinflation adjustment

   6    18    11  

Tax on hyperinflation adjustment

   (2      (2
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   799    (159  (1,107
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive profit/(loss), net of tax, for the year

   109    (57  (1,254

Profit for the year

   2,362    2,467    2,181  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

   2,471    2,410    927  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Attributable to:

    

Equity shareholders of the parent company

   2,183    2,261    1,114  

Non-controlling interests

   288    149    (187
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

   2,471    2,410    927  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

151



200


Financial statements (continued)

 

Consolidated balance sheetCONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

 

 

 

 

 

30 June 2014

 

30 June 2013
(restated)

 

 

 

Notes

 

£ million

 

£ million

 

£ million

 

£ million

 

Non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets

 

10

 

7,891

 

 

 

9,013

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

11

 

3,433

 

 

 

3,425

 

 

 

Biological assets

 

 

 

53

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

Investments in associates and joint ventures

 

6

 

3,201

 

 

 

2,521

 

 

 

Other investments

 

12

 

63

 

 

 

412

 

 

 

Other receivables

 

14

 

107

 

 

 

127

 

 

 

Other financial assets

 

15

 

250

 

 

 

393

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

7

 

246

 

 

 

242

 

 

 

Post employment benefit assets

 

13

 

251

 

 

 

312

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,495

 

 

 

16,481

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventories

 

14

 

4,222

 

 

 

4,207

 

 

 

Trade and other receivables

 

14

 

2,499

 

 

 

2,437

 

 

 

Assets held for sale

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

Other financial assets

 

15

 

118

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

16

 

622

 

 

 

1,750

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,469

 

 

 

8,510

 

Total assets

 

 

 

 

 

22,964

 

 

 

24,991

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings and bank overdrafts

 

16

 

(1,576

)

 

 

(1,852

)

 

 

Other financial liabilities

 

15

 

(146

)

 

 

(122

)

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

14

 

(2,800

)

 

 

(3,212

)

 

 

Corporate tax payable

 

 

 

(197

)

 

 

(224

)

 

 

Provisions

 

14

 

(132

)

 

 

(109

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,851

)

 

 

(5,519

)

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

16

 

(7,638

)

 

 

(8,217

)

 

 

Other financial liabilities

 

15

 

(447

)

 

 

(473

)

 

 

Other payables

 

14

 

(94

)

 

 

(118

)

 

 

Provisions

 

14

 

(253

)

 

 

(256

)

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

7

 

(1,365

)

 

 

(1,467

)

 

 

Post employment benefit liabilities

 

13

 

(726

)

 

 

(853

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10,523

)

 

 

(11,384

)

Total liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

(15,374

)

 

 

(16,903

)

Net assets

 

 

 

 

 

7,590

 

 

 

8,088

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital

 

17

 

797

 

 

 

797

 

 

 

Share premium

 

 

 

1,345

 

 

 

1,344

 

 

 

Other reserves

 

 

 

2,243

 

 

 

3,154

 

 

 

Retained earnings

 

 

 

2,438

 

 

 

1,741

 

 

 

Equity attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

 

 

 

 

 

6,823

 

 

 

7,036

 

Non-controlling interests

 

17

 

 

 

767

 

 

 

1,052

 

Total equity

 

 

 

 

 

7,590

 

 

 

8,088

 

Figures as at 30 June 2013 have been restated following the adoption of IFRS 11. See notes 1 and 18 to the consolidated financial statements.

                                                                                          
       30 June 2016  30 June 2015 
   Notes   £ million  £ million  £ million  £ million 

Non-current assets

       

Intangible assets

   10     12,370     11,231   

Property, plant and equipment

   11     3,881     3,690   

Biological assets

     10     65   

Investments in associates and joint ventures

   6     2,528     2,076   

Other investments

   12     31     109   

Other receivables

   14     46     46   

Other financial assets

   15     420     292   

Deferred tax assets

   7     298     189   

Post employment benefit assets

   13     55     436   
    

 

 

   

 

 

  
      19,639     18,134  

Current assets

       

Inventories

   14     4,579     4,574   

Trade and other receivables

   14     2,686     2,435   

Assets held for sale

     3     143   

Other financial assets

   15     495     46   

Cash and cash equivalents

   16     1,089     472   
    

 

 

   

 

 

  
      8,852     7,670  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

      28,491     25,804  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities

       

Borrowings and bank overdrafts

   16     (2,058   (1,921 

Other financial liabilities

   15     (280   (156 

Trade and other payables

   14     (3,372   (2,943 

Liabilities held for sale

          (3 

Corporate tax payable

     (340   (162 

Provisions

   14     (137   (105 
    

 

 

   

 

 

  
      (6,187   (5,290

Non-current liabilities

       

Borrowings

   16     (8,071   (7,917 

Other financial liabilities

   15     (500   (443 

Other payables

   14     (70   (69 

Provisions

   14     (253   (238 

Deferred tax liabilities

   7     (1,982   (1,896 

Post employment benefit liabilities

   13     (1,248   (695 
    

 

 

   

 

 

  
      (12,124   (11,258
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

      (18,311   (16,548
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net assets

      10,180     9,256  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity

       

Share capital

   17     797     797   

Share premium

     1,347     1,346   

Other reserves

     2,625     1,994   

Retained earnings

     3,761     3,634   
    

 

 

   

 

 

  

Equity attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

      8,530     7,771  

Non-controlling interests

   17      1,650     1,485  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

      10,180     9,256  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

These consolidated financial statements were approved by a duly appointed and authorised committee of the boardBoard of directorsDirectors on 3027 July 20142016 and were signed on its behalf by Ivan Menezes and Deirdre Mahlan,Kathryn Mikells, Directors.

 

152



201


Financial statements (continued)

 

Consolidated statement of changes in equityCONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retained earnings/(deficit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share
capital
£ million

 

Share
premium
£ million

 

Capital
redemption
reserve
£ million

 

Hedging
and
exchange
reserve
£ million

 

Own
shares
£ million

 

Other
retained
earnings
£ million

 

Total
£ million

 

Equity
attributable
to parent
company
shareholders
£ million

 

Non-
controlling
interests
£ million

 

Total
equity
£ million

 

At 30 June 2011 as previously reported

 

797

 

1,343

 

3,146

 

154

 

(2,257

)

2,062

 

(195

)

5,245

 

740

 

5,985

 

Prior year adjustments (note 1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Adoption of IFRS 11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(26

)

(26

)

At 30 June 2011 as restated

 

797

 

1,343

 

3,146

 

154

 

(2,257

)

2,062

 

(195

)

5,245

 

714

 

5,959

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

(87

)

 

1,550

 

1,550

 

1,463

 

138

 

1,601

 

Share-based incentive plans

 

 

 

 

 

 

35

 

35

 

35

 

 

35

 

Share-based incentive plans in respect of associates

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

2

 

2

 

 

2

 

Tax on share-based incentive plans

 

 

 

 

 

 

29

 

29

 

29

 

 

29

 

Shares issued

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

Acquisitions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

452

 

452

 

Proceeds from non-controlling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

11

 

Change in fair value of put options

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

(6

)

(6

)

 

(6

)

Purchase of non-controlling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

(145

)

(145

)

(145

)

(10

)

(155

)

Dividends paid

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,036

)

(1,036

)

(1,036

)

(101

)

(1,137

)

At 30 June 2012 (restated)

 

797

 

1,344

 

3,146

 

67

 

(2,257

)

2,491

 

234

 

5,588

 

1,204

 

6,792

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

(59

)

 

2,606

 

2,606

 

2,547

 

134

 

2,681

 

Employee share schemes

 

 

 

 

 

25

 

(34

)

(9

)

(9

)

 

(9

)

Share-based incentive plans

 

 

 

 

 

 

45

 

45

 

45

 

 

45

 

Share-based incentive plans in respect of associates

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

2

 

2

 

 

2

 

Tax on share-based incentive plans

 

 

 

 

 

 

30

 

30

 

30

 

 

30

 

Acquisitions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(21

)

(21

)

Change in fair value of put options

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7

)

(7

)

(7

)

 

(7

)

Purchase of non-controlling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

(100

)

(100

)

(100

)

(100

)

(200

)

Dividends paid

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,125

)

(1,125

)

(1,125

)

(100

)

(1,225

)

Transfers

 

 

 

 

 

 

65

 

65

 

65

 

(65

)

 

At 30 June 2013 (restated)

 

797

 

1,344

 

3,146

 

8

 

(2,232

)

3,973

 

1,741

 

7,036

 

1,052

 

8,088

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

(911

)

 

2,025

 

2,025

 

1,114

 

(187

)

927

 

Employee share schemes

 

 

 

 

 

(48

)

(67

)

(115

)

(115

)

 

(115

)

Share-based incentive plans

 

 

 

 

 

 

37

 

37

 

37

 

 

37

 

Share-based incentive plans in respect of associates

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

3

 

3

 

 

3

 

Tax on share-based incentive plans

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

 

1

 

Shares issued

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

Acquisitions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

8

 

Change in fair value of put options

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7

)

(7

)

(7

)

 

(7

)

Purchase of non-controlling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

(19

)

(19

)

(19

)

(18

)

(37

)

Dividends paid

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,228

)

(1,228

)

(1,228

)

(88

)

(1,316

)

At 30 June 2014

 

797

 

1,345

 

3,146

 

(903

)

(2,280

)

4,718

 

2,438

 

6,823

 

767

 

7,590

 

Figures for the years ended 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012 have been restated following the adoption of IFRS 1. See notes 1 and 18 to the consolidated financial statements.

                  Retained earnings/(deficit)          
   Share
capital

£ million
   Share
premium

£ million
   Capital
redemption
reserve
£ million
   Hedging
and
exchange
reserve

£ million
  Own
shares

£ million
  Other
retained
earnings

£ million
  Total
£ million
  Equity
attributable
to parent
company
shareholders

£ million
  Non-
controlling
interests

£ million
  Total
equity

£ million
 
At 30 June 2013   797     1,344     3,146     8    (2,232  3,973    1,741    7,036    1,052    8,088  
Profit for the year                          2,248    2,248    2,248    (67  2,181  
Other comprehensive income                  (911      (223  (223  (1,134  (120  (1,254
Employee share schemes                      (48  (67  (115  (115      (115
Share-based incentive plans                          37    37    37        37  
Share-based incentive plans in respect of associates                          3    3    3        3  
Tax on share-based incentive plans                          1    1    1        1  
Shares issued        1                          1        1  
Acquisitions                                      8    8  
Change in fair value of put options                          (7  (7  (7      (7
Purchase of non-controlling interests                          (19  (19  (19  (18  (37
Dividends paid                          (1,228  (1,228  (1,228  (88  (1,316
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
At 30 June 2014   797     1,345     3,146     (903  (2,280  4,718    2,438    6,823    767    7,590  
Profit for the year                          2,381    2,381    2,381    86    2,467  
Other comprehensive income                  (249      129    129    (120  63    (57
Employee share schemes                      52    (58  (6  (6      (6
Share-based incentive plans                          35    35    35        35  
Share-based incentive plans in respect of associates                          2    2    2        2  
Tax on share-based incentive plans                          4    4    4        4  
Shares issued        1                          1        1  
Acquisitions                                      641    641  
Change in fair value of put options                          (9  (9  (9      (9
Disposal of non-controlling interests                          1    1    1        1  
Dividends paid                          (1,341  (1,341  (1,341  (72  (1,413
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
At 30 June 2015   797     1,346     3,146     (1,152  (2,228  5,862    3,634    7,771    1,485    9,256  
Profit for the year                          2,244    2,244    2,244    118    2,362  
Other comprehensive income                  631        (692  (692  (61  170    109  
Employee share schemes                      39    (38  1    1        1  
Share-based incentive plans                          29    29    29        29  
Share-based incentive plans in respect of associates                          1    1    1        1  
Tax on share-based incentive plans                          10    10    10        10  
Shares issued        1                          1        1  
Disposal of non-controlling interests                                      (24  (24
Purchase of non-controlling interests                          (18  (18  (18  (3  (21
Purchase of rights issue of non-controlling interests                          (5  (5  (5  5      
Dividends paid                          (1,443  (1,443  (1,443  (101  (1,544
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
At 30 June 2016   797     1,347     3,146     (521  (2,189  5,950    3,761    8,530    1,650    10,180  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

153



202


Financial statements (continued)

 

Consolidated statement of cash flowsCONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended 30 June 2014

 

Year ended 30 June 2013
(restated)

 

Year ended 30 June 2012
(restated)

 

 

 

Notes

 

£ million

 

£ million

 

£ million

 

£ million

 

£ million

 

£ million

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit for the year

 

 

 

2,181

 

 

 

2,550

 

 

 

2,021

 

 

 

Discontinued operations

 

 

 

83

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

Taxation

 

 

 

447

 

 

 

507

 

 

 

1,011

 

 

 

Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures

 

 

 

(252

)

 

 

(217

)

 

 

(229

)

 

 

Net finance charges

 

 

 

388

 

 

 

457

 

 

 

441

 

 

 

Non-operating items

 

 

 

(140

)

 

 

83

 

 

 

(147

)

 

 

Operating profit

 

 

 

 

 

2,707

 

 

 

3,380

 

 

 

3,108

 

Increase in inventories

 

 

 

(229

)

 

 

(268

)

 

 

(336

)

 

 

Increase in trade and other receivables

 

 

 

(276

)

 

 

(350

)

 

 

(211

)

 

 

(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables and provisions

 

 

 

(92

)

 

 

66

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

Net increase in working capital

 

 

 

 

 

(597

)

 

 

(552

)

 

 

(521

)

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

 

 

 

629

 

 

 

398

 

 

 

407

 

 

 

Dividends received

 

 

 

228

 

 

 

220

 

 

 

190

 

 

 

Post employment payments less amounts included in operating profit

 

 

 

(196

)

 

 

(487

)

 

 

(188

)

 

 

Other items

 

 

 

(80

)

 

 

45

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

581

 

 

 

176

 

 

 

408

 

Cash generated from operations

 

 

 

 

 

2,691

 

 

 

3,004

 

 

 

2,995

 

Interest received

 

 

 

143

 

 

 

130

 

 

 

158

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

 

 

(575

)

 

 

(557

)

 

 

(549

)

 

 

Taxation paid

 

 

 

(469

)

 

 

(544

)

 

 

(508

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(901

)

 

 

(971

)

 

 

(899

)

Net cash from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

1,790

 

 

 

2,033

 

 

 

2,096

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Disposal of property, plant and equipment and computer software

 

 

 

80

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment and computer software

 

 

 

(642

)

 

 

(636

)

 

 

(477

)

 

 

Movements in loans and other investments

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

Sale of businesses

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

(16

)

 

 

51

 

 

 

Acquisition of businesses

 

9

 

(536

)

 

 

(644

)

 

 

(1,420

)

 

 

Net cash outflow from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

(1,089

)

 

 

(1,241

)

 

 

(1,808

)

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issue of share capital

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

Net purchase of own shares for share schemes

 

 

 

(113

)

 

 

(11

)

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

 

 

 

(88

)

 

 

(100

)

 

 

(101

)

 

 

Proceeds from non-controlling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

Purchase of shares of non-controlling interests

 

9

 

(37

)

 

 

(200

)

 

 

(155

)

 

 

Proceeds from bonds

 

16

 

1,378

 

 

 

2,100

 

 

 

1,548

 

 

 

Repayment of bonds

 

16

 

(1,471

)

 

 

(869

)

 

 

(1,171

)

 

 

Net movements on other borrowings

 

 

 

(64

)

 

 

7

 

 

 

115

 

 

 

Equity dividends paid

 

 

 

(1,228

)

 

 

(1,125

)

 

 

(1,036

)

 

 

Net cash outflow from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

(1,622

)

 

 

(198

)

 

 

(788

)

Net (decrease)/increase in net cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

(921

)

 

 

594

 

 

 

(500

)

Exchange differences

 

 

 

 

 

(192

)

 

 

36

 

 

 

(27

)

Net cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

 

 

 

 

 

1,645

 

 

 

1,015

 

 

 

1,542

 

Net cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

 

 

 

 

 

532

 

 

 

1,645

 

 

 

1,015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash and cash equivalents consist of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

16

 

 

 

622

 

 

 

1,750

 

 

 

1,047

 

Bank overdrafts

 

16

 

 

 

(90

)

 

 

(105

)

 

 

(32

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

532

 

 

 

1,645

 

 

 

1,015

 

Figures for the years ended 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012 have been restated following the adoption of IFRS 11. See notes 1 and 18 to the consolidated financial statements.

       Year ended 30 June 2016  Year ended 30 June 2015  Year ended 30 June 2014 
   Notes   £ million  £ million  £ million  £ million  £ million  £ million 
Cash flows from operating activities         
Profit for the year     2,362     2,467     2,181   
Discontinued operations               83   
Taxation     496     466     447   
Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures     (221   (175   (252 
Net finance charges     327     412     388   
Non-operating items     (123   (373   (140 
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  
Operating profit      2,841     2,797     2,707  
Increase in inventories     (95   (204   (229 
(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables     (86   274     (276 
Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables and provisions     128     47     (92 
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  
Net (increase)/decrease in working capital      (53   117     (597
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment     473     440     629   
Dividends received     173     183     228   
Post employment payments less amounts included in operating profit     (59   (70   (196 
Other items     (15   (11   (80 
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  
      572     542     581  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Cash generated from operations      3,360     3,456     2,691  
Interest received     174     183     143   
Interest paid     (479   (599   (575 
Taxation paid     (507   (489   (469 
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  
      (812   (905   (901
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Net cash from operating activities      2,548     2,551     1,790  
Cash flows from investing activities         
Disposal of property, plant and equipment and computer software     57     52     80   
Purchase of property, plant and equipment and computer software     (506   (638   (642 
Movements in loans and other investments     (2   (2   7   
Sale of businesses   9     1,062     978     2   
Acquisition of businesses   9     (15   (1,284   (536 
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  
Net cash inflow/(outflow) from investing activities      596     (894   (1,089
Cash flows from financing activities         
Proceeds from issue of share capital     1     1     1   
Net purchase of own shares for share schemes     (1   (8   (113 
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests     (101   (72   (88 
Disposal of non-controlling interests          1        
Purchase of shares of non-controlling interests   9     (21        (37 
Proceeds from bonds   16          791     1,378   
Repayment of bonds   16     (1,003   (1,492   (1,471 
Net movements on other borrowings   16     (233   386     (64 
Equity dividends paid   17     (1,443   (1,341   (1,228 
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  
Net cash outflow from financing activities      (2,801   (1,734   (1,622
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Net increase/(decrease) in net cash and cash equivalents   16      343     (77   (921
Exchange differences      84     (73   (192
Net cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year      382     532     1,645  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Net cash and cash equivalents at end of the year      809     382     532  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
         
Net cash and cash equivalents consist of:         
Cash and cash equivalents   16      1,089     472     622  
Bank overdrafts   16      (280   (90   (90
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
      809     382     532  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

154



203


Financial statements (continued)

 

Accounting information and policies

Introduction

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

This section describes the basis of preparation of the consolidated financial statements and the group’s accounting policies that are applicable to the financial statements as a whole. Accounting policies, critical accounting estimates and judgements that are specific to a note are included in the note to which they relate. This section also explains new accounting standards, amendments and interpretations, that the group has adopted in the current financial year or will adopt in subsequent years.

1. ACCOUNTING INFORMATION AND POLICIES

(a) Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted for use in the European Union (EU) and as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). The consolidated financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis under the historical cost convention, unless stated otherwise in the relevant accounting policy.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the year. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(b) Going concern

The group has considerableconsolidated financial resources available. At 30 June 2014 the group has cash and cash equivalents of £622 million and undrawn bank facilities of £2,047 million (excludingstatements are prepared on a £1,170 million committed facility that was cancelled on completion of acquisition of a further investment in USL on 2 July 2014), with borrowings and bank overdrafts due within one year of £1,576 million. The group owns a diverse portfolio of beverage alcohol assets. With a globally diverse customer and supplier base the directors believe that the group is well positioned to manage its business and financial risks successfully.

The directors have a reasonable expectation that the group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the consolidated financial statements.basis.

(c) Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the results of the company and its subsidiaries together with the group’s attributable share of the results of associates and joint ventures. A subsidiary is an entity controlled by Diageo plc. ControlThe group controls an investee when it is the power to direct the relevant activities of the subsidiary that significantly affect the subsidiary’s return so as to haveexposed, or has rights, to the variable returnreturns from its activities.involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. Where the group has the ability to exercise joint control over an entity but has rights to specified assets and obligations for liabilities of that entity, the entity is consolidatedincluded on the basis of the group’s rights over those assets and liabilities.

(d) Foreign currencies

Items included in the financial statements of the group’s subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which each entity operates (its functional currency). The consolidated financial statements are presented in sterling, which is the functional currency of the parent company.

The income statements and cash flows of non-sterling entities are translated into sterling at weighted average rates of exchange, other than substantial transactions that are translated at the rate on the date of the transaction. Exchange differences arising on the retranslation to closing rates are taken to the exchange reserve.

Balance sheetsAssets and liabilities are translated at closing rates. Exchange differences arising on the retranslation at closing rates of the opening balance sheets of overseas entities are taken to the exchange reserve, as are exchange differences arising on foreign currency borrowings and financial instruments designated as net investment hedges, to the extent that they are effective. Tax charges and credits arising on such items are also taken to the exchange reserve. Gains and losses accumulated in the exchange reserve are recycled to the income statement when the foreign operation is sold. Other exchange differences are taken to the income statement. Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate of exchange at the date of the transaction.

 

204


Financial statements (continued)

The principal foreign exchange rates used in the translation of financial statements for the three years ended 30 June 2014,2016, expressed in US dollars and euros per £1, were as follows:

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

US dollar

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income statement*

 

1.63

 

1.57

 

1.58

 

Assets and liabilities**

 

1.71

 

1.52

 

1.57

 

Euro

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income statement*

 

1.20

 

1.21

 

1.18

 

Assets and liabilities**

 

1.25

 

1.17

 

1.24

 

                                                               
   2016   2015   2014 

US dollar

      

Income statement and cash flows(i)

   1.48     1.57     1.63  

Assets and liabilities(ii)

   1.33     1.57     1.71  

Euro

      

Income statement and cash flows(i)

   1.34     1.31     1.20  

Assets and liabilities(ii)

   1.20     1.41     1.25  

 


(i)Weighted average rates
(ii)Year end rates

*Weighted average rates

**Year end rates

The group uses foreign exchange transaction hedges to mitigate the effect of exchange rate movements. For further information see note 15.15.

155



Financial statements (continued)

(e) Critical accounting estimates and judgements

The critical accounting policies, which the directors consider are of greater complexity and/or particularly subject to the exercise of judgements, are set out in detail in the relevant notes:

 

·
Exceptional items — page 213
Taxation — page 220
Exceptional items — page 164

·Taxation — page 169

·Business combinations — page 173

·Brands, goodwill and other intangibles — page 228

Post employment benefits — page 235
Contingent liabilities and legal proceedings — page 261

Venezuela is a hyper-inflationary economy where the government maintains a regime of strict currency controls with multiple foreign currency rate systems. Access to US dollar on these exchange systems is very limited. The foreign currency denominated transactions and other intangibles — page 175

·Post employment benefits — page 181

·Contingent liabilities and legal proceedings — page 203

Inbalances of the year ended 30 June 2014 significant judgement has been made in respectgroup’s Venezuelan operations are translated into the local functional currency (VEF) at the rate they are expected to be settled, applying the most appropriate official exchange rate. For consolidation purposes, the group converts its Venezuelan operations using management’s estimate of the exchange rate usedthat capital and dividend repatriations are expected to translate the group’s Venezuelan operations.

In March 2014, the Central Bank of Venezuela opened the Second Ancillary Foreign Currency Administration System (Sicad II) that allows private and public companies to trade foreign currency at a higherbe realised. The consolidation exchange rate thanand the official exchange rate. As a result, the group has applied a consolidation rate of $1 = VEF49.98 (£1 =VEF85.47) to its Venezuelan operations for the year ended 30 June 2014. For the years ended 30 June 2013accounting treatment are monitored and 30 June 2012 a rate of $1 = VEF9 (£1 = VEF13.68; £1 = VEF14.13, respectively) was used to translate the group’s Venezuelan operations.

The impact of the change in the consolidation rate on the group’s Venezuelan operations for the year ended 30 June 2014 was as follows:

 

 

As reported at
$1 = VEF 49.98
£1= VEF 85.47
£ million

 

At
$1 = VEF 9
£1= VEF 15.39
£ million

 

Decrease
£ million

 

Net sales

 

79

 

437

 

358

 

Operating profit

 

56

 

285

 

229

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

72

 

401

 

329

 

Net assets

 

83

 

461

 

378

 

New accounting policies

The following accounting standards and amendment, issued by the IASB and endorsed by the EU, are effective for the first time in the current financial year and have been adopted by the group:

IFRS 10 — Consolidated financial statements does not change the core principle that a consolidated entity presents a parent and its subsidiaries as if they were a single entity and does not have an impact on the mechanics of the consolidation. Application of IFRS 10 has not affected the scope of the consolidation.

IFRS 11 — Joint arrangements requires joint arrangements to be accounted for as a joint operation or as a joint venturereviewed depending on the rightseconomic and obligations of each party to the arrangement. This means that for certain entities the group’s share of their sales and other financial items is no longer consolidated on a line by line basis but the group’s net share of their net income is includedregulatory developments in the line ‘Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures’. Following the adoption of IFRS 11, the group has restated its comparatives in the financial statements.country.

(f) New accounting policies

IFRS 12 — Disclosure of interests in other entities requires enhanced disclosures of the nature, risks and financial effects associated with the group’s interests in subsidiaries, associates, joint arrangements and unconsolidated structured entities. The notes to the financial statements have been amended to comply with the new standard.

IFRS 13 — Fair value measurement explains how to measure fair value and aims to enhance fair value disclosures. The standard does not materially change the measurement of fair values, and has had no impact on the group’s financial position or performance.

Amendment to IAS 19 — Employee benefits changes a number of disclosure requirements for post employment arrangements and restricts the options currently available on how to account for defined benefit pension plans. The most significant change that impacts the group is that the amendment requires the expected returns on pension plan assets, previously calculated based on management’s estimate of expected returns, to be replaced by a credit on the pension plan assets calculated at the liability discount rate. Following the adoption of the amendment to IAS 19, the group has restated its comparatives in the financial statements.

Following the adoption of the above standards and amendment to standards, comparative prior year figures have been restated. The impact on the group’s consolidated statement of comprehensive income, net assets and net cash flow are provided in note 18. Restated segmental information for the years ended 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012 is provided on pages 159-160.

156



Financial statements (continued)

The followingNo amendments to the accounting standards were issued by the IASB and endorsed byor the EU, have been adopted byInternational Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) that are first applicable to Diageo in the group from 1 July 2013 with no significant impact on its consolidated results or financial position:year ending 30 June 2016.

·Amendment to IAS 1 — Clarification of the requirements for comparative information

·Amendment to IAS 16 — Classification of servicing equipment

·IAS 27 (Revised) — Separate financial statements

·IAS 28 (Revised) — Investments in associates and joint ventures

·Amendment to IAS 32 — Tax effect of distributionFinancial Instruments: Presentation – Offsetting and cash-pooling arrangements

In April 2016 guidance was issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) to holders of equity instruments

·Amendmenthelp determine whether entities are able to offset cash-pooling balances in accordance with IAS 34 — Interim32. The group has changed its accounting policy to be in line with the interpretation, but has not restated the prior year financial reporting

·Amendment to IAS 36 — Recoverable amount disclosures for non-financial assets

·Amendment to IFRS 7 — Disclosures — Offsetting financialstatements as the amounts involved are not material. Cash and cash equivalents and borrowings and bank overdrafts as at 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2015 would have increased by £102 million and £139 million, respectively with the same impact on total assets and financial liabilities

total liabilities.

The following standards issued by the IASB (not yet endorsed by the EU) have not yet been adopted by the group:

IFRS 9 — Financial instruments(effective (effective in the year ending 30 June 2019, not yet endorsed by the EU)2019) is ultimately intended to replace IAS 39 and covers the classification, measurement and derecognition of financial instruments together with a new hedge accounting model and new impairment methodology. The

Based on a preliminary assessment the group is currently consideringbelieves that the impactadoption of IFRS 9 will not have a significant impact on its consolidated results andor financial position.

205


Financial statements (continued)

 

IFRS 15 — Revenue from contracts with customers (effective in the year ending 30 June 2018, not yet endorsed by the EU)2019) is based on the principle that revenue is recognised when control of goods or services is transferred to the customer and provides a single, principles-basedprinciples based five-step model to be applied to all sales contracts. It replaces the separate models for goods, services and construction contracts under current IFRS.

Based on a preliminary assessment ofthe group believes that the adoption of IFRS 15 the group currently believes this standard will not have noa significant impact on its consolidated results or financial position.

IFRS 16 — Leases (effective in the year ending 30 June 2020) sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both the lessee and the lessor. It eliminates the classification of leases as either operating leases or finance leases and introduces a single lessee accounting model where the lessee is required to recognise assets and liabilities for all material leases that have a term of greater than a year.

The group is currently considering the implications of IFRS 16 which is expected to have an impact on the group’s consolidated results and financial position.

There are a number of amendments to IFRS, effective for the year ending 30 June 2015,2017, which are not expected to significantly impact the group’s performanceconsolidated results or financial position.

 

157



206


Financial statements (continued)

 

Results for the year

Introduction

RESULTS FOR THE YEAR

This section explains the results and performance of the group for the three years ended 30 June 2014.2016. Disclosures are provided for segmental information, operating costs, exceptional items, finance income and charges, the group’s share of results of associates and joint ventures, taxation and discontinued operations. For associates, joint ventures and taxation, balance sheet disclosures are also provided in this section.

2. SEGMENTAL INFORMATION

Accounting policies

2. SalesSEGMENTAL INFORMATION

Accounting policies

Sales comprise revenue from the sale of goods, royalties and rents receivable. Revenue from the sale of goods includes excise and other duties which the group pays as principal but excludes amounts collected on behalf of third parties, such as value added tax. Sales are recognised depending upon individual customer terms at the time of despatch, delivery or when the risk of loss transfers. Provision is made for returns where appropriate. Sales are stated net of price discounts, allowances for customer loyalty and certain promotional activities and similar items.

Net sales are sales less excise duties. Diageo incurs excise duties throughout the world. In somethe majority of countries excise duties are based on sales and are separately identified on the face of the invoice to the external customer. In others it is effectively a production tax which is incurredbecomes payable when the spiritproduct is removed from bonded warehouses. In these countriespremises and is not directly related to the value of sales. It is generally not included as a separate item on external invoices; increases in excise duties are part of the cost of goods sold andduty are not separately identifiedalways passed on to the sales invoice.

customer and where a customer fail to pay for product received the group cannot reclaim the excise duty. The group therefore recognises excise duty as a cost to the group.

Advertising costs,, point of sale materials and sponsorship payments are charged to marketing in operating profit when the company has a right of access to the goods or services acquired.

 


Diageo is an international manufacturer and distributor of premium drinks. Diageo also owns a number of investments in associates and joint ventures as set out in note 6.

The segmental information presented is consistent with management reporting provided to the executive committee (the chief operating decision maker).

The executive committeeExecutive Committee considers the business principally from a geographical perspective based on the location of third party sales and the business analysis is presented by geographical segment.

In addition to these geographical selling segments, a further segment reviewed by the executive committeeExecutive Committee is the International Supply Centre (ISC). From 1 July 2013,, which manufactures products for other group companies and includes the majority of the group’s supply operations (formerly the Global Supply segment) have been integrated into demand markets while the supply operationsproduction sites in the United Kingdom, Ireland, Italy and Italy, which manufacture products for other group companies, are operated by the ISC. The results of the ISC segment are allocated to the geographical segments for the purpose of explaining the group’s performance. The management reporting, at budget exchange rate, for the years ended 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012 have not been restated as the integration of the non-ISC supply operations into the demand markets has not altered the externally reported net sales and operating profit before exceptional items of the geographical segments. The other segmental information in note 2(b) in respect of capital expenditures and depreciation, intangible asset amortisation and impairment for the years ended 30 June 2013 and 2012 has been restated for the change in the reporting of the ISC.

Guatemala.

Continuing operations also include the Corporate function. Corporate revenues and costs are in respect of central costs, including finance, marketing, corporate relations, human resources and legal, as well as certain information systems, facilities and employee costs that are not allocable to the geographical segments or to the ISC. They also include rents receivable and payable in respect of properties not used by the group in the manufacture, sale or distribution of premium drinks and the results of Gleneagles Hotel.Hotel (disposed on 30 June 2015).

Diageo uses shared services operations, including captive and outsourced centres, to deliver transaction processing activities for markets and operational entities. These centres are located in Hungary, Romania, Kenya, Colombia, the Philippines and China.India. The captive business service centre in Budapest also performs certain central finance activities, including elements of financial planning and reporting and treasury. The resultscosts of shared service operations are recharged to the regions.

The segmental information for net sales and operating profit before exceptional items is reported at budgeted exchange rates in line with management reporting. For management reporting purposes the group measures the current year at, and restates the prior year net sales and operating profit to, the current year’s budgeted exchange rates. These exchange rates are set prior to the financial year as part of the financial planning process and provide a consistent exchange rate to measure the performance of the business throughout the year. The adjustments required to retranslate the segmental information to actual exchange rates and to reconcile it to the group’s reported results are shown in the tables below.following tables. The comparative segmental information, prior to retranslation, has not been restated at the current year’s budgeted exchange rates but is presented at the budgeted rates for the respective years.

 

207


Financial statements (continued)

In addition, for management reporting purposes Diageo presents separately the resultresults of acquisitions and disposals completed in the current and prior year from the results of the geographical segments. The impact of acquisitions and disposals on net sales and operating profit is disclosed under the appropriate geographical segments in the following tables below at budgeted exchange rates.

158



Financial statements (continued)

(a) Segmental information for the consolidated income statement continuing operations

 

 

 

North
America
£ million

 

Western
Europe
£ million

 

Africa,
Eastern
Europe

and Turkey
£ million

 

Latin
America
and
Caribbean
£ million

 

Asia
Pacific
£ million

 

ISC
£ million

 

Eliminate
inter-
segment
sales
£ million

 

Total
operating
segments
£ million

 

Corporate
and other
£ million

 

Total
£ million

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

3,915

 

3,644

 

3,137

 

1,404

 

1,801

 

1,504

 

(1,504

)

13,901

 

79

 

13,980

 

Net sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At budgeted exchange rates*

 

3,563

 

2,099

 

2,231

 

1,311

 

1,446

 

1,595

 

(1,504

)

10,741

 

79

 

10,820

 

Acquisitions and disposals

 

44

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

47

 

 

47

 

ISC allocation

 

12

 

50

 

11

 

10

 

8

 

(91

)

 

 

 

 

Retranslation to actual exchange rates

 

(175

)

17

 

(167

)

(177

)

(107

)

 

 

(609

)

 

(609

)

Net sales

 

3,444

 

2,169

 

2,075

 

1,144

 

1,347

 

1,504

 

(1,504

)

10,179

 

79

 

10,258

 

Operating profit/(loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At budgeted exchange rates*

 

1,535

 

585

 

619

 

397

 

333

 

84

 

 

3,553

 

(128

)

3,425

 

Acquisitions and disposals

 

(12

)

(1

)

(2

)

 

(19

)

 

 

(34

)

(2

)

(36

)

ISC allocation

 

11

 

46

 

10

 

9

 

8

 

(84

)

 

 

 

 

Retranslation to actual exchange rates

 

(74

)

9

 

(73

)

(78

)

(39

)

 

 

(255

)

 

(255

)

Operating profit/(loss) before exceptional items

 

1,460

 

639

 

554

 

328

 

283

 

 

 

3,264

 

(130

)

3,134

 

Exceptional items

 

(35

)

(20

)

(23

)

(14

)

(276

)

(47

)

 

(415

)

(12

)

(427

)

Operating profit/(loss)

 

1,425

 

619

 

531

 

314

 

7

 

(47

)

 

2,849

 

(142

)

2,707

 

Non-operating items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

140

 

Net finance charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(388

)

Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Moët Hennessy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

246

 

- Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

Profit before taxation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,711

 

 

North
America
£ million

 

Western
Europe

£ million

 

Africa,
Eastern
Europe and
Turkey

£ million

 

Latin
America
and
Caribbean
£ million

 

Asia
Pacific
£ million

 

Global
Supply
£ million

 

Eliminate
inter-
segment
sales
£ million

 

Total
operating
segments

£ million

 

Corporate
and other
£ million

 

Total
£ million

 

2013 (restated)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  North
America

£ million
 Europe,
Russia and
Turkey

£ million
 Africa
£ million
 Latin
America
and
Caribbean

£ million
 Asia
Pacific

£ million
 ISC
£ million
 Eliminate
inter-
segment
sales

£ million
 Total
operating
segments

£ million
 Corporate
and other

£ million
 Total
£ million
 
2016           

Sales

 

4,262

 

3,669

 

3,419

 

1,741

 

2,109

 

2,648

 

(2,648

)

15,200

 

76

 

15,276

 

   4,037    4,593    1,875    1,078    4,022    1,355    (1,355  15,605    36    15,641  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

           

At budgeted exchange rates*

 

3,707

 

2,207

 

2,249

 

1,416

 

1,480

 

2,754

 

(2,667

)

11,146

 

76

 

11,222

 

At budgeted exchange rates(i)   3,282    2,481    1,286    901    2,114    1,452    (1,373  10,143    38    10,181  

Acquisitions and disposals

 

 

1

 

62

 

66

 

119

 

 

 

248

 

 

248

 

   106    75    74    59    9            323        323  

Global Supply allocation

 

36

 

27

 

7

 

11

 

6

 

(87

)

 

 

 

 

ISC allocation   10    50    4    8    7    (79                

Retranslation to actual exchange rates

 

(20

)

(32

)

(42

)

(40

)

(33

)

(19

)

19

 

(167

)

 

(167

)

   167    (62  37    (105  (54  (18  18    (17  (2  (19
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net sales

 

3,723

 

2,203

 

2,276

 

1,453

 

1,572

 

2,648

 

(2,648

)

11,227

 

76

 

11,303

 

   3,565    2,544    1,401    863    2,076    1,355    (1,355  10,449    36    10,485  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Operating profit/(loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

           

At budgeted exchange rates*

 

1,445

 

631

 

651

 

480

 

369

 

82

 

 

3,658

 

(154

)

3,504

 

At budgeted exchange rates(i)   1,459    738    212    221    399    112        3,141    (149  2,992  

Acquisitions and disposals

 

 

 

17

 

 

22

 

 

 

39

 

 

39

 

   24    7    (8  13    1            37        37  

Global Supply allocation

 

46

 

26

 

7

 

 

3

 

(82

)

 

 

 

 

ISC allocation   14    70    6    11    11    (112                

Retranslation to actual exchange rates

 

(13

)

(7

)

(22

)

(12

)

(13

)

 

 

(67

)

3

 

(64

)

   54    (14  2    (46  (16          (20  (1  (21
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Operating profit/(loss) before exceptional items

 

1,478

 

650

 

653

 

468

 

381

 

 

 

3,630

 

(151

)

3,479

 

   1,551    801    212    199    395            3,158    (150  3,008  

Exceptional items

 

 

(31

)

(5

)

 

(1

)

(62

)

 

(99

)

 

(99

)

               (118  (49          (167      (167
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Operating profit/(loss)

 

1,478

 

619

 

648

 

468

 

380

 

(62

)

 

3,531

 

(151

)

3,380

 

   1,551    801    212    81    346            2,991    (150  2,841  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Non-operating items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(83

)

            123  

Net finance charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(457

)

            (327

Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

           

– Moët Hennessy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

230

 

– Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(13

)

- Moët Hennessy            217  
- Other            4  
           

 

 

Profit before taxation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,057

 

            2,858  
           

 

 
  North
America

£ million
 Europe,
Russia and
Turkey

£ million
 Africa
£ million
 Latin
America
and
Caribbean

£ million
 Asia
Pacific

£ million
 ISC
£ million
 Eliminate
inter-
segment
sales

£ million
 Total
operating
segments

£ million
 Corporate
and other

£ million
 Total
£ million
 
2015           
Sales   3,909   4,683   1,868   1,297   4,129   1,381   (1,381 15,886   80   15,966  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
Net sales           
At budgeted exchange rates(i)   3,462   2,666   1,457   1,105   1,291   1,485   (1,413 10,053   82   10,135  
Acquisitions and disposals   25   34   1   26   903           989       989  
ISC allocation   9   44   4   8   7   (72                
Retranslation to actual exchange rates   (41 (127 (47 (106 12   (32 32   (309 (2 (311
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
Net sales   3,455   2,617   1,415   1,033   2,213   1,381   (1,381 10,733   80   10,813  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
Operating profit/(loss)           
At budgeted exchange rates(i)   1,477   779   329   314   303   75       3,277   (136 3,141  
Acquisitions and disposals   (3 12       1   49   1       60   4   64  
ISC allocation   10   47   4   8   7   (76                
Retranslation to actual exchange rates   (36 (34 (15 (60 (3         (148 9   (139
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
Operating profit/(loss) before exceptional items   1,448   804   318   263   356           3,189   (123 3,066  
Exceptional items   (28 (20 (7 (5 (193 (6     (259 (10 (269
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
Operating profit/(loss)   1,420   784   311   258   163   (6     2,930   (133 2,797  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  
Non-operating items           373  
Net finance charges           (412
Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures           
- Moët Hennessy           164  
- Other           11  
           

 

 
Profit before taxation           2,933  
           

 

 

 

159



208


Financial statements (continued)

 

 

North
America
£ million

 

Western
Europe

£ million

 

Africa,
Eastern
Europe and
Turkey

£ million

 

Latin
America
and
Caribbean
£ million

 

Asia
Pacific
£ million

 

Global
Supply
£ million

 

Eliminate
inter-
segment
sales
£ million

 

Total
operating
segments
£ million

 

Corporate
and other
£ million

 

Total
£ million

 

2012 (restated)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  North
America

£ million
 Europe,
Russia and
Turkey

£ million
 Africa
£ million
 Latin
America
and
Caribbean

£ million
 Asia
Pacific

£ million
 ISC
£ million
 Eliminate
inter-
segment
sales

£ million
 Total
operating
segments

£ million
 Corporate
and other

£ million
 Total
£ million
 
2014           

Sales

 

4,085

 

3,820

 

2,998

 

1,488

 

1,931

 

2,652

 

(2,652

)

14,322

 

70

 

14,392

 

   3,915   4,935   1,846   1,404   1,801   1,504   (1,504 13,901   79   13,980  

Net sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

           

At budgeted exchange rates*

 

3,539

 

2,330

 

1,762

 

1,242

 

1,358

 

2,766

 

(2,665

)

10,332

 

70

 

10,402

 

At budgeted exchange rates(i)   3,563   2,824   1,506   1,311   1,446   1,595   (1,504 10,741   79   10,820  

Acquisitions and disposals

 

1

 

3

 

366

 

 

 

 

 

370

 

 

370

 

   44   3                       47       47  

Global Supply allocation

 

52

 

28

 

5

 

8

 

8

 

(101

)

 

 

 

 

ISC allocation   12   56   5   10   8   (91                

Retranslation to actual exchange rates

 

(45

)

(30

)

(85

)

(14

)

41

 

(13

)

13

 

(133

)

 

(133

)

   (175 (69 (81 (177 (107         (609     (609
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net sales

 

3,547

 

2,331

 

2,048

 

1,236

 

1,407

 

2,652

 

(2,652

)

10,569

 

70

 

10,639

 

   3,444   2,814   1,430   1,144   1,347   1,504   (1,504 10,179   79   10,258  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Operating profit/(loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

           

At budgeted exchange rates*

 

1,303

 

653

 

484

 

386

 

317

 

148

 

 

3,291

 

(143

)

3,148

 

At budgeted exchange rates(i)   1,535   838   366   397   333   84       3,553   (128 3,425  

Acquisitions and disposals

 

 

 

116

 

(8

)

(19

)

 

 

89

 

(19

)

70

 

   (12 (3         (19         (34 (2 (36

Global Supply allocation

 

69

 

59

 

8

 

5

 

7

 

(148

)

 

 

 

 

ISC allocation   11   52   4   9   8   (84                

Retranslation to actual exchange rates

 

(20

)

 

(34

)

(15

)

4

 

 

 

(65

)

(5

)

(70

)

   (74 (34 (30 (78 (39         (255     (255
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Operating profit/(loss) before exceptional items

 

1,352

 

712

 

574

 

368

 

309

 

 

 

3,315

 

(167

)

3,148

 

   1,460   853   340   328   283           3,264   (130 3,134  

Exceptional items

 

(11

)

43

 

(7

)

(2

)

(10

)

(40

)

 

(27

)

(13

)

(40

)

   (35 (20 (23 (14 (276 (47     (415 (12 (427
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Operating profit/(loss)

 

1,341

 

755

 

567

 

366

 

299

 

(40

)

 

3,288

 

(180

)

3,108

 

   1,425   833   317   314   7   (47     2,849   (142 2,707  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Non-operating items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

147

 

           140  

Net finance charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(441

)

           (388

Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

           

– Moët Hennessy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

205

 

– Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24

 

- Moët Hennessy           246  
- Other           6  
           

 

 

Profit before taxation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,043

 

           2,711  
           

 

 

 

(i)These items represent the IFRS 8 performance measures for the geographical and ISC segments.
(1)The net sales figures for ISC reported to the Executive Committee primarily comprise inter-segment sales and these are eliminated in a separate column in the above segmental analysis. Apart from sales by the ISC segment to the other operating segments, inter-segmental sales are not material.
(2)The group’s net finance charges are managed centrally and are not attributable to individual operating segments.
(3)Approximately 40% of annual net sales occur in the last four months of each calendar year.

209


*These items represent the IFRS 8 performance measures for the geographical and ISC/Global Supply segments.Financial statements (continued)

 

(i)The net sales figures for ISC/Global Supply reported to the executive committee primarily comprise inter-segment sales and these are eliminated in a separate column in the above segmental analysis. Apart from sales by the ISC/Global Supply segment to the other operating segments, inter-segmental sales are not material.

(ii)The group’s net finance charges are managed centrally and are not attributable to individual operating segments.

(iii)Approximately 40% of annual net sales occur in the last four months of each calendar year.

160



Financial statements (continued)

(b) Other segmental information

 

 

North
America
£ million

 

Western
Europe

£ million

 

Africa,
Eastern
Europe and
Turkey

£ million

 

Latin
America
and
Caribbean
£ million

 

Asia
Pacific
£ million

 

ISC
£ million

 

Corporate
and other
£ million

 

Total
£ million

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditure

 

65

 

16

 

166

 

39

 

25

 

280

 

51

 

642

 

Depreciation and intangible asset amortisation

 

(40

)

(14

)

(102

)

(12

)

(19

)

(100

)

(57

)

(344

)

Exceptional accelerated depreciation and impairment

 

(2

)

 

 

 

(4

)

(18

)

(1

)

(25

)

Exceptional impairment of intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

(260

)

 

 

(260

)

2013 (restated)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditure

 

76

 

13

 

192

 

20

 

42

 

226

 

67

 

636

 

Depreciation, intangible asset amortisation and impairment

 

(37

)

(15

)

(102

)

(13

)

(20

)

(89

)

(49

)

(325

)

Exceptional accelerated depreciation

 

(4

)

 

 

 

 

(19

)

 

(23

)

Exceptional impairment of intangible assets

 

 

(50

)

 

 

 

 

 

(50

)

2012 (restated)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditure

 

61

 

12

 

143

 

20

 

18

 

145

 

78

 

477

 

Depreciation and intangible asset amortisation

 

(46

)

(15

)

(90

)

(11

)

(20

)

(89

)

(48

)

(319

)

Exceptional accelerated depreciation

 

(11

)

 

 

 

 

(18

)

 

(29

)

Exceptional impairment of intangible assets

 

 

(59

)

 

 

 

 

 

(59

)

 

   North
America

£ million
  Europe,
Russia and
Turkey

£ million
  Africa
£ million
  Latin
America
and
Caribbean

£ million
  Asia
Pacific

£ million
  ISC
£ million
  Corporate
and other

£ million
  Total
£ million
 

2016

         

Capital expenditure

   105    29    107    20    52    150    43    506  

Depreciation and intangible asset amortisation

   (39  (21  (83  (10  (35  (106  (61  (355

Exceptional accelerated depreciation and impairment

               (14      (8      (22

Exceptional impairment of intangible assets

               (104              (104

2015

         

Capital expenditure

   95    34    140    53    42    233    41    638  

Depreciation and intangible asset amortisation

   (38  (24  (93  (15  (37  (102  (62  (371

Exceptional accelerated depreciation and impairment

   (22          (1              (23

Exceptional impairment of associate

                   (41          (41

Exceptional accelerated amortisation

                           (5  (5

2014

         

Capital expenditure

   65    28    154    39    25    280    51    642  

Depreciation and intangible asset amortisation

   (40  (24  (92  (12  (19  (100  (57  (344

Exceptional accelerated depreciation and impairment

   (2              (4  (18  (1  (25

Exceptional impairment of intangible assets

                   (260          (260

(c) Category and geographicgeographical analysis

   Category analysis   Geographical analysis 
   Spirits
£ million
   Beer
£ million
   Wine
£ million
   Ready to
drink
£ million
   Other
£ million
   Total
£ million
   Great
Britain

£ million
   United
States

£ million
   Nether-
lands

£ million
   India
£ million
   Rest of
World
£ million
   Total
£ million
 

2016

                        

Sales(i)

   11,993     2,486     265     726     171     15,641     1,672     3,729     56     2,465     7,719     15,641  

Non-current assets(ii),(iii)

                                 1,679     3,859     2,350     3,764     7,224     18,876  

2015

                        

Sales(i)

   12,052     2,562     479     703     170     15,966     1,765     3,592     54     2,463     8,092     15,966  

Non-current assets(ii),(iii)

                                 1,654     3,340     2,196     3,439     6,588     17,217  

2014

                        

Sales(i)

   9,941     2,581     468     817     173     13,980     1,735     3,568     65     86     8,526     13,980  

Non-current assets(ii),(iii)

                                 1,625     3,097     2,100     802     7,124     14,748  

 

 

 

 

Category analysis

 

Geographic analysis

 

 

 

Spirits
£ million

 

Beer
£ million

 

Wine
£ million

 

Ready to
drink
£ million

 

Other
£ million

 

Total
£ million

 

Great
Britain
£ million

 

United
States
£ million

 

Nether-
lands
£ million

 

Rest of
World
£ million

 

Total
£ million

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales (i)

 

9,941

 

2,581

 

468

 

817

 

173

 

13,980

 

1,735

 

3,568

 

65

 

8,612

 

13,980

 

Non-current assets (ii), (iii)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,625

 

3,097

 

2,100

 

7,926

 

14,748

 

2013 (restated)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales (i)

 

10,957

 

2,776

 

503

 

902

 

138

 

15,276

 

1,718

 

3,939

 

65

 

9,554

 

15,276

 

Non-current assets (ii), (iii)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,514

 

3,420

 

2,255

 

8,345

 

15,534

 

2012 (restated)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales (i)

 

10,046

 

2,752

 

507

 

934

 

153

 

14,392

 

1,640

 

3,790

 

57

 

8,905

 

14,392

 

Non-current assets (ii), (iii)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,393

 

3,288

 

2,228

 

7,330

 

14,239

 

(i)The geographical analysis of sales is based on the location of third party customers.
(ii)The geographical analysis of non-current assets is based on the geographical location of the assets and comprises intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, biological assets, investments in associates and joint ventures, other investments and non-current other receivables.
(iii)The management information provided to the chief operating decision maker does not include an analysis of assets and liabilities by category and therefore is not disclosed.

 


(i)The geographical analysis of sales is based on the location of third party customers.210

(ii)The geographical analysis of non-current assets is based on the geographical location of the assets and comprises intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, biological assets, investments in associates and joint ventures, other investments and non-current other receivables.


Financial statements (continued)

(iii)The management information provided to the chief operating decision maker does not include an analysis of assets and liabilities by category and therefore is not disclosed.

 

161



Financial statements (continued)

3. OPERATING COSTS

 

                                                               

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
(restated)
£ million

 

2012
(restated)
£ million

 

  2016
£ million
 2015
£ million
 2014
£ million
 

Excise duties

 

3,722

 

3,973

 

3,753

 

   5,156   5,153   3,722  

Cost of sales

 

4,029

 

4,416

 

4,208

 

   4,251   4,610   4,029  

Marketing

 

1,620

 

1,769

 

1,671

 

   1,562   1,629   1,620  

Other operating expenses

 

1,902

 

1,738

 

1,652

 

   1,831   1,777   1,902  

 

11,273

 

11,896

 

11,284

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
   12,800   13,169   11,273  
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Comprising:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Excise duties – Great Britain

 

863

 

861

 

863

 

   853   862   863  

– United States

 

467

 

534

 

533

 

   468   450   467  

– India

   1,588   1,472   33  

– Other

 

2,392

 

2,578

 

2,357

 

   2,247   2,369   2,359  

Increase in inventories

 

(291

)

(228

)

(431

)

   (100 (200 (291

Raw materials and consumables

 

1,804

 

2,404

 

2,473

 

   2,548   2,725   2,327  

Marketing

 

1,620

 

1,769

 

1,671

 

   1,562   1,629   1,620  

Other external charges (a)

 

2,333

 

2,192

 

2,226

 

Staff costs (d)

 

1,479

 

1,403

 

1,226

 

Other external charges

   1,767   2,017   1,810  

Staff costs

   1,475   1,433   1,479  

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

 

629

 

398

 

407

 

   473   440   629  

Gains on disposal of properties

 

(25

)

(1

)

(19

)

   (39 (26 (25

Net foreign exchange losses/(gains)

 

12

 

(1

)

7

 

Other operating income

 

(10

)

(13

)

(29

)

Net foreign exchange losses

   1   13   12  

Other operating income(i)

   (43 (15 (10

 

11,273

 

11,896

 

11,284

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
   12,800   13,169   11,273  
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(i)On 7 July 2015, Diageo sold 8.5 million shares in United Breweries Limited resulting in a gain of £28 million.

(a) Other external charges

Other external charges include operating lease rentals for plant and equipment of £30£29 million (2013(2015£27£29 million; 20122014£22£30 million), other operating lease rentals (mainly properties) of £85£72 million (2013(2015£93£87 million; 20122014£92£85 million), research and development expenditure in respect of new drinks products and package design in the year leading up to product launch of £24£28 million (2013(2015£21£26 million; 20122014£18£24 million) and maintenance and repairs of £72£91 million (2013(2015£88£95 million; 20122014£89£72 million).

(b) Exceptional operating items

Included in the table above are exceptional operating items as follows:

 

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
£ million

 

2012
£ million

 

Other external charges

 

31

 

10

 

40

 

Staff costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Pension changes - past service credits (note 4)

 

 

(20

)

(115

)

– Net charge in respect of restructuring programmes

 

111

 

36

 

27

 

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Accelerated depreciation

 

21

 

23

 

29

 

– Brand and tangible asset impairment

 

264

 

50

 

59

 

Total exceptional operating costs

 

427

 

99

 

40

 

Cost of sales

 

23

 

27

 

31

 

Other operating expenses

 

404

 

72

 

9

 

Total exceptional operating costs

 

427

 

99

 

40

 

162



Financial statements (continued)

(c) Auditor fees

Other external charges include the fees of the principal auditor of the group, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and its affiliates (PwC) are analysed below.

PwC was appointed as the group’s principal auditor for the year ended 30 June 2016. Accordingly, comparative figures in the table below for the years ended 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2014 are in respect of remuneration paid to the previous principal auditor of the group, KPMG LLP and its affiliates:affiliates (KPMG).

 

 

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
£ million

 

2012
£ million

 

Audit fees of these financial statements

 

3.4

 

3.5

 

3.1

 

Audit of financial statements of subsidiaries

 

2.3

 

2.4

 

2.7

 

Audit related assurance services (i)

 

1.6

 

1.6

 

1.6

 

Total audit fees (Audit fees)

 

7.3

 

7.5

 

7.4

 

Other services relevant to taxation (Tax fees) (ii)

 

0.6

 

1.1

 

1.1

 

Other assurance services (Audit related fees) (iii)

 

0.7

 

0.5

 

1.0

 

All other non-audit fees (All other fees) (iv)

 

0.4

 

1.1

 

1.9

 

 

 

9.0

 

10.2

 

11.4

 

                                                               
   2016
£ million
   2015
£ million
   2014
£ million
 

Audit of these financial statements

   3.4     3.6     3.4  

Audit of financial statements of subsidiaries

   2.3     2.7     2.3  

Audit related assurance services(i)

   1.4     1.6     1.6  

Total audit fees (Audit fees)

   7.1     7.9     7.3  

Other services relevant to taxation (Tax fees)(ii)

   0.5     0.8     0.6  

Other assurance services (Audit related fees)(iii)

   0.4     0.6     0.7  

All other non-audit fees (All other fees)(iv)

   0.9     0.7     0.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   8.9     10.0     9.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 


(i)

Audit related assurance services are principally in respect of reporting under section 404 of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the review of the interim financial information.

(ii)

211


Financial statements (continued)

 

(ii)

Other services relevant to taxation principally comprise tax advice in respect of transactions.

advice.

(iii)

Other assurance services comprise the aggregate fees for assurance and related services that are related to the performance of the audit or review of the financial statements and are not reported under ‘total audit fees’.

(iv)

All other non-audit fees are principally in respect of immigration and advisory and other services in respect of acquisitions and disposals.

services.

(v)

(1)

Disclosure requirements for auditor fees in the United States are different from those required in the United Kingdom. The terminology by category required in the United States is disclosed in brackets in the above table. All figures are the same for the disclosures in the United Kingdom and the United States apart from £0.4£0.3 million (2013 – £0.4 million; 2012 – £0.3 million) of the costs for the year ended 2016 provided by PwC (£0.4 million for both of the years ended 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2014, respectively provided by KPMG) in respect of the review of the half year resultsinterim financial information which would be included in audit related fees in the United States rather than audit fees.

Audit services provided by KPMG for the year ended 30 June 2016 were £0.6 million. Audit services by firms other than PwC and KPMG LLPfor the year ended 30 June 2016, and its affiliatesother than KPMG for the comparative periods were not material in any of the years presented. KPMG LLP and its affiliates’material. PwC fees for audit services in respect of employee pension plans were £0.2 million for the year ended 30 June 2016. In the years ended 30 June 2015 and 2014 the KPMG fees for audit services in respect of employee pension plans were £0.4 million and £0.3 million, (2013 – £0.4 million; 2012 – £0.4 million).respectively.

(d)(c) Staff costs and average number of employees

 

 

 

2014
£ million 

 

2013
(restated)
£ million 

 

2012
(restated)
£ million

 

Aggregate remuneration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wages and salaries

 

1,242

 

1,148

 

1,088

 

Share-based incentive plans

 

38

 

46

 

36

 

Employer’s social security

 

92

 

92

 

89

 

Employer’s pension

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- defined benefit plans

 

91

 

97

 

(5

)

- defined contribution plans

 

15

 

13

 

13

 

Other post employment plans

 

1

 

7

 

5

 

 

 

1,479

 

1,403

 

1,226

 

                                                               
   2016
£ million
   2015
£ million
   2014
£ million
 

Aggregate remuneration

      

Wages and salaries

   1,236     1,180     1,242  

Share-based incentive plans

   28     36     38  

Employer’s social security

   85     88     92  

Employer’s pension

      

- defined benefit plans

   99     103     91  

- defined contribution plans

   16     15     15  

Other post employment plans

   11     11     1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   1,475     1,433     1,479  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The average number of employees on a full time equivalent basis (excluding employees of associates and joint ventures) was as follows:

 

                                                               
   2016   2015   2014(i) 

North America

   2,477     2,748     3,120  

Europe, Russia and Turkey

   4,164     4,073     4,056  

Africa

   5,381     4,997     5,252  

Latin America and Caribbean

   3,013     3,166     3,002  

Asia Pacific

   9,711     10,520     3,985  

ISC

   4,188     4,291     4,431  

Corporate and other

   3,144     3,567     3,509  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   32,078     33,362     27,355  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014 

 

2013
(restated)*

 

2012
(restated)*

 

North America

 

3,120

 

3,129

 

3,127

 

Western Europe

 

2,331

 

2,335

 

2,290

 

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

 

6,977

 

7,240

 

6,638

 

Latin America and Caribbean

 

3,002

 

3,031

 

2,175

 

Asia Pacific

 

3,985

 

4,075

 

2,749

 

ISC

 

4,431

 

4,878

 

5,190

 

Corporate and other

 

3,509

 

3,311

 

3,133

 

 

 

27,355

 

27,999

 

25,302

 

163



Financial statements (continued)


* From 1 July 2013, the group adopted IFRS 11 and the responsibility for a number of local supply operations was transferred to the markets. As a result comparative years have been restated. Employees of corporate functions whose costs are charged to the operating segments, such as those in shared service operations, are included in ‘Corporate and other’ in the table above.

(i)Employees of corporate functions whose costs are charged to the operating segments are included in Corporate.

At 30 June 20142016 the group had, on a full time equivalent basis, 26,588 (201331,485 (201528,056; 201232,409; 201427,077)26,588) employees. The average number of employees of the group, including part time employees, for the year was 27,958 (201332,969 (201528,545; 201234,179; 201426,090)27,958).

 

212


Financial statements (continued)

(d) Exceptional operating items

Included in the table above are exceptional operating items as follows:

                                                               
   2016
£ million
   2015
£ million
   2014
£ million
 

Other external charges

   49     170     31  

Staff costs

      

- Net charge in respect of restructuring programmes

        30     111  

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

      

- Brand, goodwill and tangible asset impairment

   118          264  

- Accelerated depreciation and amortisation

        28     21  

- Associate impairment

        41       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total exceptional operating costs (note 4)

   167     269     427  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of sales

        25     23  

Other operating expenses

   167     244     404  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total exceptional operating costs (note 4)

   167     269     427  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

4. EXCEPTIONAL ITEMS

Accounting policies

IAS 1 (Revised) – Presentation of financial statements requires material items of income and expense to be disclosed separately.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

Exceptional items are those that in management’s judgement need to be disclosed by virtue of their size or incidence.nature. Such items are included within the income statement caption to which they relate, and are separately disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.


 

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
£ million

 

2012
£ million

 

Items included in operating profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Global efficiency programme (a)

 

(98

)

 

 

Supply excellence review (b)

 

(35

)

(25

)

 

Irish brewing operations (c)

 

(30

)

(36

)

(11

)

Global Supply operations (d)

 

 

(8

)

(16

)

Operating model review (e)

 

 

 

(69

)

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brand and tangible asset impairment (f)

 

(264

)

(50

)

(59

)

Pension changes — past service credits (g)

 

 

20

 

115

 

 

 

(427

)

(99

)

(40

)

Non-operating items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Step ups

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United Spirits Limited (h)

 

140

 

 

 

SJF Holdco and Shuijingfang (i)

 

 

 

124

 

Sale of businesses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nuvo (j)

 

 

(83

)

 

Tanzania Breweries Limited (k)

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

140

 

(83

)

147

 

Exceptional items before taxation

 

(287

)

(182

)

107

 

Items included in taxation (note 7)

 

99

 

55

 

(505

)

Exceptional items in continuing operations

 

(188

)

(127

)

(398

)

Discontinued operations net of taxation (note 8)

 

(83

)

 

(11

)

Total exceptional items

 

(271

)

(127

)

(409

)

Attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity shareholders of the parent company

 

(146

)

 

 

 

 

Non-controlling interests

 

(125

)

 

 

 

 

Total exceptional items

 

(271

)

 

 

 

 

Non-operating items

164



Financial statements (continued)


(a) On 30 January 2014 Diageo announced its plan to restructureGains and losses on the organisationsale of businesses, brands or distribution rights, step up gains and deliver further operating efficiencies. This is in line with the principles implemented by the operating model review announced in 2011, includes reorganisation of teams in the markets working with regionslosses that arise when an investment becomes an associate or an associate becomes a subsidiary and global functions, reconfiguration of procurement, logistics and shared services and transformation of information services. Total exceptional operating charges in the two years ended 30 June 2015other material, unusual non recurring items, that are not in respect of the programmeproduction, marketing and distribution of premium drinks, are expecteddisclosed as non-operating exceptional items below operating profit in the consolidated income statement. It is believed that such classification further helps investors to amount to approximately £200 million. The charge forunderstand the year ended 30 June 2014 is principally in respectperformance of redundancies in all regions.the group.

 

(b) In March 2013 the group announced that its Global Supply and procurement operation will be refocused to enhance alignment between supply operations and Diageo’s markets. This is a continuation of the principles implemented by the operating model review announced in 2011. In addition, a number of initiatives were launched to consolidate and streamline the supply operations to create greater operating efficiencies. Total exceptional operating charges in the three years ending 30 June 2015 in respect of the programme are estimated to be approximately £100 million. The charge for the year ended 30 June 2014 is principally in respect of redundancies and project costs in the United Kingdom, North America and Africa (2013 — redundancies in the United Kingdom, North America and Africa).213


Financial statements (continued)

                                                               
   2016
£ million
  2015
£ million
  2014
£ million
 

Items included in operating profit

    

Brand, goodwill and tangible asset impairment (a)

   (118      (264

Disengagement agreements relating to United Spirits Limited (b)

   (49        

Korea settlement (c)

       (146    

Associate impairment (d)

       (41    

Restructuring programmes (e)

       (82  (163
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   (167  (269  (427
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-operating items

    

Sale of businesses

    

Jamaica, Singapore and Malaysia beer interests (f)

   457          

Wines in the United States and Percy Fox (g)

   (191        

Argentina (h)

   (38        

South African associate interests (i)

   (27        

Kenya – glass business (CGI) (j)

   14          

Gleneagles Hotel (k)

       73      

Bushmills (l)

       174      

Step ups

    

United Spirits Limited (m)

       103    140  

Don Julio (l)

       63      

South Africa (n)

       (10    

Other

    

Provision for a receivable related to a loan guarantee (o)

   (92        

Guarantee (o)

       (30    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   123    373    140  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Exceptional items before taxation

   (44  104    (287

Items included in taxation (note 7)

   56    51    99  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Exceptional items in continuing operations

   12    155    (188

Discontinued operations net of taxation (note 8)

           (83
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total exceptional items

   12    155    (271
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Attributable to:

    

Equity shareholders of the parent company

   2    156    (146

Non-controlling interests

   10    (1  (125
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total exceptional items

   12    155    (271
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

214


Financial statements (continued)

 

(c) The group has centralised its brewing activities in Ireland at one site. This resulted in the closure of the breweries and associated activities at Dundalk, Kilkenny and Waterford. The exceptional charge for the year ended 30 June 2014 is principally in respect of redundancy related charges and accelerated depreciation (2013 — redundancy related charges and accelerated depreciation; 2012 — accelerated depreciation). The programme is expected to be completed in the year ending 30 June 2015.

(d)(a) In the year ended 30 June 2010 the group announced a number of initiatives to consolidate and streamline the Global Supply spirits operations in the United Kingdom and North America in order to create greater operating efficiencies. This included the consolidation of distilling, packaging and warehousing activities into fewer sites and resulted in the closure of a distillery, two cooperages and a warehouse in Scotland. The packaging plant at Kilmarnock closed in 2012. It also included the closure of the Dorval bottling plant in Quebec, Canada and the restructuring of the Daventry distribution centre and the closure of the Menlo Park bottling plant in California and the specialty product building at the Relay plant in Maryland. The costs were primarily2016, an impairment charge in respect of redundancies, additional depreciationthe Ypióca brand and site decommissioning costs.

(e) In the year ended 30 June 2011 the group reviewed its operating model across its businessesrelated tangible fixed assets and commenced a restructuring programme. The main objective of the programme was to improve the effectiveness and productivity of its operations and to deploy resources closergoodwill allocated to the marketParaguay, Uruguay and Brazil (PUB) cash-generating unit of £62 million, £14 million and £42 million, respectively, was charged to other operating expenses. Forecast cash flow assumptions have been reduced principally due to a challenging economic environment in those geographical regions where the potential for growth is greatest. This review resultedBrazil and significant adverse changes in changes to the group’s regional structure and the way it organises its central functions. The charges were principally in respect of staff redundancies, early termination of contracts and lease costs primarily in the United Kingdom, Ireland and the United States.local tax regulation.

(f) In the year ended 30 June 2014, an exceptional impairment loss of £260 million (2013 – £nil) in respect of the Shui Jing Fang brand and £4 million (2013 – £nil) in respect of fixed assets was charged to other operating expenses. For further details see

(b) On 25 February 2016 the group incurred an exceptional operating charge of £49 million including a $75 million (£53 million) payment to Dr Vijay Mallya over a five year period in consideration for (i) his resignation and the termination of his appointment and governance rights and his relinquishing of the rights and benefits attached to his position as Chairman and Non-Executive Director of United Spirits Limited (USL); (ii) his agreement to five-year global non-compete (excluding the United Kingdom), non-interference, non-solicitation and standstill undertakings; and (iii) his agreement that he and his affiliates will not pursue any claims against Diageo, USL and their affiliates. In addition to the amount Diageo agreed to pay Dr Vijay Mallya there was net gain of £4 million arising from the termination of certain related agreements, that were previously provided for less legal fees directly attributable to the settlement. See note 10.18(d).

(c) In the year ended 30 June 20132015, £146 million was charged in respect of settlement of several related disputes with the Korean customs authorities regarding the transfer pricing methodology applicable to imported products. Total payments to settle these disputes in 2015 were £74 million as £87 million was paid to the customs authorities prior to 30 June 2014, and was previously accounted for as a receivable from Korean customs.

(d) In the year ended 30 June 2015, an exceptional impairment losscharge of £50£41 million (2012 – £59 million) was charged to other operating expenses in respect of the Cacique brand.group’s 45.56% equity investment in Hanoi Liquor Joint Stock Company.

(g) In(e) There have been a number of restructuring programmes which were all completed by 30 June 2015. The costs incurred in the yeartwo years ended 30 June 2013 the members2015 were largely in respect of the Guinness Ireland Group Pension Schemeredundancies and accelerated depreciation and were notified that future pension increases would be restrictedincurred in all regions.

(f) On 7 October 2015, Diageo disposed of its 57.87% shareholding in D&G (Jamaican Red Stripe business) and its 49.99% stake in GAPL Pte Limited (Singapore and Malaysian beer businesses) to Heineken resulting in a past service pension creditgain before taxation of £457 million. The gain is net of a £13 million cumulative exchange loss, in respect of prior years, recycled from other comprehensive income and transaction costs of £7 million. As part of the transaction, Diageo purchased an additional 20% shareholding in Guinness Ghana Breweries Limited (GGBL) from Heineken which increased Diageo’s shareholding in GGBL to 72.42%.

(g) On 1 January 2016, Diageo completed the sale of the majority of its wine interests in the United States and its UK based Percy Fox businesses to Treasury Wine Estates. Together with the sale of the group’s other wine interests in the United States the transactions resulted in a loss before taxation on disposal of £191 million including an estimated provision for the settlement of a guarantee given in respect of the lease payments due to Realty Income Corporation, the lessor of the vineyards. The loss is net of an exchange gain of £12 million, in respect of prior years, recycled from other comprehensive income and transaction costs of £8 million.

(h) On 29 January 2016, Diageo disposed of its interests in Argentina to Grupo Peñaflor. The transaction resulted in a loss before taxation of £38 million including a cumulative exchange loss of £20 million, in respect of prior years, recycled from other comprehensive income and other directly attributable costs of £7 million.

(i) On 1 December 2015, Diageo disposed of its 42.25% equity interests in DHN Drinks, its 25% equity stake in Sedibeng Breweries Limited and its 15.01% equity stake in Namibia Breweries Limited (South African associate interests) to Heineken. The net cash consideration received was £120 million, which included the repayment of £31 million in respect of loans previously made to DHN Drinks and Sedibeng Breweries Limited. A loss before taxation of £27 million, including a £30 million cumulative exchange loss, in respect of prior years, recycled from other comprehensive income, was accounted for in the income statement.

(j) On 30 September 2015, the group completed the disposal of its shareholding in Central Glass Industries Limited (CGI), a Kenyan glass bottle manufacturer, resulting in a gain before taxation of £14 million, net of £1 million transaction costs. £7 million of the gain is attributable to non-controlling interests.

215


Financial statements (continued)

(k) On 30 June 2015, Diageo completed the disposal of Gleneagles Hotels Limited to the income statementEnnismore group.

(l) On 27 February 2015, the group completed the purchase of €25the 50% equity interest in Don Julio B.V. that it did not already own (giving Diageo 100% ownership of the brand and production facility) and the Mexican distribution business of Don Julio. As a result of Don Julio becoming a subsidiary of the group a gain of £63 million (£20 million) (2012 – £29 million). In the year ended 30 June 2012 there was an exceptional credit to operating(net of transaction costs of £86 million following an announcement by£7 million) arose, being the UK government that statutory increases could be changed fromdifference between the Retail Prices Index (RPI)book value of the joint venture prior to the Consumer Prices Index (CPI).transaction and the fair value of £115 million.

As part of the transaction, Diageo sold its wholly owned subsidiary, The Old Bushmills Distillery Company Limited to the Cuervo group, resulting in a gain of £174 million.

(h)(m) On 4 July 2013, the group acquired an additional 14.98% investment in United Spirits Limited (USL) which increased the group’s investment in USL from 10.04% to 25.02% and triggered a change in accounting from available-for-sale investments to associates. As a result, the difference of £140 million between the original cost of the investment and its fair value has beenof £399 million was included in the income statement.

(i) Instatement in the year ended 30 June 2012 Diageo2014.

On 2 July 2014, with the completion of a tender offer, the group acquired an additional 4% equity stake26% investment in Sichuan Chengdu Shuijingfang Group Co., Ltd. (SJF Holdco) (formerly Sichuan Chengdu Quanxing Group Company Ltd.)USL taking its investment to 54.78% (excluding 2.38% owned by the USL Benefit Trust). From 2 July 2014 the group accounted for USL as a subsidiary with a 43.91% non-controlling interest. As a result of SJF Holdco and ShuijingfangUSL becoming subsidiariesa subsidiary of the group a gain of £124£103 million arose, onbeing the difference between the book value of the equity ownedassociate prior to the transactionstransaction and their marketits fair value on the completion dates.of £982 million. The gain included £30is net of a £79 million of cumulative exchange gainsloss recycled from other comprehensive income.income and £10 million transaction costs.

(j)(n) On 5 June 201329 May 2015, Diageo acquired the group disposedremaining 50% equity stake of its 71.25% interest in London Group, the ownerone of the Nuvo brandgroup’s joint ventures in South Africa. The difference between the fair value and its 20% equity interest in LNJ Group, LLC, the ownerbook value of the 22 Marquis brand at a loss of $126 million (£83 million).50% that Diageo already owned is disclosed as an exceptional step up loss.

(k) In January 2012(o) A guarantee provided by Diageo sold its 20% equity interest in Tanzania Breweries Limited for a considerationloan of £47 million.$135 million (£92 million) given by Standard Chartered Bank (SCB) to Watson Limited was called and $135 million paid to SCB during the year. The gain before tax onunderlying security package for the disposalloan remains in place. A provision of $135 million has been made. Further details are set out in note 18(a).

A guarantee of £30 million to Standard Chartered Bank was £23 million after transaction costs.

given for borrowings owed by United Breweries Overseas Limited (UBOL), a subsidiary of United Breweries (Holdings) Limited in April 2012. The borrowings went into default, and the guarantee was called, in May 2015. Whilst Diageo continues to have the benefit of counter-indemnification from UBOL, it does not believe that it is likely to result in meaningful recovery and therefore fully provided for the guaranteed amount in the year ended 30 June 2015.

Cash payments included in cash generated from operations in respect of exceptional restructuring items, exceptional legal settlements, guarantee and settlement payments and thalidomide were as follows:

 

                                                               
   2016
£ million
  2015
£ million
  2014
£ million
 

Exceptional restructuring

   (52  (117  (104

Disengagement agreements relating to United Spirits Limited

   (28        

Thalidomide

   (12  (19  (59

Korea settlement

       (74    

Guarantee related payments

       (30    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total cash payments

   (92  (240  (163
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

165



Financial statements (continued)

 

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
£ million

 

2012
£ million

 

Exceptional restructuring

 

(104

)

(61

)

(158

)

Thalidomide

 

(59

)

(23

)

(16

)

Total cash payment

 

(163

)

(84

)

(174

)

5. FINANCE INCOME AND CHARGES

Accounting policies

Accounting policies

Net interest includes interest income and charges in respect of financial instruments and the results of hedging transactions used to manage interest rate risk.

Finance charges directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset, being an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale, are added to the cost of that asset. Borrowing costs which are not capitalised are recognised in the income statement based on the effective interest method. All other finance charges are recognised primarily in the income statement in the year in which they are incurred.

216


Financial statements (continued)

 

Net other finance chargesinclude items in respect of post employment plans, the discount unwind of long term obligations and a hyperinflation charge.charges. The results of operations in hyperinflationary economies are adjusted to reflect the changes in the purchasing power of the local currency of the entity before being translated to sterling.

 


                                                               

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
(restated)
£ million

 

2012
(restated)
£ million

 

  2016
£ million
 2015
£ million
 2014
£ million
 

Interest income

 

109

 

99

 

107

 

   153   162   109  

Fair value gain on interest rate instruments

 

115

 

155

 

155

 

   88   61   115  
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total interest income

 

224

 

254

 

262

 

   241   223   224  
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Interest charge on bank loans and overdrafts

 

(40

)

(28

)

(22

)

   (67 (102 (40

Interest charge on finance leases

 

(20

)

(20

)

(12

)

   (13 (17 (20

Interest charge on all other borrowings

 

(395

)

(454

)

(459

)

   (379 (409 (395

Fair value loss on interest rate instruments

 

(117

)

(151

)

(151

)

   (91 (55 (117
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total interest charges

 

(572

)

(653

)

(644

)

   (550 (583 (572
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net interest charges

 

(348

)

(399

)

(382

)

   (309 (360 (348
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net finance income in respect of post employment plans in surplus (note 13)

 

17

 

 

5

 

   18   13   17  

Other finance income

 

 

5

 

1

 

   3   8      
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total other finance income

 

17

 

5

 

6

 

   21   21   17  
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net finance charge in respect of post employment plans in deficit (note 13)

 

(29

)

(38

)

(42

)

   (23 (26 (29

Unwinding of discounts

 

(9

)

(16

)

(17

)

   (11 (14 (9

Change in financial liability

      (13    

Hyperinflation adjustment

 

(13

)

(4

)

(3

)

   (1 (17 (13

Other finance charges

 

(6

)

(5

)

(3

)

   (4 (3 (6
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total other finance charges

 

(57

)

(63

)

(65

)

   (39 (73 (57
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net other finance charges

 

(40

)

(58

)

(59

)

   (18 (52 (40
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

166



217


Financial statements (continued)

 

6. INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES AND JOINT VENTURES

Accounting policies

An associate is an undertaking in which the group has a long term equity interest and over which it has the power to exercise significant influence. A joint venture is a joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the net assets of the arrangement. The group’s interest in the net assets of associates and joint ventures is reported in investments in the consolidated balance sheet and its interest in their results (net of tax) is included in the consolidated income statement below the group’s operating profit. Investments in associates and joint ventures are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The impairment review compares the net carrying value with the recoverable amount, where the recoverable amount is the higher of the value in use calculated as the present value of the group’s share of the associate’s future cash flows and its fair value less costs to sell.

Associates and joint ventures are initially recorded at cost including transaction costs.

 


Diageo’s principal associatesassociate at 30 June 2014 were2016 was Moët Hennessy and United Spirits Limited (USL)(2015 – Moët Hennessy).

Diageo owns 34% of Moët Hennessy, the spirits and wine subsidiary of LVMH Moët Hennessy Louis Vuitton SA (LVMH). LVMH is based in France and is listed on the Paris Stock Exchange. Moët Hennessy is also based in France and is a producer and exporter of champagne and cognac brands.

A number of joint distribution arrangements have been established with LVMH in Asia Pacific and France, principally covering distribution of Diageo’s premium brands of Scotch whisky and gin and Moët Hennessy’s premium champagne and cognac brands. Diageo and LVMH have each undertaken not to engage in any champagne or cognac activities competing with those of Moët Hennessy. The arrangements also contain certain provisions for the protection of Diageo as a non-controlling shareholder in Moët Hennessy. The operations of Moët Hennessy in France are conducted through a partnership in which Diageo has a 34% interest and, as a partner, Diageo pays any tax due on its share of the results of the partnership to the tax authorities.

As atFor the year ended 30 June 2014 Diageo had 28.78%equity accounted for its investment in USL, the leading spirits company in India.India, as an associate. On 2 July 2014, with the completion of the tender offer the group acquired an additional 26% investment in USL is based in Bangalore, India and listed ontaking its investment to 54.78% (excluding 2.38% owned by the Bangalore Stock Exchange,USL Benefit Trust). From 2 July 2014 the Bombay Stock Exchangecarrying value of the associate of £790 million was derecognised and the National Stock Exchangegroup accounted for USL as a subsidiary with 43.91% non-controlling interests.

On 27 February 2015, Diageo acquired the 50% of India.Don Julio B.V. that it did not already own and the carrying value of the joint venture of £40 million was derecognised and the group accounted for Don Julio B.V. as a subsidiary.

On 29 May 2015, Diageo acquired the remaining 50% equity stake of one of the group’s joint ventures in South Africa that it did not already own. From that date the carrying value of the joint venture of £22 million was derecognised and the group accounted for it as a subsidiary.

On 7 October 2015, Diageo completed a transaction and disposed of its 57.87% shareholding in D&G (Jamaican Red Stripe business) and its 49.99% stake in GAPL Pte Limited (Singapore and Malaysian beer business) to Heineken. GAPL owns 51% of Guinness Anchor Berhad, operating in Malaysia, which was also disposed of.

On 1 December 2015, the group disposed of its South African associate interests which were accounted for as assets held for sale at 30 June 2015.

Additions of £28 million include investments made during the year, for which part of the consideration is deferred, in the New World Whisky Distillery Pty Limited and Stauning Whisky Holding ApS where Diageo acquired minority equity stakes.

218


Financial statements (continued)

 

(a) An analysis of the movement in the group’s investments in associates and joint ventures is as follows:

 

                                                               

 

Moët
Hennessy
£ million

 

USL and
others

£ million

 

Total
£ million

 

  Moët
Hennessy
£ million
 USL and
others
£ million
 Total
£ million
 

Cost less provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

At 30 June 2012 as previously reported

 

1,985

 

213

 

2,198

 

Prior year adjustment - IFRS 11

 

 

76

 

76

 

At 30 June 2012 as restated

 

1,985

 

289

 

2,274

 

At 30 June 2014

   2,152   1,049   3,201  

Exchange differences

   (200 (5 (205

Capital injection

      21   21  

Step acquisitions

      (852 (852

Share of profit after tax

   164   11   175  

Share of movements in other comprehensive income and equity

   (14     (14

Transfer to assets held for sale

      (82 (82

Dividends

   (148 (35 (183

Share of tax attributable to shareholders

   56       56  

Impairment charge

      (41 (41
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

At 30 June 2015

   2,010    66    2,076  

Exchange differences

 

111

 

(3

)

108

 

   318    7    325  

Additions

 

 

77

 

77

 

       28    28  

Share of profit after tax

   217    4    221  

Transfer to asset held for sale(i)

       3    3  

Disposals

 

 

(3

)

(3

)

       (18  (18

Share of profit/(loss) after tax

 

230

 

(13

)

217

 

Dividends

 

(193

)

(27

)

(220

)

   (167  (6  (173

Share of tax attributable to shareholders

 

78

 

 

78

 

   67        67  

Share of movements in other comprehensive income and equity

 

(7

)

(3

)

(10

)

At 30 June 2013 (restated)

 

2,204

 

317

 

2,521

 

Exchange differences

 

(169

)

(125

)

(294

)

Additions (b)

 

 

483

 

483

 

Transfer from other investments

 

 

399

 

399

 

Share of profit after tax

 

246

 

6

 

252

 

Dividends

 

(197

)

(31

)

(228

)

Share of tax attributable to shareholders

 

68

 

 

68

 

At 30 June 2014

 

2,152

 

1,049

 

3,201

 

Other

       (1  (1
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

At 30 June 2016

   2,445    83    2,528  
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

The group’s share of the results of USL for the year ended 30 June 2014, included in the table above, based on management accounts adjusted to the group’s accounting policies, was not material.


(i)In respect of South African associate interests that were disposed of in the year. The businesses were reported as asset held for sale at 30 June 2015.

(b) In the years ended 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2013 the group completed the acquisition of the following investments in USL:

167



Financial statements (continued)

Date 

 

Investment

 

Number
of shares
million

 

Share price
INR

 

Cost
INR billion

 

Cost
£ million

 

13 and 27 May 2013*

 

10.04

%

14.59

 

1440

 

21.0

 

250

 

4 July 2013**

 

14.98

%

21.77

 

1440

 

31.3

 

342

 

26 November 2013

 

1.35

%

1.97

 

2400

 

4.7

 

47

 

31 January 2014

 

2.41

%

3.50

 

2474

 

8.7

 

85

 

As at 30 June 2014

 

28.78

%

41.83

 

 

 

65.7

 

724

 


*Directly attributable transaction costs of £33 million are included within the initial investment cost.

**From 4 July 2013, the group has accounted for its investment in USL as an associate. The share price of USL was INR 2515 per share on 3 July 2013 and a £140 million gain, arising on the remeasurement of the investment to fair value, previously reported in other comprehensive income, has been recycled to the income statement.

In the year ended 30 June 2014 the group accounted for its 28.78% investment in USL as an associate.

On 2 July 2014, on the completion of the tender offer Diageo acquired an additional 26% (37.79 million shares) investment in USL at a cost of INR 3030 per share for a total consideration of INR 114.5 billion (£1,118 million). This has taken the group’s investment to 54.78% (excluding 2.38% owned by the USL Benefit Trust) and a non-controlling interest representing 43.9% of the net assets acquired will be established.

The initial accounting for this business combination has not been finalised as the most recent stage of the acquisition to take the group’s investment to 54.78% completed on 2 July 2014 and the financial statements of USL for the year ended 31 March 2014 have not yet been finalised and approved. Accordingly the fair value assessment of USL’s balance sheet including brands acquired and the related deferred tax have not been finalised. It is anticipated that a provisional opening fair value balance sheet of USL will be provided in the 31 December 2014 interim financial information.

A gain of £103 million is expected to be recognised in the 2015 financial statements reflecting the step up in investment from associate to subsidiary. This will be reported as a non-operating exceptional gain in the group’s consolidated accounts in the year ending 30 June 2015.

USL prepares its financial statements under Indian GAAP to 31 March each year and the published summary income statement information for the year ended 31 March 2013 and the consolidated balance sheet information as at 31 March 2013 is set out below, translated at the 30 June 2013 exchange rate of £1 = INR90.35.

 

 

31 March 2013

 

 

 

INR billion

 

£ million

 

Net sales

 

106

 

1,173

 

Loss for the year

 

(1

)

(11

)

Total comprehensive income

 

2

 

17

 

 

 

31 March 2013

 

 

 

INR billion

 

£ million

 

Non-current assets

 

105

 

1,157

 

Current assets

 

59

 

656

 

Total assets

 

164

 

1,813

 

Non-current liabilities

 

(51

)

(567

)

Current liabilities

 

(65

)

(716

)

Total liabilities

 

(116

)

(1,283

)

Net assets

 

48

 

530

 

At 30 June 2014 the share price of USL was INR 2396 and the market value of the group’s 28.78% investment was INR 100.2 billion (£974 million).

(c) Income statement information for the three years ended 30 June 20142016 and balance sheet information as at 30 June 20142016 and

30 June 20132015 of Moët Hennessy other associates and joint ventures excluding USL, aggregating 100% of the results of each investment, is set out below:as follows:

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

                                                               

 

Moët
Hennessy*
£ million

 

Others
£ million

 

Moët
Hennessy*
£ million

 

Others
(restated)
£ million

 

Moët
Hennessy*
£ million

 

Others
(restated)
£ million

 

  2016
£ million
   2015
£ million
   2014
£ million
 

Net sales

 

3,329

 

1,164

 

3,463

 

1,058

 

3,218

 

1,488

 

   3,491     3,215     3,329  

Profit for the year

 

722

 

27

 

677

 

(12

)

603

 

81

 

   638     482     722  

Total comprehensive income

 

639

 

27

 

620

 

(18

)

649

 

77

 

   706     588     639  

 

219


*Financial statements (continued)

Moët Hennessy prepares its financial statements under IFRS as adoptedendorsed by the EU in euros to 31 December each year. The results are adjusted for alignment to Diageo accounting policies and are not the same asa major part of the Wines & Spirits division of LVMH,LVMH. The results are translated at £1 = €1.20 (2013€1.34 (2015 – £1 = €1.21; 2012€1.31; 2014 – £1 = €1.18)€1.20).

 

168



                                          
   2016
£ million
  2015
£ million
 

Non-current assets

   3,832    3,251  

Current assets

   6,277    5,118  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

   10,109    8,369  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

   (1,009  (894

Current liabilities

   (1,907  (1,562
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   (2,916  (2,456
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net assets

   7,193    5,913  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Financial statements (continued)

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

Moët
Hennessy*
£ million

 

Others
£ million

 

Moët
Hennessy*
£ million

 

Others
(restated)
£ million

 

Non-current assets

 

3,498

 

647

 

3,703

 

733

 

Current assets

 

5,312

 

427

 

5,661

 

467

 

Total assets

 

8,810

 

1,074

 

9,364

 

1,200

 

Non-current liabilities

 

(924

)

(234

)

(1,025

)

(308

)

Current liabilities

 

(1,558

)

(302

)

(1,857

)

(239

)

Total liabilities

 

(2,482

)

(536

)

(2,882

)

(547

)

Net assets

 

6,328

 

538

 

6,482

 

653

 


*
(1)Including acquisition fair value adjustments principally in respect of Moët Hennessy’s brands and translated at £1 = €1.2 (2015 – £1 = €1.41).

(c) For the year ended 30 June 2014 USL had net sales of Moët Hennessy’s brands£1,188 million and translated at £1 = €1.25 (2013 – £1 = €1.17).

£nil net profit.

(d) Information on transactions between the group and its associates and joint ventures is disclosed in note 21.

20.

(e) Investments in associates and joint ventures comprise the cost of shares less goodwill written off on acquisitions prior to 1 July 1998 of £2,144£1,132 million (2013(2015£1,465£974 million), plus the group’s share of post acquisition reserves of £1,057£1,396 million (2013(2015£1,056£1,102 million).

(f) The associates and joint ventures have not reported any material contingent liabilities in their latest financial statements any material contingent liabilities.statements.

7. TAXATION

Accounting policies

7. TAXATION

Accounting policies

Current tax is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit is different from accounting profit due to temporary differences between accounting and tax treatments, and due to items that are never taxable or tax deductible. Tax benefits are not recognised unless it is probable that the tax positions are sustainable. Once considered to be probable, tax benefits are reviewed each year to assess whether a provision should be taken against full recognition of the benefit on the basis of potential settlement through negotiation and/or litigation. Tax provisions are included in current liabilities. Interest and penalties on tax liabilities are provided for in the tax charge.

Full provision fordeferred tax is made for temporary differences between the carrying value of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and their value for tax purposes. The amount of deferred tax reflects the expected recoverable amount and is based on the expected manner of recovery or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using the basis of taxation enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Deferred tax assets are not recognised where it is more likely than not that the assets will not be realised in the future. No deferred tax liability is provided in respect of any future remittance of earnings of foreign subsidiaries where the group is able to control the remittance of earnings and it is probable that such earnings will not be remitted in the foreseeable future, or where no liability would arise on the remittance.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

The group is required to estimate the corporate tax in each of the many jurisdictions in which it operates. The recognition of tax benefits and assessment of provisions against tax benefits requires management judgement. In particular the group is routinely subject to tax audits in many jurisdictions, which by their nature are often complex and can take several years to resolve. Provisions are based on management’s interpretation of country specific tax law and the likelihood of settlement. However the actual tax liabilities could differ from the provision and in such event the group would be required to make an adjustment in a subsequent period which could have a material impact on the group’s profit for the year.

 

220


Financial statements (continued)

The evaluation of deferred tax assets recoverability requires judgements to be made regarding the availability of future taxable income.

 


169



Financial statements (continued)

(a) Analysis of taxation charge for the year

 

                                                      
  United Kingdom Rest of world Total 

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
(restated)
£ million

 

2012
(restated)
£ million

 

  2016
£ million
   2015
£ million
 2014
£ million
 2016
£ million
 2015
£ million
 2014 £
million
 2016
£ million
 2015 £
million
 2014 £
million
 

Current tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

           

Current year

 

463

 

433

 

312

 

   61     75   102    515   381   361    576   456   463  

Adjustments in respect of prior years

 

(12

)

12

 

51

 

           (4  63   (15 (8  63   (15 (12
  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
   61     75   98    578   366   353    639   441   451  

 

451

 

445

 

363

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Deferred tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

           

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

 

(5

)

36

 

99

 

   26     (7 (32  (109 11   27    (83 4   (5

Changes in tax rates

 

4

 

7

 

15

 

   6        4    1   (1      7   (1 4  

Adjustments in respect of prior years

 

(3

)

19

 

534

 

   2     10   (22  (69 12   19    (67 22   (3

 

(4

)

62

 

648

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
   34     3   (50  (177 22   46    (143 25   (4
  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Taxation on profit from continuing operations

 

447

 

507

 

1,011

 

   95     78   48    401   388   399    496   466   447  
  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Included above are the following amounts in respect of the United Kingdom:

 

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
(restated)

£ million

 

2012
(restated)

£ million

 

Current tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current year

 

102

 

63

 

18

 

Adjustments in respect of prior years

 

(4

)

3

 

13

 

 

 

98

 

66

 

31

 

Deferred tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

 

(32

)

(46

)

(10

)

Changes in tax rates

 

4

 

10

 

3

 

Adjustments in respect of prior years

 

(22

)

21

 

6

 

 

 

(50

)

(15

)

(1

)

Taxation on profit from continuing operations

 

48

 

51

 

30

 

(b) Exceptional tax (credits)/charges

The taxation charge includes the following exceptional items:

 

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
£ million

 

2012
£ million

 

                                                               
  2016
£ million
 2015
£ million
 2014
£ million
 

Sale of businesses

   (49        

Brand impairment

   (10     (65

Disengagement agreements relating to United Spirits Limited

   3          

Korea settlement

      (30    

Restructuring

 

(34

)

(14

)

(25

)

      (21 (34

Brand impairment

 

(65

)

(16

)

(18

)

Other

 

 

3

 

24

 

Sale of businesses

 

 

(28

)

 

Loss of future tax amortisation

 

 

 

524

 

 

(99

)

(55

)

505

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
   (56 (51 (99
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

(c) Taxation rate reconciliation and factors that may affect future tax charges

(c) Taxation rate reconciliation and factors that may affect future tax charges

  

 
  2016
£ million
 2015
£ million
 2014
£ million
 

Profit from continuing operations before taxation

   2,858   2,933   2,711  
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Notional charge at UK corporation tax rate of 20% (2015 – 20.75%; 2014 – 22.5%)

   571   608   610  

Elimination of notional tax on share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures

   (44 (36 (56

Differences in overseas tax rates

   50   64   33  

Intra-group financing

   (97 (81 (106

Non-taxable gains on disposals of businesses

   (90 (51    

Step-up gain

      (34 (32

Other tax rate and tax base differences

   (87 (95 (105

Other items not chargeable

   (66 (89 (40

Impairment

   21   9      

Non-deductible losses on disposals of businesses

   24          

Other non-deductible exceptional items

   31   10      

Other items not deductible(i)

   180   155   154  

Changes in tax rates

   7   (1 4  

Adjustments in respect of prior years

   (4 7   (15
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Tax charge for the year

   496   466   447  
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

The group has benefited from, and in certain jurisdictions still benefits from, the availability of tax amortisation on some of its principal brands and other intangible assets. In the year ended 30 June 2012 negotiations with tax authorities were concluded, the outcome of which was a favourable change in taxation basis that replaced the benefit of future amortisation resulting in a write off of the related deferred tax assets of £524 million.221


Financial statements (continued)

 

Taxation rate reconciliation and factors that may affect future tax charges

 

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
(restated)
£ million

 

2012
(restated)
£ million

 

Profit from continuing operations before taxation

 

2,711

 

3,057

 

3,043

 

Notional charge at UK corporation tax rate of 22.5% (2013 - 23.75%; 2012 - 25.5%)

 

610

 

726

 

776

 

Elimination of notional tax on share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures

 

(56

)

(46

)

(52

)

Differences in overseas tax rates

 

33

 

(5

)

(22

)

Items not chargeable

 

(283

)

(331

)

(391

)

Items not deductible

 

154

 

125

 

100

 

Changes in tax rates

 

4

 

7

 

15

 

Adjustments in respect of prior years

 

(15

)

31

 

585

 

Tax charge for the year

 

447

 

507

 

1,011

 

170



Financial statements (continued)

(i)Other items not-deductible include irrecoverable withholding tax, controlled foreign companies charge and additional states and local taxes.

The table above reconciles the notional taxation charge calculated at the UK tax rate, to the actual total tax charge. As a group operating in multiple countries, the actual tax rates applicable to profits in those countries are different from the UK tax rate. The impact is shown in the table above as differences in overseas tax rates. The group’s worldwide business leads to the consideration of a number of important factors which may affect future tax charges, such as: the levels and mix of profitability in different jurisdictions, transfer pricing regulations, tax rates imposed and tax regime reforms, acquisitions, disposals, restructuring activities, and settlements or agreements with tax authorities.

The group has a number of ongoing tax audits worldwide for which provisions are recognised based on best estimates and management’s judgements concerning the ultimate outcome of the audit. As at 30 June 2016 the ongoing worldwideaudits that are provided for individually are not expected to result in a material tax liability. The current tax liability of £340 million includes £249 million (2015 – £205 million) of provisions for tax uncertainties.

Significant ongoing changes in the international tax environment and an increase in global tax audit activity means that tax uncertainties and associated risks have been gradually increasing. In the medium term, these risks could result in an increase in tax liabilities or adjustments to the carrying value of deferred tax assets and liabilities. The group is continuously monitoring the position but does not currently expect material additionalit is expected that our tax exposures to arise, above the amounts provided, as and when the audits are concluded.rate may increase in future years.

(d) Deferred tax assets and liabilities

The amounts of deferred tax accounted for in the consolidated balance sheet comprise the following net deferred tax assets/(liabilities):

 

 

 

Property,
plant and
equipment
£ million

 

Intangible
assets
£ million

 

Post
employment
plans
£ million

 

Tax losses
£ million

 

Other
temporary
differences
£ million

 

Total
£ million

 

At 30 June 2012 as previously reported

 

(166

)

(1,449

)

187

 

161

 

172

 

(1,095

)

Prior year adjustment - IFRS 11

 

3

 

12

 

 

 

 

15

 

At 30 June 2012 as restated

 

(163

)

(1,437

)

187

 

161

 

172

 

(1,080

)

Exchange differences

 

(4

)

(41

)

6

 

 

(2

)

(41

)

Recognised in income statement — continuing operations

 

3

 

(48

)

(19

)

17

 

(37

)

(84

)

Recognised in other comprehensive income and equity

 

 

 

(65

)

(70

)

105

 

(30

)

Acquisition of businesses

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

10

 

At 30 June 2013 (restated)

 

(164

)

(1,526

)

109

 

108

 

248

 

(1,225

)

Exchange differences

 

29

 

154

 

(14

)

(7

)

(17

)

145

 

Recognised in income statement — continuing operations

 

9

 

11

 

17

 

12

 

(45

)

4

 

Recognised in income statement — discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

8

 

Recognised in other comprehensive income and equity

 

 

 

(12

)

 

(39

)

(51

)

At 30 June 2014

 

(126

)

(1,361

)

100

 

113

 

155

 

(1,119

)

                                                                                                                              
   Property,
plant and
equipment
£ million
  Intangible
assets

£ million
  Post
employment
plans
£ million
  Tax losses
£ million
  Other
temporary
differences(i)
£ million
  Total
£ million
 

At 30 June 2014

   (126  (1,361  100    113    155    (1,119

Exchange differences

   11    (79  (1  (5  (6  (80

Recognised in income statement —continuing operations

   1    (55  14    (30  45    (25

Recognised in other comprehensive income and equity

           (73  25    4    (44

Acquisition of businesses

   (16  (446  2        (12  (472

Reclassification

       14    41        (55    

Sale of businesses

   6    29    (2          33  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At 30 June 2015

   (124  (1,898  81    103    131    (1,707

Exchange differences

   (18  (283  28    5    23    (245

Recognised in income statement —continuing operations

   16    (28  7    (47  195    143  

Recognised in other comprehensive income and equity

           122    1    11    134  

Acquisition of businesses

   (11                  (11

Sale of businesses

       1    2        (1  2  

Reclassification

   11    7        (2  (16    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At 30 June 2016

   (126  (2,201  240    60    343    (1,684
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax on other temporary differences includes items such as the thalidomide provisions, restructuring provisions, share-based payments and intra group sales of products.

(i)Deferred tax on other temporary differences includes items such as the thalidomide provisions, restructuring provisions, share-based payments and intra group sales of products.

After offsetting deferred tax assets and liabilities where appropriate within territories, the net deferred tax liability comprises:

 

                                          

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
(restated)
£ million

 

  2016
£ million
 2015
£ million
 

Deferred tax assets

 

246

 

242

 

   298   189  

Deferred tax liabilities

 

(1,365

)

(1,467

)

   (1,982 (1,896

 

(1,119

)

(1,225

)

  

 

  

 

 
   (1,684 (1,707
  

 

  

 

 

222


Financial statements (continued)

 

The deferred tax assetassets of £246£298 million includes £152£223 million (2013(2015£84£113 million) arising in jurisdictions with prior year taxable losses. The majority of the asset is in respect of tax losses in the United Kingdom primarily due to significantand Ireland, where the amounts arose from timing differences on intangible fixed assets and pension funding payments. It is considered more likely than not that there will be sufficient future taxable profits to realise these deferred tax assets, most of which can be carried forward indefinitely.

(e) Unrecognised deferred tax assets

Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of the following tax losses.losses:

 

 

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
£ million

 

Capital losses

 

73

 

81

 

Trading losses - indefinite

 

102

 

113

 

Trading losses - expiry dates up to 2023

 

1

 

3

 

 

 

176

 

197

 

                                          
   2016
£ million
   2015
£ million
 

Capital losses - indefinite

   71     72  

Trading losses - indefinite

   76     74  

Trading losses - expiry dates up to 2025

   3     2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   150     148  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

171



Financial statements (continued)

(f) Unrecognised deferred tax liabilities

No deferred tax liability is provided in respect of any future remittance of earnings of foreign subsidiaries where the group is able to control the remittance of earnings and it is probable that such earnings will not be remitted in the foreseeable future, or where no liability would arise on the remittance. UK legislation largely exempts overseas dividends remitted from UK tax. A tax liability is more likely to arise in respect of withholding taxes levied by the overseas jurisdiction. Deferred tax is provided where there is an intention to distribute earnings, and a tax liability arises. It is impractical to estimate the amount of unrecognised deferred tax liabilities in respect of these unremitted earnings.

The aggregate amount of temporary differences in respect of investments in subsidiaries, branches, interests in associates and joint ventures for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised is approximately £13.3£13.4 billion (2013(2015£19.1£14.5 billion).

8. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

Accounting policies

Discontinued operations comprise disposal groups where they represent a major line of business or geographical area of operations or business activities that the group no longer participates in or did not form part of the group’s operations.

 


Discontinued operations in the year ended 30 June 2014 representcomprised a charge after taxation of £83 million (£91 million less tax of £8 million) in respect of the settlement of thalidomide litigation in Australia and New Zealand and anticipated future payments to thalidomide organisations (2013 – £nil, 2012 – £11 million).organisations.

 

172



223


Financial statements (continued)

 

Operating assets and liabilities

Introduction

OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

This section describes the assets used to generate the group’s performance and the liabilities incurred. Liabilities relating to the group’s financing activities are included in section ‘Risk management and capital structure’ and balance sheet information in respect of associates, joint ventures and taxation are covered in section ‘Results for the year’. This section also provides detailed disclosures on the group’s recent acquisitions and disposals, performance and financial position of its defined benefit post employment plans.

9. ACQUISITION AND SALE OF BUSINESSES AND PURCHASE OF SHARES OF NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS

Accounting policies

The consolidated financial statements include the results of the company and its subsidiaries together with the group’s attributable share of the results of associates and joint ventures. The results of subsidiaries acquired or sold are included in the income statement from, or up to, the date that control passes.

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. Identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired are measured at fair value at acquisition date. The consideration payable is measured at fair value and includes the fair value of any contingent consideration.

On the acquisition of a business, or of an interest in an associate or joint venture, fair values, reflecting conditions at the date of acquisition, are attributed to the net assets including identifiable intangible assets and contingent liabilities acquired. Directly attributable acquisition costs in respect of subsidiary companies acquired are recognised in other external charges as incurred.

The non-controlling interests on the date of acquisition can be measured either at the fair value or at the non-controlling shareholder’s proportion of the net fair value of the identifiable assets assumed. This choice is made separately for each acquisition.

Where the group has issued a put option over shares held by a non-controlling interest, the group derecognises the non-controlling interests and instead recognises a contingent deferred consideration liability for the estimated amount likely to be paid to the non-controlling interest on the exercise of those options. Movements in the estimated liability in respect of put options are recognised in retained earnings.

Transactions with non-controlling interests are recorded directly in retained earnings.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

For all entities in which the company, directly or indirectly, owns equity a judgement is made to determine whether the investor controls the investee and therefore should fully consolidate the investee. An assessment is carried out to determine whether the group has the exposure or rights to the variable returns of the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. To establish control an analysis is carried out of the substantive and protective rights that the group and the other investors hold. This assessment is dependent on the activities and purpose of the investee and the rights of the other shareholders, such as which party controls the board, executive committee and material policies of the investee. Determining whether the rights that the group holds are substantive requires management judgement.

Where less than 50% of the equity of an investee is held, and the group holds significantly more voting rights than any other vote holder or organised group of vote holders this may be an indicator of de facto control. An assessment is needed to determine all the factors relevant to the relationship with the investee to ascertain whether control has been established and whether the investee should be consolidated as a subsidiary. Where voting power and returns from an investment are split equally between two entities then the arrangement is accounted for as a joint venture.

On an acquisition fair values are attributed to the assets and liabilities acquired. This may involve material judgement to determine these values.

 

On 15 April 2014 Diageo initiated a tender offer to acquire 26% of the issued share capital of USL. The offer period closed on 19 June, followed by a process to determine which shares had been validly tendered. Under India takeover regulations, the tender offer is not closed until all shareholders have been paid or advised that their tendered shares have been rejected which occurred on 2 July 2014. The directors have carried out an analysis to assess when control passed, and concluded that it occurred on 2 July 2014. Accordingly, USL results will be consolidated from that date.224


173



Financial statements (continued)

 

(a) Acquisition of businesses

Fair value of net assets acquired and cash consideration paid in respect of the acquisition of businesses and the purchase of shares of non-controlling interests in the three years ended 30 June 20142016 were as follows:

 

 

 

Net assets acquired and consideration

 

 

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
£ million

 

2012
£ million

 

Brands and computer software

 

10

 

109

 

1,359

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

1

 

43

 

186

 

Biological assets

 

 

1

 

 

Investments

 

 

 

8

 

Inventories

 

1

 

16

 

135

 

Assets and liabilities held for sale

 

 

 

58

 

Other working capital

 

1

 

(5

)

(49

)

Taxation

 

 

10

 

(300

)

Cash

 

 

 

97

 

Borrowings

 

 

 

(5

)

Post employment benefit liabilities

 

 

(1

)

(2

)

Fair value of assets and liabilities

 

13

 

173

 

1,487

 

Goodwill arising on acquisition

 

16

 

83

 

891

 

Non-controlling interests

 

(8

)

21

 

(452

)

Step acquisition

 

 

 

(219

)

Consideration payable

 

21

 

277

 

1,707

 

Satisfied by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash consideration paid

 

28

 

284

 

1,577

 

Deferred/contingent consideration payable

 

1

 

(7

)

33

 

Receivables from non-controlling interests

 

(8

)

 

 

Financial liabilities

 

 

 

97

 

 

 

21

 

277

 

1,707

 

Cash consideration paid for investments in subsidiaries

 

28

 

284

 

1,577

 

Cash consideration paid for investment in USL

 

474

 

274

 

 

Cash consideration paid for investments in other associates

 

2

 

25

 

28

 

Purchase consideration paid in respect of prior year acquisitions

 

14

 

9

 

7

 

Capital injection in associates

 

7

 

52

 

20

 

Cash acquired

 

 

 

(97

)

Deposit paid/(refunded)

 

11

 

 

(115

)

Net cash outflow on acquisition of businesses

 

536

 

644

 

1,420

 

Purchase of shares of non-controlling interests

 

37

 

200

 

155

 

Total net cash outflow

 

573

 

844

 

1,575

 

   Net assets acquired and consideration 
   2016
£ million
  2015
£ million
  2014
£ million
 

Brands and other intangibles

   26    1,941    10  

Property, plant and equipment

       275    1  

Biological assets

       5      

Investments

       58      

Inventories

       247    1  

Assets and liabilities held for sale

       401      

Other working capital

       62    1  

Current tax

   (1  (35    

Deferred tax

   (11  (472    

Cash

       64      

Borrowings

       (869    

Post employment benefit liabilities

       (7    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fair value of assets and liabilities

   14    1,670    13  

Goodwill arising on acquisition

   (14  1,419    16  

Non-controlling interests

       (641  (8

Step acquisitions

       (1,113    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Consideration payable

       1,335    21  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Satisfied by:

    

Cash consideration paid

       1,334    28  

Deferred/contingent consideration payable

       1    1  

Receivables from non-controlling interests

           (8
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
       1,335    21  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash consideration paid for investment in USL

       1,118    474  

Cash consideration paid for investments in other subsidiaries

       216    28  

Cash consideration paid for investments in associates

   10        2  

Cash consideration paid in respect of prior year acquisitions

   4    4    14  

Capital injection in associates

   1    21    7  

Cash acquired

       (64    

Deposit (refunded)/paid

       (11  11  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash outflow on acquisition of businesses

   15    1,284    536  

Purchase of shares of non-controlling interests

   21        37  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total net cash outflow

   36    1,284    573  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

2014 acquisitionsPurchase of non-controlling interest in Ghana

On 7 October 2015, Diageo purchased from Heineken an additional 20% shareholding in Guinness Ghana Breweries Limited (GGBL) for $32 million (£21 million) which increased Diageo’s shareholding in GGBL from 52.42% to 72.42%. A subsequent rights issue has increased Diageo’s shareholding in GGBL to 80.4%.

United Spirits LimitedOther

The group has been increasing its investment in USL in the last two financial years. For further details see note 6.

Other

In the year ended 30 June 2014,2016 the group acquired a 50% controlling interestchange in a company that ownsbrands, goodwill, current and deferred tax reflects the ultra premium tequila brand DeLeón. In addition, the group acquired 100%finalisation of the super premium tequila brand Peligroso. Net sales and operating profit for these acquisitions were not material forfair values of net assets acquired on the year ended 30 June 2014.acquisition of a joint venture in South Africa in May 2015.

 

2014 purchase of non-controlling interests225


Financial statements (continued)

 

SJF Holdco

On 2 August 2013, Diageo acquired a 7% equity stake in Sichuan Chengdu Shuijingfang Group Co., Ltd. (SJF Holdco) for a cash consideration of RMB 326 million (£35 million). The acquisition of the additional stake in SJF Holdco brought Diageo’s shareholding to 100% and increased its effective interest in Shuijingfang from 36.9% to 39.7%.

Prior year acquisitions

In previousprior years, Diageo has made a number of acquisitions of brands, distribution rights and equity interests in drinks businesses. In the two years ended 30 June 20132015 the following acquisitions have been made:

 

174



       Fair value of net assets acquired          
   Cash paid(i)
£ million
   Brands
£ million
   Goodwill
£ million
   Other
£ million
  Location   

Principal brands acquired

  

Status

United Spirits Limited(ii)

 

13 May 2013 to 2 July 2014

   1,825     1,683     1,281     (273  India    McDowell’s No1 whisky, rum and brandy, Black Dog, Signature, Antiquity and Bagpiper whisky and other Indian whisky, brandy and rum products  Acquisition of a 54.78% equity interest (excluding 2.38% owned by the USL Benefit Trust) in United Spirits Limited with a 43.91% non-controlling interest. The group consolidated USL from 2 July 2014.
             

Don Julio(iii)

 

27 February 2015

   192     220     105     (18  Mexico    Don Julio tequila  Acquisition of the remaining 50% equity interest in Don Julio
             

SJF Holdco and Shuijingfang

 

27 January 2007 to 2 August 2013

   302     502     115     46    China    Shui Jing Fang Chinese white spirit  Acquisition of a 100% equity stake in SJF Holdco which owns a 39.7% controlling equity interest in Shuijingfang. The group controlled Shuijingfang from 29 June 2012.
             
Other(iv)   65     36     34     (13     

 

(i)Includes amounts paid in respect of these acquisitions prior to 30 June 2013.
(ii)Includes transaction costs of £33 million on the initial acquisition of shares in USL when the investment was accounted for as an associate. In addition to the fair value of net assets acquired, the group recognised a non-controlling interest of £641 million and a step up gain of £192 million.
(iii)In addition to the fair value of net assets acquired, the group derecognised an investment in associate of £40 million and recognised a step up gain of £75 million.
(iv)Other primarily includes acquisitions in the United States and South Africa.

226


Financial statements (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of net assets acquired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid*
£ million

 

Brands
£ million

 

Goodwill
£ million

 

Other
£ million

 

Location

 

Principal brands acquired

 

Status

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United Spirits Limited

 

May 2013

 

274

 

 

 

 

India

 

McDowell’s No1 whisky and rum, Old Tavern, Haywards and Bagpiper whisky and other Indian whisky, brandy and rum products

 

Acquisition of 10.04% investment in United Spirits Limited

(see note 6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SJF Holdco and Shuijingfang**

 

27 January 2007 to 7 June 2013

 

267

 

502

 

115

 

46

 

China

 

Shui Jing Fang Chinese white spirit

 

Acquisition of a 93% equity stake in SJF Holdco which owns a 39.7% controlling equity interest in Shuijingfang. The group controlled Shuijingfang from 29 June 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ypióca

9 August 2012

 

284

 

145

 

79

 

60

 

Brazil

 

Ypióca cachaça

 

Acquisition of 100% of the equity share capital of Ypióca Bebidas S.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Meta

9 January 2012

 

149

 

55

 

101

 

(7

)

Ethiopia

 

Meta beer

 

Acquisition of 100% of the equity share capital of Meta Abo Brewery Share Company SC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kenya Breweries

25 November 2011

 

140

 

 

 

 

Kenya

 

Producer of Tusker and other beer products

 

Acquisition of 20% of Kenya Breweries Ltd not already owned by the group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mey Içki

 

23 August 2011

 

1,294

 

646

 

590

 

58

 

Turkey

 

Yenì Raki, Terkirdağ Raki and Istanblue vodka

 

Acquisition of 100% of the equity share capital of Mey Içki Sanayi ve Ticaret A.Ş.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Zacapa

5 July 2011

 

120

 

119

 

97

 

31

 

Guatemala

 

Zacapa rum

 

Acquisition of a 50% controlling equity stake in Rum Creations Products Inc

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other***

 

68

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


*Excludes acquisition transaction costs(b) Sale of £47 million, financial liabilitiesbusinesses

The sale consideration received and a summary of £97 million and deferred considerationthe net assets disposed of £33 million in respect of subsidiaries.the sale of businesses in the year ended 30 June 2016 were as follows:

**Total cash paid for 100%

                                                                                                         
   2016  2015 
   Jamaica,
Singapore and
Malaysia

£ million
  Wines in
United States
and Percy Fox
£ million
  Other
£ million
  Total
£ million
  Total
£ million
 

Sale consideration

      

Cash received in year

   531    418    165    1,114    1,001  

(Cash)/overdraft disposed of

   (14  1    (1  (14  (17

Transaction and other directly attributable costs paid

   (7  (22  (9  (38  (6
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash received

   510    397    155    1,062    978  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Deferred consideration receivable/(payable)

       15    (1  14    (3
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   510    412    154    1,076    975  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net assets disposed of

      

Brands

       (94      (94  (144

Goodwill

       (34  (2  (36  (44

Property, plant and equipment

   (40  (86  (13  (139  (118

Biological assets

       (70      (70    

Investment in associates

   (18          (18    

Assets and liabilities held for sale

           (113  (113  (404

Inventories

   (7  (263  (24  (294  (78

Other working capital

   4    (4  (5  (5  19  

Post employment benefit liabilities

   (6  5        (1  10  

Current tax

   1            1    1  

Deferred tax

   3        (1  2    33  

Borrowings

           14    14      
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   (63  (546  (144  (753  (725

Non-controlling interests

   24            24      
Accelerated depreciation and directly attributable costs payable   (1  (69  (11  (81  (3

Exchange recycled from other comprehensive income

   (13  12    (50  (51    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gain/(loss) on disposal before taxation

   457    (191  (51  215    247  

Taxation

   (7  54    2    49      
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gain/(loss) on disposal after taxation

   450    (137  (49  264    247  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

On 7 October 2015, the group completed the sale of Diageo’s Jamaica, Singapore and Malaysian beer interests to Heineken. In the year ended 30 June 2016 Jamaica beer interests contributed net sales of £41 million, including sales made in respect of country distribution agreements that were terminated after 7 October 2015, (2015 – £107 million; 2014 – £100 million), operating profit of £7 million (2015 – £24 million; 2014 – £25 million) and profit after taxation of £6 million (2015 – £21 million; 2014 – £21 million). In addition the Singaporian and Malaysian beer interests contributed £3 million to share of profit of associates (2015 – £13 million; 2014 – £12 million).

On 1 January 2016, Diageo completed the sale of the sharesmajority of its wine interests in SJF Holdco was £302 million. On 29the United States and its UK based Percy Fox businesses to Treasury Wine Estates. In addition, in the year ended 30 June 20122016 Diageo disposed of its other US wine interests. In the year ended 30 June 2016 the wine businesses, including the ending of distribution agreements in respect of wine brands in the United Kingdom that terminated post 1 January 2016, contributed net sales of £161 million (2015 – £343 million; 2014 – £307 million), operating profit of £12 million (2015 – £58 million; 2014 – £64 million) and profit after taxation of £4 million (2015 – £31 million; 2014 – £39 million).

227


Financial statements (continued)

Other includes the sale of the group’s South African associate interests disposed of on 1 December 2015 which were disclosed as assets held for sale at 30 June 2015. Other also includes the group’s shareholding in Central Glass Industries Limited (CGI) disposed of on 30 September 2015, the Bouvet wine business in France and the group’s subsidiary in Argentina.

In the year ended 30 June 2015 the group consolidated Shuijingfangdisposed of the entire share capital of The Old Bushmills Distillery Company Limited to Jose Cuervo Overseas. The comparative also includes businesses disposed of following the acquisition of USL including the net cash receipt of £391 million on the sale of the Whyte and created a non-controlling interest of £430 million.

***Other primarily includes acquisitions in Vietnam, South AfricaMackay Group on 31 October 2014 and the Philippines.proceeds and net assets following the disposal of Gleneagles Hotels Limited on 30 June 2015.

10. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

10. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Accounting policies

Acquired intangible assets are held on the consolidated balance sheet at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. Acquired brands and other intangible assets are initially recognised at fair value when they are controlled through contractual or other legal rights, or are separable from the rest of the business, and the fair value can be reliably measured. Where these assets are regarded as having indefinite useful economic lives, they are not amortised.

Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred, the value of any non-controlling interests and the fair value of any previously held equity interest in the subsidiary acquired over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill arising on acquisitions prior to 1 July 1998 was eliminated against reserves, and this goodwill has not been reinstated. Goodwill arising subsequent to 1 July 1998 has been capitalised.

Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets is based on their useful economic lives and are amortised on a straight-line basis over those lives and reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Goodwill and intangible assets that are regarded as having indefinite useful economic lives are not amortised and are reviewed for impairment at least annually or when there is an indication that the assets may be impaired. Impairment reviews compare the net carrying value with the recoverable amount (the(where recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less cost to sell and value in use). Amortisation and any impairment write downs are charged to other operating expenses in the income statement.

Computer software is amortised on a straight-line basis to estimated residual value over its expected useful life. Residual values and useful lives are reviewed each year. Subject to these reviews, the estimated useful lives are up to eight years.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

Assessment of the recoverable valueamount of an intangible asset, the useful economic life of an asset, or that an asset has an indefinite life, requires management judgement.

228


Financial statements (continued)

 

Impairment reviews are carried out to ensure that intangible assets, including brands, are not carried at above their recoverable amounts. The tests are dependent on management’s estimates and judgements, in particular in relation to the forecasting of future cash flows, the discount rates applied to those cash flows and the expected long term growth rates. Such estimates and judgements are subject to change as a result of changing economic conditions and actual cash flows may differ from forecasts.

 


                                                                                                         
   Brands
£ million
  Goodwill
£ million
  Other
intangibles
£ million
  Computer
software
£ million
  Total
£ million
 

Cost

      

At 30 June 2014

   5,839    1,213    1,121    493    8,666  

Exchange differences

   157    (57  96    (7  189  

Acquisition of businesses

   1,903    1,419    38        3,360  

Sale of businesses

   (144  (44          (188

Other additions

           1    40    41  

Other disposals

               (15  (15
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At 30 June 2015

   7,755    2,531    1,256    511    12,053  

Exchange differences

   969    286    216    32    1,503  

Sale of businesses

   (94  (36      (1  (131

Acquisitions(i)

   26    (14          12  

Other additions

           1    42    43  

Other disposals

           (1  (16  (17
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At 30 June 2016

   8,656    2,767    1,472    568    13,463  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Amortisation and impairment

      

At 30 June 2014

   432    12    56    275    775  

Exchange differences

   3    (2      (2  (1

Amortisation for the year

           4    56    60  

Other disposals

               (12  (12
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At 30 June 2015

   435    10    60    317    822  

Exchange differences

   80    16    3    23    122  

Amortisation for the year

           5    51    56  

Exceptional impairment

   62    42            104  

Other disposals

               (11  (11
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At 30 June 2016

   577    68    68    380    1,093  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Carrying amount

      

At 30 June 2016

   8,079    2,699    1,404    188    12,370  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At 30 June 2015

   7,320    2,521    1,196    194    11,231  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At 30 June 2014

   5,407    1,201    1,065    218    7,891  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

175



(i)Acquisitions represent the finalisation of the fair values of an acquisition completed in the year ended 30 June 2015.

 

229


Financial statements (continued)

 

 

 

Brands
£ million

 

Goodwill
£ million

 

Other
intangibles
£ million

 

Computer
software
£ million

 

Total
£ million

 

Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 30 June 2012 as previously reported

 

6,273

 

1,329

 

1,220

 

424

 

9,246

 

Prior year adjustment — IFRS 11

 

(31

)

 

 

(4

)

(35

)

At 30 June 2012 as restated

 

6,242

 

1,329

 

1,220

 

420

 

9,211

 

Exchange differences

 

108

 

(2

)

38

 

1

 

145

 

Acquisition of businesses

 

109

 

83

 

 

 

192

 

Other additions

 

 

 

 

54

 

54

 

Disposals

 

(62

)

(15

)

(3

)

(4

)

(84

)

At 30 June 2013 (restated)

 

6,397

 

1,395

 

1,255

 

471

 

9,518

 

Exchange differences

 

(568

)

(197

)

(134

)

(20

)

(919

)

Acquisition of businesses

 

10

 

16

 

 

 

26

 

Other additions

 

 

 

 

44

 

44

 

Disposals

 

 

(1

)

 

(2

)

(3

)

At 30 June 2014

 

5,839

 

1,213

 

1,121

 

493

 

8,666

 

Amortisation and impairment loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 30 June 2012 as previously reported

 

140

 

17

 

51

 

217

 

425

 

Prior year adjustment — IFRS 11

 

(2

)

 

 

(2

)

(4

)

At 30 June 2012 as restated

 

138

 

17

 

51

 

215

 

421

 

Exchange differences

 

10

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

13

 

Amortisation for the year

 

 

 

4

 

34

 

38

 

Exceptional impairment

 

50

 

 

 

 

50

 

Disposals

 

(13

)

 

(1

)

(3

)

(17

)

At 30 June 2013 (restated)

 

185

 

18

 

55

 

247

 

505

 

Exchange differences

 

(13

)

(6

)

(2

)

(15

)

(36

)

Amortisation for the year

 

 

 

3

 

44

 

47

 

Exceptional impairment

 

260

 

 

 

 

260

 

Disposals

 

 

 

 

(1

)

(1

)

At 30 June 2014

 

432

 

12

 

56

 

275

 

775

 

Carrying amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 30 June 2014

 

5,407

 

1,201

 

1,065

 

218

 

7,891

 

At 30 June 2013 (restated)

 

6,212

 

1,377

 

1,200

 

224

 

9,013

 

At 30 June 2012 (restated)

 

6,104

 

1,312

 

1,169

 

205

 

8,790

 

(a) Brands

At 30 June 2014,2016, the principal acquired brands, all of which are regarded as having indefinite useful economic lives, are as follows:

 

 

 

Principal markets

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
(restated)
£ million

 

Crown Royal whisky

 

United States

 

856

 

963

 

Captain Morgan

 

Global

 

702

 

790

 

Johnnie Walker whisky

 

Global

 

625

 

625

 

Windsor Premier whisky

 

Korea

 

501

 

499

 

Smirnoff vodka

 

Global

 

482

 

542

 

Yenì Raki

 

Turkey

 

469

 

580

 

Shui Jing Fang Chinese white spirit

 

Greater China

 

214

 

536

 

Bell’s whisky

 

South Africa

 

179

 

179

 

Bushmills whiskey

 

United States

 

144

 

144

 

Seagram’s 7 Crown whiskey

 

United States

 

130

 

147

 

Ypióca cachaça

 

Brazil

 

121

 

135

 

Gordon’s gin

 

Great Britain

 

119

 

119

 

Zacapa rum

 

Global

 

112

 

126

 

Seagram’s VO whisky

 

United States

 

111

 

125

 

Other brands

 

 

 

642

 

702

 

 

 

 

 

5,407

 

6,212

 

176



Financial statements (continued)

                                                               
   Principal markets   2016
£ million
   2015
£ million
 

Crown Royal whisky

   United States     1,101     933  

McDowell’s No.1 whisky, rum and brandy

   India     1,086     972  

Captain Morgan

   Global     903     765  

Johnnie Walker whisky

   Global     625     625  

Smirnoff vodka

   Global     620     525  

Windsor Premier whisky

   Korea     568     494  

Yenì Raki

   Turkey     446     403  

Shui Jing Fang Chinese white spirit

   Greater China     256     232  

Don Julio tequila

   United States     207     206  

Signature whisky

   India     204     183  

Bell’s whisky

   United Kingdom     179     179  

Black Dog whisky

   India     172     154  

Antiquity whisky

   India     169     151  

Seagram’s 7 Crown whiskey

   United States     168     142  

Zacapa rum

   Global     144     122  

Seagram’s VO whiskey

   United States     143     121  

Gordon’s gin

   Europe     119     119  

Bagpiper whisky

   India     117     104  

Old Parr whisky

   Global     106     83  

Other brands

     746     807  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     8,079     7,320  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The brands are protected by trademarks, which are renewable indefinitely, in all of the major markets where they are sold. There are not believed to be any legal, regulatory or contractual provisions that limit the useful lives of these brands. The nature of the premium drinks industry is that obsolescence is not a common issue, with indefinite brand lives being commonplace, and Diageo has a number of brands that were originally created more than 100 years ago. Accordingly, the directorsDirectors believe that it is appropriate that the brands are treated as having indefinite lives for accounting purposes and are therefore not amortised.

(b) Goodwill

For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill has been attributed to the following cash-generating units:

 

 

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
£ million

 

North America – United States

 

199

 

209

 

Western Europe

 

165

 

174

 

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

 

 

 

 

 

– East Africa

 

30

 

33

 

– Africa Regional Markets

 

83

 

98

 

– Russia and Eastern Europe

 

40

 

42

 

– Turkey

 

476

 

588

 

Latin America and Caribbean – Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil

 

64

 

74

 

Asia Pacific – Greater China

 

107

 

122

 

Other cash-generating units

 

37

 

37

 

 

 

1,201

 

1,377

 

                                          
   2016
£ million
   2015
£ million
 

North America

   217     217  

Europe, Russia and Turkey

    

– Europe (excluding Russia and Turkey)

   147     106  

– Turkey

   452     409  

Africa – Africa Regional Markets

   96     86  

Latin America and Caribbean – Mexico

   99     98  

Asia Pacific

    

– Greater China

   130     117  

– India

   1,475     1,320  

Other cash-generating units

   83     168  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   2,699     2,521  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Goodwill has arisen on the acquisition of businesses and includes synergies arising from cost savings, the opportunity to utilise Diageo’s distribution network to leverage marketing of the acquired products and the extension of the group’s portfolio of brands in new markets around the world.

 

230


Financial statements (continued)

(c) Other intangibles

Other intangibles principally comprise distribution rights. Diageo owns the global distribution rights for Ketel One vodka products in perpetuity, and the directorsDirectors believe that it is appropriate to treat these rights as having an indefinite life for accounting purposes. The carrying value at 30 June 20142016 was £1,053£1,354 million (2013(2015 – £1,184£1,147 million). All other distribution rights are amortised on a straight-line basis over the length of the distribution arrangements, generally between 10 and 20 years.

(d) Impairment testing

For impairment testing purposes goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units. These calculationsImpairment tests are performed annually, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Recoverable amounts are calculated based on the value in use approach. The value in use calculations are based on discounted forecast cash flows and terminal values calculated onusing the assumption that cash flows continue in perpetuity at the terminal growth rate of each country or region.

The individual brands and their associated tangible fixed assets are aggregated and tested as a cash-generating unit. Separate tests are carried out for each cash-generating unit (brand and attributable tangible fixed assets) and for each of the 21 markets. The goodwill is attributed to the markets.

Cash flows

Cash flows are forecast for each brand, other intangible and cash-generating unit for the financial year, which is approved by management and reflects expectations of sales growth, operating costs and margin, based on past experience and external sources of information.

Components of discountDiscount rate

The discount rates used are the weighted average cost of capital which reflects the returns on government bonds specific to the cash-generating units to which the goodwill is attributed or the countries where the brands are sold or returns on government bonds issued by triple ‘A’ rated countries with a maturity of 10 years, and an equity risk premium adjusted for specific industry. Further risk

premiums are applied according to management’s assessment of the risks in respect of the individual cash flows. The group applies post-tax discount rates to post-tax cash flows as the valuation calculated using this method closely approximates to applying pre-tax discount rates to pre-tax cash flows.

 

177



 

231


Financial statements (continued)

 

Long-termLong term growth rate, and period of growth and terminal growth rate

The terminal growth rates applied at the end of the forecast period are the long term annual inflation rate of the country obtained from external sources. For goodwill, these assumptions are based on the cash-generating unit or group of unitssources adjusted to which the goodwill is attributed. For brands, they are based on a weighted average takingtake into account circumstances specific to the country or countries where sales are made.group. For some intangible assets, management expects to achieve growth, driven by Diageo’s sales, marketing and distribution expertise, which is significantly in excess of the terminal growth rates for the applicable countries or regions. In these circumstances, the recoverable amount is calculated based on a five-year detailed plan and extended by up to an additional five to ten10 years using the annual growth rate of the real gross domestic product (GDP) of the country or region aggregated with its inflation rate, adjusted to take into account circumstances specific to the group. In the calculation of the terminal recoverable amount,value, a maximum of the long term annual inflation rate of the country is used as the terminal growth rate. For certain intangible assets more conservative long term assumptions are applied to calculate the recoverable amount.

For goodwill, these assumptions are based on the cash-generating unit or group of units to which the goodwill is attributed. For brands, they are based on a weighted average taking into account the country or countries where sales are made.

The pre-tax discount rates and terminal growth rates used for impairment testing are as follows:

 

 

 

2014 

 

2013

 

 

 

Pre-tax
discount
rate*
%

 

Terminal
growth
rate
%

 

Pre-tax
discount
rate*
%

 

Terminal
growth
rate
%

 

North America – United States

 

 10 

 

 2 

 

 9 

 

 2

 

Western Europe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Western Europe

 

 11 

 

 2 

 

 12 

 

 2

 

– Great Britain

 

 9 

 

 2 

 

 8 

 

 2

 

– Spain

 

 11 

 

 1 

 

 13 

 

 1

 

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– East Africa

 

 21 

 

 5 

 

 21 

 

 5

 

– Africa Regional Markets

 

 22 

 

 5 

 

 22 

 

 5

 

– South Africa

 

 16 

 

 5 

 

 14 

 

 5

 

– Russia and Eastern Europe

 

 14 

 

 4 

 

 13 

 

 5

 

– Turkey

 

 16 

 

 5 

 

 15 

 

 5

 

Latin America and Caribbean - Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil

 

 18 

 

 5 

 

 17 

 

 5

 

Asia Pacific

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

– South East Asia

 

 15 

 

 5 

 

 14 

 

 4

 

– Korea

 

 11 

 

 3 

 

 10 

 

 3

 

– Greater China

 

 12 

 

 3 

 

 12 

 

 3

 

                                                                                    
   2016   2015 
   Pre-tax
discount
rate(i)

%
   Terminal
growth
rate

%
   Pre-tax
discount
rate(i)

%
   Terminal
growth
rate

%
 

North America – United States

   9     2     9     2  

Europe, Russia and Turkey

        

– Europe

   9     2     10     2  

– Turkey

   16     5     15     5  

Africa

        

– Africa Regional Markets

   20     5     21     6  

– South Africa

   18     5     19     5  

Latin America and Caribbean

        

– Brazil

   13     5     13     5  

– Mexico

   18     3     20     3  

Asia Pacific

        

– Korea

   10     3     9     3  

– Greater China

   10     3     11     3  

– India(ii)

   14     6     19     6  

 


(i)Before additional risk premiums.
(ii)Post-tax discount rates for India as at 30 June 2016 and 30 June 2015 were 12%.

*Before additional risk premiums

In the year ended 30 June 2014 exceptional2016, an impairment losses of £260 million (2013 - £nil) and £4 million were chargedcharge in respect of the Shui Jing FangYpióca brand, the related fixed assets and property, respectively. Following the changegoodwill allocated to the deferred tax liability attributableParaguay, Uruguay and Brazil (PUB) cash-generating unit of £62 million, £14 million and £42 million, respectively was charged to the brand of £65 million the net exceptional loss was £199 million of which £120 million was attributable to the non-controlling interest. This impairment arose following an increase in the pre-tax discount rate (2014 - 16%; 2013 – 14.5%) and a change in the forecast growthother operating expenses. Forecast cash flow assumptions for the Shui Jing Fang brand primarilyhave been reduced principally due to the downturna challenging economic environment in the super premium baijiu category as a result of government anti-extravagance measuresBrazil and significant adverse changes in China, the principal market of the Shui Jing Fang brand.In the year ended 30 June 2013 an exceptional impairment charge of £50 million was in respect of the Cacique brand (2012 – £59 million).local tax regulation.

(e) Sensitivity to change in key assumptions

The Shui Jing Fang brand would be further impaired, against its current carrying value, if there is an increase in discount rate of 1ppt, a decrease in long term growth rate of 1ppt or a decrease in forecast annual cash flows of 10% by £21 million, £9 million or £23 million, respectively.

Goodwill allocated to the Greater China cash-generating unit would be impaired if there is an increase in discount rate of 1ppt or a decrease in forecast annual cash flows of 10% by £9 million or £22 million, respectively.

Impairment testing for the year ended 30 June 20142016 has identified the Windsor Premier brandfollowing cash-generating units as being sensitive to reasonably possible changes in assumptions due toassumptions.

232


Financial statements (continued)

The table below shows the challenging whisky market in Korea. Anheadroom at 30 June 2016 and the impairment charge of approximately £30 millionthat would be required if forecast annual cash flows decreased by 20%.the assumptions in the calculation of their value in use were changed:

 

                                                                                    
   Headroom
£ million
   1ppt
decrease in
terminal
growth rate
£ million
  1ppt
increase in
discount rate
£ million
  10%
decrease in
annual
cash flow(i)
£ million
 

India

   93     (372  (493  (361

Greater China

   60         (13  (12

Meta

   9             (11

(i)20% decrease in annual cash flow was considered as reasonable change for Meta.

It remains possible that changes in assumptions used to support Windsor Premier, Shui Jing Fang brands and goodwill allocated to Greater China could bearise in excess of those indicated in the table above.

178



Financial statements (continued)

For all intangibles with an indefinite life, other than thosethe cash- generating units mentioned above, management has concluded that no reasonable possible change in the key assumptions on which it has determined the recoverable amounts would cause their carrying values to exceed their recoverable amounts.

11. PROPERTY,, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Accounting policies

Land and buildings are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Freehold land is not depreciated. Leaseholds are depreciated over the unexpired period of the lease. Other property, plant and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis to estimated residual values over their expected useful lives, and these values and lives are reviewed each year. Subject to these reviews, the estimated useful lives fall within the following ranges: buildings – 10 to 50 years; within plant and equipment casks and containers – 15 to 50 years; other plant and equipment – 5 to 25 years; fixtures and fittings – 5 to 10 years; and returnable bottles and crates – 5 to 10 years.

Reviews are carried out if there is an indication that assets may be impaired, to ensure that property, plant and equipment are not carried at above their recoverable amounts.

Government grants

Government grants are not recognised until there is reasonable assurance that the group will comply with the conditions pursuant to which they have been granted and that the grants will be received. Government grants in respect of property, plant and equipment are deducted from the asset that they relate to, reducing the depreciation expense charged to the income statement.

Leases

Where the group has substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of an asset subject to a lease, the lease is treated as a finance lease. Assets held under finance leases are recognised as assets of the group at their fair value at the inception of the lease. The corresponding liability to the lessor is included in other financial liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. Lease payments are apportioned between interest expense and a reduction of the lease obligation so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Other leases are treated as operating leases, with payments and receipts taken to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease.

 


 

 

Land and
buildings
£ million

 

Plant and
equipment
£ million

 

Fixtures
and
fittings
£ million

 

Returnable
bottles and
crates
£ million

 

Under
construction
£ million

 

Total
£ million

 

Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 30 June 2012 as previously reported

 

1,223

 

2,785

 

126

 

408

 

426

 

4,968

 

Prior year adjustment - IFRS 11

 

(10

)

(84

)

 

 

 

(94

)

At 30 June 2012 as restated

 

1,213

 

2,701

 

126

 

408

 

426

 

4,874

 

Exchange differences

 

14

 

45

 

3

 

13

 

8

 

83

 

Acquisition of businesses

 

26

 

17

 

 

 

 

43

 

Other additions

 

35

 

258

 

10

 

42

 

417

 

762

 

Disposals

 

(13

)

(96

)

(5

)

(17

)

(4

)

(135

)

Transfers

 

50

 

376

 

(9

)

53

 

(470

)

 

At 30 June 2013 (restated)

 

1,325

 

3,301

 

125

 

499

 

377

 

5,627

 

Exchange differences

 

(97

)

(270

)

(13

)

(61

)

(28

)

(469

)

Acquisition of businesses

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Other additions

 

68

 

204

 

18

 

32

 

318

 

640

 

Disposals

 

(49

)

(221

)

(10

)

(17

)

 

(297

)

Transfers

 

85

 

205

 

 

24

 

(314

)

 

At 30 June 2014

 

1,333

 

3,219

 

120

 

477

 

353

 

5,502

 

Depreciation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 30 June 2012 as previously reported

 

346

 

1,314

 

84

 

252

 

 

1,996

 

Prior year adjustment - IFRS 11

 

(4

)

(49

)

 

 

 

(53

)

At 30 June 2012 as restated

 

342

 

1,265

 

84

 

252

 

 

1,943

 

Exchange differences

 

8

 

29

 

1

 

9

 

 

47

 

Depreciation charge for the year

 

45

 

194

 

10

 

38

 

 

287

 

Exceptional accelerated depreciation

 

 

23

 

 

 

 

23

 

Disposals

 

(10

)

(75

)

(5

)

(8

)

 

(98

)

Transfers

 

1

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

At 30 June 2013 (restated)

 

386

 

1,436

 

89

 

291

 

 

2,202

 

Exchange differences

 

(31

)

(118

)

(10

)

(31

)

 

(190

)

Depreciation charge for the year

 

75

 

170

 

11

 

41

 

 

297

 

Exceptional accelerated depreciation and impairment

 

1

 

19

 

1

 

 

4

 

25

 

Disposals

 

(40

)

(209

)

(10

)

(6

)

 

(265

)

At 30 June 2014

 

391

 

1,298

 

81

 

295

 

4

 

2,069

 

Carrying amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 30 June 2014

 

942

 

1,921

 

39

 

182

 

349

 

3,433

 

At 30 June 2013 (restated)

 

939

 

1,865

 

36

 

208

 

377

 

3,425

 

At 30 June 2012 (restated)

 

871

 

1,436

 

42

 

156

 

426

 

2,931

 

233

179



Financial statements (continued)

 


                                                                                                                              
   Land and
buildings
£ million
  Plant and
equipment
£ million
  Fixtures
and
fittings
£ million
  Returnable
bottles and
crates

£ million
  Under
construction
£ million
  Total
£ million
 

Cost

       

At 30 June 2014

   1,333    3,219    120    477    353    5,502  

Exchange differences

   (40  (119  (5  (44  (11  (219

Acquisition of businesses

   148    110    4        13    275  

Sale of businesses

   (105  (73  (7      (1  (186

Other additions

   51    181    13    35    297    577  

Other disposals

   (13  (66  (3  (20  (1  (103

Transfers

   73    210    3    16    (302    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At 30 June 2015

   1,447    3,462    125    464    348    5,846  

Exchange differences

   107    243    11    37    18    416  

Sale of businesses

   (119  (164  (3  (18  (18  (322

Other additions

   30    137    7    23    274    471  

Other disposals

   (58  (98  (22  (11  (8  (197

Transfers

   76    203    4    21    (304    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At 30 June 2016

   1,483    3,783    122    516    310   

 

6,214

  

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Depreciation

       

At 30 June 2014

   391    1,298    81    295    4    2,069  

Exchange differences

   (8  (64  (6  (28      (106

Depreciation charge for the year

   46    215    13    42        316  

Exceptional accelerated depreciation and impairment

       23                23  

Sale of businesses

   (20  (43  (5          (68

Other disposals

   (6  (56      (16      (78
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At 30 June 2015

   403    1,373    83    293    4    2,156  

Exchange differences

   36    113    8    25        182  

Depreciation charge for the year

   46    200    12    41        299  

Exceptional accelerated depreciation and impairment

   4    10                14  

Non-operating exceptional accelerated depreciation

       8                8  

Sale of businesses

   (65  (105  (3  (10      (183

Other disposals

   (24  (86  (20  (9  (4  (143
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At 30 June 2016

   400    1,513    80    340        2,333  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Carrying amount

       

At 30 June 2016

   1,083    2,270    42    176    310    3,881  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At 30 June 2015

   1,044    2,089    42    171    344    3,690  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At 30 June 2014

   942    1,921    39    182    349    3,433  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a) The net book value of land and buildings comprises freeholds of £862£1,034 million (2013(2015£851£975 million), long leaseholds of £36£28 million (2013(2015£36£20 million) and short leaseholds of £44£21 million (2013(2015£52£49 million). Depreciation was not charged on £129£203 million (2013(2015£143£144 million) of land.

(b) At 30 June 2014,2016, tangible fixed assets held under finance leases amounted to £303£264 million (2013(2015£286£294 million), principally in respect of plant and equipment. Depreciation on these assets held under finance leases was £20£19 million (2013(2015£21£17 million).

(c) Property, plant and equipment is net of a government grant of £108£139 million (2013(2015£121£118 million) received in prior years in respect of the construction of a rum distillery in the United States Virgin Islands.

 

234


Financial statements (continued)

12. OTHER INVESTMENTS

Accounting policies

Accounting policies

Available-for-sale investments are non-derivative financial assets that are either designated as such upon initial recognition or not classified in any of the other financial assets categories. They are included in non-current assets. Subsequent to initial measurement, available-for-sale investments are stated at fair value. Gains and losses arising from the changes in fair value are recognised in other comprehensive income until the investment is disposed of or impaired, when the accumulated gains and losses are recycled to the income statement. Interest and dividends from available-for-sale investments are recognised in the consolidated income statement.

Loans receivable are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted on an active market. They are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method less allowance for impairment. Allowances are made where there is evidence of a risk of non-payment taking into account ageing, previous experience and general economic conditions.


 

 

United
Spirits
Limited
£ million

 

Loans (b)
£ million

 

Other
£ million

 

Total
£ million

 

Cost less allowances or fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 30 June 2012

 

 

87

 

10

 

97

 

Exchange differences

 

(18

)

(10

)

2

 

(26

)

Additions

 

283

 

20

 

 

303

 

Repayments

 

 

(41

)

 

(41

)

Fair value adjustment

 

85

 

 

 

85

 

Allowances charged during the year

 

 

(6

)

 

(6

)

At 30 June 2013

 

350

 

50

 

12

 

412

 

Exchange differences

 

(6

)

(6

)

1

 

(11

)

Additions

 

 

26

 

 

26

 

Repayments and disposals

 

 

(19

)

(6

)

(25

)

Fair value adjustment

 

55

 

 

 

55

 

Transfer to associates (a)

 

(399

)

 

 

(399

)

Allowances reversed during the year

 

 

5

 

 

5

 

At 30 June 2014

 

 

56

 

7

 

63

 


(a) On the acquisition of a 10.04% investment in USL in the year ended 30 June 2013 USL was accounted for as an available-for-sale investment. On the acquisition of an additional 14.98% investment in USL on 4 July 2013, USL became an associate and the fair value at that date was transferred to investments in associates. See note 6.

 

(b) Loans

                                                               
   Loans (a)
£ million
  Others
£ million
  Total
£ million
 

Cost less allowances or fair value

    

At 30 June 2014

   56    7    63  

Exchange differences

   (2  1    (1

Acquisition of businesses

       58    58  

Other additions

   27        27  

Repayments and disposals

   (25      (25

Fair value adjustment

       20    20  

Transfer to assets held for sale

   (33      (33
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At 30 June 2015

   23    86    109  

Exchange differences

   2    2    4  

Additions (b)

   95        95  

Repayments and disposals (c)

   (4  (89  (93

Fair value adjustment

       9    9  

Provision charged during the year (b)

   (93      (93
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At 30 June 2016

   23    8    31  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(a) At 30 June 2016, loans comprise £33£21 million (2013 – £29 million; 2012 – £57 million) of loans to associates in South Africa and £23 million (2013(2015 – £21 million; 20122014£30£23 million) of loans to customers and other third parties, after allowances of £98 million (2015 – £7 million; 2014 – £9 million), and £2 million (2013(2015£27£2 million; 20122014£28£33 million) of loans to associates.

(b) Additions include a loan of $135 million (£92 million) provided by Standard Chartered Bank (SCB) to Watson Limited and guaranteed by a subsidiary of the group. The loan became due in May 2015 and was paid to SCB by Diageo in January 2016. The amount receivable in respect of the guarantee has been fully provided for. See note 18(a).

(c) On 7 July 2015, Diageo sold its investment in United Breweries Limited, a company quoted on the Indian stock exchange, for a consideration of £89 million.

180



Financial statements (continued)

13. POST EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS

Accounting policies

The group’s principal pension funds are defined benefit plans. In addition, the group has defined contribution plans, unfunded post employment medical benefit liabilities and other unfunded defined benefit post employment liabilities. For post employment plans, other than defined contribution plans, the amount charged to operating profit is the cost of accruing pension benefits promised to employees over the year, plus any changes arising on benefits granted to members by the group during the year. Net finance charges

235


Financial statements (continued)

comprise the net deficit/asset on the plans at the beginning of the financial year, adjusted for cash flows in the year, multiplied by the discount rate for plan liabilities. The differences between the fair value of the plans’ assets and the present value of the plans’ liabilities are disclosed as an asset or liability on the consolidated balance sheet. Any differences due to changes in assumptions or experience are recognised in other comprehensive income. The amount of any pension fund asset recognised on the balance sheet is limited to any future refunds from the plan or the present value of reductions in future contributions to the plan.

Contributions payable by the group in respect of defined contribution plans are charged to operating profit as incurred.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

Application of IAS 19 requires the exercise of judgement in relation to various assumptions including future pay rises, inflation and discount rates and employee and pensioner demographics.

Diageo determines the assumptions on a country by country basis in conjunction with its actuaries, and believes these assumptions to be in line with best practice, but the application of different assumptions could have a significant effect on the amounts reflected in the income statement, other comprehensive income and balance sheet. There may be also interdependency between some of the assumptions.

 


(a) Post employment benefit plans

The group operates a number of pension plans throughout the world, devised in accordance with local conditions and practices. The majority of the plans are defined benefit plans and are funded by payments to separately administered trusts or insurance companies. The group also operates a number of plans that are generally unfunded, primarily in the United States, which provide employees post employment medical costs.

The principal plans are in the United Kingdom, Ireland and the United States where benefits are based on employees’ length of service and salary at retirement. All valuations were performed by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method to determine pension costs. The most recent valuations of the significant defined benefit plans were carried out as follows:

 

Principal plans

Date of valuation

United Kingdom*Kingdom(i)

31 March 2012

1 April 2015

Ireland**Ireland(ii)

30

            31 December 2012

2015

United States

1 January 2014

2015

 


(i)The Diageo Pension Scheme (the UK Scheme) closed to new members in November 2005. Employees who have joined Diageo in the United Kingdom since the defined benefit scheme closed have been eligible to become members of the Diageo Lifestyle Plan (a cash balance defined benefit pension plan).
(ii)The triennial valuation of the Guinness Ireland Group Pension Scheme in Ireland (the Irish Scheme) as at 31 December 2015 is in progress and the result of this valuation is expected to be agreed by Diageo and the trustee later in calendar year 2016. The Irish Scheme closed to new members in May 2013. Employees who have joined Diageo in Ireland since the defined benefit scheme closed have been eligible to become members of Diageo administered defined contribution plans.

*In the United Kingdom, the Diageo Pension Scheme (the UK Scheme) closed to new members in November 2005. Employees who have joined Diageo in the United Kingdom since the defined benefit scheme closed have been eligible to become members of the Diageo Lifestyle Plan (a cash balance defined benefit pension plan).

**The Guinness Ireland Group Pension Scheme in Ireland (the Irish Scheme) closed to new members in May 2013. Employees who have joined Diageo in Ireland since the defined benefit scheme closed have been eligible to become members of a personal retirement savings account.236


Financial statements (continued)

 

The assets of the UK and Irish pension plans are held in separate trusts administered by trustees who are required to act in the best interests of the plans’ beneficiaries. For the UK Scheme, the trustee is Diageo Pension Trust Limited. As required by legislation, one-third of the directors of the Trust are nominated by the members of the UK Scheme, two member nominated directors have beenare appointed from both the pensioner member community and two from the active member community.

181



Financial statements (continued)

For the Irish Scheme Diageo Ireland makes four nominations and appoints three further candidates nominated by representative groupings.

As disclosed in note 1, the group has adopted IFRS 11 and the amendment to IAS 19 from 1 July 2013. All comparative prior year figures have been restated in compliance with these changes.

The amounts charged to the consolidated income statement for the group’s defined benefit post employment plans and the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the three years ended 30 June 20142016 are as follows:

 

                                                               
   2016
£ million
  2015
£ million
  2014
£ million
 

Current service cost and administrative expenses

   (112  (120  (118

Past service gains

   1    3      

Gains on curtailments and settlements

   1    3    26  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Charge to operating profit

   (110  (114  (92

Net finance charge in respect of post employment plans

   (5  (13  (12
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Charge before taxation(i)

   (115  (127  (104
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Actual returns less amounts included in finance income

   61    411    306  

Experience gains

   91    103    24  

Changes in financial assumptions

   (1,066  (400  (453

Changes in demographic assumptions

   62    9    (49
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss)/income

   (852  123    (172

Changes in the surplus restriction

           3  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive (loss)/income

   (852  123    (169
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(i)     The charge before taxation comprises:

    
   2016
£ million
  2015
£ million
  2014
£ million
 

United Kingdom

   (50  (62  (39

Ireland

   (19  (22  (28

United States

   (27  (24  (25

Other

   (19  (19  (12
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   (115  (127  (104
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

 

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
(restated)
£ million

 

2012
(restated)
£ million

 

Current service cost and administrative expenses

 

(118

)

(115

)

(120

)

Past service exceptional gains

 

 

3

 

115

 

Gains on curtailments and settlements

 

26

 

8

 

5

 

Charge to operating profit

 

(92

)

(104

)

 

Net finance charge in respect of post employment plans (note 5)

 

(12

)

(38

)

(37

)

Charge before taxation*

 

(104

)

(142

)

(37

)

Actual returns less amounts included in finance income

 

306

 

349

 

98

 

Experience gains

 

24

 

71

 

6

 

Changes in financial assumptions

 

(453

)

(298

)

(542

)

Changes in demographic assumptions

 

(49

)

1

 

(12

)

Other comprehensive (loss)/income

 

(172

)

123

 

(450

)

Changes in the surplus restriction

 

3

 

(4

)

12

 

Total other comprehensive (loss)/income

 

(169

)

119

 

(438

)


* The charge before taxation comprises:

 

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
(restated)
£ million

 

2012
(restated)
£ million

 

United Kingdom

 

(39

)

(71

)

12

 

Ireland

 

(28

)

(26

)

(3

)

United States

 

(25

)

(28

)

(29

)

Other

 

(12

)

(17

)

(17

)

 

 

(104

)

(142

)

(37

)

In addition to the charge in respect of defined benefit post employment plans, contributions to the group’s defined contribution plans were £16 million (2015 – £15 million (2013million; 2014£13 million; 2012 – £13£15 million).

237


Financial statements (continued)

 

The movement in the net deficit for the two years ended 30 June 20142016 is set out below:

 

 

Plan
assets
£ million

 

Plan
liabilities
£ million

 

Net
deficit
£ million

 

                                                               

At 30 June 2012 previously reported

 

6,165

 

(7,249

)

(1,084

)

Prior year adjustment - IFRS 11

 

(33

)

42

 

9

 

At 30 June 2012 as restated

 

6,132

 

(7,207

)

(1,075

)

  Plan
assets
£ million
 Plan
liabilities
£ million
 Net
deficit
£ million
 

At 30 June 2014

   7,480   (7,953 (473

Exchange differences

 

79

 

(111

)

(32

)

   (144 177   33  

Acquisition of businesses

 

 

(1

)

(1

)

   33   (40 (7

Sale of businesses

   (20 30   10  

Charge before taxation

 

265

 

(407

)

(142

)

   290   (417 (127

Other comprehensive income/(loss)*

 

349

 

(226

)

123

 

Other comprehensive income/(loss)(i)

   411   (288 123  

Contributions by the group

 

591

 

 

591

 

   184       184  

Employee contributions

 

4

 

(4

)

 

   7   (7    

Benefits paid

 

(338

)

338

 

 

   (358 358      

At 30 June 2013 (restated)

 

7,082

 

(7,618

)

(536

)

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

At 30 June 2015

   7,883    (8,140  (257

Exchange differences

 

(164

)

215

 

51

 

   328    (463  (135

Sale of businesses

   (38  37    (1

Charge before taxation

 

307

 

(411

)

(104

)

   275    (390  (115

Other comprehensive income/(loss)*

 

306

 

(478

)

(172

)

Other comprehensive income/(loss)(i)

   61    (913  (852

Contributions by the group

 

288

 

 

288

 

   169        169  

Employee contributions

 

3

 

(3

)

 

   6    (6    

Benefits paid

 

(342

)

342

 

 

   (428  428      

At 30 June 2014

 

7,480

 

(7,953

)

(473

)

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

At 30 June 2016

   8,256    (9,447  (1,191
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 


* Excludes surplus restriction.

182



Financial statements (continued)

(i)Excludes surplus restriction.

The plan assets and liabilities by type of the post employment benefit anyand country is analysed below:as follows:

 

 

 

2014

 

2013 (restated)

 

 

 

Plan
assets
£ million

 

Plan
liabilities
£ million

 

Plan
assets
£ million

 

Plan
liabilities
£ million

 

Pensions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United Kingdom

 

5,496

 

(5,380

)

5,223

 

(5,018

)

Ireland

 

1,385

 

(1,695

)

1,277

 

(1,700

)

United States

 

369

 

(399

)

356

 

(408

)

Others

 

218

 

(235

)

212

 

(247

)

Post employment medical

 

1

 

(203

)

1

 

(191

)

Other post employment

 

11

 

(41

)

13

 

(54

)

 

 

7,480

 

(7,953

)

7,082

 

(7,618

)

                                                                                    
   2016  2015 
   Plan
assets
£ million
   Plan
liabilities
£ million
  Plan
assets
£ million
   Plan
liabilities
£ million
 

Pensions

       

United Kingdom

   6,047     (6,190  5,922     (5,621

Ireland

   1,472     (2,149  1,295     (1,554

United States

   474     (508  401     (420

Other

   194     (240  212     (242

Post employment medical

   2     (260  1     (218

Other post employment

   67     (100  52     (85
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   8,256     (9,447  7,883     (8,140
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The balance sheet analysis of the post employment plans is as follows:

 

 

2014

 

2013 (restated)

 

  2016 2015 

 

Non-
current
 assets
£ million

 

Non-
current
liabilities
£ million

 

Non-
current
assets
£ million

 

Non-
current
liabilities
£ million

 

  Non-
current
assets(i)
£ million
   Non-
current
liabilities
£ million
 Non-
current
assets(i)
£ million
   Non-
current
liabilities
£ million
 

Funded plans

 

251

 

(488

)

312

 

(614

)

   55     (997 436     (447

Unfunded plans

 

 

(238

)

 

(239

)

        (251       (248

 

251

 

(726

)

312

 

(853

)

  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 
   55     (1,248 436     (695
  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

(i)Includes surplus restriction of £2 million (2015 – £2 million).

 

238


Financial statements (continued)

(b) Principal risks and assumptions

The material post employment plans are not exposed to any unusual, entity specific or scheme specific risks but there are general risks:

Inflation the majority of the plans’ obligations are linked to inflation. Higher inflation will lead to increased liabilities which is partially offset by holdings of inflation linked gilts and swaps and the plans provide for caps on the level of inflationary increases.

Interest rate The plan liabilities are determined using discount rates derived from yields on AA-rated corporate bonds. A decrease in corporate bond yields will increase plan liabilities though this will be partially offset by an increase in the value of the bonds held by the post employment plans.

Mortality The majority of the obligations are to provide benefits for the life of the members and their partners so any increase in life expectancy will result in an increase in the plans’ liabilities.

Asset returns Assets held by the pension plans are invested in a diversified portfolio of equities, bonds and other assets. Volatility in asset values will lead to movements in the net asset/(deficit) reported in the consolidated balance sheet for post employment plans which in addition will also impact the post employment expense in the consolidated income statement.

183



Financial statements (continued)

The following weighted average assumptions were used to determine the group’s deficit/surplus in the main post employment plans at 30 June in the relevant year. The assumptions used to calculate the charge/credit in the consolidated income statement for the year ended 30 June are based on the assumptions disclosed as at the previous 30 June.

 

 

United Kingdom

 

Ireland

 

United States**

 

 

2014
%

 

2013
%

 

2012
%

 

2014
%

 

2013
%

 

2012
%

 

2014
%

 

2013
%

 

2012
%

 

  United Kingdom   Ireland   United States(i) 

Rate of general increase in salaries*

 

4.4

 

4.4

 

4.0

 

2.5

 

3.1

 

3.7

 

 

 

 

        2016
%
         2015
%
         2014
%
         2016
%
         2015
%
         2014
%
         2016
%
         2015
%
         2014
%
 

Rate of general increase in salaries(ii)

   4.0     4.4     4.4     2.8     3.1     2.5                 

Rate of increase to pensions in payment

 

3.5

 

3.6

 

3.2

 

1.7

 

1.8

 

1.8

 

 

 

 

   3.1     3.4     3.5     1.6     1.7     1.7                 

Rate of increase to deferred pensions

 

2.3

 

2.3

 

2.0

 

1.5

 

1.7

 

1.7

 

 

 

 

   1.8     2.2     2.3     1.4     1.6     1.5                 

Discount rate for plan liabilities

 

4.2

 

4.6

 

4.5

 

3.0

 

3.6

 

4.1

 

4.2

 

4.5

 

4.1

 

   2.9     3.8     4.2     1.4     2.6     3.0     3.5     4.3     4.2  

Inflation - CPI

 

2.3

 

2.3

 

2.0

 

1.5

 

1.7

 

1.7

 

2.1

 

1.8

 

1.9

 

   1.8     2.2     2.3     1.4     1.6     1.5     1.4     1.7     2.1  

Inflation - RPI

 

3.3

 

3.3

 

2.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   2.8     3.2     3.3                                

 


*The salary increase assumptions include an allowance for age related promotional salary increases.

**The salary increase assumption in the United States is not a significant assumption as only a minimal amount of members’ pension entitlement is dependent on a member’s projected final salary.

(i)The salary increase assumption in the United States is not a significant assumption as only a minimal amount of members’ pension entitlement is dependent on a member’s projected final salary.
(ii)The salary increase assumptions include an allowance for age related promotional salary increases.

For the main UK and Irish pension funds, the table below illustrates the expected age at death of an average worker who retires currently at the age of 65, and one who is currently aged 45 and subsequently retires at the age of 65:

 

 

United Kingdom*

 

Ireland**

 

United States

 

  United Kingdom(i)   Ireland(ii)   United States 

 

2014
Age

 

2013
Age

 

2012
Age

 

2014
Age

 

2013
Age

 

2012
Age

 

2014
Age

 

2013
Age

 

2012
Age

 

        2016
Age
         2015
Age
         2014
Age
         2016
Age
         2015
Age
         2014
Age
         2016
Age
         2015
Age
         2014
Age
 

Retiring currently at age 65

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                  

Male

 

86.4

 

86.3

 

86.2

 

85.9

 

85.7

 

85.8

 

86.6

 

84.5

 

84.4

 

   86.4     86.6     86.4     86.2     86.0     85.9     86.3     86.7     86.6  

Female

 

88.4

 

88.3

 

88.2

 

88.6

 

88.5

 

88.4

 

88.8

 

86.4

 

86.3

 

   88.3     88.5     88.4     88.9     88.7     88.6     88.3     88.9     88.8  

Currently aged 45, retiring at age 65

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                  

Male

 

88.9

 

88.3

 

88.3

 

88.8

 

88.6

 

87.6

 

88.3

 

86.0

 

85.9

 

   88.6     88.8     88.9     89.1     88.9     88.8     88.0     88.4     88.3  

Female

 

91.0

 

90.5

 

90.5

 

91.5

 

91.3

 

90.2

 

90.5

 

87.2

 

87.2

 

   91.2     91.4     91.0     91.8     91.6     91.5     89.9     90.6     90.5  

 


(i)Based on the CMI’s series of mortality tables with scaling factors based on the experience of the plan and where people live, with suitable future improvements.
(ii)Based on the ‘00’ series of mortality tables with scaling factors based on the experience of the plan and with suitable future improvements.

*Based on the CMI birth year tables with scaling factors based on the experience of the plan and with suitable future improvements.

**Based on the “00” series of mortality tables with scaling factors based on the experience of the plan and with suitable future improvements.239


Financial statements (continued)

 

For the significant assumptions, the following sensitivity analyses give an estimate of the potential impacts on the consolidated income statement for the year ended 30 June 20142016 and on the plan liabilities at 30 June 2014:2016:

 

 

United Kingdom

 

Ireland

 

United States and other

 

  United Kingdom Ireland United States and other 

 

Operating
profit
£ million

 

Profit
after
taxation
£ million

 

Plan
liabilities*
£ million

 

Operating
profit
£ million

 

Profit
after
taxation
£ million

 

Plan
liabilities*
£ million

 

Operating
profit
£ million

 

Profit
after
taxation
£ million

 

Plan
liabilities*
£ million

 

  Profit
before
taxation
£ million
 Profit
after
taxation
£ million
 Plan
liabilities(i)
£ million
 Profit
before
taxation
£ million
 Profit
after
taxation
£ million
 Plan
liabilities(i)
£ million
 Profit
before
taxation
£ million
 Profit
after
taxation
£ million
 Plan
liabilities(i)
£ million
 

Effect of 0.5% increase in discount rate

 

24

 

19

 

403

 

6

 

5

 

134

 

2

 

1

 

29

 

   23    18    489    4    3    193    2    1    38  

Effect of 0.5% decrease in discount rate

 

(22

)

(17

)

(458

)

(6

)

(5

)

(153

)

(2

)

(1

)

(31

)

   (21  (17  (560  (3  (3  (224  (1  (1  (39

Effect of 0.5% increase in inflation

 

(21

)

(16

)

(373

)

(6

)

(5

)

(93

)

(1

)

(1

)

(12

)

   (20  (16  (429  (5  (4  (136  (1  (1  (17

Effect of 0.5% decrease in inflation

 

18

 

14

 

334

 

5

 

4

 

86

 

1

 

1

 

11

 

   17    14    387    4    3    149    1    1    15  

Effect of one year increase in life expectancy

 

(10

)

(8

)

(211

)

(2

)

(2

)

(57

)

(2

)

(1

)

(17

)

   (9  (7  (272  (2  (2  (88  (1  (1  (21

 


(i)The estimated effect on the liabilities excludes the impact of any interest rate and inflation swaps entered into by the pension plans.
(1)The sensitivity analyses above have been determined based on reasonably possible changes of the respective assumptions and may not be representative of the actual change. Each sensitivity is calculated on a change in the key assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. The sensitivity to inflation includes the impact on all inflation linked assumptions (e.g. pension increases and salary increases where appropriate).

(1)The sensitivity analyses above have been determined based on reasonably possible changes of the respective assumptions and may not be representative of the actual change. Each sensitivity is calculated on a change in the key assumption while holding all other assumptions constant.

*The estimated effect on the liabilities excludes the impact of any interest rate and inflation swaps entered into by the pension plans.

184



Financial statements (continued)

(c) Investment and hedging strategy

The investment strategy for the group’s funded post employment plans is decided locally by the trustees of the plan and/or Diageo, as appropriate, and takes account of the relevant statutory requirements. The objective of the investment strategy is to achieve a target rate of return in excess of the movement on the liabilities, while taking an acceptable level of investment risk relative to the liabilities. This objective is implemented by using the funds of the plans to invest in a variety of asset classes that are expected over the long term to deliver a target rate of return. The majority of the investment strategies have significant amounts allocated to equities, with the intention that this will result in the ongoing cost to the group of the post employment plans being lower over the long term, within acceptable boundaries of risk. Significant amounts are invested in bonds in order to provide a natural hedge against movements in the liabilities of the plans. At 30 June 2014,2016, approximately 37%27% and 73% (201380% (201530%35% and 77%79%) of the UK Scheme’s liabilities were hedged against future movements in interest rates and inflation, respectively, through the usecombined effect of swapsbonds and gilts.swaps. At 30 June 2014,2016, approximately 33%28% and 52% (201360% (201537%32% and 45%59%) of the Irish Scheme’s liabilities were hedged against future movements in interest rates and inflation, respectively, through the usecombined effect of bonds and swaps.

The discount rates used are based on the yields of high quality fixed income investments. For the UK plans, which represent approximately 68%66% of total plan liabilities, the discount rate is determined by reference to the yield curves of AA ratedAA-rated corporate bonds for which the timing and amount of cash outflows are similar to those of the plans. A similar process is used to determine the discount rates used for the non-UK plans.

 

The240


Financial statements (continued)

An analysis of the fair value of the plan assets is as follows:

 

 

2014

 

2013 (restated)

 

  2016 2015 

 

United
Kingdom

£ million

 

Ireland
£ million

 

United States
and other

£ million

 

Total
£ million

 

United
Kingdom
£ million

 

Ireland
£ million

 

United States
and other

£ million

 

Total
£ million

 

  United
Kingdom
£ million
 Ireland
£ million
   United
States and
other
£ million
   Total
£ million
 United
Kingdom
£ million
 Ireland
£ million
   United
States and
other
£ million
   Total
£ million
 

Equities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

             

Quoted

 

1,222

 

433

 

249

 

1,904

 

1,289

 

468

 

315

 

2,072

 

   992    433     253     1,678   812   395     254     1,461  

Unquoted and private equity

 

281

 

2

 

22

 

305

 

299

 

2

 

23

 

324

 

   321    3     20     344   297   2     18     317  

Bonds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

             

Fixed-interest government

 

319

 

64

 

36

 

419

 

347

 

65

 

67

 

479

 

   206    158     46     410   178   117     37     332  

Inflation-linked government

 

857

 

100

 

4

 

961

 

684

 

203

 

3

 

890

 

   977    178          1,155   826   133     9     968  

Investment grade corporate

 

835

 

362

 

210

 

1,407

 

820

 

162

 

94

 

1,076

 

   980    225     314     1,519   861   210     251     1,322  

Non-investment grade

 

224

 

12

 

11

 

247

 

110

 

18

 

3

 

131

 

   219    43     12     274   265   31     14     310  

Loan securities

 

469

 

143

 

 

612

 

359

 

60

 

 

419

 

   602    140          742   614   123          737  

Repurchase agreements

 

710

 

 

 

710

 

553

 

 

 

553

 

   2,000              2,000   1,980              1,980  

Property - unquoted

 

525

 

75

 

8

 

608

 

484

 

72

 

9

 

565

 

Liability driven investment (LDI)

   114    24          138   80   20          100  

Property – unquoted

   670    108     1     779   665   83     10     758  

Hedge funds

 

202

 

127

 

 

329

 

209

 

129

 

 

338

 

       142          142       122          122  

Interest rate and inflation swaps

 

(295

)

60

 

 

(235

)

(161

)

55

 

 

(106

)

   (1,007  15          (992 (801 50          (751

Cash and other

 

147

 

7

 

59

 

213

 

230

 

43

 

68

 

341

 

   (27  3     91     67   145   9     73     227  
  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total bid value of assets

 

5,496

 

1,385

 

599

 

7,480

 

5,223

 

1,277

 

582

 

7,082

 

   6,047    1,472     737     8,256   5,922   1,295     666     7,883  
  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

·The asset classes include some cash holdings that are temporary. This cash is likely to be invested imminently and so has been included in the asset class where it is anticipated to be invested in the long term.

·Within the Irish Scheme’s plan assets above there is £0.6 million invested in the ordinary shares of Diageo plc.

(1)The asset classes include some cash holdings that are temporary. This cash is likely to be invested imminently and so has been included in the asset class where it is anticipated to be invested in the long term.
(2)Within the Irish Scheme’s plan assets above there is £0.6 million (2015 – £0.6 million) invested in the ordinary shares of Diageo plc.

Total cash contributions by the group to all post employment plans in the year ending 30 June 20152017 are expectedestimated to be £185approximately £200 million.

(d) Deficit funding arrangements

UK plans

In the year ended 30 June 2011 the group established a Pension Funding Partnership (PFP) in respect of the UK Scheme. Whisky inventory was transferred into the partnership but the group retains control over the partnership which at 30 June 20142016 held inventory with a book value of £634£607 million (2013(2015£695£663 million). The partnership is fully consolidated in the group financial statements. The UK Scheme has a limited interest in the partnership, and as a partner, is entitled to a distribution from the profits of the partnership which for the year ended 30 June 20142016 was £25 million (2013(2015 – £25 million) and is expected to be approximately the same amount for the next 10eight years.

In 2024 the group will be required, dependent upon the funding position of the UK Scheme at that time, to pay an amount expected to be no greater than the deficit at that time, up to a maximum of £430 million in cash, to the UK Scheme to buy out the UK Scheme’s interest in the partnership. If the UK Scheme is in surplus at an actuarial triennial valuation without allowing for the value of the PFP, then Diageo can exit the PFP with the agreement of the trustees. The group has also agreed to make conditional contributions into escrow if the deficit at the 2015 or 2018 actuarial triennial valuation is in excess of £211 million and £84 million, respectively. The escrow accountmillion. These additional contributions would be payable to the UK Scheme by 31 March 2019.

185



Financial statements (continued)

During2019, or within one month of completion of the year ended 30 June 2013 the group made an additional one off cash contribution of £400 million to the UK Scheme.

2018 valuation if later.

Irish plans

The group has also agreed a deficit funding arrangement with the trustees of the Irish Scheme under which it contributes to the Irish Scheme €21 million (£1716 million) per annum until the year ending 30 June 2029. The agreement also provides for additional cash contributions into escrow of up to €188 million (£150140 million) if an equivalent reduction in the deficit is not achieved over the 18 year period from 2010 to 2028. As part of this funding plan, Diageo has granted to the Irish Scheme a contingent asset comprising mortgages over certain land and buildings and fixed and floating charges over certain receivables of the group up to a value of €200 million (£160149 million). During the year ended 30 June 2014 the group made an additional one off cash contribution of €100 million (£85 million) to the Irish plans.

 

241


Financial statements (continued)

(e) Timing of benefit payments

The following table provides information on the timing of the benefit payments and the average duration of the defined benefit obligations and the distribution of the timing of benefit payments:

 

 

 

United Kingdom

 

Ireland

 

United States

 

 

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
£ million

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
£ million

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
£ million

 

Maturity analysis of benefits expected to be paid

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Within one year

 

217

 

217

 

73

 

79

 

34

 

37

 

Between 1 to 5 years

 

804

 

786

 

360

 

392

 

134

 

145

 

Between 6 to 15 years

 

2,525

 

2,474

 

718

 

789

 

307

 

324

 

Between 16 to 25 years

 

2,925

 

2,921

 

701

 

792

 

230

 

244

 

Beyond 25 years

 

6,882

 

7,219

 

1,297

 

1,569

 

236

 

281

 

Total

 

13,353

 

13,617

 

3,149

 

3,621

 

941

 

1,031

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

years

 

years

 

years

 

years

 

years

 

years

 

Average duration of the defined benefit obligation

 

17

 

16

 

18

 

17

 

12

 

11

 

                                                                                                                              
   United Kingdom   Ireland   United States 
   2016
£ million
   2015
£ million
   2016
£ million
   2015
£ million
   2016
£ million
   2015
£ million
 
Maturity analysis of benefits expected to be paid            

Within one year

   272     233     74     70     61     42  

Between 1 to 5 years

   998     802     359     344     175     149  

Between 6 to 15 years

   2,724     2,501     702     696     387     337  

Between 16 to 25 years

   2,530     2,841     662     672     266     237  

Beyond 25 years

   4,210     6,360     1,121     1,199     253     229  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   10,734     12,737     2,918     2,981     1,142     994  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   years   years   years   years   years   years 
Average duration of the defined benefit obligation   18     17     20     18     11     11  

The projected benefit payments are based on the assumptions underlying the assessment of the obligations, including inflation. They are disclosed undiscounted and therefore appear large relative to the discounted value of the plan liabilities recognised in the consolidated balance sheet. They are in respect of benefits that have accrued at the balance sheet date and make no allowance for any benefits accrued subsequently.

(f) Related party disclosures

Information on transactions between the group and its pension plans is given in note 21.20.

14. WORKING CAPITAL

Accounting policies

Accounting policiesInventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost includes raw materials, direct labour and expenses, an appropriate proportion of production and other overheads, but not borrowing costs. Cost is calculated at the weighted average cost incurred in acquiring inventories. Maturing inventories which are retained for more than one year are classified as current assets, as they are expected to be realised in the normal operating cycle.

Trade and other receivables are initially recognised at fair value less transaction costs and subsequently carried at amortised costs less any allowance for discounts and doubtful debts.

Trade and other payables are initially recognised at fair value including transaction costs and subsequently carried at amortised costs.

Provisions are liabilities of uncertain timing or amount. A provision is recognised if, as a result of a past event, the group has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. Provisions are calculated on a discounted basis. The carrying amounts of provisions are reviewed at each balance sheet date and adjusted to reflect the current best estimate.

 


 

186(a) Inventories



                                          
   2016
£ million
   2015
£ million
 

Raw materials and consumables

   301     333  

Work in progress

   49     66  

Maturing inventories

   3,647     3,586  

Finished goods and goods for resale

   582     589  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   4,579     4,574  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

242


Financial statements (continued)

Inventories

 

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
(restated)
£ million

 

Raw materials and consumables

 

306

 

346

 

Work in progress

 

59

 

63

 

Maturing inventories

 

3,300

 

3,182

 

Finished goods and goods for resale

 

557

 

616

 

 

 

4,222

 

4,207

 

 

Maturing inventories include whisky,whisk(e)y, rum, wines and Chinese white spirits. The following amounts of inventories are expected to be utilised after more than one year:

 

 

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
(restated)
£ million

 

Raw materials and consumables

 

84

 

50

 

Maturing inventories

 

2,635

 

2,668

 

 

 

2,719

 

2,718

 

                                          
   2016
£ million
   2015
£ million
 

Raw materials and consumables

   27     55  

Maturing inventories

   3,180     2,988  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   3,207     3,043  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Inventories are disclosed net of provisions for obsolescence, an analysis of which is as follows:

 

                                          

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
£ million

 

  2016
£ million
 2015
£ million
 

Balance at beginning of the year

 

64

 

52

 

   53   52  

Exchange differences

 

(6

)

 

   5   (2

Income statement charge

 

14

 

20

 

   33   29  

Utilised

 

(20

)

(8

)

   (15 (25

Sale of businesses

   (3 (1

 

52

 

64

 

  

 

  

 

 
   73   53  
  

 

  

 

 

(b) Trade and other receivables

 

 

 

2014

 

2013
(restated)

 

 

 

Current
assets
£ million

 

Non-current
assets
£ million

 

Current
assets
£ million

 

Non-current
assets
£ million

 

Trade receivables

 

2,004

 

 

2,021

 

 

Interest receivable

 

20

 

 

19

 

 

Other receivables

 

286

 

94

 

235

 

104

 

Prepayments

 

142

 

13

 

124

 

23

 

Accrued income

 

47

 

 

38

 

 

 

 

2,499

 

107

 

2,437

 

127

 

As at 30 June 2014 non-current other receivables includes £87 million (2013 – £87 million) in respect of the assessment of excise duties made by the Korean customs authorities (see note 19(c)).

                                                                                    
   2016   2015 
   Current
assets
£ million
   Non-current
assets
£ million
   Current
assets
£ million
   Non-current
assets
£ million
 

Trade receivables

   2,154     1     1,933       

Interest receivable

   20          23       

Other receivables

   281     36     297     38  

Prepayments

   189     9     146     8  

Accrued income

   42          36       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   2,686     46     2,435     46  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2014,2016, approximately 13%, 20% and 21%11% of the group’s trade receivables of £2,004£2,155 million are due from counterparties based in the United Kingdom, and in the United States and India, respectively.

The aged analysis of trade receivables, net of allowance,allowances, is as follows:

 

                                          

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
(restated)
£ million

 

  2016
£ million
   2015
£ million
 

Not overdue

 

1,895

 

1,936

 

   2,012     1,806  

Overdue 1 – 30 days

 

46

 

45

 

   60     47  

Overdue 31 – 60 days

 

22

 

11

 

   25     22  

Overdue 61 – 90 days

 

10

 

5

 

   16     11  

Overdue 91 – 180 days

 

16

 

7

 

   21     32  

Overdue more than 180 days

 

15

 

17

 

   21     15  

 

2,004

 

2,021

 

  

 

   

 

 
   2,155     1,933  
  

 

   

 

 

 

187



243


Financial statements (continued)

 

Trade and other receivables are disclosed net of allowance for doubtful debts, an analysis of which is as follows:

 

                                          

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
£ million

 

  2016
£ million
 2015
£ million
 

Balance at beginning of the year

 

65

 

58

 

   71   63  

Exchange differences

 

(3

)

1

 

   5   (6

Income statement charge

 

10

 

13

 

   15   21  

Written off

 

(9

)

(7

)

   (8 (7

 

63

 

65

 

  

 

  

 

 
   83   71  
  

 

  

 

 

(c) Trade and other payables

 

 

 

2014

 

2013
(restated)

 

 

 

Current
liabilities
£ million

 

Non-current
liabilities
£ million

 

Current
liabilities
£ million

 

Non-current
liabilities
£ million

 

Trade payables

 

903

 

 

1,087

 

 

Interest payable

 

101

 

 

178

 

 

Tax and social security excluding income tax

 

494

 

3

 

533

 

 

Other payables

 

494

 

81

 

409

 

104

 

Accruals

 

785

 

 

986

 

 

Deferred income

 

23

 

10

 

19

 

14

 

 

 

2,800

 

94

 

3,212

 

118

 

                                                                                    
   2016   2015 
   Current
liabilities
£ million
   Non-current
liabilities
£ million
   Current
liabilities
£ million
   Non-current
liabilities
£ million
 

Trade payables

   916          883       

Interest payable

   81          77       

Tax and social security excluding income tax

   605     3     546     5  

Other payables

   680     37     524     40  

Accruals

   1,056     9     879     9  

Deferred income

   34     21     34     15  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   3,372     70     2,943     69  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest payable at 30 June 20142016 includes interest on non-derivative financial instruments of £91£73 million (2013(2015£168£68 million).

(d) Provisions

 

 

Thalidomide
£ million

 

Restructuring
£ million

 

Other
£ million

 

Total
£ million

 

                                                                                    

At 30 June 2013

 

164

 

71

 

130

 

365

 

  Thalidomide
£ million
 Restructuring
£ million
 Other
£ million
 Total
£ million
 

At 30 June 2015

   191    49    103    343  

Exchange differences

 

 

(7

)

(5

)

(12

)

   2        20    22  

Provisions charged during the year

 

41

 

59

 

12

 

112

 

           100    100  

Provisions utilised during the year

 

(14

)

(35

)

(40

)

(89

)

   (11  (33  (33  (77

Transfers

   (2  (10  4    (8

Unwinding of discounts

 

9

 

 

 

9

 

   10            10  

At 30 June 2014

 

200

 

88

 

97

 

385

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

At 30 June 2016

   190    6    194    390  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Current liabilities

 

22

 

75

 

35

 

132

 

   10    5    122    137  

Non-current liabilities

 

178

 

13

 

62

 

253

 

   180    1    72    253  

 

200

 

88

 

97

 

385

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
   190    6    194    390  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 


(a) Provisions have been established in respect of the discounted value of the group’s commitment to the UK Thalidomide Trust. These will be utilised over the period of the commitments up to 2037.

(b) The group is engaged inimplemented a number of restructuring programmes, which involve the rationalisation of certain operations around the world. EmployeeAs at 30 June 2016 there were provisions for certain costs in respect of employee charges, incremental costs in respect of service contract and information systems infrastructure charges, in connection with the programmesoutstanding provisions are recognised in the restructuring provision, which is expected to be substantially utilised by 30 June 20152017 (see note 4(a)-(e))4).

(c) The largest itemitems in other provisions is £42are £67 million (2013in respect of the disposal of the wines business in North America and UK based Percy Fox businesses includes a provision for the settlement of a guarantee given in respect of the lease payments due to the lessor of the vineyards and £48 million (2015£52£44 million) in respect of employee deferred compensation plans which will be utilised when employees leave the group.

 

188



244


Financial statements (continued)

 

Risk management and capital structureRISK MANAGEMENT AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Introduction

This section sets out the policies and procedures applied to manage the group’sgroup’s capital structure and the financial risks the group is exposed to. Diageo considers the following components of its balance sheet to be capital: borrowings and equity. Diageo manages its capital structure to achieve capital efficiency, provide flexibility to invest through the economic cycle and give efficient access to debt markets at attractive cost levels.

15. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT

Accounting policies

Financial assets and liabilities are initially recorded at fair value including any directly attributable transaction costs. For those financial assets that are not subsequently held at fair value, the group assesses whether there is evidence of impairment at each balance sheet date.

The group classifies its financial assets and liabilities into the following categories: loans and receivables, available-for-sale investments, financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit and loss and other financial liabilities at amortised cost.

The accounting policies foravailable-for-sale investmentsandloansare described in note 12, fortrade and other receivables in note 14 and forcash and cash equivalents in note 16.

Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss include derivative assets and liabilities. Where financial assets or liabilities are eligible to be carried at either amortised cost or fair value the group does not apply the fair value option.

Derivative financial instruments are carried at fair value using a discounted cash flow technique based on market data applied consistently for similar types of instruments. Gains and losses on derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment are taken to the income statement as they arise.

Other financial liabilitiesare carried at amortised cost unless they are part of a fair value hedge relationship. The difference between the initial carrying amount of the financial liabilities and their redemption value is recognised in the income statement over the contractual terms using the effective interest rate method.

Hedge accounting

The group designates and documents certain derivatives as hedging instruments against changes in fair value of recognised assets and liabilities (fair value hedges), highly probable forecast transactions or the cash flow risk from a change in exchange or interest rates (cash flow hedges) and hedges of net investments in foreign operations (net investment hedges). The effectiveness of such hedges is assessed at inception and at least on a quarterly basis, using prospective and retrospective testing. Methods used for testing effectiveness include dollar offset, critical terms, regression analysis and hypothetical derivative method.

Fair value hedges are used to manage the currency and/or interest rate risks to which the fair value of certain assets and liabilities are exposed. Changes in the fair value of the derivatives are recognised in the income statement, along with any changes in the relevant fair value of the underlying hedged asset or liability.

If such a hedge relationship is de-designated, fair value movements on the derivative continue to be taken to the income statement while any fair value adjustments made to the underlying hedged item to that date are amortised through the income statement over its remaining life using the effective interest rate method.

Cash flow hedges are used to hedge the foreign currency risk of highly probable future foreign currency cash flows, as well as the cash flow risk from changes in exchange or interest rates. The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedges is recognised in other comprehensive income, while any ineffective part is recognised in the income statement. Amounts recorded in other comprehensive income are recycled to the income statement in the same period in which the underlying foreign currency or interest exposure affects the income statement.

245


Financial statements (continued)

 

Net investment hedges take the form of either foreign currency borrowings or derivatives. Foreign exchange differences arising on translation of net investments are recorded in other comprehensive income and included in the exchange reserve. Liabilities used as hedging instruments are revalued at closing exchange rates and the resulting gains or losses are also recognised in other comprehensive income to the extent that they are effective, with any ineffectiveness taken to the income statement. Foreign exchange contracts hedging net investments are carried at fair value. Effective fair value movements are recognised in other comprehensive income, with any ineffectiveness taken to the income statement.

 


The group’s funding, liquidity and exposure to foreign currency and interest rate risks are managed by the group’s treasury department. The treasury department uses a range of financial instruments to manage these underlying risks.

Treasury operations are conducted within a framework of board-approvedboard approved policies and guidelines, which are recommended and monitored by the finance committee, chaired by the chief financial officer.Chief Financial Officer. The policies and guidelines include benchmark exposure and/or hedge cover levels for key areas of treasury risk which are periodically reviewed by the board following, for example, significant business, strategic or accounting changes. The framework provides for limited defined levels of flexibility in execution to allow for the optimal application of the board-approvedboard approved strategies. Transactions arising from the application of this flexibility may give riseare carried at fair value, gains or losses are taken to exposures different from the defined benchmark levels thatincome statement as they arise and are separately monitored on a daily basis using Value at Risk analysis. These transactions are carried at fair value and gains or losses are taken to the income statement as they arise. In the year ended 30 June 20142016 and 30 June 20132015 gains and losses on these transactions were not material. The group does not use derivatives for speculative purposes. All transactions in derivative financial instruments are initially undertaken to manage the risks arising from underlying business activities.

The group purchases insurance for commercial or, where required, for legal or contractual reasons. In addition, the group retains insurable risk where external insurance is not considered an economic means of mitigating these risks.

189



Financial statements (continued)

The finance committee receives a monthly reportsreport on the key activities of the treasury department, includingwhich would identify any exposures differentwhich differ from the defined benchmarks.benchmarks, should they arise.

(a) Currency risk

The group presents its consolidated financial statements in sterling and conducts business in many currencies. As a result, it is subject to foreign currency risk due to exchange rate movements, which will affect the group’s transactions and the translation of the results and underlying net assets of its operations. To manage the currency risk the group uses certain financial instruments. Where hedge accounting is applied, hedges are documented and tested for effectiveness on an ongoing basis. Diageo expects hedges entered into to continue to be effective and therefore does not expect the impact of ineffectiveness on the consolidated income statement to be material.

Hedge of net investment in foreign operations

The group hedges a certain portion of its exposure to fluctuations in the sterling value of its foreign operations by designating net borrowings held in foreign currencies and using foreign currency spots, forwards, swaps and other financial derivatives. The group’s policy is to maintain total net investment Value at Risk below £1£1.5 billion, with additional limits for individual currencies, where Value at Risk is defined as the maximum amount of loss not exceeded over a one year period with a 95% probability confidence level.

NetFollowing an internal restructuring foreign currency borrowings and financial derivatives designated in net investment hedge relationships amountedincreased to £3,749£6,787 million as at 30 June 2016 (2015 – £3,681 million; 2014 (2013 £5,539 million; 2012 – £4,249£3,749 million).

Hedge of foreign currency debt

The group uses cross currency interest rate swaps to hedge the foreign currency risk associated with certain foreign currency denominated borrowings.

Transaction exposure hedging

The group’s policy is to hedge up to 24 months forecast transactional foreign currency risk inon the three major currency pairs (US dollar/sterling, euro/sterling and euro/net US dollar)dollar exposure of the group targeting 75% coverage offor the current financial year and up to 18 months for other currency pairs. The group’s exposure to foreign currency risk arising on forecasted transactions is managed using forward agreements.

 

246


Financial statements (continued)

(b) Interest rate risk

The group has an exposure to interest rate risk, arising principally on changes in US dollar, euro and sterling interest rates. To manage interest rate risk, the group manages its proportion of fixed to floating rate borrowings within limits approved by the board, primarily through issuing fixed and floating rate borrowings and commercial papers,paper, and by utilising interest rate derivatives. These practices aim to minimise the group’s net finance charges with acceptable year on yearyear-on-year volatility. To facilitate operational efficiency and effective hedge accounting, the group’s policy is to maintain fixed rate borrowings within a band of 40% to 60% of forecast net borrowings. Due to the exceptionally low interest rate environment in the prior years, the board approved an exception to this policy in June 2012, permitting fixed rate debt to reach up to 100% of forecast gross debt. As at 30 June 2014 the fixed rate borrowings have returned within the 40% to 60% band and the previously granted exception has been removed. For these calculations, net borrowings exclude interest rate related fair value adjustments. The majority of Diageo’s existing interest rate derivatives are designated as hedges and are expected to be effective. Fair value of these derivatives is recognised in the income statement, along with any changes in the relevant fair value of the underlying hedged asset or liability. The group’s net borrowings interest rate profile is as follows:

 

                                                                                    

 

2014

 

2013

 

  2016 2015 

 

£ million

 

%

 

£ million

 

%

 

  £ million % £ million   % 

Fixed rate

 

(4,922

)

56

 

(9,376

)

111

 

   4,103    47   4,564     48  

Floating rate*

 

(3,757

)

42

 

1,114

 

(13

)

Floating rate(i)

   4,738    55   4,818     51  

Impact of financial derivatives and fair value adjustments

 

(171

)

2

 

(141

)

2

 

   (206  (2 145     1  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Net borrowings

 

(8,850

)

100

 

(8,403

)

100

 

   8,635    100   9,527     100  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

 


(1)The analysis above also includes the impact of interest rate hedging instruments.

*The floating rate portion of net borrowings contains cash and cash equivalents, collaterals, floating rate loans and bonds, bank overdrafts and finance lease obligations.

(i)The floating rate portion of net borrowings includes cash and cash equivalents, collaterals, floating rate loans and bonds, bank overdrafts and finance lease obligations.

The table below sets out the average monthly net borrowings and effective interest rate:

 

Average monthly net borrowings

 

Effective interest rate

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
(restated)
£ million

 

2012
(restated)
£ million

 

2014
%

 

2013
(restated)
%

 

2012
(restated)
%

 

9,174 

 

8,267

 

8,306

 

3.8

 

4.9

 

4.6

 


Average monthly net borrowings  Effective interest rate 
2016
                         £ million
  2015
                         £ million
  2014
                         £ million
  2016
                                 %
  2015
                                 %
  2014
                                 %
 
 9,245    10,459    9,174    3.3    3.5    3.8  

(1) For this calculation, net interest charge excludes fair value adjustments to derivative financial instruments and borrowings and average monthly net borrowings includeincludes the impact of interest rate swaps that are no longer in a hedge relationship but excludeexcludes the market value adjustment for cross currency interest rate swaps.

190



Financial statements (continued)

(c) Commodity price risk

The group is exposed to commodity price risk. Commodity price risk is managed in line with the principles approved by the board either through long term purchase contracts with suppliers or, where appropriate, derivative contracts. The group policy is to maintain the total commodity exposure Value at Risk below 75bps of forecast gross margin in any given financial year. Where derivative contracts are used the commodity price risk exposure is hedged up to 1824 months forecastedforecast volume usage with up to 80% coverage. Where derivative contracts are used the group manages exposures principally through exchange-traded futures, forwards, swaps and options.futures.

(d) Market risk sensitivity analysis

The group uses a sensitivity analysis technique that measuresestimates the estimated impacts on the consolidated income statement and other comprehensive income of either an instantaneous increase or decrease of 0.5% in market interest rates or a 10% strengthening or weakening in sterling against all other currencies, from the rates applicable at 30 June 20142016 and 30 June 2013,2015, for each class of financial instruments with all other variables remaining constant. The sensitivity analysis excludes the impact of market risks on the net post employment benefit liability and corporate tax payable. This analysis is for illustrative purposes only, as in practice interest and foreign exchange rates rarely change in isolation.

The sensitivity analysis estimates the impact of changes in interest and foreign exchange rates. All hedges are expected to be highly effective for this analysis and it considers the impact of all financial instruments including financial derivatives, cash and cash equivalents, borrowings and other financial assets and liabilities. Actual

247


Financial statements (continued)

The results of the sensitivity analysis should not be considered as projections of likely future events, gains or losses as actual results in the future may differ from these results materially due to developments in the global financial markets which may cause fluctuations in interest and exchange rates to vary from the hypothetical amounts disclosed in the table below, which therefore should not be considered as projections of likely future events, gains or losses.below.

 

                                                                                    

 

Impact on income
 statement
gain/(loss)

 

Impact on consolidated
comprehensive income
gain/(loss) (i) (ii)

 

  Impact on income
statement

gain/(loss)
 Impact on consolidated
comprehensive income
gain/(loss)(i)(ii)
 

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
£ million

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
£ million

 

  2016
£ million
 2015
£ million
 2016
£ million
 2015
£ million
 

0.5% decrease in interest rates

 

(8

)

7

 

(5

)

14

 

   (24 (20  (8 (16

0.5% increase in interest rates

 

9

 

(7

)

6

 

(14

)

   24   20    9   17  

10% weakening of sterling

 

(43

)

(44

)

(664

)

(796

)

   (26 (48  (641 (624

10% strengthening of sterling

 

35

 

35

 

545

 

650

 

   21   40    525   512  

 


(i)The impact on foreign currency borrowings and derivatives in net investment hedge is largely offset by the foreign exchange difference arising on translation of net investments.
(ii)The impact on the consolidated statement of comprehensive income includes the impact on the income statement.

(i)The group’s foreign currency debt is used to hedge the net investments in foreign operations and as such the translation of foreign net investments mainly offsets the foreign currency gains or losses on financial instruments recognised in other comprehensive income.

(ii)Impact on the consolidated statement of comprehensive income includes the impact on the income statement.

(e) Credit risk

Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the group. Credit risk arises on cash balances (including bank deposits and cash and cash equivalents), derivative financial instruments and credit exposures to customers, including outstanding loans, trade and other receivables, financial guarantees and committed transactions.

The carrying amount of financial assets represents the group’s exposure to credit risk at the balance sheet date as disclosed in section (i), excluding the impact of any collateral held or other credit enhancements.

Credit risk is managed separately for financial and business related credit exposures.

Financial credit risk

Diageo aims to minimise its financial credit risk through the application of risk management policies approved and monitored by the board. Counterparties are predominantly limited to major banks and financial institutions, primarily with a long term credit rating within the A band or better, and the policy restricts the exposure to any one counterparty by setting credit limits taking into account the credit quality of the counterparty. The group’s policy is designed to ensure that individual counterparty limits are adhered to and that there are no significant concentrations of credit risk. The board also defines the types of financial instruments which may be transacted. The credit risk arising through the use of financial instruments for currency and interest rate risk management is estimated with reference to the fair value of contracts with a positive value, rather than the notional amount of the instruments themselves.

When derivative transactions are undertaken with bank counterparties, the group may, where appropriate, enter into certain agreements with such bank counterparties whereby the parties agree to post cash collateral for the benefit of the other if the net valuations of the derivatives are above a predetermined threshold. At 30 June 2014,2016, the collateral held under these agreements amounted to $65$104 million (£3878 million) and €26€73 million (£2161 million) (2013(2015$74$82 million (£4952 million) and €27€34 million (£2324 million)).

Diageo annually reviews the credit limits applied and regularly monitors the counterparties’ credit quality reflecting market credit conditions.

Business related credit risk

Loan, trade and other receivables exposures are managed locally in the operating units where they arise and credit limits are set as deemed appropriate for the customer. There is no significant concentration of credit risk with respect to loans, trade and other receivables as the group has a large number of customers which are internationally dispersed.

 

191



248


Financial statements (continued)

 

(f) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that Diageo may encounter difficulties in meeting its obligations associated with financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or other financial assets. The group uses short term commercial paper to finance its day-to-day operations. The group’s policy with regard to the expected maturity profile of borrowings is to limit the amount of such borrowings maturing within 12 months to 50% of gross borrowings less money market demand deposits, and the level of commercial paper to 30% of gross borrowings less money market demand deposits. In addition, itthe group’s policy is group policy to maintain backstop facilities with relationship banks to support commercial paper obligations.

The following tables provide an analysis of the anticipated contractual cash flows including interest payable for the group’s financial liabilities and derivative instruments on an undiscounted basis. Where interest payments are on a floating rate basis, rates of each cash flow until maturity of the instruments are calculated based on the forward yield curve prevailing at 30 June 20142016 and 30 June 2013.2015. The gross cash flows of derivative contracts are presented for the purposes of this table and financial assets and liabilities are presented gross in the statement of financial position, although in practice, the group uses netting arrangements to reduce its liquidity requirements on these instruments.

Contractual cash flows

 

 

Due within 1
year

£ million

 

Due between 1 and
3 years

£ million

 

Due between 3
and 5 years

£ million

 

Due after 5
years

£ million

 

Total
£ million

 

Carrying
amount at
balance sheet
date

£ million

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Due within
1 year
£ million
 Due between
1 and 3 years
£ million
 Due between
3 and 5 years
£ million
 Due after
5 years
£ million
 Total
£ million
 Carrying
amount at
balance
sheet date
£ million
 

2016

       

Borrowings (i)

 

(1,564

)

(1,891

)

(1,905

)

(3,806

)

(9,166

)

(9,214

)

   (2,058  (2,853  (558  (4,621  (10,090  (10,129

Interest on borrowings (i), (iii)

 

(349

)

(482

)

(345

)

(1,522

)

(2,698

)

(91

)

   (358  (449  (360  (1,415  (2,582  (73

Finance lease capital repayments

 

(32

)

(59

)

(48

)

(152

)

(291

)

(291

)

   (29  (58  (69  (86  (242  (242

Finance lease future interest payments

 

(15

)

(25

)

(19

)

(29

)

(88

)

 

   (13  (20  (13  (54  (100    

Trade and other financial liabilities (ii)

 

(2,066

)

(1,380

)

(8

)

(3

)

(3,457

)

(2,223

)

   (2,435  (199  (8  (4  (2,646  (2,638
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Non-derivative financial liabilities

 

(4,026

)

(3,837

)

(2,325

)

(5,512

)

(15,700

)

(11,819

)

   (4,893  (3,579  (1,008  (6,180  (15,660  (13,082
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Gross amount receivable from derivatives

 

246

 

528

 

60

 

719

 

1,553

 

 

   947    153    106    1,566    2,772      

Gross amount payable on derivatives

 

(183

)

(449

)

(75

)

(621

)

(1,328

)

 

   (647  (144  (73  (1,130  (1,994    

Derivative instruments

 

63

 

79

 

(15

)

98

 

225

 

164

 

2013 (restated)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Derivative instruments(iii)

   300    9    33    436    778    498  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

2015

       

Borrowings (i)

 

(1,852

)

(2,176

)

(2,436

)

(3,518

)

(9,982

)

(10,069

)

   (1,920 (2,556 (968 (4,365 (9,809 (9,838

Interest on borrowings (i), (iii)

 

(452

)

(596

)

(413

)

(1,735

)

(3,196

)

(168

)

   (340 (479 (334 (1,434 (2,587 (68

Finance lease capital repayments

 

(30

)

(66

)

(38

)

(155

)

(289

)

(289

)

   (38 (50 (70 (104 (262 (262

Finance lease future interest payments

 

(18

)

(30

)

(19

)

(40

)

(107

)

 

   (13 (19 (16 (23 (71    

Trade and other financial liabilities (ii)

 

(2,315

)

(215

)

(19

)

(5

)

(2,554

)

(2,524

)

   (2,172 (54 (143     (2,369 (2,353
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Non-derivative financial liabilities

 

(4,667

)

(3,083

)

(2,925

)

(5,453

)

(16,128

)

(13,050

)

   (4,483 (3,158 (1,531 (5,926 (15,098 (12,521
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Gross amount receivable from derivatives

 

177

 

168

 

497

 

839

 

1,681

 

 

   97   478   176   1,360   2,111      

Gross amount payable on derivatives

 

(168

)

(116

)

(386

)

(642

)

(1,312

)

 

   (162 (374 (110 (1,154 (1,800    

Derivative instruments

 

9

 

52

 

111

 

197

 

369

 

257

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Derivative instruments(iii)

   (65 104   66   206   311   131  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 ��

 

 

 


(i)For the purpose of these tables above, borrowings are defined as gross borrowings excluding finance lease liabilities fair value of derivative instruments as disclosed in note 16.

(i)For the purpose of these tables above, borrowings are defined as gross borrowings excluding finance lease liabilities and fair value of derivative instruments as disclosed in note 16.
(ii)Primarily consists of trade and other payables that meet the definition of financial liabilities under IAS 32.
(iii)Carrying amount of interest on borrowings and interest on derivatives is included within interest payable in note 14.

(ii)Primarily consists of trade and other payables that meet the definition of financial liabilities under IAS 32.249

(iii)Carrying amount of interest on borrowings is included within accruals in note 14.


Financial statements (continued)

 

The group had available undrawn committed bank facilities as follows:

 

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
£ million

 

                                          

Expiring within one year*

 

1,535

 

 

  2016
£ million
   2015
£ million
 

Expiring within one year

        688  

Expiring between one and two years

 

632

 

411

 

   470       

Expiring after two years

 

1,050

 

1,891

 

   2,072     1,541  

 

3,217

 

2,302

 

  

 

   

 

 
   2,542     2,229  
  

 

   

 

 


* Of the facilities at 30 June 2014 $2,000 million (£1,170 million) was not drawn down and was cancelled on 2 July 2014.

192



Financial statements (continued)

Other than the committed facility relating to the purchase of further investment in USL, theseThe facilities can be used for general corporate purposes and, together with cash and cash equivalents, support the group’s commercial paper programmes.

There are no financial covenants on the group’s material short and long term borrowings. Certain of these borrowings contain cross default provisions and negative pledges.

The committed bank facilities are subject to a single financial covenant, being minimum interest cover ratio of two times (defined as the ratio of operating profit before exceptional items, aggregated with share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures, to net interest). They are also subject to pari passu ranking and negative pledge covenants.

Any non-compliance with covenants underlying Diageo’s financing arrangements could, if not waived, constitute an event of default with respect to any such arrangements, and any non-compliance with covenants may, in particular circumstances, lead to an acceleration of maturity on certain borrowings and the inability to access committed facilities. Diageo was in full compliance with its financial, pari passu ranking and negative pledge covenants in respect of its material short and long term borrowings throughout each of the years presented.

(g) Fair value measurements

Fair value measurements of financial instruments are presented through the use of a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritises the valuation techniques used in fair value calculations.

The group maintains policies and procedures to value instruments using the most relevant data available. If multiple inputs that fall into different levels of the hierarchy are used in the valuation of an instrument, the instrument is categorised on the basis of the most subjective input.

Foreign currency forwards and swaps, cross currency swaps and interest rate swaps are valued using discounted cash flow techniques. These techniques incorporate inputs at levels 1 and 2, such as foreign exchange rates and interest rates. These market inputs are used in the discounted cash flow calculation incorporating the instrument’s term, notional amount and discount rate, and taking credit risk into account. As significant inputs to the valuation are observable in active markets, these instruments are categorised as level 2 in the hierarchy.

Other financial liabilities include an option held by Industrias Licoreras de Guatemala to sell the remaining 50% equity stake in Rum Creations & Products, Inc,Inc. the owner of the Zacapa rum brand, to Diageo, with changes in fair value of this option included in retained earnings. As the valuation of this option uses assumptions not observable in the market, it is categorised as level 3 in the hierarchy. The exercise date of this option is estimated based on forecast future performance and an estimated rate of return.

The option is sensitive to reasonably possible changes in assumptions. If the option is exercised two years earlier or two years later the value of the option will increase and decrease by £17 million and £15 million, respectively. If forecast performance increases or decreases by 10%, the value of the option would increase and decrease by £30 million and £13 million, respectively.

 

250


Financial statements (continued)

Available-for-sale investments at 30 June 2015 comprised shares held in United Breweries Limited categorised as level 1 in hierarchy. These shares were sold on 7 July 2015.

The group’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value are categorised as follows:

 

 

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
£ million

 

Available-for-sale investments

 

 

350

 

Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets (Level 1)

 

 

350

 

Derivative assets

 

368

 

458

 

Derivative liabilities

 

(194

)

(191

)

Valuation techniques based on observable market input (Level 2)

 

174

 

267

 

Other financial liabilities

 

(108

)

(115

)

Valuation techniques based on unobservable market input (Level 3)

 

(108

)

(115

)

                                          
   2016
£ million
  2015
£ million
 

Available-for-sale investments

       80  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets (Level 1)

       80  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Derivative assets

   879    338  

Derivative liabilities

   (373  (198
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Valuation techniques based on observable market input (Level 2)

   506    140  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other financial liabilities

   (165  (139
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Valuation techniques based on unobservable market input (Level 3)

   (165  (139
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The movements in level 3 instruments, measured on a recurring basis, are as follows:

 

 

 

Other financial liabilities

 

 

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
£ million

 

At 1 July

 

(115

)

(120

)

Net losses included in the income statement

 

(1

)

(1

)

Net gains/(losses) included in exchange in other comprehensive income

 

13

 

(7

)

Net losses included in retained earnings

 

(7

)

(7

)

Settlement of liabilities

 

2

 

20

 

At 30 June

 

(108

)

(115

)

                                          
   Other financial liabilities 
   2016
£ million
  2015
£ million
 

At 1 July

   (139  (108

Net losses included in the income statement

   (1  (14

Net losses included in exchange in other comprehensive income

   (25  (11

Net losses included in retained earnings

   (3  (9

Settlement of liabilities

   3    3  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At 30 June

   (165  (139
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

There were no transfers between levels during the yeartwo years ended 30 June 2014.2016 and 30 June 2015.

In addition retained earnings comprise £3 million capital injection to Zacapa from Industrias Licoreras de Guatemala.

193



Financial statements (continued)

(h) Results of hedging instruments

In respect of cash flow hedging instruments, a gain of £54£31 million (2013(2015£41£46 million loss; 20122014£29£54 million gain) has been recognised in other comprehensive income due to changes in fair value. A gainloss of £54£66 million has been transferred out of other comprehensive income to other operating expenses and a lossgain of £88£211 million to other finance charges, respectively (2013 – a gain of £8 million and £25 million; 2012(2015 – a loss of £4£26 million and a gain of £19£84 million; 2014 – a gain of £54 million and loss of £88 million, respectively).

to offset the foreign exchange impact on the underlying transactions.

For cash flow hedges of forecast transactions at 30 June 2014,2016, based on year end interest and foreign exchange rates, there is expected to be a chargeloss to the income statement of £79£113 million in 2015financial year 2017 and £6a loss of £36 million in 2016.financial year 2018. With respect to hedges of the cash flow risk from a change in forward foreign exchange rates using cross currency interest rate swaps, the retranslation of the related bond principal to closing foreign exchange rates and recognition of interest on the related bonds will affect the income statement in each year until the related bonds mature in 2016, 2036 and 2036.2043. Foreign exchange retranslation and the interest on the hedged bonds in the income statement are expected to offset those on the cross currency swaps in each of the years.

The gain on fair value hedging instruments for the year was £8£16 million (2013(2015£3£11 million loss; 2012gain; 2014£84£8 million gain) and the loss on the hedged items attributable to the hedged risks was £26 million (2015 – £11 million loss; 2014 – £6 million (2013 – £3 million gain; 2012 – £86 million loss).

There was no significant ineffectiveness on net investment hedging during the year ended 30 June 2014.2016.

 

251


Financial statements (continued)

(i) Reconciliation of financial instruments

The table below sets out the group’s accounting classification of each class of financial assets and liabilities:

 

 

Fair value through
income statement

£ million

 

Loans and
receivables and
liabilities at
amortised cost

£ million

 

Available-for-sale
£ million

 

Not categorised as
a financial
instrument

£ million

 

Total
£ million

 

Current
£ million

 

Non-current
£ million

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Fair value
through income
statement

£ million
 Loans and
receivables
and liabilities at
amortised cost
£ million
 Available-
for-sale

£ million
   Not categorised
as a financial
instrument

£ million
 Total
£ million
 Current
£ million
 Non-current
£ million
 

2016

         

Other investments and loans

 

 

63

 

 

 

63

 

 

63

 

       31             31        31  

Trade and other receivables

 

 

2,337

 

 

269

 

2,606

 

2,499

 

107

 

       2,424         308    2,732    2,686    46  

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

622

 

 

 

622

 

622

 

 

       1,089             1,089    1,089      

Derivatives in fair value hedge

 

8

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

8

 

   35                 35        35  

Derivatives in cash flow hedge

 

182

 

 

 

 

182

 

67

 

115

 

   362                 362    130    232  

Derivatives in net investment hedge

 

18

 

 

 

 

18

 

16

 

2

 

   216                 216    216      

Other instruments at fair value

 

160

 

 

 

 

160

 

35

 

125

 

   266                 266    148    118  

Finance lease assets

       36             36    1    35  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total other financial assets

 

368

 

 

 

 

368

 

118

 

250

 

   879    36             915    495    420  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total financial assets

 

368

 

3,022

 

 

269

 

3,659

 

3,239

 

420

 

   879    3,580         308    4,767    4,270    497  

Borrowings*

 

 

(9,214

)

 

 

(9,214

)

(1,576

)

(7,638

)

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Borrowings(i)

       (10,129           (10,129  (2,058  (8,071

Trade and other payables

 

 

(2,253

)

 

(641

)

(2,894

)

(2,800

)

(94

)

       (2,554       (888  (3,442  (3,372  (70

Derivatives in cash flow hedge

 

(20

)

 

 

 

(20

)

(6

)

(14

)

   (148               (148  (102  (46

Derivatives in net investment hedge

 

(67

)

 

 

 

(67

)

(67

)

 

   (66               (66  (66    

Other instruments at fair value

 

(215

)

 

 

 

(215

)

(41

)

(174

)

   (324               (324  (83  (241

Finance leases

 

 

(291

)

 

 

(291

)

(32

)

(259

)

       (242           (242  (29  (213
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total other financial liabilities

 

(302

)

(291

)

 

 

(593

)

(146

)

(447

)

   (538  (242           (780  (280  (500
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total financial liabilities

 

(302

)

(11,758

)

 

(641

)

(12,701

)

(4,522

)

(8,179

)

   (538  (12,925       (888  (14,351  (5,710  (8,641
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total net financial assets/(liabilities)

 

66

 

(8,736

)

 

(372

)

(9,042

)

(1,283

)

(7,759

)

   341    (9,345       (580  (9,584  (1,440  (8,144

2013 (restated)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

2015

         

Other investments and loans

 

 

62

 

350

 

 

412

 

 

412

 

      29   80        109       109  

Trade and other receivables

 

 

2,337

 

 

227

 

2,564

 

2,437

 

127

 

      2,184         297   2,481   2,435   46  

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

1,750

 

 

 

1,750

 

1,750

 

 

      472            472   472      

Derivatives in fair value hedge

   19                19       19  

Derivatives in cash flow hedge

 

220

 

 

 

 

220

 

14

 

206

 

   186                186   21   165  

Derivatives in net investment hedge

 

40

 

 

 

 

40

 

40

 

 

   11                11   8   3  

Other instruments at fair value

 

198

 

 

 

 

198

 

11

 

187

 

   122                122   17   105  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total other financial assets

 

458

 

 

 

 

458

 

65

 

393

 

   338                338   46   292  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total financial assets

 

458

 

4,149

 

350

 

227

 

5,184

 

4,252

 

932

 

   338   2,685   80     297   3,400   2,953   447  

Borrowings*

 

 

(10,069

)

 

 

(10,069

)

(1,852

)

(8,217

)

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Borrowings(i)

      (9,838          (9,838 (1,921 (7,917

Trade and other payables

 

 

(2,587

)

 

(743

)

(3,330

)

(3,212

)

(118

)

      (2,291       (721 (3,012 (2,943 (69

Derivatives in cash flow hedge

 

(54

)

 

 

 

(54

)

(39

)

(15

)

   (51              (51 (31 (20

Derivatives in net investment hedge

 

(25

)

 

 

 

(25

)

(25

)

 

   (52              (52 (52    

Other instruments at fair value

 

(227

)

 

 

 

(227

)

(28

)

(199

)

   (234              (234 (35 (199

Finance leases

 

 

(289

)

 

 

(289

)

(30

)

(259

)

      (262          (262 (38 (224
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total other financial liabilities

 

(306

)

(289

)

 

 

(595

)

(122

)

(473

)

   (337 (262          (599 (156 (443
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total financial liabilities

 

(306

)

(12,945

)

 

(743

)

(13,994

)

(5,186

)

(8,808

)

   (337 (12,391       (721 (13,449 (5,020 (8,429
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total net financial assets/(liabilities)

 

152

 

(8,796

)

350

 

(516

)

(8,810

)

(934

)

(7,876

)

   1   (9,706 80     (424 (10,049 (2,067 (7,982
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 


*Borrowings are defined as gross borrowings excluding finance lease liabilities and fair value of derivative instruments.

(i)Borrowings are defined as gross borrowings excluding finance lease liabilities and the fair value of derivative instruments.

At 30 June 20142016 and 30 June 2013,2015, the carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, other financial assets and liabilities approximate to fair values. At 30 June 20142016 the fair value of borrowings, based on unadjusted quoted market data, was £9,662£10,709 million (2013(2015£10,436£10,115 million).

 

194



252


Financial statements (continued)

 

(j) Capital management

The group’s management is committed to enhancing shareholder value in the long term, both by investing in the businesses and brands so as to deliver continued improvement in the return from those investments and by managing the capital structure. Diageo manages its capital structure to achieve capital efficiency, provide flexibility to invest through the economic cycle and give efficient access to debt markets at attractive cost levels. This is achieved by targeting a net borrowing to EBITDA leverage of 2.5 – 3.0x,3.0 times, this range for Diageo being currently broadly consistent with an A band credit rating. Diageo would consider operating outside of this range in order to effect strategic initiatives within its stated goals, which could have an impact on its rating. If Diageo’s leverage was to be negatively impacted by the financing of an acquisition, it would seek over time to return to the range of 2.5 – 3.0x.3.0 times. The group regularly assesses its debt and equity capital levels against its stated policy for capital structure. For this calculation net borrowings isare adjusted by the pensionnet post employment deficit whilst EBITDA equals operating profit lessexcluding exceptional operating items and depreciation, amortisation and impairment and includes share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures.

16. NET BORROWINGS

Accounting policies

16. BorrowingsNET BORROWINGS

Accounting policies

Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value net of transaction costs and are subsequently reported at amortised cost. Certain bonds are designated as being part of a fair value hedge relationship. In these cases, the amortised cost is adjusted for the fair value of the risk being hedged, with changes in value recognised in the income statement. The fair value adjustment is calculated using a discounted cash flow technique based on unadjusted market data.

Bank overdrafts form an integral part of the group’s cash management and are included as a component of net cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated statement of cash flows.

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand and deposits which are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value and have an original maturity of three months or less, including money market deposits, commercial paper and investments.

253


Financial statements (continued)

 

Net borrowings are defined as gross borrowings (short term borrowings and long term borrowings plus finance lease liabilities plus interest rate hedging instruments, cross currency interest rate swaps and funding foreign currency forwards and swaps used to manage borrowings) less cash and cash equivalents.

 


                                          
   2016
£ million
  2015
£ million
 

Bank overdrafts

   280    90  

Commercial paper

       354  

Bank and other loans

   436    444  

Credit support obligations

   139    76  

US$ 750 million 5.3% bonds due 2015

       478  

US$ 750 million 0.625% bonds due 2016

       477  

US$ 600 million 5.5% bonds due 2016

   451      

US$ 1,000 million 1.5% bonds due 2017

   751      

Fair value adjustment to borrowings

   1    2  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Borrowings due within one year

   2,058    1,921  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

US$ 600 million 5.5% bonds due 2016

       382  

US$ 1,000 million 1.5% bonds due 2017

       635  

US$ 1,250 million 5.75% bonds due 2017

   939    795  

US$ 650 million 1.125% bonds due 2018

   487    412  

€500 million 1.125% bonds due 2019

   421    359  

€850 million 1.125% bonds due 2019

   707    601  

US$ 696 million 4.828% bonds due 2020

   488    399  

US$ 1,000 million 2.875% bonds due 2022

   748    633  

US$ 300 million 8% bonds due 2022

   224    189  

US$ 1,350 million 2.625% bonds due 2023

   1,011    855  

€500 million 1.75% bonds due 2023

   413    351  

€850 million 2.375% bonds due 2026

   702    597  

US$ 400 million 7.45% bonds due 2035

   301    255  

US$ 600 million 5.875% bonds due 2036

   446    378  

US$ 500 million 4.25% bonds due 2042

   371    315  

US$ 500 million 3.875% bonds due 2043

   369    312  

US$ 200 million 4.85% medium term notes due 2018

   150    127  

Bank and other loans

   184    213  

Fair value adjustment to borrowings

   110    109  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Borrowings due after one year

   8,071    7,917  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total borrowings before derivative financial instruments

   10,129    9,838  

Fair value of foreign currency derivatives

   (612  (82

Fair value of interest rate hedging instruments

   (35  (19

Finance lease liabilities

   242    262  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross borrowings

   9,724    9,999  

Less: Cash and cash equivalents

   (1,089  (472
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net borrowings

   8,635    9,527  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)The interest rates shown are those contracted on the underlying borrowings before taking into account any interest rate hedges (see note 15).
(2)Bonds are stated net of unamortised finance costs of £72 million (2015 – £82 million; 2014 – £94 million).
(3)Bonds are reported at amortised cost with a fair value adjustment shown separately.
(4)All bonds, medium term notes and commercial paper issued by the group’s wholly owned subsidiaries are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Diageo plc.

 

195



254


Financial statements (continued)

 

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
(restated)
£ million

 

Bank overdrafts

 

90

 

105

 

Commercial paper

 

129

 

 

Bank and other loans

 

193

 

163

 

Credit support obligations

 

59

 

72

 

€ 1,150 million 5.5% bonds due 2013

 

 

983

 

US$ 804 million 7.375% bonds due 2014

 

 

529

 

€ 1,000 million 6.625% bonds due 2014

 

800

 

 

US$ 500 million 3.25% bonds due 2015

 

292

 

 

Fair value adjustment to borrowings

 

13

 

 

Borrowings due within one year

 

1,576

 

1,852

 

€ 1,000 million 6.625% bonds due 2014 

 

 

853

 

US$ 500 million 3.25% bonds due 2015

 

 

328

 

US$ 750 million 5.3% bonds due 2015

 

438

 

493

 

US$ 750 million 0.625% bonds due 2016

 

437

 

492

 

US$ 600 million 5.5% bonds due 2016

 

350

 

394

 

US$ 1,000 million 1.5% bonds due 2017

 

582

 

655

 

US$ 1,250 million 5.75% bonds due 2017

 

729

 

820

 

US$ 650 million 1.125% bonds due 2018

 

377

 

424

 

€ 850 million 1.125% bonds due 2019

 

676

 

 

US$ 696 million 4.828% bonds due 2020

 

355

 

400

 

US$ 1,000 million 2.875% bonds due 2022

 

581

 

653

 

US$ 300 million 8% bonds due 2022

 

174

 

196

 

US$ 1,350 million 2.625% bonds due 2023

 

784

 

883

 

€ 850 million 2.375% bonds due 2026

 

674

 

 

US$ 400 million 7.45% bonds due 2035

 

234

 

264

 

US$ 600 million 5.875% bonds due 2036

 

346

 

391

 

US$ 500 million 4.25% bonds due 2042

 

289

 

325

 

US$ 500 million 3.875% bonds due 2043

 

286

 

322

 

US$ 200 million 4.85% medium term notes due 2018

 

117

 

132

 

Bank and other loans

 

80

 

5

 

Fair value adjustment to borrowings

 

129

 

187

 

Borrowings due after one year

 

7,638

 

8,217

 

Fair value of foreign currency derivatives

 

(25

)

(205

)

Fair value of interest rate hedging instruments

 

(8

)

 

Finance lease liabilities

 

291

 

289

 

Gross borrowings

 

9,472

 

10,153

 

Less: Cash and cash equivalents *

 

(622

)

(1,750

)

Net borrowings

 

8,850

 

8,403

 


(1)The interest rates shown in the table above are those contracted on the underlying borrowings before taking into account any interest rate hedges (see note 15).

(2)Bonds in the table are stated net of unamortised finance costs of £94 million (2013 — £100 million; 2012 – £92 million).

(3)Certain borrowings are reported in the table above at amortised cost with a fair value adjustment shown separately.

*Includes cash equivalents of £18 million (2013 – £999 million).

 

Gross borrowings (excluding finance lease liabilities and fair value ofbefore derivative instruments) at 30 June 2014financial instruments will mature as follows:

 

 

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
(restated)
£ million

 

2012
(restated)
£ million

 

Within one year

 

1,576

 

1,852

 

1,219

 

Between one and three years

 

1,894

 

2,220

 

2,635

 

Between three and five years

 

1,972

 

2,509

 

1,516

 

Beyond five years

 

3,772

 

3,488

 

3,233

 

 

 

9,214

 

10,069

 

8,603

 

196



Financial statements (continued)

                                                               
   2016
£ million
   2015
£ million
   2014
£ million
 

Within one year

   2,058     1,921     1,576  

Between one and three years

   2,896     2,607     1,894  

Between three and five years

   537     970     1,972  

Beyond five years

   4,638     4,340     3,772  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   10,129     9,838     9,214  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the year ended 30 June 2014 the following bonds were issued and repaid:

 

                                                               

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
£ million

 

2012
£ million

 

  2016
£ million
 2015
£ million
 2014
£ million
 

Issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

€ denominated

 

1,378

 

 

 

      791   1,378  

US$ denominated

 

 

2,100

 

1,548

 

             

Repaid

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

€ denominated

 

(983

)

 

(605

)

      (792 (983

US$ denominated

 

(488

)

(869

)

(566

)

   (1,003 (330 (488

£ denominated(i)

      (370    

 

(93

)

1,231

 

377

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
   (1,003 (701 (93
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(i)In the year ended 30 June 2015 a bond of £370 million acquired on the purchase of USL was repaid using the proceeds from the sale of the Whyte and Mackay Group.

(a) Reconciliation of movement in net borrowings

 

 

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
£ million

 

At beginning of the year as previously reported

 

8,403

 

7,570

 

Prior year adjustment — IFRS 11

 

 

3

 

At beginning of the year as restated

 

8,403

 

7,573

 

Net decrease/(increase) in cash and cash equivalents before exchange

 

921

 

(594

)

Net (decrease)/increase in bonds and other borrowings

 

(157

)

1,238

 

Change in net borrowings from cash flows

 

764

 

644

 

Exchange differences on net borrowings

 

(349

)

116

 

Other non-cash items

 

32

 

70

 

Net borrowings at end of the year

 

8,850

 

8,403

 

                                          
   2016
£ million
  2015
£ million
 

At beginning of the year

   9,527    8,850  

Net (increase)/decrease in cash and cash equivalents before exchange

   (343  77  

Net (increase)/decrease in bonds and other borrowings

   (1,236  (315
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Change in net borrowings from cash flows

   (1,579  (238

Exchange differences on net borrowings

   725    7  

Borrowings on acquisition of businesses

       869  

Borrowings on disposal of businesses

   (14    

Other non-cash items

   (24  39  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net borrowings at end of the year

   8,635    9,527  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

255


Financial statements (continued)

(b) Analysis of net borrowings by currency

 

 

2014

 

2013
(restated)

 

  2016 2015 

 

Cash and cash
equivalents
£ million

 

Gross
borrowings*
£ million

 

Cash and cash
equivalents
£ million

 

Gross
borrowings*
£ million

 

  Cash and cash
equivalents

£ million
   Gross
borrowings(i)
£ million
 Cash and cash
equivalents

£ million
   Gross
borrowings(i)
£ million
 

US dollar

 

 

(956

)

1,018

 

(3,919

)

   503     (3,247 35     (2,759

Euro

 

48

 

(1,725

)

67

 

(2,194

)

   61     (2,034 44     (1,410

Sterling

 

26

 

(6,148

)

78

 

(3,382

)

Sterling(ii)

   66     (3,980 28     (5,200

Indian rupee

   37     (418 13     (486

Nigerian naira

   13     (84 16     (76

Turkish lira(ii)

   169     (4 4     (67

Korean won

 

208

 

(243

)

180

 

(268

)

   35        80       

Venezuelan bolivar

 

72

 

 

143

 

 

Nigerian naira

 

19

 

(134

)

15

 

(65

)

Turkish lira

 

6

 

(145

)

4

 

(298

)

Brazilian real

   30     (2 16     (2

Chinese Yuan

   51     (7 28     7  

Other

 

243

 

(121

)

245

 

(27

)

   124     52   208     (6
  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

Total

 

622

 

(9,472

)

1,750

 

(10,153

)

   1,089     (9,724 472     (9,999
  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

 


*
(i)The analysis of group’s gross borrowings in the table includes the impact of foreign currency forwards and swaps and finance leases.
(ii)As at 30 June 2016 includes £32 million (Sterling) and £162 million (Turkish lira) cash and cash equivalents in cash-pooling arrangements. See note 1(f).

17. EQUITY

197



Accounting policies

Financial statements (continued)

17. EQUITY

Accounting policies

Own sharesrepresent shares and share options of Diageo plc that are held in treasury or by employee share trusts for the purpose of fulfilling obligations in respect of various employee share plans or were acquired as part of a share buyback programme. Own shares are treated as a deduction from equity until the shares are cancelled, reissued or disposed of and when vest are transferred from own shares to retained earnings at their weighted average cost.

Share based paymentsinclude share awards and options granted to directors and employees. The fair value of equity settled share options and share grants is initially measured at grant date based on the binomial or Monte Carlo models and is charged to the income statement over the vesting period. For equity settled shares the credit is included in retained earnings. Cancellations of share options are treated as an acceleration of the vesting period and any outstanding charge is recognised in operating profit immediately. Any surplus or deficit arising on the sale of the Diageo plc shares held by the group is included as a movement in equity.

Dividends are included in the financial statements in the financial year in which they are approved.

 


(a) Allotted and fully paid share capital — ordinary shares of 28101/108pence each

 

 

 

Number
of shares
million

 

Nominal
value
£ million

 

At 30 June 2014, 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012

 

2,754

 

797

 

                                          
   Number
of shares
million
   Nominal
value

£ million
 

At 30 June 2016, 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2014

   2,754     797  

(b) Hedging and exchange reserve

 

                                                               
   Hedging
reserve
£ million
  Exchange
reserve
£ million
  Total
£ million
 

At 30 June 2013

   17    (9  8  

Other comprehensive income

   90    (1,001  (911
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At 30 June 2014

   107    (1,010  (903

Other comprehensive income

   (86  (163  (249
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At 30 June 2015

   21    (1,173  (1,152

Other comprehensive income

   (111  742    631  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At 30 June 2016

   (90  (431  (521
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

256


Financial statements (continued)

(c) Own shares

Movements in own shares

                                          
   Number
of shares
million
  Purchase
consideration
£ million
 

At 30 June 2013

   251    2,232  

Share trust arrangements

   (3  (42

Shares call options exercised(i)

   7    68  

Shares purchased

   7    138  

Shares sold to employees

       (1

Shares used to satisfy options

   (9  (115
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At 30 June 2014

   253    2,280  

Share trust arrangements

   (2  (18

Shares purchased

   4    70  

Shares used to satisfy options

   (7  (104
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At 30 June 2015

   248    2,228  

Share trust arrangements

   (1  (6

Shares purchased

   2    42  

Shares used to satisfy options

   (5  (75
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At 30 June 2016

   244    2,189  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(i)Includes the fair value of foreign currency denominated call options exercised.

Share trust arrangements

At 30 June 2014 the hedging reserve and exchange reserve comprised a credit of £107 million and a deficit of £ 1,010 million, respectively (2013 — a credit of £17 million and a deficit of £9 million, respectively; 2012 — a credit of £74 million and a deficit of £7 million, respectively).

(c) Own shares

Movements in own shares

 

 

Number
of shares
million

 

Purchase
consideration
£ million

 

At 30 June 2011

 

262

 

2,257

 

Share trust arrangements

 

(4

)

(26

)

Shares purchased

 

9

 

114

 

Shares sold to employees

 

 

(2

)

Shares used to satisfy options

 

(8

)

(86

)

At 30 June 2012

 

259

 

2,257

 

Share trust arrangements

 

(6

)

(50

)

Shares call options exercised

 

2

 

13

 

Shares purchased

 

6

 

125

 

Shares sold to employees

 

 

(1

)

Shares used to satisfy options

 

(10

)

(112

)

At 30 June 2013

 

251

 

2,232

 

Share trust arrangements

 

(3

)

(42

)

Shares call options exercised*

 

7

 

68

 

Shares purchased

 

7

 

138

 

Shares sold to employees

 

 

(1

)

Shares used to satisfy options

 

(9

)

(115

)

At 30 June 2014

 

253

 

2,280

 


* Includes the fair value of foreign currency denominated call options exercised.

198



Financial statements (continued)

Share trust arrangements

At 30 June 20142016 the employee share trusts owned 107 million of ordinary shares in Diageo plc at a cost of £137£113 million and market value of £181£155 million (2013 — 7(2015 – 8 million shares at a cost of £111£119 million, market value £126£149 million; 2012 — 92014 – 10 million shares at a cost of £126£137 million, market value £153£181 million). Dividends receivable by the employee share trusts on the shares are waived and the trustee abstains from voting.

Purchase of own shares

Authorisation was given by shareholders on 1923 September 20132015 to purchase a maximum of 251,039,000251,514,000 shares at a minimum price of 28101/108 pence and a maximum price of the higher of (a) 105% of the average of the middle market quotations for an ordinary share for the five preceding business days and (b) the higher of the price of the last independent trade and the highest current independent bid on the London Stock Exchange at the time the purchase is carried out. The programme expires at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting or on 1822 December 2014,2016, if earlier.

257


Financial statements (continued)

 

During the year ended 30 June 2014,2016, the company purchased 142 million ordinary shares (including shares acquired through call option exercises), nominal value of £4£1 million (2013 — 8(2015 – 4 million ordinary shares, nominal value of £2£1 million; 2012 — 92014 – 14 million ordinary shares, nominal value of £3£4 million), representing approximately 0.5% (2013 — 0.3%0.1% (2015 – 0.1%; 2012 — 0.4%2014 – 0.5%) of the issued ordinary share capital (excluding treasury shares).

Shares were either directly granted to employees as part of employee share schemes or held as treasury shares and used to hedge share scheme grants to employees during the course of the year.

The aggregate consideration paid for purchase of own shares was £53 million (excluding expenses) in the year ended 30 June 2016. The annual purchase includes 617,840 shares for £11 million purchased at an average price of 1713 pence for the purpose of satisfying share awards made under the company’s share incentive plans, the cost of which was charged directly to the consolidated income statement. The monthly breakdown of shares purchased and the average price paid per share (excluding expenses) for the year ended 30 June 20142016 were as follows:

 

Calendar month

 

Number of shares
purchased

 

Average price paid
pence

 

Authorised purchases
unutilised at month end

 

September 2013**

 

3,809,995

 

1997

 

247,229,005

 

October 2013

 

2,511,772

 

1951

 

244,717,233

 

January 2014

 

416,298

 

1789

 

244,300,935

 

February 2014

 

414,358

 

1823

 

243,886,577

 

March 2014

 

538,301

 

1813

 

243,348,276

 

Total*

 

7,690,724

 

1949

 

243,348,276

 

                                                               

Calendar month

  Number of shares
purchased
   Average price paid
pence
   Authorised purchases
unutilised at month end
 

September 2015

   2,719,851     1737     248,794,149  

March 2016

   295,510     1872     248,498,639  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   3,015,361     1750     248,498,639  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 


*In addition, the company exercised call options to acquire 6,797,642 shares at an average price of 953 pence during the course of the year.

**Including 621,767 shares purchased at an average price of 1998 pence for the purpose of satisfying share awards made under the company’s share incentive plan.(d) Dividends

 

                                                               
   2016
£ million
   2015
£ million
   2014
£ million
 

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity shareholders in the year

      

Final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2015

      

34.9 pence per share (2014 – 32.0 pence; 2013 – 29.3 pence)

   876     801     735  

Interim dividend for the year ended 30 June 2016

      

22.6 pence per share (2015 – 21.5 pence; 2014 – 19.7 pence)

   567     540     493  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   1,443     1,341     1,228  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(d) Other retained earnings

At 30 June 2013 retained earnings included an available-for-sale reserveThe proposed final dividend of £85£918 million which has been recycled to the consolidated income statement during(36.6 pence per share) for the year ended 30 June 2014.

(e) Dividends

 

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
£ million

 

2012
£ million

 

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity shareholders in the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2013 29.3 pence per share (2012 — 26.9 pence; 2011 — 24.9 pence)

 

735

 

673

 

621

 

Interim dividend for the year ended 30 June 2014 19.7 pence per share (2013 — 18.1 pence; 2012 — 16.6 pence)

 

493

 

452

 

415

 

 

 

1,228

 

1,125

 

1,036

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proposed final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.0 pence per share (2013 — 29.3 pence; 2012 — 26.9 pence)

 

802

 

733

 

671

 

The proposed final dividend2016 was approved by the boardBoard of directorsDirectors on 3027 July 2014.2016. As this was after the balance sheet date and the dividend is subject to approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting, this dividend has not been included as a liability in these consolidated financial statements. There are no corporate tax consequences arising from this treatment.

Dividends are waived on all treasury shares owned by the company and all shares owned by the employee share trusts.

199



Financial statements (continued)

(f)(e) Non-controlling interests

TheDiageo consolidates USL, a company incorporated in India, with a 43.91% non-controlling interests are £767 million (2013 — £1,052 million) of which £455 million (2013 — £512 million) isinterest and has a 50% controlling interest (2015 – 50%) in respect of Ketel One Worldwide B.V. (Ketel One) and £164 million (2013 — £371 million) is attributable to Shuijingfang., a company incorporated in the Netherlands. All other consolidated subsidiaries are fully owned or the non-controlling interests are not material.

 

Diageo consolidates258


Financial statements (continued)

Summarised financial information for USL, Ketel One a company incorporated inand others, after fair value adjustments on acquisition, and the Netherlands, with a 50% controlling interest (2013 — 50%). The principal component of the non-controlling interest is in respect of the global distribution right which is consolidated on the group balance sheet at £1,053 million (2013 — £1,184 million).

The controlling interest in Shuijingfang, a super premium Chinese white spirits company, is 39.71% (2013 — 36.9%) and is consolidated as Diageo holds a majority of the board of directors’ votes. The principal components of the non-controlling interest are in respect of the Shui Jing Fang brand and inventory which are consolidated on the group balance sheet at £278 million (2013 — £606 million).

Sales, loss, total comprehensive loss and total comprehensive lossamounts attributable to non-controlling interests for the year ended 30 June 2014 in respect of Shuijingfang and Ketel One amounted to £219 million (2013 — £321 million), £168 million loss (2013 — £89 million profit), £336 million loss (2013 — £149 million profit), and £199 million loss (2013 — £91 million profit), respectively, while dividends paid to Shuijingfang and Ketel One non-controlling interest holders during the year were £49 million (2013 — £50 million).are as follows:

 

In the year ended 30 June 2013 a transfer of £65 million between other retained earnings and non-controlling interests was made to reflect the 50% non-controlling interests in East African Breweries Limited (EABL) in respect of the purchase of a 20% equity interest in Kenya Breweries Limited.

                                                                                                                              
   2016  2015 
   USL
£ million
  Ketel One
and others
£ million
  Total
£ million
  USL
£ million
  Ketel One
and others
£ million
  Total
£ million
 

Income statement

       

Sales

   2,460    1,563    4,023    2,363    1,627    3,990  

Net sales

   873    1,265    2,138    926    1,324    2,250  

Profit/(loss) for the year

   76    175    251    (10  200    190  

Other comprehensive income(i)

   157    242    399    50    66    116  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

   233    417    650    40    266    306  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Attributable to non-controlling interests

   102    188    290    18    131    149  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance sheet

       

Non-current assets(ii)

   2,289    2,536    4,825    2,132    2,264    4,396  

Current assets

   601    587    1,188    527    518    1,045  

Non-current liabilities

   (518  (821  (1,339  (579  (723  (1,302

Current liabilities

   (639  (554  (1,193  (580  (462  (1,042

Net assets

   1,733    1,748    3,481    1,500    1,597    3,097  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Attributable to non-controlling interests

   761    889    1,650    659    826    1,485  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flow

       

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities

   17    228    245    (32  314    282  

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from investing activities

   70    (53  17    388    (88  300  

Net cash outflow from financing activities

   (67  (145  (212  (373  (196  (569
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

   20    30    50    (17  30    13  

Exchange differences

   4    (5  (1  2    1    3  

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

       (101  (101      (72  (72
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(i)Other comprehensive income is principally in respect of exchange on translating the subsidiaries to sterling.
(ii)Ketel One includes the global distribution rights to distribute Ketel One vodka products throughout the world. The carrying value of the distribution rights at 30 June 2016 was £1,354 million (2015 – £1,147 million).

(g)(f) Employee share compensation

The group uses a number of share award and option plans to grant to its directors and employees.

The annual fair value charge in respect of the equity settled plans for the three years ended 30 June 20142016 is as follows:

 

                                                               

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
£ million

 

2012
£ million

 

  2016
£ million
   2015
£ million
   2014
£ million
 

Executive share award plans

 

30

 

31

 

24

 

   24     27     30  

Executive share option plans

 

4

 

8

 

7

 

   3     4     4  

Savings plans

 

3

 

6

 

4

 

   2     4     3  

 

37

 

45

 

35

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 
   29     35     37  
  

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

The principal executive share award plans are as follows:259


Financial statements (continued)

 

Diageo executive long term incentive plan (DELTIP)

AwardsExecutive share awards are made to executives under the Diageo 2014 Long Term Incentive plan are(DLTIP) from September 2014 onwards. Prior to that, awards were made under the Diageo plc 2009 Executive Long Term Incentive Plan (DELTIP), the 2008 Performance Share Plan (PSP), the 2008 Senior Executive Share Option Plan (SESOP) or the 2009 Discretionary Incentive Plan (DIP). Prior to the introduction of the DLTIP, employees in associated companies were granted awards under the Diageo plc 2011 Associated Companies Share Incentive Plan (DACSIP). Under all of these plans, conditional awards can be delivered in the form of restricted shares andor share options at the market value at the time of grant.

Share awards vest/normally vest and are released on the third anniversary of the grant date. Participants do not make a payment to receive the award at grant. Executive Directors are required to hold any vested shares awarded from 2014 for a further two-year period. Share options granted under this scheme may normally be exercised between three and ten years after the grant date. There are no performance conditions to be satisfied, although the top 70 senior executives are required to hold a minimum number of shares in Diageo plc. Executives in North America and Latin America and Caribbean are granted awards over the company’s ADSs (one ADS is equivalent to four ordinary shares).

Performance share plan (PSP)

Undershares under the PSP, share awards can take a number of different forms. No payment is made for awards. To date, participants have been granted conditional rights to receive shares. Awards normally vest after a three-year period, the ‘performance cycle’,DLTIP (previous PSP) are subject to the achievement of three equally weighted performance tests;tests over the three-year performance period for the 2013 and 2014 grants these were; 1) a comparison of Diageo’s three-year TSR with a peer group of 17 companies including Diageo. The vesting range is 25% if Diageo’s TSR produces a median ranking compared with the TSR of the peer group companies, up to 100% if Diageo is ranked first, second or third in the peer group; 2) compound annual growth in organic net sales over three years; 3) total organic operating margin improvement over three years. Targets for net salesFor awards made in September 2015 or later, the third measure was replaced by one based on cumulative free cash flow over a three-year period, measured at constant exchange rates. Performance share options under the DLTIP (previously SESOP) are subject to the achievement of an earnings per share growth condition over a three-year period. Performance measures and operating margintargets are set annually by the remuneration committee.Remuneration Committee. The vesting range is 20% or 25% (for Executive Directors and for other participants respectively) for achieving minimum performance targets, up to 100% for achieving the maximum target level. Retesting of the performance condition is not permitted. Dividends

For performance shares under the DLTIP (previous PSP) dividends are accrued on awards and are given to participants to the extent that the awards actually vest at the end of the performance cycle.period. Dividends can be paid in the form of cash or shares.

For the three years ended 30 June 2014,2016, the calculation of the fair value of each share award used the Monte Carlo pricing model and the following weighted average assumptions:

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

Risk free interest rate

 

1.0%

 

0.3%

 

0.8%

 

Expected life of the awards

 

36 months

 

36 months

 

36 months

 

Dividend yield

 

2.7%

 

2.7%

 

3.3%

 

Weighted average share price

 

1970 p

 

1760p

 

1253p

 

Weighted average fair value of awards granted in the year

 

1147 p

 

916p

 

869p

 

Number of awards granted in the year

 

2.5 million

 

3.1 million

 

4.9 million

 

Fair value of all awards granted in the year

 

£29 million

 

£28 million

 

£43 million

 

200



                                                               
   2016   2015   2014 

Risk free interest rate

   1.0%     1.4%     1.0%  

Expected life of the awards

   37 months     37 months     36 months  

Dividend yield

   3.2%     3.1%     2.7%  

Weighted average share price

   1737 p     1832 p     1970 p  

Weighted average fair value of awards granted in the year

   1058 p     753 p     1147 p  

Number of awards granted in the year

   3.1 million     2.5 million     2.5 million  

Fair value of all awards granted in the year

   £33 million     £19 million     £29 million  

Financial statements (continued)

Transactions on schemes

Transactions on the executive share award plans for the three years ended 30 June 20142016 were as follows:

 

 

 

2014
Number of
awards
million

 

2013
Number of
awards
million

 

2012
Number of
awards
million

 

Balance outstanding at 1 July 

 

11.3

 

12.0

 

11.3

 

Granted

 

2.5

 

3.1

 

4.9

 

Exercised/awarded

 

(3.4

)

(2.6

)

(0.7

)

Forfeited/expired

 

(1.0

)

(1.2

)

(3.5

)

Balance outstanding at 30 June 

 

9.4

 

11.3

 

12.0

 

                                                               
   2016
Number of
awards
million
  2015
Number of
awards
million
  2014
Number of
awards
million
 

Balance outstanding at 1 July

   7.6    9.4    11.3  

Granted

   3.1    2.5    2.5  

Exercised/awarded

   (1.6  (2.6  (3.4

Forfeited/expired

   (1.9  (1.7  (1.0
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance outstanding at 30 June

   7.2    7.6    9.4  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At 30 June 2014, 7.12016, 6.7 million executive share options were exercisable at a weighted average exercise price of 10041391 pence.

 

201



260


Financial statements (continued)

 

Other financial information

Introduction

OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION

This section includes additional financial information that are either required by the relevant accounting standards or management considers these to be relevantmaterial information for shareholders.

18. IMPACT OF NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

As reported in note 1, the group has adopted IFRS 11 and the amendment to IAS 19. As a consequence, comparatives have been restated. Restated consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the years ended 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012 is set out below:

 

 

Year ended 30 June 2013

 

Year ended 30 June 2012

 

 

 

As
reported
£ million

 

IFRS 11
£ million

 

IAS 19
£ million

 

Restated
£ million

 

As
reported
£ million

 

IFRS 11
£ million

 

IAS 19
£ million

 

Restated
£ million

 

Sales

 

15,487

 

(211

)

 

15,276

 

14,594

 

(202

)

 

14,392

 

Excise duties

 

(4,054

)

81

 

 

(3,973

)

(3,832

)

79

 

 

(3,753

)

Net sales

 

11,433

 

(130

)

 

11,303

 

10,762

 

(123

)

 

10,639

 

Cost of sales

 

(4,470

)

59

 

(5

)

(4,416

)

(4,259

)

56

 

(5

)

(4,208

)

Gross profit

 

6,963

 

(71

)

(5

)

6,887

 

6,503

 

(67

)

(5

)

6,431

 

Marketing

 

(1,787

)

18

 

 

(1,769

)

(1,691

)

20

 

 

(1,671

)

Other operating expenses

 

(1,745

)

12

 

(5

)

(1,738

)

(1,654

)

8

 

(6

)

(1,652

)

Operating profit

 

3,431

 

(41

)

(10

)

3,380

 

3,158

 

(39

)

(11

)

3,108

 

Non-operating items

 

(83

)

 

 

(83

)

147

 

 

 

147

 

Finance income

 

259

 

 

 

259

 

270

 

 

(2

)

268

 

Finance charges

 

(683

)

 

(33

)

(716

)

(667

)

 

(42

)

(709

)

Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures

 

199

 

18

 

 

217

 

213

 

16

 

 

229

 

Profit before taxation

 

3,123

 

(23

)

(43

)

3,057

 

3,121

 

(23

)

(55

)

3,043

 

Taxation

 

(529

)

12

 

10

 

(507

)

(1,038

)

13

 

14

 

(1,011

)

Profit from continuing operations

 

2,594

 

(11

)

(33

)

2,550

 

2,083

 

(10

)

(41

)

2,032

 

Discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(11

)

Profit for the year

 

2,594

 

(11

)

(33

)

2,550

 

2,072

 

(10

)

(41

)

2,021

 

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

 

98

 

 

33

 

131

 

(461

)

 

41

 

(420

)

Total comprehensive income for the year

 

2,692

 

(11

)

 

2,681

 

1,611

 

(10

)

 

1,601

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit for the year attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity shareholders of the parent company

 

2,485

 

 

(33

)

2,452

 

1,942

 

 

(41

)

1,901

 

Non-controlling interests

 

109

 

(11

)

 

98

 

130

 

(10

)

 

120

 

 

 

2,594

 

(11

)

(33

)

2,550

 

2,072

 

(10

)

(41

)

2,021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity shareholders of the parent company

 

2,547

 

 

 

2,547

 

1,463

 

 

 

1,463

 

Non-controlling interests

 

145

 

(11

)

 

134

 

148

 

(10

)

 

138

 

 

 

2,692

 

(11

)

 

2,681

 

1,611

 

(10

)

 

1,601

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

pence

 

pence

 

pence

 

pence

 

pence

 

pence

 

pence

 

pence

 

Basic earnings per share

 

99.3

 

 

(1.3

)

98.0

 

77.8

 

 

(1.6

)

76.2

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

98.7

 

 

(1.3

)

97.4

 

77.4

 

 

(1.6

)

75.8

 

202



Financial statements (continued)

The adoption of IFRS 11 reduced the group’s net assets by £19 million at 30 June 2013 and at 30 June 2012, and reduced the group’s net cash outflow by £7 million for the years ended 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012. The amendment to IAS 19 has affected neither the group’s net assets nor the group’s net cash outflow.

If IFRS 11 and the amendment to IAS 19 had not been adopted operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2014 would have increased by £44 million, finance charges would have been lower by £78 million, profit for the year higher by £76 million (of which £9 million attributable to non-controlling interests) and basic earnings per share higher by 2.7 pence.

19. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Accounting policies

Provision is made for the anticipated settlement costs of legal or other disputes against the group where it is considered to be probable that a liability exists and a reliable estimate can be made of the likely outcome. Where it is possible that a settlement may be reached or it is not possible to make a reliable estimate of the estimated financial effect appropriate disclosure is made but no provision created.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

A judgement is necessary in assessing the likelihood that a claim will succeed, or a liability will arise, and to quantify the possible range of any settlement. Due to the inherent uncertainty in this evaluation process, actual losses may be different from the liability originally estimated.

 


(a) Guarantees

and related matters

As of 30 June 20142016, the group has no material guarantees or indemnities outstanding in respect of liabilities of third parties. The following matters relate to third parties with the exception of a conditional back-stop guarantee issued by guarantees previously discharged.

Diageo Holdings Netherlands B.V. (DHN) issued a conditional backstop guarantee to Standard Chartered Bank (Standard Chartered), pursuant to a guarantee commitment agreement (the Guarantee Agreement). The guarantee agreement)was in respect of the liabilities of Watson Limited (Watson), a company affiliated with Dr Vijay Mallya (Dr Mallya), under a $135 million (£8192 million) facility from Standard Chartered. The guarantee agreementGuarantee Agreement was entered into as part of the arrangements put in place and announced at closing of the USLUnited Spirits Limited (USL) transaction and announced by Diageo on 4 July 2013. DHN’s provision of the Guarantee Agreement enabled the refinancing of certain existing borrowings of Watson from a third party bank and facilitated the release by that bank of rights over certain USL shares that were to be acquired by Diageo as part of the USL transaction. The termfacility matured and entered into default in May 2015. Whilst the guarantee was not payable immediately, DHN and Standard Chartered agreed to extend the date on which the guarantee was payable to 29 January 2016 to allow additional time for enforcement of the security package underlying the facility. As part of this facility and theagreement, in August 2015 DHN guarantee were extended on 22 July 2014 fordeposited $135 million (£92 million) in an additional period of six months,escrow account with the monetary limits of both the facilityStandard Chartered. The loan remained in default and the guarantee remaining unchanged.was paid on 29 January 2016. The terms of the guarantee continue to require that the right of Standard Chartered to call on the guarantee it is subject$135 million (£92 million) deposit was released to Standard Chartered having first taken certain agreed steps to recover from Watson, including defined steps towards enforcement of its security package. In addition, DHNand has in respect of its potential liability under this guarantee, the benefit of counter-indemnities from Watson and Dr Vijay Mallya as well as the security package put in placebeen fully provided for the facility.

(b) Colombian litigation

An action was filed on 8 October 2004 in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York by the Republic of Colombia and a number of its local government entities against Diageo and other spirits companies, alleging several causes of action, including violations of the Federal RICO Act. This claim was dismissed in November 2012. The dismissal was without prejudice and as such, plaintiffs are not barred from bringing a similar action in future. Diageo cannot meaningfully quantify the possible loss or range of loss in the event of any future litigation. Diageo remains committed to continued dialogue with the Colombian governmental entities to address the underlying issues.

(c) Korean customs dispute

Litigation is ongoing in Korea in connection with the application of the methodology used in transfer pricing on spirits imports since 2004. In December 2009, Diageo Korea received a final customs audit assessment notice from the Korean customs authorities, covering the period from 1 February 2004 to 30 June 2007, for Korean won 194 billion or £112 million (including £14 million of value added tax), which was paid in full and appealed to the Korean Tax Tribunal.

On 18 May 2011, the Tax Tribunal made a determination that the statute of limitations had run for part of the assessment period, ordered a partial penalty refund and instructed the Korean customs authorities to reinvestigate the remaining assessments. Accordingly, a refund of Korean won 43 billion or £25 million (including £2 million of value added tax) was made to Diageo Korea induring the year ended 30 June 2012.2016. In aggregate DHN paid Standard Chartered $141 million (£96 million) under this guarantee, including the $135 million (£92 million) previously deposited, as well as payments of default interest and various fees and expenses.

However, postWhile the completionguarantee amount has been fully provided for, Watson remains liable for all amounts paid by DHN under the guarantee. DHN is entitled to the benefit of the reinvestigation,underlying security package for the Korean customs authorities have concludedloan, which includes shares in United Breweries Limited (UBL), Watson’s interest in Orange India Holdings S.a.r.l. (Orange), the joint venture that they will continue to pursueowns the applicationForce India Formula One (F1) team, and the shareholding in Watson, all of which remains in place. On 19 June 2015, a consortium of banks led by State Bank of India (SBI) obtained an ex-parte order from the Debt Recovery Tribunal (DRT) in Bangalore preventing the sale or any other transfer of such UBL shares as part of the same methodology and on 18 October 2011enforcement process pending further orders from the DRT. This order was passed following the filing of a further final imposition notice was issued for Korean won 217 billion or £125 million (including £14 million of value added tax)memorandum by Dr Mallya with the tribunal that he had no objection to it issuing the order in respect of the period from 29 February 2008UBL shares. There was a further ex-parte order of the DRT on 15 July 2015 restraining the UBL shares being handed over to 31 October 2010.DHN or to any other party pending further orders of the DRT. DHN filed a writ petition before the High Court of Karnataka (the High Court) against such orders of the DRT, and on 7 November 2015, the High Court passed an interim order granting an interim stay of the order of the DRT dated 15 July 2015 and directing that the UBL shares shall not be dealt with until further orders. Subsequently, DHN was joined in the proceedings before the DRT.

 

In response261


Financial statements (continued)

Further, in a separate application filed by the SBI-led consortium before the DRT, on 17 May 2016 the DRT passed another ex-parte order attaching the shares held by Dr Mallya in Watson and directing Watson not to disburse amounts including dividends on shares held by Watson in Orange until further orders of the DRT. DHN and Standard Chartered (who were not named as parties in the above mentioned application filed by the SBI-led consortium) filed applications before the DRT to lift this order.

DHN is continuing to vigorously pursue these matters in order to lift the above DRT orders as part of the efforts for enforcement of the underlying security and recovery of outstanding amounts. Arguments on these matters have been made before the DRT, and the Presiding Officer of the DRT has not yet issued orders. Diageo Korea filed a claimbelieves that the existence of any prior rights or dispute in relation to the security would be in breach of representations and warranties given by Dr Mallya to Standard Chartered at the time the security was granted and further believes that Dr Mallya’s filing of the memorandum with the Seoul Administrative Court (Court) along with a petitiontribunal in relation to the UBL shares and his failure to object to the order for preliminary injunctionstatus quo in that regard are breaches of his obligations to stayStandard Chartered.

Under the final imposition notice. The Court granted Diageo Korea’s request for a preliminary injunction and has stayed the final imposition until the decisionterms of the Courtguarantee and as a matter of law, there are arrangements to pass on to DHN the underlying matter. On 31 October 2012, the Court instructed the Korean customs authorities to reinvestigate the second imposition notice per the instructionsbenefit of the Tax Tribunalsecurity package upon payment under the guarantee of all amounts owed to Standard Chartered. Payment under the guarantee has now occurred as described above. Standard Chartered has taken certain recovery steps and stayedis working with DHN in relation to the Court hearings untilDRT proceedings.

DHN is actively monitoring the completionsecurity package and is discussing with Standard Chartered steps to continue enforcement against the background of the re-audit. DRT proceedings described above as well as in relation to the other elements of the security package. DHN’s ability to assume or enforce security over some elements of the security package is also subject to regulatory consent. It is not at this stage possible to determine whether such consent would be forthcoming. In addition, DHN has the benefit of a counter-indemnity from Watson in respect of payments in connection with the guarantee.

The re-audit was completedagreement with Dr Mallya referenced in February 2013paragraph (d) below does not impact the security package, which includes shares in UBL and Watson’s interest in Orange, the joint venture that owns the F1 team. Watson remains liable for all amounts paid pursuant to the guarantee. DHN is entitled to the benefit of the security package underlying the facility and the Court hearings continue.security providers have undertaken to take all necessary actions in that regard.

The underlying matter remains in progress with the Court and Diageo Korea is unable to quantify meaningfully the possible loss or range of loss to which these claims may give rise. Diageo Korea continues to defend its position vigorously.

(d)(b) Thalidomide litigation

In Australia, class actionJune 2014, claims forms alleging product liability and negligence for injuries arising from the consumption of the drug thalidomide were filed in the SupremeHigh Court of Victoriain London against Distillers Company (Biochemicals) Limited, its parent Diageo Scotland Limited (formerly Distillers Company Limited), as well as against GrϋGrünenthal GmbH, the developer of the drug (not a member of the group).

203



Financial statements (continued)

On 18 July 2012 Diageo settled4 December 2014 these claims forms were served by lawyers acting for the claimclaimants. Since then the proceedings in respect of the lead claimant Lynette Rowe and agreed a process to consider28 individuals that have now issued claims in the remaining claimants. As a result of that process, agreement was reachedUnited Kingdom have been stayed until 30 September 2016 while discussions are ongoing between Diageo and the claimants, without admissionclaimants’ lawyers.

Diageo is unable to meaningfully quantify the possible loss or range of liability by Diageo,loss to settle the class action claims for the sum of AU$89 million (£49 million) and AU$6.5 million (£4 million) in costs which was charged to discontinued operations in the income statement. The settlement was subsequently approved by the Supreme Court of Victoria on 7 February 2014 and the class action claims were dismissed. Grϋnenthal GmbH is not a party to the settlement.

In the United Kingdom, legal proceedings were commenced on behalf of eight claimants in June 2014. At this time, little is known about the specifics of this case. More recently, the possibility of a second lawsuit was suggested in correspondence with lawyers for a second, smaller group of claimants, though proceedings have not yet been commenced in relation to this group.

these lawsuits may give rise. Distillers Company (Biochemicals) Limited distributed the drugthalidomide in Australia and the United Kingdom for a period in the late 1950s and early 1960s.

Diageo is unable to quantify meaningfully the possible loss or range of loss to which any lawsuit may give rise. The group has worked voluntarily for many years with various thalidomide organisations and has provided significant financial support. A scheduled periodic review of Diageo’s financing of the UK Thalidomide Trust will be undertaken during the year ending 30 June 2017.

(e)(c) Acquisition of USL shares from UBHL, winding-up petitions against UBHL and other proceedings in relation to the USL transaction

(i) On 4 July 2013 Diageo completed its acquisition, under a share purchase agreement with United Breweries (Holdings) Limited (UBHL)UBHL and various other sellers (the SPA), of 21,767,749 shares (14.98%) in USL for a total consideration of INR 31.3 billion (£342349 million), including 10,141,437 shares (6.98%) from UBHL. The SPA was signed on 9 November 2012 and was part of the transaction announced by Diageo in relation to USL on that day (the Original USL Transaction). Through a series of further transactions, as of 2 July 2014, Diageo has a 54.78% investment in USL.USL (excluding 2.38% owned by the USL Benefit Trust).

262


Financial statements (continued)

 

Prior to the acquisition from UBHL on 4 July 2013, the High Court of Karnataka (the High Court) had granted leave to UBHL under sections 536 and 537 of the Indian Companies Act 1956 (the Leave Order) to enable the sale by UBHL to Diageo to take place (the UBHL Share Sale) notwithstanding the continued existence of five winding-up petitions (the Original Petitions) that were pending against UBHL on 9 November 2012, being the date of the SPA. Additional winding-up petitions have been brought against UBHL since 9 November 2012, and the Leave Order did not extend to them. At the time of the completion of the UBHL Share Sale, the Leave Order remained subject to review on appeal. However, as stated by Diageo at the time of closing on 4 July 2013, it was considered unlikely that any appeal process in respect of the Leave Order would definitively conclude on a timely basis and, accordingly, Diageo waived the conditionality under the SPA relating to the absence of insolvency proceedings in relation to UBHL and acquired the 10,141,437 USL shares from UBHL at that time.

Following closing of the UBHL Share Sale, appeals were filed by various petitioners in respect of the Leave Order. On 20 December 2013, the division bench of the High Court set aside the Leave Order (the 20 December Order). Following the 20 December Order, Diageo filed special leave petitions (SLPs) in the Supreme Court of India against the 20 December Order.

On 10 February 2014, the Supreme Court of India issued an order admittinggiving notice in respect of the SLPs and ordering that the status quo be maintained with regard to the UBHL Share Sale. The SLPs are scheduled forSale pending a nexthearing dateon the matter in the Supreme Court on 9 September 2014.

Court. Following a number of adjournments, the next hearing date for the SLPs (in respect of which leave has since been granted and which have been converted to civil appeals) is yet to be fixed.

In separate proceedings, the various winding-up petitions against UBHL have been admitted by the High Court. These petitions and certain related proceedings have been progressing through the High Court since closing of the UBHL Share Sale. In separate rulings issued byFollowing earlier adjournments there is currently no fixed date for the High Court on 22 November 2013 and 13 December 2013, the High Court admitted twonext hearing of the winding up petitions against UBHL. An appeal filed by UBHL against the first ruling issued on 22 November 2013 was dismissed by a division bench of the High Court on 16 December 2013. That dismissal is now the subject of a further appeal by UBHL before the Supreme Court of India. On 6 February 2014, UBHL filed an appeal with a division bench of the High Court against the second ruling issued on 13 December 2013 and that appeal is now pending.

various winding-up proceedings.

Diageo continues to believe that the acquisition price of INR 14401,440 paid to UBHL for the USL shares is fair and reasonable as regards UBHL, UBHL’s shareholders and UBHL’s secured and unsecured creditors. However, adverse results for Diageo in the proceedings referred to above could, absent leave or relief in other proceedings, ultimately result in Diageo losing title to the 10,141,437 USL shares acquired from UBHL. Diageo believes it would remain in control of USL and be able to consolidate USL as a subsidiary regardless of the outcome of this litigation. There can be no certainty as to the outcome of the existing or any further related legal proceedings or the timeframe within which they would be concluded.

Diageo also has the benefit of certain contractual undertakings and commitments from the relevant sellers in relation to potential challenges to its unencumbered title to the USL shares acquired on 4 July 2013, including relating to the winding-up petitions described above and/or certain losses and costs that may be incurred in the event of third party actions relating to the acquisition of the USL shares.

(ii) Separately, Diageo continuesDiageo’s contractual rights in relation to pursue completion of the acquisition of an additional 3,459,090 USL shares (representing approximately 2.38% of the share capital of USL) under the SPA from the USL Benefit Trust.Trust have not been capable of completion. Currently certain lenders to USL are refusing to release security that they hold over those shares notwithstanding that they have been repaid in full. USL is taking steps including proceedingsfiled a petition against such lenders before the High Court to expedite thefor release of the security.security and the High Court granted a stay order in favour of USL in December 2015 restraining the lenders from dealing with the 3,459,090 pledged USL shares until further order of the High Court. As previously disclosed, if it is not ultimately possible to complete the acquisition in relation to thesewhile those shares they would instead continue to beare held by the USL Benefit Trust pending any sale, they are subject to an undertaking that the trustees would only vote the shares at the direction of USL.

(f) Other(iii) Diageo has notified UBHL and its subsidiary, KFinvest, of certain claims that it believes it has against such parties under the SPA in relation to the matters revealed by the Initial Inquiry described in paragraph (d) below, including under provisions requiring the discharge of inter-group balances and also as a result of the non-disclosure of these matters to it during the due diligence exercise that preceded the Original USL Transaction. Diageo also believes that it may have additional claims against those parties under the SPA in relation to the matters revealed by the Additional Inquiry described in paragraph (d) below.

 

263


Financial statements (continued)

(d) USL internal inquiries, resignation of Dr Vijay Mallya from USL and related matters

In a notice to the Indian stock exchange dated 4 September 2014, USL announced that its Board of Directors had directed an inquiry into certain matters referred to in USL’s financial statements and the qualified auditor’s report for the year ended 31 March 2014 (the Initial Inquiry). The transactions noted in the Initial Inquiry occurred prior to Diageo gaining significant influence over USL on 4 July 2013 when it completed the transaction to purchase shares in USL to take its aggregate shareholding to 25.02%. USL provided an update on 25 April 2015 in relation to the Initial Inquiry which covered various matters, including certain doubtful receivables, advances and deposits. Additional updates have been provided by USL in subsequent quarterly announcements and most recently in the announcement of their audited financial results on 26 May 2016, in respect of the year ended 31 March 2016.

As previously stated by USL, the Initial Inquiry: (a) revealed that funds involved in many of the commercial transactions covered by the Initial Inquiry were diverted from USL and/or its subsidiaries to certain companies in the UBHL group, including in particular Kingfisher Airlines Limited; (b) prima facie revealed that certain accounting entries appear to have been made and certain transactions entered into on behalf of USL appear to have been undertaken in order to show a lower exposure of USL (and its subsidiaries) to UBHL than that which actually existed at the relevant time; and (c) also identified certain additional parties and matters where documents identified raised concerns as to the propriety of certain underlying commercial transactions with counterparties referred to in the notes to USL’s audited accounts for the year ended 31 March 2014. The Initial Inquiry suggested that the manner in which these various transactions were conducted, prima facie, indicates various improprieties and potential violations of provisions, inter alia, of the Indian Companies Act, 1956 and the listing agreements signed by USL with various stock exchanges in India on which its securities are listed.

USL has recorded provisions in an aggregate amount of approximately INR 6,712 million (£75 million) with respect to (a) above, and in an aggregate amount of approximately INR 2,368 million (£26 million) with respect to (c) above. These amounts were fully provided for in the fair value balance sheet consolidated by Diageo on 2 July 2014. Diageo does not expect any further material financial impact on Diageo’s financial results in connection with such transactions. USL made provisions in its financial statements for the two years ended 31 March 2014 and 31 March 2015 in respect of the issues identified by the Initial Inquiry. The audit report on the financial statements of USL for the year ended 31 March 2015 was also qualified in respect of these issues.

The USL board stated in its update of 25 April 2015 that it was not in a position to make any final determination with regard to the position of any individuals involved and therefore directed USL to report the relevant transactions to the authorities as required under applicable law and to provide the Initial Inquiry report to USL’s auditors and other regulators. The USL board also resolved that USL should take the necessary steps to assess USL’s legal position and then take such action as is necessary to recover its funds from the relevant parties to the extent possible. As previously announced by USL on 2 November 2015, USL has been taking steps for recovery of the funds that were identified by the Initial Inquiry to have been diverted from USL and/or its subsidiaries to the extent possible. During the quarter ended 30 September 2015, USL reached a settlement with one of the parties pursuant to which the party withdrew claims amounting to approximately INR 279 million (£3 million), and accordingly a provision of approximately INR 279 million (£3 million) was written back. Additionally, subsequent to the year ended 31 March 2016, USL has signed settlement agreements with certain such parties and based on these settlements has reversed provisions with respect to interest claimed amounting to INR 265 million (£3 million). During the year ended 31 March 2016, based on its assessment of recoverability, USL’s management has written off INR 5,666 million (£63 million) out of the amounts provided for with respect to the relevant parties.

In light of the above, and without making any determination as to fault or culpability, the USL directors noted in the update of 25 April 2015 that they had lost confidence in Dr Mallya continuing in his role as a director and as chairman of USL and therefore the USL board called upon Dr Mallya to resign forthwith as a director and as chairman of the board and step down from his positions in USL’s subsidiaries. The board of USL also resolved that, in the event Dr Mallya declined to step down, it would recommend to the shareholders of USL the removal of Dr Mallya as a director and as chairman of the board. Dr Mallya indicated at the time that he would not tender his resignation.

Diageo is the majority shareholder in USL with a 54.78% holding in USL. As previously announced by Diageo, it had certain contractual obligations to support Dr Mallya continuing as Non-Executive Director and Chairman of USL subject to certain conditions and in the absence of certain defaults. Those matters were agreed on 9 November 2012 as part of a broader shareholders’ agreement and came into effect on 4 July 2013 when Diageo completed the purchase of shares to take its aggregate shareholding in USL to 25.02%.

264


Financial statements (continued)

Subsequent to its announcement of 25 April 2015, USL provided its Initial Inquiry report and all related materials to Diageo. Diageo announced on 27 April 2015 that it noted the recommendation of the USL board and was considering its position under its agreements with Dr Mallya and UBHL in light of the inquiry report and materials provided to it.

On 25 February 2016, Diageo and USL each announced that they had entered into arrangements with Dr Mallya under which he had agreed to resign from his position as a director and as chairman of USL and from his positions in USL’s subsidiaries. As specified by Diageo in its announcement at that time, these arrangements ended its prior agreement with Dr Mallya regarding his position at USL, therefore bringing to an end the uncertainty relating to the governance of USL, and put in place a five-year global non-compete (excluding the United Kingdom), non-interference, non-solicitation and standstill arrangement with Dr Mallya. As part of those arrangements, USL, Diageo and Dr Mallya agreed a mutual release in relation to matters arising out of the Initial Inquiry and Dr Mallya also agreed not to pursue any claims against Diageo, USL and their affiliates (including under the prior agreement with Diageo). In evaluating entering into such arrangements, Diageo considered the impact of the arrangements on USL and all of USL’s shareholders, and came to the view that the arrangements were in the best interests of USL and its shareholders. Diageo’s agreement with Dr Mallya (the 25 February Agreement) provided for a payment of $75 million (£53 million) to Dr Mallya over a five year period in consideration for the five-year global non-compete, non-interference, non-solicitation and standstill commitments referred to above, his resignation from USL and the termination of his appointment and governance rights, the relinquishing of rights and benefits attached to his position at USL, and his agreement not to pursue claims against Diageo and USL. The 25 February Agreement also provided for the release of Dr Mallya’s personal obligations to indemnify DHN and Diageo Finance in respect of any liabilities under the guarantee arrangements described in paragraph (a) above and his personal obligation to indemnify Diageo Finance in respect of its earlier liability (£30 million) under a guarantee of certain borrowings of United Breweries Overseas Limited. $40 million (£28 million) of the $75 million (£53 million) amount was paid on signing of the 25 February Agreement with the balance being payable in equal instalments of $7 million (£5 million) a year over five years, subject to and conditional on Dr Mallya’s compliance with certain terms of the agreement.

On 7 March 2016, a consortium of banks led by SBI obtained an order from the DRT in Bangalore attaching the sum of $75 million (£53 million) payable to Dr Mallya under the 25 February Agreement. The order provides that Dr Mallya is not to draw on that sum, Diageo is not to disburse such sum to Dr Mallya and Diageo is to deposit such sum with the DRT. Diageo filed an affidavit in the DRT on 5 April 2016 explaining that the sum of $40 million (£28 million) was paid on 25 February 2016, prior to the order dated 7 March 2016. Diageo further explained that no sum is presently due and payable by Diageo to Dr Mallya under the terms of the 25 February Agreement, and there can be no certainty that any amount will become due and payable under the terms of the 25 February Agreement in the future because of the conditional nature of the obligation. Diageo’s position is that the order is not currently capable of being performed. Pursuant to an order of the DRT dated 29 April 2016, on 12 May 2016 Diageo and USL filed memos with the DRT furnishing copies of their respective agreements with Dr Mallya. On 16 July 2016, the DRT issued a clarification in relation to its order dated 7 March 2016 (which forms part of that order), stating that: (i) if Diageo is liable to pay any amount under the 25 February Agreement to Dr Mallya, such amount shall be deposited in the DRT under the 7 March order; and (ii) if Diageo is not liable to pay any amount under the 25 February Agreement to Dr Mallya, Diageo does not need to deposit any amount in the DRT.

At the time of the 25 February 2016 announcement, Diageo confirmed that, by virtue of Dr Mallya having been a director of USL, a subsidiary of Diageo, the arrangements described in that announcement, which were required to be aggregated with certain prior transactions and arrangements, constituted a smaller related party transaction within LR11.1.10R of the Listing Rules. Accordingly, Diageo obtained written confirmation from BofA Merrill Lynch, as sponsor, that the terms of the relevant arrangements were fair and reasonable as far as Diageo shareholders were concerned.

As previously announced by USL and as noted above, the Initial Inquiry identified certain additional parties and matters indicating the possible existence of other improper transactions. These transactions could not be fully analysed during the Initial Inquiry and, accordingly, USL, as previously announced, mandated that its Managing Director & CEO conduct a further inquiry into the transactions involving the additional parties and the additional matters to determine whether they also suffered from improprieties (the Additional Inquiry). USL announced the results of the Additional Inquiry in a notice to the Indian Stock Exchange dated 9 July 2016.

265


Financial statements (continued)

As stated in that announcement, the Additional Inquiry revealed: (a) further instances of actual or potential fund diversions amounting to approximately INR 9,135 million (£102 million) as well as other potentially improper transactions involving USL and its Indian and overseas subsidiaries amounting to approximately INR 3,118 million (£35 million); (b) that these transactions occurred during the period from October 2010 to July 2014, although certain transactions appear to have been initiated prior to that period; and (c) that these improper transactions involved the diversion of funds to certain non-Indian entities in which Dr Mallya appears to have a material direct or indirect interest (including Force India Formula One, Watson Limited, Continental Administrative Services, Modall Securities Limited, Ultra Dynamix Limited and Lombard Wall Corporate Services Inc) as well as certain Indian entities (including, in most cases, Kingfisher Airlines Limited).

The USL board has, in light of these findings, and based on expert advice, directed that copies of the Additional Inquiry report be provided to the relevant authorities and its auditors. The USL board also directed that USL should conduct a detailed review of each indicated case of fund diversion to assess its legal position and then take such action as is necessary to recover its funds from the relevant parties and individuals, to the extent possible. The mutual release in relation to the Initial Inquiry agreed by Diageo and USL with Dr Mallya and announced on 25 February 2016 does not extend to matters arising out of the Additional Inquiry. In addition to the notification sent by Diageo to UBHL and KFinvest in relation to the claims it believes it has against such parties under the SPA in relation to the matters revealed in the Initial Inquiry, as noted in paragraph (c)(iii) above, Diageo also believes it may have claims against UBHL and KFinvest under the SPA in relation to the matters revealed by the Additional Inquiry, including under certain provisions requiring the discharge of inter-group balances and also as a result of the non-disclosure of these matters to it during the due diligence exercise that preceded the Original USL Transaction.

Almost all of the amounts identified in the Additional Inquiry have been previously provided for or expensed in the financial statements of USL or its subsidiaries for prior periods (including by way of provisions made in relation to impairment in the value of or loss on sale of USL’s overseas subsidiaries). USL’s management has recommended to the USL board that a further provision of INR 217 million (£2 million) should be made for the value of certain improper transactions identified by the Additional Inquiry which were not previously expensed or provided for. Based on the information currently available, Diageo believes that no further provisions are required at this stage.

(e) Regulatory notices in relation to USL

Following USL’s earlier updates concerning the Initial Inquiry as well as in relation to the arrangements with Dr Mallya that were the subject of the 25 February 2016 announcement, USL and Diageo have received various notices from Indian regulatory authorities, including the Ministry of Corporate Affairs, Serious Fraud Investigation Office, National Stock Exchange, Income Tax Department, Enforcement Directorate, Securities and Exchange Board of India, Bangalore police, Central Excise Intelligence and the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. Diageo and USL are cooperating fully with the authorities in relation to these matters, and, as noted in paragraph (d) above, USL reported the matters covered by the Initial Inquiry and the Additional Inquiry to the relevant authorities.

Diageo and USL have also received notices from the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) requesting information in relation to, and explanation of the reasons for, the arrangements with Dr Mallya that were the subject of the 25 February 2016 announcement as well as, in the case of USL, in relation to the Initial Inquiry, and, in the case of Diageo, whether such arrangements with Dr Mallya or the Watson backstop guarantee arrangements described in paragraph (a) above were part of agreements previously made with Dr Mallya at the time of the Original USL Transaction announced on 9 November 2012 and the open offer made as part of the Original USL Transaction. Diageo and USL have complied with such information requests and Diageo has confirmed that, consistent with prior disclosures, the Watson backstop guarantee arrangements and the matters described in the 25 February 2016 announcement were not the subject of any earlier agreement with Dr Mallya. In respect of the Watson backstop guarantee arrangements, SEBI issued a further notice to Diageo on 16 June 2016 that if there is any net liability incurred by Diageo (after any recovery under relevant security or other arrangements, which matters remain pending as noted in paragraph (a) above) on account of the Watson backstop guarantee, such liability, if any, would be considered to be part of the price paid for the acquisition of USL shares under the SPA which formed part of the Original USL Transaction and that, in that case, additional equivalent payments would be required to be made to those shareholders (representing 0.04% of the shares in USL) who tendered in the open offer made as part of the Original USL Transaction.

266


Financial statements (continued)

Diageo is clear that the Watson backstop guarantee arrangements were not part of the price paid or agreed to be paid for any USL shares under the Original USL Transaction and therefore believes the decision in the SEBI notice to be misconceived and wrong in law and it is taking steps to appeal it.

Diageo is unable to assess if the notices or enquiries referred to above will result in enforcement action or, if this were to transpire, to quantify meaningfully the possible loss or range of loss, if any, to which any such action might give rise if determined against Diageo or USL.

(f) SEC Inquiry

Diageo has received requests for information from the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) regarding its distribution in and public disclosures regarding the United States as well as additional context about the Diageo group globally. Diageo is currently responding to the SEC’s requests for information in this matter. Diageo is unable to assess if the inquiry will evolve into further information requests or an enforcement action or, if this were to transpire, to quantify meaningfully the possible loss or range of loss, if any, to which any such action might give rise.

(g) Other

The group has extensive international operations and is the defendant in a number of legal, customs and tax proceedings incidental to these operations, the outcome of which cannot at present be foreseen. In particular, the group is currently the defendant in various customs proceedings that challenge the declared customs value of products imported by certain Diageo companies. Diageo continues to defend its position vigorously in these proceedings.

Save as disclosed above, neither Diageo, nor any member of the Diageo group, is or has been engaged in, nor (so far as Diageo is aware) isare there pending or threatened by or against it, any legal or arbitration proceedings which may have a significant effect on the financial position of the Diageo group.

19. COMMITMENTS

204



Financial statements (continued)

20. COMMITMENTS

(a) Capital commitments

Commitments for expenditure on intangibles and property, plant and equipment not provided for in these consolidated financial statements are estimated at £87 million (2015 – £114 million; 2014 – £162 million (2013 — £159 million; 2012 — £145 million). The 2013 comparative has been reduced by £71 million following a review of contracted arrangements on one capital project.

(b) Operating lease commitments

The minimum lease rentals to be paid under non-cancellable leases, principally in respect of properties, are as follows:

 

                                          

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
£ million

 

  2016
£ million
   2015
£ million
 

Payments falling due:

 

 

 

 

 

    

Within one year

 

102

 

119

 

   92     96  

Between one and two years

 

80

 

90

 

   94     70  

Between two and three years

 

59

 

66

 

   81     61  

Between three and four years

 

50

 

50

 

   70     51  

Between four and five years

 

43

 

43

 

   63     51  

After five years

 

223

 

277

 

   407     217  

 

557

 

645

 

  

 

   

 

 
   807     546  
  

 

   

 

 

On 1 January 2016, Diageo completed the North American wines transaction with Treasury Wine Estates (TWE). As part of this transaction Diageo sub-let the North American vineyards to TWE which continue to be leased from Realty Income Corporation (Realty). The terms of the sub lease to TWE are identical to the principal lease and the future lease commitments are included in finance lease liabilities ($47 million (£36 million)) and operating lease commitments ($541 million (£407 million)). The finance lease receivable from TWE of $47 million (£36 million) is included in other financial assets. If TWE default on their payments Diageo continue to be responsible for the lease payments to Realty. A provision has been charged to non-operating items in the year ended 30 June 2016 for the estimated liability if TWE default on their lease commitments.

 

267


Financial statements (continued)

In respect of property not currently utilised the group has entered into sub-leases for which the minimum amount receivable from operating lease is £436 million (2015 – £28 million) under the terms of the contract including the receivable from TWE.

There are no significant leases for which contingent rent is payable, nor any that have purchase options, escalation clauses or restrictions. Certain of the operating leases have renewal clauses which are at fair market value. In respect of property not currently utilised, the group has entered into sub-leases for which the minimum amount receivable is £21 million (2013 — £26 million), of which £4 million (2013 — £4 million) falls due within one year of the balance sheet date. The amount received under these leases is included in sales in the income statement.

21. 20. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Transactions between the group and its related parties are made on terms equivalent to those that prevail in arm’s length transactions.

(a) Subsidiaries

Transactions between the company and its subsidiaries are eliminated on consolidation and therefore are not disclosed. Details of the principal group companies are given after these financial statements.in note 21.

(b) Associates and joint ventures

Sales and purchases to and from associates and joint ventures are principally in respect of premium drinks products but also include the provision of management services. All transactions are on terms equivalent to those in an arm’s length transaction.

Transactions and financial positionbalances with associates and joint ventures are set out in the table below:

 

 

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
(restated)
£ million

 

2012
(restated)
£ million

 

Income statement items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

156

 

67

 

47

 

Purchases*

 

89

 

71

 

77

 

Balance sheet items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group payables

 

8

 

5

 

4

 

Group receivables

 

12

 

12

 

8

 

Loans payable

 

7

 

15

 

11

 

Loans receivable

 

41

 

29

 

57

 

Cash flow items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and equity contributions, net

 

25

 

31

 

27

 


*     In the year ended 30 June 2013 purchases of maturing inventories from Moët Hennessy were £4 million (2012 — £9 million).

205



Financial statements (continued)

                                                               
   2016
£ million
   2015
£ million
   2014
£ million
 

Income statement items

      

Sales

   31     117     156  

Purchases

   36     85     89  

Balance sheet items

      

Group payables

   5     3     8  

Group receivables

   2     11     12  

Loans payable

   6     6     7  

Loans receivable

   2     2     41  

Cash flow items

      

Loans and equity contributions, net

        26     25  

Other disclosures in respect of associates and joint ventures are included in note 6.

(c) Key management personnel

The key management of the group comprises the Executive and Non-Executive Directors, the members of the Executive Committee and the Company Secretary. They are listed under ‘Board of Directors and ExecutiveCompany Secretary’ and ‘Executive Committee’.

 

 

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
£ million

 

2012
£ million

 

Salaries and short term employee benefits

 

9

 

10

 

9

 

Annual incentive plan

 

2

 

7

 

9

 

Non-executive directors’ fees

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

Share-based payments*

 

13

 

16

 

9

 

Post employment benefits**

 

2

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

27

 

35

 

29

 

                                                               
   2016
£ million
   2015
£ million
   2014
£ million
 

Salaries and short term employee benefits

   11     9     9  

Annual incentive plan

   9     4     2  

Non-Executive Directors’ fees

   1     1     1  

Share-based payments(i)

   7     9     13  

Post employment benefits(ii)

   2     2     2  

Termination benefits

   2     1       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   32     26     27  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 


*    
(i)Time-apportioned fair value of unvested options and share awards.

**   Includes the value of unvested options and share awards.

(ii)Includes the cash allowance in lieu of pension contributions.

268


Financial statements (continued)

 

Non-Executive Directors do not receive share-based payments or post employment benefits. Details are given in the Directors’ remuneration report of the individual Directors’ remuneration and transactions between the group and key management personnel.

(d) Pension plans

The Diageo pension plans are recharged with the cost of administration services provided by the group to the pension plans and with professional fees paid by the group on behalf of the pension plans. The total amount recharged for the year was £17£16 million (2013 — £11(2015 – £13 million; 2012 — £102014 – £17 million).

(e) Directors’ remuneration

 

 

2014
£ million

 

2013
£ million

 

2012
£ million

 

Salaries and benefits

 

3

 

3

 

2

 

Annual incentive plan

 

 

3

 

3

 

Non-executive director’s fees

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

Share option exercises*

 

4

 

13

 

3

 

Shares vesting*

 

7

 

10

 

 

Post employment benefits**

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

 

16

 

31

 

9

 


*Gains on options realised in the year and the benefit from share awards, calculated by using the share price applicable on the date of exercise of the share options and release of the awards.

**Includes the value of the cash allowance in lieu of pension contributions.

 

                                                               
   2016
£ million
   2015
£ million
   2014
£ million
 

Salaries and benefits

   2     2     3  

Annual incentive plan

   2     1       

Non-Executive Directors’ fees

   1     1     1  

Share option exercises(i)

             4  

Shares vesting(i)

   5     5     7  

Post employment benefits(ii)

   1     1     1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   11     10     16  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(i)Gains on options realised in the year and the benefit from share awards, calculated by using the share price applicable on the date of exercise of the share options and release of the awards.
(ii)Includes the cash allowance in lieu of pension contributions.

Details of the individual Directors’ remuneration are given in the Directors’ remuneration report.

 

206



269


Financial statements (continued)

 

22. 21. PRINCIPAL GROUP COMPANIES

The companies listed below include those which principally affect the profits and assets of the group. The operating companies listed below may carry on the business described in the countries listed in conjunction with their subsidiaries and other group companies.

 

A full list of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, all of which are consolidated on an appropriate basis, will be included in the company’s next annual return, the company having made use of the exemption in Section 410 of the Companies Act 2006.

Country of
incorporation

Country of
operation

Percentage
of equity
owned(i)

Country of
incorporation

Country of
operation

Percentage
of equity
owned*

Business description

Subsidiaries

Diageo Ireland

Republic of Ireland

Worldwide

Worldwide

100

%

100Production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks

Diageo Great Britain Limited

England

Worldwide

Worldwide

100

%

100Marketing and distribution of premium drinks

Diageo Scotland Limited

Scotland

Worldwide

Worldwide

100

%

100Production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks

Diageo Brands BVB.V.

Netherlands

Worldwide

Worldwide

100

%

100Marketing and distribution of premium drinks

Diageo North America, IncInc.

United States

Worldwide

Worldwide

100

%

100Production, importing, marketing and distribution of premium drinks

United Spirits Limited(ii)

India

India

54.78Production, importing, marketing and distribution of premium drinks

Diageo Capital plc**plc(iii)

Scotland

United Kingdom

100

%

100

Financing company for the group

Diageo Finance plc**plc(iii)

England

United Kingdom

100

%

100

Financing company for the group

Diageo Capital BV

Netherlands

Netherlands

100

%

Financing company for the group

Diageo Finance BV

Netherlands

Netherlands

100

%

Financing company for the group

Diageo Investment Corporation

United States

United States

100

%

100

Financing company for the US group

Mey İçİçki Sanayi ve Ticaret A.Ş.

Turkey

Turkey

Turkey

100

%

100Production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks

Associates

Associates

Moët Hennessy SNC***SNC(iv)

France

France

France

34

%

34Production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks

United Spirits Limited

India

India

28.8

%

Production, marketing and distribution of alcoholic drinks

 


*All percentages, unless otherwise stated, are in respect of holdings of ordinary share capital and are equivalent to the percentages of voting rights held by the group.

**     Directly owned by Diageo plc.

***   French partnership.

(i)All percentages, unless otherwise stated, are in respect of holdings of ordinary share capital and are equivalent to the percentages of voting rights held by the group.
(ii)Excluding 2.38% owned by the USL Benefit Trust.
(iii)Directly owned by Diageo plc.
(iv)French partnership.
(1)Diageo Finance B.V. (Netherlands) is a wholly-owned finance subsidiary of the group. As at 30 June 2016, there were no outstanding securities issued by Diageo Finance B.V.

 

23. POST BALANCE SHEET EVENTS270


On 2 July 2014, with the completion of the tender offer the group acquired an additional 26% investment in USL for INR 114.5 billion (£1,118 million) taking its investment to 54.78% (excluding 2.38% owned by the USL Benefit Trust) financed by debt. From 2 July 2014 the group will account for USL as a subsidiary with a 43.9% non-controlling interests. As a result of USL becoming a subsidiary of the group a gain of £103 million arose, being the difference between the book value of the associate balance prior to the transaction and the market value. This will be reported as a non-operating exceptional gain in the consolidated accounts in the year ending 30 June 2015.

207



Report of independent registered public accounting firm — internal controls

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Diageo plc:

We have audited Diageo plc’s internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Diageo plc’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, appearing in the Corporate Governance Report in Diageo plc’s Annual Report on Form 20-F. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Diageo plc maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated  balance sheet of Diageo plc and subsidiaries as of 30 June 2014, and the related consolidated income statements, consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, including the disclosures identified as ‘part of the audited financial statements’ within the section ‘Share and other interests’ on page 141 and the section ‘Key management personnel related party transactions’ on page 145 and our report dated 30 July 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

KPMG LLP

London, England

30 July 2014

208



Unaudited computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges

 

 

Year ended 30 June

 

                                                                                                         

 

2014

 

2013
(restated)*

 

2012
(restated)*

 

2011
(restated)*

 

2010
(restated)*

 

  Year ended 30 June 

 

£ million

 

£ million

 

£ million

 

£ million

 

£ million

 

  2016
£ million
 2015
£ million
 2014
£ million
 2013
£ million
 2012
£ million
 

Earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

      

Income before taxes on income, non-controlling interests and discontinued operations

 

2,711

 

3,057

 

3,043

 

2,281

 

2,188

 

   2,858   2,933   2,711   3,057   3,043  

Less: Capitalised interest

 

(4

)

(2

)

(5

)

(4

)

(5

)

   —     (2 (4 (2 (5

Less: Share of associates’ income

 

(252

)

(217

)

(229

)

(192

)

(155

)

Add: Dividends received from associates

 

228

 

220

 

190

 

150

 

123

 

Less: Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures   (221 (175 (252 (217 (229
Add: Dividend income received from associates   173   183   228   220   190  

Add: Fixed charges

 

671

 

758

 

752

 

766

 

998

 

   623   697   671   758   752  

 

3,354

 

3,816

 

3,751

 

3,001

 

3,149

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
   3,433   3,636   3,354   3,816   3,751  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Fixed charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

      

Interest payable and other finance charges (note)

 

629

 

716

 

709

 

727

 

963

 

Finance charges(i)   589   656   629   716   709  

Add: Interest capitalised

 

4

 

2

 

5

 

4

 

5

 

   —     2   4   2   5  

Add: One third of rental expense

 

38

 

40

 

38

 

35

 

30

 

   34   39   38   40   38  

 

671

 

758

 

752

 

766

 

998

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   623   697   671   758   752  

 

ratio

 

ratio

 

ratio

 

ratio

 

ratio

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
  ratio ratio ratio ratio ratio 

Ratio

 

5.0

 

5.0

 

5.0

 

3.9

 

3.2

 

   5.5   5.2   5.0   5.0   5.0  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Ratio as previously reported*

 

N/A

 

5.3

 

5.3

 

4.2

 

3.3

 

 


* As reported in note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the group has adopted IFRS 11 and the amendment to IAS 19. As a consequence, comparative figures have been restated.
(i)Finance charges for the year ended 30 June 2016 includes a £91 million charge (2015 – £55 million; 2014 – £117 million; 2013 – £151 million; 2012 – £151 million) in respect of fair value adjustments to the group’s derivative instruments.

 

Note271


Interest payable and other finance charges for the year ended 30 June 2014 includes a £117 million charge (2013 – £151 million; 2012 – £151 million; 2011 – £107 million; 2010 – £275 million) in respect of fair value adjustments to the group’s derivative instruments. In the year ended 30 June 2010 an additional £10 million charge was recognised in respect of exchange rate translation differences on inter-company funding arrangements where hedge accounting was not applicable.

209



Additional information for shareholders

Legal proceedings

Information on the legal proceedings is set out in note 1918 to the consolidated financial statements.

Related party transactions

Transactions with other related parties are disclosed in note 2120 to the consolidated financial statements.

Share capital

Major shareholders

At 1 August 2014,29 July 2016, the following substantial interests (3% or more) in the company’s ordinary share capital (voting securities) had been notified to the company.

 

Shareholder

 

Number of
ordinary shares

 

Percentage of
issued

ordinary
share capital

(excluding
treasury
shares)

 

Date of notification
of interest

 

  Number of
ordinary shares
   Percentage of
issued
ordinary
share capital
(excluding
treasury
shares)
 Date of notification
of interest
 

BlackRock Investment Management (UK) Limited (indirect holding)

 

147,296,928

 

5.89

%

3 December 2009

 

BlackRock Investment Management (UK) Limited (indirect holding)(i)

   147,296,928     5.89 3 December 2009  

Capital Research and Management Company (indirect holding)

 

124,653,096

 

4.99

%

28 April 2009

 

   124,653,096     4.99 28 April 2009  

 

(i)On 26 January 2016, BlackRock Inc. filed an Amendment to Schedule 13G with the SEC in respect of the calendar year ended 31 December 2015 reporting that 161,879,296 ordinary shares representing 6.4% of the issued ordinary share capital were beneficially owned by BlackRock Inc. and its subsidiaries (including BlackRock Investment Management (UK) Limited).

The company has not been notified of any other substantial interests in its securities. The company’s substantial shareholders do not have different voting rights. Diageo, so far as is known by the company, is not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by another corporation or by any government. Diageo knows of no arrangements, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change of control of the company.

As at the close of business on 1 August 2014, 445,088,56029 July 2016, 421,687,933 ordinary shares, including those held through ADSs, were held by approximately 2,7852,769 holders (including ADR holders) with registered addresses in the United States, representing approximately 17.75%16.75% of the outstanding ordinary shares (excluding treasury shares). At such date, 111,272,140105,323,780 ADSs were held by 2,2722,398 registered ADR holders. Since certain of such ordinary shares and ADSs are held by nominees or former GrandMet or Guinness Group ADR holders who have not re-registered their ADSs, the number of holders may not be representative of the number of beneficial owners in the United States or the ordinary shares held by them.

Trading market for shares

Diageo plc ordinary shares are listed on the London Stock Exchange (LSE) and on the Dublin and Paris Stock Exchanges. Diageo ADSs, representing four Diageo ordinary shares each, are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE).

The principal trading market for the ordinary shares is the LSE. Diageo shares are traded on the LSE’s electronic order book. Orders placed on the order book are displayed on-screen through a central electronic system and trades are automatically executed, in price and then time priority, when orders match with corresponding buy or sell orders.

272


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Only member firms of the LSE, or the LSE itself if requested by the member firm, can enter or delete orders on behalf of clients or on their own account. All orders are anonymous. Although use of the order book is not mandatory, all trades, whether or not executed through the order book and regardless of size, must be reported within three minutes of execution, but may be eligible for deferred publication.

The Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (MiFID) allows for delayed publication of large trades with a sliding scale requirement based on qualifying minimum thresholds for the amount of consideration to be paid/the proportion of average daily turnover (ADT) of a stock represented by a trade. Provided that a trade/consideration equals or exceeds the qualifying minimum size, it will be eligible for deferred publication ranging from 60 minutes from time of trade to three trading days after time of trade.

Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the pound sterling and the US dollar will affect the US dollar equivalent of the pound sterling price of the ordinary shares on the LSE and, as a result, will affect the market price of the ADSs on the NYSE. In addition, such fluctuations will affect the US dollar amounts received by holders of ADSs on conversion of cash dividends paid in poundspound sterling on the underlying ordinary shares.

The following table shows, for the periods indicated, the reported high and low middle market quotations (which represent an average of bid and asked prices) for the ordinary shares on the LSE, taken from its Daily Official List, and the highest and lowest salesdaily closing prices for ADSs as reported on the NYSE composite tape.

 

210



Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

 

Per ordinary share

 

Per ADS

 

 

 

High
pence

 

Low
pence

 

High
$

 

Low
$

 

Year ended 30 June

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

1160

 

867

 

71.99

 

56.42

 

2011

 

1301

 

1033

 

85.43

 

63.08

 

2012

 

1642

 

1112

 

104.00

 

72.77

 

2013

 

2085

 

1649

 

126.40

 

102.48

 

2014

 

2137

 

1768

 

132.74

 

115.83

 

Three months ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 2012

 

1764

 

1649

 

113.13

 

102.48

 

December 2012

 

1886

 

1747

 

121.13

 

111.75

 

March 2013

 

2074

 

1788

 

125.84

 

115.36

 

June 2013

 

2085

 

1823

 

126.40

 

113.62

 

September 2013

 

2137

 

1898

 

131.82

 

115.83

 

December 2013

 

2030

 

1880

 

132.42

 

121.85

 

March 2014

 

2004

 

1768

 

132.74

 

116.32

 

June 2014

 

1942

 

1806

 

130.60

 

121.67

 

2014 monthly

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January

 

2004

 

1801

 

132.74

 

120.05

 

February

 

1910

 

1768

 

127.04

 

116.32

 

March

 

1875

 

1780

 

125.23

 

118.50

 

April

 

1917

 

1806

 

128.49

 

121.67

 

May

 

1942

 

1825

 

130.60

 

123.55

 

June

 

1923

 

1833

 

129.24

 

124.30

 

July

 

1904

 

1786

 

130.41

 

120.22

 

1 August

 

1778

 

1778

 

119.29

 

119.29

 

                                                                                    
   Per ordinary share   Per ADS 
   High
pence
   Low
pence
   High
$
   Low
$
 

Year ended 30 June

        

2012

   1642     1112     104.00     72.77  

2013

   2085     1649     126.40     102.48  

2014

   2137     1768     132.74     115.83  

2015

   2023     1710     130.41     108.58  

2016

   2087     1640     121.62     100.98  

Three months ended

        

September 2014

   1904     1710     130.41     114.40  

December 2014

   1981     1710     123.40     109.77  

March 2015

   2023     1782     121.94     109.08  

June 2015

   1967     1755     121.95     108.58  

September 2015

   1950     1640     121.62     102.64  

December 2015

   1945     1766     116.56     107.17  

March 2016

   1911     1745     110.09     101.52  

June 2016

   2087     1748     112.88     100.98  

2016 monthly

        

January

   1885     1778     108.35     102.07  

February

   1911     1745     110.09     101.52  

March

   1905     1851     108.98     104.84  

April

   1948     1846     112.23     106.39  

May

   1894     1818     110.55     106.53  

June

   2087     1748     112.88     100.98  

July

   2192     2097     116.99     111.68  

At close of business on 1 August 2014,29 July 2016, the market prices for ordinary shares and ADSs were 17782161 pence and $119.29$116.54 respectively.

American depositary shares

Fees and charges payable by ADR holders

Citibank N.A. serves as the depositary (Depositary) for Diageo’s ADS programme having replaced the Bank of New York Mellon, the predecessor depositary, on 14 February 2013. Pursuant to the deposit agreement between Diageo, the Depositary and owners and holders of ADSs (the ‘Deposit Agreement’), ADR holders may be required to pay various fees to the Depositary, and the Depositary may refuse to provide any service for which a fee is assessed until the applicable fee has been paid. In particular, the Depositary,

273


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

under the terms of the Deposit Agreement, shall charge a fee of up to $5.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) relating to the issuance of ADSs; delivery of deposited securities against surrender of ADSs; distribution of cash dividends or other cash distributions (i.e. sale of rights and other entitlements); distribution of ADSs pursuant to stock dividends or other free stock distributions, or exercise of rights to purchase additional ADSs; distribution of securities other than ADSs or rights to purchase additional ADSs (i.e. spin-off shares); and depositary services.

Citibank N.A. is located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York, 10013, U.S.A.

In addition, ADR holders may be required under the Deposit Agreement to pay the Depositary (i)(a) taxes (including applicable interest and penalties) and other governmental charges; (ii)(b) registration fees; (iii)(c) certain cable, telex, and facsimile transmission and delivery expenses; (iv)(d) the expenses and charges incurred by the Depositary in the conversion of foreign currency; (v)(e) such fees and expenses as are incurred by the Depositary in connection with compliance with exchange control regulations and other regulatory requirements; and (vi)(f) the fees and expenses incurred by the Depositary, the Custodian, or any nominee in connection with the servicing or delivery of ADSs. The Depositary may (i)(a) withhold dividends or other distributions or sell any or all of the shares underlying the ADSs in order to satisfy any tax or governmental charge and (ii)(b) deduct from any cash distribution the applicable fees and charges of, and expenses incurred by, the Depositary and any taxes, duties or other governmental charges on account.

Direct and indirect payments by the Depositary

The Depositary reimburses Diageo for certain expenses it incurs in connection with the ADR programme, subject to a ceiling set out in the Deposit Agreement pursuant to which the Depositary provides services to Diageo. The Depositary has also agreed to waive certain standard fees associated with the administration of the programme. Diageo had a similar arrangement with the Bank of New York Mellon.

Under the contractual arrangements with the Depositary, Diageo will receive a fixed contribution of at least $1,000,000 each year (less certain expenses incurred by the Depositary) and a variable contribution based on issuance and cancellation fees in excess of a threshold amount. These payments are received for expenses associated with non-deal road shows, third party investor relations consultant fees and expenses, Diageo’s cost for administration of the ADR programme not absorbed by the Depositary and related activities (e.g. expenses associated with the annual general meeting), travel expenses to attend training and seminars, exchange listing fees, legal fees, auditing fees and expenses, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) filing fees, expenses related to Diageo’s compliance with US securities law and regulations (including, without limitation, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act) and other expenses incurred by Diageo in relation to the ADR programme.

211



Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Articles of association

The Companycompany is incorporated under the name Diageo plc, and is registered in England and Wales under registered number 23307.

The following description summarises certain provisions of Diageo’s articles of association (as adopted by special resolution at the Annual General Meeting on 14 October 2009) and applicable English law concerning companies (the Companies Acts), in each case as at 1 August 2014.29 July 2016. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Companies Acts and Diageo’s articles of association.

Investors can obtain copies of Diageo’s articles of association by contacting the Company Secretary at the.cosec@diageo.com.

Any amendment to the articles of association of the company may be made in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006, by way of special resolution.

Directors

Diageo’s articles of association provide for a Board of Directors, consisting (unless otherwise determined by an ordinary resolution of shareholders) of not fewer than three directors and not more than 25 directors, in which all powers to manage the business and affairs of Diageo are vested. Directors may be elected by the members in a general meeting or appointed by Diageo’s Board. At each annual general meeting, the following are required to retire and are then reconsidered for election/re-election, assuming they wish to stand for election/re-election: any director who has been appointed by Diageo’s Board since the last annual general meeting;Annual General Meeting; any director who has been in office during the two previous general meetings and did not retire at either of them; and any director who has been in office, other than in an executive position, for a continuous period of nine years or more at the date of the meeting. There is no age limit requirement in respect of directors. Directors may also be removed before the expiration of their term of office in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Acts.

274


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Under Diageo’s articles of association, a director cannot vote in respect of any proposal in which the director has an interest. However, this restriction on voting does not apply where the interest cannot reasonably be regarded as giving rise to a conflict of interest, nor to resolutions (a) giving the director any guarantee, security or indemnity in respect of obligations or liabilities incurred for the benefit of Diageo, (b) giving any guarantee, security or indemnity to a third party in respect of obligations of Diageo for which the director has assumed responsibility under an indemnity or guarantee or by the giving of security, (c) relating to an offer of securities of Diageo in which the director participates or may participate as a holder of shares or other securities or in the underwriting, (d) relating to any contract in which the director is interested by virtue of the director’s interest in securities of Diageo or by reason of any other interest in or through Diageo, (e) concerning any other company in which the director is directly or indirectly interested, provided that the director does not have a relevant interest in that company, (f) relating to the arrangement of any employee benefit (including any retirement benefit plan) in which the director will share equally with other employees, (g) relating to any insurance that Diageo purchases or maintains for its directors or any group of people, including directors, (h) giving the director an indemnity where all the other directors are being offered indemnities on substantially the same terms, and (i) for the funding by Diageo of the director’s expenditure on defending proceedings or the doing by Diageo of anything to enable the director to avoid incurring such expenditure where all the other directors are being offered substantially the same arrangements. A director cannot vote in relation to any resolution of the board concerning his own appointment, or the settlement or variation of the terms or the termination of his own appointment, as the holder of any office or place of profit with Diageo or any company in which Diageo is interested.

Under Diageo’s articles of association, compensation awarded to directors may be decided by the boardBoard or any authorised committee of the board.Board. The remuneration committeeRemuneration Committee is responsible for making recommendations to the boardBoard concerning matters relating to remuneration policy. It is comprised of all the non-executive directorsNon-Executive Directors except for the chairman.

Chairman.

The directors are empowered to exercise all the powers of Diageo to borrow money, subject to the limitation that the aggregate amount of all net external borrowings of the group outstanding at any time shall not exceed an amount equal to twice the aggregate of the group’s adjusted capital and reserves calculated in the manner prescribed in Diageo’s articles of association, unless sanctioned by an ordinary resolution of Diageo’s shareholders.

Directors are not required to hold any shares of Diageo as a qualification to act as a director.

Dividend rights

Holders of Diageo’s ordinary shares may, by ordinary resolution, declare dividends but may not declare dividends in excess of the amount recommended by the directors. The directors may also pay interim dividends or fixed rate dividends. No dividend may be paid other than out of profits available for distribution. All of Diageo’s ordinary shares rank equally for dividends, but the boardBoard may withhold payment of all or any part of any dividends or other monies payable in respect of Diageo’s shares from a person with a 0.25% interest (as defined in Diageo’s articles of association) if such a person has been served with a restriction notice (as defined in Diageo’s articles of association) after failure to provide Diageo with information concerning interests in those shares required to be provided under the Companies Acts. Dividends may be paid in currencies other than pounds sterling and such dividends will be calculated using an appropriate market exchange rate as determined by the directors in accordance with Diageo’s articles of association.

If a dividend has not been claimed, the directors may invest the dividend or use it in some other way for the benefit of Diageo until the dividend is claimed. If the dividend remains unclaimed for 12 years after the date such dividend was declared or became due for payment, it will be forfeited and will revert to Diageo (unless the directors decide otherwise). Diageo may stop sending cheques, warrants or similar financial instruments in payment of dividends by post in respect of any shares or may cease to employ any other means for payment of dividends if either (a) at least two consecutive payments have remained uncashed or are returned undelivered or that means of payment has failed, or (b) one payment remains uncashed or is returned undelivered or that means of payment has failed and reasonable enquiries have failed to establish any new postal address or account of the holder. Diageo must resume sending dividend cheques, warrants or similar financial instruments or employing that means of payment if the holder requests such resumption in writing.

Diageo’s articles of association permit payment or satisfaction of a dividend wholly or partly by distribution of specific assets, including fully paid shares or debentures of any other company. Such action must be directed by the general meeting which declared the dividend and upon the recommendation of the directors.

 

212



275


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Voting rights

Voting on any resolution at any general meeting of the company is by a show of hands unless a poll is duly demanded. On a show of hands, (a) every shareholder who is present in person at a general meeting, and every proxy appointed by any one shareholder and present at a general meeting, has/have one vote regardless of the number of shares held by the shareholder (or, subject to (b), represented by the proxy), and (b) every proxy present at a general meeting who has been appointed by more than one shareholder has one vote regardless of the number of shareholders who have appointed him or the number of shares held by those shareholders, unless he has been instructed to vote for a resolution by one or more shareholders and to vote against the resolution by one or more shareholders, in which case he has one vote for and one vote against the resolution. On a poll, every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy has one vote for every share held by that shareholder, but a shareholder or proxy entitled to more than one vote need not cast all his votes or cast them all in the same way (the deadline for exercising voting rights by proxy is set out in the form of proxy).

A poll may be demanded by any of the following:

 

·

the chairman of the general meeting;

·

at least three shareholders entitled to vote on the relevant resolution and present in person or by proxy at the meeting;

·

any shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy and representing in the aggregate not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all shareholders entitled to vote on the relevant resolution; or

·

any shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy and holding shares conferring a right to vote on the relevant resolution on which there have been paid up sums in the aggregate equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all the shares conferring that right.

Diageo’s articles of association and the Companies Acts provide for matters to be transacted at general meetings of Diageo by the proposing and passing of two kinds of resolutions:

 

·

ordinary resolutions, which include resolutions for the election, re-election and removal of directors, the declaration of final dividends, the appointment and re-appointment of the external auditor, the remuneration report and remuneration policy, the increase of authorised share capital, and the grant of authority to allot shares; and

·

special resolutions, which include resolutions for the amendment of Diageo’s articles of association, resolutions relating to the disapplication of pre-emption rights, and resolutions modifying the rights of any class of Diageo’s shares at a meeting of the holders of such class.

An ordinary resolution requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes cast by those entitled to vote at a meeting at which there is a quorum in order to be passed. Special resolutions require the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the votes cast by those entitled to vote at a meeting at which there is a quorum in order to be passed. The necessary quorum for a meeting of Diageo is a minimum of two shareholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote.

A shareholder is not entitled to vote at any general meeting or class meeting in respect of any share held by him if he has been served with a restriction notice (as defined in Diageo’s articles of association) after failure to provide Diageo with information concerning interests in those shares required to be provided under the Companies Acts.

Liquidation rights

In the event of the liquidation of Diageo, after payment of all liabilities and deductions taking priority in accordance with English law, the balance of assets available for distribution will be distributed among the holders of ordinary shares according to the amounts paid up on the shares held by them.

Pre-emption rights and new issues of shares

While holders of ordinary shares have no pre-emptive rights under Diageo’s articles of association, the ability of the directors to cause Diageo to issue shares, securities convertible into shares or rights to shares, otherwise than pursuant to an employee share scheme, is restricted. Under the Companies Acts, the directors of a company are, with certain exceptions, unable to allot any equity securities without express authorisation, which may be contained in a company’s articles of association or given by its shareholders in a general meeting, but which in either event cannot last for more than five years. Under the Companies Acts, Diageo may also not allot shares for cash (otherwise than pursuant to an employee share scheme) without first making an offer to existing shareholders to allot such shares to them on the same or more favourable terms in proportion to their respective shareholdings, unless this requirement is waived by a special resolution of the shareholders.

 

213



276


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Disclosure of interests in Diageo’s shares

There are no provisions in Diageo’s articles of association whereby persons acquiring, holding or disposing of a certain percentage of Diageo’s shares are required to make disclosure of their ownership percentage, although there are such requirements under the Companies Acts. The basic disclosure requirement under Part 6 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 and Rule 5 of the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules made by the Financial Conduct Authority (successor to the UK Financial Services Authority) imposes a statutory obligation on a person to notify Diageo and the Financial Conduct Authority of the percentage of the voting rights in Diageo he directly or indirectly holds or controls, or has rights over, through his direct or indirect holding of certain financial instruments, if the percentage of those voting rights:

 

·

reaches, exceeds or falls below 3% and/or any subsequent whole percentage figure as a result of an acquisition or disposal of shares or financial instruments; or

·

reaches, exceeds or falls below any such threshold as a result of any change in the breakdown or number of voting rights attached to shares in Diageo.

The Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules set out in detail the circumstances in which an obligation of disclosure will arise, as well as certain exemptions from those obligations for specified persons.

Under section 793 of the Companies Act 2006, Diageo may, by notice in writing, require a person that Diageo knows or has reasonable cause to believe is or was during the three years preceding the date of notice interested in Diageo’s shares to indicate whether or not that is the case and, if that person does or did hold an interest in Diageo’s shares, to provide certain information as set out in that Act.

Rule 3Article 19 of the Disclosure and Transparency RulesEU Market Abuse Regulation (2014/596) further requires persons discharging managerial responsibilities within Diageo (and their connected persons)persons closely associated) to notify Diageo of transactions conducted on their own account in Diageo shares or derivatives or certain financial instruments relating to Diageo shares.

The City Code on Takeovers and Mergers also imposes strict disclosure requirements with regard to dealings in the securities of an offeror or offeree company on all parties to a takeover and also on their respective associates during the course of an offer period.

General meetings and notices

At least 21 clear days’ written notice of an annual general meeting is required. Any general meeting which is not an annual general meeting is called a ‘general meeting’. The minimum notice period for general meetings is 21 clear days.

An annual general meeting of shareholders must be held within six months of Diageo’s accounting reference date and at a time and place determined by the directors.

The chairman of any general meeting is entitled to refuse admission to (or eject from) that general meeting any person who fails to comply with any security arrangements or restrictions that the board may impose.

Variation of rights

If, at any time, Diageo’s share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class of shares may be varied, subject to the provisions of the Companies Acts, either with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than three-quarters in nominal value of the issued shares of that class or upon the adoption of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

At every such separate meeting, all of the provisions of Diageo’s articles of association relating to proceedings at a general meeting apply, except that (a) the quorum is to be the number of persons (which must be at least two) who hold or represent by proxy not less than one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of the class (excluding any shares of that class held as treasury shares) or, if such quorum is not present on an adjourned meeting, one person who holds shares of the class regardless of the number of shares he holds, (b) any holder of shares of the class who is present in person or by proxy may demand a poll, and (c) each shareholder present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote will have one vote per share held in that particular class in the event a poll is taken.

 

277


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Class rights are deemed not to have been varied by the creation or issue of new shares ranking equally with or subsequent to that class of shares in all respects or by the reduction of the capital paid up on such shares or by the purchase or redemption by Diageo of its own shares, in each case in accordance with the Companies Acts and Diageo’s articles of association.

Repurchase of shares

Subject to authorisation by shareholder resolution, Diageo may purchase its own shares in accordance with the Companies Acts. Any shares which have been bought back may be held as treasury shares or, if not so held, must be cancelled immediately upon completion of the purchase, thereby reducing the amount of Diageo’s issued share capital. Diageo currently has shareholder authority to buy back up to 251 million ordinary shares during the period up to the next Annual General Meeting. The minimum price which must be paid for such shares is 28101/108 pence and the maximum price is the higher of (a) 5% above the average market value of the company’s ordinary shares for the five business days preceding the day of purchase and (b) the higher of the price of the last independent trade and the highest current independent purchase bid on the trading venue where the purchase is carried out.

Subjecttoauthorisationbyshareholderresolution,DiageomaypurchaseitsownsharesinaccordancewiththeCompaniesActs.Anyshareswhichhavebeenboughtbackmaybeheldastreasurysharesor,ifnotsoheld,mustbecancelledimmediatelyuponcompletionofthepurchase,therebyreducingtheamountofDiageo’sissuedsharecapital.Diageocurrentlyhasshareholderauthoritytobuybackupto251millionordinarysharesduringtheperioduptothenextAnnualGeneralMeeting.Theminimumpricewhichmustbepaidforsuchsharesis28101/108penceandthemaximumpriceisthehigherof(a)anamountequalto105%oftheaverageofthemiddlemarketquotationsforanordinaryshareasderivedfromtheLondonStockExchangeDailyOfficialListforthefiveprecedingbusinessdaysand(b)thehigherofthepriceofthelastindependenttradeandthehighestcurrentindependentbidontheLondonStockExchangeatthetimethepurchaseiscarriedout.

Restrictions on transfers of shares

The Board may decline to register a transfer of a certificated Diageo share unless the instrument of transfer (a) is duly stamped or certified or otherwise shown to the satisfaction of the Board to be exempt from stamp duty and is accompanied by the relevant share certificate and such other evidence of the right to transfer as the Board may reasonably require, (b) is in respect of only one class of share and (c) if to joint transferees, is in favour of not more than four such transferees.

214



Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Registration of a transfer of an uncertificated share may be refused in the circumstances set out in the uncertificated securities rules (as defined in Diageo’s articles of association) and where, in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom the uncertificated share is to be transferred exceeds four.

The Board may decline to register a transfer of any of Diageo’s certificated shares by a person with a 0.25% interest (as defined in Diageo’s articles of association) if such a person has been served with a restriction notice (as defined in Diageo’s articles of association) after failure to provide Diageo with information concerning interests in those shares required to be provided under the Companies Acts, unless the transfer is shown to the Board to be pursuant to an arm’s length sale (as defined in Diageo’s articles of association).

Exchange controls

ThereOther than certain economic sanctions which may be in effect from time to time, there are currently no UK foreign exchange control restrictions on the payment of dividends, interest or other payments to US persons onholders of Diageo’s ordinary sharessecurities who are non-residents of the UK or on the conduct of Diageo’s operations.

There are no restrictions under the company’s articles of association or under English law that limit the right of non-resident or foreign owners to hold or vote the company’s ordinary shares.

Please refer to the ‘Taxation’ section below for details relating to the taxation of dividend payments.

Documents on display

The Annual Report on Form 20-F and any other documents filed by the company with the SEC may be inspected at the SEC’s publicat the reference roomfacilities located at the SEC Headquarters at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549 or on20549. Please call the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov). InformationSEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference room can be obtainedfacilities and their copy charges. Filings with the SEC are also available to the public from commercial document retrieval services, and from the website maintained by calling the SEC at 1 800 SEC 0330.www.sec.gov.

 

Taxation278


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Taxation

This section provides a descriptive summary of certain US federal income tax and UK tax consequences that are likely to be material to the holders of the ordinary shares or ADSs, but only those who hold their ordinary shares or ADSs as capital assets for tax purposes.

It does not purport to be a complete technical analysis or a listing of all potential tax effects relevant to the ownership of the ordinary shares and ADSs. This section does not apply to any holder who is subject to special rules, including:

 

·

a dealer in securities or foreign currency;

·

a trader in securities that elects to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for securities holdings;

·

a tax-exempt organisation;

·

a life insurance company;

·

a person liable for alternative minimum tax;

·

a person that actually or constructively owns 10% or more of the voting stock of Diageo;

·

a person that holds ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a straddle or a hedging or conversion transaction;

·

a person that holds ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a wash sale for tax purposes; or

·

a US holder (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the US dollar.

If a partnership holds ordinary shares or ADSs, the US federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the tax treatment of the partnership. A partner in a partnership holding ordinary shares or ADSs should consult theirits tax advisor with regard to the US federal income tax treatment of an investment in ordinary shares or ADSs.

For UK tax purposes, this section applies only to persons who are the absolute beneficial owners of their shares or ADSs and who hold their shares or ADSs as investments. It assumes that holders of ADSs will be treated as holders of the underlying ordinary shares. In addition to those persons mentioned above, this section does not apply to holders that are banks, regulated investment companies, other financial institutions or to persons who have or are deemed to have acquired their ordinary shares or ADSs in the course of an employment or trade. This summary does not apply to persons who are treated as non-domiciled and resident or ordinarily resident in the United Kingdom for the purposes of UK tax law. This section is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations, published rulings and court decisions, the laws of the United Kingdom and the practice of Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs, all as currently in effect (or, in the case of the UK taxation of dividends paid to UK-resident individual shareholders on or after 6 April 2016, as currently proposed), as well as on the Convention Between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Tax on Income and Capital Gains (the Treaty). These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.

In addition, this section is based in part upon the representations of the Depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the Deposit Agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms. In general, and taking into account this assumption, for US federal income tax purposes and for the purposes of the Treaty, holders of ADRs evidencing ADSs will be treated as the owner of the shares represented by those ADSs. Exchanges of shares for ADRs, and ADRs for shares, generally will not be subject to US federal income tax or to UK tax on profits or gains.

215



Additional information for shareholders (continued)

A US holder is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs that is for US federal income tax purposes:

 

·

a citizen or resident for tax purposes of the United States and who is not and has at no point been resident or ordinarily resident in the United Kingdom;

·

a US domestic corporation;

·

an estate whose income is subject to US federal income tax regardless of its source; or

·

a trust if a US court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more US persons are authorised to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

This section is not intended to provide specific advice and no action should be taken or omitted in reliance upon it. This section addresses only certain aspects of US federal income tax and UK income tax, corporation tax, capital gains tax, inheritance tax and stamp taxes. Holders of the ordinary shares or ADSs are urged to consult their own tax advisoradvisors regarding the US federal, state and local, and UK and other tax consequences of owning and disposing of the shares or ADSs in their respective circumstances. In particular, holders are encouraged to confirm with their advisor whether they are a US holderholders eligible for the benefits of the Treaty.

 

Dividends279


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Dividends

UK taxation

The company will not be required to withhold tax at source when paying a dividend.

There is noProvisions contained in the Finance Bill published by HM Government on 24 March 2016 will, if passed by Parliament, change the tax treatment of dividends in the hands of UK-resident shareholders who are individuals in respect of dividends paid on or after 6 April 2016. Assuming that the relevant provisions are duly enacted, and that the provisions as enacted do not differ in any material respect from the draft provisions published on 24 March 2016, the UK withholding tax treatment of dividends paid on dividends. A shareholder who isor after 6 April 2016 to UK-resident individuals will be as follows:

Dividends will not carry a tax credit. All dividends received by an individual resident for UK tax purposes in the United Kingdom that receives a dividendshareholder from the company (or from other sources) will, generally be entitledexcept to the extent that they are earned through an ISA, self-invested pension plan or other regime which exempts the dividends from tax, form part of the shareholder’s total income for UK income tax purposes and will represent the highest part of that income.
A nil rate of income tax will apply to the first £5,000 of taxable dividend income received by an individual shareholder in a tax credit equalyear (the “Nil Rate Amount”), regardless of what tax rate would otherwise apply to one-ninththat dividend income.
Any taxable dividend income in excess of the dividend. The individualNil Rate Amount will be taxable ontaxed at a special rate, as set out below. That tax will be applied to the totalamount of the dividend andincome actually received by the related credit, known asindividual shareholder (rather than to a grossed-up amount).

Where a shareholder’s taxable dividend income for a tax year exceeds the gross dividend, which will be regarded asNil Rate Amount, the top slice of the individual’s income. In the case of a shareholder who is liable to income tax at the basic rate, the tax credit will be treated as discharging the individual’s liability to income tax in respect of the gross dividend. In the case of a shareholder who is liable to income tax at the higher rate, the individualexcess amount (the “Relevant Dividend Income”) will be subject to tax on the gross dividend at the rate of 32.5%, to the extent that the gross dividend falls above the threshold for the higher rate of income tax when it is treated (as mentioned above) as the top slice of the individual’s income. This means that the tax credit will satisfy only part of the individual’s liability to income tax on the gross dividend, so that the individual will have to account for income tax equal to 22.5% of the gross dividend. In the case of a shareholder who is liable to income tax at the additional rate, the individual will be subject to tax on the gross dividend at the rate of 37.5%, to the extent that the gross dividend falls above the threshold for the additional rate of income tax when it is treated (as mentioned above) as the top slice of the individual’s income. This means that the tax credit will satisfy only part of the individual’s liability to income tax on the gross dividend, so that the individual will have to account for income tax equal to 27.5% of the gross dividend. tax:

1.at the rate of 7.5%, to the extent that the Relevant Dividend Income falls below the threshold for the higher rate of income tax;

2.at the rate of 32.5%, to the extent that the Relevant Dividend Income falls above the threshold for the higher rate of income tax but below the threshold for the additional rate of income tax; and

3.at the rate of 38.1%, to the extent that the Relevant Dividend Income falls above the threshold for the additional rate of income tax.

Shareholders within the charge to UK corporation tax which are small companies (for the purposes of the UK taxation of dividends) will not generally be subject to tax on dividends from Diageo.the company. Other shareholders within the charge to UK corporation tax will not be subject to tax on dividends from Diageo sothe company as long as the dividends fall within an exempt class and certain conditions are met. In general, dividends paid on shares that are ordinary share capital for UK tax purposes and are not redeemable and dividends paid to a person holding less than 10% of the issued share capital of the payer (or any class of that share capital) are examples of dividends that fall within an exempt class. A shareholder who is not liable for tax on dividends received on the shares will not be entitled to claim payment of the tax credit in respect of those dividends.

Eligible US holders will not normally be entitled to a tax credit under the Treaty, nor will they be subject to a withholding tax by the United Kingdom.

US taxation

Under the US federal income tax laws, and subject to the passive foreign investment company (PFIC), rules discussed below, the gross amount of any dividend paid to a US holder by Diageo in respect of its ordinary shares or ADSs out of its current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for US federal income tax purposes) is subject to US federal income taxation.

Dividends paid to a non-corporate US holder that constitute qualified dividend income will be taxed at the preferential rates applicable to long term capital gains, provided that the ordinary shares or ADSs are held for more than 60 days during the 121 day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and the holder meets other holding period requirements. Dividends paid by Diageo with respect to its ordinary shares or ADSs generally will be qualified dividend income to US holders that meet the holding period requirement. Under UK law, dividends paid by the company are not subject to UK withholding tax. Therefore, the US holder will include in income for US federal income tax purposes the amount of the dividend received, and the receipt of a dividend will not entitle the US holder to a foreign tax credit.

280


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

The dividend must be included in income when the US holder, in the case of shares, or the Depositary, in the case of ADSs, receives the dividend, actually or constructively. The dividend will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to US corporations in respect of dividends received from other US corporations. Dividends will be income from sources outside the United States, and, depending on the US holder’s circumstances, will generally either be ‘passive’ or ‘general’ income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit, if allowable, to a US holder. The amount of the dividend distribution that must be included in income of a US holder will be the US dollar value of the pencepounds sterling payments made, determined at the spot pounds sterling/US dollar foreign exchange rate on the date the dividend distribution is included in income, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into US dollars. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date the dividend payment is included in income to the date the payment is converted into US dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss and will not be eligible for the special tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income. The gain or loss generally will be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for US federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the holder’s basis in the ordinary shares or ADSs and thereafter as capital gain. However, Diageo does not expect to calculate earnings and profits in accordance with US federal income tax principles. Accordingly, a US holder should expect to generally treat distributions Diageo makes as dividends.

216



Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Taxation of capital gains

UK taxation

A citizen or resident (for tax purposes) of the United States who has at no time been either resident or ordinarily resident in the United Kingdom will not be liable for UK tax on capital gains realised or accrued on the sale or other disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs, unless the ordinary shares or ADSs are held in connection with a trade or business carried on by the holder in the United Kingdom through a UK branch, agency or a permanent establishment. A disposal (or deemed disposal) of shares or ADSs by a holder who is resident or (in the case of an individual) resident or ordinarily resident in the United Kingdom may, depending on the holder’s particular circumstances, and subject to any available exemption or relief, give rise to a chargeable gain or an allowable loss for the purposes of UK taxation of chargeabletax on capital gains.

US taxation

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a US holder who sells or otherwise disposes of ordinary shares or ADSs will recognise capital gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the US dollar value of the amount that is realised and the tax basis, determined in US dollars, in the ordinary shares or ADSs. Capital gain of a non-corporate US holder is generally taxed at preferential rates where the property is held for more than one year. The gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

PFIC rules

Diageo believes that ordinary shares and ADSs should not be treated as stock of a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes, but this conclusion is a factual determination that is made annually and thus may be subject to change. If treated as a PFIC, unless a US holder elects to be taxed annually on a mark-to-market basis with respect to the ordinary shares or ADSs, gain realised on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs would in general not be treated as capital gain. Instead, unless a US holder elects to be taxed annually on a mark-to-market basis with respect to the ordinary shares or ADSs, US holders would be treated as if the holder had realised such gain and certain ‘excess distributions’ pro-rated over the holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares or ADSs and would be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for each such year to which the gain or distribution was allocated, together with an interest charge in respect of the tax attributable to each such year. With certain exceptions, a holder’s ordinary shares or ADSs will be treated as stock in a PFIC if Diageo were a PFIC at any time during the holding period in a holder’s ordinary shares or ADSs. In addition, dividends received from Diageo will not be eligible for the special tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income if Diageo is a PFIC (or is treated as a PFIC with respect to the holder) either in the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year, but instead will be taxable at rates applicable to ordinary income.

 

281


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

UK inheritance tax

Subject to certain provisions relating to trusts or settlements, an ordinary share or ADS held by an individual shareholder who is domiciled in the United States for the purposes of the Convention between the United States and the United Kingdom relating to estate and gift taxes (the Convention) and is not a UK national as defined in the Convention will not be subject to UK inheritance tax on the individual’s death (whether held on the date of death or gifted during the individual’s lifetime) except where the ordinary share or ADS is part of the business property of a UK permanent establishment of the individual or pertains to a UK fixed base of an individual who performs independent personal services. In a case where an ordinary share or ADS is subject both to UK inheritance tax and to US federal gift or estate tax, the Convention generally provides for inheritance tax paid in the United Kingdom to be credited against federal gift or estate tax payable in the United States, or for federal gift or estate tax paid in the United States to be credited against any inheritance tax payable in the United Kingdom, based on priority rules set forth in the Convention.

UK stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax

Stamp duty or stamp reserve tax (SDRT) arisesis no longer imposed where new underlying ordinary shares are issued into the Depository system, following the case ofHSBC Holdings plc and Vidacos Nominees Limited v Commissioners for HMRC.Stamp duty or stamp reserve tax (SDRT) is still imposed upon the deposittransfer of an existing underlying ordinary share withto the Depositary, generally at the higher rate of 1.5% of its issue price or, as the case may be, of the consideration for the transfer. The Depositary will pay the stamp duty or SDRT but will recover an amount in respect of such tax from the initial holders of ADSs. No UK stamp duty will be payable on the acquisition or transfer of ADSs in practice, provided that the instrument of transfer is not executed in the United Kingdom and remains at all times outside the United Kingdom. Furthermore, an agreement to transfer ADSs in the form of ADRs will not give rise to a liability to SDRT.

Purchases of ordinary shares will be subject to UK stamp duty, or SDRT as the case may be, at the rate of 0.5% of the price payable for the ordinary shares at the time of the transfer. However, where ordinary shares being acquired are transferred direct to the Depositary’s nominee, the only charge will generally be the higher SDRT charge of 1.5% of the price payable for the ordinary shares so acquired. Any stamp duty payable (as opposed to SDRT) is rounded up to the nearest £5. No stamp duty (as opposed to SDRT) will be payable where an instrument of transfer is executed and the amount or value of the consideration is (and is certified to be) £1,000 or less. Stamp duty or SDRT is usually paid or borne by the purchaser.

Warning to shareholders — share fraud

Please beware of the share fraud of ‘boiler room’ scams, where shareholders are called ‘out of the blue’ by fraudsters (sometimes claiming to represent Diageo) attempting to obtain money or property dishonestly. Further information is available in the investor section of the company’s website (www.diageo.com) but in short, if in doubt, take proper professional advice before making any investment decision.

 

217



282


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Signature

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and has duly caused this Annual Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorised.

 

DIAGEO plc

(REGISTRANT)

DIAGEO plc

(REGISTRANT)

/s/ DA MAHLAN

K Mikells

Name: DA Mahlan

K Mikells

Title: Chief financial officerFinancial Officer

129 August 2014

2016

 

218



283


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Exhibits

 

1.1

1.1Articles of Association of Diageo plc (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Report on Form 6-K (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 October 2009).

2.1

Indenture, dated as of 3 August 1998, among Diageo Capital plc, Diageo plc and The Bank of New York Mellon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-8874) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 24 July 1998 (pages 365 to 504 of paper filing)).*

(i)

2.2

Indenture, dated as of 1 June 1999, among Diageo Investment Corporation, Diageo plc and The Bank of New York Mellon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 November 2001 (pages 241 to 317 of paper filing)).*

(i)

2.3

Indenture, dated as of 8 December 2003, among Diageo Finance B.V., Diageo plc and The Bank of New York Mellon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 to the Report on Form 6-K (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 9 December 2003).*

(i)

4.1

Service Agreement, dated 1 July 2010,October 2015, between Diageo plc and Deirdre A. Mahlan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 14 September 2010).

Kathryn Mikells.

4.2

Service Agreement, dated 7 May 2013, between Diageo plc, Diageo North America, Inc. and Ivan Menezes (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 12 August 2013).

4.3

Letter of Agreement, dated 19 July 2007, between Diageo plc and Dr Franz B. Humer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).

4.4

Form of Service Agreement for Diageo plc’s executives in the United Kingdom, dated as of 1 July 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 17 September 2007).

4.5

Form of Service Agreement for Diageo plc’s executives in the United States, dated as of 1 July 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 17 September 2007).

4.6

Form of Service Agreement for Diageo plc’s executives in the United Kingdom, in use as of July 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 11 August 2015).

4.7Form of Service Agreement for Diageo plc’s executives in the United States, in use as of July 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 11 August 2015).
4.8Diageo 2010 Sharesave Plan, dated 14 October 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-169934) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 14 October 2010).

4.7

4.9

Diageo 2001 Share Incentive Plan, dated 14 October 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-169934) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 14 October 2010).

4.8

4.10

Rules of the Diageo plc 2009 International Share Match Plan, dated 14 October 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-169934) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 14 October 2010).

4.9

4.11

Diageo plc 2009 Executive Long Term Incentive Plan, dated 14 October 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-162490) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2009).

4.10

4.12

Diageo plc 2009 Discretionary Incentive Plan, dated 14 October 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-162490) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2009).

4.11

4.13

Diageo plc 2008 Performance Share Plan, dated as of 15 October 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-154338) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 16 October 2008).

4.12

4.14

Diageo plc 2008 Senior Executive Share Option Plan, dated as of 15 October 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-154338) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 16 October 2008).

4.13

4.15

Diageo plc Senior Executive Share Option Plan, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).

4.14

4.16

Diageo plc Executive Share Option Plan, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).

284


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

4.15

4.17

Diageo plc Associated Companies Share Option Plan, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).

4.16

4.18

Diageo plc Long Term Incentive Plan, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).

4.17

4.19

Diageo plc 1998 United States Employee Stock Purchase Plan, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).

4.18

4.20

Diageo plc 2007 United States Employee Stock Purchase Plan, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).

4.19

4.21

Diageo plc UK Sharesave Scheme 2000, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).

4.20

4.22

Addendum to Form of Service Agreement for Diageo plc’s executives in the United States (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.16 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).

219



Additional information for shareholders (continued)

4.21

4.23

Diageo plc Associated Companies Share Incentive Plan, dated as of 23 August 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.22 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 5 September 2012).

4.22

4.24

KPMG Audit Plc’s letter regarding change in auditor

Diageo plc Long Term Incentive Plan, dated as of 18 September 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-206290) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 11 August 2015).

6.1

4.25

Letter of Agreement, dated 12 May 2016, between Diageo plc and Mr. Javier Ferran.

6.1Description of earnings per share (included in the section “How‘How we measure performance: Key performance indicators”indicators’ on page 28pages 23-24 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F).

7.1

Description of unaudited computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges (included on page 209271 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F).

8.1

Principal group companies (included in note 2221 to the consolidated financial statements on page 207270 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F).

12.1

Certification of Ivan Menezes filed pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(a).

12.2

Certification of Deirdre A. MahlanKathryn Mikells filed pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(a).

13.1

Certification of Ivan Menezes furnished pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. 1350(a) and (b).

13.2

Certification of Deirdre A. MahlanKathryn Mikells furnished pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. 1350(a) and (b).

15.1

Consent of KPMG Audit Plc,PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.

15.2

Consent of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.

 


*Pursuant to an Agreement of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance dated 16 October 2007 by and among Diageo plc, Diageo Capital plc, Diageo Finance BV, Diageo Investment Corporation, The Bank of New York and Citibank NA, The Bank of New York Mellon has become the successor trustee to Citibank NA under Diageo’s indentures dated 3 August 1998, 8 December 2003 and 1 June 1999.

(i)Pursuant to an Agreement of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance dated 16 October 2007 by and among Diageo plc, Diageo Capital plc, Diageo Finance BV, Diageo Investment Corporation, The Bank of New York and Citibank NA, The Bank of New York Mellon has become the successor trustee to Citibank NA under Diageo’s indentures dated 3 August 1998, 8 December 2003 and 1 June 1999.

 

220



285


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Cross reference to Form 20-F

 

Item

Required item in Form 20-F

Page(s)

Part I

1.

Identity of directors, senior management and advisers

Not applicable

2.

Offer statistics and expected timetable

Not applicable

3.

Key information

A. Selected financial data

6-9

8-11

B. Capitalization and indebtedness

Not applicable

C. Reason for the offer and use of proceeds

Not applicable

D. Risk factors

31-35

39-45

4.

Information on the company

A. History and development of the company

13, 48, 69, 84, 87 164-169, 173-175, 205, 207, 212

5, 13-15, 48-50, 55-57, 81, 89-90, 223-228, 258-259, 267-268

B. Business overview

4, 10-18, 42-45, 50-67, 71-83, 158-161

5, 13-17, 60-79, 92-109, 207-210

C. Organizational structure

207

270

D. Property, plants and equipment

11-12, 164-165, 179-180

13-14, 60, 63, 67, 70, 73, 213-216, 233-234

4A.

Unresolved staff comments

Not applicable

5.

Operating and financial review and prospects

A. Operating results

13, 28-29, 41-83, 102-111, 166, 181-186, 190

8-11, 15-17, 35, 48-109, 133-146, 213-217, 235-242, 246-247

B. Liquidity and capital resources

48, 84-87, 192-193, 195-197, 205

52, 58-59, 85, 90-91, 110-113, 242-244, 249-256, 267-268

C. Research and development, patents and licenses, etc.

13

15

D. Trend information

5,

32-35

E. Off-balance sheet arrangements

88

112

F. Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations

87

112

G. Safe harbor

36-37

6.

Directors, senior management and employees

A. Directors and senior management

112-115, 143

147-151, 190

B. Compensation

127-145, 181-186, 200-201

176-193, 235-242

C. Board practices

112-113, 117-118, 123-126, 131-132, 146

147-149, 152-155, 161-164, 173-176, 190-191

D. Employees

163-164

17, 176, 212

E. Share ownership

127-129, 141-142, 145, 200-201

179-184, 187-188, 192, 259-260

7.

Major shareholders and related party transactions

A. Major shareholders

210

272

B. Related party transactions

133, 143, 145, 205-206, 210

192, 268-269, 272

C. Interests of experts and counsel

Not applicable

8.

Financial information

A. Consolidated statements and other financial information

148-207

199-270

B. Significant changes

207

9.

The offer and listing

A. Offer and listing details

210-211

272-273

B. Plan of distribution

Not applicable
C. Markets272-273

D. Selling shareholders

Not applicable

E. Dilution

C. Markets

210

D. Selling shareholders

Not applicable

E. Dilution

Not applicable

F. Expenses of the issue

Not applicable

 

286


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Item

Required item in Form 20-F

Page(s)

10.

Additional information

A. Share capital

Not applicable

10.

Additional information

A. Share capital

Not applicable

B. Memorandum and articles of association

212-215

274-278

C. Material contracts

131-132, 200-201

174-176, 259-260

D. Exchange controls

215

278

E. Taxation

215-217

279-282

F. Dividends and paying agents

Not applicable

G. Statement by experts

Not applicable

H. Documents on display

215

278

I. Subsidiary information

Not applicable

11.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

88, 189-195

113, 245-253

12.

Description of securities other than equity securities

A. Debt securities

Not applicable

B. Warrants and rights

Not applicable

C. Other securities

Not applicable

D. American depositary shares

273-274

Part II

211

221



Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Part II

13.

Defaults, dividend arrearages and delinquencies

Not applicable

14.

Material modifications to the rights of security holders and use of proceeds

Not applicable

15.

Controls and procedures

A. Disclosure controls and procedures

118-119

155

B. Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting

119

156-158

C. Attestation report of the registered public accounting firm

208

197

D. Changes in internal control over financial reporting

119

156-158

16A.

Audit committee financial expert

124

164

16B.

Code of ethics

119

156-157

16C.

Principal accountant fees and services

124, 163

163-164, 211-212

16D.

Exemptions from the listing standards for audit committees

Not applicable

16E.

Purchases of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated purchasers

86-87, 198-201

111-112, 257-258

16F.

Change in registrant’s certifying accountant

124

Not applicable

16G.

Corporate governance

120

159

16H.

Mine safety disclosure

Not applicable

Part III

17.

Financial statements

Not applicable

18.

Financial statements

See Item 8

19.

Exhibits

219-220

284-285

Additional information

Additional information

Unaudited computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges

209

271

Glossary of terms and US equivalents

223

288-289

It is possible to read and copy documents that have been filed by Diageo plc with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) at the SEC’s public reference room,facilities located at 450 5ththe SEC Headquarters at 100 F Street, N.W.,NE, Washington, D.C.DC 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference roomfacilities and their copy charges. Filings with the SEC are also available to the public from commercial document retrieval services, and onfrom the web sitewebsite maintained by the SEC at www.sec.gov.

 

222



287


Glossary of terms and US equivalents

In this document the following words and expressions shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the following meanings:

 

Term used in UK annual report

US equivalent or definition

Associates

Entities accounted for under the equity method

American Depositary Receipt (ADR)

Receipt evidencing ownership of an ADS

American Depositary Share (ADS)

Registered negotiable security, listed on the New York Stock Exchange, representing four Diageo plc ordinary shares of 28101/108 pence each

Called up share capital

Common stock

Capital redemption reserve

Other additional capital

Company

Diageo plc

CPI

Consumer price index

Creditors

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Debtors

Accounts receivable

Employee share schemes

Employee stock benefit plans

Employment or staff costs

Payroll costs

Equivalent units

An equivalent unit represents one nine-litre case of spirits, which is approximately 272 servings. A serving comprises 33ml of spirits, 165ml of wine, or 330ml of ready to drink or beer. To convert volume of products other than spirits to equivalent units: beer in hectolitres divide by 0.9, wine in nine-litre cases divide by five, ready to drink in nine-litre cases divide by 10, and certain pre-mixed products classified as ready to drink in nine-litre cases divide by five.

Euro, €, ¢

Euro currency

Exceptional items

Items that, in management’s judgement, need to be disclosed separately by virtue of their size or incidence

nature

Excise duty

Tax charged by a sovereign territory on the production, manufacture, sale or distribution of selected goods (including imported goods) within that territory. It is generally based on the quantity or alcohol content of goods, rather than their value, and is typically applied to alcohol products and fuels.

Finance lease

Capital lease

Financial year

Fiscal year

Free cash flow

Net cash flow from operating activities aggregated with net purchase and disposal of property, plant and equipment and computer software and with movements in loans

Freehold

Ownership with absolute rights in perpetuity

GAAP

Generally accepted accounting principles

Group and Diageo

Diageo plc and its consolidated subsidiaries

IFRS

International Financial Reporting Standards as endorsed and adopted for use in the European Union and International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board

IWSR, Impact Databank, IWSR, IRI,Nielsen, Beverage Information Group and Plato Logic

Information source companies that research the beverage alcohol industry and are independent from industry participants

Net sales

Sales after deducting excise duties

Noon buying rate

Buying rate at noon in New York City for cable transfers in pounds sterling as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York

Operating profit

Net operating income

Organic movement

At level foreign exchange rates and after adjusting for exceptional items, acquisitions and disposals for continuing operations

288


Glossary of terms and US equivalents (continued)

Term used in UK annual report

US equivalent or definition

Own shares

Treasury stock

Pound sterling, sterling, £, pence, p

UK currency

Price/mix

Price/mix is the number of percentage points by which the organic movement in net sales exceeds the organic movement in volume. The difference arises because of changes in the composition of sales between higher and lower priced variants or as price changes are implemented.

Profit

Earnings

Profit for the year

Net income

Provisions

Accruals for losses/contingencies

Reserves

Accumulated earnings, other comprehensive income and additional paid in capital

RPI

Retail price index

Ready to drink

Ready to drink products. Ready to drink also include ready to serve products, such as pre mixpremix cans in some markets, and progressive adult beverages in the United States and certain markets supplied by the United States.

SEC

US Securities and Exchange Commission

Share premium

Additional paid in capital or paid in surplus

Shareholders’ funds

Shareholders’ equity

Shareholders

Stockholders

Shares

Common stock

Shares and ordinary shares

Diageo plc’s ordinary shares

Shares in issue

Shares issued and outstanding

Staff costs

Payroll costs
Trade and other payables

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Trade and other receivables

Accounts receivable

US dollar, US$, $, ¢

US currency

 

223289